From: Subject: Windows NT Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) Single File Version Date: Wed, 24 Oct 2001 09:26:30 +0200 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: multipart/related; boundary="----=_NextPart_000_0011_01C15C6D.F80803B0"; type="text/html" X-MimeOLE: Produced By Microsoft MimeOLE V5.50.4522.1200 This is a multi-part message in MIME format. ------=_NextPart_000_0011_01C15C6D.F80803B0 Content-Type: text/html; charset="windows-1250" Content-Transfer-Encoding: quoted-printable Content-Location: http://burks.brighton.ac.uk/burks/pcinfo/osdocs/ntfaq/ntfaq_09.htm Windows NT Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) Single = File Version

Windows NT FAQ Single File Version =

This FAQ is copyright =A9 2000 John Savill (SavillTech Ltd) all = rights=20 reserved. No part of this document should be reproduced, distributed or = altered=20 without my permission. You may print it for your own use personnel = use.

The Web version of the Windows NT FAQ is at http://www.ntfaq.com/. To subscribe = to the=20 Windows NT FAQ send a mail to nt-faq@ed-com.com with subscribe = in the body=20 of the message to receive the updated single file version of the FAQ = once a=20 week.

This single file version of the FAQ is available for download from http://www.ntfaq.com/faqcomp.zi= p.

Active=20 Directory=20
Backup's=20
Batch=20 Files=20
Compatibility=20
Core=20
DHCP=20
Distributed=20 File System=20
DNS=20
Domains=20
Environment=20 - Command Prompt=20
Environment=20 - Desktop=20
Exchange/Windows=20 Messaging=20
File=20 Systems=20
Group=20 Policy=20
Hardware=20
Installation=20
Internet=20 Explorer 4.0/5.0=20
Internet=20 Information Server=20
License=20
Macintosh=20
MS-SQL=20 Server=20
Multimedia=20
NetWare=20
Network=20
Performance=20
Printing=20
Problem=20 Solving=20
Proxy=20 Server 2.0=20
RAID=20
RAS=20
Recovery=20
Registry=20
Security=20
Service=20 Packs and Hotfixes=20
Support=20
System=20 Configuration=20
System=20 Information=20
System=20 Policy=20
TCP/IP=20
Terminal=20 Server=20
Training=20
User=20 Configuration=20
Utilities=20
Various=20
Windows=20 2000 (NT 5.0)=20
Windows=20 95/98 as a client=20
Windows=20 Scripting Host=20

WINS=20

Active Directory

What=20 is the Active Directory?=20
A=20 number of Active Directory descriptions.=20
What=20 is X.500 and LDAP?=20
What=20 is the Global Catalog?=20
How=20 do I configure a server as a Global Catalog?=20
What=20 is the Schema?=20
What=20 is a domain tree?=20
What=20 is a domain forest?=20
What=20 is a Kerberos trust?=20
How=20 do I create a new Active Directory Site?=20
How=20 do I move a server to a different site?=20
How=20 can a server belong to more than one site?=20
How=20 can I backup the Active Directory/System State?=20
How=20 can I restore the Active Directory?=20
What=20 are the FSMO roles in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I change the RID master FSMO?=20
How=20 can I change the PDC emulator FSMO?=20
How=20 can I change the Infrastructure master FSMO?=20
How=20 can I change the Domain naming master FSMO?=20
How=20 can I change the Schema master FSMO?=20
What=20 is Multi-master replication?=20
How=20 can I move objects within my Forest?=20
How=20 do I allow modifications to the Schema?=20
What=20 are Tombstone objects?=20
How=20 do I switch my 2000 domain to native mode?=20
How=20 can I force replication between two domain controllers in a = site?=20
How=20 can I change replication schedule between two domain controllers in = a=20 site?=20
Can=20 I rename a site?=20
What=20 DNS entries are added when a Windows 2000 domain is created?=20
How=20 can I manually defragment the Active Directory?=20
How=20 can I audit the Active Directory?=20
How=20 can I automate a server upgrade to a Domain Controller during=20 installation?=20
How=20 do I enable circular logging for the Active Directory?=20
I=20 can't add a 4.0 BDC to my Windows 2000.=20
I=20 can't have spaces in my Windows 2000 NetBIOS domain name, why?=20
How=20 can I create trusts from the command line in Windows 2000.=20
How=20 can I modify the number of objects searched in Windows 2000?=20
I=20 can't create an OU/child domain with the same name from a single = parent,=20 why?=20
How=20 are objects named in the Active Directory?=20
How=20 does replication work intra-site in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I change the intra-site replication interval in Windows 2000 for = domain=20 information?=20
How=20 can I set the RPC port used for Intra-site replication?=20
What=20 tools are available to monitor/change replication?=20
How=20 do I remove a non-existent domain controller?=20
How=20 do I remove a non-existent domain from the Active Directory?=20
How=20 does Inter-site replication work in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I create a new site link?=20
How=20 do I disable site link transitivity?=20
How=20 do I create a site link bridge?=20
How=20 do I specify a bridge head server?=20
How=20 do I disable the KCC?=20
How=20 can I change the NetBIOS name of my Windows 2000 domain?=20
How=20 can I monitor when the Knowledge Consistency Checker (KCC) is = run?=20

Backups

What=20 backup software is available for Windows NT?=20
How=20 do I add a tape drive?=20
What=20 types of backup does NTBACKUP.EXE support?=20
What=20 backup strategies are available?=20
What=20 options are available when using NTBACKUP.EXE?=20
Can=20 I run NTBACKUP from the command line?=20
How=20 do I schedule a backup?=20
How=20 do I restore a backup?=20
How=20 do I backup open files?=20
What=20 permissions do I need to perform a backup?=20
How=20 do I backup the registry?=20
How=20 can I erase a tape using NTBackup that reports errors?=20
How=20 can I remove a dead submitted Backup process?

Batch Files

What=20 is a batch file?=20
What=20 commands can be used in a batch file?=20
How=20 can I perform an action depending on the arrival of a file?=20
How=20 can I access files on other machines?=20
How=20 can I send a message from a batch file?=20
The=20 command I enter asks for input, can I automate the response?=20
How=20 can I pass parameters to a batch file?=20
How=20 can I stop my batch files outputing the command to screen as it runs = it?=20
How=20 do I call a batch file from within another batch file?=20
.bat=20 files have lost their association.=20
How=20 do I search files for a string from a batch file/command line?=20
Environment=20 settings set by a batch file are not working.=20
How=20 can I perform an operation on every machine on the network that is=20 running?=20
How=20 can you send a programs output to a NULL device?=20
How=20 can I change colour within a batch file?=20
How=20 can I call a subroutine in a batch file?=20
How=20 do I enter freehand comments in my batch file without using = 'rem'?=20

Compatibility

Does=20 application x work with NT 4.0?=20
Does=20 game x work with NT 4.0?=20
Does=20 NT run 16bit applications?=20
Will=20 NT 3.51 drivers work with NT 4.0?=20
How=20 can I fool a program into thinking my NT installation is actually = Windows=20 95?=20
How=20 can I fool a program into thinking my Windows 2000 installation is = actually=20 Windows NT/95/98?=20
Is=20 BackOffice Server Windows 2000 compatible?=20
How=20 do I get the RIO 500 player to work on Windows 2000?

Core

What=20 are the differences between NT Workstation and NT Server?=20
What=20 does NT stand for?=20
What=20 is the NT Boot Process?=20
What=20 is Virtual Memory?=20
What=20 is the history of NT?=20
How=20 do I install the SYMBOL files?=20
What=20 is Windows NT?

DHCP

What=20 is DHCP?=20
How=20 do I install the DHCP Server Service?=20
How=20 do I configure DHCP Server Service?=20
How=20 do I configure a client to use DHCP?=20
How=20 can I compress my DHCP database?=20
How=20 can a DHCP client find its IP address?=20
How=20 can I move a DHCP database from one server to another?=20
How=20 do I create a DHCP Relay Agent?=20
How=20 can I stop the DHCP Relay Agent?=20
How=20 can I backup the DHCP database?=20
How=20 can I restore the DHCP database?=20
How=20 do I reserve a specific address for a particular machine?=20
What=20 registry settings control the DHCP log in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I authorize a DHCP server in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I create a DHCP scope in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I configure DHCP scope options in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I view DHCP address leases in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I change the DHCP address lease time in Windows 2000?=20
My=20 Windows 2000 DHCP client has an IP address not in any scopes, = how?=20

Distributed File System

What=20 is Distributed File System?=20
Where=20 can I get Dfs?=20
How=20 do I install Dfs?=20
How=20 do I create a new folder as part of the Dfs?=20
How=20 do I uninstall Dfs?=20
How=20 do I create a Dfs root volume in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I add a replica Dfs root volume in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I add a child node to Dfs in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I add a replica child node to Dfs in Windows 2000? =

DNS

How=20 do I install the DNS Service?=20
How=20 do I configure a domain on the DNS Server?=20
How=20 do I add a record to the DNS?=20
How=20 do I configure a client to use the DNS?=20
How=20 do I change the IP address of a DNS server?=20
How=20 can I configure DNS to use a WINS server?=20
Where=20 in the registry are the entries for the DNS servers located?=20
I=20 receive error message "No More Endpoints".=20
How=20 do I configure DNS for a Windows 2000 domain? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I configure Active Directory integrated DNS? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
Setting=20 a secondary DNS server as primary results in errors.=20
How=20 do I turn off Dynamic DNS? - Windows = 2000=20 only=20
How=20 do I configure a forwarder on DNS 5.0? - Windows=20 2000 only=20
I=20 am missing the forwarder and Root Hints tabs in DNS 5.0. = - Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I enable DNS round robin resolution?=20
DNS=20 resolution of a valid domain fails on NT.=20
How=20 can I force a Windows 2000 domain controller to re-register its DNS=20 entries?=20
I'm=20 getting DNS zone transfer messages in the event log, is someone = hacking=20 me?=20
How=20 do I perform a DNS zone transfer?=20
How=20 can I stop DNS Cache pollution?=20
How=20 can I enable my web site to be accessible as ntfaq.com instead of=20 www.ntfaq.com?=20
How=20 can set the primary DNS suffix in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I create a caching-only DNS server?

Domains

How=20 do I change Domain Names?=20
How=20 do I move a Workstation to another Domain?=20
How=20 many user accounts can I have in one Domain?=20
How=20 to I change my server from Stand Alone to a PDC/BDC?=20
What=20 is a PDC, BDC?=20
How=20 many BDC's should I have?=20
How=20 do I configure a Trust Relationship?=20
How=20 do I terminate a Trust Relationship?=20
How=20 can I join a domain from the command line?=20
How=20 do I demote a PDC to a BDC?=20
How=20 can I configure a BDC to automatically promote itself to a PDC if = the PDC=20 fails?=20
How=20 do I rename a PDC/BDC?=20
Can=20 I move a BDC to another domain?=20
Can=20 I change a PDC/BDC into a standalone server?=20
Can=20 I administer my domain from an NT Workstation?=20
In=20 what order should I upgrade my PDC and BDC's from 3.51 to 4.0?=20
What=20 tuning can I perform on PDC/BDC Synchronization?=20
I=20 cannot add a BDC over a WAN.=20
How=20 can I synchronize the domain from the command line?=20
How=20 can I force a client to validate its logon against a specific domain = controller?=20
How=20 do I promote a server to a domain controller? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 can I generate a list of all computer accounts in a domain?=20
How=20 can I verify my Windows NT 5.0 domain creation? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 can I configure multiple Logon Servers with LMHOSTS?=20
Are=20 trust relationships kept when upgrading for a 4.0 domain to a = Windows 2000=20 domain?=20
How=20 are trust relationships administered in Windows 2000?=20
I=20 can't promote a BDC to PDC.=20
Unable=20 to join a domain because of SMB signing, what can I do?=20
How=20 can I create a child domain?=20
How=20 can I create a domain trust through a firewall?=20
How=20 can I check the browse masters for a domain?=20
How=20 can I stop a remote master browser?=20
How=20 can I force a browser election?=20
How=20 can I modify the domain refresh interval?=20
How=20 is the list of cached domains stored?=20
How=20 can I disable trust password changes?=20
How=20 can I change the password change for computer/trust accounts?=20
The=20 list of domains in the logon box is not updated, what can I do?=20
Is=20 it possible to administer a 4.0 domain from a Windows 2000 = machine?=20

Environment - Command Prompt

How=20 can I configure the command prompt?=20
How=20 do I enable/disable command extensions?=20
What=20 commands can be used to configure the command window?=20
How=20 can I configure a scroll bar on my command window?=20
How=20 do I cut/paste information in a command box?=20
How=20 do I enable Tab to complete file names?=20
How=20 do I create a shortcut from the command prompt?=20
How=20 can I redirect the output from a command to a file?=20
How=20 can I get a list of commands I have entered in a command = session?=20
How=20 can I start explorer from the command prompt?=20
How=20 can I change the title of the CMD window?=20
What=20 keyboard actions can I take to navigate the command line?=20
How=20 can I change the default Dir output format?=20
How=20 do I pause output from a command to one screen at a time?=20
How=20 can I increase the environment space for a single command = session?=20
How=20 can I stop a process from the command line?=20
How=20 can I open a command prompt at my current directory in Explorer? =
How=20 can I open a command prompt at my current drive in Explorer?=20
How=20 can I change the editor used to edit batch/command files?=20
The=20 AT command works differently under NT 4.0 than NT 3.51.=20
How=20 can I append the date and time to a file?=20
How=20 can I switch my command window to full screen mode?=20
International=20 versions of NT have strange behavior in command prompt.=20
What=20 is the difference between cmd.exe and command.com?=20
How=20 can I configure the command prompt to output to files in = UNICODE/ANSI?=20
How=20 can I force the output of a program into an environment = variable?=20

Environment - Desktop

How=20 do I delete/rename the Recycle Bin?=20
How=20 do I disable Task Manager?=20
How=20 do I disable Window animation?=20
How=20 do I reduce/increase the delay for cascading menus?=20
How=20 do I change the My Computer icon?=20
How=20 do I hide the "Network Neighborhood" icon?=20
Why=20 can't I move any icons?=20
How=20 can I disable the Right mouse button?=20
How=20 do I change the colour used to display compressed = files/directories?=20
How=20 can I configure the wallpaper to be displayed other than the center = of the=20 screen?=20
How=20 can I stop the "Click here to begin" message?=20
How=20 can I get more room on the Task Bar?=20
How=20 do I add the Control Panel to the Start Menu?=20
How=20 can I remove a program from the "Open With" when right clicking? =
How=20 do I change the Internet Explorer icon?=20
How=20 do I add an item to the Right Click menu?=20
Is=20 it possible to move the Task bar?=20
How=20 can I configure NT to display a thumbnail of bitmaps as the icon = instead of=20 the Paint icon?=20
Can=20 I remove one of the startup folders on the Start Menu?=20
How=20 can I clear the Run history?=20
How=20 can I remove the Documents menu?=20
How=20 do I disable the context menu for the Start button?=20
How=20 do I change the Network Neighborhood icon?=20
How=20 do I change the Recycle Bin icons?=20
How=20 do I change the Briefcase icon?=20
How=20 can I get rid of the arrow over the shortcuts?=20
I=20 have deleted the Recycle bin how can I recreate it?=20
I=20 have deleted Internet Explorer from the desktop how can I recreate = it?=20
How=20 can I add a shortcut to launch a screensaver on the desktop?=20
How=20 do I delete/rename the Inbox icon?=20
I=20 have deleted the Inbox icon, how can I recreate it?=20
How=20 can I stop and start Explorer (the shell)?=20
How=20 do I enable the mouse snap-to?=20
How=20 do I enable X Windows-Style auto-raise?=20
How=20 do I remove a template from the New menu?=20
I=20 don't have the new item on my desktop context menu.=20
How=20 do I remove the Favorites branch of the Start menu?=20
How=20 do I disable the logoff buttons?=20
How=20 do I stop the default Shortcut to text added to new shortcuts?=20
How=20 do I modify the shortcut arrow?=20
How=20 can I set the default view for all drives/folders?=20
How=20 can I stop my environment changes being saved when I logoff?=20
How=20 can I enable Hi-Colour icons?=20
How=20 can I configure the wallpaper to stretch across the screen?=20
How=20 can I configure dialog box content to be shown while dragging = windows?=20
How=20 can I configure Font smoothing?=20
How=20 can I modify the grace timeout for password protected = screensavers?=20
How=20 can I minimize all open windows?=20
How=20 can I configure logoff to show on the Start menu in Windows = 2000?=20
How=20 can I configure Control Panel to cascade on the Start menu in = Windows=20 2000?=20
How=20 can I remove the Scheduled Tasks icon from My Computer?=20
How=20 can I configure the Administrative Tools to show on the Start = menu?=20
How=20 can I recreate 'My Briefcase' if I deleted it?=20
How=20 do I use My Briefcase?=20
How=20 can I avoid having to click 'Show Files' in 2000's Explorer all the=20 time?=20
How=20 do I add the Dial Up Networking to the Start Menu?=20
How=20 do I add the Printers Settings applet to the Start Menu?=20
How=20 can I remove an item from the New context menu?=20
How=20 can I check for dead shortcuts on my system?=20
How=20 can I add a Encrypt/Decrypt option to the context menu?=20
How=20 can I add a Copy to Folder option to the context menu?=20
How=20 can I add a Move to Folder option to the context menu? =

Exchange/Windows Messaging

The=20 Outlook/Exchange client takes a long time to start.=20
How=20 can I stop Outlook dialing my Internet Account on Startup?=20
How=20 do I install Exchange?=20
How=20 do I enable the Exchange Active Server Pages?=20
How=20 do I use the Exchange Optimizer utility?=20
How=20 can I convert mail system X to Exchange?=20
How=20 can I create shortcut on the desktop with the "to" field = completed?=20
NT=20 Server hangs at shutdown if User Manager is running.=20
How=20 can I send a mail message from the command line?=20
What=20 files does Exchange use?=20
How=20 can I change the location of my mail file in Outlook 98?=20
How=20 can I reduce the size of my mail file?=20
I=20 have a bad message in my POP3 mail box using TELNET=20
How=20 can I send mail to a SMTP server using Telnet?=20
Is=20 there a list of known Exchange Directory and Information store = problems?=20
How=20 do I install Exchange Server 5.5?=20
How=20 do I run the Exchange Optimizer?=20
What=20 Service Packs are available for Exchange?=20
How=20 can I retrieve mail from a POP3 mailbox and forward it to Exchange=20 server?=20
How=20 do I upgrade from Exchange 5.0 to 5.5?=20
How=20 do I uninstall Exchange?=20
How=20 do I install a duplicate Exchange server?=20
How=20 do I connect Exchange sites?=20
Exchange=20 Security Knowledge Base list.=20
How=20 do I configure Exchange Directory Replication?=20
How=20 do I monitor an Exchange link?=20
How=20 do I delete a server from an Exchange site?=20
How=20 do I setup an Exchange forward?=20
How=20 do I configure a X.400 Exchange connector?=20
How=20 do I allow a user to administer Exchange?=20
How=20 do I grant permission for people to create top level public = folders?=20
How=20 do I create public folders?=20
How=20 do I connect my Exchange server to a SMTP server?=20
How=20 do I connect my Exchange server to a NEWS feed?=20
What=20 web sites have good Exchange information?=20
How=20 do I download to Exchange from multiple POP3 mail boxes?=20
How=20 do I install the Key Management Server?=20
How=20 do I manage the Certificate Authority of Key Management Server?=20
How=20 do I enable advanced security for a user?=20
How=20 do I automatically create an Exchange mailbox for all members of the = domain?=20
How=20 do I avoid having to enter the Key Management password?=20
I=20 archived some .pst files to a CD-ROM but unable to load the = files.=20
How=20 can I limit Exchange mailbox size?=20
How=20 can I limit message sizes in Exchange?=20
How=20 can I undelete mail in Outlook?=20
What=20 workflow software is available for Exchange server?=20
How=20 do you add an additional Global Address Book or another view to the = global=20 address book?=20
How=20 do I delete a bad Schedule + message?=20
How=20 do I link Exchange 5.5 and the Windows 2000 Active Directory?=20
What=20 is the upgrade to large table option in Outlook?=20
How=20 can I disable the Journal in Outlook?=20
Internet=20 Mail Server hangs on start-up, ID 7022, why?=20
How=20 can I search my Exchange stores for virus infected messages?=20
How=20 do I create an Outlook vCard?=20
How=20 can I configure Outlook to be the default mail client?=20
How=20 do I install a digital signature in Outlook?=20
How=20 do I create a distribution list in Outlook 2000?=20
How=20 can I add a disclaimer to each outgoing mail at server level?=20
How=20 I can I block mail with certain attachments or certain words at = server=20 level?=20
How=20 can I automatically compress all outbound mail to save on = bandwidth?=20
Unix=20 users can't talk to an Exchange box News server without requiring=20 authentication domain\user, why?=20
Does=20 the Exchange News server support mode stream?=20
How=20 can I fax from Exchange server?=20
How=20 can I limit the number of recipients for a message?=20
My=20 outlook .pst file is corrupt what can I do?=20
Where=20 can I get Exchange Server 2000?=20
How=20 can I encrypt email at server level?=20
How=20 can I stop the Exchange SMTP service performing reverse lookups? =
How=20 can I move an Outlook Personal Address Book on a Mac to a PC? =

File Systems

How=20 can a FAT partition be converted to an NTFS partition?=20
How=20 can a NTFS partition be converted to a FAT partition?=20
How=20 do I run HPFS under NT 4.0?=20
How=20 do I compress a directory?=20
How=20 do I uncompress a directory?=20
Is=20 there an NTFS defragmentation tool available?=20
Can=20 I undelete a file in NT?=20
Does=20 NT support FAT32?=20
Can=20 you read a NTFS partition from DOS?=20
How=20 do you delete a NTFS partition?=20
Is=20 it possible to repartition a disk without losing data?=20
What=20 is the biggest disk NT can use?=20
Can=20 I disable 8.3 name creation on a NTFS?=20
How=20 can I stop NT from generating LFN's (Long File Names) on a FAT=20 partition?=20
I=20 can't create any files on the root of a FAT partition.=20
How=20 do LFN's work?=20
How=20 do I change access permissions on a directory?=20
How=20 can I change access permissions from the command line?=20
I=20 have a CHKDSK scheduled to start next reboot, but I want to stop = it.=20
My=20 NTFS drive is corrupt, how do I recover?=20
How=20 can I delete a file without it going to the recycle bin?=20
How=20 can I change the serial number of a disk?=20
How=20 can I backup the Master Boot Record?=20
How=20 do I restore the Master Boot Record?=20
What=20 CD-ROM file systems can NT read?=20
How=20 do I disable 8.3 name creation on VFAT?=20
How=20 do I create a Volume Set?=20
How=20 do I extend a Volume Set?=20
How=20 do I delete a Volume Set?=20
What=20 is the maximum number of characters a filename can be?=20
How=20 can I stop chkdsk at boot time from checking volume x?=20
How=20 can I compress files/directories from the command line?=20
What=20 protections can be set on files/directories on a NTFS partition? =
How=20 can I take ownership of files?=20
How=20 can I view the permissions a user has on a file from the command = line?=20
How=20 can I tell the total amount of space used by a folder (including sub = folders)?=20
There=20 are files beginning with $ at the root of my NTFS drive, can I = delete=20 them?=20
What=20 file system do Iomega ZIP disks use?=20
What=20 cluster size does a FAT/NTFS partition use?=20
How=20 much free space do I need to convert a FAT partition to NTFS?=20
NT=20 becomes unresponsive during an NTFS disk operation such as a = dir.=20
I=20 have missing space on my NTFS partitions (Alternate Data = Streams).=20
How=20 can I change the Volume ID of a disk?=20
How=20 do I read NTFS 5.0 partitions from Windows NT 4.0?=20
How=20 do share and file system protections interact?=20
How=20 can I backup/restore my Master Boot Record?=20
How=20 do I convert an NTFS partition to NTFS 5.0? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
I=20 cannot compress files on an NTFS partition.=20
How=20 can I modify the CHKDSK timer?=20
How=20 can I view the current owner of a file?=20
How=20 can I view/defrag pagefile fragmentation?=20
I=20 get a disk maintenance message during setup.=20
Where=20 is Disk Administrator in Windows 2000? - Windows=20 2000 only=20
How=20 do I convert a basic disk to dynamic? - = Windows=20 2000 only=20
How=20 do I delete a volume in Windows 2000? - = Windows=20 2000 only=20
How=20 do I import a foreign volume in Windows 2000? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 can I wipe the Master Boot Record?=20
How=20 can I cancel a scheduled NTFS conversion?=20
What=20 is the Encrypted File System (EFS)?=20
How=20 do I encrypt/decrypt a file?=20
What=20 do I encrypt/decrypt a file from the command line?=20
How=20 can a user request an EFS recovery certificate?=20
How=20 can I add a user as an EFS recovery agent for a domain?=20
How=20 do I delete an orphaned share?=20
How=20 can I check who last opened a file?=20
I've=20 increased the size of a hardware RAID volume but NT does not see the = size=20 increase, what can I do?=20
I'm=20 unable to use the Encrypted File System under Windows 2000 as I'm a = member=20 of a 4.0 domain.=20
How=20 do I enable per volume/user disk space quotas on NTFS 5.0?=20
How=20 do I view current quota entries?=20
How=20 do I add a new user quota entry?=20
What=20 are reparse points?=20
What=20 are directory junctions?=20
What=20 are Mount points?=20
What=20 do I add a Mount point?=20
What=20 do I remove a Mount point?=20
What=20 do I create a Mount point from the command line?=20
What=20 is Native Structured Storage?=20
How=20 can I backup my local Encrypted File System recovery key?=20
How=20 can I restore my local Encrypted File System recovery key?=20
How=20 can I perform a CHKDSK on an NTFS 5.0 partition from NT = 4.0?=20
How=20 do I create a unix-like hardlink on NTFS?=20
Is=20 there an alternative to the linkd utility supplied with the Windows = 2000=20 Resource Kit?=20
The=20 " Data in Remote Storage" indicator is not correct, what can I = do?=20
What=20 is the Remote Storage System (RSS)?=20
How=20 do I install the Remote Storage subsystem?=20
How=20 do I configure the Remote Storage subsystem?=20
How=20 do I force a Remote Storage scan?=20
How=20 can I tell which files have been moved to remote storage?=20
How=20 can I disable remote storage for a volume?

Group Policy

What=20 is Group Policy?=20
How=20 can I force GPO updates to take effect?=20
How=20 can I enable the old NTCONFIG.POL to be used by Windows 2000 = clients?=20
How=20 can I add additional templates to a Group Policy Object?=20
How=20 can I apply a group policy to a security group?=20
Password=20 policies assigned to an OU/site GPO do not work.=20
How=20 can I convert a NT 4.0 .pol file to a Windows 2000 group policy=20 object?

Hardware

How=20 do I change the letter associated with a drive?=20
How=20 can I get NT to recognize my second harddisk?=20
How=20 do I install a HP scanner?=20
How=20 do I install dual screens?=20
How=20 much memory can NT support?=20
How=20 much memory do I need for NT?=20
I=20 cannot see my CD-ROM drive from NT?=20
What=20 are the IRQ's used for?=20
How=20 Many CPU's does NT support?=20
Is=20 there a list of hardware NT supports?=20
Can=20 I test my hardware to see if it is compatible with NT?=20
Can=20 I test my SCSI devices?=20
How=20 do I disable mouse detection on a COM port (for UPS usage)?=20
Where=20 can I get a driver for x?=20
My=20 U.S. Robotics 56K modem only connects at 19200.=20
Can=20 I use the IDE interface on my sound card?=20
Does=20 NT support Plug and Play?=20
How=20 do I install UPS?=20
How=20 do I give my tape drive a letter so it is visible from explorer? =
How=20 can I force NT to use a mouse on a given port?=20
How=20 can I view which resources devices are using under NT?=20
When=20 I disconnect one of my devices I get errors when I boot NT, how can = I stop=20 them?=20
How=20 can I tell if I am using the Compaq Hardware Abstraction Layer?=20
How=20 do stop a dual monitor Matrox Millenium system splitting dialog = boxes?=20
How=20 can I suppress the error message generated if my ZIP drive is not=20 connected?=20
Does=20 Windows NT 4.0 support USB?=20
Why=20 can't I hot swap my PCMCIA card with Windows NT 4.0?=20
How=20 do I install a ZIP drive under NT?=20
How=20 do I enable Bus Mastering in Windows NT?=20
I=20 said no to a PNPISA device now I want to install it.=20
How=20 do I perform unattended installations on machines with AGP graphics=20 cards?=20
Does=20 NT support DVD drives?=20
How=20 can I check the amount of physical RAM in my machine?=20
How=20 can I safely disable a device?=20
How=20 can I make NT see more than 8 units on SCSI?=20
Does=20 Windows support the Promise Ultra ATA/66?=20
How=20 do I enable Hibernate on my machine?=20
How=20 do I enable/disable passwords when resuming from = hibernate/standby?=20
How=20 can I put my machine in 'standby' mode?=20
Does=20 the new Microsoft IntelliPoint software 3.0 software install on = NT/Windows=20 2000?=20
Does=20 the new Microsoft IntelliType Pro software install on NT/Windows = 2000?=20
My=20 PNP PCI cards do not all work in Windows NT.=20
How=20 do I enable bus mastering (DMA) in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I set the DVD region in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I reset the DVD region count?=20
How=20 do I disable bus mastering on the 3COM 3C590 card?

Installation

How=20 do I install NT Workstation 4.0?=20
How=20 do I install NT Server?=20
I=20 want to install DOS and Windows NT, how should I do this?=20
Installation=20 hangs when detecting the hardware.=20
Is=20 it possible to install NT without using boot disks or temp = files?=20
Does=20 NT have to be installed on the C drive?=20
There=20 is a file \Support\Deptools\<system>\ROLLBACK.EXE. What is = it?=20
I=20 have NT installed, how do I install DOS?=20
How=20 do I convert NT Workstation to NT Server?=20
I=20 have bought a new disk, how do I move NT to this new disk?=20
Can=20 I upgrade from Windows95 to NT 4.0?=20
How=20 do I remove NT from a FAT partition?=20
How=20 do I remove NT from a NTFS partition?=20
How=20 do I install the Iomega Parallel Disk Drive?=20
How=20 do I install at tape drive on NT Server?=20
How=20 do I install the NEC 4x4 CD changer?=20
What=20 are symbol files, and do I need them?=20
How=20 do I install NT and Linux?=20
How=20 do I install NT over the network?=20
Is=20 it possible to use Disk Duplication to Distribute Windows NT?=20
How=20 do I perform an unattended installation?=20
Is=20 it possible to specify unique items during an unattended = install?=20
How=20 do I automatically install applications as part of the unattended=20 installation?=20
Install=20 detects the wrong video card and locks the installation.=20
How=20 do I upgrade from NT 3.51 to NT 4.0?=20
When=20 I use an unattended installation, how do I avoid the Yes at the = license=20 agreement?=20
I=20 have NT installed, how do I install Windows95?=20
How=20 do I remove Windows95/Dos from my NT system?=20
I=20 can't create a NTFS partition over 4GB during installation.=20
I=20 cannot upgrade my 4.0 NT installation with the NT 4.0 upgrade = CD.=20
How=20 do I create the NT installation disks?=20
How=20 can I use a Network card that is not one of those shown with Network = Client=20 Administrator?=20
How=20 can I make domain users members of local Admin group during an = unattended=20 install?=20
I=20 have problems running a program as part of the unattended = installation?=20
I=20 have Windows NT installed, how do I install Windows 98?=20
I=20 have Windows 98 installed, how do I install NT?=20
I=20 have Windows NT 5.0 installed but when I try to install Windows NT = 4.0 the=20 install fails.=20
I=20 want to install Windows 98 and NT, what file system should I = use?=20
How=20 do I manually install SCSI drivers before the autodetect of=20 installation?=20
During=20 installation of Windows NT Server 5.0 the type of server cannot be = set.=20 - Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I delete the recycle bin as part of an unattended = installation.=20
During=20 an unattended installation I am prompted for an IP address if 0 is=20 specified.=20
How=20 do I map a network drive during an unattended installation?=20
How=20 can I install Windows 2000 on a machine with less than 64MB of = memory?=20 - Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I disable the Installation of Exchange during installation?=20
My=20 evaluation period has expired on my NT installation, why?=20
How=20 do I install on a disk larger than 8GB?=20
How=20 can I stop the installation of My Briefcase during NT = installation?=20
How=20 can I control which accessories are installed during an unattended=20 installation?=20
How=20 do I use SmartDrv?=20
How=20 can I upgrade a NFR NT installation to full Retail?=20
How=20 can I stop IE 2.0 being installed as part of installation?=20
How=20 can I remove the Linux LILO Boot Manager?=20
How=20 can I recreate the Windows NT installation disks?=20
I=20 have Windows 98 installed on C: with FAT32, how do I install NT? =
How=20 can I stop the 'Welcome to Windows NT' screen during setup?=20
I=20 receive an error message "The System is not fully installed", what = can I=20 do?=20
How=20 do I add a Network Install tab to Windows NT 4.0?=20
How=20 can I disable the 'Configure Server Wizard' in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I install the Remote Installation Service?=20
How=20 do I move the distribution point for Remote Installation = Services?=20
How=20 do I create a bootable Remote Installation Service client disk?=20
What=20 operating systems can I clone?=20
How=20 can I configure the Remote Installation Service options?=20
How=20 can I install using the Remote Installation Service disk?=20
How=20 do I create a new Remote Installation Service image?=20
How=20 do I create a bootable Windows 2000 installation CD-ROM?=20
Where=20 is Setup Manager in Windows 2000?=20
What=20 is the Microsoft Installer Package format?=20
How=20 do I create a MSI file from a legacy application?=20
How=20 can I publish an MSI file?=20
How=20 can I run programs during the GUI phase of 2000 installation?=20
How=20 can I use an unattended answer script when installing through a = bootable=20 CD-ROM?=20
Underscores=20 (_) in my computer names are changing to dashes (-) in Windows = 2000.=20
How=20 to setup NT Server 4.0 on greater then 4gig Hard Drive without = Partition=20 Magic or Atapi.sys.=20
How=20 can I specify an alternate HAL during Windows 2000 installation? =
Getting=20 a Thinkpad OEM installed version of NT to occupy only one = partition.=20
How=20 can I test if my installation can be upgraded to Windows 2000?=20
What=20 switches are available for Windows 2000 installation?=20
How=20 do I install Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I deploy old applications in Windows 2000 via ZAP files?=20
What=20 are the upgrade paths for Windows 2000?=20
Some=20 BackOffice 4.5 components do not install on Windows 2000.=20
I'm=20 unable to upgrade Windows 9x to Windows 2000 in a dual boot = environment.=20
How=20 can I configure extra Plug and Play drivers for a Windows 2000=20 installation?=20
Unsigned=20 drivers are stopping my unattended installations.=20
What=20 are the directories I can have under $OEM$ for an unattended = installation in=20 Windows 2000?=20
DontDisplayLastUserName=20 setting is lost in upgrade from NT 4.0 to Windows 2000.=20
How=20 do I enable ACPI on my machine/change the HAL?=20
How=20 do I disable/enable ACPI on my machine during installation?=20
The=20 Administrator password I set during unattended installation is = ignored.=20

Internet Explorer 4.0/5.0

How=20 can I remove the Active Desktop?=20
How=20 can I get past the "Active Desktop Recovery" page?=20
What=20 keyboard commands can I use with Internet Explorer 4.0?=20
How=20 can I create a keyboard shortcut to a web site?=20
How=20 can I customize folders with web view enabled?=20
How=20 can I change the icons in the Quick Launch toolbar?=20
I=20 have lost Show Desktop/View Channels from the Quick Launch bar, = help!=20
How=20 do I change the default Search Engine?=20
How=20 do I remove the Internet Explorer icon from the desktop?=20
How=20 can I browse off-line?=20
How=20 can I reclaim wasted space by Microsoft's Internet E-mail = readers?=20
I=20 cannot specify a download directory when I download a file.=20
Internet=20 Explorer opens .EXE files instead of Downloading them.=20
How=20 can I change the default start page?=20
I=20 have forgotten the content advisor password.=20
Where=20 can I download IE 5.0 beta?=20
How=20 do I clear Internet Explorers History?=20
How=20 can I modify IE's toolbar background?=20
How=20 can I restore the IE animated logo?=20
Are=20 there any Easter Eggs in Internet Explorer 5.0?=20
How=20 can I stop users accessing local drives via Internet Explorer?=20
What=20 additional restrictions are available in Internet Explorer IE4.01 = SP2 and=20 above?=20
How=20 can I configure proxy settings in Internet Explorer 5.0?=20
How=20 can I install Internet Explorer 4.0 without adding the IE icon to = the=20 desktop?=20
How=20 do I use the Internet Explorer 5.0 repair tool?=20
I=20 have forgotten the content advisor password under Windows 9x/IE = 5.0.=20
The=20 tab key does not select the right hand pane in a IE5 help = search.=20
How=20 do I turn off Internet Explorer AutoComplete?=20
Where=20 can I get the patch for the IE 5.0 DHTML problem?=20
I=20 get an error when I try and install Internet Explorer 4.0 using = Active=20 Setup.=20
How=20 do I set an Internet Explorer favorite icon for my web site?=20
How=20 can I detect if Windows Update is installed on a machine?=20
Internet=20 Explorer Admin Kit version of IE 5.0 replaces the 128 bit encryption = on=20 Windows 2000.=20
How=20 can I start Internet Explorer without the toolbars?

Internet Information Server

What=20 is IIS?=20
How=20 do I install Internet Information Server?=20
What=20 is Internet Service Manager?=20
What=20 is Index Server?=20
What=20 are Active Server Pages?=20
How=20 can I configure the Connection Limit?=20
How=20 do I change the default file name?=20
How=20 can I enable browsers to view the contents of directories on the = server?=20
How=20 can I configure the FTP welcome message?=20
How=20 do I configure a virtual server?=20
How=20 can I administer my IIS server using a web browser?=20
How=20 can I configure FTP to use Directory Annotation?=20
Only=20 the first line of the Directory Annotation is shown.=20
How=20 can I configure the amount of IIS Cache?=20
How=20 do I create a virtual directory?=20
How=20 to install FrontPage Extensions on Beta 2? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
What=20 fixes are available for IIS?=20
How=20 do I specify more than one default document?=20
How=20 can I move my IIS server to another machine?=20
Front=20 Page Search Component always returns No Documents Found running IIS4 = and FP=20 98exts, why?=20
How=20 to stop the NT4 Option Pack/Windows 2000 SMTP service from = advertising=20 8bitmime?=20
How=20 do I enable Index Server in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I create a new Index Server catalog?=20
I=20 receive an Index Server error 'Query Is Too Expensive', why?=20
I=20 receive error 'The catalog is corrupt' when performing an Index = Server=20 search, what can I do?=20
How=20 can I stop hidden files etc. being returned by Index Server = queries?=20
How=20 can I control the amount of resource used by the Index service? = - Windows 2000=20
How=20 can I stress test my IIS server?=20
How=20 can I change the number of threads IIS uses?=20
How=20 can I limit bandwidth/processor usage for IIS?=20
How=20 do I enable FTP resume?=20
Statistics=20 Server will not run on IIS 5.0?=20
How=20 can I host multiple web sites on a single IP address?=20
How=20 can I allow non administrators to publish to a FrontPage web = site?=20
How=20 can I disable command shell from within IIS?=20
How=20 can I disable parent paths in IIS?=20
How=20 do I configure Index Server catalogs?

License

How=20 is NT Licensed?=20
How=20 can I view what licenses I have installed/used?=20
How=20 do I install extra licenses?=20
How=20 do I convert from Per Server to Per Seat?=20
How=20 can I reset the License Information?=20
How=20 can I run the License Manager software on a NT Workstation? =

Macintosh

How=20 do I add the services for Macintosh?=20
How=20 can I read a Macintosh disk from Windows NT?=20
Does=20 NT RAS support AppleTalk?=20
Can=20 NT act as an AppleTalk client?=20
How=20 can I make a Macintosh PPP connection to Windows NT RAS?=20
I=20 am unable to write to the Microsoft UAM folder from the = Macintosh?=20
Is=20 there an Outlook (Exchange Server) client for Macintosh?=20
What=20 configuration is needed for Mac's to work with Proxy Server 2.0? =
I=20 am unable to connect to the server using the Mac Outlook client, = why?=20
My=20 Mac hangs if I connect to an NT share and don't have full = permissions for=20 the directory root.=20
Large=20 file copies to/from Macintosh crash NT Server, what can I do? =

MS-SQL Server

How=20 do I install SQL Server 6.5?=20
How=20 do I register a SQL Server with SQL Enterprise Manager?=20
How=20 can stop and start the SQL services?=20
How=20 do I modify the sa password for SQL?=20
How=20 do I visually edit/view data in a SQL database?=20
I=20 am getting a message 'dbprocess dead or not enabled' running my = query.=20
How=20 can I add/amend/delete columns?=20
I=20 am getting a blue screen / completely hung machine / server restart = on my=20 SQL Server/client.=20
Where=20 are the cascade update/delete functions in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I issue a SQL command that uses a variable for the tablename, = columns=20 etc?=20
Why=20 does my transaction-log fill up when I use fast-bcp?=20
Why=20 can't I backup/restore my SQL Server database to the network?=20
Can=20 I do a SQL backup to a tape drive on another server?=20
I=20 have a query that seems to lock other users out of the system.=20
Should=20 I apply SQL SP4?=20
How=20 do I transfer data from another DBMS/format to SQL Server?=20
Why=20 can't I get at a network file when I run a program from = xp_cmdshell?=20
Is=20 MS SQL Server Y2K compliant?=20
How=20 can I change the owner of an object in SQL?=20
I've=20 just changed NT domain for my SQL Server/clients and am unable to=20 connect.=20
Are=20 there any "easter eggs" in SQL Server?=20
How=20 do I encrypt fields in SQL Server?=20
What=20 tools are available to produce entity relationship diagrams for SQL=20 Server?=20
Where=20 is the SQL Server FAQ?=20
Which=20 SQL net-lib is the fastest?=20
I'm=20 having trouble installing SQL Server.=20
I=20 am missing the whole of MSDB, or just some tables - how do I create=20 them?=20
Why=20 do my device sizes appear as negative values in SQL EM?=20
How=20 do I do row-level locking on SQL Server?=20
How=20 many bytes can I fit on a page in SQL Server and why?=20
I=20 am getting a gpf/registry error installing SQL Server - what is=20 happening?=20
How=20 do I change the sort-order or character set for a SQL Server = database?=20
What=20 SQL servicepack am I running?=20
My=20 SQL Server database has been marked "suspect" - what can I do?=20
How=20 do I remove the tempdb database from master?=20
What=20 are the changes/differences between vX and vY of SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I speed up SQL Server applications running over slow links?=20
How=20 can I fix a corruption in a system table?=20
Why=20 can't I connect Enterprise Manager to my local copy of SQL = Server?=20
What=20 is the limit on the number of tables in a query in SQL Server?=20
I'm=20 doing a transfer using the SQL EM transfer tool, and not only is it = not=20 transferring the objects.=20
What=20 registry entries does SQL Server use?=20
How=20 can I view the SQL Server log?=20
How=20 can I upgrade the 120-day evaluation version to the full SQL = version?=20
I'm=20 not seeing anything in the current activity screen in SQL EM.=20
How=20 can I output records/messages to a flat file from inside a SQL = Server TSQL=20 script?=20
My=20 SQL Server database is showing as "recovering".=20
I=20 am getting a SQL Server error message "login failed".=20
Can=20 I run SQL Server on the same machine as Oracle, Exchange etc.?=20
Why=20 do my SQL Server identity values get out of synch causing = gaps/duplicates=20 etc.?=20
How=20 can I restrict access to my SQL Server so that it only allows = certain=20 machines to connect?=20
How=20 can I restrict access to my SQL Server so that it only allows = certain=20 programs to connect?=20
How=20 does SQL Server clear up orphaned connections?=20
Why=20 does the SQL Server Database Maintenance Wizard warn about databases = greater=20 than 400Mb?=20
Why=20 does my SQL Server log show that it's still full? - I have truncated = it.=20
How=20 do I connect to SQL Server from a non-microsoft machine?=20
How=20 can I completely uninstall SQL Server?=20
What=20 does dbcc traceon(208) mean in SQL Server?=20
How=20 do I install SQL Mail?=20
I've=20 got a problem/query with the beta of SQL Server 7.0. Where can I get = help?=20
Why=20 do I have problems revoking permissions on some tables with SQL = Server?=20
What=20 hardware/software can I run SQL Server on?=20
Why=20 is a SQL Server restore (LOAD DATABASE) so much slower than a dump=20 database?=20
What=20 are the *.DMP files that appear in the SQL Server log directory? =
Can=20 I do an NT defrag on a SQL Server .DAT device/file?=20
Can=20 I compress a SQL Server .DAT device/file?=20
Why=20 can't I install SP4 for SQL Server to my Win95 machine like the = readme says=20 I can?=20
I'm=20 getting an error 1117 in SQL Server. Can I rebuild the extents = somehow?=20
Why=20 can't I get at a network file when I run a program with xp_cmdshell = from SQL=20 Server?=20
I=20 am having problems with SQL Server running bcp from xp_cmdshell. =
How=20 do I store/retrieve text and image data in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I amend the system tables in SQL Server?=20
I=20 am having problems installing a SQL Service pack.=20
How=20 can I move a SQL Server device from one disk to another, or rename = it?=20
How=20 can I recover a SQL Server database when all I have left is the .DAT = device?=20
How=20 can I re-install SQL Server without losing any data under a new = version of=20 NT I have installed?=20
How=20 can I install SQL Server client tools in unattended mode?=20
How=20 can I access data across two separate databases in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I transfer SQL Server data between an Intel box and an = Alpha?=20
I=20 can't run SQL Server Enterprise Manager.=20
I've=20 put tempdb in ram and now I can't restart my SQL Server.=20
How=20 do I transfer data between SQL Server databases / across = servers?=20
What=20 packages are available to do source control on SQL Server SP's, DDL=20 etc.?=20
Where=20 can I get the ANSI92 SQL information from.=20
How=20 do I connect to SQL Server through a firewall?=20
I'm=20 getting a sort failed 1501 message on SQL Server - what's going = on?=20
I'm=20 getting a 1112 error on SQL Server - what's going on?=20
Why=20 do I get the message WARNING: Process being freed while holding = Dataserver=20 semaphore in SQL Server.=20
What=20 are good SQL Server books? And other sources of reference.=20
Where=20 can I get SQL Server hot-fixes from?=20
How=20 can I create a user-defined function in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I pass an array of values to a SQL Server stored-procedure?=20
How=20 can I delete duplicate rows from a SQL Server table?=20
My=20 SQL Server errorlog is filling up with entries. How can I switch or = truncate=20 it?=20
Which=20 sort-order should I choose for my SQL Server for the fastest=20 performance?=20
Why=20 is my application locking up in SQL Server?=20
Where=20 can I get the SQL Server Programmers Toolkit?=20
I'm=20 getting an error 80004005 message connecting to SQL Server - what's = going=20 on?=20
Is=20 it safe to clear down the msdb..sysbackuphistory table in SQL = Server?=20
I'm=20 having problems getting more than x connections from a 16-bit client = to SQL=20 Server=20
How=20 can I restrict the number of rows returned to my query in SQL = Server?=20
I=20 can't use a tape-drive with SQL Server, but it works ok with NT = Backup.=20 Why?=20
SQL=20 Mail keeps hanging - meaning I have to restart SQL Server to clear = it.=20
How=20 can I convert a string to "proper" case in SQL Server?=20
Where=20 can I get Embedded SQL for SQL Server?=20
Does=20 SQL Server support Unicode?=20
Where=20 can I download SQL Server utilities, service packs etc.?=20
How=20 can I disble the dial-up remote network prompt with the SQL Server = GUI=20 tools?=20
Error=20 message : Failed to obtain TransactionDispenserInterface:=20 XACT_E_TMNOTAVAILABLE.=20
Should=20 I amend the SQL Server "Backup Buffer Size"?=20
What=20 is SQLHDTST.EXE for SQL Server and where do I get it?=20
How=20 can I install the 32-bit SQL Server client for NT or Windows 9x? =
I=20 am getting a message GetOverLappedResult() from a SQL Server = query.=20
What=20 does the SQL Server error message Lazywriter: WARNING, couldn't find = slot,=20 8/8, scanned 8 mean?=20
I=20 have a corrupt SQL Server table that I can't drop. What can I = do?=20
Why=20 can't I BCP a Unix file into SQL Server? I get UNEXPECTED EOF = messages.=20
What=20 can't I do with SQL Enterprise Manager under Win9x?=20
I=20 am getting a message "Protocol error in TDS Datastream" from a SQL = Server=20 query.=20
Why=20 is SQL Server slower than Access/FoxPro/DBase etc.=20
Can=20 I turn SQL Server logging off?=20
What=20 tools are available to debug stored-procedures under SQL Server? =
Why=20 do I get an error "Error: 702, Severity: 20, State: 1" running a SQL = Server=20 query?=20
What=20 do the bufwait and writelog errors in SQL Server mean?=20
Who=20 are Microsoft Product Support Services?=20
What=20 is a "SQL Server MVP" and how do I become one?=20
I'm=20 getting an access denied or CreateFile message when connecting to = SQL=20 Server.=20
How=20 can I automate the scripting of a database/objects in SQL = Server?=20
Why=20 is the date I get via select getdate() wrong in SQL Server?=20
Where=20 is the pointer to master stored in SQL Server? How can I move the = master=20 database?=20
Why=20 do I see page faults/sec above 0 when I have a dedicated SQL Server=20 machine?=20
How=20 do I configure a connection to use tcp-ip sockets with SQL = Server?=20
How=20 can I do a crosstab function using standard TSQL in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I run an external (non-SQL) program/dll etc. from within a TSQL = SQL=20 Server script?=20
What=20 specification hardware do I need to run SQL Server for good = performance?=20
How=20 can I stop a SQL Server process?=20
I=20 get an ODBC error.=20
I've=20 forgotten the sa password for SQL Server - what can I do?=20
Why=20 does my SQL Server code sometimes respond slower than normal when I = haven't=20 changed anything?=20
Should=20 I apply SP5? Will it cause more problems than it fixes?=20
Do=20 I really need 166Mhz Pentium processors to run SQL Server 7.0?=20
Does=20 SQL Server run under Win2000/NT5?=20
How=20 do I change the name of SQL Server?=20
Why=20 has my tempdb in SQL Server filled up?=20
Mail=20 messages are stuck in my outbox with SQL Mail.=20
I=20 am getting an error "Msg 2503, Level 16, State 1 Table Corrupt" on = my SQL=20 Server - what can I do?=20
I=20 am getting an error 2521 on my SQL Server - what can I do?=20
I=20 am getting an error 605 on SQL Server - what can I do?=20
I=20 get an error #610 - Maximum number of databases that may be accessed = by a=20 transaction is x.=20
I'm=20 getting a "bad token" error message from SQL Server - what causes = this?=20
Why=20 do I get slow or no connections to SQL Server using IPX from my = Win3x and=20 Win9x clients?=20
I'm=20 getting the following error with SQL 7 regarding DTS inability to = transform=20 data.=20
With=20 SQL Server should I get more processors or faster processors?=20
How=20 can I get ISQL.EXE to return a DOS errorlevel for me to test?=20
Does=20 SQL Server have any built-in functions to work with julian = dates?=20
Why=20 can I connect to SQL Server with the tcp-ip sockets netlib and not=20 named-pipes=20
Should=20 I apply NT 4.0 SP4 to my SQL Server system?=20
Are=20 there any resources or tools to aid in an Oracle PL/SQL to SQL = Server TSQL=20 conversion.=20
What=20 is a reproduction (repro) script that I need to produce for a SQL = Server=20 bug?=20
Do=20 SQL Service Packs have to be applied in order or can I just apply = the latest=20 one?=20
Is=20 there an Access upsizing wizard to SQL Server 7.0?=20
Why=20 can't I see master, msdb etc. in SQL 7 EM? Also I can't see the = system=20 tables in user databases.=20
What=20 versions of SQL 7 are there and what are the differences?=20
When=20 SQL Executive starts I get the error id 109.=20
What=20 tools are available to stress/benchmark SQL Server?=20
Why=20 can't I stop/start SQL from SQL Enterprise Manager?=20
Should=20 I use tempdb in ram?=20
Does=20 SQL 7 support tempdb in ram?=20
I=20 am getting an error 4409 selecting on a view ever since I applied = SP5 to SQL=20 6.5.=20
I=20 am getting an error 603 on database recovery in a SQL 6.0 = system.=20
Why=20 do I get an error "SQL Server Assertion : File:<xxx.c> = Line=3Dyyy Failed=20 Assertion=3D'zzz'?=20
How=20 can I overwrite expired backups on a disk device to save on space = and still=20 keep a rolling x days there?=20
Should=20 I set "boost priority" to 1 or "SMP" to -1 on SQL Server?=20
What=20 are all the dbcc commands for SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I see how many objects are actually open in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I get the hardware spec of a SQL Server remotely?=20
How=20 can I tell what columns in my SQL Server database are identity = columns?=20
I=20 get an errot trying to load a trace file into the SQL 7 = Profiler/Index=20 Tuning Wizard.=20
How=20 do I install the SQL Server Internet Connector Software?=20
Can=20 I use a Worm/MO/CD-Rom jukebox with SQL Server?=20
When=20 I run the MDAC setup routine that comes with SQL Server SP5(a) why = does it=20 re-invoke the SP setup?=20
How=20 can I replace/change/delete characters in a SQL Server column?=20
Does=20 SQL Server support row numbers like Oracle does?=20
When=20 I do a SQL Server trace I see sp_cursoropen and sp_cursorfetch = commands=20 being sent=20
Does=20 SQL 7 support db-lib?=20
Why=20 do I get a 6.5 group in my SQL 7.0 MMC list of servers?=20
Can=20 I run SQL 6.5 and SQL 7.0 on the same machine?=20
How=20 can I check whether SQL 6.5 or SQl 7.0 is installed without = connecting to=20 SQL and logging on?=20
I'm=20 running a stored-proc from VB. Why does it return control before the = SP has=20 finished?=20
Can=20 I install SQL on a Terminal Server machine?=20
How=20 can I report a SQL Server bug to Microsoft?=20
Why=20 do I get the SQL Server error "Msg 8412 - Schemas differ" when doing = a LOAD=20 TABLE?=20
Why=20 do I get an error message when I try to run SQL 7 EM - "MMC - = Snap-in failed=20 to initialize"?=20
Why=20 is the week number returned by SQL Server wrong?=20
How=20 can I un-install a SQL Server servicepack and go back to the = original=20 version?=20
How=20 can I transfer database diagrams from one SQL 7 server to = another?=20
Why=20 is SQL Server 7 slower than 6.5 at running some of my sp's?=20
How=20 can I modify the SQL 7 unattended install script?=20
Is=20 there an Access upsizing wizard to SQL Server 7.0?=20
Do=20 I really need a 166Mhz Pentium processor to run SQL Server 7.0?=20
Why=20 do I get an error 'Bad pointer 0xABCDEF encountered while remapping = stored=20 procedure' in SQL Server?=20
Why=20 does sp_processmail fail with 'Supplied datatype for set_user is not = allowed, expecting 'varchar''?=20
How=20 can I pad an integer value in SQL Server with zeroes?=20
Where=20 can I get a JDBC driver for SQL Server?=20
Why=20 is SQL Server better/worse than Oracle?=20
A=20 query produces this error in SQL 7 'Internal Query Processor = Error'.=20
Any=20 known issues with IE5 and SQL Server 7.0?=20
How=20 can I programmatically get the next free device number (vdevno) in = SQL 6.5=20 and below?=20
How=20 can I get random numbers from SQL Server? Using rand() I always get = the same=20 sequence.=20
What=20 is the precedence of the SET commands, database options, session = options=20 etc. in SQL Server?=20
Why=20 am I seeing entries in sysindexes (or sp_helpindex) for indexes I = have not=20 created?=20
I'm=20 getting #deleted entries in resultsets from ODBC since installing = SQL 7,=20 why?=20
How=20 can I use SQL 7's HDQ facilities to get at NT domain or Exchange=20 information?=20
How=20 can I tell if my code is ANSI-92 compliant?=20
How=20 can I automate the scripting/transfer of a database/objects in SQL=20 Server?=20
If=20 I lose my data file (MDF) in SQL 7 I can't backup the log to recover = to a=20 point in time - why not?=20
What=20 does the SQL Server error message "sort: bob write not complete = after xx=20 seconds." mean?=20
How=20 can I run a DTS package from within SQL Server - e.g. a=20 stored-procedure?=20
Where=20 can I get Embedded SQL for SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I get file information using SQL Server?=20
My=20 SQL Server database has been marked "loading" - what can I do?=20
How=20 can I connect to SQL Server from a Macintosh?=20
I=20 am getting problems with ODBC apps since upgrading to SQL 6.5 SP5a = or=20 installing SQL 7.=20
How=20 do I configure multi-protocol net-lib to force encryption of packets = in SQL=20 Server?=20
How=20 can I ORDER BY different fields based on a variable in SQL = Server?=20
Can=20 I upgrade SQL 4.x to 7.0 directly?=20
How=20 can I programmatically kick off a SQL dump and get the stats on how = far=20 through it is back dynamically?=20
Where=20 does the list of SQL Server's come from in registration/dialog = boxes?=20
Can=20 I add comments to SQL Server's schema like I can with Access?=20
How=20 can I pass an array of values to a SQL Server stored-procedure?=20
How=20 does SQL Server clear up orphaned connections?=20
How=20 do I configure the debugger in Visual Studio to work with SQL 7? =
How=20 can I connect from Delphi to SQL 7?=20
Why=20 does my copy of SQL Server say it is the 120 day eval edition when = it is the=20 full commercial copy?=20
Why=20 do I get a "variable is not declared" inside my EXEC statement?=20
What=20 is the equivalent of the IIF command in SQL Server?=20
What=20 does the red zig-zag line next to a server name in SQL Enterprise = Manager=20 mean?=20
Why=20 do I get the error 'An unknown full-text failure (80004005)'?=20
Why=20 does the tcp-ip net-lib not appear as an option in SQL Setup?=20
How=20 much longer will MS support SQL 6.5 for?=20
How=20 can I tell whether a table is a system (Microsoft) table in SQL = 7?=20
Where=20 can I get SQL 7.0 SP1?=20
Why=20 do I get "SQL Server has run out of locks" error message with SQL 7 = - I=20 thought it dynamically allocated them?=20
How=20 do I configure the client query time-out for SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I migrate from Access to SQL Server?=20
What=20 does "bufdiscard: WARNING, page xx (dbid n, bp 0xzzzzzzzz) has=20 stat0x10080(), skipping" mean?=20
Can=20 I replicate/connect/whatever to SQL Server over the Internet?=20
How=20 can I get ISQL.EXE to return a DOS errorlevel for me to test?=20
What=20 programming languages can I write an extended stored-procedure = in?=20
Does=20 SQL Server 7.0 support XML?=20
Where=20 can I get details on the layout of the TDS protocol that SQL Server = uses to=20 talk to clients?=20
Why=20 can't I use a GO in a stored-procedure?=20
Can=20 SQL Server backup to a tape unit on another server?=20
How=20 can I restore a single table in SQL 7?=20
How=20 can I calculate someone's age in SQL Server?=20
Where=20 can I get the ANSI92 SQL information from.=20
Why=20 do I get arithmetic overflows and 'string truncated' errors with SQL = 7? I=20 didn't with 6.5.=20
Why=20 do I get an "UNEXPECTED EOF" message in BCP?=20
Should=20 I use char or varchar? What are the advantages?=20
How=20 can I clear SQL Server's procedure cache?=20
What=20 registry entries does SQL Server's client use?=20
Why=20 do I get NULL when adding/concatenating a NULL value with SQL 7? I = didn't=20 with 6.5.=20
How=20 can I remove unwanted carriage-returns and line-feeds from a SQL = table?=20
Is=20 there a DATE function for SQL Server? I don't want to hold the = time.=20
How=20 can I run a DTS package from within SQL Server - e.g. a=20 stored-procedure?=20
Are=20 there any examples of heterogeneous data queries from SQL 7 to other = sources?=20
Why=20 am I getting a message 'The Enterprise Edition server component = cannot be=20 installed on Windows NT Server using this CD.' installing SQL 7? =
Can=20 I load a SQL 6.5 dump or device file into SQL 7?=20
How=20 do I know which version of MDAC I am running?=20
Does=20 SQL Server have memory leaks? How can I tell?=20
Can=20 I install SQL 7 and MSDE on the same machine?=20
I=20 am trying to upgrade MSDE to full SQL Server and getting an error = 'You=20 cannot install a version which is older (7.00.623) than the version = on your=20 machine (7.00.677)=20
Can=20 I create SQL Server databases on network drives?=20
Should=20 I apply NT 4.0 SP5 to my SQL Server system?=20
I=20 can't see the SQL performance counters in PerfMon. What could be = wrong?=20
How=20 do I connect to SQL Server from PERL?=20
Where=20 does SQL server store the permissions on tables?=20
Why=20 can't I use RCMD.EXE via xp_cmdshell from SQL Server?=20
I=20 have a corrupt log file - can I rebuild it?=20
How=20 can I recover data from a SQL table that is corrupt with a bad=20 page/pointer?=20
How=20 can I clear a table and reset the identity back to 0?=20
Why=20 would I get a message "Retrying row fetch:rowoffset entry n out of = range=20 (pg% obj%, db %)" from SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I restrict the number of rows returned to my query in SQL = Server?=20
Why=20 can't I shrink my database any smaller than xxx Mb?=20
What=20 does sp_sdidebug do?=20
Should=20 I upgrade to SQL 7.0? What are the known bugs?=20
What=20 happened to the gui for column level permissions in SQL 7?=20
Under=20 SQL 6.5 a user of ISQL/W or other tools could only see the databases = they=20 had permission to in the drop down boxes, not under 7.0, why?=20
Why=20 does my ODBC v2 application not work with SQL 7? Why do I get a gpf = in=20 VBDB300.DLL?=20
Should=20 I apply SP1 for SQL 7? Are there any known issues?=20
Why=20 do I get an error in sqlsspi.c?=20
What=20 is the equivalent of an Oracle synonym in SQL Server?=20
Does=20 SQL Server support tape-loaders?=20
Does=20 SQL Server support before and after (pre and post) triggers? What = about row=20 vs set triggers?=20
Where=20 can I get examples of XP code for SQL Server?=20
I=20 can run some SQL code or a DTS package myself fine, but when I run = it using=20 the SQL Scheduler it doesn't work - why not?=20
How=20 can e-mail with SQL Server without using an MS-Mail or Exchange = server?=20
How=20 can I transfer DTS packages from one SQL 7 server to another?=20
As=20 a user of Digital/Compaq Alpha technology how does MS dropping = support=20 affect SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I check with SQL whether a table is already there or not?=20
What=20 does a wait type of CXPacket mean?=20
Why=20 do I get an error - 'DTS Wizard Error - CoCreateInstance Class not=20 Registered'?=20
How=20 can I insert the output of a dbcc command into a SQL Server = table?=20
Why=20 do I get weird messages using SQL 7's MMC on Windows 2000 RC1?=20
What=20 does a wait type of CXPacket or Exchange mean?=20
When=20 would I use dbcc gaminit in SQL Server?=20
I've=20 overallocated memory for SQL Server and now it won't start - what = can I=20 do?=20
I=20 have filled the model database's log and now SQL won't start with a = 1105=20 error - what can I do?=20
I'm=20 installing SQL Server and am getting a problem with ODBC=20
Why=20 do I only get 255 characters back in a column in Query Analyzer? =
How=20 can I find duplicate rows in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I get a count for all tables in a database?=20
Why=20 do I get an error "CANNOT GENERATE SSPI CONTEXT"?=20
How=20 can I see what line a stored-procedure is on?=20
How=20 can I list all available SQL Servers in my application?=20
How=20 can I access Exchange stores from SQL Server?=20
Why=20 does ISQL/W gpf when I move the mouse pointer with an = Intellimouse.=20
How=20 can I tell if a service is running from SQL?=20
What's=20 happened to SQL_PRESERVE_CURSORS in SQL 7.0?=20
Why=20 does only one cpu get used with my SQL 6.5 system for an extremely=20 complex/long running query?=20
How=20 can I get on a beta program for new versions of SQL/OLAP/MSEQ = etc?=20
How=20 can I do a case-sensitive comparison on a SQL Server installed with = a=20 case-insensitive sort-order?=20
How=20 can I configure SQL Server to listen on another net-lib? How can I = tell what=20 net-libs are being used?=20
Why=20 do I get an error message "Not enough server storage is available to = process=20 this request"?=20
Why=20 won't my log shrink in SQL 7?=20
How=20 can I use Lotus Notes for SQL Mail?=20
Why=20 do I get invalid rows returned containing hyphens when my where = clause=20 doesn't specify them?=20
Why=20 is the week number returned by SQL Server wrong?=20
How=20 can I get something added to the SQL Server wishlist?=20
In=20 SQL 6.5 why does passing a 256 byte character string to an SP = expecting a=20 TEXT field produce a NULL when checked?=20
How=20 can I clear SQL Server's procedure cache?=20
How=20 can I turn an IP address held as a string to the four separate = integers?=20
How=20 can I re-install just the MMC for SQL Server?=20
I=20 need to move SQL Server to a new NT server - what are my = options?=20
I'm=20 getting an error message - "Cannot Load DLL 'SDI' Reason 126 ( The = specified=20 Module Cannot be found)" when doing a stored-procedure debug on SQL = Server.=20 Or breakpoints just don't fire.=20
Where=20 can I get more info on the spt_values table?=20
Where=20 can I get a diagram of the SQL 7 system tables?=20
SQL=20 Server hangs and becomes unresponsive - what can I do?=20
I'm=20 having trouble with SQL Server unattended install, what could be = wrong?=20
How=20 can I change the default location for database files that SQL = creates?=20
How=20 can I tell if a column for a table already exists?=20
How=20 can I programmatically create a DSN?=20
What=20 is the dllhost.exe process on my machine that seems to use a lot of = CPU?=20
What=20 is the maximum number of rows in a SQL table? What other size = limitations=20 are there?=20
Are=20 SQL Server userid's and passwords passed in clear on the = network?=20
When=20 I change a table definition it often invalidates any views on that = table.=20 How can I fix this without re-creating the view?=20
How=20 can I script my database schema?=20
How=20 does a client talk to SQL Server? What is a net-lib? What network = protocols=20 are used? What net-libs support NT authentication/encryption?=20
I=20 am getting a "cfgchar" problem installing SQL Server 6.5 SP5?=20
How=20 can I tell if a stored procedure was created with the ANSI NULLS = setting=20 on?=20
Does=20 SQL Server have an 'ON ERROR RESUME' type function in TSQL to match = the VB=20 facility?=20
Why=20 do I get the error 'Cannot use file <logfile> because it was=20 originally formatted with a different sector size=20
What=20 is the maximum number of rows in a SQL table? What other size = limitations=20 are there?=20
What=20 does the red lightning bolt next to a server in SQL EM mean?=20
Why=20 can't I backup/restore my SQL Server database to JAZ/ZIP drive from = SQL=20 EM?=20
How=20 can I compare that the contents of two tables are identical?=20
How=20 can I decrypt a SQL Server stored-procedure?=20
How=20 do I drop the index related to a primary key? DROP INDEX doesn't = work..=20
How=20 can I get the current time in GMT rather than local time?=20
What=20 do MS mean by Internal vs External fragmentation in SQL Server?=20
How=20 do I know whether SQL Server is in per-seat or per-server mode? How = can I=20 change it? How can I add licenses?=20
How=20 can I list all databases on an SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I list all user tables on an SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I resolve the error 'An error 1069 - (The service did not start = due to a=20 logon failure)' for SQL Server?=20
SQL=20 Server only runs under NT. What cheap/free database runs under = Linux?=20
Why=20 could the SQL version switch utility not work?=20
How=20 can I read/write to a flat file from inside a SQL Server TSQL=20 script/stored-procedure/trigger?=20
Why=20 am I getting gpf's/hangs running SQL tools under Windows 9x - I = don't get=20 the same problems with Windows NT clients?=20
What=20 can I do about handling blocking and deadlocks in SQL Server?=20
How=20 can I install SQL 7.0 Desktop Edition from the Back Office 4.5 = CD's?=20
Why=20 am I getting an error "The RAID set for database <xxx> is = missing=20 member number <x>. Backup or restore operation terminating=20 abnormally"?=20
Does=20 SQL Server Enterprise Edition perform better than Standard = edition?=20
I=20 am getting an error where only 10 users can connect. I have more = licenses=20 than this - what is going on?=20
I=20 can't see the SQL performance counters on the second node in my = cluster? I=20 can see the NT ones ones.=20
When=20 might I want to use a surrogate key?=20
How=20 can I run some SQL code every time SQL Server starts?=20
Why=20 am I being blocked by spid -1? I am not able to kill it and have to = restart=20 SQL Server to get around it.=20
Why=20 does the new 'TOP' command in SQL 7 not work? I get a syntax error. = Also=20 ALTER TABLE and other SQL 7 only commands.=20
Where=20 can I get SP2 beta for SQL 7.0?=20
How=20 can I make sure the SQL Server agent auto-starts when I start SQL=20 Server?=20
What=20 conferences covering SQL Server are coming up?=20
I'm=20 having trouble installing SQL Server on Win9x=20
How=20 can I select random rows from a SQL Server table?=20
Can=20 I do a SQL Server backup to a tape drive on another server?=20
Why=20 do I get an error 'Msg 602, Level 21, State 3. Could not find row in = Sysindexes for dbid 'x', object 'yyyyyyyy',index 'z'.' when running = a SQL=20 Server query?=20
I=20 am getting an error 603 restoring a database ever since I applied = SP5 to SQL=20 6.5?=20
What=20 issues are there with SQL 7's DTS function and Oracle.=20
What=20 is the Microsoft Loopback adapter and why do I need it for SQL = Server?=20
Where=20 can I get an OLE-DB/ODBC/JDBC driver to connect SQL Server to = product=20 xyz?=20
I=20 have a SQL Server process that shows as being in SPINLOOP. What does = this=20 mean?=20
Now=20 that SQL 7.0 is released can I still buy SQL 6.5?=20
How=20 can I convert a SQL date/time to just date?

MultiMedia

How=20 do I disable CD AutoPlay?=20
How=20 do I install a Joystick in NT?=20
How=20 do I change my Soundcards Settings (IRQ)?=20
Does=20 NT 4.0 support Direct X?=20
Does=20 NT have a speaker driver?=20
How=20 do I install my SoundBlaster Sound Card?=20
How=20 do I install a WaveBlaster card?=20
I=20 have lost the speaker icon from my task bar.=20
How=20 can I get my PCI based sound card to work under Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I check my machines DirectX support?

NetWare

What=20 about Netware?=20
What=20 are Client Services for Netware?=20
What=20 are Gateway Services for Netware?=20
How=20 do I install Gateway Services for Netware?=20
How=20 do I attach to a NetWare 3.12 Server?=20
How=20 do I attach to a NetWare 4.1 Server?=20
What=20 are File and Print Services for Netware?=20
What=20 is Directory Service Manager?=20
What=20 is Migration Tool for Netware?=20
What=20 are the NT equivalents of NetWare Rights?=20
NWCONVE.EXE=20 is not migrating your users and groups.=20
I=20 have very slow performance saving documents to a FPNW server.=20
How=20 can I disable the print separator page when printing to a NetWare = print=20 server?=20
How=20 can I stop my machine complaining about NWLNKRIP service not = starting?=20
NetWare=20 migration tool cannot find the domain controller.=20
How=20 can I assign NetWare variables to NT variables?=20
I=20 get print banners and confirmations through CSNW even though they = are=20 deselected, what can I do?

Network

How=20 do I assign User Rights for a standalone server (not the PDC/BDC) in = a=20 domain?=20
I=20 can't FTP to my server, although the FTP service is running?=20
How=20 do I validate my NT Logon against a UNIX account?=20
Can=20 I synchronize the time of a NT Workstation with a NT Server?=20
How=20 can I send a message to all users?=20
How=20 do I change a Workstations Name?=20
How=20 do I stop the default admin shares from being created?=20
How=20 do I disconnect all network drives?=20
How=20 do I hide a machine from Network Browsers?=20
How=20 do I remote Boot NT?=20
How=20 can I get a list of users currently logged on?=20
How=20 do I configure NT to be a gateway to an ISP?=20
How=20 do I install the FTP server service?=20
How=20 do I get a list of all connections to my PC?=20
How=20 can I get the Ethernet address of my Network card?=20
How=20 can I configure the preferred Master Browser?=20
Is=20 it possible to protect against Telnet attacks?=20
What=20 Telnet Servers/Daemons are available for Windows NT?=20
How=20 do I install MSN under NT?=20
What=20 FireWall products are available for NT?=20
How=20 do I install the Remoteboot Service?=20
How=20 many connections can NT have?=20
How=20 can I secure a server that will be a Web Server on the Internet? =
How=20 can I stop a user logging on more than once?=20
How=20 can I get information about my domain account?=20
A=20 machine is shown as Inactive in Server manager when it is not.=20
How=20 do I automatically FTP using NT?=20
How=20 can I change the time period used for displaying the password = expiration=20 message?=20
How=20 can I modify share permissions from the command line?=20
How=20 can I change the protocol binding order?=20
What=20 criteria are used to decide which machine will be the Master = Browser?=20
How=20 can I get a list of MAC to IP addresses on the network?=20
How=20 can I control the list of connections shown when mapping a network=20 drive?=20
How=20 do I grant users access to a network printer?=20
How=20 can I create a share on another machine over the network?=20
I=20 get errors accessing a Windows NT FTP Server from a non Internet = Explorer=20 browser.=20
How=20 can I view which machines are acting as browse masters?=20
Is=20 there any way to improve the performance of my modem internet=20 connection?=20
How=20 can I remotely tell who is logged on at a machine?=20
How=20 do I remove a NT computer from a domain?=20
How=20 can I shutdown a number of machines without going to each = machine?=20
How=20 can I close all network sessions/connections?=20
How=20 can I connect to a server using different user accounts?=20
How=20 do I set the comment for my machine that is displayed in Network=20 Neighborhood?=20
How=20 can I define multiple NetBIOS names for a machine?=20
How=20 can I manage my NT domain over the net?=20
How=20 can I remotely manage services?=20
Net.exe=20 reference.=20
How=20 can I make net.exe use the next available drive letter?=20
How=20 can I check if servers can communicate via RPC's?=20
How=20 can I reduce the delay when using multiple redirectors?=20
How=20 can a DOS machine connect to an NT domain?=20
Where=20 are Windows 2000 network connections stored in the registry?=20
How=20 do I install the loopback adapter in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I turn off/on connection ghosting?=20
How=20 can I map to an FTP server as a drive?=20
How=20 can I create a browse election log file?=20
How=20 do I enable the telnet server in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I enable plain text passwords with the telnet server in Windows = 2000?=20
What=20 is REXEC?=20
What=20 REXEC daemons (REXECD) are available for NT/2000?=20
How=20 do I add a network place in Windows 2000?=20
What=20 are the NetBIOS suffixes (16th character)?=20
How=20 can I stop UNC shares automatically being added to My Network = Places?=20
Where=20 do I get netdiag.exe and what is it?

Performance

How=20 do I move my pagefile?=20
How=20 big and where should my Pagefile be?=20
Users=20 complain server response is slow, but when I use the server = everything is=20 fine.=20
Is=20 there a RAM disk in NT4.0?=20
How=20 can I monitor disk performance?=20
How=20 can I tell if I need a faster CPU?=20
I=20 need to run a number of 16 bit apps, what is the best way to do = this?=20
How=20 can I run an Application at a higher priority?=20
How=20 can I monitor processes that start after I start the Performance=20 monitor?=20
How=20 can I view information in the Event Log from the command line?=20
Is=20 there anything to help diagnose performance problems?=20
Is=20 there anyway to output performance logs directly to a comma = separated=20 file?=20
How=20 can I control the amount of memory NT uses for file caching?=20
How=20 can I stop Windows NT System Code and Drivers being paged?=20
How=20 can I change the size of the pagefile?=20
How=20 can I remotely change the size of a pagefile?=20
Performance=20 Monitor is not listing all possible objects and counters.=20
How=20 do I enable disk counters in Performance Monitor in Windows = 2000?=20

Printing

How=20 do I create a queue to a Network Printer?=20
How=20 do I delete a network port (e.g. LPT3:)?=20
How=20 do I configure my print jobs to wait until out of hours?=20
How=20 can I disable the Printer PopUp message?=20
How=20 do I change the Print Spool location?=20
How=20 do I enable Print Auditing?=20
How=20 do I enable drag and drop printing?=20
How=20 do I configure a Print Separator Page?=20
How=20 can I restrict which users can install local printer drivers?=20
How=20 many printers can be on one NT Server?=20
How=20 can I print to an ascii text file?=20
How=20 do I set security on a printer?=20
I=20 get the error "The print processor is unknown" when installing a=20 printer.=20
Where=20 in the registry is the default printer set?=20
When=20 I try to print to a parallel device I receive error: System could = not find=20 the file.=20
How=20 can I allow members of the Printer Operators group to Add = Printers?=20
How=20 can I configure NT as a print server for UNIX systems?=20
How=20 can I audit the no. of pages printed by any particular user on an NT = network?=20
How=20 do I create a custom page size for a printer?=20
The=20 additional NetBIOS name of my server does not work for print = services.=20
How=20 can I stop print jobs writing to the System Log?=20
How=20 do I create a queue to a Network Printer in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I view print jobs from the command line?=20
How=20 can I delete a print job from the command line?=20
How=20 can I add a printer to the send to context option?=20
Sharing=20 printers between Unix and NT.=20
How=20 can I set the default printer from the command prompt?=20
How=20 can I maintain printer information for my domain?=20
What=20 are the printer improvements in SP6 for NT 4.0?=20
How=20 can I add a printer from the command line?=20
How=20 can a printer be listed in the Active Directory?=20
How=20 can I print from the command window/use lpt1 etc?=20
How=20 can I check/replace incompatible Windows 2000 printer drivers?=20
How=20 can I administer printers via the web?

Problem Solving

I=20 have installed Office 97 now I can no longer use Desktop Themes. =
I=20 cannot delete a file called AUX.BAT or COM1!=20
The=20 AT command does not work!=20
I=20 can't format a disk/ create an Emergency Repair disk?=20
When=20 I change CD's/access the floppy drive NT crashes.=20
After=20 a new installation of NT, I can logon but no shell starts.=20
I=20 have a Matrox Millenium graphics card and the windows blink and = flash when=20 moved.=20
When=20 I start NT I get NTDETECT twice.=20
My=20 desktop disappears after a crash.=20
I=20 have installed a second CPU, however NT will not recognize it.=20
I=20 reinstalled NT, now I cannot logon.=20
I=20 have Windows 95 installed, and I am trying to start the NT = installation but=20 it fails.=20
An=20 Application keeps starting every time I start NT.=20
Each=20 time I start NT I get a file delete sharing violation?=20
Sometimes=20 when I run a program or Control Panel applet it says "no disk in = drive=20 a:".=20
When=20 I try and create an Emergency Repair Disk I get an error that files = are=20 missing.=20
I=20 have installed Service Pack 3, now I cannot run Java programs.=20
Every=20 time I start NT, explorer is started showing the system32 = directory.=20
I=20 have removed my IDE CD-ROM drive, now NT will not boot.=20
I=20 get the error, The procedure entry point WNetEnumCachedPasswords = could not=20 be located.=20
What=20 information is shown in the Blue Screen of Death (BSOD) ?=20
I=20 have created my own service, however on logoff the application = stops.=20
I=20 can't install any software.=20
I=20 get an error "This application is not supported by Windows NT".=20
I=20 have installed IE 4.0 now my shortcut icons are corrupt.=20
I=20 have lost access to the root of the boot partition, now I can't = logon.=20
I=20 receive the error: The procedure entry point WNetEnumCachedPasswords = could=20 not be located.=20
How=20 can I perform a kernel debug?=20
How=20 do I configure remote debugging?=20
I=20 get the error "Not enough server storage is available to process = this=20 command".=20
I=20 can't delete a directory called con.=20
I=20 get an error when I try to export a profile other than = Administrator.=20
I=20 have chosen a screen resolution that has corrupted display and now I = can't=20 restore it=20
I=20 get error "Boot record signature AA55 not found (1079 found)".=20
When=20 I boot up NT, it pauses for about 30 seconds on the blue screen. =
I=20 receive a RDISK error, disk is full.=20
My=20 Shortcuts try and resolve to UNC paths?=20
When=20 I select a hyperlink or open a channel system32 folder opens?=20
When=20 I try and use WinAT I get a Dr Watson error.=20
Drive=20 mappings are being created by themselves.=20
I=20 can't create a partition over 1GB on an Adaptec 2940 SCSI = controller.=20
I=20 get a STOP 0x00000078 error.=20
A=20 file Testdir.tmp is created on a shared volume which cannot be = deleted.=20
How=20 can I replace an in use NT system file?=20
I=20 removed my folder association and cannot open any folders!=20
The=20 batch file I schedule to run does not work with the /every = switch.=20
I=20 have a volume of type Unknown in Disk Administrator.=20
I=20 am unable to use Start from the command line with files with spaces = in.=20
I=20 am not offered the option to install from an INF context menu.=20
How=20 can I deallocate corrupt Memory?=20
I=20 am unable to run certain 16 bit applications.=20
I=20 have a service stopping NT from booting.=20
If=20 I run winfile d: it starts Explorer?=20
I=20 have problems with tips after Service Pack 4.=20
After=20 installing Service Pack 4 my ATAPI/IDE ZIP drive is not = available.=20
Disk=20 power management does not work after Service Pack 4.=20
I=20 get error: Your password must be at least 0 characters long.=20
What=20 is Remote Explorer?=20
When=20 I try and edit the default domain controller policy the local policy = is=20 shown, why?=20
My=20 desktop icons are corrupt, what can I do?=20
How=20 can I kill an orphaned process?=20
I=20 have lost my executable association.=20
How=20 can I save the BSOD information?=20
Why=20 do I get the message 'Initialization of USER32.dll or KERNEL32.dll'=20 failed?=20
Users=20 are unable to logon to my Small Business Server even though I have = enough=20 licenses.=20
How=20 can I use path names longer than 255 characters?=20
I=20 get error 'Setup was unable to copy the following file CDROM.SYS', = why?=20
Logon=20 scripts are hanging/looping, why?=20
The=20 NTVDM and WOW subsystems cannot start correctly, what can I do?=20
What=20 does message/error/event X mean?=20
When=20 I double click on a MSI file it has no association, what can I = do?=20
I=20 am unable to stop a process from Task Manager even though I'm an=20 Administrator, what can I do?=20
I=20 am unable to run CHKDSK, it cannot lock or open volume for direct=20 access.=20
I=20 get a Blue-Screen of Death during setup, help!=20
After=20 uninstalling Windows 98 I am unable to boot NT.=20
My=20 last known good configuration is missing or corrupt and I can't boot = NT.=20
When=20 I start Explorer I get a Dr Watson error, what can I do?=20
I=20 get an error after installing IE 4.0 SP2 on a Terminal Server.=20
I=20 get error 'Program will not fit in memory', what's the cause?=20
After=20 installing SP4/SP5 on NT 4.0 daylight saving is automatically = enabled.=20
I've=20 installed a Promise Ultra IDE card but NT/2000 will no longer = work.=20
Some=20 entries are missing from the Add/Remove programs control panel = applet.=20
The=20 default source path for my Windows 2000 installation is not = correct.=20
What=20 keys are available during startup of Windows 2000 to = troubleshoot?=20
Installation=20 of Windows 2000 hangs at the 'Setup is inspecting your computer', = what can I=20 do?=20
What=20 logs are available to troubleshoot Windows 2000 installation = problems?=20
Why=20 are my AT and SOON commands not working properly?=20
I=20 get error 'CAPI: The install program could not open the signature = file' when=20 installing SP5 hotfixes.=20
I=20 get an event log, Crash Dump is Disabled, why?=20
I'm=20 getting a BSOD at startup with error C0000135.=20
I'm=20 unable to install Outlook 98, IE 5.0, error about log file command = line.=20
NT=20 3.51 daylight saving update.=20
The=20 SUBST command is not working correctly in Windows 2000.=20
I'm=20 unable to install the Command Console on a mirror in Windows = 2000.=20
I'm=20 receiving Event ID 3013.=20
I=20 don't get sound on DOS games under NT.=20
I=20 get an error event 1501 trying to start the Event Log service.=20
How=20 can I configure a service to automatically restart if it stops?=20
I've=20 disabled ACPI in my BIOS now Windows 2000 will not boot.=20
How=20 to I upgrade/downgrade to a multi-processor system in Windows = 2000?=20
My=20 machine BSOD's whenever I try to watch a DVD, what can I do?=20
I=20 get 'Error occurred getting driver list from inf file. Err=3D0' when = starting=20 the SCSI control panel applet.=20
Where=20 are the Dr Watson logs in Windows 2000?=20
I=20 get a BSOD of death, SYSTEM_LICENSE_VIOLATION, what did I do?=20
I=20 can't install Office 2000 on Windows 2000.=20
I'm=20 missing the Windows 2000 Advanced menu option on startup.=20
I=20 can't access the information in memory.dmp as a normal user.=20
I=20 cannot delete a file named con or nul.=20
How=20 do I change the system disk on a Windows 2000 system?=20
I=20 get an IRPStackSize event log every time I start Windows 2000.=20
Global.exe=20 does not work with DNS domain names.=20
I'm=20 unable to upgrade my Windows 2000 evaluation version to the full = edition=20 using a Windows 2000 upgrade CD.=20
I=20 can't load the basicdc.inf using the Security Configuration and = Template=20 editor or get errors in event log if I implement it?=20
I'm=20 unable to view/delete pagefile.sys using the recovery console.=20
I=20 get error messages when I try to eject/format/label a removable = disk.=20
I'm=20 getting a large number of event 2022 event logs.=20
I'm=20 missing the 'Computers Near Me' My Network Places group. =

Proxy Server 2.0

What=20 is Proxy Server 2.0?=20
How=20 do I install Proxy Server 2.0?=20
How=20 do I install the client for the WinSock Service?=20
How=20 do I remove the client WinSock Service?=20
How=20 can I bypass the client Winsock?=20
How=20 do I configure an Internet Browser to use the Web Proxy service? =
How=20 do I manage the Proxy Server?=20
How=20 can I configure the Proxy server to automatically dial out to the = ISP when=20 needed?=20
How=20 can I stop and start the Proxy services?=20
How=20 can I use the Web based Proxy Server Administration software?=20
Which=20 port does WinSock use?=20
How=20 can I configure the RAS Autodisconnect?=20
How=20 do I ban the Dilbert Zone using Proxy Server? :-)=20
How=20 do I install Proxy Server 2.0 on Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I create custom error messages for Proxy Server?=20
Audio=20 and Video are unavailable in NetMeeting via Proxy server, why?=20
How=20 can I use Chat behind a Proxy server?

RAID

Does=20 NT Workstation support RAID?=20
What=20 RAID levels does NT Server Support?=20
How=20 do I create a Stripe Set with Parity?=20
How=20 do I recreate a broken Stripe Set?=20
How=20 do I remove a Stripe Set?=20
Can=20 NT be on a Stripe Set?=20
How=20 do I create a Mirror Set (RAID 1)?=20
How=20 do I break a Mirror Set?=20
How=20 do I repair a broken Mirror Set?=20
Can=20 I install NT on a stripe set?=20
I=20 am unable to boot using on the Mirror disk.=20
I=20 have reinstalled NT now I have lost all RAID/volume sets.=20
How=20 do I create a RAID 5 set in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I delete a RAID 5 set in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I regenerate a RAID 5 set in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I create a mirror set (RAID 1) in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I break a mirror set (RAID 1) in Windows 2000?

RAS

How=20 do I connect two Workstations using RAS?=20
Is=20 it possible to dial an ISP using the command line?=20
How=20 can I stop the RAS connections closing when I logoff?=20
How=20 can I create a RAS Connection Script?=20
How=20 can I debug the RAS Connection Script?=20
How=20 do I configure RAS to connect to a leased line?=20
How=20 can I disable RAS AutoDial?=20
RAS=20 tries to dial out even on local resources.=20
I=20 have connected via RAS to a server however I can only see resources = on the=20 machine I connect to.=20
How=20 do I force the Logon Using Dialup Networking to be checked by = default on the=20 logon screen?=20
Where=20 are the RAS phone book entries and settings stored?=20
How=20 can I change the number of rings that RAS server waits for before=20 answering?=20
How=20 can I configure how long RAS Server waits before calling back a user = when=20 callback is enabled?=20
Whenever=20 I connect via RAS I cannot connect to local machines on my LAN.=20
How=20 can I disable the "Save Password" option in dial-up networking?=20
How=20 can I set the number of Authentication Retries for Dial-Up = connections?=20
How=20 can I set the Authentication Time-out for Dial-Up connections?=20
Enabling=20 128-bit RAS Data Encryption.=20
Why=20 does my RAS client have the wrong subnet mask, etc.?=20
How=20 long is the lease on the IP address when issued to a RAS client from = DHCP?=20
How=20 can I disconnect users from the RAS server?=20
How=20 can I disable the modem speaker when dialling?=20
How=20 can I limit RAS callers to see only the machine they connect to = rather than=20 the whole network?=20
How=20 do I install the Windows 98 Virtual Private Network adapter?=20
How=20 do I install the Point To Point Tunneling Server?=20
How=20 do I install the Windows NT Virtual Private Network client?=20
How=20 can I remove the dial-up networking icon from My Computer?=20
I've=20 connected two computers using two 56K modems but I never connect at = more=20 than 33Kb, why?=20
My=20 modem is not supported by RAS, what can I do?=20
I=20 get error 'There is no answer' from the PPTP server, why?=20
DEVICE.LOG=20 does not capture modem commands, what can I do?=20
How=20 do I create a dial-up connection in Windows 2000?=20
When=20 loading a program, I get the error message "RASMAN.DLL failed to = load".=20
How=20 can I enable 4.0 RAS servers in a Windows 2000 domain?=20
How=20 can I disable 4.0 RAS servers in a Windows 2000 domain?=20
How=20 can I get the Dial-Up Networking information in Windows 2000? =

Recovery

How=20 do I create an Emergency Repair Disk?=20
How=20 do I create a NT Boot Disk?=20
I=20 get the error "Can't find NTLDR"=20
How=20 do I recover a lost administrator password?=20
I=20 have set a drive to no access, now no-one can access it.=20
If=20 I copy a file with Explorer or from the command line, the = permissions get=20 lost.=20
How=20 can I get my taskbar back?=20
I=20 get the error "NTOSKRNL.EXE missing or corrupt" on bootup.=20
How=20 do I configure Directory Replication?=20
How=20 do I remotely create an Emergency Repair Disk?=20
How=20 do I promote a Backup Domain Controller to the Primary Domain=20 Controller?=20
How=20 do I reinstate my old PDC back into the Domain as the PDC?=20
What=20 tuning can be performed on Directory Replication?=20
I=20 am unable to perform a repair without a CD-ROM drive?=20
Changing=20 the Administrator password if you have forgotten it.=20
Where=20 is RDISK in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I install the Recovery Console?=20
How=20 do I create a bootable CD-ROM containing ERD = Commander/Professional?=20
How=20 do I enable kernel only crash dumps?=20
What's=20 the difference between manual and fast recovery in Windows 2000? =
I've=20 deleted NTBOOTDD.SYS and can't find it anywhere.

Registry

What=20 is the Registry?=20
What=20 files make up the registry, and where are they?=20
How=20 do I restrict access to the registry editor?=20
What=20 is the maximum registry size?=20
Should=20 I use REGEDIT.EXE or REGEDT32.EXE?=20
How=20 do I restrict access to a remote registry?=20
How=20 can I tell what changes are made to the registry?=20
How=20 can I delete a registry value/key from the command line?=20
How=20 can I audit changes to the registry?=20
How=20 can I clean up/remove invalid entries from the registry?=20
I=20 make changes to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\HARDWARE but they are lost on = reboot.=20
What=20 data types are available in the registry?=20
How=20 can I automate updates to the registry?=20
How=20 do I apply a .reg file without the success message?=20
How=20 can I remotely modify the maximum registry size?=20
I=20 can't update DWORD values using REG.EXE.=20
How=20 can I install a .inf file from the command line?=20
How=20 can I compress the registry?=20
Access=20 to the registry tools has been stopped, is there any way to get = access?=20
Where=20 does Windows 2000 store the last key accessed?=20
What's=20 new in the Windows 2000 version of RegEdit?=20
How=20 do I add a DWORD value from a .INF file?

Security

How=20 do I enable auditing?=20
How=20 do I view/clear the security log?=20
Where=20 can I get more information on the Event Viewer?=20
Where=20 can I get information on NT security problems?=20
How=20 can I restore the default permissions to the NT structure?=20
How=20 can I copy files and keep their security and permissions?=20
How=20 do I enable auditing on certain files/directories?=20
How=20 do I use the System Key functionality of Service Pack 3?=20
How=20 do I remove the System Key functionality of Service Pack 3?=20
How=20 can I configure the system to stop when the security log is = full?=20
How=20 can I clear the pagefile at shutdown?=20
How=20 do I enable strong password filtering?=20
How=20 do I set what happens during a crash?=20
How=20 can I configure the system to automatically reboot in the event of a = crash?=20
How=20 do I enable auditing on the SAM?=20
How=20 can I enable strong protection on shared system objects?=20
How=20 can I restrict access to objects from Anonymous accounts?=20
How=20 do I enable SMB signing?=20
How=20 do I disable LanManager challenge/response in NT?=20
How=20 can I check the security of my passwords?=20
A=20 description of Permissions in NT.=20
How=20 can I restrict guest access to Event logs?=20
How=20 can I enable auditing of base objects?=20
How=20 can I configure my system to be C2 compliant?=20
How=20 can I enforce an Internet access control policy?=20
What=20 does System Key actually protect my passwords from?=20
What=20 is a SID (Security ID)?=20
What=20 security mailing lists exist for keeping up to date?=20
How=20 can one protect against password hackers that use sniffers like = l0pht?=20
How=20 can one detect that users have cracked a password?=20
How=20 is information enumerated through NULL session access, Remote = Procedure=20 Calls and IPC$?=20
How=20 do I use the Security Configuration and Analysis snap-in?=20
What=20 is Kerberos?=20
How=20 is the shared key used by Kerberos distributed?=20
How=20 is the long term key between a client and the KDC distributed?=20
How=20 can I change the ticket lifetime used by Kerberos?=20
What=20 is PKI?=20
What=20 is a digital signature and how does it work?=20
What=20 are secret keys?

Service Packs and Hotfixes

Service=20 Packs and Hot fixes=20
What=20 are the Q numbers and how do I look them up?=20
How=20 do I install the Service Packs?=20
How=20 do I install the Hot fix?=20
How=20 do I remove a Hot fix?=20
How=20 do I install Service Pack 3?=20
Emergency=20 Repair Disk issues after installation of Service Pack 3.=20
How=20 do I remove the Java Hotfix for Service Pack 3?=20
How=20 do I install multiple Hotfixes at the same time?=20
How=20 do I install Hotfixes the same time as I install Service Pack 3 = onwards?=20
I=20 have installed Service Pack 3, now I cannot run Java programs.=20
I=20 have installed Service Pack 3, however the Policy Editor has not = been=20 updated.=20
How=20 can I tell if I have the 128 bit version of Service Pack 3 = installed?=20
How=20 do I install a service pack during a unattended installation?=20
What=20 order should I apply the Hot fixes?=20
I=20 get an error message when I try to re-apply a hotfix after = installing a=20 service pack?=20
When=20 should I reapply a Service Pack?=20
What=20 is Option Pack 4?=20
How=20 can I tell which version Service Pack I have installed?=20
I=20 receive an error trying to install Service Pack 4 for NT 4.0.=20
Setupdd.sys=20 is missing in Service Pack 4.=20
Important=20 steps for installing Service Pack 4.=20
Uninstalling=20 Service Pack 4.=20
How=20 can I tell who installed/uninstalled Service Pack 4?=20
Service=20 Pack 4 unattended installation switches.=20
New=20 Event Logs in Windows NT 4.0 Service Pack 4.=20
When=20 will Service Pack 6 for NT 4.0 be released?=20
I=20 receive an error that setup.log cannot be found when installing a = service=20 pack.=20
How=20 can I perform a function in a logon script depending on machines = Service=20 Pack version?=20
How=20 can I check if I have SP6 or SP6a installed?=20
Is=20 there a script that will reinstall a service pack and hotfixes then=20 reboot?=20
How=20 do I expand a service pack/hotfix without installing?

Support

What=20 Newsgroups are good for NT information?=20
Where=20 can I get more information?

System Configuration

How=20 do I decrease the boot delay?=20
Where=20 do I load ANSI.SYS?=20
How=20 can I configure the local machine to perform a task at a set = time?=20
How=20 do I change the Organization name on NT?=20
How=20 do I change the default location NT expects to find NT software for=20 installation(i.e. CD)=20
How=20 can I remove the Shut Down button from the login screen?=20
How=20 can I Parse/Not Parse autoexec.bat?=20
How=20 do I add a path statement in NT?=20
Can=20 I change the default Windows Background?=20
How=20 do I change the Start menu items under the line?=20
How=20 can I restore the old Program Manager?=20
Is=20 there a way to start NT in "Dos" mode?=20
How=20 can I disable "Lock Workstation" when I press Ctrl-Alt-Del?=20
How=20 can I make NT powerdown on shutdown?=20
How=20 do I enable Ctrl-Esc to start Task Manager?=20
How=20 can I allow non-Administrators to issue AT commands?=20
How=20 do I control Access to Floppy Drives/CD-ROM drives?=20
I=20 have DOS, Windows95 and NT installed, and want them all to show on = the boot=20 menu.=20
How=20 do I remove an App from Control Panel?=20
How=20 do I assign a drive letter to a removable drive?=20
How=20 do I configure a default Screen Saver if no one logs on?=20
How=20 do I configure the default screen saver to be the Open GL Text = Saver?=20
How=20 can I create a new hardware profile?=20
I=20 have entries on the Remove software list that don't work, how can I = remove=20 them?=20
How=20 can I disable Dr. Watson?=20
How=20 do I create a network share?=20
How=20 do I connect to a network share?=20
How=20 do I configure the boot menu to show forever?=20
How=20 can I configure the machine to reboot at a certain time?=20
How=20 can I configure Explorer to start with drive x: ?=20
How=20 can I decrease the time my machine takes to shutdown/reboot?=20
How=20 can I change the startup order of the services?=20
How=20 can I configure the system so that certain commands run at boot up = time?=20
What=20 are the .cpl files in the system32 directory?=20
How=20 can I create a non-network hardware configuration?=20
How=20 can I remove the option "Press Spacebar for last known good = config"?=20
How=20 can I disable the OS2/POSIX subsystems?=20
How=20 can I run a control panel applet from the command line?=20
How=20 can I configure a program/batch file to run every x minutes?=20
What=20 registry keys do the Control Panel applets update?=20
How=20 can I run a script at shutdown time?=20
How=20 can I create my own tips to be shown when NT starts?=20
How=20 can I change the location of the event logs?=20
How=20 can I configure the default Internet Browser?=20
How=20 can I change the alert for low disk space on a partition?=20
Is=20 it possible to delete/rename the Administrator account?=20
How=20 can I tell NT how much secondary cache (L2) is installed?=20
What=20 switches can be used in boot.ini?=20
How=20 can I change the default editor used for editing batch files?=20
What=20 are the default protections on an NTFS boot partition?=20
How=20 do I configure the default keyboard layout during login?=20
How=20 can I add my own information to General tab of the System Control = Panel=20 applet?=20
How=20 can I change the program associated with a file extension?=20
How=20 do I set a process to use a certain processor?=20
I=20 have duplicate entries on my boot menu.=20
How=20 can I stop a service from the command line?=20
How=20 can I add the printer panel to the Start menu?=20
How=20 can I hide the Administrative Tools on the Start menu?=20
How=20 do I restrict access to the floppy drive?=20
How=20 do I enable AutoLogon?=20
How=20 do I disable AutoLogon?=20
How=20 do I add a warning Logon message?=20
How=20 do I stop the last logon name being displayed?=20
How=20 can I stop people logging on to the server?=20
Users=20 fail to logon at a server.=20
How=20 do I enable NumLock automatically?=20
How=20 do I limit the number of simultaneous logons?=20
%SystemRoot%=20 is not expanded when I use it in a command.=20
How=20 can I disable the Win key?=20
How=20 do I set the number of Cached logons a machine stores?=20
How=20 can I configure the system to run a program at logon time?=20
How=20 can I install the Policy Editor on a Workstation?=20
How=20 can I delete the "My Computer" icon?=20
How=20 do I disable the file delete confirmation?=20
How=20 can I switch the time between 24 hour and 12 hour?=20
How=20 can I suppress boot Error Messages?=20
How=20 can I enable/disable the Ctrl-Alt-Del to enter logon = information?=20 - Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 can I stop the last username to logon from being displayed?=20
The=20 screen saver can only be configured to start up to 60 minutes.=20
I=20 have lost the ADMIN$ share.=20
How=20 can I configure Notepad to wrap?=20
How=20 do I modify the login timer for profiles?=20
How=20 do I change the location for temporary files?=20
How=20 do I modify system variables?=20
How=20 do I disable the ability to change password?=20
How=20 do I stop a process on a remote machine?=20
How=20 do I install the Security Configuration Editor?=20
How=20 can I get the cool UI effects to work on my P166 computer? = - Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I increase the number of Page Table Entries on my system?=20
How=20 can I change the short date format from yy to yyyy?=20
How=20 do I enable fast reboot on 4.0 SP4 and above?=20
How=20 can I create a program alias?=20
How=20 can I share my clipbook with other machines?=20
How=20 can I stop tips showing on startup?=20
How=20 can I configure Outlook Express to be the default News reader?=20
How=20 can I modify the My Computer text to show logged on username and = machine=20 name?=20
How=20 do I enable live scrolling on Word 97?=20
A=20 useful tip for navigating in Explorer and the Registry Editor.=20
How=20 can I automatically kill hung processes when I logoff?=20
How=20 can I change the Info Tip for icons? - = Windows=20 2000 only=20
How=20 can I control who can eject ZIP disks? - Windows=20 2000=20
How=20 can I configure monitor power off for the logon screen? - Windows 2000=20
What=20 are the problems with workstations having the same SID?=20
How=20 can I disable daylight saving time changes?=20
How=20 can I improve I/O performance?=20
How=20 can I configure the Windows 2000 System File Checker?=20
How=20 to I install an Enterprise Certificate Authority?=20
How=20 do I create a Certificate Trust List for the domain?=20
How=20 can I lock a workstation from the command line?=20
How=20 do I create a default association for files with no extension?=20
How=20 do I create a default association for files with an unknown = extension?=20
How=20 do I set DLL files to use their own icon rather than the = standard?=20
How=20 can I make Explorer show the extension of known file types?=20
What=20 are Super Hidden Files?=20
How=20 can I view Super Hidden Files?=20
After=20 upgrading from NT 4.0 to Windows 2000 the timeout in boot.ini has = been reset=20 to 30.=20
How=20 can I force a check of protected system files in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I disable the DLL cache in Windows 2000?=20
I=20 can't add or remove Accessories on a Windows 2000 professional = machine.=20
How=20 can I remove a device driver?=20
How=20 do I remove the resource kit time service?=20
How=20 can I configure event log wrapping in Windows 2000?=20
What=20 are offline folders?=20
How=20 do I set a folder as available/not available offline?=20
How=20 do I configure a shared folder as automatically available = offline?=20
How=20 do I enable my computer to support offline folders/files?=20
How=20 can I configure the time service in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I configure Administrative Alerts in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I tell if my Windows 2000 installation is registered?=20
How=20 do I enable TAPI 2.1 support?=20
Configuring=20 Dual fault tolerant mirrored drives.=20
What=20 order are environment variables processed during logon?=20
How=20 can I change the display order for the hardware profile list at = startup?=20
How=20 can I change the screen tip for a shortcut?=20
How=20 can I enable network lockout for the Administrator account?=20
How=20 can I remotely reboot, logout, shutdown a machine?=20
Where=20 is the 'ODBC Data Sources' control panel applet in Windows 2000? =
How=20 do I view/create saved Directory Service, DNS and File Replication = Service=20 event logs?=20
How=20 can I change the icon for drive letters?=20
How=20 can I stop the Infotips being displayed for icons and drives?=20
How=20 can I enable the Windows 2000 System File Checker to cache ALL = DLL's?=20
How=20 can I move the DLL cache?=20
How=20 can I disable the Start menu program scroll?=20
How=20 can I restrict network browsing to users local workgroup/domain? =
How=20 can I stop users browsing computers in their local = workgroup/domain?=20
How=20 can I hide ALL desktop icons?=20
How=20 do I upgrade my Windows 2000 installation to 128-bit encryption? =
How=20 can a user request a certificate via the web?

System Information

How=20 can I tell the role of my NT machine?=20
How=20 can I tell who has which files open on a machine?=20
How=20 do I view all the applications/processes on the system?=20
Where=20 can I get information about my machine?=20
How=20 can I tell when NT was last started?=20
I=20 have lost my NT Installation Key number, how can I find it out?=20
How=20 can I get detailed system information from the command prompt?=20
How=20 can I tell when NT was installed?=20
How=20 can I tell if my NT installation is a 120 day evaluation or = full?=20
How=20 can I check what type of NT installation I have?=20
How=20 can I tell if my NT installation is a "Not For Resale" = installation?=20
Where=20 is time zone information stored in NT/2000?=20
How=20 can I tell which process has file X open?=20
How=20 can I tell which DLL's and API calls a program makes?

System Policy

How=20 do System Policies work?=20
How=20 do I modify a Policy?=20
How=20 do I create my own Policy template?=20
Where=20 can I get information on Profiles and Policies?=20
How=20 can I control the Policy updates?=20
How=20 can I implement locally based system policies?

TCP/IP

What=20 is TCP/IP=20
How=20 do I install TCP/IP=20
Is=20 there a way to trace TCP/IP traffic using NT?=20
I=20 do not have a network card, but would like to install TCP/IP.=20
I=20 have installed TCP/IP, what steps should I use to verify the setup = is=20 correct?=20
How=20 can I trace the route the TCP/IP packets take?=20
What=20 is the subnet mask?=20
What=20 diagnostic utilities are there for TCP/IP?=20
What=20 is routing and how is it configured?=20
What=20 is ARP?=20
My=20 Network is not connected to the Internet, can I use any IP = address?=20
How=20 can I increase the time entries are kept in the ARP cache?=20
What=20 other registry entries are there for TCP/IP?=20
How=20 can I configure more than 6 IP addresses?=20
What=20 are the common TCP ports?=20
How=20 can I perform a migration to DHCP?=20
How=20 do I assign multiple IP addresses to a single NIC?=20
How=20 do I install the Network Monitor Utility?=20
How=20 do I perform a network trace using NetMon?=20
Nothing=20 shows up on my NETMON trace, why?=20
What=20 is the NETMON agent?=20
How=20 do I install the Network Monitor agent?=20
How=20 do I monitor traffic for an agent?=20
How=20 do I filter captured packets?=20
What=20 is IPv6?=20
How=20 will IPv6 addresses be written?=20
What=20 is the IPv6 header format?=20
I=20 am unable to install TCP/IP, why?=20
What=20 switches can be used with PING?=20
How=20 can I modify TCP retransmission timeout?=20
How=20 can I disable media-sense for TCP/IP?=20
How=20 can I check who owns subnet x?=20
How=20 can I disable APIPA?=20
What=20 is quality of server (QOS)?=20
How=20 do I install QOS support in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I configure QOS in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I change the account used for the QOS service?=20
Is=20 IP version 6 available for NT/Windows 2000/95/98?=20
What=20 is IPSec?=20
How=20 do I enable IPSec on a machine?=20
How=20 do I define IPSec policy for a group policy object?=20
How=20 do I enable IPSec traffic through a firewall?=20
How=20 can I troubleshoot IPSec?=20
How=20 can I manage/create IP Security policies?=20
How=20 can I change the authentication method used for IPSec by a = policy?=20
How=20 can I install a certificate for use by IPSec?

Terminal Server

What=20 is Terminal Server?=20
How=20 do I install Windows NT 4.0 Terminal Server Edition?=20
How=20 do I enable Terminal Server under Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I install Windows NT/95 based Terminal Server clients?=20
How=20 do I install Windows for Workgroups based Terminal Server = clients?=20
How=20 do I connect to a Terminal Server from WFW/9x/NT/2000?=20
How=20 do I close a Terminal Server connection?=20
How=20 do I install applications for use with Terminal Server?=20
I=20 can't install Office 97 SR2 on Terminal Server.=20
How=20 do I install Citrix Metaframe?=20
How=20 do I create Citrix Metaframe client media?=20
How=20 do I install the ICA DOS client?=20
How=20 do install Backup Exec 7.X on TSE?=20
Can=20 I use normal Service Packs on Windows NT Terminal Server = Edition?=20
Can=20 I use normal Hot fixes on Windows NT Terminal Server Edition?=20
I've=20 reached 40 - 45 users and additional users can't log onto Terminal=20 Server?=20
How=20 do I configure a CE based Terminal Server client?=20
I=20 am having troubles getting the ICA DOS client to work.=20
Where=20 can I download updates for MetaFrame?=20
What=20 Service Packs are available for Windows NT Terminal Server = Edition?=20
How=20 do I send a message to a Terminal Server client?=20
How=20 do I locate machines that are running Terminal Server?=20
How=20 can I check if a user is logged on via Terminal Server?=20
Mouse=20 movement is jerky in Terminal Server sessions.=20
Does=20 MetaFrame run on Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I switch a session between window and full screen?=20
How=20 can I remote control another terminal server session in Windows = 2000?=20
What=20 user environment extensions does the Windows 2000 terminal server = component=20 add?=20
How=20 do I install Active Desktop on Terminal Server?=20
How=20 do I enable client computers to logon to a Terminal Server? =

Training

Where=20 can I go for Training in Microsoft Products?=20
Where=20 can I get more information about becoming a MCSE?

User Configuration

How=20 do I create a captive account?=20
Where=20 should Login Scripts go?=20
What=20 should be in the Login Script?=20
Are=20 there any utilities that help with login scripts?=20
Is=20 there a way of performing operations depending on a users group=20 membership?=20
How=20 do I limit the disk space for a User?=20
What=20 variables are available for use with a User?=20
Can=20 I add user accounts from a database?=20
Is=20 there a utility that shows who is currently logged on?=20
How=20 can I change environment variables from the command line?=20
How=20 can I hide drive x from users?=20
How=20 do I make the shell start before the logon script finishes?=20
How=20 can I find out which groups a user is in?=20
I=20 can no longer see items in the common groups from the Start = Menu.=20
How=20 do I configure a user so they can change the system time?=20
How=20 do I add a user?=20
How=20 do I configure roaming profiles?=20
How=20 can I configure each user to have a different screen resolution? =
How=20 can I create a list of all User Accounts?=20
How=20 can I add a user from the command line?=20
How=20 can I move users from one machine to another?=20
How=20 can I configure a user to logoff at a certain time?=20
How=20 can I grant User Rights from the command line?=20
How=20 can I configure the system so all users share a common favourites=20 folder?=20
How=20 can I change the local Administrator passwords on machines without = going to=20 them?=20
How=20 do I change my password?=20
How=20 can I configure default settings for new users?=20
How=20 can I tell which User has which SID?=20
How=20 can I configure NT to not allow users to login if their mandatory = profile is=20 unavailable?=20
How=20 do I automatically logoff clients after n minutes of inactivity? =
How=20 can I modify the size of icons on the desktop?=20
How=20 can I disable Alt-Tab?=20
How=20 can I configure the Alt-Tab display?=20
How=20 can I edit the list of connections listed in Explorer when I map a=20 connection?=20
How=20 can I exclude the Temporary Internet Files folder from the user = profile?=20
How=20 can I stop the programs in my start-up folders running when I log = on?=20
I=20 can't delete user x.=20
How=20 can I stop users from being able to map/disconnect network = drives?=20
How=20 can I disable a whole group of users?=20
How=20 can I remove a user from a group from the command prompt?=20
How=20 can I remove the : from the time?=20
How=20 can I rename a user from the command prompt?=20
Roaming=20 profiles are not saved to the server.=20
I=20 have made user shares hidden now connection fails.=20
How=20 can I disable the Display control panel applet?=20
How=20 can I disable elements of the Display control panel applet?=20
How=20 do I debug roaming profiles?=20
How=20 can I copy a user profile?=20
What=20 are the differences between NT and 9x profiles?=20
When=20 I log off all my home directory files are deleted.=20
How=20 can I delete a local profile?=20
Copy=20 profile locally problems.=20
Defining=20 the profile area to use for a user.=20
How=20 can I view which local groups on a trusting domain a user belongs = to?=20
How=20 do I limit user profile space?=20
I=20 can't logoff as my user profile quota is over the limit.=20
How=20 do I grant user rights in Windows 2000? - Windows=20 2000 only=20
How=20 can I logoff from the command prompt?=20
Where=20 is User Manager for Domains in Windows 2000? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I administer domain users in Windows 2000? -=20 Windows 2000 only=20
How=20 do I remove the Goto menu from Explorer?=20
How=20 do I rename a global group?=20
Global=20 groups over 20 characters create problems, why?=20
How=20 can I disable the "Logon Using Dial-Up Networking" at logon = time?=20
How=20 can I stop a user closing the login script before it completes?=20
How=20 can I configure a screen saver using a System Policy?=20
How=20 can I tell at what time I logged on?=20
How=20 can I stop certain folders being replicated as part of the user = profile?=20
How=20 can I generate a list of last user logon times for a domain?=20
How=20 can I stop users creating persistent connections?=20
How=20 can I map a drive/port for all new users on a machine without = scripts=20 etc?=20
I'm=20 not given a warning if logged on using cached credentials in Windows = 2000.=20
How=20 do I manually delegate authority in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I delegate authority in Windows 2000 using the Wizard? =

Utilities

Where=20 can I find the resource kit?=20
How=20 do I run an application as a service?=20
How=20 can I shutdown a computer remotely?=20
Where=20 can I find a Unix su (substitute user) like utility?=20
I'm=20 running NT on Alpha - Can I run INTEL programs?=20
What=20 is TWEAKUI?=20
What=20 else is good?=20
Do=20 Windows 95 Powertoys work in NT?=20
Is=20 there a X-terminal for NT?=20
Where=20 is File Manager?=20
Where=20 do I get Themes for NT?=20
Where=20 can I get UNIX tools for NT?=20
How=20 can I fix/replace/copy files on an NTFS partition from outside = Windows=20 NT?=20
What=20 are the "Windows NT Support Tools"?=20
How=20 do I load the RKILLSRV.EXE?=20
Where=20 is File Manager in Windows 2000?=20
What=20 is the Microsoft Management Console (MMC)?=20
How=20 do I create a custom MMC configuration?=20
Where=20 is X from NT 4.0 in Windows 2000?=20
How=20 can I synchronize accounts between NT and Unix?=20
How=20 can I add Open with Run Dialog to the context menu?=20
What=20 is MSINFO32.EXE?=20
How=20 can I uninstall IIS 4.0 and Option Pack 4?=20
How=20 can I run a program as another user in Windows 2000?=20
Where=20 is SCOPY in Windows 2000?

Various

What=20 is SAMBA?=20
Why=20 does the disk spanning function of PKZIP (command line version) not = work=20 under NT?=20
What=20 virus killers are available for NT 4.0?=20
Does=20 NT support the LS120 (adrive)?=20
Is=20 NT year 2000 compliant?=20
What=20 does x stand for?=20
What=20 are the shortcuts available with the "Win" key?=20
How=20 can I open a file with an application, other than the one it is = associated=20 with?=20
How=20 do I change the icon associated with a short cut?=20
Is=20 it possible to map a drive letter to a directory?=20
What=20 keyboard shortcuts are available?=20
How=20 do I schedule commands?=20
What=20 are the long path names in the boot.ini file?=20
How=20 can I execute a batch file using WINAT with Administrator = Permissions?=20
I=20 have 95 and NT installed, how can I configure the applications to = run on=20 both?=20
How=20 can I stop and start services from the command line?=20
How=20 do I delete a Service?=20
What=20 is USER.DMP?=20
How=20 in Notepad can I save a file without the .txt extension?=20
How=20 can I move shares and their contents from one machine to = another?=20
How=20 do I create a shortcut on the desktop to a directory/disk?=20
How=20 can I create a spare set of Windows95 disks?=20
What=20 FAX software is available for Windows NT?=20
How=20 can I delete files that are over x days old?=20
How=20 can I speed up the performance of my OS/2 applications?=20
How=20 can I install a font from the command line/batch file?=20
Information=20 about Time Zones and daylight saving.=20
What=20 are the ErrorControl, Start and Type values under the Services = subkeys?=20
How=20 do I type the Euro (=80) symbol?=20
What=20 is the Melissa/Papa virus?=20
How=20 can I show the context menu without the right mouse button?=20
How=20 can I check if a Virus warning is real or a hoax?=20
What=20 DO those smileys mean :-)?=20
What=20 DO those acronyms mean in mail messages <NIFOC> = <HHOJ>?=20
How=20 do you edit the list of local and toll numbers for a dialing = location?=20
What=20 is ExploreZip.worm and what should I do?=20
How=20 can I move a dialog/window using just the keyboard?=20
How=20 can I extract files from a CAB file?=20
Where=20 is USRMGR.EXE in NT Workstation?=20
What=20 are the Event Viewer login codes?=20
What=20 is Opportunist locking?=20
How=20 can I convert a binary number to hexadecimal?=20
What=20 switches can be used with explorer.exe?=20
Where=20 are files in the Recycle bin actually stored?=20
My=20 recycle bin is corrupt?=20
What=20 is the bubbleboy virus?=20
What=20 is the OEM version of NT/2000?=20
How=20 can I check DLL versions on my system?=20
How=20 can I talk to a serial (COM) port from the command line/batch = file?=20

Windows 2000 (NT 5.0)

What=20 is new in Windows 2000?=20
Where=20 can I get more information on Windows 2000?=20
How=20 do I get the Microsoft Windows 2000 Beta?=20
What=20 is Windows 2000?=20
Getting=20 the most out of NT 5.0 beta 2.=20
What=20 hardware is needed to run Windows 2000?=20
Where=20 is the Hardware Compatibility List for Windows 2000?=20
When=20 does Windows 2000 need rebooting?=20
When=20 will Windows 2000 be released?=20
Is=20 build 2195 the final version of Windows 2000?=20
Where=20 do I get updates for Windows 2000?

Windows 95/98 as a client

How=20 do I communicate with a Windows 95 client?=20
How=20 can I administer my domain from a Windows95 client?=20
How=20 do I force a 95 machine to logon to a domain?=20
How=20 do I enable Windows 9x machines to use Group policies?=20
How=20 do I enable Load Balancing on a Windows 95 machine?=20
How=20 can I stop a Windows 95 machine acting as a browse master or backup=20 browser?=20
Some=20 of the Windows 95/98 clients do not show up in Network = Neighborhood.=20
How=20 can I stop my Windows 9x clients entering a separate password when = logging=20 onto a domain?=20
How=20 do I enable profiles on a Windows 9x machine?=20
How=20 do I enable roaming profiles for Windows 9x machines?=20
Can=20 Windows NT and Windows 9x share a roaming profile?=20
How=20 do I install the Windows 9x Policy Editor?=20
How=20 can I stop Windows 9x profiles being copied to the home = directory?=20
How=20 do I implement local system policies on Windows 9x?=20
I=20 have lost my Windows 98 installation key, how can I find it?=20
How=20 do I install the Windows 9x directory services client?=20
A=20 user has forgotten the local Windows 9x password, how can it be = reset?=20
How=20 do I enable remote registry editing for Windows 9x clients?=20
How=20 do I connect a Windows 95 to NT using a null modem cable?=20
My=20 Windows 9x clients cannot see shares over 12 characters.=20
How=20 do I enable NTLM 2.0 support in Windows 98?=20
How=20 can I fool a program into thinking my Windows 9x installation is = Windows=20 3.11?

Windows Scripting Host

What=20 is the Windows Scripting Host?=20
Where=20 can I get the Windows Scripting Host?=20
How=20 do I install the Windows Scripting Host software?=20
Where=20 can I get more information on WSH?=20
How=20 do I create a new user in NT using ADSI?=20
How=20 do I run a windows script from the command line?=20
How=20 do I run a DOS command in WSH?=20
How=20 do I rename a file using WSH?

WINS

What=20 is WINS?=20
How=20 does WINS work?=20
How=20 do I set up WINS?=20
What=20 is a WINS Proxy Agent?=20
How=20 do I configure WINS static entries for a non-WINS client?=20
How=20 do I configure WINS to work with DHCP?=20
How=20 can I compress my WINS database?=20
WINS=20 Automatic Backup does not run every 3 hours.=20
WINS=20 Log files are created in incorrect locations.=20
WINS=20 server is not being queried for entries in LMHOSTS after Service = Pack 4.=20
My=20 WINS clients have stopped registering/querying the WINS server. =

Q. What is the Active = Directory?

A. The Active Directory is Microsoft's implementation of a=20 'Directory Service' and a directory service is basically something = that stores=20 data in an organized format and has the mechanisms needed to publish = and=20 access the data.

Active Directory is not a Microsoft innovation, but rather an=20 implementation of an existing model (X.500), an existing communication = mechanism (LDAP) and an existing location technology (DNS), and each = of these=20 are covered in the FAQ.

Before the details of Active Directory are considered, it is = important to=20 have an overview of what it is trying to achieve. A directory in its = most=20 basic sense is just a container for other information, such as a = telephone=20 directory has various entries, and each entry has values. An example = would be=20 a name, address and telephone number that would make up a single entry = in the=20 directory.

Name: John Savill
Address: 2 SavTech Way, (yeah right=20 :-))
London
Tel: 353 3523
E-mail: john@serverfaq.com

In a large directory these entries may be grouped by location or by = their=20 type, e.g. lawyers, pest control, etc, or both which would lead to a = hierarchy=20 of each type of person in each location. The actual telephone = directory would=20 be a directory service as it contains not only the data but also a = means to=20 access and use it. The telephone operator would also constitute a = directory=20 service as it has access to the data and presents it to you where you = can=20 request data and an answer to your query is given.

Active Directory is a type of Directory Service, it holds = information about=20 all resources on the network and clients can query the Active = Directory for=20 information about any aspect of the network. Active Directory has a = number of=20 powerful features:

Information is stored in a secure form - each object in the = Active=20 Directory has an Access Control List (ACL) which has a list of = resources=20 that may access it and to what degree.=20
A flexible mechanism for queries based on a global catalog that = is=20 generated by the Active Directory. Any client that supports Active = Directory=20 can query the catalog.=20
Replication of the directory to all Domain Controllers in the = domain=20 means easier accessibility, higher availability and fault tolerance=20
Extensible design means new object types can be added to the = directory=20 or existing objects built on. For example a salary attribute could = be added=20 the user object.=20
Communication can be carried out over a number of protocols due = to its=20 X.500 foundation. These include LDAP version 2 and 3, and the HTTP=20
Domain Naming System (DNS) used for the naming and location of = domain=20 controllers rather that NetBIOS names=20
Information is partitioned in the Directory by domain to avoid=20 replicating excessive amounts of information

The last point regarding partitioning the information in the = Directory into=20 different stores does not mean that the Active Directory cannot be = queried for=20 information from other domains. Global catalogs are used which contain = information about every object in the enterprise forest allowing = forest wide=20 searches.

Q. A number of Active Directory=20 descriptions.

A. Below are some definitions for the active directory:

ONE SENTENCE SUMMARY OF DNS AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY:

A dns server is used by a client to provide the address of the = client's=20 nearest domain controller, which has a copy of Active Directory, which = the=20 client then uses to locate whatever object it's looking for.

ONE PARAGRAPH SUMMARY OF DNS AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY:

First a client contacts a dns (domain name system) server which = looks up=20 the client's domain, and provides him with the address of the closest = dc in=20 that domain. The client proceeds to contact the dc which can then = authenticate=20 him. Once authenticated, the client can search Active Directory (a = database on=20 the dc) to find objects the client is looking for, like an address for = mail, a=20 file, printer, or list of users in a group, etc. If the client cannot = contact=20 a dns server, it won't be able to find its domain controller, since = only the=20 dns server has the address of it.

ONE PAGE SUMMARY OF DNS AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY:

When dcpromo is performed on a W2K machine named, say, "fido" for = the first=20 time creating a new domain, say, "narnia", dcpromo creates two = different kinds=20 of "domains". First it creates a domain on the dns server, in our = example:=20 "narnia.extest.microsoft.com". This will be found on the extest dns = servers,=20 which are in exlab's minilab in bldg 43. Exlab maintains these as = community=20 dns servers to save testers the trouble of installing a dns server = every time=20 they want to install W2K. Simplified a little, the dns domain on the = extest=20 master dns servers looks like this:

extest.microsoft.com narnia.extest.micr= osoft.com bigthud=20 dc = 172.30.224.34 blackie = dc=20 172.20.32.13 etc. = (this is=20 very approximate, but functionally identical)

Clients contact the dns server and it looks up the client's domain. = Looking=20 for "narnia" the dns server also discovers "bigthud" and "blackie", = both dc's=20 of "narnia". Let's say "bigthud" is the closest dc to the client. The = dns=20 server would send the client the address of the dc "bigthud", namely,=20 172.30.224.34. The client connects and accesses the Active Directory = domain=20 database stored on "bigthud" to find objects (like printers, file = servers,=20 users, groups, organizational units, etc) in the "narnia" domain. = "bigthud"=20 also stores links to other domains in the tree "com". Thus, the client = can=20 search a whole tree of domains.

If the search needs to go beyond the client's tree of domains, then = a=20 version of Active Directory listing the objects in the whole forest is = also=20 available. It is called the Global Catalog. The GC can be kept on any = dcs in=20 the forest you may choose, or all, but it does not have to be kept on = all.

GC is a shorthand way to access an object ANYWHERE in the forest, = but it=20 only provides a few of its attributes, you have to go to the domain AD = (always=20 on a dc in that domain) to get the whole object. The GC can be = configured to=20 provide whatever object attributes you choose, too, not just a rigid = default=20 set of them.

To help in creating objects in AD, the dc also keeps a copy of the = classes=20 and hierarchy of classes for the whole forest, too. For example, if we = had a=20 class of "baseball players", and a derived class "pitchers" (which is = just a=20 player with a few records added of strikeouts and no-hitters, etc) = then the=20 class structure would be kept in AD in the part called the "Schema". = If we=20 then created an actual group of players we would use our Schema = classes to=20 make the players as objects (instances of the classes) in Active = Directory. We=20 can also add more classes, eg: "football players" and "quarterbacks" = to the=20 Schema, and we call that freedom an "extensible Schema".

The schema is a part of the W2K "configuration namespace" kept on = all dcs=20 in a forest. A namespace is a range of labels you put on things, eg: a = supermarket "aisle" namespace: aisle=3Dcookies, shelf=3Dtop, = item=3Doreo. The=20 configuration namespace in W2K consists of a number of defined items = such as=20 physical locations, W2k "sites" (a site is a child of a forest, and = can=20 contain machines from any domain, only condition being that all = machines in a=20 site have fast reliable net connections for dc replication), and = "subnets"=20 which are IP address groupings assigned to sites which help further = speed up=20 AD replication amongst dc's, eg: "your dc rocks if it's in the IP = subnet and=20 W2K site where its friends are".

Active Directory employs LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access = Protocol, a=20 standard Internet protocol that many applications use) to access its = records.=20 Why? Because its records are STORED on the dc in "LDAP distinguished = name=20 format". But what is LDAP distinguished name format? In the following = LDAP=20 distinguished name format example "fred" is a user in the = "programming"=20 organizational unit in "narnia" domain in "extest" domain in = "microsoft"=20 domain in "com" domain:

cn=3Dfred,ou=3Dprogramming,dc=3Dnarnia,dc=3Dextest,dc=3Dmicrosoft,dc=3D= com

where cn stands for common name, ou stands for organizational unit, = and dc=20 in this case stands for "domain component", NOT domain controller. = This is how=20 "fred" appears in Active Directory, and a client such as an = administrator can=20 access attributes about fred using that syntax, assuming the client = has=20 security permissions to do so.

The client's actions are straightforward, as long as the client = talks LDAP=20 to Active Directory. However, an action may be done from a client = running an=20 application that uses a different name format. To support this, there = are two=20 other name formats that can be used (with a little translating) to = access=20 Active Directory:

1. "LDAP=20 = URL":
Example:
LDAP://server1.narnia.extest.microsoft.com/cn=3Dfred= ,ou=3Dprogramming,dc=3Dnarni=20 a,dc=3Dextest,dc=3Dmicrosoft,dc=3Dcom.

2. "Active Directory Canonical=20 name":
Example:
narnia.extest.microsoft.com/programming/fred. = This last=20 one, "Active Directory Canonical name" is what you'll see in user = interfaces=20 in W2K.

Q. What is X.500 and = LDAP?

A. X.500 is the most common protocol that is used for = Directory=20 Management and there are currently 2 main standards, the 1988 and 1993 = standards with the 1993 standard providing a number of advances over = the older=20 standard. The Windows NT 5.0 implementation of its Directory Services = is=20 derived from the 1993 X.500 standard as described below.

The X.500 model uses a hierarchical approach to the objects in the = name=20 space with a root at the top of the namespace with children coming off = of it.=20 Domains in Windows 2000 are DNS names, for example savilltech.com is a = domain=20 name, legal.savilltech.com is a child domain of savilltech.com. Child = domains=20 are covered elsewhere.

3D"X.500

The example shows a root of the directory service and then a number = of=20 children. In this case the first layer or children represent = countries,=20 however there are no rules and you may break these down however you = want.=20 Imagine each country as a child domain of the root, for example = usa.root.com=20 and england.root.com. Each child domain can then be broken into a = number of=20 organizations. These organizations can be broken down further into=20 organizational units and various privileges/policies can be applied to = each=20 Organization unit. Each Organizational Unit has a number of objects = such as=20 users, computers, groups etc.

While the directory service is based on X.500, the access mechanism = actually uses LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) which = solves a=20 number of problems with X.500.

X.500 is part of the OSI model however this does not translate well = into a=20 TCP/IP protocol environment so LDAP uses TCP/IP for its communication = medium.=20 LDAP cuts down on the functions available with a full X.500 = implementation=20 making a leaner faster directory service while keeping the overall = structure=20 of X.500.

LDAP is actually the mechanism used to communicate with the Active=20 Directory and performs basic read, write, and modify operations.

More on X.500 can be found at http://www.salford.ac.u= k/its024/X500.htm=20

Q. What is the Global = Catalog?

A. The Global Catalog contains an entry for every object in = the=20 enterprise forest (the term forest is explained later) but contains = only a few=20 properties of each object. The entire forest shares a global catalog = with=20 multiple servers holding copies. Searches in the whole enterprise = forest can=20 only be done on the properties in the Catalog where as searches in the = users=20 own domain tree can be for any property. Only Directory Services (or = Domain=20 Controllers) can be configured to hold a copy of the Global = Catalog.

Do not configure too many global catalogs in each domain, as you = will waste=20 network bandwidth with the replication. One global catalog server per = domain=20 in each physical location is sufficient, however NT will set servers = as Global=20 Catalogs as it thinks are necessary so there should be no need for you = to=20 modify this unless you notice slow query response times.

Since full searches involve querying the whole domain tree rather = that the=20 global catalog, grouping the enterprise into a single tree will = improve your=20 searches as it will allow you to query on items not in the global = catalog,=20 thus a larger search criteria.

Q. How do I configure a server as a = Global=20 Catalog?

A. To configure a Windows 2000 domain controller as a global = catalog=20 server perform the following:

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services Manager (Start - = Programs=20 - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and Services = Manager)=20
Select the sites branch.=20
Select the site that owns the server, expand the servers branch = and the=20 server in question=20
Right click on "NTDS Settings" and choose Properties=20
Check or uncheck the "Global Catalog Box". Click Apply then OK =

3D"Global

Q. What is the Schema?

A. The Schema is a blueprint of all objects in the domain = and when=20 first created a default Schema exists which contains definitions for = users,=20 computers, domains etc. Because of this, you can only have one schema = per=20 domain as you cannot have multiple definitions of the same object.

The default schema definition is defined in the SCHEMA.INI file = that also=20 contains the initial structure for the NTDS.DIT (storage for the = Directory=20 data). This file is located in the %systemroot%\ntds directory. This = file is a=20 plain ASCII format file and can be typed out.

Q. What is a domain tree?

A. In Windows 2000 one domain can be a child of another = domain, e.g.=20 child.domain.com is a child of domain.com (a child domain always has = the=20 complete domain name of the parent in it), and a child domain and its = parent=20 share a two way transitive trust.

When you have a domain as a child of another, a domain tree is = formed. A=20 domain tree has to have a contiguous name space.

3DTree
Notice in the second diagram the lack of = contiguous names=20 means they are not part of the tree

The name of the tree is the root domain name, so in the example the = tree=20 would be referred to as root.com. Since the domains are DNS names and = inherit=20 the parent part of the name, if a part of the tree is renamed, then = all of its=20 children will implicitly also be renamed, for example if parent = ntfaq.com of=20 sales.ntfaq.com was renamed to backoffice.com the child would be = renamed to=20 sales.backoffice.com. This is not actually currently possible = though.

Domain trees can currently only be created during the server to = Domain=20 Controller promotion process with DCPROMO.EXE, this may change in the = future.=20

There are a number of advantages in placing domains in a tree. The = first=20 and most useful is that all members of a tree have kerberos transitive = trusts=20 with its parent and all its children. These transitive trusts also = mean that=20 any user or group in a domain tree can be granted access to any object = in the=20 entire tree. This also means that a single network logon can be used = at any=20 workstation in the domain tree.

Q. What is a domain = forest?

A. You may have a number of separate domain trees in your=20 organization that you would like to share resources and this can be=20 accomplished by joining trees to form a forest.

A forest is a collection of trees that do not have to form a = contiguous=20 name space (however each tree still has to be contiguous). This may be = useful=20 if your company has multiple root dns addresses.

3DForest

As can be seen from the example, the two root domains are joined = via a=20 transitive, two-way Kerberos trusts as in the trust created between a = child=20 and its parent. Forests always contain the entire domain tree of each = domain=20 and it is not possible to create a forest containing only parts of a = domain=20 tree.

Forests are created during the server to Domain Controller = promotion=20 process with DCPROMO and can currently not be created at any other = time, this=20 will change in the next version.

You are not limited to only 2 domain trees in a forest, you can add = as many=20 trees as you want and all domains within the forest will be able to = grant=20 access to objects for any user within the forest. Again this cuts back = on=20 having to manually manage the trust relationships. The effect of = creating a=20 forest is the following:

All trees have a common Global Catalog containing specific = information=20 about every object in the forest=20
The trees all contain a common schema. Microsoft has not yet = confirmed=20 the action if 2 trees have difference schemas before they are = joined. I=20 assume the changes will be merged=20
Searches in a forest will perform a deep search of the entire = tree of=20 the domain the request is initiated from and use the Global Catalog = entries=20 for the rest of the forest

You may of course choose not to join trees to become a forest and = may=20 instead create normal trusts between individual elements of the = tree's.

Q. What is a Kerberos = trust?

A. Windows NT 4.0 trust relationships are not transitive so = if=20 domain2 trusts domain1, and domain3 trusts domain2, domain3 does not = trust=20 domain1.

3D"Transitive

This is not the case with the trust relationships used to connect = members=20 of a tree/forest in Windows 2000, trust relationships used in a tree = are=20 two-way, transitive Kerberos trusts which means any domain in a tree=20 implicitly trusts every other domain in the tree/forest. This removes = the need=20 for time-consuming administration of the trusts as they are created=20 automatically when a domain joins a tree.

Kerberos is the primary security protocol for Windows NT. Kerberos = verifies=20 both the identity of the user and the integrity of the session data. = The=20 Kerberos services are installed on each domain controller, and a = Kerberos=20 client is installed on each Windows NT workstation and server. A = user's=20 initial Kerberos authentication provides the user a single logon to = enterprise=20 resources. Kerberos is not a Microsoft protocol and is based on = version 5.0 of=20 Kerberos. For more information see IETF RFCs (Requests For Comments) = 1510 and=20 1964. These documents are available on the web from http://www.isi.edu/rfc-ed= itor/rfc.html.=20

Q. How do I create a new Active = Directory=20 Site?

A. Active Directory has the concept of sites which can be = used to=20 group servers into containers which mirror the physical topology of = your=20 network, and allow you to configure replication between domain = controllers=20 (among other things). A number of TCP/IP subnets can also be mapped to = sites=20 which the allow new servers to automatically join the correct site = depending=20 on their IP address and for clients to easily find a domain controller = closest=20 to them.

When you create the first domain controller a default site,=20 Default-First-Site-Name is created to which the domain controller is = assigned.=20 Subsequent domain controllers are also added to this site however they = can=20 then be moved. This site can be renamed if you wish.

Sites are administered and created using the "Active Directory = Sites and=20 Services Manager" MMC snap-in. To create a new site perform the = following:

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start = -=20 Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and = Services=20 Manager)=20
Right click on the Site branch and select New - Site from the = displayed=20 context menu=20
Enter a name for the site, e.g. NewYork. The name must be 63 = characters=20 or less and cannot contain . or space characters. You must also = select a=20 site link (by default there will only be one, DEFAULTIPSITELINK or = type IP).=20
Click OK

Now the site is created you can assign various IP subnets to it as = follows:=20

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start = -=20 Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and = Services=20 Manager)=20
Expand the Sites branch=20
Right click on Subnets and select New - Subnet
=20
You used to have to enter the name of subnet of the form=20 <network>/<bits masked>, e.g. 200.200.201.0/24 would be = network=20 200.200.201.0 with subnet mask 255.255.255.0. This proved to = complicated so=20 you now just enter the address and mask. Select the Site to = associate the=20 subnet with, e.g. Australia.
=20
Click OK

You now have a subnet linked to a site. You can assign multiple = subnets to=20 a site if you wish.

If you are confused about the bits masked in the subnet name it can = be=20 between 22 and 32 and is just the number of bits set in the subnet = mask. The=20 subnet mask is made up of 4 sets of 8 bits. To convert the subnet mask = to bits=20 you can use the illustration below.

3D"Subnet

Therefore the subnet mask 255.255.255.0 would be=20 11111111.11111111.11111111.00000000 in binary which therefore uses = 8+8+8 bits=20 (24) to define the subnet mask. A subnet mask of 255.255.252.0 would = be=20 11111111.11111111.11111100.00000000 which is 8+8+6 or 22.

Once you have multiple sites defined new domain controllers created = via=20 DCPROMO will automatically join the site that matches their IP = address. In the=20 event of their not being a site for their IP subnet they will join the = same=20 site that authorized its promotion.

Q. How do I move a server to a = different=20 site?

A. If your sites and subnets are configured then new servers = will=20 automatically get added to the site that owns the subnet however you = can also=20 manually move a server to a different site:

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start = -=20 Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and = Services=20 Manager)=20
Expand the Sites container.=20
Expand the site that currently contains the server, expand the = Servers=20 container=20
Right click on the server and select Move from the context = menu
=20
You will be shown a list of all sites. Select the new target = site and=20 click OK

The move will take immediate effect.

Q. How can a server belong to more = than one=20 site?

A. By default a server will belong to one site however you = may want=20 to configure a server to belong to multiple sites.

Bear in mind sites are used for replication, for clients to find = resources=20 and to cut down on traffic on inter-site connections so just modifying = the=20 site membership may cause performance problems.

To configure a server to have multiple site membership perform the=20 following:

Logon to the server who should join multiple sites=20
Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe not regedit.exe)=20
Move to=20 = HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\ServicesNetlogon\Parameters=20
Select "Add Value" from the Edit menu=20
Enter a name of SiteCoverage and of type REG_MULTI_SZ. Click OK=20
Enter the names of the sites to join, each on a new line,=20 e.g.
Australia
London
Press Shift-Enter to move to the next = line.=20 Click OK=20
Close the registry editor

The above does not create the objects in the Active Directory to = evaluate=20 the sites and these need to be added manually.

Q. How can I backup the Active=20 Directory/System State?

A. The Active Directory is backed up using the NTBACKUP.EXE = utility.=20 The Active Directory is part of the machines System State which is = defined as=20 follows:

For all Windows 2000 machines the System State includes the = registry, class=20 registration database and the system boot files. For a Windows 2000 = Server=20 that is a certificate server it also contains the Certificate Services = database. Finally for a Windows 2000 machine that is a domain = controller it=20 includes the Active Directory and the SYSVOL directory also.

To backup the System State using the Backup Wizard perform the = following:=20

Start NTBACKUP.EXE=20
NTBACKUP.EXE will start in the Welcome screen. Click the 'Backup = Wizard'=20 button=20
Click Next to the introduction dialog=20
In the dialog that asks what to backup select 'Only back up the=20 Distributed Service Set' and click Next=20
You should then continue as per normal by selecting the backup = media=20 etc.

If you don't want to use the wizard it can be manually backed up as = follows:

Start NTBACKUP.EXE=20
Select the Backup tab=20
Check the 'System State' box (and any other drives)
=20
Select the backup destination=20
Click 'Start Backup'=20
Confirm the backup description and click 'Start Backup'=20
The backup will then begin

To backup only the System State from the command line use the = command

C:\> ntbackup backup systemstate /f = d:\active.bkf

Of course this is the most basic backup to file and you can use = more=20 complex options.

Q. How can I restore the Active=20 Directory?

A. The Active Directory cannot be restored to a domain = controller=20 while the Directory Service is running so to restore perform the=20 following:

Reboot the computer=20
At the boot menu select "Windows 2000 Server" but do NOT press = Enter.=20 Press F8 for advanced options
OS Loader V5.0 Windows = NT=20 Advanced Options Menu Please select an option: = Safe=20 Mode Safe Mode with Networking Safe = Mode=20 with Command Prompt Enable Boot Logging=20 Enable VGA Mode Last Known Good=20 Configuration Directory Services Restore Mode = (Windows NT=20 domain controllers only) Debugging Mode Use = | and |=20 to move the highlight to your choice. Press Enter to = choose.=20
Scroll down and select "Directory Services Restore Mode (Windows = NT=20 domain controllers only)"=20
Press Enter=20
You will be taken back to the boot menu and now press Enter to = Windows=20 2000 Server (notice at the bottom of the screen in red the text = 'Directory=20 Services Restore Mode (Windows NT domain controllers only)' will be = shown)=20

The computer will boot into a special safe mode and will not start = the=20 Directory Service. Be warned that during this time the machine will = not act as=20 a domain controller and will perform not perform authentication = etc.

Start NTBACKUP.EXE=20
Select the Restore tab=20
Select the backup media and select "System State"=20
Click 'Start Restore'=20
Click OK to the confirmation

Once you have restored the backup reboot the computer and start in = normal=20 mode to start using the restored information. You may find a hang = after the=20 restore has completed and I found a 30 minute wait on some = machines.

Q. What are the FSMO roles in = Windows=20 2000?

A. In Windows 2000 all domain controllers are equal and = through a=20 process known as multi-master replication changes are replicated to = all domain=20 controllers in the domain. However in keeping with George Orwell's = Animal Farm=20 some Domain Controllers are more equal than others.

Multi-master replication resolves conflicts however in some = situations it=20 is better to stop the conflict before it happens and to this end there = are=20 five difference Flexible Single Master of Operations (FSMO) roles = (formally=20 known as Floating Single Master of Operations as the roles were = originally going to be dynamically changeable) each managing an aspect = of the=20 domain/forest. These roles can be moved between domain controllers but = not=20 dynamically, they must be manually moved in the same manner as a BDC = has to be=20 manually promoted to a PDC.

There are two types of roles, some are per domain, some are per = forest.=20 Only a domain controller in the domain can hold a domain specific FSMO = role,=20 any domain controller in the forest can hold a forest FSMO role. = Domain=20 controllers cannot hold FSMO roles in other domains/forests.

These roles are assigned in different GUI ways or using the = NTDSUTIL=20 utility.

The five roles are defined below:

Role = name	Description	Per=20 domain/forest
Schema = master	At the = heart of the=20 Active Directory is the schema which is like the blueprint of = all=20 objects/containers. Since the schema has to be the same = throughout the=20 entire forest only one machine can authorize modifications to = the=20 schema.	One = per forest
Domain naming = master	To add a domain to the forest = its name has=20 to be verifiably unique and so the Domain naming master FSMO's = of the=20 forest is contacted to authorize the domain name operation.	One = per forest
RID master	Any domain controller can create = new=20 objects (such as a user, group, computer account) however after = creating=20 512 user objects the domain controller must contact the domains = RID=20 master for another 512 RID's (it actually contacts when it has = less than=20 100 RID's left, this means the RID master can be unavailable for = short=20 periods of time without causing object creation problems). This = is to=20 ensure each object has a unique RID. When a DC creates a = security=20 principal object it attaches a unique SID to the object. The SID = is=20 created using the domain SID and a relative ID (the RID). = The RID=20 master has to be available when attempting to move objects = between=20 domains with the resource kit movetree utility.	One = per domain
PDC emulator	For backwards compatibility = reasons one=20 domain controller in each 2000 domain must emulate a PDC for the = benefit=20 of 4.0 and 3.5 domain controllers and clients.	One = per domain
Infrastructure = master	When a user and group are in = different=20 domains there can be a lag between changes to the user (e.g. = name) and=20 its display in the group. The infrastructure master of the = groups domain=20 is responsible for fixing up the group-to-user reference to = reflect the=20 rename. The infrastructure master performs is fixups locally and = relies=20 upon replication to bring all other replicas of the domain up to = date.	One = per=20 domain

The PDC emulator also has some special roles even in native = mode:

failed authentication requests=20
for downlevel clients who issue a change which would normally go = to the=20 PDC in a NT4.0 domain (password, etc).=20
focus of best effort push of password changes an account = lockouts.=20
timeserver clients contact DC, DC contacts PDC emulator, PDC = emulator=20 contacts PDC on level up, PDC emulator root domain could use SNTP to = contact=20 an atomic internet clock.=20
focus of group policies, if you edit or create group policy you = will=20 contact the PDC, if this one isn't there you will get the choice to = select=20 an other DC.

Q. How can I change the RID master=20 FSMO?

A. The RID master is defined here.

To modify the role perform the following:

Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in on = the Domain=20 Controller (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Active = Directory Users=20 and Computers)=20
In the left hand pane right click on the domain and select = 'Connect to=20 Domain Controller'=20
Select the domain controller you wish to make the FSMO role = owner and=20 click OK.
=20
Right click on the domain again and select 'Operations Masters' = from the=20 context menu=20
Select the 'RID Pool' tab=20
The current machine holding the RID master FSMO role will be = shown. To=20 change click 'Change..'
=20
Click OK to the confirmation dialog.=20
A dialog confirming the role change will be displayed. =

This can also be accomplished using the NTDSUTIL.EXE utility. Enter = the=20 commands it bold

C:\> ntdsutil ntdsutil: roles fsmo = maintenance:=20 connections server connections: connect to server = <server=20 name> server connections: quit fsmo maintenance:=20 transfer rid master

Click Yes to the role transfer dialog

Server "titanic" knows about 5 roles Schema - CN=3DNTDS=20 = Settings,CN=3DTITANIC,CN=3DServers,CN=3DDefault-First-Site-Name,CN=3DSi=20 tes,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom Domain - CN=3DNTDS=20 = Settings,CN=3DTITANIC,CN=3DServers,CN=3DDefault-First-Site-Name,CN=3DSi=20 tes,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom PDC - CN=3DNTDS=20 = Settings,CN=3DTITANIC,CN=3DServers,CN=3DDefault-First-Site-Name,CN=3DSite= s=20 ,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom RID - CN=3DNTDS=20 = Settings,CN=3DTITANIC,CN=3DServers,CN=3DDefault-First-Site-Name,CN=3DSite= s=20 ,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom Infrastructure - = CN=3DNTDS=20 Settings,CN=3DTITANIC,CN=3DServers,CN=3DDefault-First-Site-Na=20 me,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom fsmo = maintenance:=20 quit ntdsutil: quit

Q. How can I change the PDC emulator = FSMO?

A. The PDC emulator is defined here.

To modify the role perform the following:

Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in on = the Domain=20 Controller (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Active = Directory Users=20 and Computers)=20
In the left hand pane right click on the domain and select = 'Connect to=20 Domain Controller'=20
Select the domain controller you wish to make the FSMO role = owner and=20 click OK.
=20
Right click on the domain again and select 'Operations Masters' = from the=20 context menu=20
Select the 'PDC' tab=20
The current machine holding the PDC emulator FSMO role will be = shown. To=20 change click 'Change..'
=20
Click OK to the confirmation dialog.=20
A dialog confirming the role change will be displayed. =

This can also be accomplished using the NTDSUTIL.EXE utility. Enter = the=20 commands it bold

C:\> ntdsutil ntdsutil: roles fsmo = maintenance:=20 connections server connections: connect to server = <server=20 name> server connections: quit fsmo maintenance:=20 transfer pdc

Click Yes to the role transfer dialog

Q. How can I change the = Infrastructure master=20 FSMO?

A. The Infrastructure master is defined here.

To modify the role perform the following:

Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in on = the Domain=20 Controller (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Active = Directory Users=20 and Computers)=20
In the left hand pane right click on the domain and select = 'Connect to=20 Domain Controller'=20
Select the domain controller you wish to make the FSMO role = owner and=20 click OK.
=20
Right click on the domain again and select 'Operations Masters' = from the=20 context menu=20
Select the 'Infrastructure' tab=20
The current machine holding the Infrastructure FSMO role will be = shown.=20 To change click 'Change..'
=20
Click OK to the confirmation dialog.=20
A dialog confirming the role change will be displayed. =

This can also be accomplished using the NTDSUTIL.EXE utility. Enter = the=20 commands it bold

C:\> ntdsutil ntdsutil: roles fsmo = maintenance:=20 connections server connections: connect to server = <server=20 name> server connections: quit fsmo maintenance:=20 transfer infrastructure master

Click Yes to the role transfer dialog

Q. How can I change the Domain = naming master=20 FSMO?

A. The Domain naming master is defined here.

To modify the role perform the following however make sure the = machine is a=20 global catalog:

Start the Active Directory Domains and Trusts MMC snap-in on the = Domain=20 Controller (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Active = Directory=20 Domains and Trusts)=20
In the left hand pane right click on 'Active Directory Domains = and=20 Trusts' and select 'Connect to Domain Controller' from the context = menu=20
Enter the domain controller to connect to.
=20
Right click on 'Active Directory Domains and Trusts' and select=20 'Operations Master' from the context menu=20
The current machine holding the Domain name operations FSMO role = will be=20 shown. To change click 'Change..'
=20
Click OK to the confirmation dialog.=20
A dialog confirming the role change will be displayed. =

This can also be accomplished using the NTDSUTIL.EXE utility. Enter = the=20 commands it bold

C:\> ntdsutil ntdsutil: roles fsmo = maintenance:=20 connections server connections: connect to server = <server=20 name> server connections: quit fsmo maintenance:=20 transfer domain naming master

Click Yes to the role transfer dialog

Q. How can I change the Schema = master=20 FSMO?

A. The Schema master is defined here.

To modify the role perform you must use the 'Active Directory = Schema=20 Manager' and you must first register the .dll for the MMC snap-in

C:\> regsvr32 schmmgmt.dll

You can now start the Schema Manager via the Resource Kit Tools = console or=20 by creating a custom MMC and add the Active Directory Schema snap-in = to it=20 (Start - Run - MMC - Console menu - Add/Remove Snap-in - Add - Active=20 Directory Schema - Add - Close - OK)

Start the Active Directory Schema MMC snap-in on the Domain = Controller=20 (using on of the methods above)=20
In the left hand pane right click on 'Active Directory Schema' = and=20 select 'Change Domain Controller' from the context menu=20
Enter the domain controller to connect to.
=20
Right click on 'Active Directory Domains Schema' and select = 'Operations=20 Master' from the context menu=20
The current machine holding the Domain name operations FSMO role = will be=20 shown. To change click 'Change..'

You can also set the registry to allow changes to = the Schema=20 by checking the Schema modification box. Also notice this machine is = already=20 the schema master.=20
Click OK to the confirmation dialog.=20
A dialog confirming the role change will be displayed. =

To modify the role from the command line enter the commands in bold =

C:\> ntdsutil ntdsutil: roles fsmo = maintenance:=20 connections server connections: connect to server = <server=20 name> server connections: quit fsmo maintenance:=20 transfer schema master

Click Yes to the role transfer dialog

Q. What is Multi-master = replication?=20

A. In a Windows 2000 domain, all domain controllers are = equal which=20 means changes can be made on ANY domain controller and each servers = complete=20 domain directory has to be kept up-to-date with each other through a = process=20 of multi-master replication.

Each time a change is made to the Active Directory the servers = Update=20 Sequence Number, or USN, where the change is implemented is = incremented by one=20 and this USN is also stored along with the change to the property of = the=20 object modified. These changes have to be replicated to all domain = controllers=20 in the domain and the Update Sequence Number provides the key to the=20 multi-master replication.

Update Sequence Number increments are atomic in operation which = means that=20 the increment to the USN and the actual change occurs simultaneously, = if one=20 part fails the whole change fails which means its not possible for a = change to=20 be made without the USN to be incremented, which means changes will = never be=20 "lost". Each domain controller keeps track of the highest USN's of the = other=20 domain controllers that it replicates with so it can calculate which = changes=20 it needs to be replicated on each replication cycle.

At the start of the replication cycle each server checks its Update = Sequence Number table and then queries the domain controllers it = replicates=20 with for their latest USN's. For example the table below represents = the USN=20 table for server A

DC B	DC C	DC D
54	23	53

Server A then queries the domain controllers for their current = USN's and=20 gets the following:

DC B	DC C	DC D
58	23	64

From this server A can calculate the changes it needs from each = server:

DC B	DC C	DC D
55,56,57,58	Up-to-date	54-64

It would then query each server for the changes needed.

It is possible for multiple changes to the same property of an = object to=20 occur, and collisions are detected via a Property Version Number (PVN) = which=20 every property has. These work like the USN's and each time a property = is=20 modified, the PVN is incremented by one.

In the event of a modification to the same property of the same = object then=20 the change with the highest PVN takes precedence, and if the PVN's are = the=20 same for a property update then a collision has occurred. If the PVN's = match=20 then the time stamp is used to resolve any conflicts. Each change is = time=20 stamped and this highlights the need for the domain controllers time = to be=20 accurate with one-an-other. In the highly unlikely event that the = PVN's match=20 AND the time stamp is the same then a binary buffer comparison is = carried out=20 with the larger buffer size change taking precedence. Property Version = Numbers=20 are only incremented on original writes and not on replication writes = (unlike=20 USN's) and are not server specific but rather travels with the = property.

A propagation-dampening scheme is also use to stop changes being = repeatedly=20 sent to other servers which already have the change and to this end = each=20 server keeps a table of up-to-date vectors which are the highest = originating=20 writes that are received from each controller and take the form = of:

<the change>,<domain controller making the original=20 change>,<USN of the change>

For example

Domain controllers then also send this information with the USN's = so they=20 can calculate if they already have the change the other domain = controllers are=20 trying to replicate.

Q. How can I move objects within my=20 Forest?

A. The Windows 2000 Resource Kit ships with the MOVETREE.EXE = utility=20 which can be used to move organization units, users or computers = between=20 domains in a single forest. This is useful for the consolidation of = domains or=20 to reflect organization restructuring.

Certain objects cannot be moved with MOVETREE such as Local and = Domain=20 Global groups and if the container they are in is moved these objects = will be=20 placed in an "orphan" container in the "LostAndFound" container in the = source=20 domain.

Associated data is not moved with MOVETREE such as policies, = profiles,=20 logon scripts and personal data. To accomplish the movement of these = items you=20 should write custom scripts using the 'Remote Administration = Scripts'.

The syntax of MOVETREE is

MoveTree [/start | /continue | /check] [/s SrcDSA]=20 [/d Dst] [/sdn SrcDN] [/ddn DstDN] [/u Domain\Username] [/p Password]=20 [/quiet]

/start	Start a move tree operation with = /check=20 option by default. Instead, you could be able to use = /startnocheck to=20 start a move tree operation without any check.
/continue	Continue a failed move tree=20 operation.
/check	Check the whole tree before = actually move=20 any object.
/s = <SrcDSA>	Source server's fully qualified = primary=20 DNS name. Required
/d = <DstDSA>	Destination server's fully = qualified=20 primary DNS name. Required
/sdn=20 <SrcDN>	Source sub-tree's root DN. = Required in=20 Start and Check case. Optional in Continue case
/ddn=20 <DstDN>	Destination sub-tree's root DN. = RDN plus=20 Destinaton Parent DN. Required
/u=20 <Domain\UserName>	Domain Name and User Account = Name.=20 Optional
/p=20 <Password>	Password. Optional
/quiet	Quiet Mode. Without Any Screen = Output.=20 Optional

You should first run in /check mode as this will perform a test = without=20 actually performing the move. Any errors will be displayed and also = written to=20 the file movetree.err in your current directory. If the test is OK run = with=20 the /start option.

An example use would be

C:\> movetree /check /s titanic.market.savilltech.com /d=20 pluto.legal.savilltech.com /sdn = OU=3Dtesting,DC=3DMarket,DC=3DSavilltech,DC=3DCOM /ddn=20 OU=3Dtest2,DC=3DLegal,DC=3DSavilltech,DC=3DCOM

This would move the OU testing from domain market.savilltech.com to = test2=20 in domain legal.savilltech.com.

Q. How do I allow modifications to = the=20 Schema?

A. The Schema is extensible which means it can be changed = but=20 modifying the Schema is a dangerous task as it will affect the entire = domain=20 Forest (since a forest shares a common schema) and someone at = Microsoft once=20 said the following:

"If you find you have to change the schema find = another=20 way. If you still have to, look again. If after all that you find you = still=20 need to change the schema you better make sure your managers are fully = aware=20 of the implications"

That being said to allow modifications there are two ways.

If you want to use the GUI first register the .dll for the MMC = snap-in (if=20 you haven't all ready)

C:\> regsvr32 schmmgmt.dll

Start the Active Directory Schema MMC snap-in on the Domain = Controller=20 (using on of the methods above)=20
In the left hand pane right click on 'Active Directory Schema' = and=20 select 'Operations Master' from the context menu=20
The current machine holding the Domain name operations FSMO role = will be=20 shown.

Check the "The Schema may be modified on this = server" box.=20
Click OK to the confirmation dialog.

This can also be accomplished by directly editing the registry

Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
Move to=20 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NTDS\Parameters =
Double click on 'Schema Update Allowed' (of type REG_DWORD)=20
Set to 1.=20
Click OK=20
Close the registry editor

Other related FAQ items:

Q.=20 What is the Schema?=20
Q.=20 What are the FSMO roles in Windows 2000?

Q. What are Tombstone = objects?

A. Because of the complex replication available in Windows = 2000 and=20 the Active Directory just deleting an object would result in it = potentially=20 being recreated at the next replication interval and so deleted = objects are=20 'Tombstoned' instead. This basically marks them as deleted and applies = to all=20 objects.

Objects marked as tombstoned are actually deleted 60 days after = their=20 original tombstone status setting, however this time can be changed by = modifying tombstonelifetime under=20 = cd=3DDirectoryServices,cn=3DWindowsNT,cn=3DServices,cn=3DConfiguration,dc= =3DDomainName=20 however it is not advised.

Q. How do I switch my 2000 domain to = native=20 mode?

A. Windows 2000 domains have two modes, mixed and native. = Mixed mode=20 domains allow Windows NT 4.0 Backup Domain Controllers to participate = in a=20 Windows 2000 domain.

In native mode only 2000 based domain controllers can participate = in the=20 domain and 4.0 based Backup Domain Controllers will no longer be able = to act=20 as domain controllers. Also the switch to native mode allows use of = the new=20 "Universal" groups which unlike global groups can be nested inside = each other.=20 Older NetBIOS based clients will still be able to logon using the = NetBIOS=20 domain name even in native mode.

To perform the switch perform the following:

Start the Active Directory Domains and Trusts MMC snap-in=20
Right click on the domain you want to convert to native mode and = select=20 Properties=20
Select the General tab
=20
Click the 'Change Mode' button=20
Click Yes to the confirmation=20
Click Apply to the main dialog=20
A success message will be displayed. Click OK
=20
Reboot the machine (although I have been told a reboot is not = needed).=20

You will need to check all other domain controllers in the domain = and when=20 the domain operation mode says "Native Mode" (instead of mixed mode) = reboot=20 them. This can take 15 minutes (or more if contact is not able to be=20 made).

If a domain controller cannot be contacted (if on a remote site and = only=20 connects periodically) when you make the change the remote DC will = switch mode=20 the next time replication occurs.

Q. How can I force replication = between two=20 domain controllers in a site?

A. In Windows NT 4.0 replication between domain controllers = could be=20 forced using Server Manager. Replication can also be forced with = Windows 2000=20 domain controllers as follows.

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in=20
Expand the sites branch which will show the various sites=20
The default site 'Default-First-Site-Name' may be your only = site. Expand=20 the site containing the domain controllers=20
Expand the servers=20
Select the server who you want to replicate to and expand it=20
Double click on NTDS Settings for the server=20
Right click on the server you want to replicate from=20
Select 'Replicate Now' from the context menu=20
Replication will occur. Click OK to the confirmation dialog. =

3D"Force
This would replicate from TITANIC to the VENUS = domain=20 controller

The replication is one way and if you want two way replication you = will=20 need to replicate in each direction.

Q. How can I change replication = schedule=20 between two domain controllers in a site?

A. By default domain controllers will replicate once an hour = the=20 schema/configuration information (see 'Q.=20 How does replication work intra-site in Windows 2000?' for = information on=20 the type of replicated data) but this can be changed as follows. This = is only=20 for domain controllers in a single site, cross site replication is = configured=20 differently.

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in=20
Expand the sites branch which will show the various sites=20
The default site 'Default-First-Site-Name' may be your only = site. Expand=20 the site containing the domain controllers=20
Expand the servers=20
Select the server who you want to configure replication to and = expand it=20
Double click on NTDS Settings for the server=20
Right click on the server you want set replication from=20
Select 'Properties' from the context menu=20
Select the 'Active Directory Service connection' tab=20
Click the 'Change Schedule...' button=20
Modify the replication as required. Click OK
=20
Click Apply then OK

This replication schedule is one way and would to be repeated for = the other=20 direction. Remember this is the minimum replication. Any changes made = will=20 cause a notification to be made after 5 minutes causing replication. =

Q. Can I rename a site? - Windows 2000

A. Basically yes. When you install your first domain = controller it=20 creates a default site of Default-First-Site-Name which is not very = helpful=20 and can be changed as follows:

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start = -=20 Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and = Services)=20
Expand the Sites branch=20
Right click on the site you wish to rename (e.g.=20 Default-First-Site-Name) and select rename (or just select the site = and=20 press F2)
=20
Enter the new name and press Enter

That's it!

Q. What DNS entries are added when a = Windows=20 2000 domain is created?

A. Windows 2000 domains rely heavily on DNS entries however = the=20 entries are created automatically providing you have enable dynamic = update on=20 the relevant DNS zones. Below are explanations of what the entries are = used=20 for:

_ldap._tcp.<DNSDomainName>
Allows = a client=20 to localte a Windows 2000 domain controller in the domain named by=20 <DNSDomainName>. A client searching for a DC in domain = savilltech.com=20 would query the DNS server for _ldap._tcp.savilltech.com

_ldap._tcp.<SiteName>._sites.<DNSDomainName><= /FONT>
This=20 allows a client to find a Windows 2000 domain controller in the Domain = and=20 site specified, e.g. _ldap._tcp.london._sites.savilltech.com for a DC = in the=20 London site of savilltech.com

_ldap._tcp.pdc._ms-dcs.<DNSDomainName>Allows=20 a client to find the Primary Domain Controller (PDC) FSMO role holder = of a=20 mixed-mode domain. Only the PDC of the domain registers this = record.

_ldap._tcp.gc._msdcs.<DNSTreeName>
Al= lows a=20 client to find a Global Catalog (GC) server. Only domain controllers = serving=20 as GC servers for the tree will register this name. Should a server = cease to=20 be a GC it will deregister the record.

_ldap._tcp.<site>._sites.gc._msdcs.<DNSTreeName&= gt;
Allows=20 a client to find a Global Catalog (GC) server in the specified site, = e.g.=20 _ldap._tcp.london._sites.gc._msdcs.savilltech.com.

_ldap._tcp.<DomainGuid>.domains._msdcs.<DNSTreeN= ame>
Allows=20 a client to find a domain controller in a domain based on its Globally = Unique=20 IDentifier (GUID). A GUID is a 128-bit (8 byte) number this is = generated=20 automatically for referencing objects in the Active Directory.

<DNSDomainName>
Allows = clients=20 to find a Domain Controller by a normal Host record.

Example DNS screen for a domain

Q. How can I manually defragment the = Active=20 Directory? - Windows 2000 = only

A. By default Windows 2000 servers running directory = services will=20 perform a directory online defragmentation every 12 hours (by default) = as part=20 of the garbage collection process. This defragmentation only moves = data around=20 the database file (NTDS.DIT) and does not reduce its size.

To create a new, smaller NTDS.DIT and offline defragmentation must = be=20 performed as follows:

Backup the Active Directory (as seen in 'Q.=20 How can I backup the Active Directory/System State?')=20
Reboot the server, select the OS option and press F8 for = advanced=20 options. Select the 'Directory Services Restore Mode' option and = press=20 Enter. Press Enter again to start the operating system.=20
Windows 2000 will start in safe mode with no directory service = running.=20 Logon using the Administrator account and password if the LOCAL SAM. =
A dialog informing you are in safe mode will be displayed. Click = OK=20
From the Start menu select Run and type
CMD.EXE=20
A command window will be displayed. Type the words in=20 red:
C:\> ntdsutil ntdsutil:=20 files file = maintenance: info .... file = maintenance: compact to c:\temp=20
The progress of the defragmentation will be shown. If successful = type=20 quit twice to return to the command prompt=20
Now replace the old NTDS.DIT with the new compressed=20 version
C:\> copy = c:\temp\ntds.dit=20 %systemroot%\ntds\ntds.dit=20
Restart the computer and boot as normal

Below is an example of the entire procedure

Microsoft Windows 2000 [Version 5.00.2031] (C) Copyright = 1985-1999=20 Microsoft Corp. D:\>ntdsutil ntdsutil:=20 files file maintenance: info Drive=20 Information: C:\ FAT (Fixed Drive ) free(1.2 Gb) total(1.9 = Gb) D:\=20 NTFS (Fixed Drive ) free(152.4 Mb) total(1.9 Gb) DS Path=20 Information: Database : D:\WINNT\NTDS\ntds.dit - 8.1 = Mb Backup dir :=20 D:\WINNT\NTDS\dsadata.bak Working dir: D:\WINNT\NTDS Log dir :=20 D:\WINNT\NTDS - 30.0 Mb total res2.log - 10.0 Mb res1.log - 10.0 = Mb edb.log - 10.0 Mb file maintenance: compact to=20 c:\temp Opening database [Current]. Using Temporary Path:=20 C:\ Executing Command: D:\WINNT\system32\esentutl.exe /d=20 "D:\WINNT\NTDS\ntds.dit" / /o /l"D:\WINNT\NTDS" /s"D:\WINNT\NTDS"=20 /t"c:\temp\ntds.dit" /!10240 /p Initiating DEFRAGMENTATION=20 mode... Database: D:\WINNT\NTDS\ntds.dit Log files:=20 D:\WINNT\NTDS System files: D:\WINNT\NTDS Temp. Database:=20 c:\temp\ntds.dit Defragmentation Status ( % complete ) 0 = 10 20=20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90=20 = 100 |----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----| ...........= ........................................ Note: It=20 is recommended that you immediately perform a full backup of this = database.=20 If you restore a backup made before the defragmentation, the = database will=20 be rolled back to the state it was in at the time of that=20 backup. Operation completed successfully in 17.896=20 seconds. Spawned Process Exit code 0x0(0) If = compaction was=20 successful you either need to copy "c:\temp\ntds.dit" to=20 "D:\WINNT\NTDS\ntds.dit" or run: D:\WINNT\system32\ntdsutil.exe = files=20 "set path DB \"c:\temp\"" quit quit file maintenance: = quit ntdsutil:=20 quit D:\>copy c:\temp\ntds.dit=20 %systemroot%\ntds\ntds.dit Overwrite D:\WINNT\ntds\ntds.dit?=20 (Yes/No/All): y 1 file(s) copied.

Q. How can I audit the Active=20 Directory?

A. It is possible to configure auditing on the Active = Directory to=20 produce both successful and failed entries in the Directory Service = event=20 log.

To configure perform the following:

Start the 'Active Directory Users and Computers' MMC snap-in = (Start -=20 Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and = Computers)=20
From the View menu select 'Advanced Features'=20
Expand the domain, right click on the 'Domain Controllers' = container and=20 select Properties from the context menu=20
Select the 'Group Policy' tab=20
Select 'Default Domain Controllers Policy' and click Edit=20
Expand the Computer Configuration branch, the Windows Settings = branch,=20 Security Settings branch, and finally the Local Policies branch=20
Select 'Audit Policy'=20
In the right hand window it will show auditing levels=20
Double click 'Audit Directory Service Access'=20
Check the relevant boxes (e.g. Audit success, audit fail). Click = OK
=20
Close the Group Policy window=20
Click OK to the main Domain Controllers Properties dialog=20
Close the Active Directory and Users MMC snap-in

The logs can be viewed in the Security Log (using Event Viewer). = The policy=20 change may take a while to take effect as domain controllers poll for = policy=20 changes every five minutes. Other domain controllers in the enterprise = receive=20 the changes at this interval plus the time of replication.

Q. How can I automate a server = upgrade to a=20 Domain Controller during installation?

A. Its possible to run the DCPROMO.EXE utility automatically = during=20 an unattended installation using the following method:

The Dcpromo process can be scripted by using the dcpromo=20 /answer:%path_to_answer_file% command. In the following example, = the=20 [DCInstall] section and parameters are added directly to the = unattended answer=20 file. The parameters for the DCInstall section are detailed in the=20 Unattend.doc supplied with the resource kit but below are the main=20 entries:

AdministratorPassword	The new password for the domain Administrator=20 account
AutoConfigDNS	Indicates if the wizard should configure = DNS
ChildName	Name of the child part of domain
CreateOrJoin	Specifies if the domain will join an existing = forest or=20 create a new one
DatabasePath	Location for the Active Directory = database
DNSOnNetwork	Used when a new forest of domains is being = installed and=20 no DNS client is configured on the computer
DomainNetBiosName	NetBIOS name for the domain
IsLastDCInDomain	Only valid when demoting an existing domain = controller=20 to a member server
LogPath	Path for the DS logs
NewDomainDNSName	Name of the new tree or when a new forest is = being=20 created
ParentDomainDNSName	Specifies name of parent domain
Password	Password for username being used to promote = server
RebootOnSuccess	Whether an automatic reboot should be = performed
ReplicaDomainDNSName	Name of the domain to be replicated = from
ReplicaOrMember	Specifies if a 3.51 or 4.0 BDC being upgraded = should=20 become a replica domain controller or be demoted to a regular = member=20 server.
ReplicaOrNewDomain	Specifies if this is a new DC in a new domain or = if its=20 a replica of existing domain
SiteName	Name of the site, by default this is=20 "Default-First-Site"
SysVolPath	Path of SYSVOL
TreeOrChild	If this is a new tree of child of existing = domain
UserDomain	Domain for the user being used in = promotion
UserName	Name of user performing the = upgrade

Because this process occurs after setup, the answer file created is = named=20 $winnt$.inf and is copied to the \system32 folder. Because the = parameters are=20 in this file, you must add the following text to the [GUIRunOnce] = section of=20 the unattended Setup answer file:

[GUIRunOnce] "DCpromo=20 /answer:%systemroot%\system32\$winnt$.inf"

Once the Dcpromo = process=20 completes, password information is removed from the $winnt$.inf file. = To make=20 this process easier because the Run-once command does not execute = until=20 someone logs on to the computer, you can add the following text to the = unattended answer file:

[GUIUnattended]
Autologon =3D yes ; automatically logs on the administrator account
AutoLogoncount =3D n ; number of times to perform auto-admin logon =

Easy :-) Don't use items like %systemroot% or %windir% etc as they = are not=20 understood during unattended installations.

You can just create a [DCInstall] section directly in your = unattend.txt=20 file and to avoid having multiple unattended setup files.

[DCInstall] AdministratorPassword =3D = cartman CreateOrJoin =3D=20 Create DomainNetBiosName =3D savtech NewDomainDNSName =3D=20 savtech.com RebootOnSuccess =3D Yes ReplicaOrNewDomain =3D=20 Domain SiteName =3D "London" TreeOrChild =3D Tree

The script above would create a new forest with domain savtech.com = at the=20 top with the created domain controller in site London. Default = locations for=20 the SYSVOL, logs and Active Directory files will be used. The new = domain=20 Administrator account password would be cartman (Southpark = rules!).

You can of course use this outside of an unattended installation if = you=20 wish after you've installed by just typing:

DCPROMO /answer:<DCInstall answer filename>

A small dialog saying DCPROMO is running in unattended mode will be = displayed and then it will reboot.

Q. How do I enable circular logging = for the=20 Active Directory?

A. Active Directory can record either sequential or circular = logs,=20 although sequential is the default and is preferred. Circular logs = overwrite=20 transactions at specific intervals, whereas sequential logs are never=20 overwritten (but data in sequential log files whose transactions have = been=20 committed to the database are deleted during garbage collection=20 intervals.)

Sequential log files are not overwritten with new data. They grow = until=20 they reach a specified size. Once all the transactions in a log file = are=20 committed to the database, this log file is no longer needed. Active=20 Directory=92s garbage collection process deletes unnecessary log files = every 12=20 hours (the default garbage collection interval). If your server never = stays up=20 longer than 12 hours between reboots, the old log files are never = cleaned up=20 and they take up more and more space on the disk (but you have bigger = problems=20 :-) ).

Some administrators prefer circular logging because it helps = minimize the=20 amount of logged data stored to the physical disk. Imagine circular = logs as a=20 donut with new data overwriting the oldest as needed. You must edit = the=20 registry to enable circular logging.

Start regedt32.exe=20
Move to=20 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NTDS\Parameters =
If the value CircularLogging does not exist select New - String = value=20 from the Edit menu and enter a name of CircularLogging=20
Double click CircularLoggin and set to 1 to enable (0 for = disable and=20 sequential log files)=20
Close the registry editor=20
Restart the directory service via a reboot for the change to = take effect=20

Q. I can't add a 4.0 BDC to my = Windows=20 2000.

A. A 4.0 BDC in a Windows 2000 is a supported configuration = however=20 a problem exists when the 4.0 BDC machine account tries to be=20 created.

The Machine Account for This = Computer either=20 does not exist or is inaccessible.=20

If you attempt to add the computer account from an already = installed=20 Windows NT 4.0-based BDC using the Srvmgr tool, the following message=20 occurs:

The Network Request is not = supported.=20

The following error message is logged on the Windows 2000-based = PDC:

Source: SAM
EVENT ID: = 12298
DESCRIPTION:The=20 Account "COMPUTER$" Cannot be converted to be a domain controller = account as=20 its object class attribute in the directory is not a computer or is = not=20 derived from computer. If this is caused by an attempt to install a = pre=20 Windows 2000 Domain, then you should recreate the account for the = domain=20 controller with the correct object class.

To workaround this problem use the SRVMGR tool that is shipped with = Windows=20 2000 to create the account.

Q. I can't have spaces in my Windows = 2000=20 NetBIOS domain name, why?

A. In a Windows NT 4.0 based domain a space is a legal = character in=20 the NetBIOS domain name. Windows 2000 domains are DNS based are = therefore DNS=20 names however a NetBIOS name is also given for backwards = compatibility. DNS=20 does not allow a space in a name and so to keep consistency Microsoft = have now=20 removed the space as a legal character in a 2000 NetBIOS domain = name.

It can contain the following special characters:

   ! @ # $ % ^ & ( ) - _ ' { } . ~

The=20 Following characters are not allowed:

   \ * + =
=3D | : ; " ? < > ,

Q. How can I create trusts from the = command=20 line in Windows 2000.

A. Windows 2000 Resource Kit ships with TRUSTDOM.EXE which = enables=20 trust relationships to be defined between Windows 2000 domains and one = way=20 relationships with 4.0 domains.

The trustdom syntax is:

C:\> trustdom [[domain[:dc],]target_domain[:dc]] =
[Options]

The=20 default switch is "-out." There are two methods a one-way trust is = created:=20

An outbound trust on the local/specified domain.=20
An inbound trust on the specified target domain.

There are a number of other switches which can be listed with the = /?=20 switch.

See Knowledge Base article Q= 232050=20 (h= ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q232/0/50.ASP)=20 for more information and examples.

Q. How can I modify the number of = objects=20 searched in Windows 2000?

A. By default Active Directory searches are limited to = 10,000=20 objects in a search however this can be changed as your organization = grows.=20 This policy affects all browse displays associated with Active = Directory, such=20 as those in Local Users and Groups, Active Directory Users & = Computers,=20 and dialog boxes used to set permissions for user or group objects in = Active=20 Directory. To change use either of the following two methods:

To set for a group policy object:

Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in = (Start -=20 Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and = Computers)=20
Right click on the container and select Properties=20
Select the Group Policy tab=20
Select the Group Policy Object and select Edit=20
Select the 'User Configuration' branch and expand Administrative = Templates - Desktop - Active Directory=20
Double click on 'Maximum size of Active Directory searches'=20
Set to enabled and then set the number, e.g. 20000. Click Apply = then=20 OK
=20
Close the Group Policy Editor

To set directly for a user via the registry:

Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft=20
From the Edit menu select New - Key=20
Enter a name of 'Windows' (don't type the quotes)=20
Move to the Windows key and from the Edit menu select New - Key=20
Enter a name of 'Directory UI' (don't type the quotes)=20
Move to the Directory UI key (you should now be at=20 HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\Directory UI)=20
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
Enter a name of 'QueryLimit' and press Enter=20
Double click the new value and set to the decimal value = required, e.g.=20 20000. Click OK=20
Close the registry editor

The change for both methods will take effect at next logon for the=20 user.

Q. I can't create an OU/child domain = with the=20 same name from a single parent, why?

A. While X.500 does all both an OU and child domain to share = a=20 common name this is not possible with Active Directory as it would = cause=20 problems with the relative distinguished name. If you attempt to = create an OU=20 where a child domain already exists with the same name you will get = error:

Active Directory

Windows cannot create the object = because: An=20 attempt was made to add an object to the directory with a name that = was=20 already in use.
Name-related properties on this object might now be = out of=20 sync.
Contact your network administrator.

If you try and create the child domain and an OU already exists = with the=20 same name the error below will be displayed:

Active Directory Installation Failed

The operation failed = because: The Directory Service failed to create the object CN=3DSales, = CN=3DPartitions, CN=3DConfiguration, DC=3DSavilltech, DC=3DCom. Please = check for=20 possible system errors. "The directory service is busy"

There is no workaround to this and is a known restriction.

Q. How are objects named in the = Active=20 Directory?

A. There are a number of methods available to name objects = in the=20 Active Directory, the most popular of which is the Distinguished Name = or DN.=20 An excellent RFC exists for DN explanation at http://www.= cis.ohio-state.edu/htbin/rfc/rfc1779.html=20 but I'll run over the basics here.

Every object in the Active Directory has a distinguished name and = it=20 uniquely identifies the object in the directory service, for = example:

/O=3DInternet/DC=3DCOM/DC=3DSavillTech/CN=3DUsers/CN=3DJohn = Savill

This breaks down as follows:

/O=3DInternet - Organization=3DInternet=20
/DC=3DCOM - Domain Component=3DCOM=20
/DC=3DSavillTech - Domain Component=3DSavillTech (put together = is=20 savilltech.com)=20
/CN=3DUsers - Common Names=3DUsers=20
/CN=3DJohn Savill - Common Names=3DJohn Savill

You could also see OU for Organizational Unit.

A Relative Distinguished Name (RDN) is also used which is also = known as the=20 friendly name, for example the RDN of the above for John Savill = would=20 be CN=3DJohn Savill, the RDN for the users container would be = CN=3DUsers.

Also supported are LDAP URL names which begin with LDAP:\\, a LDAP = server=20 then a DN (of sorts) identifying the object, e.g.

LDAP://titanic.savilltech.com/cn=3DJSavill,ou=3DSales,dc=3DSavillTech,= dc=3Dcom

Finally are LDAP Canonical names which are the LDAP name without = the=20 ou=3D,cn=3D etc which are used by many of the admin tools, for = example:

savilltech.com/Sales/JSavill

Of course in actual fact objects are stored using a GUID (Globally = Unique=20 IDentifier) which as a 128 but number generated at object creation = time and is=20 stored in object attribute objectGUID and can NEVER change but lets = not worry=20 about that :-)

Finally we have the User Principal Name and SAM account name. The = UPN is of=20 the format <user>@<DNS domain name>, e.g.

mailto:john@savilltech.com

The SAM name is the old 4.0 format and must be unique throughout = the entire=20 organization due to its single layer convention, e.g. savillj.

Q. How does replication work = intra-site in=20 Windows 2000?

A. Windows 2000 includes a component called the Knowledge=20 Consistency Checker (KCC) which automatically manages the replication = within a=20 site.

A bi-directional ring topology is used intra-site using RPC (Remote = Procedure Call) over TCP/IP without any kind of compression. This is = because=20 domain controllers within a site are thought to be on a fast network = (as per=20 the definition of a site) and the extra processing required to=20 compress/uncompress is undesirable.

The KCC runs every 15 minutes adjusting the topology as needed and = as new=20 domain controllers are created they are automatically placed in the = ring. You=20 can view these links using the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC = snap-in=20 by expanding the site, expand the Servers container, expand the server = and=20 under the =91NTDS Settings=92 leaf are the created connection = objects.

The rings are ordered by the domain controller's GUID (Globally = Unique=20 IDentifier) as a means to ensure convergence on a single topology as = the KCC=20 runs on all domain controllers.

There is an exception to the ring rule. There can never be more = than 3 hops=20 between any two domain controllers within the ring and so of there are = 7 or=20 more domain controllers extra links are added to protect the 3 hop = rule.

Notice in the above two extra non-ring links have been added to = enable no=20 more than 3 hops to any domain controller.

These rings are for same naming context (domains) in a single site. = If you=20 had multiple domains in a site there would be rings for each domain = within the=20 site.

There is a second type of ring however which replicates schema and=20 configuration information between the domain controllers and as this=20 information is shared between all domains (its forest wide) there is = only one=20 ring for each site. This means if you had two domains in a site you = would have=20 3 rings, one each for the two domains and one for the = schema/configuration=20 information. If you only have a single domain in a site the two rings = are=20 actually one and the same.

Any manual configuration of intra-site replication should not be = needed and=20 is not recommended by Microsoft. The only task you may ever find = yourself=20 performing is to add extra connection objects to reduce the hop count = between=20 domain controllers.

When a change is made to the naming context (domain) data the = domain=20 controller waits a configurable interval that is 5 minutes by default. = The=20 change is written to the domain controller=92s local copy of the = Active=20 Directory, a timer is started that determines when the domain = controller's=20 replication partners should be notified of the change (the 5 minutes). = When=20 this interval elapses, the domain controller initiates a notification = to each=20 intra-site replication partner that it has changes that need to be = propagated.=20 In this 5 minutes changes can continue to be made to the local Active=20 Directory enabling all changes to be grouped and sent after the 5 = minutes.

If no changes are reported for a configurable period (as defined in = the=20 intra-site connection object schedule) a replication sequence will be=20 initiated to ensure no changes have been missed.

There is a concept of urgent replication that can be triggered by = the SAM=20 or the LSA (Local Security Authority) and is initiated for the = following=20 events:

Replicating a newly locked out account (useful for when you have = fired=20 someone)=20
Changing an LSA secret (i.e. a trust account)=20
The RID Manager state changes

Any of the above causes a notification to be sent within the site=20 triggering immediate replication. As this uses notification this is = only=20 intra-site however you can modify site links to enable notification, = as=20 normally they will only replicated as per the schedule.

An exception to the multi-master normal replication is user = passwords. As=20 with any other attribute change the password can be changed at any = domain=20 controller however the change is then pushed to the PDC FSMO role = holder on a=20 best attempt basis. Any other domain controllers receive the password = through=20 normal replication.

The reason for this extra password work is that in the event of = password=20 validation failing the domain controller validating will pass the = request to=20 the PDC FSMO in case the password has been changed and it has now yet = received=20 via standard replication.

The schema/configuration data is replicated once an hour by default = between=20 domain controllers but can be changed as seen in 'Q.=20 How can I change replication schedule between two domain controllers = in a=20 site?'.

Q. How can I change the intra-site = replication=20 interval in Windows 2000 for domain information?

A. As we saw in 'Q.=20 How does replication work intra-site in Windows 2000?' replication = for=20 naming context data is replicated intra-site 5 minutes after the = change is=20 made to allow any further changes to be grouped and sent together. = This 5=20 minute pause can be changed via the registry:

Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
Move=20 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NTDS\Parameters =
Double click on =91Replicator notify pause after modify = (secs)=92=20
Set to the number of seconds you wish for the pause. Click OK=20
Close the registry editor=20
Reboot

You will also notice another parameter, =91Replicator notify pause = between=20 DSAs (secs)=92 under the same registry key which determines the number = of=20 seconds to pause between notification of the Directory Service Agents. = This=20 parameter prevents simultaneous replies by the replication = partners.

Q. How can I set the RPC port used = for=20 Intra-site replication?

A. By default the port used for the RPC replication is = dynamically=20 set as a secure measure. It may be desirable to set the port however = (for the=20 purposes of monitoring data etc.) and this can be enabled by = performing the=20 following registry change:

Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
Move to=20 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NTDS\Parameters =
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
Enter a name of 'TCP/IP Port' (don't enter the quotes) and press = enter=20
Double click the new entry and set to the port you want it to = use (make=20 sure its not in use, e.g. 1352)=20
Close the registry editor=20
Reboot

After monitoring is complete be sure to remove this entry to regain = the=20 security of dynamic RPC port allocation.

Q. What tools are available to = monitor/change=20 replication?

A. The first tool you use is the Sites and Services MMC = snap-in=20 which enable the viewing/creation/deletion of connection objects = however there=20 are other tools available.

The Windows 2000 resource kit provides REPLMON.EXE and REPADMIN.EXE = which=20 are very useful.

Repadmin.exe is a command line tool which enables replication = consistency=20 to be checked, for a KCC recalculation etc. A good switch is /showreps = which=20 displays a list of replication partners. The invocation ID is the = database=20 GUID and will also show reason for = problems.

D:\>repadmin=20 /showreps London\TITANIC DSA Options : IS_GC objectGuid :=20 221d9d34-540e-4a7b-bd26-054c11e2d1ad invocationID:=20 221d9d34-540e-4a7b-bd26-054c11e2d1ad =3D=3D=3D=3D INBOUND = NEIGHBORS=20 = =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D= =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D CN=3DSchema,CN=3DConfigura= tion,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom London\TITUS=20 via RPC objectGuid: 2000eb93-cc24-4af7-9ad2-c52129c98c7a Last = attempt @=20 1999-12-06 20:32.20 failed, result 8524: Can't retrieve message = string 8524=20 (0x214c), error 1815. Last success @ 1999-09-17 20:53.45. 463=20 consecutive failure(s). London\TRINITY via RPC objectGuid:=20 df3694d2-b4e9-4d9a-a560-3e8c26c48a89 Last attempt @ 1999-12-06 = 20:32.21=20 failed, result 8524:

Another neat option is /showmeta which will have all object = information,=20 version numbers etc.

C:\>repadmin /showmeta = cn=3Dgarfield,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom 45=20 entries. Loc.USN Originating DSA Org.USN Org.Time/Date Ver=20 At tribute =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D = =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D = =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D =3D=3D=3D=20 =3D=3D =3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D 99649 London\MORPHEUS 99649 = 1999-12-08 09:50.10 1=20 ob jectClass 99649 London\MORPHEUS 99649 1999-12-08 09:50.10 1=20 cn 99650 London\MORPHEUS 99650 1999-12-08 09:50.10 1=20 de scription 99649 London\MORPHEUS 99649 1999-12-08 09:50.10 1=20 gi venName 99649 London\MORPHEUS 99649 1999-12-08 09:50.10 1=20 in stanceType

Replmon.exe=20 is a GUI tool used to display and monitor replication status on = selected=20 domain controllers.

Q. How do I remove a non-existent = domain=20 controller?

A. Windows 2000 tracks each domain controller in the = metadata and if=20 you just throw away a domain controller either by reinstallation or = removal of=20 the hardware without running DCPROMO to clean up its metadata its = information=20 will not be cleaned up and connection objects will not be removed.

You can remove a server from the metadata using the NTDSUTIL as = follows=20 (enter the commands in bold):

D:\>ntdsutil ntdsutil: metadata=20 cleanup metadata cleanup: select operation = target

The first step is to connect to a server. Here we do it by = selecting a=20 domain:

select operation target: connections server = connections:=20 connect to domain savilltech.com Binding to = \\TITANIC.savilltech.com=20 ... Connected to \\TITANIC.savilltech.com using credentials of = locally=20 logged on user server connections: quit

Next we have to select a site, then a server (the server we want to = delete)=20 then finally the domain the server is in (the order is not = important)

select operation target: list sites Found 2 = site(s) 0 -=20 = CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom 1 = -=20 = CN=3DKent,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom selec= t operation=20 target: select site 0 Site -=20 = CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom No = current=20 domain No current server No current Naming Context select = operation=20 target: list servers in site Found 4 server(s) 0 -=20 = CN=3DTITANIC,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3D= savilltech,DC=3Dc om 1=20 -=20 = CN=3DTITUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsa= villtech,DC=3Dcom 2=20 -=20 = CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3D= savilltech,DC=3D com 3=20 -=20 = CN=3DTRINITY,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3D= savilltech,DC=3Dc om select=20 operation target: select server 2 Site -=20 = CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom No = current=20 domain Server -=20 = CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3D= savilltec h,DC=3Dcom DSA=20 object - CN=3DNTDS=20 = Settings,CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites, CN=3DConfi= guration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom DNS=20 host name - MORPHEUS.deleteme.savilltech.com Computer object -=20 CN=3DMORPHEUS,OU=3DDomain = Controllers,DC=3Ddeleteme,DC=3Dsavil ltech,DC=3Dcom No=20 current Naming Context select operation target: list=20 domains Found 3 domain(s) 0 - DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom 1 = -=20 DC=3Ddev,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom 2 - = DC=3Ddeleteme,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom select=20 operation target: select domain 0 Site -=20 = CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom Dom= ain -=20 DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom Server -=20 = CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3D= savilltec h,DC=3Dcom DSA=20 object - CN=3DNTDS=20 = Settings,CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites, CN=3DConfi= guration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom DNS=20 host name - MORPHEUS.deleteme.savilltech.com Computer object -=20 CN=3DMORPHEUS,OU=3DDomain = Controllers,DC=3Ddeleteme,DC=3Dsavil ltech,DC=3Dcom No=20 current Naming Context select operation target: = quit

The server we selected above will now be deleted.

metadata cleanup: remove selected server

Now click yes to the confirmation

"CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfigur= ation,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom "=20 removed from server "\\TITANIC.savilltech.com" metadata cleanup:=20 quit ntdsutil: quit Disconnecting from=20 \\TITANIC.savilltech.com ...

You should then delete the server from the Sites and Servers MMC = snap-in=20 (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and=20 Services)

Expand the Sites branch, select the site, expand the Services = container,=20 right click on the server and select Delete. Click Yes to the=20 confirmation.

Q. How do I remove a non-existent = domain from=20 the Active Directory?

A. As with domain controllers, Windows 2000 tracks each = domain in=20 the metadata and if you remove all the domain controller's for a = domain and=20 never select "This is the last domain controller in the domain" when = running=20 DCPROMO to demote to a normal server its information will not be = cleaned up=20 and its domain information will remain.

You can remove a domain from the metadata using the NTDSUTIL as = follows=20 (enter the commands in bold):

D:\>ntdsutil ntdsutil: metadata=20 cleanup metadata cleanup: connections

Connect to a server (or domain) that knows about the domain to be = deleted=20 (the parent domain is good)

server connections: connect to server = titanic Binding to=20 titanic ... Connected to titanic using credentials of locally = logged on=20 user server connections: quit metadata cleanup: select = operation target

Now we select to the domain we are going to delete

select operation target: list domains Found 3=20 domain(s) 0 - DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom 1 - = DC=3Ddev,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom 2=20 - DC=3Ddeleteme,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom select operation target: = select=20 domain 2 Site -=20 = CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom Dom= ain -=20 DC=3Ddeleteme,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom No current server No = current Naming=20 Context select operation target: quit metadata cleanup: = remove=20 selected domain

Click Yes to the confirmation.

"DC=3Ddeleteme,DC=3Dsavilltech,DC=3Dcom" removed from server=20 "titanic" metadata cleanup: quit ntdsutil:=20 quit Disconnecting from titanic ...

There are no further actions, all trace of the domain will now have = been=20 removed.

Q. How does Inter-site replication = work in=20 Windows 2000?

A. Sites can be linked using RPC over IP or SMTP. Once you = define=20 the site links, schedules, cost factors and any site link bridges (if=20 appropriate) the Knowledge Consistency Checker can then create the = connection=20 objects providing the site links are transitive in nature.

There are some restrictions on the usage of SMTP however, it can be = used to=20 replicate the global catalog information, schema and configuration = data, but=20 it cannot replicate full domain name context data such as the data = exchanged=20 between domain controllers in the same domain. This is because some = domain=20 operations require the File Replication Server (FRS) such as the = global policy=20 which SMTP does not currently support.

Inter-site replication uses a spanning tree topology and as long as = a=20 replication route can be established between all sites in the = enterprise=20 forest the replication tree is complete. The actual links between = sites are=20 created manually by the Administrator and involves defining costs with = each=20 link (the cost relates the speed and/or reliability of the network) = and a=20 schedule of when replication can occur.

Site links are created and maintained using the Sites and Services = MMC=20 snap-in and by default you will have one site link, DEFAULTIPSITELINK = to which=20 your original site will be part of and further sites can be added = during their=20 creation (sites have to be part of a site link when created).

Replication data sent inter-site is compressed to between 10-15% of = its=20 original size! This is important as inter-site links are usually over = slower=20 WAN links.

Basically you only need to create links between sites as required = and the=20 KCC will take care of creating the required connection objects. = Ignorance is=20 bliss :-)

Q. How do I create a new site=20 link?

A. After creating sites of IP subnets they need to be = linked. By=20 default an IP site link exists called DEFAULTIPSITELINK which new = sites can be=20 added to during the creation (or select any other existing site link). = To=20 create a a new site link perform the following:

Start the Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20 Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and Services)=20
Expand the Sites container=20
Expand the 'Inter-Site Transports' leaf=20
Right click on the IP or SMTP protocol leaf (depending on the = type of=20 site link you wish to create) and select 'New Site Link'=20
Select the sites that should be part of the link. Enter a name = for the=20 link and click OK

Double clicking on an existing site link will allow other sites to = be=20 add/removed. It will also enable a cost to be allocated to the site = link and a=20 schedule to be configured.

Q. How do I disable site link=20 transitivity?

A. By default all site links are bridged together making = them all=20 transitive in nature so the KCC (Knowledge Consistency Checker) can = create=20 connection objects between any domain controllers. Its possible to = disable=20 this site link transitivity and then manually bridge selected site = links=20 giving you more control.

Start the Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20 Administrative Tools - Active Directory Sites and Services)=20
Expand the 'Sites' branch=20
Expand the 'Inter-Site Transports' branch=20
Right click on the protocol you wish to disable transitivity for = (IP or=20 SMTP) and select Properties=20
Unselect the 'Bridge all site links' and click Apply
=20
Click OK

You now need to manually create site link bridges to enable = connection=20 objects to be created by the KCC.

Q. How do I create a site link=20 bridge?

A. If you disabled site link transitivity you must = manually=20 bridge sites so replication can complete and the KCC can create the = necessary=20 connection objects.

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start = -=20 Programs - Administrative Programs - Sites and Services)=20
Expand the Sites branch=20
Expand the 'Inter-Site Transports' branch=20
Right click on the protocol you wish to create the bridge for = (IP or=20 SMTP) and select 'New Site Link Bridge'=20
Enter a name for the bridge and select the site links that will = form the=20 bridge
=20
Click OK

Site link bridges are very important as imagine you had 3 sites, = Kent,=20 Liverpool and London and you have two site links, Liverpool-London and = Kent-London. If site link transitivity is disabled then there is no = way for=20 Liverpool and Kent to talk. The site link bridge enables London to act = as a=20 router for communication between Liverpool and Kent.

Q. How do I specify a bridge head=20 server?

A. In order to minimize bandwidth usage, communication = between=20 sites is carried out by a pair of servers (one from each site) and = these=20 bridgehead servers are dynamically chosen by the KCC (Knowledge = Consistency=20 Checker) however there may be some situations where you would prefer = to=20 nominate a specific domain controller from each site as it may have = better=20 network connectivity or act as the proxy server in a firewall = environment.

These manually chosen servers are known as preferred bridgehead = servers and=20 its possible to select multiple preferred bridgehead servers for a = site but=20 only one is active at any one time. If the active preferred bridgehead = servers=20 fails then another preferred bridgehead server will become the active = server.=20 If no preferred bridgehead servers are available a normal Windows 2000 = domain=20 controller will become active for inter-site replication but this may = cause=20 problems if it lacks sufficient resources.

To nominate a server as a bridgehead server perform the = following:

Start the Active Directory Sites and Services MMC snap-in (Start = -=20 Programs - Administrative Programs - Sites and Services)=20
Expand the Sites branch=20
Expand the site containing the server and select the Servers = container=20
Right click on the server and select Properties=20
Select the protocol the server should act as a preferred = bridgehead=20 server for and click Add (IP or SMTP)
=20
Click OK

At the next KCC run the connection objects will be changed to use = the=20 bridgehead server specified.

Q. How do I disable the = KCC?

A. In 'Q.=20 How does replication work intra-site in Windows 2000?' we saw how = the KCC=20 automatically creates and maintains the connection objects for intra = and=20 inter-site replication however these can be manually maintained if you = wish by=20 disabling the KCC, this is NOT recommended!

We use LDP.EXE for this change which is part of the support tools = so make=20 sure these are installed.

Start LDP.EXE=20
From the Connection menu select Connect=20
Enter the DNS name of a domain controller, leave the port as 389 = (LDAP)=20 and make sure the connectionless option is clear. Click OK=20
Some text will display in the right hand pane. Now select bind = from the=20 Connection menu. Enter an Administrator username, password and=20 domain.

Click OK=20
From the View menu select Tree=20
A dialog will prompt for the baseDN, this will include a site = and your=20 domain, for example in the London site of savtech.com I would=20 = enter:
CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3DSAVTECH,DC=3DCOM= =20
Expand the route and look for 'CN=3DNTDS Site Settings', double = click on=20 this and the results will be displayed in the right window. Look for = options=20 attribute, it should not be there and this is OK. If it is there and = it is 0=20 this is fine, if not you should not proceed and should contact MS = support.=20
In the right hand pane near the top will be text=20 (like):
Expanding base 'CN=3DNTDS Site=20 = Settings,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom'= ... Result=20 <0>: (null) Matched DNs: Getting 1 = entries: >>=20 Dn: CN=3DNTDS Site=20 = Settings,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom<= /CODE>=20
Copy the '>> DN: CN=3DNTDS etc.' into clipboard (but not = the DN:=20 word), so in my example I would have: CN=3DNTDS Site=20 = Settings,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom =
From the Browse menu select Modify=20
For the DN enter the string we copied in step 9. For attribute = enter=20 'options' (no quote). In the Values box, type the appropriate = value: To=20 disable automatic intra-site topology generation, use value 1=20 (decimal) To disable automatic inter-site topology generation, = use value=20 16 (decimal) To disable both intra-site and inter-site topology=20 generation, use value 17 (decimal) =20
Set the operation to 'replace' and click Enter=20
Click Run=20
Click Close=20
The right hand pane of LDP.EXE should=20 display: ----------- ***Call = Modify... ldap_modify_s(ld,=20 'CN=3DNTDS Site=20 = Settings,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom'= ,[1]=20 attrs); Modified "CN=3DNTDS Site=20 = Settings,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom"= . -----------=20
Close LDP.EXE


  To check if the has worked you can use Active Directory Replication =
Monitor=20
  (REPLMON.EXE) to generate a report on the site configuration. Included =
in this=20
  information is output similar to the following example: 
  Site Name:=20
  London
---------------------------------------
Site Options :=20
  NTDSSETTINGS_OPT_IS_INTER_SITE_AUTO_TOPOLOGY_DISABLED
Site =
Topology=20
  Generator: CN=3DNTDS=20
  =
Settings,CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfigura=
tion,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom
Site=20
  Topology Renewal : 
Site Topology Failover :
  
    NTDSSETTINGS_OPT_IS_AUTO_TOPOLOGY_DISABLED means that intra-site =

    topology management is disabled=20
    
NTDSSETTINGS_OPT_IS_INTER_SITE_AUTO_TOPOLOGY_DISABLED means that =

    inter-site topology management is disabled 
  To undo the change and re-enable the KCC perform the above but set =
the=20
  value to 0. If KCC is fully enabled the output from the report will be =
(notice=20
  Site Options are blank):
  Site Name:=20
  London
---------------------------------------
Site Options=20
  : 
Site Topology Generator: CN=3DNTDS=20
  =
Settings,CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfigura=
tion,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom
Site=20
  Topology Renewal : 
Site Topology Failover :
  To generate the report perform the following:
  
    Start REPLMON.EXE=20
    
Right click on 'Monitored Services' in the left pane and select =
'Add=20
    Monitored Server' from the context menu=20
    
Select 'Add the server explicitly by name' and click Next=20
    
Enter the server name and click Finish=20
    
Right click on the server (it will be under the site) and select =

    'Generate Status Report'=20
    
Enter a name and location for the log and click Save=20
    
Under the options ensure the following are selected (the others =
don't=20
    matter)
- Server/DC Configuration Data
- Extended Site=20
    Configuration
=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click OK once complete=20
    
Open the file you specified and at the bottom will be the site=20
    information (in the Enterprise Data section). 
  *********************************************************=
*****************
Enterprise=20
  =
Data
*****************************************************************=
**********

Globally=20
  Unique Identifiers (GUIDs) for each domain controller in the=20
  enterprise
NOTE: the absence of a GUID means that the server has =
been=20
  =
demoted.
-------------------------------------------------------------=
-------------------

Site=20
  Name: London
---------------------------------------
Site =
Options :=20
  NTDSSETTINGS_OPT_IS_INTER_SITE_AUTO_TOPOLOGY_DISABLED
Site =
Topology=20
  Generator: CN=3DNTDS=20
  =
Settings,CN=3DMORPHEUS,CN=3DServers,CN=3DLondon,CN=3DSites,CN=3DConfigura=
tion,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom
Site=20
  Topology Renewal : 
Site Topology Failover=20
  : 

MORPHEUS
Server GUID (used for DNS) :=20
  DA644BE4-A8C9-47AF-AC4A-71F8DA4D50F0
Replication Database GUID =
(used to=20
  identify partner in replication): =
DA644BE4-A8C9-47AF-AC4A-71F8DA4D50F0
DSA=20
  Options : NTDSDSA_OPT_IS_GC
DSA Computer Path : =
CN=3DMORPHEUS,OU=3DDomain=20
  Controllers,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom
DSA Schema Location :=20
  CN=3DSchema,CN=3DConfiguration,DC=3Dsavtech,DC=3Dcom
DSA Mail =
Address :=20
  =
_IsmService@da644be4-a8c9-47af-ac4a-71f8da4d50f0._msdcs.savtech.com
DS=
A DNS=20
  Host Name : MORPHEUS.savtech.com
DSA BridgeHead Transports : =20
  IP
  

  Q. How can I change the NetBIOS name =
of my=20
  Windows 2000 domain?
  A. Even though Windows 2000 names are DNS based, e.g.=20
  savilltech.com, a NetBIOS name is also specified during DCPROMO =
execution for=20
  backwards compatibility with older clients/domain controllers and is =
normally=20
  the left most part of the DNS name, e.g. savilltech, although it can =
be=20
  changed to a user specified name.
  Once this NetBIOS name has been set during DCPROMO execution you =
cannot=20
  change it. The only way would be to demote all domain controllers and =
recreate=20
  the domain but you would lose all objects (although you could dump =
them out=20
  first and them import in again).
  If you are upgrading a 4.0 domain then during the DCPROMO execution =
the=20
  NetBIOS name cannot be changed. You are stuck with the NetBIOS name of =
the 4.0=20
  domain but you can of course have a totally different DNS name.
  

  Q. How can I monitor when the =
Knowledge=20
  Consistency Checker (KCC) is run?
  A. The KCC which manages the connection objects for =
inter and=20
  intra site replication runs periodically and ascertains if any new =
objects=20
  need creating or existing objects deleted.
  If you want you can monitor exactly when its execution starts and =
finishes=20
  by performing the following actions:
  
    Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NTDS\Diagnostics=20
    
Double click on '1 Knowledge Consistency Checker'=20
    
Set the value to 3 (or greater) and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor (you don't need to restart the machine =
for=20
    this change to take effect) 
  With this value set to 3 or greater, the KCC will log extra events =
which=20
  you can view using the Event Viewer and viewing the 'Directory =
Service'=20
  branch.
  Common and useful events are:
  
    events 1009 to signify the beginning of KCC check=20
    
events1013 to signify the end of the KCC check=20
    
events 1133 information about the KCC check=20
    
events 1007 to signify the initialization of the KCC=20
    
events 1015 to signify the stopping of the KCC 
  
  

  Q. What backup software is available for =
Windows=20
  NT?
  A. Windows NT ships with NTBACKUP.EXE which is =
suitable=20
  for backing up most installations however its features are quite =
basic, for=20
  the larger more complex installations one of the following may be =
worth a look=20
  
  
    ADSM from http://www.st=
orage.ibm.com/software/adsm/index.htm=20

    
ARCserveIT from http://www.cai.com/arcserveit/=20
    
Back Again II from http://www.cds-inc.com/=20
    
Backup Exec from http://support.veritas.com/index_bottom_Product_Cat_Backup_Exec.htm=20

    
Backup Express from http://www.syncsort.com/=20
    
EaseBackup from http://members.xoom.com/Kie=
ProgSoft/=20

    
Legato NetWorker from http://www.legato.com/=20
    
NovaBack+ from http://www.novastor.com/=20
    
OpenView OmniBack from http://www.hp.com/=20
    
Replica from http://www.stac.com/replica/=20
    
Retrospect 5.0 from http://www.dantz.com/=20
    
UltraBac from http://www.ultrabac.com/ =

  

  Q. How do I add a tape =
drive?
  A. Before you can add a tape drive you should =
first ensure=20
  that the correct SCSI driver is loaded for the card the tape drive is=20
  connected to. Once the SCSI driver is loaded you should perform the =
following=20
  
  
    Start the Tape Devices control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Tape Devices)=20
    
Click the detect button for NT to detect your tape drive. If =
this works=20
    goto step 5=20
    
If the drive could not be detected the click the drivers tab=20
    
Click the Add button and select your tape drive from the list or =
click=20
    the Have Disk button and select the location for the driver.=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Restart the computer 
  

  Q. What types of backup does NTBACKUP.EXE =

  support?
  A. NTBACKUP.EXE supports 5 different types of =
backups 
  
    Normal backup - Backs up the files selected and marks them as =
backed up.=20

    
Incremental backup - Backs up files that have changed since the =
last=20
    backup. Once the files have been backed up the files are marked as =
backed=20
    up.=20
    
Differential backup - Same as above, backs up files that have =
changed=20
    since the last backup but does not mark the files as backed up=20
    
Copy backup - Same as a normal backup but does not mark files as =
backed=20
    up=20
    
Daily backup - Backs up selected files that have been modified =
on that=20
    day, the files are not marked as backed up 
  

  Q. What backup strategies are=20
  available?
  A. The main backup strategy is on a weekly plan as =
follows=20
  
  
    Monday - Incremental backup=20
    
Tuesday - Incremental backup=20
    
Wednesday - Incremental backup=20
    
Thursday - Incremental backup=20
    
Friday - Normal backup 
  As you know an incremental backup only backs up those files that =
have=20
  changed since the last backup and then sets them as backed up so this =
type of=20
  backup should be quite fast. In the event of a failure you would have =
to first=20
  restore the normal backup and then any subsequent incremental =
backups.
  An alternative would be as follows 
  
    Monday - Differential backup=20
    
Tuesday - Differential backup=20
    
Wednesday - Differential backup=20
    
Thursday - Differential backup=20
    
Friday - Normal backup 
  Differential backups and incremental backups are the same except =
that=20
  differential does not mark the files as backed up, therefore files =
backed up=20
  on Monday will still be backed up on Tuesday etc. Therefore to restore =
the=20
  backup you would only need to restore the normal backup and the latest =

  differential backup.
  It is important to not just have on week's worth of tapes, you =
should have=20
  a tape rotation and have maybe 10 tapes and rotate on a fortnightly =
basis.
  If you wanted an extra backup as a one off you would use a copy =
backup as=20
  this does a full backup but does not mark files as backed up and =
therefore=20
  would not interfere with other backup schemes in use.
  

  Q. What options are available when using=20
  NTBACKUP.EXE?
  A. Once you start NTBACKUP a list of all drives on =
the=20
  machine will be shown. You can either select a whole drive or double =
click on=20
  the drive and then select directories. Once you have selected the=20
  drives/directories click the Backup button.
  When performing a backup there are a number of fields that should =
be=20
  completed. 
  
    Current Tape - The name of the inserted tape is shown. You =
cannot edit=20
    this field=20
    
Creation Date - Date the original backup set was created. You =
cannot=20
    edit this field=20
    
Owner - The owner of the tape. You cannot edit this field=20
    
Tape Name - A 32 character string describing the tape=20
    
Operation Append/Replace - If you choose append the new saveset =
is added=20
    to the end of the tape. If you choose replace any information on the =
current=20
    tape is overwritten.=20
    
Verify after backup - If selected once files are copied to tape =
they are=20
    verified against the file on disk=20
    
Backup Local registry - Backs up the computers local registry, =
you=20
    cannot backup remote computers registry's.=20
    
Restrict Access to Owner or Administrator - If you select this =
tape then=20
    the tape is made Secure. Only the owner of the tape or a member of =
the=20
    Administrator or Backup Operators group can access the tape. =

  

  Q. Can I run NTBACKUP from the command=20
  line?
  A. NTBACKUP is fully usable from the command line =
using=20
  the format below
  ntbackup <operation> <path> /a /b /d "text" /e=20
  /hc:<on/off> /l "<filename>" /r /t <backup type> =
/tape:n=20
  /v
  The parameters have the following meanings
  
    
    
      <operation>
      This will be backup . If you =
wanted to=20
        eject a tape you could enter eject (but must =
also=20
        include the /tape parameter)
    
      <path>
      The list of drives and directories to be backed =
up. You=20
        may not enter file names or use the wildcard character. To =
backup=20
        multiple drives just put a space between them, e.g. =
ntbackup=20
        backup c: d: etc...
    
      /a
      Append backup sets to the end of the tape. If /a =
is=20
        omitted then the tape will be erased
    
      /b
      Backup the local registry
    
      /d "text"
      A description of the tape
    
      /e
      Logs only exceptions
    
      /hc:<on/off>
      If set /hc:on then hardware compression will be =
used, if=20
        /hc:off then no hardware compression will be used.
    
      /l "<filename>"
      Location and name for the logfile
    
      /r
      Restricts access (ignored if /a is =
set)
    
      /missingtape
      Specifies that a tape is missing from the backup =
set=20
        when the set spans several tapes. Each tape becomes a single =
unit as=20
        opposed to being part of the set.
    
      /t <backup type>
      The type of backup, normal, Incremental, =
Differential,=20
        Copy or Daily
    
      /tape:n
      Which tape drive to use (from 0 to 9). If =
omitted tape=20
        drive 0 is used
    
      /v
      Performs verification
  

  Q. How do I schedule a =
backup?
  A. Before a backup can be scheduled, you must =
ensure the=20
  scheduler service is running on the target machine, =
it does=20
  not have to be running on the issuing machine. For information on the =
schedule=20
  service see Q.=20
  How do I schedule commands?
  Once the scheduler service has been started it is possible to =
submit a=20
  backup command using the ntbackup.exe image (image is a name for an=20
  executable) 
  at 22:00 /every:M,T,W,Th,F ntbackup backup d: /v =
/b
  The command above would schedule a backup at 10:00 p.m. on weekdays =
of=20
  drive D: and the local registry with verification.
  If you are having problems with the scheduling you may want to use =
the=20
  /interactive switch so in the event of a problem you can interact with =
the=20
  backup program.
  

  Q. How do I restore a =
backup?
  A. To restore a backup saveset is simple and will =
depend=20
  on what was backed up, however the basics are 
  
    Start NTBACKUP (Start - Administrative Tools - Backup)=20
    
Double click on the tape unit that has the backup saveset you =
want.=20
    Select the saveset=20
    
Check the Restore File Permissions if the saveset was backed up =
off of a=20
    NTFS volume=20
    
Click OK 
  

  Q. How do I backup open =
files?
  A. Sometimes files can be corrupted as a backup =
program=20
  will try to backup an open file and when restored the file is corrupt. =
To stop=20
  NTBACKUP from backing up open files perform the following 
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Ntbackup\Backup =
Engine=20
    
Check "Backup files in use". If it is set to 1 double click on =
the value=20
    and set to 0. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  If you do have "Backup files in use" set to 1 then you should also =
set the=20
  following parameter
  HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Ntbackup\User =
Interface\Skip=20
  open files
  The values for this are
  0 - Do not skip the file, wait till it can be backed up
1 - Skip =
files=20
  that are open/unreadable
2 - Wait for open files to close for =
Wait=20
  time (which is another registry value in seconds)
  For more information have a look at Q=
159218=20
  (h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q159/2/18.asp)
  To backup open files without corruption you should look at Open =
File=20
  Manager software from http://www.stbernard.com/ (yeah =
the=20
  advert with the cute dog!). You can download a 15 day free trial.
  

  Q. What permissions do I need to perform =
a=20
  backup?
  A. The operator performing the backup requires the =
"back=20
  up files and directories" user right. This can be given directly using =
user=20
  manager, or the preferred way is to make the user a member of either =
the=20
  Administrators group or the backup operators group.
  

  Q. How do I backup the =
registry?
  A. Most of the registry hives are open, making =
them unable=20
  to be copied in the normal way, however there are several methods =
available to=20
  you 
  
    If you have a tape drive attached to NT, the NTBACKUP utility =
will=20
    perform a full backup of the registry if you select the "backup =
local=20
    registry" when performing the backup. Please note that NTBACKUP =
cannot=20
    backup registry's on remote machines.=20
    
RDISK /S will backup the registry to the %SystemRoot%/repair =
directory.=20
    RDISK is no longer supplied in Windows 2000, please see Q.=20
    Where is RDISK in Windows 2000?=20
    
REGBACK.EXE which comes with the resource kit will backup the=20
    open files that make up the registry, but not the =
unopened=20
    ones, these will need to be manually copied using xcopy.exe or =
scopy.exe.=20
    There is also a utility REGREST.EXE that can be used to restore the=20
    registry. To backup the registry to directory=20
    d:\regbackup:
regback d:\regback=20
    
REG.EXE is now supplied with the newer versions of the resource =
kit and=20
    with the BACKUP option, e.g. REG BACKUP you can backup certain =
sections of=20
    the registry to file. 
  NT does not automatically rename the old Registry to .DA0 as does =
Windows=20
  95. However, you can use RDISK, the Emergency Recovery Disk utility, =
to=20
  generate fresh duplicates of the Registry, and use this script to keep =
three=20
  old versions on hand:
  REM REGBACK.BAT note: change M: to home directory on LAN
REM =
pkzip25=20
  is a product of PKWARE, see www.pkware.com for details
rdisk =
/s-
if=20
  exist m:regback.old del m:regback.old
ren m:regback.sav =
regback.old
ren=20
  m:regback.zip regback.sav
pkzip25 -lev=3D0 -add -attr=3Dall =
m:regback=20
  %systemroot%\repair\*.*
exit 
  

  Q. How can I erase a tape using NTBackup that =
reports=20
  errors?
  A. When NTBackup starts and when a tape is inserted a scan =
of the=20
  device is performed and if any errors are found one of the following =
messages=20
  will be displayed
  
    Tape Drive Error Detected.=20
    
Tape Drive Not Responding.=20
    
Bad Tape. 
  You will not be able to perform any actions on the tape including =
erasing=20
  it. It is possible to force NT to not check a tape when inserted using =
the=20
  /nopoll parameter, e.g. 
  c:\>ntbackup /nopoll
  You will now be able to erase the tape within NTBackup. If you have =

  multiple tape drives you may want to use the /tape:n =
parameter=20
  to instruct NTBackup to ignore a certain tape drive, otherwise no =
other=20
  parameters should be used.
  Once you have erased the tape you should exit ntbackup and restart =
to use=20
  the tape (without specifying /nopoll).
  

  Q. How can I remove a dead submitted Backup=20
  process?
  A. If you submit a backup using the AT command (the schedule =

  command) and the ntbackup program has a problem, you run Task Manager =
but are=20
  unable to kill the process as an error along the lines of you don't =
have=20
  authority to end the process will be shown. The only solution is to =
reboot the=20
  server.
  If you had submitted the ntbackup command with the /interactive =
switch you=20
  would see some kind of error.
  Rather than rebooting the server you can create a "special" version =
of task=20
  manager which will be able to kill the rogue NTBACKUP process. Simply =
submit=20
  task manager to start one minute in the future using the AT command or =
even=20
  better using the Resource Kit SOON.EXE utility:
  C:\> soon 30 /interactive taskmgr
  In 30 seconds task manager will be displayed and you will be able =
to kill=20
  the NTBACKUP process.
  The AT syntax would be
  C:\> at [\\<computer name>] <time in future>=20
  /interactive taskmgr
  The \\<computer name> is optional and would start Task =
Manager on=20
  another machine.
  An alternate method is as follows:
  use the TLIST.EXE and the KILL.EXE provided in the Resource =
kit.
  From the command prompt issue...
C:\> tlist -t |=20
  more
  The output is .... <snip>
  ATSVC.EXE (315)
  CMD.EXE=20
  (345)
    NTVDM.EXE=20
  (348)
    NTBACKUP.EXE (314)
  (the PID will vary from system to system)
(the "-t" =
option is=20
  important. It provides a tree-like-output to determine which process =
is the=20
  parent and child process)
  Use the KILL.EXE to end the parent process CMD.EXE and=20
  NTBACKUP.EXE
C:\> kill -f 345
  By killing the parent process it DOES NOT kills the children =
process it=20
  created. Once you kill the CMD.EXE process you then need to kill the =
children=20
  processes that the CMD.EXE called.
  Just don't kill the ATSVC.EXE process!!! If you do you no longer =
have the=20
  schedule service running, and you will have to restart it.
  You must have Administrative privileges to run the KILL.EXE =
program.
  You may find this better than fumbling with the AT command and =
waiting for=20
  it to start the TASKMGR as a system account.
  If this is on a remote server where you can't get to the console =
load the=20
  RKILLSRV.EXE as a service on the remote machine, and use the RKILL.EXE =
on your=20
  local machine. Both programs are from the resource kit. You must have=20
  Administrative privileges on the target system to kill the =
processes.
  RKILL.EXE syntax...
Usage : rkill /view =
\\servername
to get=20
  the process list on servername
Usage : rkill /kill \\servername =

  pid
to kill process pid on servername
Usage : rkill =
/token=20
  \\servername
to get your remote security token on =
servername
  Another useful use for this is as part of a scheduled NTBACKUP and =
to=20
  always run the command "kill.exe -f ntbackup.exe" first in the =
scheduled=20
  NTBackup-batch job. I've been told it works great but have never used =
myself.=20
  Basically if there is an old stray backup job running it will kill it=20
  first.
  

  Q. What is a batch file?
  A. A batch file is just a text file with a .bat or =
.cmd=20
  extension that adheres to a syntax and a set of valid =
commands/instructions.=20
  To run a batch file just enter the name of the file, you don't need to =
enter=20
  the .cmd or .bat extensions. In line with programming tradition the =
first=20
  batch file we write will output "Hello World". 
  
    Start Notepad=20
    
Enter the following contents
@echo hello=20
    world
Echo means output to the screen anything after it =
(the @=20
    suppresses the command being printed to the screen, try it with and =
without=20
    the @). To stop commands from being displayed in the whole batch =
file=20
    have
@echo off
At the top of the batch file.=20
    
From the file menu select "Save As"=20
    
Enter a name of "<name>.cmd", make sure you enter the name =
in=20
    quotes or notepad will add .txt to the end!=20
    
Start a command session (run cmd.exe)=20
    
Enter the name of the batch file (no extension),=20
    e.g.
testfile 
  

  Q. What commands can be used in a batch=20
  file?
  A. Windows NT 4.0 introduced some extensions to =
cmd.exe,=20
  so to use these make sure HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Command =

  Processor\EnableExtensions is set to 1. The following is a list of the =
more=20
  common commands you will use
  
    
    
      call <batch file> 
      This is used to call one batch from inside =
another. The=20
        execution of the current batch file is suspended until the =
called batch=20
        file completes
    
      exit
      Used to stop batch file execution. If a batch =
file is=20
        called from inside another and exit is called =
both=20
        batch files are stopped
    
      findstr <string> <filename(s)>
      Used to find a string in a file. There are a =
number of=20
        parameters from this and is quite powerful
    
      for
      Standard for loop
for /L %n IN =
(1,1,10) DO=20
        @ECHO %n
Would print 1 to 10
    
      goto <label>
      Causes the execution of a program to skip to a =
given=20
        point. The actual label name must be preceded with a colon (:),=20
        e.g.
goto label1
...
:label1
...
    
      if <condition> ..
      The if statement has a great deal of =
functionality. Some=20
        of the more common ones are:
if /i <string1>=20
        <compare> <string2> <command>
The =
/i makes=20
        the comparison case insensitive and compare can be one =
of:
EQU=20
        equal
NEQ not equal
LSS less than
LEQ less than or =
equal
GTR=20
        greater than
GEQ greater than or equal
if =
errorlevel
if=20
        exist <file name>
    
      rem <string>
      A comment
    
      start <window title> <command>
      Starts a new command session and runs a given =
command.=20
        Unlike call the execution of the current batch file is not =
halted and=20
        continues
  There are some extra utilities supplied with the NT Resource Kit =
which can=20
  be useful.
  

  Q. How can I perform an action depending =
on the=20
  arrival of a file?
  A. This is a common request as users on hosts have =
files=20
  FTP'd from a host and need to action it when it arrives. Below is a =
simple=20
  batch file to do this:
  :filecheck
if exist e:\upload\file.txt goto actionfile
sleep=20
  100
goto filecheck
  :actionfile
...
  This would check for file.txt every 100 seconds. The program =
sleep.exe is=20
  supplied with the resource kit so you would need the resource kit=20
  installed.
  There may be a problem if the file is large and being created when =
its=20
  existance is checked for, for example if the file is being ftp'd and =
is still=20
  writing into it.

To get around this try to RENAME the file to =
itself,=20
  e.g.:

RENAME e:\upload\file.txt file.txt
if not errorlevel 0 =
goto=20
  actionfile

... or something like that. RENAME throws an error =
whether=20
  the file doesn't exist or whether it's not available to write to =
(because it's=20
  still being written to).

The errorlevel is the same, but the =
error=20
  message changes, if one cares to distinguish in the .BAT file.
  

  Q. How can I access files on other=20
  machines?
  A. You can use the UNC naming conventions, e.g.=20
  \\<server name>\<share name>\<dir>\<file>.=20
  Alternatively you could map the drive, access the file using a drive =
letter=20
  and then unmap the drive, e.g.
  net use g: \\savilltech\filetosee
... g:\dir\file.txt
net use =
g:=20
  /d
  

  Q. How can I send a message from a batch=20
  file?
  A. Use the NET SEND command, e.g.
  net send <machine> "<message>"
  

  Q. The command I enter asks for input, can =
I=20
  automate the response?
  A. Most commands have a switch to confirm an =
action=20
  however if a command requires a response when run, for instance a =
logon may=20
  want you to enter a password try the following:
  echo <password> | logon savillj
  This runs the command "logon savillj" and assuming it then asked =
for a=20
  password, the echo would then echo the password with a return thus =
entering=20
  your password for you.
  You can also echo a return using
  echo.|cmd.exe
  

  Q. How can I pass parameters to a batch =
file?
  A. When you call a batch file you may enter data after the =
command=20
  which the batch file refers to as %1, %2 etc, for example the batch =
file=20
  hello.bat
  @echo hello %1 boy
  Would output
  hello john boy
  if called as "hello.bat john" (you don't need to enter .bat =
extension, I=20
  just use it here as I used bad file names :-) )
  You can actually modify the passed parameter in the following =
ways
  
    
    
      Parameter 
      Description 
    
      %1 
      The normal parameter.
    
      %~f1 
      expands %1 to a fully qualified path name. If you =
only=20
        passed a file name from the current directory it would expand to =
the=20
        drive/directory as well
    
      %~d1 
      extracts the drive letter from %1.
    
      %~p1 
      extracts the path from %1
    
      %~n1 
      extracts the file name from %1 without the =
extension
    
      %~x1 
      extracts the file extension from %1
    
      %~s1 
      changes the meaning of n and x options to =
reference the=20
        short name. You would therefore use %~sn1 for the short =
file name,=20
        or %~sx1 for the short extension
  You can combine some of the above as follows
  
    
    
      Parameter 
      Description
    
      %~dp1 
      expands %1 to a drive letter and path =
only.
    
      %~sp1
      for short path
    
      %~nx1 
      expands %1 to a file name and extension=20
  only.
  To see all of these in actions put this into a batch file =
testing.bat
  @echo off
echo fully qualified name %~f1
echo drive =
%~d1
echo=20
  path %~p1
echo file name %~n1
echo file extension %~x1
echo =
short=20
  file name %~sn1
echo short file extension %~sx1
echo drive and =
directory=20
  %~dp1
echo file name and extension %~nx1
  Run the file with a long file name, for example the batch file run =
on file=20
  c:\temp\longfilename.long would produce output
  fully qualified name c:\TEMP\longfilename.long
drive =
c:
path=20
  \TEMP\
file name longfilename
file extension .long
short file =
name=20
  LONGFI~1
short file extension .LON
drive and directory =
c:\TEMP\
file=20
  name and extension longfilename.long
  Obviously all the above also work on the second, third parameter =
etc, and=20
  you just substitute 1 for the parameter, e.g. %~f2 for the second =
parameters=20
  fully qualified path name.
  Within a batch file %0 holds information about the file when it is =
run and=20
  that the command extensions can also be used with it (e.g. %~dp0 will =
give the=20
  drive and path of the batch file).
  

  Q. How can I stop my batch files outputing the =
command to=20
  screen as it runs it?
  A. This is stopped by just placing
  @echo off
  at the top of your batch file. To stop a single command being =
output to the=20
  screen just put @ in front of the command.
  

  Q. How do I call a batch file from within =
another batch=20
  file?
  A. It is possible to just enter the name of the batch file =
in a=20
  batch file which will run the called batch file however once completed =
it will=20
  not pass control back to the calling batch file leaving the rest of =
the=20
  calling batch file unrun. For example suppose we had the batch =
files
  calling.bat

  @echo off 
echo Calling bat here
called.bat
echo Back =
to=20
  Calling bat
  called.bat
  @echo off
echo called bat here
  If you then run calling.bat you would not get the line "Back to =
Calling=20
  bat" displayed as after called.bat terminates it does not return to=20
  calling.bat. To call a batch file and have it return to the calling =
batch file=20
  once completed use call . For example if calling.bat =
was=20
  modified to have "call called.bat" instead of "called.bat" the line =
"Back to=20
  Calling bat" would be displayed as once called.bat was completed =
control would=20
  return to calling.bat.

  

  Q. .bat files have lost their =
association.
  A. This is easily fixed. Enter the commands:
  ftype batfile=3D"%1" %*
assoc .bat=3Dbatfile
  

  Q. How do I search files for a string from a =
batch=20
  file/command line?
  A. There is the basic find command which allows you =
to=20
  search one file at a time for string, however findstr is far =
more=20
  versatile. The command has the following switches 
  FINDSTR [/B] [/E] [/L] [/R] [/S] [/I] [/X] [/V] [/N] [/M] [/O]=20
  [/F:file] [/C:string] [/G:file] [strings] [[drive:][path]filename[=20
  ...]]
  
    
    
      Parameters
      Meaning
    
      /b
      Match pattern if at the start of a line
    
      /e 
      Match pattern if at the end of a line
    
      /l
      Search literally
    
      /r
      Use text as a regular expression =
(default)
    
      /s
      Search current directory and all =
sub-directories
    
      /i
      Ignore case
    
      /x
      Selects lines that are an exact match
    
      /v
      Selects lines that do not match
    
      /n
      Displays the line number before the matched =
line
    
      /m
      Displays only the matching file names
    
      /o
      Displays the offset of the match before the =
matched=20
    line
    
      /g:<file>
      Gets the search string from the specified file.=20
        /g:argument.txt
    
      /c:"<string>"
      Use text as a literal. /c:"string"
    
      /f:<file>
      Gets the file list from the specified file.=20
      /f:filelist.txt
    
      strings
      The search string (in double quotes if multiple=20
    words)
    
      files
      Files to be searched
  
Use spaces to separate multiple search strings unless /c is =
used
  findstr "Windows NT FAQ" ntfaq.html - searchs for Windows, =
NT or=20
  FAQ in ntfaq.html
findstr /c:"Windows NT FAQ" ntfaq.html - =
searchs=20
  for "Windows NT FAQ" in ntfaq.htm 

  
  
  
  
  Q. Environment settings set by a batch file =
are not=20
  working.
  A. When you execute a batch file (or any other DOS command =
without a=20
  pif setting) the _DEFAULT.PIF file in the %systemroot% directory is =
used. If,=20
  as in my case, it has the "Close on Exit" setting enabled, this causes =
the=20
  batch process to close. Change this as follows:
  
    Start Explorer=20
    
Move to your %systemroot% directory, e.g. d:\winnt=20
    
Right click on _default.pif=20
    
Select the Program tab=20
    
Unselect "Close on exit"=20
    
Click Apply then click OK 
  

  Q. How can I perform an operation on every =
machine on=20
  the network that is running? 
  A. Normally a logon script can be used but if you wish to =
run a=20
  command/copy a file to every current machine now you can use the=20
following.
  C:\> net view > list.txt
  This outputs a list of all current machines to the file list.txt. =
We can=20
  then parse that file to perform an operation, e.g. to copy files:
  C:\> FOR /F " tokens=3D1 " %i in (list.txt) do copy =
quaropts.dat=20
  "%i\C$\program files\navnt"
  If you placed the above into a file you would need to user two %%, =
e.g.
  FOR /F " tokens=3D1 " %%i in =
(list.txt) do=20
  copy quaropts.dat "%%i\C$\program=20
  files\navnt"
  Its possible to not use the temporary file at all by changing the =
FOR=20
  command to the following:
  FOR /F " tokens=3D1 " %i in ('net view') do copy quaropts.dat =

  "%i\C$\program files\navnt"
  

  Q. How can you send a programs output to a =
NULL=20
  device?
  A. If you wish to suppress a programs output you can use the =
NULL=20
  device (as you would use UNIX's /dev/null). For example to make a =
program=20
  output to the NULL device instead of the screen use:
  C:\> program.exe > nul
  If you wanted to blank a file you can also use NUL
  C:\> copy nul file.name
  

  Q. How can I change colour within a batch =
file?=20
  
  A. You can use the Windows NT Workstation 4.0 Color command =
to set=20
  the Command Prompt window colors. For example:
  C:\> color 06
  sets the colour to yellow on black. The first part is background =
colour,=20
  the second the foreground and are: 
  
    
    
      0
      Black
    
      1
      Blue
    
      2
      Green
    
      3
      Aqua
    
      4
      Red
    
      5
      Purple
    
      6
      Yellow
    
      7
      White
    
      8
      Gray
    
      9
      Light Blue
    
      A
      Light Green
    
      B
      Light Aqua
    
      C
      Light Red
    
      D
      Light Purple
    
      E
      Light Yellow
    
      F
      Bright White
  So color 2F would be bright white on Green..
  

  Q. How can I call a subroutine in a batch =
file?=20
  
  A. An easy way to do this is to have the batch file call =
itself=20
  recursively and pass itself a couple of parameters, like=20
  so:

@echo off
if (%1)=3D=3D(Recurse) goto =
Recurse
goto=20
  Begin

:Begin
echo Batch file begins.
call %0 Recurse =
test
goto=20
  End

:Recurse
echo This is a recursive call.
echo The =
parameters=20
  received were "%1" and "%2".
goto Clean-End

:End
echo=20
  Finished.

:Clean-End

Be careful! Recursive batch =
files=20
  can be dangerous, especially if your subroutine fires off another =
program.
  Other methods:
  :Begin
  echo start subroutine
call :Subroutine
echo finished=20
  subroutine
goto End
  :Subroutine
echo In subroutine
goto =
:EOF
:End
  From Rob Warner and Ian Hamilton (both sent the same idea):
  For NT .cmd files, the following is possible
  @echo off
call :Begin
echo Finished.
goto =
:eof
  :Begin
echo Batch file begins.
call :recurse Recurse=20
  test
goto :eof
  :Recurse
echo This is a recursive call.
echo The =
parameters=20
  received were "%1" and "%2".
goto :eof
  Note the syntax for calling subroutines (with parameters) and the =
special=20
  construct for returning (goto :eof).
  

  Q. How do I enter freehand comments in my =
batch file=20
  without using 'rem'?
  A. When NT batch file processing encounters the goto =
command,=20
  it ignores any lines in the batch file until it finds the appropriate=20
  goto label:

@echo off
goto =
Begin

BATCHFILE.BAT=20
  v1.01 - does what batch files do
written 09/09/1999 by Joe=20
  Programmer

MODIFICATION HISTORY:

v1.00 09/04/1999 =
jp
initial=20
  version

v1.02 09/09/1999 jp
converted all dates in comments =
to=20
  four-digit
years for Y2K=20
  compliance

:Begin
<...>

:End
  Thanks to Royce Williams for this one.
  Another way from Noel Casey:
  A further method for freehand comments in batch files is to use a =
double=20
  colon ::
  This works in NT4 and W95
  Example
  @echo off
echo Hello
echo.
  :: This is equivalent to rem at the begining of line
rem =
This is=20
  an equivalent statement to the line above
:: This looks and reads =
better=20
  than rem
:: Thats all
echo Bye!
   
  

  Q. Does application x work with NT=20
  4.0?
  A. See the list below 
  
    PCPlus V3.0 works, but you cannot use the wordsheet editor that =
comes=20
    with it.=20
    
WordPerfect 6.1 works, but 'Draw' returns peculiar anomalies. In =
earlier=20
    versions of WP it include 'PTR.EXE' which was a kind of printer =
driver=20
    program. In NT drivers edited with PTR add some mysterious control =
codes=20
    that cause the printer to print additional blank pages. The =
distribution=20
    driver with WP61 does not do this.=20
    
Quake does NOT work under NT, however there is a version called =
WinQuake=20
    that does. 
  

  Q. Does game x work with NT =
4.0?
  A. See http://www.ntgamepalace.isco=
ol.net/=20
  for an extensive lists of games that work with NT4.0, and tips to make =
them=20
  work.
  

  Q. Does NT run 16bit =
applications?
  A. There is no definitive answer. NT does not =
allow an=20
  application to directly access hardware, so any application that =
directly=20
  tries to access hardware would cause a violation, also private device =
drivers=20
  are not supported (such as a VXD). A VXD is usually a .386 file.
  Besides direct hardware access, some 16 bit apps will not run under =
NT=20
  because they use a 16 bit API function call that either has no 32 bit=20
  equivalent, or the 32 bit equivalent has a completely different =
function call=20
  (different number/types of arguments) and NT can't convert the 16 bit =
version=20
  to the 32 bit version. If either of these things occur, NT will halt =
execution=20
  of the 16 bit app and throw some sort of error similar to the one it =
throws=20
  when direct hardware access occurs. This doesn't happen very often, =
but it=20
  seems that NT 4.0 has more problems with 16 bit code than NT 3.51 due =
to the=20
  16 bit to 32 bit conversion process.
  As a side note, this conversion of 16 bit code to 32 bit code is =
one of the=20
  reasons that NT will run 16 bit code slower than Win95 given all other =
things=20
  held equal. This has nothing to do with the Pentium Pro's problem with =
16 bit=20
  code, it is an NT problem. 
  NTVDM simulates MD-DOS environment for MD-DOS-based applications.=20
  Applications that run in user mode do not have direct access to =
hardware. The=20
  VDDs intercept the applications' h/w calls and interact with the =
Windows NT=20
  32-bit device driver. This process is transparent to the application. =

  

  Q. Will NT 3.51 drivers work with NT=20
  4.0?
  A. Standard NT drivers will automatically be =
upgraded from=20
  the NT CD. 3rd party drivers may not work and the supplier should be=20
  contacted. In particular Video drivers and Printer drivers were moved =
for=20
  NT4.0 from Win32 to the NT executive to improve performance and reduce =
memory=20
  use (basically moved from Ring 3 - user mode to Ring 0 - kernel mode). =
This=20
  does have the effect that a graphics driver could crash NT. 
  

  Q. How can I fool a program into thinking =
my NT=20
  installation is actually Windows 95?
  A. Windows NT 4.0 ships a utility called =
IMAGECFG.EXE in=20
  the support\debug folder of the Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM (it does not =
ship with=20
  Windows 2000). 
  Also in the support\debug folder are the files 
  
    setwin95.cmd - to set the system in Windows 95 mode=20
    
setnt351.cmd - to set the system in Windows NT 3.51 mode =

  To run you just run imagecfg with one of the the files. Type =
imagecfg /?=20
  for more information.
  

  Q. How can I fool a program into thinking =
my=20
  Windows 2000 installation is actually Windows =
NT/95/98?
  A. Windows 2000 provides a utility called =
APCOMPAT.EXE=20
  which can fool a program into thinking it is running on Windows NT =
(service=20
  pack 3,4 or 5), Windows 95 or Windows 98. The syntax of the command is =
as=20
  follows: 
  apcompat [-?] [-v version name] [-x program path] [-d] [-t] =
[-g]=20
  [-k]

Parameters: 
  
    
    
      -?
      Displays the syntax for the command =
line=20
        parameters. 
    
      -v <version name>
      Specifies the name of the operating =
system you=20
        want to return to the specified program. 
    
       
      1
      Returns the version WindowsNT4 SP3
    
      2
      Returns the version WindowsNT4 SP4
    
      3
      Returns the version WindowsNT4 SP5
    
      4
      Returns the version Windows98
    
      5
      Returns the version Windows95
    
      -x <program path>
      Specifies the path and name of the =
executable=20
        (.exe) file for the program you want to run. 
    
      -d
      Disables the Heap Manager for the =
portion of=20
        memory reserved for the specified program
    
      -t
      Uses \Temp for the Temp folder when =
running=20
        the specified program
    
      -g
      Corrects disk space =
detection.
    
      -k
      Stores the specified Application =
Compatibility=20
        settings
  The tool is part of the Windows 2000 support tools and is =
documented in the=20
  w2rksupp.chm HTML Help file. You can run APCOMPAT.EXE with no =
qualifiers which=20
  will launch a GUI version allowing you to make choices on screen. It =
can be=20
  found in support.cab in the support\tools folder of your CD. 
   
  

  Q. Is BackOffice Server Windows 2000=20
  compatible?
  A. BackOffice Server and its components such as =
Exchange,=20
  SQL will work on Windows 2000 however specific service pack's/fixes =
are=20
  required for the products to enable full functionality. 
  A list of fixes needed are listed at http://www.microsoft.com/backofficeserver/prodinfo/win2000sps.htm. =

  
  

  Q. How do I get the RIO 500 player to =
work on=20
  Windows 2000?
  A. I bought one of these and wasted ages trying to =
get it=20
  to work until I found some great instructions at http://site=
s.netscape.net/richij/rio500-win2000.html.=20
  The instructions show you how to use a special USB driver and a =
special=20
  version of the Audio software. 
  An alternative method which I've since found is to use the same USB =
driver=20
  (http://www.ntfaq.=
com/ntfaq/download/riousb.zip)=20
  and extract to a directory. Attach the RIO500 via USB and power it on. =
When it=20
  asks for a driver specify the location you extracted the ZIP to. 
  To actually copy the MP3 files to the RIO500 you can use =
RealJukeBox (http://www.realjukebox.com/) =
which has=20
  a RIO500 add-on which is great. If you have trouble installing the =
add-on=20
  (maybe due to a firewall) just extract rio500.dll from http://www.ntfaq.=
com/ntfaq/download/rio500.zip=20
  to the Plug-in's directory of Real Jukebox (C:\Program=20
  Files\Real\RealJukebox\plugins), restart the software and you should =
be able=20
  to add it as a device (Options - Preferences - Portable =
players/storage - Add)=20
  and copy away. Its very cool :-) 
   
  

  Q. What are the differences between NT =
Workstation=20
  and NT Server?
  A. See table Below
  
    
    
       
      Workstation
      Server
    
      Connection to other clients
      10
      Unlimited
    
      Connection to other networks
      Unlimited
      Unlimited
    
      Multiprocessing
      2 CPUs
      4 CPUs
    
      RAS
      1 connection
      256 connections
    
      Directory Replication
      Import
      Import and Export
    
      Macintosh Services
      No
      Yes
    
      Logon Validation
      No
      Yes
    
      Disk Fault Tolerance
      No
      Yes
    
      Network
      Peer-to-peer
      Server
  

  Q. What does NT stand for?
  A. NT actually stands for Northern Telecom but =
Microsoft=20
  licensed it and in the Windows sense stands for New Technology. Its =
also=20
  interesting to note its heritage
RSX -> VMS -> ELN -> NT =
all major=20
  designs of David Cutler
Also VMS +1 letter =3D WNT (Windows NT) :-) =
(aka HAL=20
  and IBM in 2001)
  

  Q. What is the NT Boot =
Process?
  A. Firstly the files required for NT to boot are =

  
    Ntldr - This is a hidden, read-only system file that loads the =
operating=20
    system=20
    
Boot.ini - This is read-only system file, used to build the Boot =
Loader=20
    Operating System Selection menu on Intel x86-based computers=20
    
Bootsect.dos - This is a hidden file loaded by Ntldr if another=20
    operating system is selected=20
    
Ntdetect.com - This is a hidden, read-only system file used to =
examine=20
    the hardware available and to build a hardware list.=20
    
Ntbootdd.sys - This file is only used by systems that boot from =
a SCSI=20
    disk. 
  The common Boot sequence files are 
  
    Ntoskrnl.exe - The Windows NT kernel=20
    
System - This file is a collection of system configuration =
settings=20
    
Device drivers - These are files that support various device =
drivers=20
    
Hal.dll - Hardware Abstraction Layer software 
  The boot sequence is as follows 
  
    Power on self test (POST) routines are run=20
    
Master Boot Record is loaded into memory, and the program is run =

    
The Boot Sector from Active Partition is Loaded into Memory=20
    
Ntldr is loaded and initialized from the boot sector=20
    
Change the processor from real mode to 32-bit flat memory mode=20
    
Ntldr starts the appropriate minifile system drivers. Minifile =
system=20
    drivers are built into Ntldr and can read FAT or NTFS=20
    
Ntldr reads the Boot.ini file=20
    
Ntldr loads the operating system selected, on of two things =
happen
*=20
    If Windows NT is selected, Ntldr runs Ntdetect.com
* For other =
operating=20
    system, Ntldr loads and runs Bootsect.dos and passes control to it. =
The=20
    Windows NT process ends here=20
    
Ntdetect.com scans the computer hardware and sends the list to =
Ntldr for=20
    inclusion in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\HARDWARE=20
    
Ntldr then loads Ntoskrnl.exe, Hal.dll and the system hive=20
    
Ntldr scans the System hive and loads the device drivers =
configured to=20
    start at boot time=20
    
Ntldr passes control to Ntoskrnl.exe, at which point the boot =
process=20
    ends and the load phases begin 
  

  Q. What is Virtual Memory?
  A. Virtual Memory makes up for the lack of RAM in=20
  computers by using space on the hard disk as memory, Virtual Memory. =
When the=20
  actual RAM fills up (actually its before the RAM fills) then virtual =
memory is=20
  created on the hard disk. When physical memory runs out, the Virtual =
Memory=20
  Manager chooses sections of memory that have not been recently used =
and are of=20
  low priority and writes them to the swap file. This process is hidden =
from=20
  applications, and applications views both virtual and actual memory as =
the=20
  same.
  Each application that runs under Windows NT is given its own =
virtual=20
  address space of 4GB (2GB for the application, 2GB for the operating=20
  system).
  The problem with Virtual Memory is that as it writes and reads to =
the hard=20
  disk, this is much slower than actual RAM. This is =
why if an=20
  NT system does not have enough memory it will run very slowly.
  

  Q. What is the history of =
NT?
  A. In the late 1980's the Windows environment was =
created=20
  to run on the Microsoft DOS operating system. Microsoft and IBM joined =
forces=20
  to create a DOS replacement that would run on the Intel platform that =
led to=20
  the creation of OS/2, and at the same time Microsoft was working on a =
more=20
  powerful operating system that would run on other processor platforms. =
The=20
  idea was that the new OS would be written in a high level language =
(such as C)=20
  so it would be more portable.
  Microsoft hired Dave Cutler (who also designed Digital's VMS) to =
head the=20
  team for the New Technology Operating System (NT :-) ). Originally the =
new OS=20
  was to be called OS/2 NT.
  In the early 1990's Microsoft released version 3.0 of its windows =
OS which=20
  gained a large user base, and it was at this point that Microsoft and =
IBM's=20
  split started as the two companies disagreed on the future of their =
OS's. IBM=20
  viewed Windows as a stepping stone to the superior OS/2, where as =
Microsoft=20
  wanted to expand Windows to compete with OS/2, so they split, IBM kept =
OS/2=20
  and Microsoft change OS/2 NT to Windows NT.
  Nt was once called OS/3, and OS/2 V3, I am informed by a alpha =
tester for=20
  IBM & MS, he had a set of 5.25 diskettes from Microsoft, and =
that's how he=20
  got them.
  The first version of Windows NT (3.1) was released in 1993 and had =
the same=20
  GUI as the normal Windows Operating System, however it was a pure 32 =
bit OS,=20
  but provided the ability to also run older DOS and Windows apps, as =
well as=20
  character mode OS/2 1.3 programs.
  For a detailed history have a look at http://windowsnt.miningco.com/
  

  Q. How do I install the SYMBOL=20
files?
  A. Symbol files are produced by the linker when a =
program=20
  is built, and are used to resolve global variables and function names =
in an=20
  executable. 
  
    Create a directory on your machine called =
SYMBOLS
mkdir=20
    c:\winnt\symbols=20
    
Copy over the symbols from the NT installation CD =
ROM
xcopy=20
    <CD-ROM>:\Support\Debug\i386 c:\winnt\symbols /s=20
    
If you have any service pack symbols you should extract these to =
the=20
    same directory, e.g. for Service Pack 2
SYM_400I -d=20
    c:\winnt\symbols 
  For more information see Microsoft Knowledge Base article =
Q148659
  

  Q. What is Windows NT?
  A. Windows NT (both the Workstation and Server) is =
a=20
  32-bit Operating System. It is a preemptive, multi-tasking Operating =
System,=20
  which means that the Operating System controls allocation of CPU time, =
not the=20
  applications, stopping one application from hanging the OS. NT =
supports=20
  multiple CPU's giving true Multi-tasking, using symmetrical =
multiprocessing,=20
  meaning the processors share all tasks, as opposed to asymmetrical=20
  multiprocessing, where the OS uses one CPU and the applications =
another. NT is=20
  also a Fault Tolerant Operating System, with each 32bit application =
operating=20
  in its own Virtual Memory address space (4 GigaBytes) which means one=20
  application cannot interfere with another's memory space.
  Unlike earlier version of Windows (such as Windows for Workgroups =
and=20
  Windows 95), NT is a complete Operating System, and not an addition to =

DOS.
  NT supports different CPU's: Intel x86, IBM PowerPC (Not to be =
supported=20
  for NT5.0) and DEC Alpha.
  NT's other main plus is its Security with a special NT file system =
(NTFS)=20
  that allows permissions to be set on a file and directory basis.
  

  Q. What is DHCP?
  A. DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration =
Protocol and=20
  is used to automatically configure a host during boot up on a TCP/IP =
network=20
  and also to change settings while the host is attached.
  This means that you can store all the available IP addresses in a =
central=20
  database along with information such as the subnet mask, gateways, DNS =
servers=20
  etc.
  The basics behind DHCP is the clients are configured to use DHCP =
instead of=20
  being given a static IP address. When the client boots up it sends out =
a BOOTP=20
  request for an IP address. A DHCP server then offers an IP address =
that has=20
  not been assigned from its database, which is then leased to the =
client for a=20
  pre-defined time period.
  
  If the DHCP client is Windows 2000 and no offer is made and IP auto =

  configuration has not been disabled the client will attempt to find =
and use an=20
  IP address not currently in use otherwise TCP/IP will be disabled.
  

  Q. How do I install the DHCP Server=20
  Service?
  A. The DHCP server service can only be install on =
a NT=20
  Server. 
  
    Start the Network Control Applet by clicking on Network from =
Control=20
    Panel (Start - Settings - Control Panel) or right click on Network=20
    Neighborhood and select Properties=20
    
Click on the Services tab and click Add=20
    
Select "Microsoft DHCP Server" and click OK=20
    
You will be prompted to insert the NT Server installation CD or =
say=20
    where the i386 directory is=20
    
A warning that all local adapters must use a static IP address =
and click=20
    OK=20
    
Click Close and select Yes to reboot 
  Under Windows 2000 to install perform the following:
  
    Start the Add/Remove Programs Control Panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Add/Remove Programs)=20
    
In the left hand pane click 'Add/Remove Windows Components"=20
    
Click the 'Components' button to start the Components wizard=20
    
Click Next=20
    
Select 'Networking Services' and click Details=20
    
Check the 'Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)' option =
and click=20
    OK=20
    
Click Next and the relevant files and services will be =
configured.=20
    
Click Finish when all operations have completed=20
    
Click Close to the Add/Remove Programs dialog 
  

  Q. How do I configure DHCP Server=20
  Service?
  A. The DHCP Server Service is configured using =
"DHCP=20
  Manager" that is installed after the installation of the DHCP Server =
Service.=20
  
  
    Start DHCP Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
DHCP=20
    Manager)=20
    
Double click "*Local Machine*"=20
    
From the Scope menu select Create=20
    
A dialog will be shown and following should be entered
- =
Start=20
    Address, e.g. 200.200.200.10
- End Address, e.g.=20
    200.200.200.100
this would mean the address 200.200.200.10 to =

    200.200.200.100 would be available
- Subnet Mask, e.g.=20
    255.255.255.0
- Exclusion - start and end, e.g. 200.200.200.20 =
and=20
    200.200.200.30, would mean available addresses would=20
    200.200.200.10-200.200.200.20 and =
200.200.200.30-200.200.200.100
-=20
    Exclusion - just start is a single address, e.g. 200.200.200.56
- =
Set=20
    lease duration, by default 3 days, however can be set to =
unlimited
- Name=20
    - this is the name of the scope, e.g. "subnet 200.200.200"
- =
Comment -=20
    anything you want=20
    
Click OK=20
    
A message that the Scope has been added, but is not active, =
would you=20
    like it to be active, click Yes. 
  Usually items such as DNS servers, WINS server etc will be =
configured on a=20
  global scale and this is also done using DHCP Manager 
  
    Select the Scope, and select Global from the "DHCP Options" menu =

    
Select "06 DNS Servers" and click Add=20
    
Click Value button=20
    
Click Edit Array at the bottom=20
    
Enter the IP address and click ADD, continue adding until all =
added=20
    
Click OK to close the Edit Array dialog=20
    
Select "15 Domain name" and click Add=20
    
Select it and edit the string at the bottom, e.g. savilltech.com =

    
Click OK to exit 
  

  Q. How do I configure a client to use=20
  DHCP?
  A. For NT workstation and Windows95 follow the=20
  instructions below: 
  
    Start the Network Control Applet by clicking on Network from =
Control=20
    Panel (Start - Settings - Control Panel) or right click on Network=20
    Neighborhood and select Properties=20
    
Click on the Protocol tab=20
    
Select TCP/IP and click Properties=20
    
Select "Obtain an IP address from a DHCP Service". DHCP settings =
will=20
    only override IP address and subnet mask locally configured. If you =
have=20
    configured DNS, WINS etc locally then the DHCP configuration will =
not=20
    overwrite it. 
  For Windows 98:
  
    Start the Network Control Applet by clicking on Network from =
Control=20
    Panel (Start - Settings - Control Panel) or right click on Network=20
    Neighborhood and select Properties=20
    
Select 'TCP/IP -> Adapter' and click Properties=20
    
Select the 'IP address' tab=20
    
Select "Obtain an IP address automatically". 
  For a Windows 2000 machine perform the following:
  
    Right click on 'My Network Places' and select Properties=20
    
Right click on 'Local Area Connection' and select Properties=20
    
Select 'Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)' and click Properties=20
    
Select 'Obtain an IP address automatically" (and repeat for DNS) =
and=20
    click OK 
  

  Q. How can I compress my DHCP=20
  database?
  A. NT Server ships with a utility called =
JETPACK.EXE which=20
  can be used to compact DHCP and WINS databases. To compact your DHCP =
database=20
  perform the following: 
  
    Start a command prompt (cmd.exe)=20
    
Enter the following commands
cd =
%SystemRoot%\SYSTEM32\DHCP=20
    
e.g. cd d:\winnt\system32\dhcp
net stop =
DHCPSERVER=20
    
jetpack DHCP.MDB TMP.MDB 
net start DHCPSERVER =

  Note: While you stop the DHCP service, clients =
using DHCP=20
  to receive a TCP/IP address will not be able to start this protocol =
and may=20
  hang.
  Jetpack actually compacts DHCP.MDB into TMP.MDB, then deletes =
DHCP.MDB and=20
  copies TMP.MDB to DHCP.MDB! Simple :-)
  For more information, see Knowledge base article Q=
145881=20
  at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q145/8/81.asp
  

  Q. How can a DHCP client find its IP=20
  address?
  A. Depending on the client:
  Windows NT machine - type ipconfig from the =
command=20
  prompt
Windows 95 machine - run winipcfg.exe
  

  Q. How can I move a DHCP database from one =
server to=20
  another?
  A. Perform the steps below on the server that =
currently=20
  hosts the DHCP Server service. Be warned that while doing this no DHCP =
clients=20
  will be able to start TCP/IP so this should be done outside working =
hours.=20

  
    Log on as an Administrator and stop DHCP (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Services - Microsoft DHCP server - Stop).=20
    
You also need to stop DHCP from starting again after a reboot so =
start=20
    the Services Control Panel applet and select Microsoft DHCP Server =
and click=20
    Startup. From the startup choose disabled and click OK.=20
    
Copy the DHCP directory tree %systemroot%\system32\DHCP to a =
temporary=20
    storage area for use later.=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer=20
    \Configuration=20
    
From the Registry menu, click Save Key. Create a name for this =
key, for=20
    example dhcpcfg.bck=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Optionally if you want to remove DHCP from the source machine =
totally=20
  delete the DHCP directory (%systemroot%\system32\dhcp) and then delete =
the=20
  DHCP Service (Start - Settings - Network - Services - Microsoft DHCP =
Server -=20
  Remove)
  On the new DHCP server perform the following 
  
    Log on as an Administrator=20
    
If the server does not have the DHCP server service installed, =
install=20
    it (Start - Settings - Control Panel - Network - Services - Add - =
DHCP=20
    Server)=20
    
Stop the DHCP service (Start - Settings - Control Panel - =
Services -=20
    Microsoft DHCP server - Stop).=20
    
Delete the contents of %systemroot%\system32\dhcp=20
    
Copy the backed up DHCP directory tree from the storage area to=20
    %systemroot%/system32/dhcp, but rename the file system.mdb to =
system.src.=20
    You may not have this file if you are using NT 4.0, skip this step.=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer\Configura=
tion=20
    and select it=20
    
From the registry menu select restore=20
    
Located the file dhcpcgf.bck you saved from the original machine =
and=20
    click open=20
    
Click Yes to the warning=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  

  Q. How do I create a DHCP Relay=20
  Agent?
  A. If you have routers separating some of your =
DHCP=20
  clients from the DHCP server you may have problems if they are not RFC =

  compliant. This can be solved by placing a DHCP relay agent on the =
local=20
  network area which is not actually a DHCP server which communicates on =
behalf=20
  of the DHCP Server. The DHCP Relay Agent must be a Windows NT Server =
computer.=20
  
  
    On the NT Server log on as an Administrator=20
    
Start the Network control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network)=20
    
Click the Services tab and click Add=20
    
Select "DHCP Relay Agent" and click OK=20
    
Type the path of the files (e.g. d:\i386) and click OK=20
    
You will be asked if you wish to add IP address to the DHCP =
servers=20
    list, click Yes=20
    
Click the DHCP relay tab and click Add=20
    
In the DHCP Server field enter the IP address of the DHCP Server =
and=20
    click Add=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Restart the computer 
  

  Q. How can I stop the DHCP Relay=20
  Agent?
  A. All you have to do is stop the DHCP Relay Agent =

  service: 
  
    Log on as an Administrator=20
    
Start the Services control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Network)=20
    
Select "DHCP Relay Agent"=20
    
Click the startup button=20
    
Click the disabled and click OK=20
    
Close the control panel applet=20
    
You can reboot or just stop the service 
  

  Q. How can I backup the DHCP=20
  database?
  A. The DHCP database backs itself up automatically =
every=20
  60 minutes to the %SystemRoot%\System32\Dhcp\Backup\Jet directory. =
This=20
  interval can be changed: 
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer\Parameter=
s\BackupInterval=20

    
Double click on BackupInterval and set to the number of minutes =
you want=20
    the backup to be performed. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Stop and restart the DHCP server service (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Services - DHCP Server - Start and Stop) 
  You could backup the %SystemRoot%\System32\Dhcp\Backup\Jet =
directory if you=20
  wish.
  

  Q. How can I restore the DHCP=20
  database?
  A. Perform one of the following: 
  
    When the DHCP Server service starts, if an error is detected in =
the=20
    database it will automatically restore the backup version=20
    
Edit the registry and set=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer\Parameter=
s\RestoreFlag=20
    to 1, restart the DHCP Server service, this will restore the backed =
up=20
    version and set RestoreFlag back to the default 0=20
    
Stop the DHCP Server service, copy the files from=20
    %SystemRoot%\System32\Dhcp\Backup\Jet to %SystemRoot%\System32\Dhcp =
and then=20
    start the DHCP Server service. 
  

  Q. How do I reserve a specific address for =
a=20
  particular machine?
  A. Before performing this you will need to know =
the=20
  hardware address of the machine and this can be found by entering the=20
  command
  ipconfig /all
  Look for the line
  Physical Address. . . . . . : =
00-60-97-A4-20-86
  Now at the DHCP server perform the following 
  
    Log on as an Administrator=20
    
Start the DHCP Server management software (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - DHCP Manager)=20
    
Double click on the DHCP server, e.g. *Local Machine*=20
    
Select the light bulb and from the Scope menu select "Add =
Reservations"=20
    
In the Add Reserved Clients dialog box you should enter the IP =
address=20
    you wish to reserve and in the "Unique Identifier" box enter the =
hardware=20
    address of the client machine (got from the ipconfig /all). Do =
not=20
    enter the hyphens, =
e.g.
006097A42086
Also=20
    enter a name for the machine (and a comment if you wish) and click =
Add=20
    
Click close when you have added all the reservations 
  

  Q. What registry settings control the DHCP log =
in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. DHCP has always had auditing abilities for DHCP however =
these=20
  abilities have been expanded in 2000 to reduce problems CAUSED by the =
log=20
  files. These improvements will stop log files filling to take up whole =

  partitions and cause system problems.
  The following keys are all located under=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DHCPServer\Parameter=
s
  
    
    
      Value Name
      Type
      Description
    
      DhcpLogFilePath
      REG_SZ
      The partition and directory for the audit logs =
to be=20
        written to. Make sure you write the entire path
    
      DhcpLogMinSpaceOnDisk
      REG_DWORD
      If free space falls below this number (in =
megabytes)=20
        audit logging is stopped
    
      DhcpLogDiskSpaceCheckInterval
      REG_DWORD
      Number of times the audit log is written to =
before=20
        checking for free disk space
    
      DhcpLogFileMaxSize
      REG_DWORD
      Maximum size in megabytes the logs can grow to. =
By=20
        default it is 7.
  

  Q. How do I authorize a DHCP server in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Any user running Windows 2000 server could install the =
DHCP=20
  server service causing potential problems and so Windows 2000 adds the =
concept=20
  of authorizing the servers with the Active Directory before they can =
service=20
  client requests. If the server is not authorized in the Active =
Directory then=20
  the DHCP service will not be started.
  To Authorize a server perform the following:
  
    Logon as a member of the Enterprise Administrators group=20
    
Start the DHCP MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DHCP)=20
    
Select the DHCP root, right click and select 'Browse authorized =
servers'=20

    
A list of authorized DHCP servers will be displayed. Click Add=20
    
Enter the name or IP address of the DHCP server and click OK.=20
    
Click Close 
  The red arrow  over the DHCP server should now change to a green one  if you select refresh (it may take a few minutes).
  

  Q. How do I create a DHCP scope in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. A DHCP scope is a range of addresses that can be assigned =
to=20
  clients and can also optionally provide information about DNS servers, =
WINS=20
  etc.
  DHCP scopes are configured using the DHCP MMC snap-in as =
follows:
  
    Start the DHCP MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DHCP)=20
    
Right click on the server and select New - Scope from the =
context menu=20
    
The scope creation wizard will be started, click Next=20
    
Enter a name and comment for the scope. Click Next=20
    
Enter the address range to use, for example from 200.200.200.1 =
to=20
    200.200.200.15 (remember the host part cannot be 0). Also enter the =
subnet=20
    mask as either the number of bits used or the actual mask, e.g. 24 =
is the=20
    same as 255.255.255.0. Click Next
=20
    
You can specify addresses to be excluded either by range, e.g.=20
    200.200.200.5 to 200.200.200.7 and click Add, or just enter a Start =
address=20
    and click Add, e.g. 200.200.200.12 to exclude a single address. =
Click=20
    Next
=20
    
You can now configure the lease time for the address. Setting =
too large=20
    will mean you will lose the use of addresses if the client machine =
is=20
    inactive for long periods of time, too short and you will generate=20
    unnecessary traffic renewing the address. The default 8 days is =
fine. Click=20
    Next=20
    
The wizard gives the option to configure the most common DHCP =
options.=20
    Select Yes and click Next=20
    
Enter the address of the gateway, and click Add. You can enter =
several.=20
    Click Next when all are entered.=20
    
Enter the DNS domain, e.g. savilltech.com and the DNS server =
addresses.=20
    Click Next
=20
    
Enter the WINS server addresses and click Add. Click Next=20
    
You will then be asked if you wish to activate the scope. Select =
your=20
    answer and click Next=20
    
Click Finish to the wizard 
  The new scope will now be listed and the status as either Active or =

  Inactive.
  If you selected to not activate the scope it can be manually =
activated by=20
  right clicking on the scope, select 'All Tasks' and select Activate. =
The=20
  activation is immediate. Likewise you can deactivate by selecting =
deactivate=20
  
  Useful links:
  
    Q.=20
    How do I install the DHCP Server Service?=20
    
Q.=20
    How do I authorize a DHCP server in Windows 2000? 
  

  Q. How do I configure DHCP scope options in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. When you create a scope the more common options such as =
DNS and=20
  WINS servers can be configured but many more options are =
available.
  
    Start the DHCP MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DHCP)=20
    
Expand the server=20
    
Expand the scope whose options you wish to modify=20
    
Select the 'Scope Options' branch and in the right hand window =
you will=20
    see the currently configured options.=20
    
Right click on 'Scope Options' and select 'Configure Options'=20
    
Select the Basic tab and you can configure other options by =
checking its=20
    box and entering the details. For example a Time Server, check '004 =
Time=20
    Server', enter an IP address and click Add.
=20
    
Click Apply. Click OK 
  The new option(s) will now show in the right hand window. You can =
change=20
  existing options by performing the above and selecting an item already =

  configured and change the details in the Data entry area.
  
    Q.=20
    How do I install the DHCP Server Service?=20
    
Q.=20
    How do I authorize a DHCP server in Windows 2000?=20
    
Q.=20
    How do I create a DHCP scope in Windows 2000? 
  

  Q. How can I view DHCP address leases in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. When a client is offered and accepts an IP address a =
'lease' is=20
  created for x amount of days. To view current leases perform the=20
following:
  
    Start the DHCP MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DHCP)=20
    
Expand the server=20
    
Expand the scope whose leases you wish to view=20
    
Select the 'Address Leases' branch and in the right hand window =
you will=20
    see the current lease details. 
  It will give details of the IP address, client name and the lease=20
  expiration date. Expired leases are also shown for approximately one =
day but=20
  have a dimmed icon. This grace period protects a client lease in the =
event of=20
  the client and server being in different time zones, clocks not synced =
or=20
  simply offline.
  

  Q. How do I change the DHCP address lease time =
in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. To modify the DHCP lease duration from the normal 8 days =
perform=20
  the following:
  
    Start the DHCP MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DHCP)=20
    
Expand the server=20
    
Right click the scope whose lease time you wish to change and =
select=20
    Properties=20
    
Select the General tab=20
    
At the bottom of the window you can select lease duration either =

    Unlimited or a finite time.=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  
  

  Q. My Windows 2000 DHCP client has an IP =
address not in=20
  any scopes, how?
  A. Microsoft have tried to make Windows 2000 as easy to =
setup on a=20
  small network as possible and by default and machines installed are =
setup to=20
  use DHCP. On a very small network you may not have a DHCP server and =
rather=20
  than the machines failing to initialize TCP/IP Microsoft has added =
code so=20
  that the machines will use an address not in use on the local network =
in the=20
  class B address range 169.254.x.x. This IP address range is reserved =
for=20
  internal use only and so should not clash with any "real" IP addresses =
on your=20
  network. The MacOS uses the same address range for its DHCP clients =
when a=20
  DHCP server cannot be contacted as does Windows 98 Second Edition.
  This DHCP address allocation uses conflict detection via a NetBIOS =
naming=20
  broadcast over DHCP so each machine gets an IP address from the =
169.254.x.x=20
  range which is not in use. The actual address initially chosed in =
random.
  If any of your machines have a 169.254.x.x address it just means =
they could=20
  not contact a DHCP server so check your network connectivity.
  This automatic IP addressing is known as Automatic Private IP =
Addressing=20
  (APIPA).
  

  Q. What is Distributed File =
System?
  A. Distributed File System (or Dfs) is a new tool =
for NT=20
  server that was not completed in time for inclusion as part of NT 4.0, =
but is=20
  now available for download. It basically allows Administrators to =
simulate a=20
  single server share environment that actually exists over several =
servers,=20
  basically a link to a share on another server that looks like a =
subdirectory=20
  of the main server.
  This allows a single view for all of the shares on your network, =
which=20
  could then simplify your backup procedures as you would just backup =
the root=20
  share, and Dfs would take care of actually gathering all the =
information from=20
  the other servers across the network.
  You do not have to have a single tree (Dfs =
directory=20
  structures are called trees), but rather could have a separate tree =
for=20
  different purposes, i.e. one for each department, but each tree could =
have=20
  exactly the same structure (sales, info. etc).
  For more information on DFS see http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/nts/downloads/w=
infeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp=20
  
  

  Q. Where can I get Dfs?
  A. Dfs is available for download from Microsoft http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/nts/downloads/winf=
eatures/NTSDistrFile/default.asp.=20
  Follow the instructions at the site and fill in the form about your =
site. The=20
  file you want for the I386 platform is dfs-v41-i386.exe. 
  Once downloaded just double click on the file, and agree to the =
license. It=20
  will then install files to your drive which you need to install.
  Windows 2000 has Dfs built-in as a core component.
  

  Q. How do I install Dfs?
  A. Follow the instructions below, you must have =
first=20
  downloaded and expanded the file dfs-v40-i386.exe: 
  
    Right click on Network Neighborhood and select properties (or =
double=20
    click Network in the Control Panel)=20
    
Click the services tab and click Add=20
    
Click the "Have disk" button and when asked where enter=20
    %systemroot%/system32/dfs. Do not actually type %systemroot%, but =
rather=20
    what it points to, i.e. d:\winnt, so the full path would be=20
    d:\winnt\system32\dfs=20
    
Click Enter and press OK for Dfs installation=20
    
A dialog box will be shown, and click "New Share", and type the =
name of=20
    the required root, e.g. c:\dfsroot and click "Yes" to create the =
directory=20
    
Select the "Shared As" and fill in required information and =
click OK=20
    
Close the dialogs and reboot the machine 
  Windows 2000 does not require you to install Dfs, it is built into =
the=20
  operating system, all it requires is configuration.
  

  Q. How do I create a new folder as part of =
the=20
  Dfs?
  A. Once Dfs is installed a new application, the =
Dfs=20
  Administrator, is created in the Administrative Tools folder. This app =
should=20
  be used to manage Dfs. To add a new area as part of the Dfs tree =
follow the=20
  procedures below: 
  
    Start the Dfs Administrator application (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Dfs Administrator)=20
    
Select "Add to Dfs" from the Dfs menu=20
    
Enter the name of folder you want an existing share to be known =
as=20
    
Next select what it should point to, you can either type the =
path, or=20
    use Browse.=20
    
Click Add=20
    
Close the Dfs Administrator 
  

  Q. How do I uninstall Dfs?
  A. Follow the procedure below: 
  
    Start the network control panel applet or right click on Network =

    Neighborhood and select propertied=20
    
Click the Services Tab=20
    
Select "Distributed File System" and click remove=20
    
You will be prompted to continue, click Yes=20
    
A reboot will then be required 
  

  Q. How do I create a Dfs root volume in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Windows 2000 currently supports one Dfs root per server =
however=20
  this will be expanded in future versions of the operating =
system/service=20
  packs.
  The Distributed File System has its own DFS Microsoft Management =
Console=20
  snap-in which has a shortcut on the Administrative Tools folder.
  To create a new Dfs root perform the following:
  
    Start the Distributed File System MMC snap-in (Start - Programs =
-=20
    Administrative Tools - Distributed File System)=20
    
Right click on the Distributed File System root and select =
=91New Dfs=20
    Root=85=92
=20
    
The Dfs root creation wizard will be started, click Next to the=20
    introduction screen
    
    
The next screen gives the option of a fault-tolerant Dfs root =
which uses=20
    the Active Directory to store the information or a standalone Dfs =
root if=20
    the Active Directory is not available or not wanted. Select =
=91Create a domain=20
    Dfs root=92 and click Next

Select a domain to use. A list of available domains =
will be=20
    displayed and the current domain will be selected as the current =
choice.=20
    Click Next. This screen is not displayed if you are not creating a=20
    fault-tolerant Dfs root.=20
    
You will need to select a server to host the Dfs root (a domain =
member=20
    if fault tolerant) and must be running the Dfs service. The current =
server=20
    will be selected but can be changed by typing a domain name or click =
Browse.=20
    Click Next=20
    
The next stage is to select a share to act as the Dfs root. A =
list of=20
    existing shares will be displayed or you can select to create a new =
share by=20
    entering a share name and location. Click Next
=20
    
Each Dfs root requires a unique name and will, by default, be =
the name=20
    of the share although you can change this. You can also select to =
add the=20
    new Dfs root to the current console. Click Next=20
    
A summary screen will be displayed showing the domain, server, =
share and=20
    Dfs root name. Click Finish to create the Dfs root=20
    
Once complete a success message will be displayed. Click OK =

  

  Q. How can I add a replica Dfs root volume in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. If your Dfs root was created as a fault-tolerant Dfs root =
you may=20
  add other Dfs servers as part of the Dfs root replica set.
  To add a new Dfs root replica member perform the following:
  
    Start the Distributed File System MMC snap-in (Start - Programs =
-=20
    Administrative Tools - Distributed File System)=20
    
Right click on the root you wish to add a replica to and select =
=91New=20
    Root Replica=92=20
    
You will be asked for a server that will host a copy of the Dfs =
root.=20
    Click Next=20
    
As when creating the original you need to either select an =
existing=20
    share or create a new folder and share. Click Finish=20
    
Click OK to the success confirmation 
  These=20
  root replicas will all contain the Dfs root information by utilitizing =
and=20
  replicating via the Active Directory. You can actually see the Dfs =
information=20
  using the Active Directory Users and Computers snap-in, select =
Advanced=20
  Features view, System, Dfs.
  

  Q. How can I add a child node to Dfs in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Once your Dfs root is created the next step is to =
populate with=20
  child nodes/leafs which actually link to information.
  To add a new Dfs child node or Dfs link as its now called perform =
the=20
  following:
  
    Start the Distributed File System MMC snap-in (Start - Programs =
-=20
    Administrative Tools - Distributed File System)=20
    
Right click on the root you wish to add a replica to and select =
=91New Dfs=20
    Link=92=20
    
You will need to enter a location and name for the child node, a =
UNC for=20
    the destination and a comment. You can also select the amount of =
time=20
    clients cache the request.
=20
    
Click OK 
  Any subdirectories of the child leaf will also be published to the =
Dfs with=20
  the parent directory, for example if a share, ntfaq, was added as a =
child node=20
  to Dfs, any subdirectories of that share would be viewable on the Dfs =
tree as=20
  children of the documents Dfs entry.
  

  Q. How can I add a replica child node to Dfs in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. The Windows 2000 version of Dfs allows child replica sets =
to be=20
  created in which a single Dfs leaf points to multiple shares on =
different=20
  servers the File Replication Service will keep the contents of all =
shares in=20
  sync with each other. This allows fault tolerance AND load =
balancing.
  Members of a node replica set must:
  
    All be members of the domain=20
    
Use NTFS 5.0=20
    
Must be on different servers. You cannot replicate between =
shares on the=20
    same server. 
  To add a new Dfs child replica member perform the following:
  
    Ensure an up-to-date copy of the resource to which a new replica =
member=20
    is to be added is placed in the new share which will join the set=20
    
Start the Distributed File System MMC snap-in (Start - Programs =
-=20
    Administrative Tools - Distributed File System)=20
    
Right click on the child node you wish to add a replica to and =
select=20
    =91New Replica=92=20
    
You will need to enter the UNC of the new share and you have the =
option=20
    for
- Manual replication
- Automatic replication
=92Manual=20
    replication=92 is useful if the contents are read-only documents =
which do not=20
    often change. Joint replication will replicate the contents of the =
shares=20
    with all members in the replica set. Click OK=20
    
The replication set topology dialog will be shown. Check =
replication has=20
    been enabled and click OK
 
  Multi-master replication is used except on the first replication =
path where=20
  the contents of the Primary server is copied to the other members. Any =
content=20
  currently in the other shares is moved to a NtFrs-PreExisting=20
  subdirectory (but a checksum is performed and if the files match with =
the=20
  primary servers share they are moved back into the main directory to =
save=20
  network bandwidth in copying them from the Primary server).
  Replication=20
  is every 15 minutes by default.
  

  Q. How do I install the DNS =
Service?
  A. The DNS Service can only be installed on =
NT/2000 Server=20
  and is installed as follows under NT 4.0: 
  
    Start the Network Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network)=20
    
Click the Services tab and click Add=20
    
Select "Microsoft DNS Server" and click OK=20
    
The software will be installed and the machine will then reboot =

  For Windows 2000 perform the following:
  
    Start the Add/Remove Programs control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Add/Remove Programs)=20
    
Click the 'Add/Remove Windows Components' button=20
    
Select 'Networking Services' and click Details=20
    
Check the 'Domain Name System (DNS)' box and click OK=20
    
Click Next to all other dialogs 
  

  Q. How do I configure a domain on the DNS=20
  Server?
  A. A new application has been added to the =
Administrative=20
  Tools group, DNS Manager, to configure the domain follow the =
procedures below=20
  for NT 4: 
  
    Start the DNS Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
DNS=20
    Manager)=20
    
From the DNS menu, select New Server and enter the IP address of =
the DNS=20
    Server, e.g. 200.200.200.3, and click OK=20
    
The server will now be displayed with a CACHE sub part=20
    
Next we want to add the domain, e.g. savilltech.com, from the =
DNS menu,=20
    select New Zone=20
    
Select Primary and click Next=20
    
Enter the name, e.g. savilltech.com, and then press tab, and it =
will=20
    fill in the Zone File Name and click Next=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
Next a zone for reverse lookups has to be created, so select New =
Zone=20
    from the DNS menu=20
    
Select Primary and click Next, enter the name of the first 3 =
parts of=20
    the domain IP + in-addr.arpa, e.g. if the domain was 158.234.26, the =
entry=20
    would be 26.234.158.in-addr.arpa, in my example it would be=20
    200.200.200.in-addr.arpa, click tab for the file name to be filled =
and click=20
    Next, then click Finish=20
    
Add a record for the DNS server, by right clicking on the domain =
and=20
    select "New Record"=20
    
Enter the name of the machine, e.g. BUGSBUNNY (I had a strange=20
    upbringing :-) ), and enter and IP address, e.g. 200.200.200.3 and =
click OK=20
    
If you click F5 and examine the 200.200.200.in-addr.arpa a =
record has=20
    been added for BUGSBUNNY there as well 
  For Windows 2000 the procedure is similar but has a few =
changes:
  
    Start the DNS MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    MMC)=20
    
Right click on the DNS server and select 'Configure the server'=20
    
Click Next to the welcome screen=20
    
Select Yes to create a forward lookup zone and click Next=20
    
Select the type of zone. Active Directory integrated will only =
be=20
    available if the DNS server is also a domain controller. Select the =
type and=20
    click Next=20
    
Enter the name for the zone, e.g. savilltech.com and click Next=20
    
Select to create a new file and click Next=20
    
Select Yes to create a reverse zone and click Next=20
    
Again select the type, Active Directory integrated, standard or=20
    secondary and click Next=20
    
Enter the Network ID (the first parts of your IP address) and =
click Next=20

    
Select to create a new file and click Next=20
    
Click Finish to create the zone 
  

  Q. How do I add a record to the =
DNS?
  A. To add a record, for example TAZ with IP =
address=20
  200.200.200.4 perform the following on NT 4.0: 
  
    Start the DNS Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
DNS=20
    Manager)=20
    
Double click on the name of the DNS server to display the list =
of zones=20
    
Right click on the domain, and select New Record=20
    
Enter the name, e.g. TAZ and enter IP address. Select the record =
type.=20
    For adding a new host accept the default, record type A.=20
    
If you have the Reverse Arpa zone configured and want the PTR =
record=20
    automatically added, make sure the Create Associated PTR record is =
checked=20
    
Click OK 
  The procedure is basically the same on Windows 2000:
  
    Start the DNS MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DNS)=20
    
Expand 'Forward Lookup Zones' and select the DNS domain you wish =
to add=20
    a record to=20
    
Right click on the DNS domain zone and select 'New Host' from =
the=20
    context menu=20
    
Enter the name and IP address for the record and if you want a =
reverse=20
    pointer to be created.
=20
    
Click Add Host 
  

  Q. How do I configure a client to use the=20
  DNS?
  A. Once you have DNS servers configured the =
clients (and=20
  servers) need to be configured to contact them to resolve hostnames to =
IP=20
  addresses (and in some cases IP addresses to hostnames). 
  If you are using DHCP then DNS can be configured as part of the =
scope=20
  options for DHCP and do not need to be set at each client machine. =
Only if=20
  using static IP addresses do you need to manually set DNS information. =

  For an NT machine (and Windows 95) perform the following: 
  
    Start the Network Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network)=20
    
Select the Protocols tab=20
    
Select TCP/IP and select Properties=20
    
Click the DNS tab=20
    
Make sure the machines name is entered in the first box, and the =
domain=20
    name, e.g. savilltech.com in the Domain box=20
    
In the DNS Server part click Add, and in the dialog box enter =
the IP=20
    address of the DNS Server and click Add=20
    
In the Domain Suffix Search Order part, click Add and enter the =
domain,=20
    e.g. savilltech.com and then click Add=20
    
Finally click OK 
  For a Windows 2000 machine perform the following:
  
    Right click on 'My Network Places' and select Properties=20
    
Right click on 'Local Area Connection' and select Properties=20
    
Select 'Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)' and click Properties=20
    
Enter the DNS information and click OK
 
  To test, you can start a command prompt and enter
  nslookup <host name>
e.g. nslookup =
taz
  The IP address of Taz will be displayed. Also try the reverse =
translation=20
  by entering
  nslookup <ipaddress>
e.g. nslookup=20
  200.200.200.4
  The name Taz will be displayed.
  

  Q. How do I change the IP address of a DNS=20
  server?
  A. The information below assumes you have already =
changed=20
  the IP address of the machine ( Start - Settings - Control Panel - =
Network -=20
  Protocols - TCP/IP - Properties) and have rebooted. The scenario below =
assumes=20
  the old IP address was 200.200.200.3 and the new is 200.200.200.8 
  
    We need to configure a second IP address for the network =
card
- Start=20
    the Network Control Panel Applet ( Start - Settings - Control Panel =
-=20
    Network)
- Click on the Protocol tab
- Select TCP/IP and click =

    Properties
- Click Advanced and click Add
- Enter the old IP =
address,=20
    e.g. 200.200.200.3 and click Add
- Click OK until you are back at =
the=20
    Control Panel
- Reboot=20
    
Start the DNS Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
DNS=20
    Manager)
- Right click the "Server List" and select New =
Server
- Enter=20
    the new IP address, e.g. 200.200.200.8 and click OK
- Select the =
old IP=20
    address, e.g. 200.200.200.3 and right click
- Select "Delete =
Server" from=20
    the context menu and click Yes to confirm=20
    
While in the DNS Manager, update the record for this server
- =
Select=20
    the IP address of the DNS server, e.g. 200.200.200.8, select the =
domain=20
    name, e.g. SAVILLTECH.COM
- Double click the entry for the server =
and=20
    update the IP address, i.e. it would have had 200.200.200.3 to =
bugsbunny,=20
    change to 200.200.200.8
- Click OK=20
    
Now we will delete the secondary IP address we added
- Start =
the=20
    Network Control Panel Applet ( Start - Settings - Control Panel -=20
    Network)
- Click on the Protocol tab
- Select TCP/IP and click =

    Properties
- Click Advanced and select the address, e.g. =
200.200.200.3=20
    and click Remove
- Click OK until back at control panel
- You =
will=20
    need to reboot at some point to remove the 200.200.200.3 from being =
active=20
    
  Update all the clients to use the new DNS server IP address.
  The above procedure is the most complete way, however it should =
still work=20
  if you only perform steps 2 and 3.
  

  Q. How can I configure DNS to use a WINS=20
  server?
  A. Is is possible to configure the DNS to use a =
WINS=20
  server to resolve the host name of a Fully Qualified Domain Name =
(FQDN). 
  
    Start DNS manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - DNS =

    Manager)=20
    
Right click on the zone you wish to communicate with the WINS =
server and=20
    select properties=20
    
Click the "WINS Lookup" tab=20
    
Select the "Use WINS Resolution" check box and then enter the =
WINS=20
    server IP address and click ADD=20
    
Click OK when finished 
  

  Q. Where in the registry are the entries for the =
DNS=20
  servers located? 
  A. The entries for the DNS servers are stored in the =
registry in the=20
  location =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters=20
  under the NameServer value, Each entry should be separated by a space. =
Using=20
  the Resource Kit utility REG.EXE the command to change would be as =
follows
  reg update=20
  =
HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\NameServer=3D"158=
.234.8.70=20
  158.234.8.100" \\<machine name>
  where 158.234.8.70 and 158.234.8.100 were the addresses of the DNS =
servers=20
  you wanted to configure. Note it sets the value, it does not append so =
ensure=20
  you enter in the existing DNS servers as well as the new ones.
  This may be useful for granting users access to the internet by =
remotely=20
  updating their registry to know which DNS servers to use.
  

  Q. I receive error message "No More =
Endpoints".
  A. This can be caused by installing DNS on a machine that =
has=20
  previous settings contained in the %systemroot%\system32\dns =
directory. To=20
  correct perform the following.
  
    Stop the Microsoft DNS server using the Services control panel =
applet (=20
    Start - settings - control panel - services). Select Microsoft DNS =
and=20
    select stop=20
    
Backup any zone files from the %systemroot%\system32\dns =
directory that=20
    you may want=20
    
Remove the DNS server by right clicking on network neighborhood =
and=20
    selecting properties. Click the services tab, select DNS and click =
Remove=20
    
Delete all files in the %systemroot%\system32\dns=20
    
Reinstall DNS server using the services tab of the network =
control panel=20
    applet 
  

  Q. How do I configure DNS for a Windows 2000=20
  domain?
  A. Windows 2000 domains rely on DNS and require Dynamic DNS =
which is=20
  an update to the basic DNS specification and details can be found in =
RFC 2136=20
  that can be viewed at ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-note=
s/rfc2136.txt.
  Another major update in DNS 5.0 is the addition of service (SRV) =
records=20
  and these have already been seen as a mechanism for publishing the =
ldap=20
  server, _ldap._tcp.<domain> and it is through these records that =
domains=20
  can be looked up through the DNS service.
  You could perform this on a separate Windows 2000 machine, the =
domain=20
  controller and the DNS server will probably not be the same machine, =
it just=20
  has to exist before upgrading the server to a domain controller. To =
install=20
  DNS 5.0 on the server perform the following:
  
    Start the Install/Remove Programs Control Panel Applet (Start - =
Settings=20
    - Control Panel - Add/Remove Programs)=20
    
Click the "Configure Windows" left hand pane=20
    
Click the "Components" button that is displayed=20
    
Select "Networking Options" and click Details=20
    
Select "Microsoft DNS Server" and click OK=20
    
Click Next 
  Before actually configuring the DNS service modify the TCP/IP =
properties of=20
  the machine to use itself as the DNS server:
  
    Right click on 'My Network Places' and select Properties=20
    
Right click on the 'Local Area Connection' and select Properties =

    
Select 'Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)' and click Properties button=20
    
Under the DNS section select 'Use the following DNS server =
addresses:'=20
    and enter the machines IP address=20
    
You can also click advanced, select the DNS tab and ensure the =
DNS=20
    suffix for the connection is the DNS domain you are about to create. =
Click=20
    OK=20
    
Click OK to all dialogs to close all windows 
  Now check the computers primary suffix is set
  
    Right click on 'My Computer' and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Network Identification' tab and click the Properties =
button=20
    
Click the More button=20
    
Ensure 'Primary DNS suffix of this computer' is set to the DNS =
domain=20
    you are about to create and click OK
=20
    
Click OK to all dialogs to close all windows=20
    
Click Yes to restart the computer 
  If you don't do this first, your NS records for the zones will =
simply list=20
  the computer name, followed by a ".", rather than the FQDN of your NS =
and this=20
  may cause problems. You can forgo this step and the NS records will be =
updated=20
  after the machine becomes a DC, but I've heard of some problems with =
this=20
  approach.
  You then need to configure the DNS service
  
    Start the "DNS Management" MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - DNS Management)=20
    
Right click on the root and select 'Configure Server' and this =
will=20
    start the configuration applet. Click Next=20
    
It will detect there are no root servers so select "This is the =
first=20
    DNS server on this network" and click Next=20
    
Check "Yes, add a forward lookup zone" and click Next. This zone =
is used=20
    for the storage of host name to IP addresses=20
    
You should now select the zone type, Select "Standard Primary" =
and click=20
    Next. "Active Directory Integrated" stores the DNS database in the =
Active=20
    Directory however there is no Active Directory at this point. This =
option=20
    can be set later=20
    
Enter the name of the zone, e.g. savilltech.com and click Next=20
    
Select "New File" and click Next. If you had an existing .dns =
file you=20
    may import this=20
    
Check "Yes, add a reverse lookup zone" and click Next. The =
reverse=20
    lookup zone is used to find the host name from a IP address. When =
you create=20
    a host record a PTR record can also be selected to be created and =
this adds=20
    a record in the reverse lookup zone=20
    
Again select "Standard Primary" and click Next=20
    
Enter the first parts of your subnet, e.g. 200.200.200.0 (subnet =
will be=20
    filled in for you). If you subnet mask was 255.255.0.0 you would =
enter the=20
    first 2 parts of you IP address, if 255.255.255.0 you would enter =
the first=20
    3. Click Next=20
    
Again Check "New File" and click Next=20
    
A summary will be displayed and click Finish to complete the=20
    installation 
  The final stage is to configure the zones to be dynamic update =
enabled=20
  which allows hosts to add records in the DNS server.
  
    Start the "DNS Management" MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - DNS Management)=20
    
Expand the DNS server, expand the "Forward Lookup Zones", select =
the=20
    domain, e.g. savilltech.com=20
    
Right click on the domain and select Properties from the context =
menu=20
    
Select "Yes" from the "Allow dynamic updates?" drop down box=20
    
Click Apply then OK=20
    
Now expand the "Reverse Lookup Zones" and select the reverse =
lookup=20
    zone, e.g. "200.200.200.x Subnet"=20
    
Select the zone and right click the zone and select Properties =
from the=20
    context menu=20
    
Again select "Yes" from the "Allow dynamic updates?" drop down =
box=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  DNS is now configured for a domain and you can create the =
domain.
  To ensure all entries are correctly entered enter the command below =
in a=20
  command window (cmd.exe)
  C:\> ipconfig /registerdns
  

  Q. How do I configure Active Directory =
integrated=20
  DNS? - Windows 2000 =
only
  A. It is possible to configure DNS servers that are also =
domain=20
  controllers to store the contents of the DNS database in the Active =
Directory=20
  which will then be replicated to all domain controllers in the domain. =
The=20
  option to store the DNS database in the Active Directory is not =
available on=20
  DNS servers that are not domain controllers.
  
    Start the "DNS Management" MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - DNS Management)=20
    
Expand the DNS server, expand the "Forward Lookup Zones", select =
the=20
    domain, e.g. savilltech.com=20
    
Right click on the domain and select Properties from the context =
menu=20
    
Under Type click Change=20
    
Select "Active Directory-integrated" and click OK=20
    
Click OK to "Are you sure you want this zone to become an Active =

    Directory-integrated"=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  

  Q. Setting a secondary DNS server as primary =
results in=20
  errors.
  A. If you have a secondary DNS server configured to =
duplicate all=20
  entries from another DNS server you may experience a problem if you =
try and=20
  set it as a primary DNS server, which results in the service not =
starting and=20
  an error to the effect of the data being wrong:
  Event ID: 7023
The MS DNS Server service terminated with the =

  following error:
The data is invalid.
  Event ID: 130
DNS Server zone zone name has invalid or =
corrupted=20
  registry data.
Delete its registry data and recreate with=20
DNSAdmin.
  Event ID: 133 DNS
Server secondary zone zone name, had no =
master IP=20
  addresses in registry.
Secondary zones require masters.
  The DNS Manager forgets to set the correct value for the DNS Type =
in the=20
  registry (secondary is remaining), but it is erasing the address of =
the=20
  primary DNS, where the data came from. To correct this perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to, locate the following key:=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Dns\Zones\< =
zonename=20
    >, where < zonename> is the domain (e.g. savilltech.com)=20
    
Double click on the TYPE value and change from 2 to 1.=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  You should now be able to successfully start the DNS service
  C:\> net start dns
  The TYPE value can have one of two values,
  0x1 specifies Primary zone
0x2 specifies secondary zone
  A fix for this can be downloaded from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/winnt/winnt-p=
ublic/fixes/usa/NT40/%20hotfixes-postSP3/dns-fix
  

  Q. How do I turn off Dynamic DNS? - Windows 2000 only
  A. By default, the TCP/IP stack in NT 5.0 Beta 2 (and later =
builds)=20
  attempts to register it's Host (A) record with it's DNS server. This =
makes=20
  sense in an all NT (Windows 2000) environment. But if you are using a =
static,=20
  legacy DNS server, the DNS guys might not like all the 'errors' this =
shows up=20
  on their server since the DNS servers will not understand these =
"updates".
  You will get errors such as:
  
    Dnsapi=20
    
Failed to register network adapter with settings=20
    
Sent update to server 
  To make the clients stop attempting to publish their DNS =
names/addresses to=20
  the DNS server perform the following:
  
    Log on to each client as Administrator=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of DisableDynamicUpdate and press Enter=20
    
Double click on the new value and set to 1. Click OK 
  If you have multiple adapters in the machine you may not want to =
disable=20
  for all so instead of setting=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\Dis=
ableDynamicUpdate=20
  to 1, set as 0 and then move to the sub key Interfaces\<interface =
name>=20
  and create the DisableDynamicUpdate value there and set to 1.
  If you needed to perform this on a large number of machines you =
should=20
  create a reg script or set from the login script.
  

  Q. How do I configure a forwarder on DNS =
5.0? - Windows 2000 only
  A. If you create a DNS server on your network but are not =
the main=20
  DNS server, i.e. your company has a central main DNS server, you will =
want to=20
  forward queries your DNS server cannot service to that DNS server.
  This is because only certain servers in your network will have =
access to=20
  DNS servers outside your network (due to firewalls etc) and thus your=20
  (departmental?) DNS server cannot access the DNS servers higher up in =
the DNS=20
  hierarchy. To configure a forward perform the following:
  
    Start the DNS Management MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - DNS Management)=20
    
Right click on the DNS server and select Properties=20
    
Select the "Forwarders" tab=20
    
Check the "Enable forwarder(s)" box=20
    
Enter the IP address of the DNS server and click Add=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the DNS Management snap-in 
  
  If you are missing the forwarder tab or its not available see Q.=20
  I am missing the forwarder and Root Hints tabs in DNS 5.0
  

  Q. I am missing the forwarder and Root Hints =
tabs in DNS=20
  5.0. - Windows 2000 only
  A. This is caused if your server thinks it is the root =
server in the=20
  domain, and will hence have a "." zone. To enable the forwarder you =
need to=20
  delete this zone from your server:
  
    Start the DNS Management MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - DNS Management)=20
    
Expand the server, expand Forward Lookup Zones and select "."=20
    
Right click and select Delete=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation=20
    
Stop and Start the DNS manager and the tabs are available =

  
  This can also be done from the command line using:
  C:\> dnscmd /ZoneDelete . /DsDel
  The /DsDel is required if the zone is Active Directory =
integrated
  

  Q. How do I enable DNS round robin =
resolution?
  A. Recent Windows NT service packs introduced =
LocalNetPriority which=20
  tries to return Host resources that are local to the requestor instead =
of=20
  using round robin however round robin can be enabled as follows:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\DNS\Parameters=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD Value=20
    
Enter a name of LocalNetPriority and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 0 to disable =
LocalNetPriority and=20
    re-enable round robin. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Stop and restart the DNS service 
  

  Q. DNS resolution of a valid domain fails on=20
  NT.
  A. if you are running NT4 DNS with either SP4 or SP5 =
installed you=20
  may  find a domain that resolves on Unix DNS servers server times =
out=20
  when you do an NSLOOKUP on NT.This is a known bug and a Quick Fix=20
  Engineering patch for NT bug 267085 is available from Microsoft =
support or=20
  wait for SP6 to come out.=20
  

  Q. How can I force a Windows 2000 domain =
controller to=20
  re-register its DNS entries?
  A. To re-register the domain controller DNS entries perform =
one of=20
  the following:
  
    Stopping  & start the netlogon service which will =
reregister=20
    all SRV records in
the netlogon.dns file.=20
    
Netdiag /fix will also do this.=20
    
Ipconfig /registerdns 
  

  Q. I'm getting DNS zone transfer messages in the =
event=20
  log, is someone hacking me?
  A. No, don't panic, it just means someone is listing the =
content of=20
  a zone and this is fine since you are making the information publicly=20
  available anyway. To do this list see 'Q.=20
  How do I perform a DNS zone transfer?'
  If you want to stop people performing zone transfers start the =
Microsoft=20
  DNS Manager, select the Zone, go into the Properties for the zone and =
select=20
  the Notify tab. Check the "Only Allow Access for Secondaries included =
on the=20
  notify list".
  A typical event log is shown below:
  
  

  Q. How do I perform a DNS zone =
transfer?
  A. To list the content of a DNS zone perform the following =
commands=20
  (remember this does not actually remove any information from the host =
DNS=20
  server, it only lists it)
  C:\>nslookup
Default Server:=20
  adm1.srv.uk.deuba.com
Address: 10.142.10.2

> set=20
  =
q=3Dns           &=
nbsp;   =20
  Sets the query type to name =
servers
>=20
  =
db.com          &nbs=
p;      =20
  The name of the DNS zone you wish to=20
  list
Server: adm1.srv.uk.deuba.com
Address:=20
  10.142.10.2

db.com nameserver =3D ns1.eur.deuba.com
db.com =
nameserver=20
  =3D ns2.eur.deuba.com
db.com nameserver =3D =
ns1.uk.deuba.com
db.com=20
  nameserver =3D ns2.uk.deuba.com
ns1.eur.deuba.com=20
  internet address =3D 10.70.136.140
ns2.eur.deuba.com internet =
address =3D=20
  10.70.137.140
ns1.uk.deuba.com internet address =3D=20
  10.141.39.181
ns2.uk.deuba.com internet address =3D =
10.140.8.12
>=20
  server ns1.eur.deuba.com      Set the server to be one of those =
listed
Default=20
  Server: ns1.eur.deuba.com
Address: 10.70.136.140

> ls =
-d=20
  =
db.com           &=
nbsp;     =20
  List out the=20
  zone
[ns1.eur.deuba.com]
db.com. SOA =
ns1.eur.deuba.com=20
  hostmaster.ose.eur.deub
a.com. (1999091500 3600 1800 604800=20
  1800)
db.com. NS ns1.uk.deuba.com
db.com. NS =
ns2.uk.deuba.com
db.com.=20
  NS ns1.eur.deuba.com
db.com. NS ns2.eur.deuba.com
db.com. A=20
  10.141.44.112
db.com. MX 10 bmr1-e1.srv.uk.deuba.com
testxyz =
CNAME=20
  ns2.eur.deuba.com
atwork CNAME =
clust1v2.srv.uk.deuba.com
search.atwork=20
  CNAME homepage.mev.eur.deuba.com
phone.atwork CNAME=20
  nerys.x500.esb.eur.deuba.com
www2 A 38.163.212.70
www3 CNAME=20
  nyc00pah11.na.deuba.com
infohost.herold A 193.150.167.33
pmg NS=20
  ns1.eur.deuba.com
pmg NS ns2.eur.deuba.com
mgam CNAME=20
  clust1v2.srv.uk.deuba.com
it.mgam CNAME=20
  clust1v2.srv.uk.deuba.com
iis.mgam CNAME=20
  clust1v2.srv.uk.deuba.com
etsg.mgam CNAME=20
  clust1v2.srv.uk.deuba.com
  Thats it, you have now listed out all the records in the zone.
  

  Q. How can I stop DNS Cache =
pollution?
  A. DNS cache pollution can occur if Directory Naming =
Service=20
  (DNS) "spoofing" has been encountered. The term "spoofing" describes =
the=20
  sending of non-secure data in response to a DNS query. It can be used =
to=20
  redirect queries to a rogue DNS server and can be malicious in =
nature.
  Windows NT DNS can be configured to filter out responses to =
unsecured=20
  records by performing the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\DNS\Parameters=20
    
From the edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK 
  The following is taken from Knowledge base article Q198409 which =
helps=20
  understand this more:
  "Examples: DNS server makes MX query for =
domain.samples.microsoft.com to=20
  samples.microsoft.com's DNS server. The samples.microsoft.com DNS =
server=20
  responds but includes A record for A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET giving its own =
address.=20
  The rogue DNS server has then gotten itself set up as a root server in =
your=20
  DNS server's cache. Less malicious, but more common, are referral =
responses=20
  (or direct responses from BIND, see WriteAuthorityNs for discussion) =
that=20
  contain records for the DNS of an ISP: Authority section:
  new.samples.microsoft.com NS=20
    ns.new.samples.microsoft.com.
new.samples.microsoft.com NS=20
    ns.isp.samples.microsoft.com. Additional section:=20
  ns.new.samples.microsoft.com. A=20
    1.1.1.1
ns.isp.samples.microsoft.com. A 2.2.2.2 =
NOTE:=20
  The address record for the ISP happens to be old\stale. If =
SecureResponses is=20
  on, records that are not in a subtree of the zone queried are =
eliminated. For=20
  example, in the example above, the samples.microsoft.com. DNS server =
was=20
  queried, so the all the samples.microsoft.com records are secure, but =
the=20
  ns.isp.microsoft.com. A record is not in the sample .microsoft.com. =
subtree,=20
  and is not cached or returned by the DNS server."=20
  

  Q. How can I enable my web site to be accessible =
as=20
  ntfaq.com instead of www.ntfaq.com?
  A. We are all used to entering www.<domain> for a web =
site,=20
  such as http://www.serverfaq.com/,=20
  however www is just a normal DNS host record and if you want your site =
to be=20
  accessible as just <domain>, e.g. yahoo.com just create a blank =
host=20
  record.
  In Windows 2000 to create a blank host record for the domain =
perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start the DNS MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    DNS)=20
    
Expand the server - forward lookup zones - DNS domain=20
    
Right click on the domain and select 'New Host'=20
    
Leave the name blank and just enter the IP address (check the =
create=20
    associated pointer record box)
=20
    
Click Add Host 
  A new host record will be listed of the form:
  (same as parent folder) Host <ip address>
  To do this on NT 4.0 for the domain ntfaq.com at address W.X.Y.Z, =
do the=20
  following:
  
    Stop the DNS service:
C:\> net stop =
dns=20
    
Edit the file ntfaq.com.dns (found at =
%systemroot%\system32\dns\*.dns)=20
    
Find a record that looks like:
www IN A W.X.Y.Z=20
    
Add the following record below:
@ IN A W.X.Y.Z=20
    
Save the file=20
    
Restart DNS Service
C:\> net start DNS =


  

  Q. How can set the primary DNS suffix in Windows =

  2000?
  A. In Windows NT 4.0 you set the primary DNS suffix using =
the domain=20
  field in the DNS tab of TCP/IP properties.
  In Windows 2000 this is performed as follows:
  
    Right click on My Computer and select Properties=20
    
Select the Network tab=20
    
Click the Properties button=20
    
Click the More button=20
    
Enter the Primary DNS suffix and click OK
=20
    
Click OK to the prompt informing you will need to reboot the =
computer=20
    
Close all dialogs=20
    
Reboot the computer 
  This is very important on domain controllers before configuring DNS =
as=20
  without this configured the created DNS records will not have the =
fully=20
  qualified host name.
  

  Q. How do I create a caching-only DNS =
server?
  A. Normally a DNS server holds records about various DNS =
zones which=20
  are replicated between other DNS servers (via the Active Directory in =
a AD=20
  enabled zone).
  Caching-only DNS servers don't actually host any zones and are not=20
  authoritative for any domains but rather just cache results from =
queries asked=20
  them by clients. If a client asks it to resolve http://www.savilltech.com/ it =
will a=20
  zone holding DNS server to resolve it and cache the answer so if =
another=20
  client asks it to resolve the same record it can answer from its =
cache. This=20
  is similar in a way to a proxy server that caches popular web =
pages.
  These are useful for sites connected via a WAN with a local =
caching-only=20
  DNS server saving on network traffic.
  To configure a caching only DNS server perform the following:
  
    Ensure the machine has a static IP address=20
    
Install the DNS service as per normal (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Add/Remove Software - Add/Remove Windows Components - Components - =

    Networking Services - Details - Domain Name System (DNS) - OK - Next =
-=20
    Finish)=20
    
Start the DNS MMC (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
DNS)=20
    
From the Action menu select 'Connect To Computer...'=20
    
In the Select Target Computer window enable 'The following =
computer:'=20
    and enter the name of a DNS server you want to cache.
=20
    
Click OK 
  The machine will now start to gather a cache of host-IP =
mappings.
  To clear the cache right click on the actual server name (not the =
server it=20
  is caching from) and select 'Clear Cache' from the context menu.
  

  Q. How do I change Domain =
Names?
  A. This is not so much a procedure but things to =
think=20
  about. 
  
    NT stores both the textual name and the Security ID (SID) =
associated=20
    with the name, when you change the Domain name you only change the =
textual=20
    part and NOT the SID.=20
    
All users should log off before starting the Domain Name change=20
    
Break all trust relationships with other Domains=20
    
If possible all BDC's should have the domain name changed and =
want to=20
    reboot. Say reboot later, and shutdown the machine and power it off. =

    
On the PDC run control panel, and change the Domain Name through =
Network=20
    Panel. The computer will prompt for a reboot and select "Reboot =
Now".=20
    
Once the PDC is up let it stabilize for a few minutes then bring =
up each=20
    BDC with a minute gap, so it can validate with the PDC=20
    
Re-create trust relationships with other Domains=20
    
Move all clients to the new Domain, for Workstation see next =
FAQ.=20
  
  A knowledge base article exists at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q178/0/09.asp.
  

  Q. How do I move a Workstation to another =

  Domain?
  A. Logon to the Workstation locally as =
Administrator (i.e.=20
  name of machine) and goto Control Panel. Double click Network and =
click=20
  change. Enter the new Domain name and click OK. You will receive a =
message=20
  "Welcome to Domain x". Reboot the machine and you are part of the new=20
  domain.
  If you wish to administer this box from the new domain you will =
need to add=20
  <Domain>\DomainAdmins to the local administrators group by =
connecting to=20
  the local user database via User Manager for Domains (i.e. =
\\computername)
  

  Q. How many user accounts can I have in =
one=20
  Domain?
  A. The real problem is that each user account and =
machine=20
  account takes up space in the SAM file, and the SAM file has to be =
memory=20
  resident. A user account takes up 1024 bytes of memory (a machine =
account half=20
  as much), so for each person (assuming they each had one machine) =
would be 1.5=20
  KB. This would mean for a 10,000 user domain each PDC/BDC would need =
15MB of=20
  memory just to store the SAM! Imagine a network with 100,000 people. =
This is=20
  one of the reasons you have multiple domains and then setup trust=20
  relationships.
  

  Q. How to I change my server from Stand =
Alone to a=20
  PDC/BDC?
  A. You cannot change the role of a NT server, you =
will=20
  need to reinstall NT. As an alternative, you can use a 3rd party =
utility=20
  called U-Promote, http://u-tools.com/UTools=
/UPromote.asp however=20
  this works by making registry changes that would render your system=20
  unsupportable by Microsoft and may lead to problems later in the =
servers life=20
  time, for example moving to Windows 2000.=20
  In Windows 2000 you can promote a server to a domain controller by =
using=20
  DCPROMO.EXE.
  

  Q. What is a PDC, BDC?
  A. A PDC is a Primary Domain Controller, and a BDC =
is a=20
  Backup Domain Controller. You must install a PDC before any other =
domain=20
  servers. The Primary Domain Controller maintains the master copy of =
the=20
  directory database and validates users. A Backup Domain Controller =
contains a=20
  copy of the directory database and can validate users. If the PDC =
fails then a=20
  BDC can be promoted to a PDC. Possible data loss is user changes that =
have not=20
  yet been replicated from the PDC to the BDC. A PDC can be demoted to a =
BDC if=20
  one of the BDC's is promoted to the PDC. 
  

  Q. How many BDC's should I =
have?
  A. Microsoft say one BDC for every two thousand =
users.=20
  This is fine considering a 486DX2 with 32MB of RAM can, on average, =
perform at=20
  least 10 logons per minute, however if everyone in your company =
arrives at=20
  9:00 on the dot and log on (except for the helpful people who arrive =
half an=20
  hour late) there will be a surge of logon requests to deal with, =
resulting in=20
  large delays. To try and improve on this, it is possible to configure =
the=20
  Server service to throughput for Network Applications rather than File =

  Applications. Remember the more powerful the processor, the more =
logons (for a=20
  Pentium 133, would be able to logon at least 30 people).
  

  Q. How do I configure a Trust=20
  Relationship?
  A. Domains by default are unable to communicate =
with other=20
  domains, which means somewhere in domain x cannot =
access any=20
  resource that is part of domain y. Before a trust=20
  relationship is configured 
  
    an administrator in x cannot give permission to =
any=20
    user of domain y for files or printers=20
    
a user of domain y cannot sit at a workstation =
that is=20
    part of domain x and logon 
  After a trust relationship is defined, say x =
trusts=20
  y the following happens 
  
    users of domain y can sit at a workstation that =
is part=20
    of domain x and logon to their own domain=20
    y (it will be displayed in the domain dropdown box) =

    
an administrator of domain x can grant =
permission to=20
    any user of domain y to file and print resources=20
    
users of domain y are included in the Everyone =
group of=20
    domain x 
  In the example above x is the trusting =
domain,=20
  and y is the trusted domain. Also the above =
is a=20
  one-way trust relationship, i.e. while domain y users =
can use=20
  domain x resources, users of domain =
x cannot=20
  use domain y resources. A two-way relationship would =
allow=20
  each domain to access resources of the other (if given =
permission).
  The basics of a trust relationship is to first configure domain=20
  y to allow domain x to trust it, and =
then=20
  configure domain x to trust domain =
y: 
  
    Log onto domain y as Administrator=20
    
Start User Manager for Domains (Start - Programs - =
Administrative Tools)=20

    
Select "Trust Relationships" from the Policies menu=20
    
Click the Add button to the Trusting Domains =
box=20
    
Enter the name of the domain you want to be able to trust you, =
i.e.=20
    domain x=20
    
You can type a password in the Initial Password =
and=20
    Confirm Password, however this is only used when =
the trust=20
    relationship is started. You can leave it blank Click OK to complete =
the=20
    addition=20
    
Close the Trust Relationship dialog box=20
    
Log off of domain y and logon onto domain=20
    x as Administrator=20
    
Start User Manger for Domains, and choose "Trust Relationships" =
from the=20
    Policies menu=20
    
Click the Add button to the Trusted Domains box =

    
Enter the name of domain y and the password if =
one was=20
    configured in step 6=20
    
Click OK and close the User Manager for Domains =

    application.=20
    
Domain x now trusts domain y =

  

  Q. How do I terminate a Trust=20
  Relationship?
  A. Firstly you have to stop domain =
x=20
  trusting domain y, then remove domain =
x's=20
  ability to trust domain y: 
  
    Logon as Administrator to domain x=20
    
Start User Manager for Domains, and click Trust Relationships =
from the=20
    Policies menu=20
    
Select domain y from the Trusted Domains and =
click=20
    Remove and confirm=20
    
Logoff, and logon to domain y as Administrator=20
    
Start User Manager for Domains, and click Trust Relationships =
from the=20
    Policies menu=20
    
Select domain x from the Trusting Domains and =
click=20
    Remove and confirm=20
    
Exit 
  

  Q. How can I join a domain from the =
command=20
  line?
  A. The NT Resource Kit Supplement 2 ships a new =
utility=20
  called NETDOM.EXE which can be used to not only join =
domains,=20
  but create computer account and trust relationships.
  To join a domain there are 2 paths, the first is to just add the =
computer=20
  to the domain and create the computer account simultaneously which is =
OK if=20
  you are logged on as a domain administrator, if you are not a domain=20
  administrator the account needs to be added in advance and then you =
join the=20
  domain. 
  If you are logged on as a domain administrator then enter the =
command below=20
  to create the account and join the domain
  netdom /domain:savilltech /user:savillj =
/password:nottelling member=20
  <computer name> /joindomain
where <computer =
name> is=20
  the name of your machine, e.g. johnstation
  If you are not an administrator the domain admin people will have =
to add=20
  you an account first using either server manager or using =
NETDOM.EXE
  netdom /domain:savilltech /user:savillj =
/password:nettelling member=20
  <computer name> /add
  Once the account has been add the normal user could join the domain =
using=20
  the first command shown.
  

  Q. How do I demote a PDC to a =
BDC?=20
  
  A. Normally when you promote a BDC to the PDC, the =

  existing PDC is automatically demoted to a BDC, but in the event that =
the PDC=20
  was taken off line and then a BDC promoted when the old PDC is =
restarted it=20
  will still think its the PDC and when it detects another PDC it will =
simply=20
  stop its own netlogon service.
  To actually modify the machine to be a BDC the registry needs to be =
changed=20
  directly: 
  
    Logon to the machine as an Administrator=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Security=20
    
Select Permissions from the Security menu=20
    
Select Administrators and change the access type to Full =
Control, check=20
    the "Replace Permission on Existing Subkeys" and click OK. Click Yes =
to the=20
    confirmations dialog box=20
    
You can now navigate the Security menu, move down to =
Policy\PolSrvRo=20
    
Double click on the default <no name> value and change the =
second=20
    digit (which should be 3 for a PDC) to a 2 (which means BDC). Click =
OK. E.g.=20
    03000000 to 02000000.=20
    
You should now reset the Security on the Security part of the =
registry=20
    using the same method as before but changing back to Special Access =
for=20
    Administrators. The permissions for Administrators should be
- =
Write=20
    DAC
- Read Control=20
    
Restart the machine and it will come up as a BDC 
  To avoid having to set security perform the registry change from =
the system=20
  account by submitting the registry editor via the schedule =
service.
  C:\> net start schedule (only if not =
already=20
  running)
C:\> at <time> /inter=20
  regedt32.exe
C:\> net stop schedule =
(only=20
  if you had to start it)
  

  Q. How can I configure a BDC to =
automatically=20
  promote itself to a PDC if the PDC fails?
  A. There is no way to do this, the assumption is =
that the=20
  PDC would be configured to write out the dump information and then =
reboot=20
  itself thus coming back online. You configure this behavior using the =
System=20
  Control Panel Applet - Startup/Shutdown tab.
  

  Q. How do I rename a =
PDC/BDC?
  A. To rename a Primary Domain Controller perform =
the=20
  following: 
  
    Log onto the PDC as an Administrator=20
    
Start the Network Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network)=20
    
Click the Identification tab.=20
    
Click the Change button and enter in the new computer name and =
click OK=20
    
Restart the PDC for the name change to take effect.=20
    
Once the machine has rebooted start Server Manager (Start - =
Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Server Manager), if the old name still =
appears as a=20
    Backup, or if there is no entry for the new name: 
- Create an =
entry for=20
    the new name. To do this, select Add to Domain in the Computer menu =
of=20
    Server Manager.
- Add the new computer account as a "Windows NT =
Backup=20
    Domain Controller" (it will be added and displayed as a =
Primary).
-=20
    Remove the old name by selecting the entry. To do this, select =
Remove from=20
    Domain on the Computer menu. 
  To Rename a Backup Domain Controller 
  
    Log onto the PDC as an Administrator and in Server Manager =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Server Manager) add an account for =
the=20
    BDC's new name=20
    
Log onto the BDC as an Administrator=20
    
Start the Network Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network)=20
    
Click the Identification tab.=20
    
Click the Change button and enter in the new computer name and =
click OK=20
    
Restart the BDC for the name change to take effect. The NETLOGON =
service=20
    will not yet start on this server.=20
    
On the PDC, open Server Manager. Select the new BDC name and =
from the=20
    Computer menu, choose Synchronize With Primary. This will start the =
NETLOGON=20
    service.=20
    
In Server Manager, select the old BDC name from the list and =
from the=20
    Computer menu, choose Remove From Domain. 
  Note: If the BDC begins to receive 7023 or 3210 errors after =
synching the=20
  domain in server manager, on the PDC choose the BDC and then synch =
that=20
  specific BDC with the PDC. After an event indicating that the synch is =

  complete, restart the BDC. 
  

  Q. Can I move a BDC to another=20
  domain?
  A. Normally no, the BDC shares a common SID with =
the PDC=20
  of the domain and so there is no way to move a BDC to another domain, =
you=20
  would need to reinstall the BDC.
  System Internals have released NewSID 3.0 ( from http://www.sysinternals.com/) =
which=20
  has a SID-synchronizing feature that let's you have one machine copy =
the SID=20
  of another. This makes it possible to move a BDC to a new domain. On =
the BDC=20
  start NewSID and click "Synchronize SID", enter the name of the PDC =
and click=20
  OK.
  

  Q. Can I change a PDC/BDC into a =
stand-alone=20
  server?
  A. No, the PDC/BDC registry is different from that =
of a=20
  stand alone server, again a reinstallation would be needed.
  As an alternative, you can use a 3rd party utility called =
U-Promote, http://u-tools.com/UTools=
/UPromote.asp however=20
  this works by making registry changes that would render your system=20
  unsupportable by Microsoft and may lead to problems later in the =
servers life=20
  time, for example moving to Windows 2000.
  In Windows 2000 you can change a domain controller to a normal =
server by=20
  running DCPROMO.EXE.
  

  Q. Can I administer my domain from an NT =

  Workstation?
  A. Yes, if you install the NT Server client based=20
  Administration tools: 
  
    Insert the NT Server CD-ROM into your NT Workstation=20
    
Run the file <CD-ROM =
drive>:\clients\srvtools\winnt\setup.bat.=20
    This will detect you processor and install the correct images into =
the=20
    %SystemRoot%\System32 folder. You will have to press return.=20
    
Remove the CD-ROM=20
    
You now need to create shortcuts either on the desktop or start =
menu for=20
    the applications:
- dhcpadmn.exe --- DHCP Manager
- =
poledit.exe ---=20
    System Policy Editor
- rasadmin.exe --- Remote Access =
Administrator
-=20
    rplmgr.exe --- Remoteboot Manager
- srvmgr.exe --- Server =
Manager
-=20
    usrmgr.exe --- User Manager for Domains
- winsadmn.exe --- WINS =
Manager=20
    
  

  Q. In what order should I upgrade my PDC and =
BDC's from=20
  3.51 to 4.0?
  A. The two different versions can coexist happily so you can =
upgrade=20
  in order you want however the safest option may be the following =
schedule:
  
    Upgrade a BDC from 3.51 to 4.0=20
    
Leave it for a week and check it is OK=20
    
Promote the BDC to the PDC=20
    
Leave for another week and check everything is OK=20
    
Upgrade the other BDC's to 4.0=20
    
Promote the old PDC back to the main PDC (the current PDC will=20
    automatically be demoted to a BDC) 
  

  Q. What tuning can I perform on PDC/BDC=20
  Synchronization?
  A. There are several registry settings that can be =

  configured for PDC/BDC Synchronization :
  These are all values under=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters<=
/P>
  
    
    
      ChangeLogSize (REG_SZ)
      Default size for the Change Log. By default 64KB =
with a=20
        maximum of 4MB
    
      Pulse
      This determines the gap in seconds between =
replication=20
        from the PDC to the BDC's. The lowest value is 60, and the max =
is 3600=20
        (1 hour). The default is 300 (5 minutes). You may want to =
increase this=20
        time if the BDC's are over a slow WAN link.
    
      PulseConcurrency
      The number of BDC's that the PDC sends pulses to =

        concurrently. By default this is 10.
    
      PulseMaximum
      The PDC performs a check that the BDC's are =
still there=20
        every so often. This is in seconds and once again the minimum is =
60 and=20
        the maximum is 86,400.
    
      Randomize
      The number of seconds a BDC waits after an =
announcement=20
        before answering. 1 by default.
    
      ReplicationGovernor
      This is a percentage of the 128K blocks that are =
sent.=20
        If you had a slow link you may not want the PDC sending 128K =
blocks so=20
        you could change this to 25, meaning only 32K would be sent at a =
time.=20
        This will mean that the blocks are sent more frequently (25 =
would mean 4=20
        times as often).
    
      Update
      By default this is set to no, which means only =
changes=20
        are replicated. Setting this to Yes will cause everything to be=20
        replicated even if there is no change. This needs to be set on =
the=20
        import server.
  


  Q. I cannot add a BDC over a WAN.
  A. To add a BDC to a domain, the PDC has to be contactable.=20
  Therefore the first task is to check that communications are =
working.
  If you are using TCP/IP then ensure you can PING the PDC,
  ping <ip address of the PDC>
  If this is OK then the problem is at the NetBIOS level. If you have =
WINS on=20
  the network ensure the BDC is configured to use the WINS server as =
when the=20
  PDC starts it will register the WINS name <domain><1Bh> =
which is=20
  used to identify the domain controller.
  Alternatively the LMHOSTS file can be updated.
  
    Start Notepad=20
    
Open the file <systemroot>\system32\drivers\etc\lmhosts=20
    
Add a line with the following syntax
<IP address> =
<machine=20
    name> #PRE #DOM:<domain name>=20
    
Save the file 
  To use the lmhosts file during installation you should create the =
file on=20
  another machine and copy it over when the BDC is being installed.
  

  Q. How can I synchronize the domain from the =
command=20
  line?
  A. To force a domain synchronization use the command
  net accounts /sync
  

  Q. How can I force a client to validate its =
logon=20
  against a specific domain controller?
  A. Before answering this it is best to understand what =
happens when=20
  a login occurs.
  When a logon request is made to a domain, the workstation sends out =
a=20
  request to find a domain controller for the domain. The domain name is =

  actually a NetBIOS name that is a 16-character name with the 16th =
character=20
  used by Microsoft networking services to identify the NetBIOS =
type.
  The type used for a domain controller is <1C> and so the =
NetBIOS name=20
  for domain controller of domain "SAVILLTECH" would be "SAVILLTECH =
<1C>"=20
  The NetBIOS type has to be the 16th character, hence the name of the =
domain=20
  has to be filled with blanks to make its length up to 15 =
characters.
  If the client is WINS enabled then a query for the resolution of=20
  "<domain name> <1C>" will be sent to the WINS server as =
defined in=20
  the clients TCP/IP properties. The WINS server will return up to 25 IP =

  addresses that correspond to domain controllers of the requested =
domain, a=20
  \mailslot\net\ntlogon is broadcast to the local subnet and if the =
workstation=20
  receives a response then it will attempt logon with the local domain=20
  controller.
  If WINS is not configured then it is possible to manually configure =
the=20
  LMHOSTS file on the Workstations to specify the Domain Controller. =
This file=20
  is located in the %systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc directory.
  An example entry in LMHOSTS would be as follows
  200.200.200.50 titanic #PRE #DOM:savilltech #savilltech domain=20
  controller
  The above sets up IP address 200.200.200.50 to be host Titanic, =
which is=20
  the domain controller for savilltech and instructs the machine that =
this entry=20
  is to be preloaded into the cache.
  To check the NetBIOS name cache you can use command nbtstat -c, =
which will=20
  show all the entries including their type. If WINS is not configured =
and there=20
  is no entry in LMHOSTS then the Workstation will send out a series of =
3=20
  broadcasts. In the situation where no response is received and WINS is =

  configured to use DNS for WINS resolution a request to the DNS server =
will be=20
  sent and finally the HOSTS file checked. If all of this fails then an =
error "A=20
  domain controller for your domain could not be contacted.
  To force a client to use a specific domain controller we need only =
do the=20
  following:
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NetBT\Parameters=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of NodeType and press ENTER=20
    
Double click on the new value and set to 4 (this sets the =
network to an=20
    M-mode/mixed which means it will perform a broadcast before querying =
name=20
    servers for resolution). By default a system is 1 if no WINS servers =
are=20
    configured (B-node/broadcase) or 8 if at least one WINS server is =
configured=20
    (H-node/queries name resolution first then broadcasts)=20
    
Double click on the EnableLMHOSTS value and set to 1. If it does =
not=20
    exist select New - DWORD value from the Edit menu and enter a name =
of=20
    EnableLMHOSTS=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  The machine is now configured to broadcase for a domain controller =
on a=20
  local subnet and then query a name server. If no domain controllers =
are found=20
  on the WINS server, or WINS is not used it will then search the =
LMHOSTS file.=20
  The next stage is to edit this file.
  
    Check for the LMHOSTS file
C:\>dir=20
    %systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\lmhosts=20
    
If the file does not exist copy the sample host=20
    file
C:\>copy =
%systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\lmhosts.sam=20
    %systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\lmhosts
1 file(s) =
copied.=20
    
Edit the file using edit.exe, don't use=20
    notepad.exe
C:\>edit=20
    %systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc\lmhosts=20
    
Goto the end of the comments and add a new line of the=20
    format
<ip address> <name of DC> #PRE =
#DOM:<domain=20
    name> #<comment>
e.g. 200.200.200.50 titanic #PRE=20
    #DOM:savilltech #savilltech domain controller 
    
Save the changes to the file and exit edit.exe=20
    
Force the machine to reload the LMHOSTS file (or just=20
    reboot)
C:\>NBTSTAT -R
Note: The -R =
must be=20
    in capitals, the command is case sensitive=20
    
Check the cache
C:\>NBTSTAT -c=20
    
At this point the configuration is complete and a reboot is =
advisable.=20
    
  Service Pack 4 includes a new utility, SETPRFDC.EXE, which will =
direct a=20
  secure channel client to a preferred list of domain controllers.
  The syntax is:
  C:\> SETPRFDC <Domain Name> <DC1, DC2, ....., =
DCn>=20
  
  SETPRFDC will try each DC in the list in order, until a secure =
channel is=20
  established. If DC1 does not respond, DC2 is tried, and so on. Once =
you run=20
  SETPRFDC on a WinNT 4.0, SP4 computer, the list is remembered until =
you change=20
  it. You can run SETPRFDC in batch, via the scheduler, or even in a =
logon=20
  script (for future logons). Don't forget to undo any LMHOSTS entries =
you might=20
  have set. 
  

  Q. How do I promote a server to a domain=20
  controller? - Windows 2000 =
only
  A. Windows 2000 ships with a utility, DCPROMO.EXE, which is =
used to=20
  promote a stand-alone/member server to a domain controller and =
vice-versa.
  In Windows 2000 domains are DNS names which means you can have a =
hierarchy=20
  of domains leading to parent-child domain relationships. The advantage =
of=20
  these parent-child relationships is that there have a bidirectional =
transitive=20
  trust which means that if domain b is a child of domain =
a, and=20
  domain c is a child of domain b, domain c =
implicitly=20
  trusts domain a. This is very different from the way trusts =
work in=20
  earlier versions of Windows NT.
  Since Windows 2000 domains rely on DNS it is vital that DNS is =
correctly=20
  configured to enable the domain to be created (if you are creating a =
new top=20
  level domain). Information on configuring DNS for a domain can be =
found here.
  A final pre-requisite is that an NTFS 5.0 volume is required to =
house the=20
  SYSVOL volume and so ensure you have at least one NTFS 5.0 volume (use =
CHKNTFS=20
  to check the versions of your partitions).
  To upgrade a stand-alone/member server to a domain controller =
perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start the DCPROMO utility (Start - Run - DCPROMO)=20
    
Click Next to the introduction screen=20
    
You will have a choice to "New domain" or "Replica domain =
controller in=20
    existing domain". There is no concept of a BDC in NT 5.0 and all =
domain=20
    controllers are equal (more or less :-) ). Select New Domain and =
click Next=20
    
A new concept is trees which enable the idea of child domains. =
If you=20
    are starting a new top level domain select "Create new domain tree", =
to=20
    create a child domain select "Create new child domain". Click Next=20
    
If you selected to create a new domain tree you will be asked if =
you=20
    want to "Create a new forest of domain trees" or "put this new =
domain tree=20
    in an existing forest". Forests enable you to "join" a number of =
separate=20
    domain trees and again a transitive trust relationship is created =
between=20
    them. If this is your first NT 5.0 domain tree you should create a =
new=20
    forest. Click Next=20
    
You will then be asked for the DNS name of your domain, e.g.=20
    savilltech.com is a valid domain name. It is important this matches=20
    information configured on the DNS server. Click Next=20
    
You will then be asked for a NetBIOS domain name which by =
default will=20
    be the left most part of the DNS domain name (up to the first 15=20
    characters), e.g. savilltech, however this can be changed. Click =
Next to=20
    continue.=20
    
You will then have to provide a storage area for the Active =
Directory=20
    and the Active Directory log. Except the defaults and click Next=20
    
Finally you must select an area on an NTFS 5.0 partition =
for the=20
    SYSVOL volume for storage of the servers public files, =
%systemroot%\SYSVOL=20
    by default. Click Next=20
    
An option to weaken security for pre-Windows 2000 services such =
as a 4.0=20
    RAS server. Select your option and click Next=20
    
You will be asked for an Administrator password to be used in =
Directory=20
    Server restore mode. Click Next=20
    
A summary screen will be displayed and click Next to start the =
upgrade.=20
    It sets security and creates the Directory Server schema container.=20
    Information from the default directory service file and the old SAM =
is then=20
    read in if the machine is an upgraded PDC.=20
    
You should then click Finish and reboot the machine. 
  You now have a Windows 2000 domain controller. Additional domain=20
  controllers (old BDC's) can be added by performing the above and =
selecting=20
  "Replica domain controller in existing domain" in step 3. It would =
then ask=20
  you the name of the domain to replica.
  

  Q. How can I generate a list of all computer =
accounts=20
  in a domain?
  A. The normal method under Windows NT 4.0 and earlier is to =
use=20
  Server Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Server =
Manager) and=20
  computer accounts can be viewed/added/deleted.
  Under Windows NT 5.0 this information can be viewed using the =
Active=20
  Directory MMC (Microsoft Management Console) snap-in and browse the=20
  domain/Computers group. Of course under Windows NT 5.0 and the Active=20
  Directory computers can also be created in Organisation Units so would =
not all=20
  be shown under this tree (as shown below the computer account in the =
law OU=20
  would not be listed in the Computers group).
  
  A more complete method is to use the Windows NT Resource Kit =
NETDOM.EXE=20
  utility (which runs under Windows NT 5.0) to generate the list, =
e.g.
  C:\> netdom member
Searching PDC for domain =
SAVILLTECH=20
  ...
Found PDC \\TITANIC
Listing members of domain SAVILLTECH=20
...
  Member 1 =3D \\ODIN
Member 2 =3D \\garfield
  It is also possible to list other domains using a mixture of =
command line=20
  switches, e.g.
  C:\> netdom /d:<domain name> =
[/u:<domain>\<user to=20
  which query> /p:<password] member
  The information in the [] is only needed if your account does not =
have=20
  privileges in the requested domain.
  The advantage of the command line tool is it lists all =
computer=20
  accounts, even those in OU's in the Active Directory.
  An alternative method is to use the net view /domain:<domain> =
command=20
  which has the advantage that you can pipe the output to a file or =
another=20
  command, e.g.
  C:\> net view /domain:savtech
  

  Q. How can I verify my Windows 2000 domain=20
  creation? - Windows 2000 =
only
  A. To verify the tcp/ip configuration is OK check for the=20
  ldap.tcp.<domain> service record, e.g. =
ldap.tcp.savilltech.com
  C:\> nslookup
> set type=3Dsrv
>=20
  _ldap._tcp.savilltech.com
Server: =
[200.200.200.50]
Address:=20
  200.200.200.50
_ldap._tcp.savilltech.com SRV service=20
  location:
priority=3D0
weight=3D0
port=3D389
svr=20
  hostname=3Dtitanic.savilltech.com
titanic.savilltech.com internet=20
  address=3D200.200.200.50 
  The ldap record used to be ldap.tcp.<domain> but was modified =
in=20
  build 1946 onwards. The underscore is necessary to definitively =
differentiate=20
  our unique names in the DNS namespace from internic registered domain =
names on=20
  the internet. In this way we can ensure that there will never be a DNS =
name=20
  clash. My understanding is that RFC 1034\1035 (may be wrong with these =
numbers=20
  as they may have been superceded) say that the underscore character is =
NOT a=20
  valid character to use in a DOMAIN NAME. All internet registered names =
should=20
  never contain the underscore. Now, RFC2181 states that the underscore =
is a=20
  valid label to use in DNS (as well as plenty of other characters too) =
so we=20
  the underscore is used to prevent possible clash with INTERNET names. =
This=20
  change was introduced in earlier builds of windows 2000. For a while =
DC's=20
  generated both styles of names in DNS to support both styles of =
clients (ie=20
  newer and older builds). Now that client code is changed to look for=20
  underscores, we have now retired the ldap.tcp names in favour of the =
_ldap.tcp=20
  names. 
  Also make sure the NetBIOS computer name is OK
  C:\> net view \\<computer name>
  Finally check the NetBIOS Domain name works
  C:\> usrmgr <domain name>
  The NetBIOS domain name is used for backwards compatibility. Use a =
4.0=20
  version of usrmgr.
  

  Q. How can I configure multiple Logon Servers =
with=20
  LMHOSTS?
  A. Service Pack 4 adds support for multiple domain =
controllers for a=20
  single domain to be configured in the LMHOSTS file (located in=20
  %systemroot%\system32\drivers\etc). Normally when a computer starts, =
the WINS=20
  server is queried for any [1C] entries, domain controllers, and it =
will return=20
  a list. This list is not geographically aware and you could be given a =
domain=20
  controller on the other side of the world.
  An alternative is to specify a list of domain controllers in the =
LMHOSTS=20
  file (which is now checked before WINS is #PRE is in the entry) and =
have=20
  different LMHOSTS files in different regions.
  Example entries in the file would be
  200.200.200.50 titanic #PRE #DOM:SAVILLTECH
200.200.200.80 =
cuttysark=20
  #PRE #DOM:SAVILLTECH
  You will need to ensure the computer is configured to use the =
LMHOSTS file=20
  
  
    Right click on Network Neighborhood and select Properties=20
    
Select the Protocol's tab=20
    
Select "TCP/IP Protocol" and click Properties=20
    
Select "WINS address"=20
    
Check the "Enable LMHOSTS Lookup" box=20
    
Click Apply then OK=20
    
You will need to restart the computer 
  

  Q. Are trust relationships kept when =
upgrading for a=20
  4.0 domain to a Windows 2000 domain?
  A. When a 4.0 PDC is upgrade to Windows 2000 all trust =
relationships=20
  are maintained.
  

  Q. How are trust relationships administered =
in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Instead of using User Manager as in NT 4.0, a new MMC =
snap-in,=20
  Active Directory Tree Manager is used. Although the host application =
is=20
  different the usage is exactly the same.
  To view/add/remove perform the following:
  
    Start the Domain Tree Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative =

    Programs - Domain Tree Management)=20
    
Expand the root and right click on the domain=20
    
Select Properties from the displayed context menu=20
    
Select the Trusts tab and add/view as required.=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  
- Example of one domain that trusts ours
  Obviously you should try and use the tree and forest concept rather =
than=20
  manual trust relationships with pure Windows 2000 domains. This is =
discussed=20
  in the Active Directory section (which will be added shortly).
  

  Q. I can't promote a BDC to PDC.
  A. If you receive an 'Access Denied' message when attempting =
to=20
  promote a BDC to the PDC it may be due to the fact the PDC has Service =
Pack 4=20
  installed.
  This is because Service Pack 4 upgraded the security mechanism used =
so you=20
  will either have to perform the promotion from a Service Pack 4 domain =

  controller or upgrade the BDC in question to SP4.
  Another reason for this error is trying to get a renamed and =
upgraded (3.51=20
  to NT4) server to sync with the domain. The accounts database may have =
become=20
  out of date and thus couldn't be synchronised. NETLOGON may not even =
be=20
  startable.
  The way round is to do a "connect as" from the PDC to the rogue BDC =
using=20
  an admin ID known to be good by the BDC before it was upgraded. Once =
the=20
  "connect as" (say to Cc) was accepted, the BDC would then accept the=20
  synchronise request from the PDC's Server Manager, restarting NETLOGON =
in the=20
  process.
  

  Q. Unable to join a domain because of SMB =
signing, what=20
  can I do?
  A. If the following error message is displayed when you =
attempt to=20
  add a computer running Windows NT to the domain:
  "Unable to connect to the domain controller for this domain. =
Either the=20
  username or password entered is incorrect."
  The error message is displayed even though networking is enabled =
and the=20
  correct administrator name and password credentials were supplied. The =
problem=20
  is that the PDC has SMB signing set to required and the client cannot=20
  communicate as it does not have SMB signing enabled.
  Two options are possible. The first is to disable =
RequireSecuritySignature=20
  SMB signing on the domain controller as described in Q.=20
  How do I enable SMB signing? or install the machine into a =
workgroup,=20
  enable SMB signing then join the domain. Of course this would not work =
with=20
  BDC's.
  

  Q. How can I create a child =
domain?
  A. Windows 2000 allows the creation of a domain as a child =
of=20
  another domain. When two or more domains are joined in a parent-child=20
  relationship a domain tree is formed.
  A child domain is created when executing the DCPROMO.EXE image and =
the=20
  parent domain must be accessible to create.
  
    Install Windows 2000 on the machine=20
    
Ensure the machine has TCP/IP and DNS configured correctly=20
    
Execute DCPROMO=20
    
Click Next to continue the upgrade=20
    
Select 'Domain controller for a new domain' and click Next=20
    
Select 'Create a new child domain in an existing domain tree' =
and click=20
    Next=20
    
Enter a Username, password and domain you will be using to join =
the=20
    domain tree. This account must reside in the parent domain a domain =
in the=20
    forest you are joining. Click Next=20
    
Select the parent domain name by selecting Browse, e.g. =
savilltech.com.=20
    Enter the child domain (just the left most part), e.g. legal. The =
new=20
    complete name will be shown, e.g. legal.savilltech.com. Click Next=20
    
If this is a new domain controller enter a NetBIOS name for =
backwards=20
    compatibility. By default it will be the left most 15 characters of =
the DNS=20
    domain name (up to the first .). If you are upgrading an existing DC =
then=20
    the NetBIOS name cannot be changed. Click Next=20
    
Database and log locations will be shown. Click Next=20
    
The System Volume area will be shown. Click Next=20
    
An option to weaken security for 4.0 RAS servers. Select your =
option and=20
    click Next=20
    
A summary will be shown. Click Next=20
    
The new domain creation will begin=20
    
Click Finish and reboot the machine 
  Instead of performing screenshots I've produced an animated GIF of =
the=20
  entire child domain creation (I was bored ;-) ). Click Refresh to make =
it=20
  start from the beginning, a gap of 2 seconds is shown between each =
screen.
  
  

  Q. How can I create a domain trust through a=20
  firewall?
  A. When creating trust relationships communications between =
the two=20
  domains is carried out over a number of protocols with each protocol =
using=20
  different TCP/IP port. Below is a list of ports which need to be =
enabled on=20
  the firewall for a trust relationship:
  
    PORT 135 (TCP or UDP) for Remote Procedure Call(RPC)Service=20
    
PORT 137 (UDP) for NetBIOS Name Service=20
    
PORT 138 (UDP) for NetBIOS datagram (Browsing)=20
    
PORT 139 (TCP) for NetBIOS session (NET USE)=20
    
ALL PORTS above 1024 for RPC Communication 
  You may use LMHOSTS for name resolution (which would have #pre #dom =
entries=20
  for the domain controllers) or WINS can be used which requires:
  
    PORT 53 (TCP and UDP) for DNS=20
    
PORT 42 (TCP and UDP) for WINS Replication 
  Alternatively, a trust can be established through point-to-point =
tunneling=20
  protocol (PPTP). For PPTP, the following ports must be enabled:
  
    PORT (TCP) 1723 for PPTP=20
    
IP PROTOCOL 47 (GRE) 
  If you only wish to perform management through a firewall and/or =
RRAS you=20
  can only allow TCP any-139, TCP 139-any and UPD 138-138 through the =
firewall.=20
  Also allow UDP 137-137 to the WINS Servers. This allows all the remote =

  management tools to run from the management NT Workstations.
  Also see the following knowledge base articles:
  
    Q=
167128=20
    SMS: Network Ports Used by Remote Helpdesk Functions=20
    
Q=
174395=20
    Event ID 4202 Attempting WINS Replication across Router 
  

  Q. How can I check the browse masters for a=20
  domain?
  A. The resource kit has a utility BROWSTAT.EXE which allows =
status=20
  of the browse service to be ascertained. To check browse masters for a =
domain=20
  use the following command:
  C:\> browstat status <domain>
  To check statistics for a single server use the command
  C:\> browstat stats \\<server>
  

  Q. How can I stop a remote master =
browser?
  A. The resource kit utility BROWSTAT can be used to remotely =
stop a=20
  browse master with the following command:
  C:\> BROWSTAT TICKLE <transport> <domain> |=20
  \\<server name>

Where=20
  <transport> is the Windows NT transport device name, and =
<domain>=20
  is the domain in which the master browser is located, and <server =
name>=20
  is the computer name of the master browser.
  To check which transport use the command:
  C:\> net config rdr
Workstation active on =
NetbiosSmb=20
  (000000000000) NetBT_Tcpip_{C2F....
  The transport device is indicated by '<network =
service>_<NIC=20
  type>', where <network service> is the session-layer network =
service,=20
  and <NIC type> is the type of network interface card on your =
computer.=20
  The session-layer network services are NetBT for NetBIOS over TCP/IP, =
NwlnkNb=20
  for IPX, or Nbf for NetBEUI, e.g. NetBT_Tcpip.
  C:\> browstat tickle=20
  NetBT_Tcpip_{C2F8C130-F2AF-11D2-B748-DAEDF5F58140} =
\\titanic
  

  Q. How can I force a browser =
election?
  A. The resource kit utility BROWSTAT can be used to force a =
browser=20
  election:
  C:\> BROWSTAT ELECT <transport> <domain> |=20
  \\<server name>

Where=20
  <transport> is the Windows NT transport device name, and =
<domain>=20
  is the domain in which the master browser is located, and <server =
name>=20
  is the computer name of the master browser.
  To check which transport use the command:
  C:\> net config rdr
Workstation active on =
NetbiosSmb=20
  (000000000000) NetBT_Tcpip_{C2F....
  The transport device is indicated by '<network =
service>_<NIC=20
  type>', where <network service> is the session-layer network =
service,=20
  and <NIC type> is the type of network interface card on your =
computer.=20
  The session-layer network services are NetBT for NetBIOS over TCP/IP, =
NwlnkNb=20
  for IPX, or Nbf for NetBEUI, e.g. NetBT_Tcpip.
  C:\> browstat elect=20
  NetBT_Tcpip_{C2F8C130-F2AF-11D2-B748-DAEDF5F58140} =
savilltech
  

  Q. How can I modify the domain refresh=20
  interval?
  A. Windows refreshes the domain list whenever the machine is =
locked=20
  for more than two minutes (120 seconds). This can lead to a delay =
while it=20
  does this until the user gets control of the system again.
  You can modify the amount of time it waits until refreshing by =
performing=20
  the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon=20
    
Double click on DcacheMinInterval (or if it does not exist =
create of=20
    type REG_DWORD)=20
    
Modify between 120-86400 seconds=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart the computer 
  

  Q. How is the list of cached domains=20
stored?
  A. When you logon a list of known (trusted) domains are =
displayed=20
  that you may logon to.
  You can view these entries by performing the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon\DomainCache=20
    
You will be able to see all known domains=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  There is no point editing this list as it will be recreated the =
next time=20
  the machine is started/locked.
  

  Q. How can I disable trust password=20
changes?
  A. After a trust is established using a defined password it =
is=20
  changed automatically every seven days. If this password change is =
missed two=20
  cycles running then the trust is broken. This also applies to machines =
in a=20
  domain who have a secure channel with the domain controller and change =
their=20
  passwords every 7 days on NT 4.0 and for Windows 2000 every 30 =
days.
  To disable the trust password changes perform the following change =
on the=20
  domain controllers/workstations:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters =

    
Double click on DisablePasswordChange=20
    
Set to 1=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Another option to stop the computer account password changes is to =
refuse=20
  the change at the domain controller:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of RefusePasswordChange=20
    
Double click on the new value and set to 1=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  

  Q. How can I change the password change for=20
  computer/trust accounts?
  A. The default interval for password changes for a =
computer/trust=20
  account can be modified as follows:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of MaximumPasswordAge=20
    
Double click the new value and set to the number of days=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  In NT 4.0 this value is only available for machines with Service =
Pack 4 and=20
  for all versions of Windows 2000. Values can be in the range of 1 to=20
  1,000,000.
  

  Q. The list of domains in the logon box is =
not updated,=20
  what can I do?
  A. The list of trusted domains should be updated whenever a =
trust=20
  relationship is terminated or created but this is not always the =
case.
  To clear the machines cache of domains perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon=20
    
Delete the DCache and DCacheUpdate values=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart the computer 
  

  Q. Is it possible to administer a 4.0 domain =
from a=20
  Windows 2000 machine?
  A. Many utilities used to administer an NT 4.0 domain do not =
come=20
  with Windows 2000 or work in a different way, however you could copy =
over the=20
  NT 4.0 administration utilities to a Windows 2000 machine and =
administer the=20
  domain with no adverse effects.
  Have a look at 'Can=20
  I administer my domain from an NT Workstation?' which gives you a =
quick=20
  way to install the tools.
  

  Q. How can I configure the command=20
  prompt?
  A. When you are in a cmd.exe session, it is =
possible to=20
  change the prompt to display other information, such as time, date, OS =
version=20
  etc. To change the prompt just use
  prompt <text>
e.g. prompt johns =
prompt
  While basic text will work it is not very helpful, and below is a =
list of=20
  all the codes you can use
  
    
    
      $A
      & Ampersand
    
      $B
      | Pipe
    
      $C
      ( Open parenthesis
    
      $D
      Current date
    
      $E
      Escape code (ASCII code 27)
    
      $F
      ) Close parenthesis
    
      $G
      > greater-than sign
    
      $H
      Backspace (erases previous character)
    
      $L
      < Less-than sig
    
      $N
      Current drive
    
      $P
      Current drive with path
    
      $Q
      =3D Equal sign
    
      $S
      Space
    
      $T
      Current time
    
      $V
      Windows NT version number
    
      $_
      Carriage return and linefeed
    
      $$
      $ sign
  If you have command extensions, you can also use
  $+ Zero or more + characters depending on the depth of the PUSHD =
directory=20
  stack
$M Displays the remote name associated with the current drive =

  letter
  

  Q. How do I enable/disable command=20
  extensions?
  A. When you use CMD.EXE, there are various =
extensions=20
  which are enabled by default. To enable/disable perform the following =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Command Processor=20
    
Double click on EnableExtensions=20
    
Set to 1 for them to be enabled, or set to 0 for extensions to =
be=20
    disabled=20
    
Click OK 
  You can also enable/disable them for a specific command session by =
using=20
  the appropriate qualifier to cmd.exe
  cmd /y disables command extensions for this cmd =
session=20
  
cmd /x enables command extensions for this cmd =
session
  

  Q. What commands can be used to configure =
the command=20
  window?
  A. The commands below may be useful:
  mode con lines=3Dn - Where n is the number of =
lines to keep=20
  (if n is larger than can fit on the screen a scroll bar will be=20
  added)
mode con cols=3Dn - Where n is the number =
of columns=20
  to show (again a scroll bar will be added)
  

  Q. How can I configure a scroll bar on my =
command=20
  window?
  A. It is possible to increase the line buffer for =
the=20
  command windows above the normal 25. To change the "history" perform =
the=20
  following: 
  
    Start a command session (cmd.exe)=20
    
Right click on the title bar and select Properties=20
    
Click the Layout tab=20
    
In the "Screen Buffer Size" section increase the Height value=20
    
Click OK=20
    
You will be asked "Apply properties to current windows only" or =
"Save=20
    properties for future windows with same title". Select the later and =
click=20
    OK 
  You will now see a scroll bar on side of your command window. You =
would=20
  also have seen under the properties you can change the default =
starting=20
  location for command windows. 
  What the above actually does is create=20
  HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Console\E:_WINNT_System32_cmd.exe key with a value=20
  ScreenBufferSize where the first part is the buffer height in =
hexadecimal.
  

  Q. How do I cut/paste information in a =
command=20
  box?
  A. To copy the entire contents of a command =
window, you=20
  can maximize the window (Alt - Enter) and press the Print Scrn button. =

  Alternatively: 
  
    Right click the title bar=20
    
Select Mark from the Edit Menu=20
    
Click the left mouse button at the start of the text you wish to =
copy,=20
    and drag until the end of the selection=20
    
Press Enter to copy the select, or right click the menu again, =
and=20
    select copy from the Edit menu=20
    
To paste right click the menu bar, and select paste from the =
edit menu.=20
    
  Alternatively you can enable QuickEdit mode by right clicking on =
the title=20
  bar and selecting properties. Select the options tab and check the =
"QuickEdit=20
  Mode" box. Now you can select text with the left mouse button and just =
press=20
  Enter to copy into the clipboard.
  When QuickEdit is turned on, you also can paste into the command =
box by=20
  right clicking with the mouse.
  In either mode you can paste by pressing Alt + Enter then E then =
P.
  

  Q. How do I enable Tab to complete file=20
  names?
  A. NT has this functionality built in, however by =
default=20
  it is disabled. To enable perform the following 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Command Processor=20
    
Double click on the value CompletionChar=20
    
Make sure the base is Hexadecimal and then set the value to 9 =
and click=20
    OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Start a new CMD.EXE session and the change will have taken =
effect=20
  
  

  Q. How do I create a shortcut from the =
command=20
  prompt?
  A. There is a utility supplied with the Windows NT =
Server=20
  Resource Kit Version 4.0 Supplement One (phew) called shortcut.exe =
which can=20
  be used to create .lnk files. The application is quite powerful, and =
allows=20
  you to specify not only the resource to link to, but also an icon etc. =
An=20
  example is shown below
  shortcut -t "d:\program files\johnsapp\test.exe" -n "Johns =
App.lnk"=20
  -i "d:\program files\johnicon\icon1.ico" -x 0 -d "e:\johns\data" =

  What does it mean?
  -t this is the location of the resource to be =
linked=20
  to
-n the name of the link file to be=20
  created
-i the icon =
file
-x=20
  the icon index to use in the icon file
-d =

  the starting directory for the application once =
started
  You can copy shortcut.exe off of the CD with the resource kit, and =
it is=20
  located in <processor>\desktop (e.g. i386\desktop). There are no =
other=20
  files needed, just shortcut.exe.
  

  Q. How can I redirect the output from a =
command to a=20
  file?
  A. The most basic use is as follows:
  <command> ><file name>
e.g., dir/s=20
  >list.txt
  However with this errors still get output to the screen, to rectify =
this=20
  use the 2> for the errors, e.g.
  <command> ><file name> 2><error=20
  file>
e.g. dir/s >list.txt 2>error.txt
  If you want the errors and output to goto the same file use the=20
  following
  <command> ><file name> 2>&1
  

  Q. How can I get a list of commands I have =
entered in=20
  a command session?
  A. You can press the up and down arrow keys when =
in a=20
  command session to display your old commands (same as the old DOSKEY=20
  software), however if you press the F7 key a list of all the commands =
entered=20
  will be displayed and you can then select the command and press enter =
to run=20
  it.
  
  You can configure the history by right clicking on the title bar =
and=20
  selecting the Options tab. Update the "Command History" section.
  Other keys you can use are as follows: 
  
    
    
      F2
      Searchs for a character in the previous command =
and will=20
        display up to that character
    
      F3
      Recalls the last command issued
    
      F8
      Moves backwards through the command =
history
    
      F9
      Lets yuo return to a command but its number given =
by=20
    F7
  
  

  Q. How can I start explorer from the =
command=20
  prompt?
  A. Enter the command
  explorer /e
  to start explorer in your current directory, or
  explorer .
  to bring up the single pane version of explorer.
  

  Q. How can I change the title of the CMD=20
  window?
  A. By default the title display name is the location of =
CMD.EXE,=20
  however this can be changed using two methods depending on the =
situation.
  If you currently have a command session and you wish to change its =
title=20
  use the title command,
  title <title>
e.g. title John Savill's =
Command=20
  Window
  Alternativly if you want to start a new command session from an =
existing=20
  command prompt use the start command
  start "<title>"
e.g. start "John Savill's =
Command=20
  Window" 
  

  Q. What keyboard actions can I take to navigate =
the=20
  command line?
  A. Rather than just using the left and right arrows to move =
one=20
  character at a time through the command you can also use the following =

  
    
    
      Home
      Start of the line
    
      End
      End of the line
    
      Ctrl+left arrow
      Move back one wor
    
      Ctrl+right arrow
      Move forward one word

    
      Insert
      Toggle between insert and overstrike mode
    
      Esc
      Delete current line
  You can also use the Tab key to complete filenames for you as =
described in=20
  Q.=20
  How do I enable Tab to complete file names? 
  If you enable QuickEdit on command windows (Right click on the =
title bar,=20
  select properties, Options, QuickEdit Mode) you can select an area of =
text=20
  with the left mouse button, right click on it to copy it to the =
clipboard and=20
  then click the right mouse button again to paste it the current cursor =

  location (reminds me of the good old VT keyboards with the hold key =
;-) )
  

  Q. How can I change the default Dir output=20
  format?
  A. The DIR command has many switches and you can configure =
your own=20
  default behavior for the command instead of the normal format. For =
example you=20
  may want to view the output one page at a time (/p), in lowercase =
(/l), with=20
  files time as their creation rather that last write (/tc) and sorted =
by=20
  extension then name (/oen). Normally you would type
  dir /p /l /tc /oen
  however this is slightly tedious so to set this as your default =
perform the=20
  following
  
    Start the system control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - System)=20
    
Select the Environment tab=20
    
Create the Variable "dircmd" and set the value to your =
qualifiers, e.g.=20
    "/p /l /tc /oen" and click Set=20
    
Click Applet then Click OK 
  
  Any new command session will now use the new dir output format.
  

  Q. How do I pause output from a command to one =
screen at a=20
  time?
  A. Just add |more to the end of the command, e.g.
  findstr /? |more
  would display the help one screen at a time.
  

  Q. How can I increase the environment space for =
a single=20
  command session?
  A. While you can update the config.nt with a larger shell=3D =
to effect=20
  all command sessions, to set the environment space just for a single =
session,=20
  call the command with the /e switch, e.g.
  COMMAND /E:2048 MYAPP.EXE
  where /e:nnnnn is sets the initial environment size to nnnnn =
bytes.
  

  Q. How can I stop a process from the command=20
  line?
  A. Usually to stop a process, you start task manager, select =
the=20
  Processes tab, select the process and click "End Process" however you =
can also=20
  accomplish the same from the command prompt using 2 Resource Kit=20
utilities.
  Firstly you need to get a list of all processes on the system and =
this is=20
  accomplished using the tlist.exe utility.
  C:\>tlist 
0 System Process
2 System
20=20
  smss.exe
26 csrss.exe
34 WINLOGON.EXE
42 SERVICES.EXE
45=20
  LSASS.EXE
72 SPOOLSS.EXE
91 Nettime.exe
64=20
  navapsvc.exe
...
198 notepad.exe Untitled - =
Notepad
214=20
  TLIST.EXE
  The first part, the number, is the process ID, for example, 198 is =
the=20
  process ID of the notepad.exe process that is running. Once we know =
the=20
  Process ID (or PID) we can stop it using the kill.exe=20
  utility.
  C:\>kill 198
process #198 killed
  You can optionally use the -f switch which forces the process =
kill.
  You may, if you wish, kill a process on its name instead, e.g.
  c:\>kill notepad.exe
  will also work.
  

  Q. How can I open a command prompt at my current =
directory=20
  in Explorer?
  A. It may be a normal situation you are browsing directories =
in=20
  Explorer and want to open a command prompt at the current location =
without=20
  having to type a long cd .... to get to the correct directory. It is =
possible=20
  to add a context menu option to folders to bring up a "Command prompt =
here"=20
  which will open a command prompt at your current explorer =
location.
  A Powertoy, Command Prompt Here, can be downloaded from Microsoft =
(and is=20
  also included with the resource kit, cmdhere.inf), however all this =
does is=20
  update a couple of registry entries and can be accomplished manually =
allowing=20
  greater flexibility
  
    Start the Registry Editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Folder\shell (you could use=20
    HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Directory\shell but it would then not apply to =
folders,=20
    whereas Folder does both)=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key and enter a name of CmdHere =
(or=20
    anything else)=20
    
Under the new key select New - Key and enter a name of command=20
    (lowercase)=20
    
Under the key (CmdHere) double click on (Default) and enter a =
name that=20
    will be displayed when you right click on the directory, e.g. =
"Command=20
    Prompt Here"
As an extra, if you a & to the front of a =
character it=20
    will cause it to be underlined, e.g. "&John Prompt here" would =
produce=20
    John Prompt here.=20
    
Move to the command key and again double click on (Default) and=20
    enter
<system dir>\System32\cmd.exe /k cd "%1"
e.g.=20
    c:\winnt\System32\cmd.exe /k cd "%1"
You can use "%l" instead of =
"%1"=20
    which will support long file names.=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  There is no need to reboot the machine and the new option will be =
available=20
  when you right click on a folder
  
  

  Q. How can I open a command prompt at my current =
drive in=20
  Explorer?
  A. Exactly the same as the previous tip but this time a =
command=20
  prompt for a base drive (which has a separate context menu)
  
    Start the Registry Editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Drive\shell=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key and enter a name of CmdHere =
(or=20
    anything else)=20
    
Under the new key select New - Key and enter a name of command=20
    (lowercase)=20
    
Under the key (CmdHere) double click on (Default) and enter a =
name that=20
    will be displayed when you right click on the directory, e.g. =
"Command=20
    Prompt Here"
As an extra, if you a & to the front of a =
character it=20
    will cause it to be underlined, e.g. "&John Prompt here" would =
produce=20
    John Prompt here.=20
    
Move to the command key and again double click on (Default) and=20
    enter
<system dir>\System32\cmd.exe /k cd "%1"
e.g.=20
    c:\winnt\System32\cmd.exe /k cd "%1"=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Below is an inf file that incorporates the creation of the Command =
Here for=20
  drives and directories of you don't have cmdhere.inf that comes with =
the=20
  resource kit. Save it with a .inf extension and then right click on it =
and=20
  select install.
  ; Command Here
[Version]
Signature =3D "$Windows=20
  =
NT$"
Provider=3D%Provider%

[Strings]
Provider=3D"SavillTech =

  Ltd"

[DefaultInstall]
AddReg =3D AddReg

  [AddReg]
HKCR,Directory\Shell\CmdHere,,,"Command=20
  Here"
HKCR,Directory\Shell\CmdHere\command,,,"%11%\cmd.exe /k cd=20
  ""%1"""
HKCR,Drive\Shell\CmdHere,,,"Command=20
  Here"
HKCR,Drive\Shell\CmdHere\command,,,"%11%\cmd.exe /k cd=20
  ""%1"""
  

  Q. How can I change the editor used to edit =
batch/command=20
  files?
  A. If you right click on a .bat or .cmd file and select edit =
the=20
  file will be opened in Notepad however you may want to use a different =
editor=20
  as the default.
  This can be accomplished by making two small registry =
modifications
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
We will first change the editor used for .bat files.=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\batfile\shell\edit\command=20
    
Double click on the (Default) value and change to the executable =
you=20
    want to use to edit the batch files, e.g. C:\Program=20
    Files\DevStudio\SharedIDE\BIN\msdev.exe "%1" if you wanted to use =
Microsoft=20
    Development editor. Click OK=20
    
We shall now perform the same for .cmd files=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\cmdfile\shell\edit\command=20
    
Double click on the (Default) value and again change to the =
editor to=20
    use. Click OK 
  No reboot is required and any changes take immediate effect
  You could also perform the above via a GUI front end by selecting =
View -=20
  Folder options - File Types from Explorer. You could then select the =
file=20
  type, e.g. "MS-DOS Batch file" and click Edit. The context menu =
options=20
  available are listed and you can modify them. All this does is update =
the=20
  registry values we have looked at.
  If you wanted to leave the existing option and add a new Edit =
option, e.g.=20
  "Edit with MSDEV" perform the following (in this example we will only =
update=20
  .bat with a second edit option but the same could be performed on =
cmd):
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\batfile\shell=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key and enter a name of "editms" =
(don't=20
    type the quotes)=20
    
Double click on the (Default) value under editms and set the =
name to be=20
    displayed on the context menu, e.g. "Edit with MSDEV", click OK=20
    
Select editms and select New - Key from the edit menu and enter =
a name=20
    of "command" (again don't enter the quotes)=20
    
Double click the (Default) under command and set to the required =
value,=20
    e.g. C:\Program Files\DevStudio\SharedIDE\BIN\msdev.exe "%1" for =
msdev.=20
    Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  You will now have two options when you right click on a batch file, =
edit=20
  and edit with MSDEV.
  
  You can use this on any type of file, e.g. txt files by editing=20
  HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\txtfile\shell\open\command. Just look through=20
  HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\xxxfile where xxx is the extension (actually to find =
the=20
  correct file type use the assoc command, e.g. assoc .txt, it will then =
return=20
  the file type, txtfile).
  

  Q. The AT command works differently under NT 4.0 =
than NT=20
  3.51.
  A. To better support long file names the parsing algorithm =
was=20
  changed in NT 4.0 so that only the target file should be surrounded by =
quotes,=20
  for example
  Under Windows NT 3.51
C:\> at 20:00 "notepad=20
  d:\documents\bonde\maxfactor.txt"
  Where as under Windows NT 4.0
C:\> at 20:00 notepad=20
  "d:\documents\bonde\maxfactor.txt"
  This causing a problem as if you surround the whole command in =
double=20
  quotes, for example a batch file, it will not run correctly.
  Support for a registry key has been improved in Windows NT 4.0 =
Service Pack=20
  4 which allows you to force the parse of the AT command to behavior in =
the=20
  same manner as 3.51 and to achieve this perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Schedule=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key and enter a name of =
Parameters and=20
    press enter=20
    
Move to this new Parameters Key and from the Edit menu select =
New -=20
    DWORD value. Enter a name of UseOldParsing and press enter=20
    
Double click on the new value and set to 1=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  

  Q. How can I append the date and time to a=20
  file?
  A. You can use the batch file below which will rename a file =
to=20
  filename_YYYYMMDDHHMM.
  @Echo OFF
TITLE DateName
REM DateName.CMD
REM takes a =
filename=20
  as %1 and renames as %1_YYMMDDHHMM
REM
REM=20
  -------------------------------------------------------------
IF =
%1.=3D=3D.=20
  GoTo USAGE
Set CURRDATE=3D%TEMP%\CURRDATE.TMP
Set=20
  CURRTIME=3D%TEMP%\CURRTIME.TMP
  DATE /T > %CURRDATE%
TIME /T > %CURRTIME%
  Set PARSEARG=3D"eol=3D; tokens=3D1,2,3,4* delims=3D/, "
For =
/F %PARSEARG%=20
  %%i in (%CURRDATE%) Do SET YYYYMMDD=3D%%l%%k%%j
  Set PARSEARG=3D"eol=3D; tokens=3D1,2,3* delims=3D:, "
For /F =
%PARSEARG% %%i=20
  in (%CURRTIME%) Do Set HHMM=3D%%i%%j%%k
  Echo RENAME %1 %1_%YYYYMMDD%%HHMM%
RENAME %1=20
  %1_%YYYYMMDD%%HHMM%
GoTo END
  :USAGE
Echo Usage: DateName filename
Echo Renames =
filename to=20
  filename_YYYYMMDDHHMM
GoTo END
  :END
REM
TITLE Command Prompt
  Example:
  D:\Exchange> datetype logfile.log
RENAME =
logfile.log=20
  logfile.log_199809281630
  Another method is as follows without temporary files. Also a =
leading zero=20
  is inserted for hour values below 10:

for /f =
"tokens=3D1,2" %%u in=20
  ('date /t') do set d=3D%%v
for /f "tokens=3D1" %%u in ('time /t') =
do set=20
  t=3D%%u
if "%t:~1,1%"=3D=3D":" set t=3D0%t%
set=20
  timestr=3D%d:~6,4%%d:~3,2%%d:~0,2%%t:~0,2%%t:~3,2%
echo =
%timestr%
  Other date options include LOGTIME.EXE which enables you to specify =
a=20
  string and then writes the time followed by the string to the file =
logtime.log=20
  at the current default directory.
  The other option is NOW.EXE which just replaces itself with the =
date and=20
  time, e.g.
  D:\temp>now Batch complete
Mon Sep 28 15:54:19 =
1998 --=20
  Batch complete
  Both of the above utilities are part of the resource kit.
  Another way is by using the following FOR command, a log file can =
be=20
  created using real dates.
  rem created unique log filename, e.g. Wed0804
FOR /F =
"tokens=3D1-4=20
  delims=3D/" %%i in ('date/t') do set file=3D%%i%%j%%k
Set=20
  LOG=3Ddrive:\directory\filename-%file%.log
  The result is a file named filename-date.log. Easier and works =
great!
  

  Q. How can I switch my command window to full =
screen=20
  mode?
  A. Normally your command prompt (cmd.exe) is displayed in a =
window,=20
  however it can be configured to be displayed "full screen"
  
    Right click on the title of the command window and select =
Properties=20
    
Select the options tab. Click OK=20
    
You have the option to either make the change just for the =
current=20
    session of for all future sessions. Make you choice and click OK =

  An alternative (and which allows you to switch from full screen to =
window)=20
  is to press Alt-Enter which toggles between window and full screen =
mode.
  

  Q. International versions of NT have strange =
behavior in=20
  command prompt.
  A. The cause may be that the commands require a US Set of=20
  Characters. Try starting your command prompt session with
  C:\> CHCP 437
  This will hopefully help. It just sets the active code page to =
English (MS=20
  DOS Latin US).
  

  Q. What is the difference between cmd.exe and=20
  command.com?
  A. Windows NT/Windows 2000 supply cmd.exe and command.com. =
CMD.EXE=20
  is the Windows NT command line interface, its NOT a DOS window. =
COMMAND.COM is=20
  a 16-bit DOS application which is used for older DOS compatibility and =

  actually runs inside the NTVDM (NT Virtual DOS Machine) due to its =
16-bit=20
  nature.
  What may surprise you is the face that COMMAND.COM and CMD.EXE have =
almost=20
  identical features and this is because any command entered in =
COMMAND.COM it=20
  is packaged up and sent to CMD.EXE for execution and thanks to this=20
  COMMAND.COM can take advantage of all the functions and facilities of =
CMD.EXE.=20
  This is possible as the version of COMMAND.COM shipped with NT IS a =
special NT=20
  version designed to pass all execution to CMD.EXE.
  If you had Task Manager running you would actually see a CMD.EXE =
process=20
  started when executing commands in COMMAND.COM.
  

  Q. How can I configure the command prompt to =
output to=20
  files in UNICODE/ANSI?
  A. Windows NT/2000 includes full UNICODE support and its =
possible to=20
  configure a CMD.EXE session to output in UNICODE or ANSI (ANSI being =
the=20
  default)
  To set this when starting the CMD.EXE session just add:
  
    /A - Output to files or pipes will be in ANSI=20
    
/U - Output to files or pipes will be in Unicode 
  For example
  cmd.exe /u
  would start a session in UNICODE output mode.
  

  Q. How can I force the output of a program into =
an=20
  environment variable?
  A. Some programs return values to the command line and it =
may be you=20
  want these in a variable so they can be viewed/queried by other =
processes.
  The easiest way to put the result into an environment variable is =
to trap=20
  it in a FOR statement.
  For /f "Tokens=3D*" %i in ('command') do set=20
  variable=3D"%i"
  For example:
  C:\>For /f "Tokens=3D*" %i in ('ver') do set=20
  NTVersion=3D"%i"

C:\>set NTVersion=3D"Windows NT Version 4.0 =

  "

C:\>echo %NTVersion%
"Windows NT Version 4.0 =
"
  If you place the command in a batch file you require two % in front =
of i,=20
  e.g.
  For /f "Tokens=3D*" %%i in ('ver') do set=20
  NTVersion=3D"%%i"
  

  Q. How do I delete/rename the Recycle=20
  Bin?
  A. When you right click on the Recycle Bin it's =
context=20
  menu does not display a rename or delete option as on other desktop=20
  shortcuts/components. To add the rename option perform the following: =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe, don't user regedit.exe) =

    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{645FF040-5081-101B-9F08-00AA002F954E}\ShellFolde=
r=20
    
Double click on the Attributes value in the right hand pane=20
    
Change from 40010020 to 50010020=20
    
Click OK 
  If you right click on Recycle Bin you now have a rename option.
  If you want to be able to delete the icon change the Attributes =
value to=20
  60010020 by following the procedure above. To have =
the rename=20
  and delete option change the Attributes value to=20
  70010020. You can now delete by right clicking on the =
icon=20
  and select Delete. Click Yes to the confirmation.
  You may want to avoid manually updating the registry and you can =
delete the=20
  icon by using the TweakUI utility. If you have TweakUI installed =
perform the=20
  following: 
  
    Start the TweakUI control panel applet (Start - settings - =
control panel=20
    - TweakUI)=20
    
Click the Desktop tab=20
    
Unselect the "Recycle Bin" box and click OK 
  

  Q. How do I disable Task =
Manager?=20

  A. This can be done using the registry as follows =

  
    Start the Registry Editor=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\windows\currentversion\Policies =

    
If the \System key does not exist create it=20
    
Add a new value of type DWORD called DisableTaskMgr and set to 1 =

    
Exit registry editor 
  This can also be done using the policy editor 
  
    Start the Policy editor=20
    
Select the User, or edit the default User=20
    
Goto Shell/Restrictions and select "remove Taskbar from user" =

  To remove Task Manager for all users just rename taskmgr.exe to =
something=20
  else, or if it is on a NTFS partition you can set the permissions so =
normal=20
  users cannot access it.
  

  Q. How do I disable Window=20
  animation?
  A. Using TWEAKUI on the General tab, you can =
unselect=20
  "Window Animation" which will stop the animation when a window is=20
  minimized/restored. This can also be accomplished using the registry: =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Goto the key HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control =
Panel\Desktop\WindowMetrics=20
    
Double click MinAnimate=20
    
Set to 1 for normal animation, set to 0 for none=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Logout and login again (if you use TWEAKUI there is no need to =
logout)=20
    
  

  Q. How do I reduce/increase the delay =
for=20
  cascading menus?
  A. You can use TWEAKUI - Mouse tab and =
decrease/increase=20
  the menu time, however this can also be accomplished using the =
registry editor=20
  and changing the value HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control=20
  Panel\Desktop\MenuShowDelay.
  

  Q. How do I change the My Computer=20
  icon?
  A. This can be changed using Themes for NT or the =
Plus Tab=20
  of Display settings, however it can also be changed using the registry =
editor=20
  
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to the=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Classes\CLSID\{20D04FE0-3AEA-1069-A2D8-08002B=
30309D}\DefaultIcon=20

    
Double click on (Default)=20
    
Set to the icon required, e.g. "d:\Prog =
Files\Plus\Themes\John.ico,0".=20
    The 0 shows it is icon 1 in the file=20
    
Exit the registry editor 
  

  Q. How do I hide the "Network =
Neighborhood"=20
  icon?
  A. You can use TWEAKUI and on the "Desktop" tab =
unselect=20
  "Network Neighborhood". This can also be done using the registry: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit)=20
    
Move to the=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value.=20
    
Enter a name of NoNetHood and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Log off and log on and Network Neighborhood will be hidden =

  

  Q. Why can't I move any =
icons?
  A. It is possible to configure NT to autoarrange =
the=20
  icons, which means you cannot manually move them. To turn off this =
feature,=20
  right click on the desktop (anywhere where there is not a window), =
Arrange=20
  Icons, and unselect auto-arrange.
  

  Q. How can I disable the Right mouse=20
  button?
  A. For those systems running with Service Pack 2 =
or above,=20
  it is possible to disable the context menu as follows: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu, select New - DWord Value=20
    
Enter the name NoViewContextMenu and press enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set the value to 1 and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Logout and Login again 
  To remove this, just delete the value NoViewContextMenu and logout =
and=20
  login again (or set it to 0)
  

  Q. How do I change the colour used to =
display=20
  compressed files/directories?
  A. The colour used is stored in the registry in=20
  hexadecimal format, therefore before you try and change the colour you =
need to=20
  work out what the value is in hex. Usually you know a colour as an RGB =
value=20
  like 255,0,0 for red and to convert this to Hex use the calculator =
supplied=20
  with Windows NT (calc.exe) 
  
    Start the Calculator (Start - Run - Calc.exe)=20
    
From the View menu select scientific=20
    
Select Dec and enter in the first part of the RGB value=20
    
Click Hex and it will be displayed in Hex, e.g. 255 would show =
ff=20
    
Repeat for the G and B parts of the colour 
  You will now have a hex value for the colour, e.g. 255,128,0 would =
be ff,=20
  80, 0 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer =

    
Double Click on the AltColor value in the right hand pane=20
    
You will see the actual value as something like
0000 00 00 FF =
00=20
    ..y.
Ignore the set of four zeros, and only modify the 3 sets of =
numbers=20
    after that, i.e. the 00, 00 and FF, ignore the last 2. To edit click =
once to=20
    the right of the value you wish to change the press the backspace =
key and it=20
    will delete both parts of the number, then type in =
your new=20
    value.=20
    
Click OK and then close the registry editor=20
    
You will need to logoff and on again for the change to take =
effect.=20
  
  If you would prefer to avoid the registry, you can make the same =
change=20
  using the TweakUI utility 
  
    Start the TweakUI Control Panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - TweakUI)=20
    
Click on the explorer tab=20
    
At the bottom is shows the "color of compressed files" (why =
can't=20
    Americans spell Colour :-) ), click "Change Color"=20
    
You can now just select the colour you want, and click OK=20
    
Click OK=20
    
You will need to logoff and on again for the change to take =
effect=20
  
  

  Q. How can I configure the wallpaper to =
be=20
  displayed somewhere other than the center of the =
screen?
  A. It is possible to configure NT to display a =
wallpaper=20
  anywhere on the screen, however you have to manually update the =
registry 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop=20
    
From the Edit menu, select Add Value=20
    
Enter a name of WallpaperOriginX with a type of REG_SZ and click =
OK, you=20
    will then be prompted for a value, this is the number of pixels the =
left=20
    hand side of the image will be from the left side of the screen=20
    
Next select Add Value again from the Edit menu and this time the =
name=20
    WallpaperOriginY, click OK and enter the number of pixels the top of =
the=20
    image should be from the top of the screen=20
    
Logoff and on to see the change take effect 
  

  Q. How can I stop the "Click here to =
begin"=20
  message?
  A. There are 2 ways to accomplish this. If you =
have the=20
  TweakUI utility perform the following 
  
    Start the TweakUI Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - TweakUI)=20
    
Click the Explorer Tab=20
    
Deselect "Animated click here to begin"=20
    
Click OK 
  If you don't have TweakUI you will need to edit the registry =
directly 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
Double click on NoStartBanner and change to 01 00 00 00=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  

  Q. How can I get more room on the Task=20
  Bar?
  A. If you move the cursor over the top of the task =
bar it=20
  will turn into a double headed arrow. When the cursor is the double =
arrow hold=20
  down the left hand button and drag upwards and the task bar's area =
will be=20
  increased one row at a time. Likewise you can shrink it by dragging=20
  downwards.
  

  Q. How do I add the Control Panel to =
the Start=20
  Menu?
  A. Create a New folder under the start menu you =
wish to=20
  have it on. (administrator or All users) Name the New folder
  Control Panel.{21EC2020-3AEA-1069-A2DD-08002B30309D}
  Complete with the period, brackets and dashes. Once entered it will =

  automatically be renamed to Control Panel and unlike the Settings =
Control=20
  Panel it will be cascading meaning all control panel applets will be =
shown as=20
  sub-objects.
  If you have a problem, try pressing F5 to refresh the screen, or =
log off=20
  and on again.
  

  Q. How can I remove a program from the =
Open With=20
  when right clicking?
  A. Each entry in the "Open With" has an entry in =
the=20
  registry HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT called <extension>_auto_file, e.g.=20
  doc_auto_file for work. To remove the entry just delete the base=20
  <extension>_auto_file tree in the registry. If you were unsure =
you could=20
  use the following: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Search for the name of the exe you want to remove from the "Open =
With"=20
    menu=20
    
If a match is found, and its root is =
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT/xxx_auto_file=20
    then delete the tree HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT/xxx_auto_file=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  

  Q. How do I change the Internet =
Explorer=20
  icon?
  A. For Internet Explorer version prior to 4.0 =
follow the=20
  procedure below: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{FBF23B42-E3F0-101B-8488-00AA003E56F8}\DefaultIco=
n=20
    
Double click Default on the right hand side and change to the =
icon you=20
    require (use browse)=20
    
Select OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  There is a program called MicroAngelo available from http://www.iconstructions.com/ which=20
  automates this procedure.
  The solution above does not work for Internet Explorer 4.0 and =
above, the=20
  method is as follows: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{871C5380-42A0-1069-A2EA-08002B30309D}=20
    
From the Edit menu, select New - Key and enter the name of =
DefaultIcon=20
    and press Enter=20
    
Double click Default on the right hand side and change to the =
icon you=20
    require (use browse)=20
    
Select OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  There are some really nice IE icons at http://www.blably.com/icon=
structions/=20
  .
  

  Q. How do I add an item to the Right =
Click=20
  menu?
  A. Follow the procedures below: 
  
    Start the Registry Editor (REGEDIT.EXE)=20
    
Expand the HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT by clicking the plus sign=20
    
Scroll down and expand the Unknown subkey=20
    
Click on the Shell key and right click on it.=20
    
Select New from the pop-up menu and choose Key.=20
    
Enter the name you want to be displayed, e.g. the name of the=20
    application. Click Enter=20
    
Right click on the new subkey and click New. Again select Key =
and enter=20
    the name "Command" and click Enter=20
    
Click on the newly created Command and double click on =
"(Default)"=20
    
Enter the path and name of the executable with %1, =
i.e.
d:\program=20
    files\savedit\savedit.exe %1=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  When you right click on a file the new entry will be displayed.
  

  Q. Is it possible to move the Task=20
  bar?
  A. The Task bar can be moved any of the 4 sides, =
left,=20
  right, top and bottom. To move just single click on the task bar and =
drag to=20
  the side you wish the task bar to reside on.
  If you have lost the task bar just press Ctrl-Esc to redisplay.
  

  Q. How can I configure NT to display a =
thumbnail=20
  of bitmaps as the icon instead of the Paint icon?
  A. Perform the following, for best effect make =
explorer=20
  use large icons 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Paint.Picture\DefaultIcon=20
    
Double click on Default in the left hand pane, and change to %1, =
click=20
    OK=20
    
Close the registry editor. The change will take immediate =
effect.=20
  
  

  Q. Can I remove one of the startup =
folders on the=20
  Start Menu?
  A. Unfortunately no, one is your own user startup =
folder=20
  (%systemroot%\Profiles\<Username>\Start Menu\Programs\Startup) =
and the=20
  other is the All Users (%system root%\Profiles\All Users\Start=20
  Menu\Programs\Startup). Both are system files and therefore =
undeletable.
  It is possible to hide one or both of the startup =
folders=20
  by setting the hidden attribute on the folder:
  attrib +h %system root%\Profiles\<Username>\Start=20
  Menu\Programs\Startup
  A trick has been found to remove one of the startup menus by =
copying the=20
  All Users Startup group over the Administrator Startup group which =
then=20
  deletes the All Users startup group.
  To be precise you cannot delete either of the two Startup groups, =
the=20
  settings for both must exist, and the paths for both must exist.
  However the Startup group setting is independent of the Start Menu =
setting.=20
  The problem is the Microsoft defaults to putting the Startup group =
nested=20
  inside the Start Menu.
  Change the Startup group path in the registry (key=20
  =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Shel=
l=20
  Folders) to something like:
  %systemroot%\Profiles\<Username>\Startup
  You can leave the Start Menu path as:
  %systemroot%\Profiles\<Username>\Start Menu
  Any shortcuts existing in the Startup group will still get launched =
even=20
  though you do not see them in the StartMenu.
  

  Q. How can I clear the Run=20
  history?
  A. The Run history is stored in the registry in =
location=20
  =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\RunM=
RU as=20
  a series of values a-z. To delete an entry from the run menu perform =
the=20
  following: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\RunM=
RU=20
    
Select the entry you wish to remove, e.g. h=20
    
Press the Del key (or select Edit - Delete) and click Yes to the =

    confirmation=20
    
Double click the MRUList value and remove the letter you just =
deleted.=20
    Click OK to save the change=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  If you want to clear the whole Run list you can use the TweakUI =
utility=20

  
    Start the TweakUI control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - TweakUI)=20
    
Click the Paranoia tab :-)=20
    
Check the "Clear Run history at logon"=20
    
Click the "Clear Selected Items Now"=20
    
You can then either clear the check on "Clear Run history at =
logon" and=20
    click OK or leave it checked to automatically clear the Run at logon =


  

  Q. How can I remove the Documents=20
  menu?
  A. There is no way to remove the Documents menu =
from the=20
  Start button without Active Desktop installed and you have to empty it =
at the=20
  start of each session. With Windows 98 you can remove the Documents =
menu.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of NoFavoritesMenu and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Log off and on again and the Docuements menu is gone.
  For NT you will have to perform the following:
  The documents menu is actually the contents of=20
  %systemroot%\Profiles\<username>\Recent, e.g.=20
  d:\winnt\Profiles\savillj\Recent, and if you delete the contents of =
this=20
  folder then nothing will be shown in the documents menu. The easiest =
way to do=20
  this would be to create a batch file and place it in you startup group =

  
    Start Notepad=20
    
Enter into the file
del /q=20
    %systemroot%\Profiles\%username%\Recent\*.*
actually =
type=20
    the %systemroot% and %username% unless you are performing this on a =
Windows=20
    95 machine in which case you should type in real values.=20
    
Save the file as "deldoc.bat" (put the file name in quotes or =
notepad=20
    will add .txt to the end) in a directory of you choice=20
    
Start Explorer=20
    
Move to the folder you saved deldoc.bat to and right click on =
it.=20
    
Drag the file to the %systemroot%\Profiles\%username%\Start=20
    Menu\Programs\Startup (e.g. d:\winnt\Profiles\savillj\etc..) and =
release.=20
    Select "create shortcut here" from the displayed context menu =

  When you login from now on the batch file will be run and delete =
your=20
  Documents menu.
  The same effect can be gained if you have TweakUI installed by =
clicking the=20
  Paranoia tab and checking "Clear Document history at logon"
  If you have Active Desktop in NT 4.0 or Windows 2000 using TweakUI =
98,=20
  select the IE tab and unselect the 'Show Documents on Start Menu'. =
This can=20
  also be done by directly editing the registry and setting=20
  =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer\NoRecentDocsMenu=20
  to 1 (of type REG_BINARY).
  

  Q. How do I disable the context menu for the =
Start=20
  button?
  A. The context menu if displayed when you right click on an =
object.=20
  If you right click on the Start button you get options to start =
explorer, find=20
  etc. To disable this perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Directory\shell=20
    
Delete the keys under this, for example DosHere, find=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Folder\shell=20
    
Delete the keys under this, for example explore, open 
  Right clicking on Start will now have removed these options.
  To disable the context menu entirely perform the following
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD Value=20
    
Enter a name of NoTrayContextMenu and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. 
  To re-enable the Context menu you would set to 0. Logout and in =
again for=20
  this to take effect.
  

  Q. How do I change the Network Neighborhood=20
  icon?
  A. This can be changed using Themes for NT or the Plus Tab =
of=20
  Display settings, however it can also be changed using the registry =
editor=20

  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to the=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\CLSID\{208D2C60-3AEA-1069-A2D7-08002B=
30309D}\DefaultIcon=20

    
Double click on (Default)=20
    
Set to the icon required, e.g. "d:\Prog =
Files\Plus\Themes\John.ico,0".=20
    The 0 shows it is icon 1 in the file=20
    
Exit the registry editor 
  

  Q. How do I change the Recycle Bin =
icons?
  A. There are two icons for the Recycle bin, an empty and a =
full. To=20
  change them use the following
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to the=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\CLSID\{645FF040-5081-101B-9F08-00AA00=
2F954E}\DefaultIcon=20

    
To change the empty icon double click on Empty, to change the =
full icon=20
    double click on Full=20
    
Set to the icon required, e.g. "d:\Prog =
Files\Plus\Themes\John.ico,0".=20
    The 0 shows it is icon 1 in the file=20
    
Exit the registry editor 
  You can also change the icons using the Plus tab of Display =
properties.
  

  Q. How do I change the Briefcase =
icon?
  A. To change this icon perform the same as in Q.=20
  How do I change the Network Neighborhood icon? but use=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\CLSID\{85BBD920-42A0-1069-A2E4-08002B=
30309D}\DefaultIcon=20
  in step 2.
  

  Q. How can I get rid of the arrow over the=20
  shortcuts?
  A. You can remove the overlay by using TweakUI
  
    Start TweakUI control panel applet (Start - Settings - Control =
Panel -=20
    TweakUI)=20
    
Click the Explorer tab=20
    
Select the arrow type (Arrow, light arrow, none or custom)=20
    
Click Apply then OK=20
    
Close the TweakUI applet 
  You can also remove the arrow by editing the registry
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\lnkfile=20
    
Select IsShortcut and select Delete from the Edit menu=20
    
Restart the machine 
  

  Q. I have deleted the Recycle bin how can I =
recreate=20
  it?
  A. If you have TweakUI click the Desktop tab and check the =
"Recycle=20
  Bin" and click Apply then OK. If you do not have TweakUI you can =
re-add by=20
  directly updating the Registry:
  
    Start the Registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Des=
ktop\NameSpace=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - Key=20
    
Enter a name of "{645FF040-5081-101B-9F08-00AA002F954E}"=20
    
Select the new key and double click on (Default). Set to =
"Recycle Bin"=20
    and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Press F5 on the desktop for the Recycle bin to appear. =

  

  Q. I have deleted Internet Explorer from the =
desktop=20
  how can I recreate it?
  A. Again you can use TweakUI, select Desktop and check the =
"The=20
  Internet" box, click Apply then OK. Alternatively you can directly =
edit the=20
  registry:
  
    Start the Registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Des=
ktop\NameSpace=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - Key=20
    
Enter a name of "{FBF23B42-E3F0-101B-8488-00AA003E56F8}"=20
    
Select the new key and double click on (Default). Set to "The =
Internet"=20
    and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Press F5 on the desktop for the Internet Explorer icon to =
appear.=20
  
  

  Q. How can I add a shortcut to launch a =
screensaver on=20
  the desktop?
  A. Screensavers are just programs with a .scr extension. To =
create a=20
  shortcut of a screensaver perform the following:
  
    Start Explorer (Win+E, or Start - Programs - NT Explorer)=20
    
Move to the %systemroot%\system32 directory (e.g. =
d:\winnt\system32)=20
    
Find the .scr file of the screen saver (you could perform a =
search,=20
    Tools - Find - Folders of Files, enter a name of *.scr and unselect =
"Include=20
    subfolders", click Find Now)=20
    
Right click on one of them, drag it to the desktop, release the =
right=20
    mouse button and select "Create shortcut here"=20
    
Next right click on the new shortcut and select properties=20
    
In the target box add to the end "-s",=20
    e.g.
C:\WINNT\system32\sspipes.scr -s=20
    
Click OK 
  This screensaver would not be password protected.
  

  Q. How do I delete/rename the Inbox=20
  icon?
  A. When you right click on the Inbox icon it's =
context=20
  menu does not display a rename or delete option as on other desktop=20
  shortcuts/components. To add the rename option perform the following: =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe, don't user regedit.exe) =

    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{00020D75-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}\ShellFolde=
r=20
    
Double click on the Attributes value in the right hand pane=20
    
Change from 72000000 to 50000000=20
    
Click OK 
  If you right click on the Inbox icon you now have a rename =
option.
  If you want to be able to delete the icon change the Attributes =
value to=20
  60000000 by following the procedure above. You can =
now delete=20
  by right clicking on the icon and select Delete. Click Yes to the=20
  confirmation.
  You may want to avoid manually updating the registry and you can =
delete the=20
  icon by using the TweakUI utility. If you have TweakUI installed =
perform the=20
  following: 
  
    Start the TweakUI control panel applet (Start - settings - =
control panel=20
    - TweakUI)=20
    
Click the Desktop tab=20
    
Unselect the "Inbox" box and click Apply then OK 
  

  Q. I have deleted the Inbox icon, how can I =
recreate=20
  it?
  A. If you have TweakUI click the Desktop tab and check the =
"Inbox"=20
  and click Apply then OK. If you do not have TweakUI you can re-add by =
directly=20
  updating the Registry:
  
    Start the Registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Des=
ktop\NameSpace=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - Key=20
    
Enter a name of "{00020D75-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}"=20
    
Select the new key and double click on (Default). Set to "Inbox" =
and=20
    click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Press F5 on the desktop for the Inbox icon to appear 
  

  Q. How can I stop and start Explorer (the=20
  shell)?
  A. Explorer is just a process so you can stop the Explorer =
process=20
  and then start a new one. You should use caution with this though and =
you will=20
  also lose the service type icons on the taskbar when Explorer =
restarts.
  
    Right click on the task bar and select Task Manager=20
    
Click the Processes tab, select explorer and click "End Process" =

    
Click the Applications tab and click "New Task"=20
    
Enter a name of explorer and click OK=20
    
Close Task Manager 
  

  Q. How do I enable the mouse =
snap-to?
  A. Is it possible to configure windows to move the mouse to =
the=20
  default button to speed up general operations. To enable this perform =
the=20
  following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Mouse=20
    
If the value SnapToDefaultButton exists goto step 4, otherwise =
select=20
    New - String Value from edit value and enter a name of =
SnapToDefaultButton=20
    (watch the case).=20
    
Double click on the value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Logoff and on for the change to take effect 
  This can also be accomplished using the Mouse control panel applet, =
select=20
  the "StepSavers" tab and check the SnapTo box if you have the =
IntelliMouse=20
  software installed or select the Motion tab and check the "Snap Mouse =
to the=20
  default button in dialog" box if you don't. Click Apply then OK and =
you won't=20
  have to reboot.
  

  Q. How do I enable X Windows-Style=20
  auto-raise?
  A. Is it possible to configure windows so when you move the =
mouse=20
  over a window it will come into focus:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Mouse=20
    
If the value ActiveWindowTracking exists goto step 4, otherwise =
select=20
    New - DWORD Value from edit value and enter a name of =
ActiveWindowTracking=20
    (watch the case).=20
    
Double click on the value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Logoff and on for the change to take effect 
  An undesirable side-effect of this is when turning on =
X-Windows-style=20
  auto-raise, Netscape Navigator button-based menus (ie, for bookmarks, =
etc) do=20
  not work at all because auto-raise causes somewhat of an infinite loop =
between=20
  the browser and its menus (which are implemented as windows).
  

  Q. How do I remove a template from the New=20
  menu?
  A. If you select New within, for example, Explorer you will =
be given=20
  a large list of document templates that have registered themselves on =
your=20
  machine.
  If you would like to trim away some of these perform the =
following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT=20
    
Move to the file extension of the template you no longer want to =
be=20
    displayed, e.g. .s3d for Simply 3D, .psp for Paint Shop Pro, .doc =
for Word=20
    
If the template appears on the New menu there will be a subkey,=20
    ShellNew. Select this key and press DEL. Click YES to the =
confirmation=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  It will now be removed from the new menu (you will have to restart =
Explorer=20
  if it is running so it reloads in the registry information).
  

  Q. I don't have the new item on my desktop =
context=20
  menu.
  A. If when you right click on the desktop there is no "New" =
item=20
  perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Directory\Background\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key and enter a name of New. =
Press Enter=20

    
Move to New=20
    
Double click on the default value and enter data=20
    "{D969A300-E7FF-11d0-A93B-00A0C90F2719}" (don't type the quotes)=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  You should now have a New item on the desktop context menu. A =
reboot is not=20
  needed.
  

  Q. How do I remove the Favorites branch of =
the Start=20
  menu?
  A. If you wish to remove your Favorites from the Start menu =
perform=20
  the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of NoFavoritesMenu and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Log off and on again and voila, the Favorites menu is gone.
  

  Q. How do I disable the logoff =
buttons?
  A. If you wish to disable the logoff buttons on the Start =
menu/NT=20
  Security dialog perform the following
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of NoLogoff and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  The change takes immediate effect. To undo simply set to the value =
to=20
0.
  

  Q. How do I stop the default Shortcut to =
text added to=20
  new shortcuts? 
  A. Perform the registry change as described below to stop =
the=20
  "Shortcut to" being prefixed to the name of your shortcuts.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32, not regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer =

    
Double click on link=20
    
Change to 00000000 and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Log off and in again for the change to take effect 
  

  Q. How do I modify the shortcut =
arrow? 
  A. Perform the registry change as described below to modify =
the=20
  arrow used on shortcuts
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32 or regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\She=
ll=20
    Icons=20
    
Double click on 29=20
    
Change to the name of the icon, icon number, e.g. =
"shell32.dll,30" is a=20
    big arrow=20
    
Close OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  The above change would then take effect at next logon.
  To avoid the logoff you could modify an icon related entry, make =
the screen=20
  repaint by changing the background and set back, e.g.=20
  HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop\WindowMetrics\Shell Icon =
Size.
  If the Shell Icons\29 value does not exist then you will need to =
create the=20
  Shell Icons branch and then create the 29 value of type String, told =
you that=20
  your hands would get dirty
  A better way is to use TweakUI to perform the above arrow =
change.
  

  Q. How can I set the default view for all=20
  drives/folders?
  A. Set the view to what you want (perhaps "Details") and =
close the=20
  window while holding the Ctrl key.
  

  Q. How can I stop my environment changes =
being saved=20
  when I logoff? 
  A. By default when you Logoff, Windows stores your settings =
into=20
  your profile and this includes any open Explorer windows, position =
changes=20
  etc. It is possible to stop NT saving these settings:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select "New - DWORD value". Enter a name of=20
    "NoSaveSettings"=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1 
  When you logoff any open windows will not be reopened and savings =
will not=20
  be saved. This setting can also be set domain wide using the policy=20
editor.
  
    Start the policy editor (poledit.exe)=20
    
Open your domains policy (or create a new one)=20
    
Double click Default User=20
    
Expand Shell - Restrictions=20
    
Check the 'Don't save settings at exit'=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Save the policy to the netlogon share of the domain controllers. =


  

  Q. How can I enable Hi-Colour =
icons?
  A. If you run the Desktop control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
  Control Panel - Desktop) and select the Plus! tab you can check the =
box "Show=20
  icons using all possible colors" to get better resolution icons, =
however this=20
  can also be done by directly editing the registry (if you don't have =
the Plus!=20
  tab or if you wish to perform via a logon script etc.)
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop\WindowMetrics=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - String Value=20
    
Enter a name of "Shell Icon BPP" (don't type the quotes) and =
press enter=20

    
Double click the new value and set to 16 if you have a 16 bit =
graphic=20
    card or 24 for 24 bit graphics cards. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Pressing F5 to refresh your screen should make the change take =
effect, if=20
  not reboot.
  

  Q. How can I configure the wallpaper to =
stretch across=20
  the screen?
  A. If you run the Desktop control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
  Control Panel - Desktop) and select the Plus! tab you can check the =
box=20
  "Stretch desktop wallpaper to fill the screen" to force the wallpaper =
to fill=20
  the entire screen, however this can also be done by directly editing =
the=20
  registry (if you don't have the Plus! tab or if you wish to perform =
via a=20
  logon script etc.)
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - String Value=20
    
Enter a name of "WallpaperStyle" (don't type the quotes) and =
press enter=20

    
Double click the new value and set to 2 if you want the =
wallpaper to be=20
    stretched or 0 for normal display. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  To make the change take effect either logoff and then logon or run =
the=20
  Desktop control panel applet and change anything to make it refresh =
the=20
  screen. 
  

  Q. How can I configure dialog box content to =
be shown=20
  while dragging windows?
  A. If you run the Desktop control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
  Control Panel - Desktop) and select the Plus! tab you can check the =
box "Show=20
  window contents while dragging". This can also be done by directly =
editing the=20
  registry (if you don't have the Plus! tab or if you wish to perform =
via a=20
  logon script etc.)
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop=20
    
If a value DragFullWindows does not exist from the Edit menu =
select New=20
    - String Value, enter a name of "DragFullWindows" (don't type the =
quotes)=20
    and press enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Set to 0 to disable. =
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  To make the change take effect either logoff and then logon or =
reboot the=20
  machine.
  

  Q. How can I configure Font =
smoothing?
  A. If you run the Desktop control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
  Control Panel - Desktop) and select the Plus! tab you can check the =
box=20
  "Smooth edges of screen fonts". This can also be done by directly =
editing the=20
  registry (if you don't have the Plus! tab or if you wish to perform =
via a=20
  logon script etc.)
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop=20
    
If a value FontSmoothing does not exist from the Edit menu =
select New -=20
    String Value, enter a name of "FontSmoothing" (don't type the =
quotes) and=20
    press enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 2. Set to 0 to disable. =
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  To make the change take effect either logoff and then logon or =
reboot the=20
  machine.
  

  Q. How can I modify the grace timeout for =
password=20
  protected screensavers?
  A. When a password protected screen saver starts there is a =
grace=20
  period before a password needs to be entered to deactivate. This can =
be=20
  changed as follows:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon=20
    
From the edit menu select New - String Value from the Edit menu=20
    
Enter a name of ScreenSaverGracePeriod and press Enter=20
    
Double click and set to the number of seconds grace period. =
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  

  Q. How can I minimize all open =
windows?
  A. To minimize all open Windows press <Win key> + M. =
To=20
  restore press <Win key> + <shift> + M
  

  Q. How can I configure logoff to show on the =
Start=20
  menu in Windows 2000?
  A. This is normally done by selecting 'Taskbar & Start =
Menu...'=20
  from the Settings menu of the Start button, select the 'Start Menu =
Options'=20
  and check the ' Display Logoff' option.
  You can also accomplish this by directly editing the registry:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Adva=
nced=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value and enter a name of=20
    StartMenuLogoff (if it does not exist)=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Logoff and then logon 
  

  Q. How can I configure Control Panel to =
cascade on the=20
  Start menu in Windows 2000?
  A. This is normally done by selecting 'Taskbar & Start =
Menu...'=20
  from the Settings menu of the Start button, select the 'Start Menu =
Options'=20
  and check the 'Expand Control Panel' option.
  You can also accomplish this by directly editing the registry:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Adva=
nced=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - String value and enter a name of =

    CascadeControlPanel (if it does not exist)=20
    
Double click the new value and set to YES=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Logoff and then logon 
  

  Q. How can I remove the Scheduled Tasks icon =
from My=20
  Computer?
  A. The Scheduled Tasks icon can be removed by editing the =
registry=20
  as follows:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\MyC=
omputer\NameSpace=20

    
Select {D6277990-4C6A-11CF-8D87-00AA0060F5BF}=20
    
This step is optional but from the Registry menu select "Export =
Registry=20
    File". Enter a name for the reg file which will be created. This =
file will=20
    allow you to automatically undo this if you wish.=20
    
Press the Del key to delete the key.=20
    
Click Yes to the deletion confirmation dialog=20
    
Scheduled Tasks will no longer be visible from My Computer =

  To restore it using your reg file just double click on the reg file =
from=20
  Explorer and scheduled tasks will be restored.
  

  Q. How can I configure the Administrative =
Tools to=20
  show on the Start menu?
  A. By default under Windows 2000 Professional the =
Administrative=20
  Tools branch is not shown and it is on the Windows 2000 Server, =
Advanced=20
  Server and Datacenter products.
  It can be configured as follows:
  
    Start the 'Taskbar and Start menu' configuration (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Taskbar and Start menu)=20
    
Select the 'Start Menu Options' tab=20
    
Check or uncheck the 'Display Administrative Tools'=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  This updates the registry entry=20
  =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Adva=
nced\StartMenuAdminTools=20
  to either NO or YES.
  

  Q. How can I recreate 'My Briefcase' if I =
deleted=20
  it?
  A. To recreate the My Briefcase icon on your desktop just =
type the=20
  command
  syncapp
  Either from a CMD.EXE session or the RUN box.
  You can also recreate by right clicking on the desktop and =
selecting New -=20
  Briefcase.
  

  Q. How do I use My Briefcase?
  A. My Briefcase allows you to synchronize multiple copies of =
files=20
  and keeps track of changes such as modifications, additions and =
deletions.
  The normal usage method is as follows:
  
    Insert a floppy disk into your computer=20
    
Create a new briefcase on the disk (from Explorer select the =
drive, File=20
    - New - Briefcase). By default it will be called 'New Briefcase' but =
you can=20
    rename by selecting and pressing F2.=20
    
Copy the files from your hard disk to the new briefcase=20
    
You can now edit the files on the floppy to the hard disk. The =
files on=20
    the floppy can also be edited on other computers 
  To sync the folders after making any changes open the briefcase in =
Explorer=20
  and click the 'Update All' button or select from the briefcase menu. =
Any=20
  modifications will be displayed and you have the option to perform the =
actual=20
  update.
  
  If you would actually like to be able to edit the files local on =
different=20
  machines then you should perform the following:
  
    Insert a floppy disk=20
    
Move the files you wish to keep synchronized to the floppy disk=20
    
Create a briefcase on the local hard disk=20
    
Copy the files from the floppy to the local briefcase=20
    
Repeat steps 3 and 4 on the other machine 
  You would now edit the files locally from the briefcase folder =
which would=20
  be synchronized with the floppy disk. You would have two briefcases, =
one on=20
  each machine. To synchronize you would select Update All after =
selecting the=20
  briefcase on the hard disk and inserting the floppy disk with the =
original=20
  files on.
  If two computers are connected via a network just create a =
briefcase on one=20
  machine which is accessible via a network share to the other and copy =
the=20
  files accordingly.
  If you create a briefcase on a hard disk and wish to move to a =
floppy do=20
  NOT copy it, you must MOVE or the associations between the files will =
be=20
  lost.
  

  Q. How can I avoid having to click 'Show =
Files' in=20
  2000's Explorer all the time?
  A. In Windows 2000 certain directories content is =
automatically=20
  hidden (such as the %systemroot%, system32 etc folder) to avoid the =
user=20
  accidentally corrupting the system. In order to see the files you have =
to=20
  click the 'Show Files' text.
  
  If you know what you are doing this can get annoying quickly and =
you can=20
  disable this as follows:
  
    Start Explorer (Win + E or right click My Computer and select =
Explore)=20
    
From the Tools menu select Folder Options=20
    
On the View tab select 'Show hidden files and folders'. Click OK =

    
Move to the %systemroot% directory (e.g. c:\winnt)=20
    
Click 'Show Files'=20
    
Rename the Desktop.ini file to something else, e.g. =
Desktopbak.ini=20
  Repeat for any other folders such as %systemroot%\system32 =
and=20
  'program files'=20
  

  Q. How do I add the Dial Up Networking =
to the=20
  Start Menu?
  A. Create a New folder under the start menu you =
wish to=20
  have it on (administrator, All users or your specific profile), for =
example=20
  'c:\winnt\Profiles\savillj\Start Menu' Name the New folder:
  Dial Up=20
  Net.{992CffA0-F557-101A-88EC-00DD010CCC48}
  Complete with the period, brackets and dashes. Once entered it will =

  automatically be renamed to 'Dial Up Net' and unlike the Settings Dial =
Up=20
  Networking it will be cascading meaning all dial up connections will =
be shown=20
  as sub-objects.
  If you have a problem, try pressing F5 to refresh the screen, or =
log off=20
  and on again.
  

  Q. How do I add the Printers Settings =
applet to=20
  the Start Menu?
  A. Create a New folder under the start menu you =
wish to=20
  have it on (administrator, All users or your specific profile), for =
example=20
  'c:\winnt\Profiles\savillj\Start Menu' Name the New folder:
  Printers.{2227A280-3AEA-1069-A2DE-08002B30309D}

  Complete with the period, brackets and dashes. Once entered it will =

  automatically be renamed to 'Printers' and unlike the Settings =
Printers it=20
  will be cascading meaning all printers will be shown as =
sub-objects.
  
  If you have a problem, try pressing F5 to refresh the screen, or =
log off=20
  and on again.
  

  Q. How can I remove an item from the =
New context=20
  menu?
  A. Many applications such as Office and other =
document=20
  based programs may add options to the New context menu. This can slow =
down the=20
  system since IE 4 as to generate this list it has to fetch the icons =
for each=20
  of the documents.
  
  Its possible to remove items from the new context menu by =
performing the=20
  following:
  
    Identify the file extension for the context menu item, for =
example obd=20
    for Microsoft Office Binder (if you are unsure of the extension just =
create=20
    a document of the type then check the extension)=20
    
Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.<extension>, =
e.g.HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.obd=20

    
Delete or rename the ShellNew key. It may not always be at the =
root of=20
    the key, for example to disable .obd I had to goto=20
    HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.obd\Office.Binder.9\ShellNew.=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
The context item should no longer be displayed 
  This can also be accomplished using the TweakUI utility.
  

  Q. How can I check for dead shortcuts =
on my=20
  system?
  A. The Windows 2000 resource kit supplies =
Chklnks.exe=20
  which will check all your systems shortcuts and if the target of the =
shortcut=20
  is not found it will give the option to delete one or all of the dead=20
  shortcuts.
  To use just start the Chklnks.exe application, click Next and =
select the=20
  dead shortcuts to remove.
  
  The utility also runs on NT 4 boxes with no obvious problems.
  

  Q. How can I add a Encrypt/Decrypt =
option to the=20
  context menu?
  A. Its possible to add a context menu option to=20
  encrypt/decrypt files by adding the following registry key:
  
    Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Adv=
anced=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of EncryptionContextMenu and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the computer for the change to take effect (or you can =
start Task=20
    Manager and stop explorer.exe and start a new occurance) 
  If you now right click on a file/folder Encrypt will be listed for=20
  non-encrypted files, Decrypt for encrypted files.
  
  Click=20
  here to download a reg file which makes the change =
automatically.
  

  Q. How can I add a Copy to Folder =
option to the=20
  context menu?
  A. Its possible to add a context menu option to =
copy a=20
  file to a folder by adding the following registry key:
  
    Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\AllFilesystemObjects\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key=20
    
Enter a name of 'Copy To' (don't type the quotes) and press =
Enter=20
    
Move to the 'Copy To' :-) key and double click on the (Default) =
value=20
    
Set to {C2FBB630-2971-11D1-A18C-00C04FD75D13}. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart Explorer for the change to take effect (you don't need =
to=20
    reboot) 
  If you now right click on a file/folder an option to copy to folder =
will be=20
  listed.
  
  C=
lick=20
  here to download a reg file which makes the change =
automatically.
  

  Q. How can I add a Move to Folder =
option to the=20
  context menu?
  A. Its possible to add a context menu option to =
move a=20
  file to a folder by adding the following registry key:
  
    Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\AllFilesystemObjects\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - Key=20
    
Enter a name of 'Move To' (don't type the quotes) and press =
Enter=20
    
Move to the 'Move To' :-) key and double click on the (Default) =
value=20
    
Set to {C2FBB631-2971-11D1-A18C-00C04FD75D13}. Click OK
=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart Explorer for the change to take effect (you don't need =
to=20
    reboot) 
  If you now right click on a file/folder an option to move to folder =
will be=20
  listed.
  C=
lick=20
  here to download a reg file which makes the change =
automatically.
  

  Q. The Outlook/Exchange client takes a =
long time=20
  to start.
  A. Sometimes the protocol binding for Exchange can =
be=20
  wrong if more than one protocol is installed, for example if you have =
NetBEUI=20
  and TCP/IP installed, and you connect to the Exchange server via =
TCP/IP, you=20
  need to ensure TCP/IP is first in the binding order, otherwise =
Exchange will=20
  attempt to communicate via NetBEUI initially. To check/set perform the =

  following: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Exchange\Exchange =
Provider=20

    
In the right hand pane, double click Rpc_Binding_Order=20
    
A dialog box will be shown containing a text string of the =
installed=20
    protocols separated by commas. You can move items, for example, you =
may want=20
    to move ncacn_ip_tcp (TCP/IP) to the front if you connect over =
TCP/IP. Make=20
    sure you keep them separated by commas!=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Stop and start Exchange/Outlook 
  

  Q. How can I stop Outlook dialing my =
Internet=20
  Account on Startup?
  A. Perform the following: 
  
    Start the Mail Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - Control =
Panel -=20
    Mail)=20
    
Click the Services tab=20
    
Select "Internet E-mail" service and click properties=20
    
Click the connection tab=20
    
Check the "Work Offline and use Remote Mail"=20
    
Close the dialog boxes=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  

  Q. How do I install =
Exchange?
  A. The following instructions are to install =
Exchange 5.0=20
  
  
    Insert the Exchange CD-ROM into the computer=20
    
Run <CD-ROM>\setup\i386\setup.exe (Start - Run)=20
    
You may want to change the destination folder by clicking the =
"Change=20
    Directory" button=20
    
Click the Custom Button=20
    
Select the components you wish to install, you will only be able =
to=20
    install the Active Server Page extensions if you have IIS 3.0 with =
ASP=20
    installed.=20
    
Click OK to continue=20
    
Select your licensing method and click OK, check the "I agree" =
box and=20
    click OK=20
    
Assuming this is the first Exchange server, click the "Create =
new site"=20
    and you should enter the organization and site name, click OK=20
    
You need to select the Exchange admin account, by default the =
account=20
    you are currently logged on as will be displayed, however it is a =
good idea=20
    to have a separate Exchange Admin account (make sure it has "Log on =
as a=20
    service" and "Restore files and directories" rights). Enter the =
password for=20
    the account selected and click OK=20
    
Once the installation is completed you will be asked if you want =
to run=20
    the optimizer utility, click "run optimizer" or exit. 
  It is a good idea to have a large pagefile.sys when running =
Exchange, a=20
  good size would be the amount of memory plus 100.
  

  Q. How do I enable the Exchange Active =
Server=20
  Pages?
  A. This functionality is new in 5.0, and enables a =
user to=20
  view their exchange mailbox from an Internet browser, such as Internet =

  Explorer or Netscape. Before the Exchange Active Server Pages =
extension can be=20
  installed, there are two pre-requisites 
  
    Must have Internet Information Server (IIS) 3.0 installed=20
    
Must have the Active Server Pages add-on for IIS 3.0 installed =

  NT Server 4.0 ships with IIS 2.0, therefore assuming you have not =
upgraded=20
  your system since then you will need to perform the following 
  
    The upgrade to IIS 3.0 is part of Service Pack 3 for NT 4.0, =
therefore=20
    you should install this service pack=20
    
Once the machine has rebooted install the Active Server Pages =
extensions=20
    (these are included on the Service Pack 3 CD-ROM,=20
    \winnt400\Iis30\Asp\I386\Asp.exe)=20
    
Run the Exchange setup program and select Add/Remove components=20
    
Check the box "Active Server Components" and click continue=20
    
The setup program will then continue as normal 
  Once this has finished, you will be able to connect to your =
Exchange=20
  mailbox by entering the URL
  http://<Exchange server>/exchange
  You then need to enter you Exchange alias and then click the "click =
here"=20
  text.
  

  Q. How do I use the Exchange Optimizer=20
  utility?
  A. After you install Exchange you are prompted to =
run the=20
  Exchange Optimizer utility, however it can also be run afterwards: =

  
    From the Microsoft Exchange folder choose Microsoft Exchange =
Optimizer=20
    
A dialog will be shown asking permission to stop the Exchange =
services,=20
    click Next=20
    
Next the user and server configuration dialog will be shown and =
you=20
    should enter details of the number of users and how the server will =
be=20
    configured. Also a Limit memory option is available, by default =
Exchange=20
    will use as much memory as it needs, however if you have other apps =
running=20
    on the server you may wish to limit the memory Exchange can use, the =
minimum=20
    is 24MB, but you are recommended to use a limit of 32MB. Click Next =
to=20
    continue=20
    
The application will then test your disks to decide where best =
to place=20
    the Exchange database files and then click Next=20
    
A dialog will be shown with the new recommended file locations =
and click=20
    Next=20
    
If files are being relocated then make sure the box on the new =
dialog is=20
    checked and click Next=20
    
Finally click Finish 
  

  Q. How can I convert mail system X to=20
  Exchange?
  A. Exchange is supplied with a migration wizard =
which can=20
  convert the following mail systems to Exchange 
  
    MsMail for PC Networks=20
    
Lotus cc:Mail=20
    
Novell Groupwise=20
    
Collabra Share 
  The wizard is in the Microsoft Exchange folder and below is an =
example of=20
  converting a MsMail Postoffice 
  
    Start the Migration Wizard (Start - Programs - Microsoft =
Exchange -=20
    Microsoft Exchange Migration Wizard)=20
    
Select MsMail for PC Networks and click Next=20
    
Click Next to the dialog box that explains how MsMail and =
Exchange can=20
    coexist=20
    
Enter the Path to the MsMail post office and the Administrator =
account=20
    name and password for the Postoffice, then click Next=20
    
Select "One step Migration" and click Next=20
    
Select the type of information you want to import and click Next =

    
Click "Select All" to migrate all users and click Next=20
    
Enter the name of the Exchange server to store the new accounts =
and=20
    messages. Click Next=20
    
You will now need to select the type of access for the shares MS =
Mail=20
    folders, the common one is "Author access: read, create, edit items" =
and=20
    click Next=20
    
Select the recipient container and template (optional), click =
Next=20
    
Finally choose the type of passwords to create for the new =
Windows NT=20
    accounts that will be created from the MS Mail mailboxes. In a multi =
domain=20
    environment you must select the domain for the new accounts. Click =
Next to=20
    begin the conversion.=20
    
A process box will be displayed showing the progress, once =
completed a=20
    dialog will be displayed and click OK to complete. 
  

  Q. How can I create shortcut on the =
desktop with=20
  the "to" field completed?
  A. As you may be aware, if you enter the=20
  command
exchng32 /n
This creates a =
blank new=20
  message, however it is not possible to specify a qualifier containing=20
  information to the content. A workaround to this is the following 
  
    Start Exchange/Outlook and create a new message=20
    
Fill in information for the to: field, cc: field etc.=20
    
Instead of sending select Save As from the file menu=20
    
Select the Save As type as "Message Format" and enter a file =
name and=20
    location (the default extension is .msg). Click Save=20
    
Start Explorer (Win Key + E, or Start - Programs - Explorer)=20
    
Move to the directory you saved the Message Format file to and =
right=20
    click on the file=20
    
While holding down the right mouse button drag to the desktop =
and=20
    release the button, from the context menu displayed select "Create =
shortcut=20
    here" 
  If you now double click on the desktop message icon it will create =
a new=20
  message which you can edit and then send with information already =
filled=20
  in!
  

  Q. NT Server hangs at shutdown if User =
Manager is=20
  running.
  A. This is caused by an Exchange dll file which is =
used by=20
  User Manager, to fix this perform the following 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Network\UMAddOns=20
    
Click on Mailumx and click the DEL key=20
    
Click yes to the confirmation 
  

  Q. How can I send a mail message from =
the command=20
  line?
  A. You need to use the MAPISEND.EXE utility that =
is=20
  supplied with the Exchange Resource kit. The component you are =
interested in=20
  is the admin part.
  Copy the MAPISEND.EXE from the restored path (i386\admin\mapisend) =
to an=20
  area of your choice. The usage is simple as long as the exchange =
client is=20
  installed on the computer already (outlook is also OK).
  mapisend -u "<profile>" -p <anything> -r=20
  <recipient> -s "<subject>" -t <text file containing the =

  message>
e.g. mapisend -u "john savill" -p anything -r=20
  john@savilltech.com -s "Test message" -t c:\message\mail4.txt
  This is just an example usage, and you may not be sure what you =
profile=20
  name is so instead of using -u and -p, use just -i and this allows =
interactive=20
  login and will also allow you to create a profile =
which you=20
  can then use in future. The full list of switches are
  
    
    
      -u
      Profile name (user mailbox) of sender
    
      -p
      Login password
    
      -i
      Interactive login (prompts for profile and=20
    password)
    
      -r
      Recipient(s) (multiples must be separated by ';' =

        and
must not be ambiguous in default address book.)
    
      -c
      Specifies mail copy list (cc: list)
    
      -s
      Subject line
    
      -m
      Specifies contents of the mail message, this is =
ignored=20
        if -t is specified
    
      -t
      Specifies text file for contents of the mail=20
    message
    
      -f
      Path and file name(s) to attach to =
message
    
      -v
      Generates an 8 line summary of the sent=20
    message
  In all cases if the passing parameter is more than one word it =
should be=20
  enclosed in quotes.
  

  Q. What files does Exchange=20
use?
  A. Below is a list of the more common files used =
by=20
  Exchange
  
    
    
      File
      Directory
      Use
    
      Priv.pat Pub.pat
      Mdbdata
      Patch files, safe to delete if no backup is =
taking place=20
        and no startup recovery is in operation
    
      Dir.pat
      DsaData
      Patch files, as above
    
      Dlv.log Snd.log Dlvxxxxx.log Sndxxxxx.log
      Mdbdata
      These are created when Sending and Delivering=20
        diagnostics logging for either the private and public =
information stores=20
        are set. These can be deleted at any time. Dlv.log and Snd.log =
are the=20
        most recent logs created. 
    
      PUB.EDB PRIV.EDB
      MDBdata
      Information store
    
      DIR.EDB
      DSAdata
      Directory information
    
      EDB.LOG
       
      Transaction Log
    
      EDB00nn.LOG
       
      Previous Transaction Logs
    
      EDB.CHK
       
      Check Point file
    
      RES1.LOG RES2.LOG
       
      Emergency logs for when disk is full
    
      TEMP.EDB
       
      In progress =
transaction
  

  Q. How can I change the location of my mail =
file in=20
  Outlook 98?
  A. Your messages are stored in a .pst file, and by default =
this is=20
  kept in your personal profile space (%systemroot%/Profiles/<user=20
  name>/Application Data/Microsoft/Outlook). This is fine unless you =
use=20
  roaming files which mean you mail file is stored on a central server =
taking up=20
  space.
  Fortunately moving you mail file is easy.
  
    Stop Outlook if it is running=20
    
Move to you profile area and move your .pst file to another =
location=20
    (e.g. c:\savillj\outlook). Make sure the .pst file is no longer =
under your=20
    profile=20
    
Start Outlook. It will give an error "The file <filename> =
could=20
    not be found". Click OK=20
    
You can now browse to where you moved the file to. Select the =
.pst file=20
    and click Open.=20
    
Outlook will then start as normal. 
  What this actually does is update one registry key,=20
  HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows =
NT\CurrentVersion\Windows=20
  Messaging Subsystem\Profiles\Microsoft Outlook Internet=20
  Settings\14780fd532f9d11181cc00600851c569\001e6700 and its value =
is the=20
  name and location of the .pst file.
  

  Q. How can I reduce the size of my mail=20
  file?
  A. When you delete files from your mail file the space is =
usually=20
  not cleared away and your mail file may actually grow! To reclaim the =
wasted=20
  space you can "compact" the mail database. The information below is =
for=20
  Outlook 98 but previous versions have similar functions.
  
    Start Outlook 98=20
    
From the view menu select "Folder List"=20
    
In the folder list pane right click on the root folder (Personal =

    Folders) and select Properties from the context menu=20
    
Click the Advanced button from the Personal Folders Properties =
dialog=20
    box=20
    
Click the "Compact Now" button. The database will now be =
compacted=20
    
Click OK to all dialog boxes to return to Outlook 98 
  If you find the mail file has not been substantially reduced in =
size it may=20
  be there is no redundant information or you may need to run the =
compaction a=20
  couple more times as sometimes the process does not work 100%.
  

  Q. I have a bad message in my POP3 mail box =
, how can=20
  I remove it/read POP using TELNET?
  A. It is possible to connect to a POP3 mailbox using Telnet =
so you=20
  should connect via telnet and delete the problem message.
  
    Telnet to the pop3 mail server on port 110
C:\> =
telnet=20
    <pop3 mail server> 110
e.g. telnet =
pop.savilltech.com 110=20
    (this does not exist so don't bother!)
Once you connet you will =
get a +OK=20
    prompt=20
    
Tell the pop3 server your username (the name you usually logon=20
    as)
user john=20
    
Now tell the server your password
pass =
password=20
    
You will now be logged in and to see how many messages you have =
enter=20
    the word STAT which will tell you the number and size of the =
messages.=20
    
To get a list of each message type LIST.=20
    
To view the contents of a message use
retr <message =

    number>
or to view just the header type
top =

    <message number> 0=20
    
Once you find the problem just delete it using the DELE=20
    comamdn
dele <message number>=20
    
Finally to exit just type QUIT 
  This is obviously useful in a number of scerios and you could use =
it just=20
  to read you mail if you did not have access to a mail client.
  Below is an example of the above in action.
  
  

  Q. How can I send mail to a SMTP server =
using=20
  Telnet?
  A. As with POP3, SMTP messages can also be sent using telnet =
by=20
  connecting to port 25 on the SMTP server, e.g.
  C:\> telnet smtp.savilltech.com 25
  Once connected you optionally announce to the server who you are =
(this is=20
  needed for some SMTP servers)
  helo <domain>
e.g. helo savilltech.com
  vrfy <user account>
e.g. vrfy john
  Once you are verified you can commence to write an e-mail message. =
The=20
  first command is mail and you specify who it is from, e.g.
  mail from:<billg@microsoft.com>
  The address has to be in <>. Next you have to specify =
who will=20
  be receiving the message using rcpt, e.g.
  rcpt to:<john@savilltech.com>
  The from and to have been completed you can start the body of the =
message=20
  using the data command. You have to create the header =
information in=20
  the first lines of the message. Once you have completed the message =
enter a=20
  '.' on a blank link and the message will be sent. Below is an example =
creating=20
  a message.
  
  As you can see I entered a from, date, to and a subject and then =
entered=20
  the body of the text. Make sure you don't make a mistake as if you =
backspace=20
  this is enterpreted as a bad character and will be rejected. If a =
message is=20
  rejected a rejection will be send to the address specified in the =
"mail=20
  from:<...>" and for this reason you should only ever put your =
e-mail=20
  address. Although I have used a different address as a joke you should =
NEVER=20
  do this.
  Below is how the message looks when received in Outlook 98:
  
  The above shows how easy it is to send a message and make it look =
from a=20
  different address but if you examined the header you would easily see =
it was=20
  sent from a different mail server and rumble its a fake (and a very =
bad=20
  one)!
  I shall be adding future entries describing how to STOP people =
sending mail=20
  from your server (as they probably can at the moment).
  For full information on SMTP and the commands you can use see Request=20
  For Comments 821.
  

  Q. Is there a list of known Exchange =
Directory and=20
  Information store problems?
  A. An excellent collection has been compiled and is located =
at http://support.microsoft.com/support/exchange/content/whitepap=
ers/dsis.asp
  

  Q. How do I install Exchange Server =
5.5?
  A. These instructions are to install the first Exchange =
Server in=20
  the Enterprise
  Before you install Exchange Server 5.5, two accounts need to =
be=20
  decided on. The first account is the account that you log on as when =
you=20
  perform the installation of Exchange as this account will be =
automatically=20
  granted the Exchange Administrator permission.
  The second account needs to be created and this will be used as the =
service=20
  account for running the Exchange Server services. Any name can be =
used, the=20
  most obvious would be "Exchange Service". To create this account =
perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start User Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
User=20
    Manager for Domains)=20
    
From the User menu select New User=20
    
Enter a name of "Exchange Service" with a password.=20
    
Make sure you clear "User Must Change Password At Next Logon" =
and=20
    "Account Disabled", and check "User Cannot Change Password" and =
"Password=20
    Never Expires" is set=20
    
Close User Manager 
  Under Windows 2000 this would be set using the Active Directory =
Users and=20
  Computers MMC snap-in, expand the domain, right click on Users and =
select New=20
  - Users. Enter Exchange Service, click Next and then select the =
options as in=20
  step 4 and click Finish. I found under Windows 2000 I had to make the =
Exchange=20
  Service account a member of the local Administrators group on the =
server=20
  Exchange is being installed on.
  Also before installing make sure you have a complete backup of your =
system.=20
  
  Now you can start the installation.
  
    Logon to the server as the account you want to be the Exchange=20
    Administrator=20
    
Insert the Exchange Server 5.5 CD-ROM=20
    
Run Launch.exe off the CD-ROM if it does not start =
automatically.=20
    
Select "Setup Server and Components"=20
    
Select "Microsoft Exchange Server 5.5"=20
    
The Exchange server Setup will then run. Click "Accept" to the =
license=20
    agreement.=20
    
Select the installation type, typical, complete/custom or =
minimum. Click=20
    Complete/Custom. You could also change the installation directory if =
you=20
    wish by clicking "Change Directory".=20
    
Select the components to install. Click Continue.=20
    
Enter the CD-Key and click OK.=20
    
Click OK to the Product ID dialog.=20
    
Check the "I agree that" licensing dialog box and click OK.=20
    
As this is the first Exchange server select the "Create a new =
site".=20
    Enter an Organization Name and a site name, e.g. SavillTech and =
London.=20
    Click OK.=20
    
Click Yes to create a new site.=20
    
You should then select the user account that you created as the =
Exchange=20
    Service account by clicking browse and enter the password you set. =
Click OK=20
    
The rights 'Log on as a service', 'Restore files and =
directories' and=20
    'Act as part of the operating system' will be granted to the =
Exchange=20
    Service account. Click OK to the notification dialog box.=20
    
Files will then be copied. 
  Once Installation is complete you should run the Microsoft Exchange =

  Performance Optimizer (Start - Programs - Microsoft Exchange - =
Microsoft=20
  Exchange Optimizer). You will be given the option to run this =
automatically if=20
  installation is successful.
  

  Q. How do I run the Exchange =
Optimizer?
  A. Exchange ships with a utility that allows the program to =
gather=20
  information about the computer and make changes to the Exchange =
configuration=20
  to enhance performance. These performance enhancements are primarily =
gained by=20
  moving the files that make up Exchange to different physical disk =
drives.
  
    Start the Exchange Optimizer (either as part of the installation =
of=20
    Exchange or from the Exchange sub menu of Programs)=20
    
Chose options for the server (see diagram below). You can always =
run=20
    this again at a later time if the configuration scaling changes.=20
    
Disk analysis runs, click Next=20
    
Recommended file moves displayed. Adjust or accept and click =
Next=20
    
Select whether the optimizer should copy files automatically (by =

    checking the "Move files automatically" box and click Next=20
    
Services will then be restarted. Check the "Do not restart these =

    services" if its not convenient. Click Finish=20
    
Parameters will then be saved the were calculated by the =
optimizer,=20
    services stopped, files moved then services started again. =

  
  

  Q. What Service Packs are available for=20
  Exchange?
  A. Below is a list of the service packs available:
  Exchange 5.5
  Service Pack 3 from  
  ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exchange-pu=
blic/fixes/eng/exchg5.5/sp3/server=20
  
  Hotfixies for SP3 from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com//bussys/exchange/exchange-pub=
lic/fixes/eng/exchg5.5/postsp3=20
  
  Service Pack 2 from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exchange-p=
ublic/fixes/Eng/Exchg5.5/Sp2/Server/=20
  
  Files to download: 
  
    
    
      SP2_550A.EXE=20
      
      Server update for Alpha 
    
      SP2_550I.EXE=20
      
      Server update for Intel 
    
      SP2_55CA.EXE=20
      
      Chat server update for Alpha
    
      SP2_55CI.EXE=20
        
      Chat server update for Intel 
    
      SP2_55DC.EXE=20
      
      Documentation 
    
      SP2_55FO.EXE=20
      
      HTML Form Converter  
    
      SP2_55SS.EXE=20
        
      Server support files (cluster,KMS,etc) 
    
      SP2_55XA.EXE=20
        
      Exchange connector installation(Alpha) 
    
      SP2_55XI.EXE=20
        
      Exchange connector installation(Intel)
    
      SP2S550A.EXE=20
      
      Server symbols for Alpha
    
      SP2S550I.EXE=20
      
      Server symbols for Intel
    
      SP2S55CA.EXE=20
      
      Chat server symbols for Alpha 
    
      SP2S55CI.EXE=20
      
      Chat server symbols for Intel 
    
      SP2_55RE.EXE
      Readme and HTML file
  
  Service Pack 1 from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exchange-p=
ublic/fixes/Eng/Exchg5.5/SP1/Server/=20
  
  Files to download: 
  
    
    
      SP1_550A.EXE
      Server update for Alpha
    
      SP1_550I.EXE
      Server update for Intel
    
      SP1_55CA.EXE
      Chat server update for Alpha
    
      SP1_55CI.EXE
      Chat server update for Intel
    
      SP1_55DC.EXE
      Documentation
    
      SP1_55FO.EXE
      HTML Form Converter
    
      SP1_55SS.EXE
      Server support files (cluster,KMS,etc)
    
      SP1_55XC.EXE
      Exchange connector installation
    
      SP1S550A.EXE
      Server symbols for Alpha
    
      SP1S550I.EXE
      Server symbols for Intel
    
      SP1S55CA.EXE
      Chat server symbols for Alpha
    
      SP1S55CI.EXE
      Chat server symbols for Intel
    
      SP1_55RE.EXE
      Readme and HTML file
  Hotfixes post Service Pack 1 
  
    
    
      PSP1STRI.EXE
      Store Fix
  Exchange 5.0
  Service Pack 1 from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exchange-p=
ublic/fixes/Eng/Exchg5.0/Sp1/Server/=20
  
  Files to download: 
  
    
    
      SP1_500A.EXE
      Server update for Alpha
    
      SP1_500I.EXE
      Server update for Inter
    
      SP1S500A.EXE
      Server symbols for Alpha
    
      SP1S500I.EXE
      Server symbols for Intel
  Service Pack 2 from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exchange-p=
ublic/fixes/Eng/Exchg5.0/Sp2/Server/=20
  
  Files to download: 
  
    
    
      SP2_500A.EXE
      Server update for Alpha
    
      SP2_500I.EXE
      Server update for Inter
    
      SP2S500A.EXE
      Server symbols for Alpha
    
      SP2S500I.EXE
      Server symbols for Intel
  

  Q. How can I retrieve mail from a POP3 =
mailbox and=20
  forward it to Exchange server?
  A. If your ISP does not support ETRN, then you have to use a =
third=20
  party utility to retrieve the mail from a POP3 mailbox. One of these =
utilities=20
  is Mail essentials Small Business (http://www.gficomms.com/). For =
one mailbox=20
  this is a freeware utility.
  A more complete listing of utilities can be found on http://www.slipstick.com/ 
  

  Q. How do I upgrade from Exchange 5.0 to=20
  5.5?
  A. The Exchange 5.5 upgrade process actually performs a =
database=20
  upgrade before it actually copies any of the code of 5.5 to the =
server.=20
  This allows for a complete rollback in case the upgrade of the =
database fails.=20
  Below are the steps in performing the upgrade
  
    Start the setup.exe program as per a normal installation=20
    
It will detect the existing installation and you will be asked =
if you=20
    want to Upgrade or Remove the existing installation. Click Upgrade=20
    
A confirmation that the database will be reformatted is =
displayed. Click=20
    OK=20
    
You will be shown the Database Upgrade Options. By default the =
Fault=20
    Tolerant Option is selected however this does require extra disk =
space as it=20
    makes a copy of the database and if the Fault Tolerant Option is not =

    selected, you may not have enough drive space for this method. You =
may want=20
    to change the default location for the Fault Tolerant Upgrade temp =
files=20
    from the C:\TEMP location to a location on the database drive. Click =
OK to=20
    continue.=20
    
The upgrade will progress. First the database will be upgraded =
(this may=20
    take up to 40 minutes per GB of original database). Next the code =
will be=20
    copied to the server, and finally the registry will be modified, the =

    services installed, and other system changes will take place.=20
    
The Exchange Services will then be re-started=20
    
As with a normal installation, once completed you will be asked =
if you=20
    wish to run the optimizer utility. 
  

  Q. How do I uninstall Exchange?
  A. To uninstall Exchange perform the following. Be aware you =
will=20
  lost all information.
  
    Run Exchange setup (setup.exe)=20
    
Click "Remove All"=20
    
Click "Yes" to the dialog box=20
    
Click "Yes" to remove the shared components=20
    
The files will then be removed=20
    
Click OK to the remove complete confirmation 
  

  Q. How do I install a duplicate Exchange=20
  server?
  A. With the concepts of sites in Exchange, it is possible to =
install=20
  multiple Exchange services in a site which will replicate to one =
another.=20
  Duplicates servers in a site provide fault-tolerance and load =
balancing. To=20
  install a duplicate server in a site perform the following. Servers =
within a=20
  site don't have to be in the same domain but should be connected by a =
fast=20
  connection, 128KB is the normal definition of a fast link.
  
    Logon as an Administrator of the domain currently hosting the =
Exchange=20
    service. If you logon as an account that does not have =
administrative rights=20
    on the current Exchange server you will be unable to add a duplicate =
server.=20

    
Run Exchange's setup.exe=20
    
Click Accept to the license agreement=20
    
Setup will search for the installed components (such as IIS and =
ASP)=20
    
Select the installation type. Click Custom/Complete Select the =
options=20
    and click OK=20
    
Enter the product code number (xxx - xxxxxxx) and click OK=20
    
Click OK to the displayed Product-ID that is generated by the =
setup=20
    program=20
    
Check the "I agree that" for the licensing and click OK=20
    
Select "Join an existing site" and enter the name the name of a =
server=20
    in the site you wish to join, e.g. Mars and click OK=20
    
You will be shown details of the Exchange server on that site, =
including=20
    ORG name and site. Click Yes
=20
    
The service account currently used for the original Exchange =
Server will=20
    be shown, just enter its password (if this is on its own domain you =
should=20
    create a new service account for fault tolerant reasons (i.e. main =
domain=20
    controller not available)). Click OK=20
    
Files will then be copied, services installed, registry updated =
and then=20
    the relevant services will be started. Once the Directory Service =
has=20
    started replication will occur between the sites. Once complete the =
other=20
    Exchange services will start=20
    
Click OK to the replication dialogue box.=20
    
You can then proceed to run Optimizer optionally as normal =

  You now have a duplicate Exchange server in the specified site.
  

  Q. How do I connect Exchange =
sites?
  A. If you configure multiple sites by installing new servers =
and=20
  entering a different site name (but the same organizational name) you =
can=20
  connect the sites using Exchanges built-in site connector. To connect =
sites=20
  using the built-in connector they must be able to communicate via RPC =
calls=20
  and to test this see Q.=20
  How can I check if servers can communicate via RPC's?. Many =
routes=20
  actually filter out RPC's so it is important you perform this =
test.
  To add a connector between sites perform the following:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program on one of the servers =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Microsoft Exchange - Microsoft Exchange Administrator)=20
    
You may need to choose a Exchange server to connect to=20
    
Expand the server, expand the site name and finally expand =
Configuration=20

    
Select Connections=20
    
From the File menu select 'New Other' - 'Site Connector'=20
    
Enter the name of the server that maintains the site you wish to =
connect=20
    to and click OK=20
    
Information about the site that is hosted by the server and =
optional=20
    information can be entered. Once all details have been entered click =
OK.=20
    Information you may have to enter is in the Override tab which =
allows you to=20
    enter logon information for the connection if the sites are not in =
the same=20
    domain or part of a trust relationship.=20
    
If there is no connection for vice-versa you will be asked if =
such a=20
    connection should be created 
  The connection will now be visible under the Connections tab.
  

  Q. Exchange Security Knowledge Base =
list.
  A. Below is a list of useful Knowledge Base articles.
  1) How to install Exchange 5.5 with support for V1 and V3 =
Certificates for=20
  SMIME and Public/ Private Key encryption (Signing and Sealing Mail =
Messages).=20
  This uses the CA version 1.0 (Certificate Authority) in IIS 4.0 that =
comes in=20
  the NT 4.0 Option Pack. This requires the Updated CA Server. See these =

  KB's.
  Q=
192044=20
  Setting Up X509v3 Certs on Exch 5.5 SP1 KMS with Local CertSrv
Q=
184695=20
  Readme Notes for Certificate Server Update
  2) How to setup SSL/TLS between between Exchange Server 5.0 /5.5 =
and=20
  Internet Email Clients, POP3, IMAP4, NNTP, HTTP, SMTP. 
  Q=
175439=20
  XFOR: Enabling SSL For Exchange Server
  3) How to setup SSL/TLS between Exchange Server and other SMTP=20
  (non-exchange) host. This requires enabling SSL for the SMTP protocol =
first.=20
  See Q175439 for instructions, but select SMTP as the Protocol to be =
used in=20
  Key Manger.
  Q=
174755=20
  XFOR: Connecting IMS to IMS with SASL
  4) When you use Microsoft Outlook Express to connect to Microsoft =
Exchange=20
  Server, version 5.0 with Service Pack 1 installed, the Information =
Store may=20
  stop responding (crash). Fixed in the Latest Service Pack.
  Q=
166627=20
  XCLN: Outlook Express Crashes Store When SSL Is Used
  5) When trying to access a mailbox in Internet Explorer version =
3.02 when=20
  the WWW Service for the Internet Information Server (IIS) computer is=20
  configured to use Windows (NTLM) authentication only, you may receive =
the=20
  following error message: The Login Request was Denied. Fix is to =
upgrade to IE=20
  4.0 or use Registry Entry.
  Q=
173307=20
  XWEB: "The Login Request was Denied" Error Message
  6) If you configure the Internet Mail Service on two Microsoft =
Exchange=20
  Server computers to use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) without =
authentication, you=20
  may receive a non-delivery report (NDR) when you attempt to send mail =
from one=20
  server to another through the Internet Mail Service. The text of the =
NDR=20
  includes a 505 error and indicates that authentication is required for =
the=20
  message to be delivered. Fixed in the Latest Service Pack for 5.5.
  Q=
181481=20
  XFOR: Non-Delivery Report When Using SSL Without Authentication
  7) On July 17, 1998 Microsoft released an updated version of =
Schannel.dll.=20
  This latest version provides the following benefits: Updates the =
SChannel.dll=20
  used by IIS and Exchange Server for Encryption. See article for =
Details.
  Q=
148427=20
  Generic SSL (PCT/TLS) Updates for IIS and MS Internet Products
Q=
181937=20
  Latest SGC-Enabled Schannel.dll Breaks IIS 3.0 Key Manager [iis]
  8) Microsoft Proxy Server is designed to work well with other =
servers like=20
  Microsoft Exchange Server. Most Windows Sockets server applications =
are able=20
  to use the server proxy feature while installed on or behind the Proxy =
Server.=20
  Certain additional advanced settings may be required, based on your =
particular=20
  internal server configuration.
  Q=
181420=20
  How to Configure Exchange or Other SMTP with Proxy Server
Q=
187652=20
  Accessing Data Published Behind MS Proxy Server 2.0
Q=
178532=20
  Configuring Exchange Internet Protocols with Proxy Server
Q=
177153=20
  Additional Proxy Server 2.0 Configurations [proxysvr]
  9) This article discusses the known TCP/IP ports (TCP and/or UDP) =
that are=20
  used by services within Microsoft Windows NT version 4.0 and Microsoft =

  Exchange Server version 5.0 and 5.5.
  Q=
150543=20
  WinNT, Terminal Server, & Exchange Services Use TCP/IP Ports=20
[crossnet]
  10) Microsoft Exchange Server versions 5.0 and 5.5 support a =
variety of=20
  Internet-focused protocols, including POP3, HTTP, LDAP, and NNTP. This =
article=20
  explains the different authentication forms for each protocol.
  Q=
175440=20
  Protocol Authentication on Exchange Server [exchange] 
  

  Q. How do I configure Exchange Directory=20
  Replication?
  A. Once you have connected sites by a connector, be it =
Exchange,=20
  X.400 or Dynamic RAS, no data will be replicated until you configure =
the=20
  directory replication. You must have defined connections between the =
sites=20
  before Directory Replication can be configured.
  To configure Directory Replication perform the following:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program (Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Exchange - Microsoft Exchange Administrator)=20
    
Expand the tree and expand the site, e.g. Operations, select=20
    Configuration then select Directory Replication=20
    
From the File menu select 'New Other' and select 'Directory =
Replication=20
    Connector'=20
    
The first dialog allows you to select (from a dropdown) the =
remote site=20
    name (only sites that are connected via a connector will be shown). =
You=20
    should enter the name of an Exchange server in the selected site. =
You also=20
    should leave the defaults of "Configure both sites". Click OK=20
    
The general tab of the Directory Replicator will be displayed. =
You may=20
    enter an Administrative note if you wish. You may click the Schedule =
tab to=20
    select how often Directory Replication takes place. Selecting Always =
means=20
    changes will be replicated as they happen, this is OK if you don't =
care=20
    about bandwidth usage. Click OK. 
  The Directory Replicator between the sites is now configured and =
can be=20
  modified by double clicking on the replicator as part of the Directory =

  Replication folder.
  

  Q. How do I monitor an Exchange =
link?
  A. It is possible to install link connectors which can be =
configured=20
  to perform a number of actions in the event of a link failure.
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select the Monitors folder of the Configuration folder of the =
site=20
    
From the File menu select 'New Other' - 'Link Monitor'=20
    
Under the General tab you must enter a Directory Name which is a =
64=20
    character name identifying the monitor, a Display Name which will be =
shown=20
    in the Exchange Administrator application, a log file specified and =
how=20
    often the link should be checked (polled).
=20
    
Under the Notification tab you can add notification methods such =
as an=20
    e-mail, start a process or write an event log by clicking the 'New' =
button.=20
    You will also have the opportunity to test the method specified by =
clicking=20
    the Test button. Click OK to the notification dialog box.=20
    
Under Servers you should select the Servers to Monitor in the =
left hand=20
    box and click Add, they will then be shown in the 'Monitor Server' =
area.=20
    
The Recipients tab is used with non-Exchange servers that =
support "mail=20
    bounce" whereby a mail is sent to the server and a reply is expected =
back.=20
    
The Bounce tab allows the times considered reasonable for a =
round trip.=20
    
Once happy click OK 
  

  Q. How do I delete a server from an =
Exchange=20
  site?
  A. If you have multiple servers in a site and a server no =
longer=20
  exists you can delete it from the Exchange Administrator program by =
performing=20
  the following:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
Expand the site name, e.g. Legal, expand Configuration then =
Servers=20
    
Select the server you wish to delete and press the DEL key=20
    
A check will be performed that the server can't be found=20
    
Once the server is not found accept any of the dialogs =

  The server will now be removed.
  

  Q. How do I setup an Exchange =
forward?
  A. A forward can be configured in a number of places. The =
first=20
  place is at the Exchange server:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select the Recipients folder of the site, e.g. =
Operations\Recipients=20
    
From the File menu select 'New Custom Recipient'=20
    
Select 'Internet Address' (to forward to an Internet address) =
and click=20
    OK=20
    
Enter the E-mail address, e.g. colin@travers.com and click OK=20
    
You will then be shown the normal recipient dialog where you can =
enter a=20
    name etc. The option to set an NT account will not be shown. Once =
you have=20
    entered all details click OK 
  People will now be able to send mail to this person and it will be=20
  forwarded accordingly.
  You could also in Exchange Administrator setup a Custom Recipient =
(as=20
  above), then in the Delivery Options for your mailbox set an Alternate =

  Recipient which points to the Custom Recipient that you just created. =
Select=20
  the "Deliver messages to both recipient and alternate recipient" =
checkbox. In=20
  the properties for the custom recipient you can select the option to =
hide it=20
  from the address list.
  Other options that can be done at the client end include
  
    Use the "Inbox Assistant"=20
    
Use the "Out Of Office" Assistant=20
    
Use the Rules Wizard 
  

  Q. How do I configure a X.400 Exchange=20
  connector?
  A. Aside from the native Exchange Connector, the X.400 =
connector is=20
  the most common Exchange connector, allowing Exchange to connector to=20
  non-Exchange systems. While X.400 suffers a 20% drop in performance in =

  comparison to the native Exchange connector it is still =
impressive.
  X.400 is a common standard and Exchanges implementation is based on =
the=20
  1988 standard. X.400 operates on the MTA stack and has to be installed =
before=20
  installing a X.400 connector. MTA stacks are available for TCP/IP, =
X.25 and=20
  TP4. It is available for RAS as well but that stack does not support =
X.400. In=20
  this walkthrough we will look at implementing X.400 over TCP/IP.
  Only Exchange Enterprise edition has the X.400 connector and not =
the=20
  standard edition (also Enterprise has the SNADS and OV/VM(PROFS) =
connectors=20
  which standard does not have). If you only have standard edition and =
require=20
  X.400 connector you will need to upgrade or purchase the X.400 =
connector as a=20
  separate product from Microsoft.
  The first step is to install the MTA transport stack
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select 'New Other' - 'MTA Transport Stack' from the File menu=20
    
Select "TCP/IP MTA Transport Stack" from the list and the local =
server=20
    and click OK=20
    
A dialog for the configuration of MTA will be shown. You can =
leave the=20
    OSI information blank. Under the Connectors tab leave blank. Make =
sure you=20
    enter a display and directory name. Click OK 
  If you find you don't have a number of MTA stacks check you =
installed the=20
  X.400 connector at installation time. Re-run setup and click =
Add/Remove.=20
  Select Exchange Server and click Change Options. Check the "X.400 =
Connector"=20
  box and click OK. Click Continue. You will now be able to install the =
TCP/IP=20
  MTA stack.
  Now the MTA stack is installed you can install the actual X.400 =
connector=20
  and configure it accordingly.
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select the Connections container of the required site to add the =

    connection too=20
    
Select 'New Other' - 'X.400 Connector' from the File menu=20
    
Accept the default "TCP/IP X.400 Connector" and click OK=20
    
The X.400 configuration dialog will be displayed. Under the =
General tab=20
    enter a display and directory name (this can be any string of text). =
You=20
    should enter the remote MTA name (and a password if required) which =
is used=20
    to identify the Message Transfer Agent on the other host/site.=20
    
Click the Schedule tab to configure replication settings=20
    
Select the Stack tab to enter the IP address of name of the =
system to=20
    connect to. Again you can leave the OSI information blank.=20
    
Use the Override tab to specify a different local MTA =
name/password=20
    
Connected sites is only used when connecting Exchange sites via =
X.400.=20
    
If you don't enter anything under Connected Sites you must =
configure an=20
    address space under the "Address Space" tab=20
    
Delivery Restrictions and Advanced all along other non-essential =

    settings to be set=20
    
Once all information is entered click OK 
  You now have a functionality one-way X.400 link. You would now need =
to=20
  repeat the above for the opposite directory.
  

  Q. How do I allow a user to administer=20
  Exchange?
  A. When Exchange is installed the user who performs the =
installation=20
  is granted Exchange Administrator rights. To grant additional users =
the=20
  ability to administer Exchange perform the following:
  
    Logon as an Exchange administrator=20
    
Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select the site whose permissions you wish to modify=20
    
From the File menu select Properties=20
    
Click the Permissions tab=20
    
Click Add and select the user (or group) to whom you wish to =
grant=20
    Exchange Admin rights=20
    
Once usrs have been selected click OK. You now choose the role, =
e.g.=20
    "Permissions Admin" and click OK 
  The user (or group) will now have the granted rights to Exchange. =
You may=20
  want to create a group, e.g. Exchange Admins, grant this access in =
Exchange,=20
  then Add/Remove users to this group.
  

  Q. How do I grant permission for people to =
create top=20
  level public folders?
  A. By default all users can create top level folders however =
this=20
  can be changed if you would like to restrict this
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Expand the site and select Configuration=20
    
Select "Information Store Site Configuration" and select =
Properties from=20
    the File menu=20
    
Select the "Top Level Folder Creation" tab=20
    
You will notice that under "Allowed to create top level folders" =
All is=20
    selected by default. Change this to list and click the Modify button =

    
You will be shown a list of Exchange mail boxes, select the ones =
that=20
    should be allowed to create top-level folders and click OK=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  
- Setting top level folder creation access
  Alternatively you could have left is as All and modified the list =
of people=20
  who should not be able to create top-level folders.
  If people are still logged in they will be able to continue to =
create=20
  top-level folders until they close Outlook/Exchange and restart =
it.
  

  Q. How do I create public =
folders?
  A. Public folders are administered/created using the 32-bit =
Exchange=20
  clients such as Exchange and Outlook.
  To create a top-level public folder perform the following:
  
    Start the Exchange client=20
    
From the View menu select "Folder List" if not already enabled=20
    
Expand "Public Folders" and double click on "All Public Folders" =

    
From the File menu select New - Folder=20
    
In the dialog enter a name and click OK=20
    
You can also have an optional shortcut created on the Outlook =
bar at=20
    this point by clicking Yes to the "Add shortcut to Outlook Bar" =
dialog (if=20
    you have the Outlook Bar visible) 
  To create non-top level folders just select the folder that you =
wish to be=20
  the parent and select New - Folder from the File menu. You will then =
be able=20
  to name the sub-folder as with above.
  

  Q. How do I connect my Exchange server to a =
SMTP=20
  server?
  A. Exchange Server 5.5 ships with the Internet Mail Service =
which=20
  allows Newsgroup feeds and, among other things, connections to a SMTP=20
  mailbox.
  You will need a connection method to the SMTP mailbox, for example =
a RAS=20
  dial-up connection to an ISP. If you are connecting via a firewall =
make sure=20
  the ports used by POP and SMTP and not disallows (ports 25, 110 and =
995).
  Before doing any of this you should ensure DNS is correctly =
configured for=20
  you local domain (or this may be done by the ISP) by adding a MX =
record for=20
  the Exchange server in DNS (this is not needed if you are connecting =
via a RAS=20
  dial-up connection and just connecting to a specific host).
  In this example we will connect to a SMTP mailbox at a ISP.
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Expand the root, select your site then expand that, expand =
Configuration=20
    and select the Connections container=20
    
Select "New Other" - "Internet Mail Service" from the File menu=20
    
Click Next to the introduction dialog=20
    
Click Next to the dialog outlining the steps that should have =
been=20
    completed (DNS configuration etc)=20
    
Select the Exchange server that will have the IMS installed and =
check=20
    the "Allow internet mail through a dial-up connection". Click Next=20
    
Select a phone book entry and click Next=20
    
Check the "Route all mail through a single host" and enter the =
TCP/IP=20
    address or hostname of the host, e.g. SMTP.DIAL.PIPEX.COM. Click =
Next=20
    
Check the "All internet mail addresses" and click Next=20
    
Next specify the name that should appended to the mailbox names, =
e.g.=20
    ntfaq.com. Click Next=20
    
Select the mailbox to be used to send notification/non-delivery =
reports=20
    to. Click Next=20
    
Enter the Exchange Service account password and click Next=20
    
A number of changes will occur and an extra service added. =

  To configure items such as the dial-up account username and =
password double=20
  click on "Internet Mail Service" under Configuration\Connections, =
select the=20
  Dial-up Connections tab and click Logon Information. From this tab you =
can=20
  also configure time-out and how ofter to dial out.
  If you have problems try applying Service Pack 1 which I found =
fixes a=20
  number of problems.
  

  Q. How do I connect my Exchange server to a =
NEWS=20
  feed?
  A. Exchange Server 5.5 has the ability to accept a news feed =
and=20
  publish to the Public Folders area. It can also be configured to post =
back any=20
  articles posted by your networks user to the appropriate news =
server.
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator tool=20
    
Expand the sites, expand Configuration and select Connections=20
    
From the File menu select "New Other" - "Newsfeed"=20
    
Click Next to the welcome dialog=20
    
Select the Exchange server to install from the drop down list =
and enter=20
    a USENET site name (you can except the default which will be=20
    <sitename>.<domain>, e.g. operations.savilltech.com. =
Click Next=20
    
Select the type of newsfeed, inbound and output, inbound only or =

    outbound only. You also need to specify the type of feed, push or =
pull. Push=20
    means you wait for incoming to be send to you, pull means at a =
scheduled=20
    interval you go and grab the news posts off of the news server. =
Click Next.=20
    
Select the connection type, Lan or dial-up. If dial-up you will =
need to=20
    select a RAS phonebook entry and enter the connection username and =
password=20
    (if it supports CHAP) or make sure you have an automated script =
configured.=20
    Click Next=20
    
Next select how often to connect to the news server, 15 minutes, =
1 hour,=20
    3 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours or 24 hours. You can change this to be =
more=20
    specific later if you wish. Click Next=20
    
Enter the USENET site name, e.g. msnews.microsoft.com. Click =
Next=20
    
Enter the IP address or hostname of the news server. Click Next=20
    
If you require a password to connect to the news server enter it =
here=20
    otherwise leave it blank and click Next=20
    
Click Next to the summary dialog=20
    
Select an Internet News administrator by clicking the Change =
button and=20
    click Next=20
    
Next you have to tell the configuration program where to get a =
list of=20
    newsgroups on the server. You can choose to import from a current =
file,=20
    download now or to configure it later. Click Next. If you select =
"Download=20
    Now" after you click Next it will connect (if via RAS it will dial =
out) and=20
    retrieve the news list. This could take a while depending on the =
news=20
    server.=20
    
You will then be shown all the newsgroups available and you =
should=20
    select which branches you wish to download messages from as part of =
your=20
    feed. To select just click one and click Include, the icon for the =
newsgroup=20
    will change. When finished click Next=20
    
Click Finish 
  It will now connect for the first time and get an initial feed for =
all=20
  newsgroups selected.
  
- Always download the Exchange Admin newsgroup :-), =
don't we=20
  all?
  Clients will now be able to view via the Folders List in Outlook, =
Public=20
  Folders - All Public Folders - Internet Newsgroups - microsoft =
.....
  
  You can change any details but double clicking on the appropriate =
Newsfeed=20
  entry under Connections. For example click Schedule allows you to =
specify how=20
  often to connect at certain times of the day/days of the week.
  If you are connecting via dial-up you can change the time-out =
parameter as=20
  follows:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select the site, then expand Configuration and select Protocols=20
    
Double click on "NNTP (News) Site Defaults"=20
    
Select the "Idle Time-out" tab=20
    
Change the close idle connections value (between 10 and 32767) =
and click=20
    Apply then OK 
  

  Q. What web sites have good Exchange=20
  information?
  A. Below are a list of some of the best sites I have =
found
  
    http://www.slipstick.com/ -=20
    Information on the Exchange and Outlook 98 clients=20
    
http://www.swinc.com/ - =
Information=20
    on connecting Exchange to various other mail systems as well as =
downloadable=20
    utilities=20
    
http://www.exchangestuff.com/ =
-=20
    General Exchange information=20
    
http://www.microso=
ft.com/exchange/default.asp=20
    - Microsoft Exchange home page=20
    
http://support.microsoft.com/support/exchange/content/w=
hitepapers/whitepapers.asp=20
    - Various Exchange Whitepapers=20
    
http://www.exchangesoftware.com=
/=20
    - Add on information for Exchange 
  Good Downloads are:
  
    Migration Wizard - http://backoffice.microsoft.com/downtrial/moreinfo/migrationWizard=
.asp=20

    
Exchange Connector for Lotus Notes - http://backoffice.microsoft.com/downtrial/moreinfo/connectorLotus.a=
sp=20

    
Exchange Connector for SNADS - http://backoffice.microsoft.com/downtrial/moreinfo/connectorSNADS.a=
sp=20

    
Exchange Connector for IBM OfficeVision/VM - http://backoffice.microsoft.com/downtrial/moreinfo/connectorIBMS.asp=
=20

    
Importers for cc:Mail Archives - http://backoffice.microsoft.com/downtrial/moreinfo/importers_ccMa=
il.asp=20
    
  

  Q. How do I download to Exchange from =
multiple POP3=20
  mail boxes?
  A. Exchange does not really support the downloading of mail =
from=20
  POP3 since you would be asking a Server to act like a client. A 3rd =
party=20
  piece of software called PULLMAIL which can be downloaded from http://www=
.swsoft.co.uk/index.asp?page=3Dfreesoftware=20
  can be used to download from a POP3 mailbox and deposit in an Exchange =

  mailbox. Using the command procedure below it can be made to download =
from=20
  multiple POP3 mailboxes and depost in the correct mailbox.
  Enter the following into file getmail.cmd and save. 
  
    
    
      
        @ECHO OFF
TITLE GetMail
        REM getmail.cmd 20-Aug-1997 Luke Brennan
REM
REM =
Get the=20
        POP3 mail in POP3 accounts and deposit into
REM EXCHANGE=20
        accounts
REM
REM uses the PULLMAIL program from ->=20
        http://www.swsoft.co.uk/pullmail
REM PULLMAIL specific =
Info/support=20
        -> pullmail@swsoft.co.uk
REM general enquiries ->=20
        mark@swsoft.co.uk
REM
        SET POPUSERS=3D%SystemRoot%\POPUSERS.DAT
SET =
PARSEARG=3D"eol=3D;=20
        tokens=3D1,2,3,4* delims=3D, "
        REM RASPHONE -d OzEmail
For /F %PARSEARG% %%i in=20
        (%POPUSERS%) Do PULLMAIL %%i %%j %%k /to:%%l
REM RASPHONE -h=20
        OzEmail
        REM
TITLE Command =
Prompt
  The next step is to create the file that GETMAIL.CMD will read in,=20
  POPUSERS.DAT. Below is an example. GETMAIL.CMD expects to find the =
file in the=20
  %systemroot% directory (e.g. d:\winnt) however you can change that by =
altering=20
  the "SET POPUSERS=3D.." line.
  POPusers.dat
; space or comma delimited file
; 1. ISP pop =
server=20
  2. POP3 account 3. POP3 password 4. EXCHANGE=20
  username
;
savcom.demon.co.uk rita pass=20
  savillr
cello.cchs.usyd.edu.au brennan ###### =
LDB
savill.pipex.co.uk=20
  johnsavill pass savillj
  

  Q. How do I install the Key Management=20
  Server?
  A. Key Management Server allows secure e-mail via both =
signed and=20
  encrypted messages. To install perform the following:
  
    Log on the Exchange server as an Exchange Administrator=20
    
Insert the Exchange Server 5.5 CD=20
    
Run the Exchange SETUP.EXE=20
    
Click Add/Remove=20
    
Select "Microsoft Exchange Server" and click Change Option=20
    
Check "Key Management Server" and click OK=20
    
Click Continue=20
    
Enter the site services account and password and click OK=20
    
You now have an option for the special start password to be =
displayed=20
    (only once) and you need to securely store it and enter it every =
time you=20
    start, or select this to write to a floppy disk and a backup copy =
and click=20
    OK.=20
    
If you selected write to disk you will be asked where to write =
to. By=20
    default it is A: however you can change this to a permanent drive. =
If you do=20
    permanently store it then anyone will be able to have the secure KM=20
    password.=20
    
The setup will complete. You should now reinstall any service =
packs=20
    installed. 
  You will notice whether you choose to store the password a single =
file=20
  kmserver.pwd will be created with a single word in, for example:
  SWOBRQSBQZPSPQC
  The final step is to configure the Key Management service to start=20
  automatically at reboot time.
  
    Start the Services Control Panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Services)=20
    
Select "Microsoft Exchange Key Management Server"=20
    
Click Startup=20
    
Select Automatic and click OK=20
    
You can also choose to start now by clicking Start. You will =
have to=20
    enter the disk containing the password or manually enter the =
password.=20
  
  

  Q. How do I manage the Certificate =
Authority of Key=20
  Management Server?
  A. This is managed through the Exchange Administrator =
program as=20
  follows but make sure that the Microsoft Key Management service is =
running=20
  (Start - Settings - Control Panel - Services)
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
Expand the sites and select Configuration=20
    
Double click on CA=20
    
You will be asked for the password. If this is the first time =
enter=20
    "password" (lowercase, no quotes). You can also select for it to =
save the=20
    password for up to 5 minutes to avoid having to retype it in the =
short term.=20
    Click OK=20
    
Once logged in various functions can be performed 
  To change your CA password perform the above then:
  
    Select the Administrators tab=20
    
Click "Change My KM Server Password"=20
    
Enter the current password and set a new one. Click OK=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog 
  You can also add new KM administrators from the Administrators =
tab
  

  Q. How do I enable advanced security for a=20
  user?
  A. By default users do not have advanced security after GM =
server is=20
  installed. To enable for a user perform the following actions
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator program=20
    
Select the site and select the Recipients container=20
    
Double click on the mailbox who you want to enable advanced =
security=20
    for, e.g. Garfield=20
    
Click the Security tab. You will be asked for your KM server =
password,=20
    only KM administrators can view the security tab, not just normal =
Exchange=20
    administrators. Enter the password and check the "Remember box" if =
you want=20
    to make multiple changes to mailboxes and don't want to retype the =
password=20
    everytime=20
    
You will notice the current status is "Undefined". Click the =
"Enable=20
    Advanced Security" button=20
    
A dialog will be shown with the temporary key or it will be =
mailed to=20
    the user depending on your options and configuration. Click OK =

  To allow the key to be sent via e-mail to the user perform the =
following:=20
  
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
Expand the sites and select Configuration=20
    
Double click on CA=20
    
Select the Enrollment tab=20
    
Check the "Allow email to be sent to the user" box=20
    
You can also change the welcome message that is sent by clicking =
"Edit=20
    Welcome Message"=20
    
Click OK 
  Now notify the recipient to read their mail or give them the =
password and=20
  they should perform the following:
  
    Start the Outlook client=20
    
Select Options from the Tools menu=20
    
Select the Security tab=20
    
In the "Secure email" area click "Change Settings"=20
    
Click "Get a Digital ID" in the "Digital IDs" section=20
    
Select "Set up Security for me on the Exchange Server" and click =
OK=20
    
Enter the password and click OK=20
    
Click OK to the confirmation dialog=20
    
The client will then be sent a reply message. Open the message =
and click=20
    OK to all dialog boxes and then Yes to the installation of the =
Certificate.=20
    
  
- Hmmm, looks like a year 2000 problem!
  Options for which security to use, signing or encryption can be set =
using=20
  the Security tab of the clients Options dialog or on an individual =
message=20
  basis by clicking the Options button.
  

  Q. How do I automatically create an =
Exchange mailbox=20
  for all members of the domain?
  A. Exchange can import users from a comma-separated-file =
(CSV) of=20
  the format:
  Obj-Class,Common-Name,Display-Name,Home-Server,Comment
Mailb=
ox,Administrator,,~SERVER,Built-in=20
  account for administering the computer/domain
Mailbox,batman,Bruce=20
  Wayne,~SERVER,
Mailbox,denise,denise van =
outen,~SERVER,
Mailbox,Exchange=20
  Service,Exchange Service,~SERVER,
Mailbox,Guest,,~SERVER,Built-in =
account=20
  for guest access to the computer/domain
Mailbox,IUSR_ODIN,Internet =
Guest=20
  Account,~SERVER,Internet Server Anonymous =
Access
Mailbox,IWAM_ODIN,Web=20
  Application Manager account,~SERVER,Internet Server Web Application =
Manager=20
  identity Mailbox,krbtgt,,~SERVER,Key Distribution Center Service=20
  Account
Mailbox,MTS_ODIN,MTS_ODIN,~SERVER,Transaction Server system =
package=20
  administrator account
  Exchange has the ability to generate this file from either a NT =
domain=20
  listing or a NetWare account list.
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
From the Tools menu select "Extract Windows NT Account List" =
(also=20
    notice the NetWare option)=20
    
Select the domain and a domain controller and click the browse =
button to=20
    select a directory and filename for the output. Click OK=20
    
A summary will be shown listing any errors encountered. Click OK =


  The file generated has ALL accounts in the domain (as can be seen =
in the=20
  example), for example Exchange service accounts, guest account, IIS =
accounts=20
  so you may want to edit the file generated and remove the lines for =
whom=20
  accounts should not be created.
  Once the file has been edited to satisfaction perform the =
following:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
From the Tools menu select "Directory Import"=20
    
Select the Windows NT domain and the MS Exchange Server. You can =
also=20
    select the container however you should leave this as the default=20
    "Recipients"=20
    
Click the "Import File" and enter the location and name of the =
.CSV file=20
    created earlier. You can also select to create a Windows NT account =
however=20
    since these accounts were generated by a domain listing its not =
needed.=20
    Click the Import button=20
    
The file will be read in and mailboxes created. Again a summary =
will be=20
    displayed showing any errors. 
  
- Example Import from Domain file
  Every member of your domain now has a mailbox on the Exchange =
server. In=20
  larger domains with multiple Exchange sites you may edit the file and =
import=20
  some people into one Exchange site and others into a different site =
depending=20
  on their geographical location.
  

  Q. How do I avoid having to enter the Key =
Management=20
  password?
  A. If you have the Key Management Server installed each time =
you=20
  start the KM service you have to either insert a disk with the =
password on or=20
  manually enter it depending on your configuration.
  It is possible to configure the service to look on the hard disk =
although=20
  this is not recommended due to security reasons however on development =
systems=20
  this may be OK.
  
    Create a directory on your local harddisk (or you could use an =
existing=20
    directory)=20
    
Copy the file kmserver.pwd from the floppy disk created to the =
local=20
    directory, e.g. d:\exchsrvr=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Exchange\KMServer=20
    
Double click on MasterPasswordPath=20
    
Change from A:\ to the directory, e.g. d:\exchsrvr. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Next time the service is started it will look for the password file =
on the=20
  local harddisk and not prompt for a disk to be entered.
  

  Q. I archived some .pst files to a CD-ROM =
but unable=20
  to load the files.
  A. When Outlook opens a PST file it needs write access so =
you will=20
  be unable to load a file from a read-only media such as a CD-ROM =
drive.
  To resolve simply copy the file to a writeable media and read =
accordingly.=20
  
  Messages can be send to a .pst file by using Outlooks archive =
function. To=20
  open with Outlook 98 select File - Open - Personal Folders File.
  If you store the PST files in a ZIP file on a CD they can be =
accessed (as=20
  when you access a ZIP file it is decompressed locally which would be=20
  writable).
  

  Q. How can I limit Exchange mailbox =
size?=20

  A. Exchange comes built in with the ability to limit and =
notify of=20
  quota violations.
  To set the limits perform the following:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
Expand the organisation, then the site and then the servers =
branch=20
    
Expand the server whose quota's you wish to set, select "Private =

    Information Store". Select Properties from the file menu=20
    
Select the general tab=20
    
You can set a policy for the keeping of deleted items (this is =
useful if=20
    you have users who delete mail they wanted to keep and will save you =
having=20
    to fish out a backup. Be careful of setting the "Don't permanently =
delete=20
    items until the store has been backed up" as if backups are not =
often this=20
    could affect performance badly.=20
    
The bottom half of the dialog allows you to set actions for =
quotas,=20
    namely
- A warning to be issued, e.g. 900 KB
- Stop the user =
sending=20
    mail, e.g. 1100 KB
- Stop the user receiving mail, e.g. 1500 KB=20
    
Click Apply then click OK 
  
  Individual limits can be set for users by double clicking on them =
under the=20
  Recipients branch and selecting the "Limits" tab. Under "Information =
Store=20
  storage limits" sections unselect the "Use information store defaults" =
and set=20
  explicit values for the user. Useful for your own mailbox ;-)
  Now the values for the warning have been configured you must tell =
the=20
  system how often to warn the mailbox owner.
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Utility=20
    
Expand the organisation and site=20
    
Expand Configuration=20
    
Double click on the "Information Store Site Configuration"=20
    
Select the "Storage Warnings" tab=20
    
Select the warning level, either never, always (which is every =
15=20
    minutes) or at Selected Times.=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  If a client exceeds the limit they will be given warnings to the =
effect of=20
  
  
  If the client does not have the helpful Office Assists enabled they =
will=20
  just get a normal dialog box.
  A message from the "System Administrator" with the conditions of =
the=20
  mailbox quotas will also be sent:
  Your mailbox has exceeded one or more size limits set by your=20
  administrator.
Your mailbox size is 1518 KB.
  Mailbox size limits:
You will receive a warning when your =
mailbox=20
  reaches 900 KB.
You cannot send mail when your mailbox reaches 1100 =

  KB.
You cannot send or receive mail when your mailbox reaches 1500=20
  KB.
  You may not be able to send or receive new mail until you =
reduce your=20
  mailbox size. To make more space available, delete any items that you =
are no=20
  longer using or move them to your personal folder file (.pst). Items =
in all of=20
  your mailbox folders including the Deleted Items and Sent Items =
folders count=20
  against your size limit. You must empty the Deleted Items folder after =

  deleting items or the space will not be freed.
  See client Help for more information.
  

  Q. How can I limit message sizes in=20
  Exchange?
  A. Maximum size limits can be set on the Message Transfer =
Agent=20
  (MTA) for inter server traffic by selecting the General tab of the MTA =

  configuration dialog of the server. The message would then be returned =
to=20
  sender in the event of the message being to large however for the =
people on=20
  the same server this limit is not used.
  Limits can also be set on a per user basis for all traffic:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program=20
    
Expand the Organisation and select the Recipients branch=20
    
Select the user and select Properties from the File menu=20
    
Select the Limits tab=20
    
Its then possible to set outgoing and incoming maximum message =
sizes=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  
- Setting the maximum outgoing size to 2MB
  

  Q. How can I undelete mail in =
Outlook?
  A. When you delete an item from the Outlook client (and its =
been=20
  removed from the Deleted Items folder) it is actually kept on the =
Exchange=20
  server for a set amount of time (Exchange Server 5.5 and above only),=20
  obviously this only applies if the mail is from an Exchange server, if =
you use=20
  Outlook to download from POP3, IMAP etc this does not work. Mail and =
can be=20
  recovered as follows:
  
    Start the Outlook client=20
    
Select the "Deleted Items folder"=20
    
Select "Recover Deleted Items" from the Tools menu=20
    
Select the message and click the "Recover selected message" =
button=20
    
Close the dialog=20
    
The message will be added to the "Deleted Items" folder =

  
  To change the number of days Exchange stores deleted items for =
perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start the Exchange Administrator Program (Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Exchange - Exchange Administrator Program)=20
    
Expand the Org, site, Configuration, Servers and select the =
server=20
    
Select Private Information Store and select Properties from the =
File=20
    menu=20
    
Select the General tab=20
    
Under "Item Recovery" select the number of days to keep deleted =
items=20
    for. You can also select to not delete items until the store has =
been backed=20
    up=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the Exchange Administrator Program 
=20
  

  Q. What workflow software is available for =
Exchange=20
  server?
  A. Workflow software is a tool to manage and automate =
business=20
  processes such as order processing, purchasing, support and sales.
  Using Microsoft Exchange Server or an SMTP/POP3 server and third =
party=20
  workflow software, you can easily implement powerful workflow =
applications=20
  that will streamline and decrease the cost of a business process.
  There are several third party workflow packages available for =
Exchange=20
  server. A few of them are
  
    Emailflow for Exchange (http://www.gficomms.com/)=20
    
Keyflow (http://www.keyfile.com/)=20
    
Eastman Kodak (http://www.eastmansoftware.com/<=
/A>)=20
    
  For a complete list please go to http://www.exchangesoftware.com=
/=20
  or for more information on workflow, go to http://www.workflowsoftware.com=
/.=20
  
  

  Q. How do you add an additional Global =
Address Book=20
  or another view to the global address book?
  A. This would be useful so, for example, you could separate =
out=20
  vendors email addresses (internet mail) from your actual post office=20
users.
  This can not be done easily.
  You would have to create Address Book Views. This would divide GAL =
any way=20
  you wanted based on criteria that you provide.
  But you have to assign search rights to everyone and if you make =
one=20
  mistake, NO ONE will be able to see anything of Address lists
  Here is the procedure for setting up Container Level Search Control =
using=20
  Address Book Views. This allows you to create virtual Exchange Server=20
  organizations within a single Exchange Server organization or site. =
This is=20
  useful if you have multiple companies or departments within one =
Exchange=20
  Server organization and you want to prevent these companies or =
departments=20
  from viewing the mailboxes of other companies or departments in the =
Global=20
  Address List.
  To set up Container Level Search Control using Address Book Views, =
perform=20
  the following steps:
  
    Set up an anonymous account in the properties of the DS Site=20
    Configuration object in the Exchange Administrator program. This can =
be any=20
    Windows NT account.=20
    
Open User Manager for Domains and create Global Groups for each=20
    department or company (depending on how you wish to separate the=20
    organization). Add the respective Windows NT User Accounts to each =
Global=20
    Group. These will be needed for step 4.=20
    
Set up an Address Book View. You can use any name for the =
Display and=20
    Directory names. Click the Group By tab in the properties for the =
new=20
    Address Book View, and choose either Company or Department for the =
Group=20
    items by: field (this depends on how you wish to separate the =
organization).=20

    
Open the newly created Address Book View so that you can see the =

    separate companies or departments listed below it. Open the =
properties of=20
    each of these, click the Permissions tab, and add the respective =
Global=20
    Group created in step 2 to the Windows NT accounts with permissions =
with a=20
    role of Search.=20
    
In the Exchange Administrator program, click Tools then Options. =
Click=20
    the Permissions tab. Ensure that the two check boxes that read "Show =

    Permissions Page for all objects" and "Display Rights for Roles on=20
    Permissions page" are checked.=20
    
Open the properties of the Organization object and click the =
Properties=20
    tab. Add the Search right to the Exchange Service Account. =

  NOTE: Before changing the rights of the Exchange Service Account, =
make sure=20
  that at least one other Windows NT account or group has at least the=20
  Permissions Admin Role on the Organization object.
  After you perform these steps, you should be able to log on to an =
Exchange=20
  Sever mailbox. Open the Address Book and choose "Show Names from the:" =
Global=20
  Address List. You should only see mailboxes and/or custom recipients =
from the=20
  Address Book View that your mailbox is associated with.
  This will not work for any mailbox whose associated Windows NT =
account has=20
  permissions on objects that give them inherited rights to the Address =
Book=20
  Views. These mailboxes will still be able to view the complete Global =
Address=20
  List. 
  

  Q. How do I delete a bad Schedule + =
message?=20
  
  A. When users free busy information that is not being =
published to=20
  the Schedule+ Free Busy public folder server correctly or free busy=20
  information shows free even though a user has appointments you may =
need to=20
  remove the "stuck" or corrupted messages in the Schedule+ Free Busy =
hidden=20
  public folder.
  To resolve this use mdbvu32 to remove the corrupt message. =
Mdbvu32.exe is=20
  on the Exchange Server CD in the support/utils directory.
  
    Logon as Exchange Service Account=20
    
Create a TEST mailbox with Service Account as NT account on the =
same=20
    server as the Schedule+ Free Busy folder. To find the Schedule+ Free =
Busy=20
    HOME SERVER open the Exchange Administrator program, expand =
Organization=20
    object, Expand Folders Object, Expand System, Folder ObjectExpand =
Schedule+=20
    Free Busy Object. Beneath the Schedule+ Free Busy object will list =
SITES=20
    where free busy information is being replicated from - Choose the =
object of=20
    YOUR site (not a replicated site). Choose File Properties of the =
Site Object=20
    for the Schedule+ Free Busy. At the bottom of this dialog box =
(General Tab)=20
    HOME SERVER will be listed=20
    
Create a profile for the TEST Mailbox in Step 2. 
  MDBVU32 STEPS
  
    Start the MDB Viewer by double-clicking the executable file =
Mdbvu32.exe=20
    from CD=20
    
The MAPILogonEx dialog box will appear click OK.=20
    
The Choose Profile dialog box should appear. Select the TEST =
mailbox=20
    profile you created in the prior steps. Click OK. NOTE: If the =
Choose=20
    Profile dialog box does not appear, you are most likely already =
logged on to=20
    a profile. Exit and Log Off the client and profile, and re-attempt =
step 3.=20
    
On the MDB Viewer Test Application menu, click MDB, and then =
select the=20
    OpenMessageStore option.=20
    
In the Select Message Store To Open dialog box, select the =
PUBLIC FOLDER=20
    item and click the Open button.(Open Mode should default to Best =
Access.=20
    Leave as default.)=20
    
From the MDB Viewer Test Application menu, click the MDB menu =
item, and=20
    click Open Root Folder.
NOTE: 3 MAPI_E_CALL_FAILED dialog boxes =
will=20
    appear. Choose OK to each of these.=20
    
From the Child Folders list box, double-click NON_IPM_SUBTREE. =
You will=20
    now see the SCHEDULE+ FREE BUSY folder.=20
    
Double-Click the SCHEDULE+ FREE BUSY object.NOTE: 3 =
MAPI_E_CALL_FAILED=20
    dialog boxes will appear. Choose OK to each of these.=20
    
A list of SITES will appear in the Child Folder box. (same sites =

    mentioned in determining HOME SERVER) Example: =
EX:/o=3DOrganization/ou=3DSite=20
    
Double-click YOUR Site (not a replicated site)
NOTE: If you =
cannot=20
    read the full name of the site double click each one one at time to =
see the=20
    full name at the top of the next screen. If you've selected the =
incorrect=20
    site choose CLOSE to go back to the list of SITES.=20
    
Once the correct site is double-clicked a list of the SCHEDULE+ =
FREE=20
    BUSY messages will appear in the CENTER "Messages In Folder" list =
box.=20
    
Scroll to the RIGHT & DOWN to see user names. Each users =
should only=20
    have 1 item(message). Normally when this problem occurs the user =
will have 2=20
    items(messages) listed.=20
    
Once the message(s) are located for the problem user select the =
message=20
    or messages (using the shift key for multiple messages) so that it =
becomes=20
    highlighted.=20
    
Locate the Operations Available drop down box (located below the =

    Messages In Folder dialog box).=20
    
15. Use the drop down and choose lpFld --> DeleteMessages() =
ON=20
    SELECTED MSGS=20
    
Once the lpFld --> DeleteMessages() ON SELECTED MSGS is =
selected.=20
    Click the CALL FUNCTION button.
NOTE: The messages may still be =
listed in=20
    the Messages in Folder list box - this screen will not refresh =
unless you=20
    choose the CLOSE button and come back to it.=20
    
Next Exit out of Mdbvu32.exe by choosing CLOSE 4 times which =
will get=20
    you back to the MDB Viewer Test Application dialog box. Choose =
Session from=20
    the Menu Option and then choose Exit.=20
    
Have the user who's free busy is not being published logon to =
their=20
    client and make an appointment (this will cause free busy =
information to be=20
    published to the SCHEDULE+ FREE BUSY hidden public folder)=20
    
Exit and logoff of the client then check the Free Busy times of =
the >=20
    user by creating a new meeting request. The free busy information =
should now=20
    be visible. 
  If the information is still not visible go back to step 1 on using =
mdbvu32=20
  to look at the schedule+ free busy information again check to make =
sure that 2=20
  messages don't exist. If they do follow steps to remove and complete =
the=20
  process again. 
  

  Q. How do I link Exchange 5.5 and the =
Windows 2000=20
  Active Directory?
  A. The latest beta of Windows 2000 ships with the Microsoft =
Active=20
  Directory Connector (ADC) which replicates a hierarchy of directory =
objects=20
  between the Exchange Server 5.5 directory and the Windows 2000 Active=20
  Directory.
  But first a potential problem:
  Protocol 389 is used for LDAP communication but if you are running =
Windows=20
  2000 and Exchange 5.5 on the same computer then you may find Exchange =
has=20
  problems starting the LDAP directory service and thus stopping you =
creating=20
  the connection.
  To get around this change the port the Exchange LDAP service uses =
by double=20
  clicking LDAP under <Org>\<Site>\Configuration\Protocols =
and=20
  change the protocol, e.g. to 1020. Restart the Exchange Directory =
service for=20
  the change to take effect.
  Exchange 5.5 with Service Pack 3 allows you to change the port used =
by LDAP=20
  SSL.
  Also if you install Exchange 5.5 on a 2000 domain controller you =
must make=20
  the Exchange Server account a member of the local Server Operators =
group.
  Back to ADC :-)
  The software is under the VALUADD\MGMT\ADC directory of the Windows =
2000=20
  CD. To install perform the following on the Windows 2000 domain=20
controller:
  
    Run setup.exe from the VALUADD\MGMT\ADC directory=20
    
Click Next to the install wizard=20
    
Select both the connector service and management components. =
Click Next=20
    
You will be asked where to install. Accept the default and click =
Next=20
    
Enter the Exchange Service account and click Next The account =
will be=20
    granted the 'Audit' right. Click OK=20
    
Files will be copied and click Finish once completed 
  A new icon 'Active Directory Connector Management' will have been =
added to=20
  the 'Administrative Tools' branch.
  Now we need to setup a connection agreement between the Exchange =
Server and=20
  the Active Directory:
  
    Start the ADC Management MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Active Directory Connector Management)=20
    
Right click on the Active Directory Connector (<machine =
name>)=20
    branch and select 'New - Connection Agreement'=20
    
Under the General tab enter a name and select the replication =
directory:=20
    
- Two-way
- From Exchange to Windows
- From Windows to =
Exchange=20
    
Select the 'Connections' tab and fill in connection information =
as shown=20
    below:

Notice I have both on the same machine however you =
will=20
    probably have different Exchange and Domain Controller machines.=20
    
Select the Schedule tab to select how often and when to =
replicate=20
    
Select the Deletion tab to control how deletions are handled, =
either=20
    delete from both directories when deleted from one or just note the =
deletion=20
    to a log file.=20
    
Under the 'From Exchange' and 'From Windows' tab select the =
items to=20
    replicate.=20
    
Click OK=20
    
The Exchange Schema will be modified and its directory service =
will be=20
    stopped and restarted. 
  Now changes will be replicated between the Exchange and Windows =
2000=20
  directory services.
  

  Q. What is the upgrade to large table =
option in=20
  Outlook?
  A. Microsoft Outlook 98 has a feature, "Allow upgrade to =
large=20
  tables," for Personal Folder (.pst) files. This feature increases the =
limit on=20
  the number of folders per file and the number of messages per folder =
in a .pst=20
  file. The limit has been increased from approximately 16,000 folders =
per file=20
  and messages per folder to approximately 64,000. This upgrade is =
permanent and=20
  cannot be undone.
  To enable the upgrade on the Internet Mail Only version of Outlook =
98=20
  perform the following:
  
    Start Outlook=20
    
Right-click the Folder List, and select Properties on the =
context menu.=20
    
Click the Advanced button.=20
    
Click "Allow upgrade to large tables."=20
    
Click OK and OK. 
  To enable on the Corporate Workgroup version:
  
    Start Outlook=20
    
On the Tools menu, click Services.=20
    
Click to select the Personal Folders service, and click =
Properties.=20
    
On the General tab, click "Allow upgrade to large tables."=20
    
Click OK. 
  

  Q. How can I disable the Journal in =
Outlook?=20
  
  A. The Journal function in Outlook can be used to track =
document=20
  changes and openings, mail actions, meetings and task management =
however it=20
  can take up a large amount of space if not archived regularly.
  If you don't want the features of the Journal it can be disabled as =

  follows: 
  
    Start Outlook=20
    
Select Options from the Tools menu=20
    
Select the Preferences tab and click 'Journal Options'=20
    
Unselect all boxes and click OK
=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog 
  No records will be written to the journal now.
  If you want to delete all current Journal information select the =
Journal=20
  branch, right click on each entry type, for example Microsoft Word, =
and select=20
  Delete from the context menu.
  

  Q. Internet Mail Server hangs on start-up, =
ID 7022,=20
  why?
  A. A FAQ reader recently brought this to my attention who =
after=20
  changing RAS in the network applet to only dial out and rebooting the =
server=20
  the NT event viewer showed an error message saying that The Internet =
Mail=20
  Server hung on start up ID7022. This occurs even if you install =
Exchange=20
  server to NT4 where RAS incoming call handling is disabled. The RAS =
setting=20
  was changed and the event was still generated.
  This was resolved by re-enabling the Incoming and outgoing dial =
access in=20
  RAS-> Network -> control applet. In Control panel -> Services =

  selecting RAS Connection manager and setting it to start up as =
automatic and=20
  RAS Access Server and setting it to start up as automatic.
  

  Q. How can I search my Exchange stores for =
virus=20
  infected messages? 
  A. After the problems with the recent Melissa=20
  virus, Microsoft have produced a utility which can search your =
Exchange=20
  store for messages which have been infected with a virus and clean =
them. This=20
  will not in any way prevent the virus from being introduced =
into the=20
  email system, you should ensure you are running anti-virus software to =
prevent=20
  the virus infecting your message stores.
  The utility can be downloaded for Exchange 5.5 and 5.0 for both =
Intel and=20
  Alpha 
  <=
/TABLE>
  Once downloaded the self extracting file produces two files, =
ISSCAN.EXE and=20
  the symbol file ISSCAN.DBG. Once you copy the files to the server =
running=20
  Exchange it is used as follows (you don't need to copy the .dbg =
file)
For Exchange 5.5

    Logon as an Administrator=20
    
Stop the Microsoft Exchange Server Information Store server (via =
Control=20
    Panel - Services)=20
    
Enter the command below from the command prompt =
(cmd.exe)
C:\>=20
    ISSCAN -fix {-pri | -pub} -test badmessage, badattach [-c =
<criteria=20
    file>]
Where the -fix parameter instructs ISSCAN to =
remove=20
    the messages or attachments found. Without the -fix parameter, =
ISSCAN will=20
    record all the messages and attachments it finds in a log file. =

The -pri=20
    or -pub parameter instructs ISSCAN to scan either the private or =
public=20
    information store (priv.edb or pub.edb).
The -test badmessage =
parameter=20
    deletes messages from the message table determined to be bad. The =
-test=20
    badattach parameter deletes attachments from the attachment table =
determined=20
    to be bad.
The -c <criteria file> is optionally and allows =
you to=20
    specify which messages ISSCAN will search for. If not used the =
Melissa virus=20
    will be searched for. The format of the criteria file is supplied in =
the=20
    readme file for ISSCAN which can be downloaded from here.=20
    
ISSCAN will create a report called either isscan.pri or isscan.pub, =

  depending on whether you are scanning a private store or public store. =
This=20
  report will include the attachment's filename that is deleted, and the =
sender=20
  of a message that is deleted. You can then use this information to =
determine=20
  the users computers who may need extra attention.
This utility is very powerful and can be very constructive or =
destructive=20
  depending on how it is used. Please use with caution and consider =
every action=20
  twice before implementing. There is no undo so restoring a backup is =
the=20
  alternative if a problem occurs. It is recommended that you do not use =
this=20
  utility until a known good backup is secured.
Q. How do I create an Outlook =
vCard?
A. Microsoft Outlook supports the use of vCards, the =
Internet=20
  standard for creating and sharing virtual business cards. In Outlook, =
as well=20
  as other e-mail applications and personal information managers, you =
can save a=20
  contact as a vCard or save vCards sent in e-mail messages.
To create a vCard to be attached to all outgoing messages perform =
the=20
  following under Outlook 98 and Outlook 2000:

    Create a new contact in Contacts of what you want your expanded =
vCard to=20
    look like. Remember this will go to everyone you send mail to so =
don't=20
    include personal information such as home number, address unless you =
really=20
    want to!=20
    
From the Tools menu select Options=20
    
Select the 'Mail Format' tab=20
    
Click the 'Signature Picker..' button=20
    
Click New to create a new signature=20
    
Enter a name for the signature and click Next=20
    
Enter text to be displayed and click 'New vCard from Contact'=20
    
Select the contact and click Add. Click OK=20
    
Select the new vCard from the dropdown list and click OK=20
    
Click OK to the Signature Picker=20
    
Click OK to the main options dialog 
All outgoing mail will now have your signature and vCard =
attached.
Q. How can I configure Outlook to be the =
default mail=20
  client?
A. Outlook 98 and Outlook 2000 will prompt you when starting =
to set=20
  as the default mail client if they are not already configured as such =
however=20
  if you checked the "Don't ask me this again" box you cannot display =
this=20
  dialog.
To force Outlook 98 and 2000 to check type the following:
C:\> "c:\program files\microsoft =
office\office\outlook.exe"=20
  /checkclient
Click Yes to the
"Outlook is not currently your default manager for Mail and =
News.
Would=20
  you like to register Outlook as the default manager?"
displayed message.
Clicking Yes updates the following registry entries which you can =
also=20
  manually update (and will need to for older Outlook clients such as =
Outlook=20
  97) 

    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Clients\Mail=20
    
Double click the (Default) value and set to "Microsoft Outlook" =
(don't=20
    type the quotes)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\mailto=20
    
Double click the (Default) value and set to "URL:MailTo =
Protocol" (don't=20
    type the quotes)=20
    
Double click the EditFlags value and set to 02 00 00 00=20
    
Double click the URL Protocol value and clear=20
    
Move to the DefaultIcon folder =
(HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\mailto\DefaultIcon)=20
    
Double click the (Default) value and set to
"C:\Program=20
    Files\Microsoft Office\Office\outllib.dll",-12=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\mailto\shell\open\command=20
    
Doucle click (Default) and change to
"C:\Program =
Files\Microsoft=20
    Office\Office\outlook.exe" -c IPM.Note /m "%1"
Alternate values =
(such as=20
    Lotus Notes) are:
"C:\Program =
Files\notes\notes.exe"=3DC:\WINNT\notes.ini=20
    %1=20
    
Reboot the computer 
Q. How do I install a digital signature in=20
  Outlook?
A. A Digital ID, also known as a digital certificate, is the =

  electronic equivalent to a passport or membership card. It is a =
credential,=20
  issued by a trusted authority, that you can present electronically to =
prove=20
  your identity or your right to access information. There are a number =
of=20
  authorities who can grant these certificates, VeriSign is the =
Microsoft=20
  preferred certificate provider.
To request a digital certificate perform the following:

    Start Microsoft Outlook=20
    
Choose "Options..." from the Tools menu.=20
    
Select the "Security" tab.=20
    
Click on the "Get a Digital ID..." button at the bottom of the =
security=20
    options window.=20
    
From the Microsoft web page that is displayed, click on =
VeriSign's=20
    "Enrol Now" icon.=20
    
Fill out the enrolment form with your identifying and billing=20
    information.=20
    
You will receive an email from VeriSign to corroborate your =
email=20
    address. Follow the instructions in this email to download and =
install your=20
    Digital ID on your computer's hard drive 
You can now configure Outlook via the Tools - Options - Security to =
attach=20
  a digital signature to every outgoing message or it can be manually =
added to=20
  messages individually. More information on this can be found at http:/=
/www.verisign.com/securemail/outlook98/outlook.html.=20
  
If you have multiple machines with Outlook you can install your =
digital=20
  certificate on them by exporting the digital certificate and then =
importing on=20
  the others as follows:
On the machine with the certificate installed perform the =
following:

    Start Outlook=20
    
From the Tools menu select Options=20
    
Select the Security tab=20
    
Click the 'Import/Export Digital ID..' button=20
    
Select the 'Export your digital ID to a file'=20
    
Under Digital ID click Select and choose your certificate=20
    
Select an area to save to and enter a password=20
    
Click OK 
On the other machines copy the digital ID file created and perform =
the=20
  following:

    Start Outlook=20
    
From the Tools menu select Options=20
    
Select the Security tab=20
    
Click the 'Import/Export Digital ID..' button=20
    
Select the 'Import existing digital ID from a file'=20
    
Select the file the digital ID was saved to=20
    
Enter the password for the ID=20
    
Enter the Digital ID name, e.g. John Savill=20
    
Click OK 
Q. How do I create a distribution list in =
Outlook=20
  2000?
A. Outlook 2000 introduces the ability to create =
distribution list=20
  and populate with people from your contacts list. To create a =
distribution=20
  list perform the following:

    Start Outlook 2000=20
    
From the Tools menu select 'Address Book'=20
    
In the 'Show Names from the' list, click Contacts.=20
    
Select 'New Entry' from the File menu=20
    
Under the entry type select 'New Distribution List'=20
    
Under the 'Put this Entry' select 'In the Contacts'. Click OK =
The empty distribution list will now be shown. To add members =
perform the=20
  following:

    In the name box type the name for the distribution list=20
    
Click the 'Select Members' button to add people to the list=20
    
Click Save and Close 
Distribution lists can be identified as they are shown in bold.
Q. How can I add a disclaimer to each =
outgoing mail=20
  at server level?
A. You can't do this in Exchange server. You would have to =
use a=20
  third party application such as EMail =
Essentials for=20
  Exchange. To setup a disclaimer in Mail Essentials perform the=20
  following:

    Start-up the Mail essentials configuration=20
    
Go to the disclaimer tab=20
    
Switch on disclaimer and enter disclaimer text. 
All outgoing mail will now include the disclaimer at the =
bottom.
Disclaimers can be added to emails on Exchange by using the =
BackOffice=20
  Resource Kit's IMS Extension. It allows pre-/post-text appends for =
incoming=20
  &/or outgoing emails & a journaling feature.
IMSEXT.DLL also allows this to be performed and the following files =
may be=20
  useful:

    IMSEXT.DLL=20
    
IMSExtension.h=
tm=20

    
IMSEx=
tension_examples.htm=20

    
IMS=
Extension_installing.htm=20

    
IMSExtension_troubleshooting.htm=20

    
IMSExten=
sion_using.htm=20
    
Q. How I can I block mail with certain =
attachments or=20
  certain words at server level?
A. You can't do this in Exchange server. You would have to =
use a=20
  third party application such as EMail =
Essentials for=20
  Exchange or Mimesweeper.
To setup a the content checking feature in Mail Essentials;

    Start-up the Mail essentials configuration=20
    
Go to the content checking tab=20
    
Now you can enter:
a. types of attachments that must be =
blocked
b.=20
    mails with particular words/phrases in the subject that must be=20
    blocked
c. mails with particular words/phrases in the body that =
must be=20
    blocked
=20
    
Any mail that is blocked is quarantined in the moderator client. =

Administrators/supervisors can then check the mail and either =
approve or=20
  reject it.
Q. How can I automatically compress all =
outbound mail=20
  to save on bandwidth?
A. You would have to use a third party product to do this. =
Two of=20
  these are

1. Mail essentials (http://www.gficomms.com/)
2. =
Max=20
  compression (http://www.centralhouse.com/)
  
Q. Unix users can't talk to an Exchange box =
News=20
  server without requiring authentication domain\user, why?
A. This can be corrected by allowing anonymous access to =
News as=20
  follows:

    Start the Exchange Administrator program (Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Exchange - Microsoft Exchange Administrator)=20
    
Expand the Org, site, Configuration and Protocols=20
    
Double click NNTP=20
    
Select the Anonymous tab=20
    
Check the "Allow anonymous access" box=20
    
Click Apply=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the Exchange Administrator program 
Q. Does the Exchange News server support =
mode=20
  stream?
A. No, Exchange 5.5 does NOT support MODE STREAM. The next =
major=20
  release (ie Platinum) will support MODE STREAM.
MODE STREAM is used by a peer to indicate to the server that it =
would like=20
  to suspend the lock step conversational nature of NNTP and send =
commands in=20
  streams. This command should be used before TAKETHIS and CHECK.
Q. How can I fax from Exchange =
server?
A. Exchange server does not include a fax connector, you =
have to buy=20
  a third party fax server. One of those connectors is FAXmaker for =
Exchange,=20
  which is available as a free 5 user version.
There is also a complete list of Exchange fax connectors at http://www.ntfaxfaq.com/
Q. How can I limit the number of recipients =
for a=20
  message?
A. Using a new registry entry that was added as of 4.0 =
Service Pack=20
  1 you can set the number of recipients for a message which is the sum =
of To:,=20
  cc: and bcc: (this includes personal distribution lists).
To implement perform the following:

    Logon to the Exchange Server=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchangeIS\Paramet=
ersSystem=20

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of 'Max Recipients on Submit' (don't type the =
quotes) and=20
    press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to the max number. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor If a user attempts to send a =
message=20
  to more recipients than is designated by the Max Recipients on Submit=20
  parameter and the user has the new Emsmdb(32).dll, the following error =
message=20
  may be displayed when the user attempts to send the message:=20
  The item could not be sent. The number of =
recipients=20
  on this message exceeds the upper limit configured by the=20
  administrator.If a user attempts to send a message to =
more=20
  recipients than is designated by the Max Recipients on Submit =
parameter and=20
  the user DOES NOT have the new Emsmdb(32).dll, the following error =
message may=20
  be displayed when the user attempts to send the message:=20
  The item could not be sent. The client =
operation=20
  failed.
More information can be found in Knowledge Base article Q126497 at =
h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q126/4/97.asp.
Q. My outlook .pst file is corrupt what can =
I=20
  do?
A. Windows 95, Outlook 98 and Outlook 2000 all ship with the =
'Inbox=20
  Repair Tool' which can be used to scan and fix a corrupted .pst (post) =

  file.
This utility is also installed with the Windows Messaging Service =
Setup on=20
  the Microsoft Windows 98 compact disc. You can find these programs in =
the=20
  folder <CD drive>:\tools\oldwin95\message\us\wms.exe.
A shortcut should be located in the Administrative branch of the =
programs=20
  menu but if it is missing or the shortcut does not work SCANPST.EXE =
should be=20
  located in:

    <NT drive>:\Program Files\Windows Messaging=20
    
<NT drive>:\Program Files\Common Files\system\Mapi\1033\NT =

If its not there try a search of the entire boot partition
C:\> dir/s scanpst.exe
Once located execute and you will be asked for the location of your =
.pst=20
  file and click start. If it finds errors it will fix them. I would =
advise to=20
  backup your .pst file first as sometimes it wipes out most of the =
content!
If you file was corrupt a folder "lost and found" will be created =
and you=20
  should create a new set of folders and drag items from the "lost and =
found"=20
  folder into their new/correct location. To create a new set of folders =
perform=20
  the following:

    Start Outlook with the profile that contains your Recovered =
Personal=20
    Folders.=20
    
On the Tools menu, click Services.=20
    
On the Services tab, click Add to open the "Add Service to =
Profile"=20
    dialog box.=20
    
In the Available Information Services list, click to select =
Personal=20
    Folders, and then click OK.=20
    
In the "Create/Open Personal Folders File" dialog box, select a=20
    directory and file name for the new Personal Folders file (*.pst), =
and then=20
    click Open.=20
    
Click OK to close all dialog boxes. 
Q. Where can I get Exchange Server =
2000?
A. Exchange Server 2000 (formally known as Platinum) is now =
at the=20
  beta 3 stage and can be downloaded or ordered in CD form from htt=
p://www.microsoft.com/exchange/prodinfo/2000/OrderKit.htm.
Exchange 2000 requires Windows 2000 RC 2 or above to install as it =
uses the=20
  Active Directory to store information, such as its configuration.
For a list of the new features see http://www.microsoft.com/exchange/prodinfo/2000/FeaturesGuide.htm.<=
/P>
  
Q. How can I encrypt email at server level? =

  
A. If you wish to use email encryption at server level, not =
at=20
  client level, you need to use a 3rd party product. The difference =
between=20
  encrypting at server level and not at client level is as follows:

    You can still virus check & content check attachments.=20
    
You do not need to setup keys for all users.=20
    
There is less administration and no need for user education. =
One of the downsides is that you can not do it with the Exchange =
security=20
  features. You need to use a 3rd party product. Some of these products =
are:

    Mail essentials for Exchange/SMTP - supports S/MIME & PGP =
encryption=20
    http://www.mailessentials.com/=20
    
Secretsweeper - supports S/MIME encryption - http://www.mimesweeper.com/ =

    
Tenfour - supports S/MIME & PGP encryption http://www.tenfour.com/ =
Q. How can I stop the Exchange SMTP service =

  performing reverse lookups?
A. Some SMTP hosts do a reverse Domain Name Service (DNS) =
lookup for=20
  security reasons when an SMTP connection is established. If this =
reverse=20
  lookup fails to resolve properly, they will possibly drop the =
connection.
To disable reverse lookup for Exchange perform the following:

    Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System|CurrentControlSet\Services\MSExchangeIMC=20
    \Parameters\=20
    
Double click on DisableReverseResolve (or create of type DWORD =
if not=20
    there)=20
    
Set the type to binary and enter 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
Q. How can I move an Outlook Personal =
Address Book on=20
  a Mac to a PC?
A. This can be done by having the user create a message and =
address=20
  it to all the members of their Personal Address Book. DO NOT SEND THE =
MESSAGE.=20
  Close the message and save it to the Inbox.
When the user connects to their mailbox the PC will have them open =
the=20
  message and then right click on the addresses of the message and add =
them to=20
  the contacts. This only works for single addresses and will not work =
for=20
  personal DLs.
Q. How can a FAT partition be =
converted to an=20
  NTFS partition?
A. From the command line enter the command =
convert d:=20
  /fs:ntfs . This command is one way only, and you cannot convert an =
NTFS=20
  partition to FAT. If the FAT partition is the system partition then =
the=20
  conversion will take place on the next reboot. 
After the conversion File Permissions are set to Full Control for =
everyone,=20
  where as if you install directly to NTFS the permissions are set on a =
stricter=20
  basis.
Q. How can a NTFS partition be =
converted to a=20
  FAT partition?
A. A simple conversion is not possible, and the =
only=20
  course of action is to backup all the data on the drive, reformat the =
disk to=20
  FAT and then restore your data backup. 
I've been informed that a NTFS to FAT conversion is now possible =
with=20
  PartitionMagic5.0 by PowerQuest. 
Q. How do I run HPFS under NT=20
  4.0?
A. If you want NT support for HPFS, you can =
upgrade from=20
  3.51 to 4.0 which will retain HPFS support. You can manually install =
the 3.51=20
  driver under NT 4.0, however this is not supported by Microsoft. 

    Copy the 3.51 pinball.sys to the NT 4.0 =
%SystemRoot%\system32\drivers=20
    directory.=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Goto the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services=20
    
From the Edit menu, select "New Key"=20
    
In the form entry box which appears, enter =
Pinball as=20
    the Key Name. Leave the class field blank, and click OK=20
    
Highlight the new Pinball key in the editor's left panel and =
select New=20
    Dword from the Edit menu=20
    
Enter a name of ErrorControl and click OK=20
    
Double click ErrorControl and set to "0x1"=20
    
Highlight Pinball again and select "New String" from the Edit =
menu with=20
    name "Group" click OK=20
    
Double click Group and set to "Boot file system"=20
    
Highlight Pinball again and select "New DWORD" from the Edit =
menu with=20
    name "Start" click OK=20
    
Double click Start and set to "0x1"=20
    
Highlight Pinball again and select "New DWORD" from the Edit =
menu with=20
    name "Type" click OK=20
    
Double click Type and set to "0x2"=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
Q. How do I compress a=20
  directory?
A. Follow instructions below (this can only be =
done on an=20
  NTFS partition) 

    Using Explorer or My Computer select a drive=20
    
Right click on a directory and choose properties=20
    
Select the "Compress" Check box and click "Apply"=20
    
You will be asked if you want to compress subdirectories, click =
OK=20
    
Click OK to exit 
Q. How do I uncompress a=20
  directory?
A. Follow the same procedure above, but uncheck =
the=20
  compress box.
Q. Is there an NTFS defragmentation =
tool=20
  available?
A. There are a number available for NT that I know =
of.

    Diskeeper - This is available from Executive Software, http://www.diskeeper.com/. A =
free cut=20
    down version is available for download, Diskeeper Lite. An update to =
version=20
    5 is available to enable it to run on Windows 2000.=20
    
Norton Utilities for NT - This contains a disk defragmentation =
package,=20
    http://www.symantec.com/=20
    
PerfectDisk 2000 - from http://www.raxco.com/ which has =
some new=20
    optimization that Diskeeper does not have and supports Windows 2000 =
out of=20
    the box.=20
    
O&O Defragmentation - can be purchased from http://www.oo-defrag.com/i=
ndex-e.html=20
    which I have been informed works well.=20
    
VoptNT - is available from Golden Bow Systems, http://www.goldenbow.com/ =
Windows 2000 has a limited built in defragmentation tool which can =
be used=20
  as follows:

    Start the MMC (Start - Run - MMC)=20
    
From the console menu select Add/Remove Snap-in=20
    
Click Add=20
    
Select "Disk Defragmenter" and click Add. Click Close=20
    
Click OK to the main Add/Remove dialog=20
    
Select the Disk Defragmenter option from Console Root=20
    
Select a partition, Analyze and Defragment 
Q. Can I undelete a file in=20
  NT?
A. It depends on the file system. NT has no =
undelete=20
  facility, however if the filesystem was FAT then boot into DOS and =
then use=20
  the dos undelete utility. With the NT Resource kit there is a utility =
called=20
  DiskProbe which allows a user to view the data on a disk, which could =
then be=20
  copied to another file. It is possible to search sectors for data =
using=20
  DiskProbe.
If the files are deleted on an NTFS partition booting using a DOS =
disk and=20
  using the undelete.exe program is not possible since DOS cannot read =
NTFS=20
  partitions. NTFS does not perform destructive deletes which means the =
actual=20
  data is left intact on the disk (until another file is written in its =
place)=20
  and so a new application from Executive Software, Network Undelete can =
be used=20
  to undelete files from NTFS partitions. A free 30-day version can be=20
  downloaded from http://www.networkundelete.com/<=
/A>.
Executive Software also have a free utility Emergency Undelete =
which can=20
  undelete locally deleted files, http://www.execsoft.com/.
It is important that once any file is delete all activity on the =
machine is=20
  stopped to reduce the possibility of other files overwriting the data =
that=20
  wants to be recovered.
Q. Does NT support =
FAT32?
A. Native NT does not support FAT32. NT Internals =
have=20
  released a read-only FAT32 driver for Windows NT 4.0 from http://www.sysinternals.co=
m/fat32.htm,=20
  or a full read/write version can be purchased from http://www.winternals.com/.
Windows 2000 has full FAT 32(x) support with the following =
conditions:

    Pre-existing FAT32(x) partitions up to 127GB will mount and be =
supported=20
    under Windows 2000.=20
    
Windows 2000 will only allow you to create new FAT32(x) volumes =
of 32gb=20
    or less. 
Q. Can you read an NTFS partition =
from=20
  DOS?
A. Not with standard DOS, however there is a =
product=20
  called NTFSDos=20
  which enables a user to read from a NTFS partition. The homepage for =
this=20
  utility is http://www.sysinternals.com/.
  
Q. How do you delete a NTFS=20
  partition?
A. You can boot off of the three NT installation =
disks and=20
  follow the instructions below: 

    Read the license agreement and press F8=20
    
Select the NTFS partition you wish to delete=20
    
Press L to confirm=20
    
Press F3 twice to exit the NT setup 
Usually a NTFS partition can be deleted using FDISK (delete non-DOS =

  partition), however this will not work if the NTFS partition is in the =

  extended partition.
You can delete an NTFS partition using Disk Administrator, by =
selecting the=20
  partition and pressing DEL (as long as it is not the system/boot =
partition).=20
  
There is also a utility called delpart.exe =
that=20
  will delete a NTFS partition from a DOS bootup. 
Q. Is it possible to repartition a =
disk=20
  without losing data?
A. There is no standard way in NT, however there =
is a 3rd=20
  party product called Partition =
Magic=20
  which will repartition FAT, NTFS and FAT32, however there is a bug in =
the=20
  product which makes the boot partition unbootable if it is =
repartitioned. A=20
  fix is available for this from their web site 
Q. What is the biggest disk NT can=20
  use?
A. The simple answer to this question is that NT =
can view=20
  a maximum partition size of 2 terabytes (or 2,199,023,255,552 bytes), =
however=20
  there are limitations that restrict you well below this number.
FAT has internal limits of 4 GB due to thefact it uses 16-bit =
fields to=20
  store file sizes, 2^16 is 65,536 with a cluster size of 64 KB gives us =
the 4=20
  GB.
HPFS uses 32bit fields and can therefore handle greater size disks, =
but the=20
  largest single file size is 4GB. HPFS allocates disk space in 512 byte =
sectors=20
  which can cause problems in Asian markets where sector sizes are =
typically=20
  1024 bytes which means HPFS cannot be used.
NTFS uses 64-bits for all sizes, leading to a max size of..... 16=20
  exabytes!!! (18,446,744,073,709,551,616 bytes), however NT could not =
handle a=20
  volume this big.
For IDE drives, the maximum is 136.9 GB, however for a standard IDE =
drive=20
  this is constrained to 528MB. The new EIDE drives can access much =
larger=20
  sizes.
It is important to note that the =
System=20
  partition (holding ntldr, boot.ini, etc.) MUST be entirely within the =
first=20
  7.8Gb  of any disk (if this is the same as the boot partition =
this limit=20
  applies) This is due to the BIOS int 13H interface used by ntldr to =
bootstrap=20
  up to the point where it can drive the native HDD IDE or SCSI. int 13H =

  presents a 24 bit parameter for cylinder/head/sector for a drive. If =
say by=20
  defragmentation the system are moved beyond this point you will not be =
able to=20
  boot the system. 
The boot process starts with your BIOS (Basic Input/Output System), =
not=20
  Windows NT.=20
  
The BIOS locates the beginning of a partition by using three =
numbers, the=20
  Starting Side (or Head), the Starting Cylinder, and the Starting =
Sector.
The end of a partition is identified by three similar numbers. The =
Side=20
  value is 8 bits with a range from 0 to 255 (256 numbers); the Cylinder =
is 10=20
  bits, and can range from 0 to 1023 (1024 numbers); the Sector is 6 =
bits, and=20
  can range from 1 to 63 (63 numbers). (Note that zero is not a valid =
sector=20
  number.) This means the maximum address on the disk is Side 255, =
Cylinder=20
  1023, Sector 63. The number of sectors is 256 X 1023 X 63, or almost =
16.5=20
  million sectors. Standard sectors are 512 bytes, so hence the size of =
7.87GB=20
  in which the system files must reside in.
Windows 2000 has no such limitation.  These are limits imposed =
by the=20
  specific machine BIOS.  Newer machines/BIOSes typically don't =
have this=20
  limitation.
Q. Can I disable 8.3 name creation =
on a=20
  NTFS?
A. From the key=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\FileSystem, change =
the=20
  value NtfsDisable8dot3NameCreation from 0 to 1.
You may experience problems installing Office 97 if you disable 8.3 =
name=20
  creation and may have to re-enable it during the installation of the=20
  software.
Q. How can I stop NT from =
generating LFN's=20
  (Long File Names) on a FAT partition?
A. Using the registry editor change the value=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\FileSystem\Win31FileS=
ystem=20
  from 0 to 1 and only 8.3 file names will be created.
The reason for not wanting the LFN's to be created is that some 3rd =
party=20
  disk utilities that directly manipulate FAT can destroy the LFN's. =
Utilities=20
  such as SCANDISK and DEFRAG that come with DOS 6.x and above do not =
harm=20
  LFN's.
Q. I can't create any files on the =
root of a=20
  FAT partition.
A. The root of a FAT drive has a coded limit of =
512=20
  entries, so if you have exceeded this you will not be able to create =
any more=20
  files. I don't have this many! Remember Long File Names take up more =
than one=20
  entry, see the next FAQ for more information, so if you have many =
LFN's on the=20
  root this will drastically reduce the number of files you can =
have.
Q. How do LFN's =
work?
A. Long File Names are stored using a series of =
linked=20
  directory entries. A LFN will use one directory entry for its alias =
(the alias=20
  is the 8.3 name automatically generated), and a hidden secondary =
directory=20
  entry for every 13 characters in its name, so if you had a 200 =
character long=20
  file name, this would use 17 entries!
The alias is generated using the first six characters of the LFN, =
then a ~=20
  and a number for the first 4 versions of a files with the same first =
six=20
  characters, e.g. for the file
john savills =
file.txt=20
  
the names generated would be johnsa~1.txt, johnsa~2 etc.
After the first 4 version of a file, only the first two characters =
of the=20
  file name are used, and the last 6 are generated, e.g. =
jo0E38~1.txt
Q. How do I change access =
permissions on a=20
  directory?
A. You can only set access permissions on an NTFS =
volume.=20
  Follow the instructions below: 

    Start Explorer (Start - Programs - Explorer).=20
    
Right click on a directory and select properties=20
    
Click on the Security tab=20
    
Click the permissions button=20
    
Enter the information required=20
    
Click OK, and then click OK again to exit 
Q. How can I change access =
permissions from=20
  the command line?
A. A utility called CACLS.EXE comes as standard =
with NT,=20
  and can be used from the command prompt. Read the help with the =
CACLS.EXE=20
  program (cacls /?). To give user john read access to a directory =
called files=20
  enter:
CACLS files /e /p john:r
/e is used to =
edit the=20
  ACL instead of replacing it, therefore other permissions on the =
directory will=20
  be kept. /p sets permission for user:<permission>
Q. I have a CHKDSK scheduled to =
start next=20
  reboot, but I want to stop it.
A. If the command chkdsk /f /r (find bad sectors, =
recover=20
  information from bad sectors and fix errors on the disk) is run, on =
the next=20
  reboot the check disk is scheduled, however you may want to cancel =
this check=20
  disk. To do this perform the following: 

    Run the Registry Editor (Regedt32.exe). You must =
use=20
    Regedt32 and not Regedit.exe=20
    
Goto HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session =
Manager=20

    
Change the BootExecute value from:
autocheck autochk =
*=20
    /r\DosDevice\<drive =
letter>:
To:
autocheck=20
    autochk * 
Q. My NTFS drive is corrupt, how do =
I=20
  recover?
A. To restore an NTFS drive using the information =
below,=20
  it must have been created using Windows NT 4.0, if it was not created =
using NT=20
  4.0 you should see Knowledge base article Q121517. To restore an NTFS=20
  partition you must locate the spare copy of the boot sector and copy =
it to the=20
  correct position on the drive. You need the NTdiskedit utility (you =
can also=20
  use Disk Probe that comes with the resource kit and instructions for =
Disk=20
  Probe can be found at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q153/9/73.asp=20
  or Norton disk edit) which is available from Microsoft Support =
Services. 

    Using NTdiskedit for Windows NT 4.0, on the File menu, click =
Open.=20
    
Type the Volume Name =
as
\\.\PhysicaldriveX
where=20
    X=3Dthe ordinal of the disk that appears in Disk
Administrator)=20
    
Click OK.=20
    
On the Read menu, click Sectors. Select 0 for Starting Sectors =
and=20
    select 1 for Run Length. Click OK.=20
    
On the View menu, click Partition Table. You should see a table =
that has=20
    four sections, Entry 0 through Entry 3. This refers to the order of=20
    partitions. If the partition in question is Partition 2 on the Disk, =
you=20
    need the data in Entry 1. If the Partition in question is the =
Partition 1 on=20
    the disk, you need the data from Entry 0 and so on.=20
    
Write down the values of Starting Sector and Sectors.
NOTE: =
all of=20
    the values you see will be in hexadecimal format. Do not convert to =
decimal.=20

    
Using a Calculator (you can use the one from the Accessories =
group if=20
    one is available) that can add hexadecimal numbers, add the values =
for=20
    Starting Sector and Sectors, and subtract 1 from the sum. For=20
    example:
STARTING SECTOR=3DOx3F
SECTORS=3D0x201c84=20
    +
----------
0x201CC3
Less 1 0x1 -
----------
Copy of =
NTFS=20
    bootsector=3D0x201CC2=20
    
On the Read menu, click Sectors. In Starting Sectors, type the =
value=20
    from the equation above. Type 1 in Run Length. Click OK.
You now =
should=20
    be at your copy of the NTFS bootsector. Visually inspect the boot =
sector for=20
    completeness, NTFS header at first line, text in the lower region =
(for=20
    example, "A kernel file is missing from the disk"), and so forth.=20
    
Click Relocate Sectors. This is the Sector you are going to =
write the=20
    bootsector. This will be the value of your Starting Sector with the =
Run=20
    Length of 1. Click OK.=20
    
Quit Ntdiskedit. Use Disk Administrator to assign a drive letter =
if not=20
    already assigned. Restart the computer; the file system should be =
recognized=20
    as NTFS. 
Q. How can I delete a file without =
it going=20
  to the recycle bin?
A. When you delete the file, hold down the shift =
key.
Q. How can I change the serial =
number of a=20
  disk?
A. The serial number is located in the boot sector =
for a=20
  volume. For FAT drives its 4 bytes starting at offset 0x27; for NTFS =
drives=20
  its 8 bytes starting at offset 0x48. You'll need a sector-level editor =
to=20
  modify the number (like the Resource Kit's Diskprobe).
Q. How can I backup the Master Boot =

  Record?
A. The Master boot record on the hard disk used to =
start=20
  the computer (the system partition) is the most critical sector so =
make sure=20
  this is the sector you backup. The boot partition is also very =
important=20
  (where %systemroot% resides). You need the DiskProbe utility that =
comes with=20
  the Resource Kit. 

    Start DiskProbe=20
    
From Drives, click Physical Drive, and click on the drive that =
is the=20
    system partition (from the Open Physical Drive dialog)=20
    
The disk clicked will be displayed in the Handle 0 section. =
Click "Set=20
    Active" and then click Close=20
    
From the sectors menu click Read. Accept the default sectors of=20
    "Starting Sector" 0, and "Number of Sectors" 1.=20
    
From the File menu click "Save As" and enter a file name. =
Also see:

    Q.=20
    How can I backup/restore my Master Boot Record? 
Q. How do I restore the Master Boot =

  Record?
A. Follow the instructions below, however be=20
  very careful!!! 

    Start DiskProbe=20
    
From "File" click "Open" and select the file that the =
information was=20
    saved as=20
    
From drives click Physical Drive and click the disk you want to =
replace=20
    the boot partition on=20
    
In the Handle 0 box, clear the Read Only box and click "Set =
Active",=20
    then click Close=20
    
From the sectors menu click write and set the starting sector to =
0, and=20
    click "Write it"=20
    
Verify and close DiskProbe=20
    
Keep your fingers crossed :-) 
Also see:

    Q.=20
    How can I backup/restore my Master Boot Record? 
Q. What CD-ROM file systems can NT=20
  read?
A. NT's primary file system is CDFS a read only =
file=20
  system, however it can read any file system that is ISO9660 =
compliant.
Q. How do I disable 8.3 name =
creation on=20
  VFAT?
A. Start the registry editor (regedit.exe) and set =
the=20
  value=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\FileSystem\Win95Trunc=
atedExtensions=20
  to 0.
Q. How do I create a Volume=20
  Set?
A. A volume set allows you to take all the unused =
space on=20
  one or more drives (up to 32 drives per volume set) and combine it =
into a=20
  single, large, system recognizable drive. To create a volume set: 

    Logon as an Administrator and start Disk Administrator (Start - =
Programs=20
    - Administrative Tools - Disk Administrator).=20
    
Click on the first free area of disk space, then hold down the =
Ctrl key=20
    and select all the other areas of unpartitioned space.=20
    
Once all the parts are selected, from the Partition menu select =
"Create=20
    Volume Set".=20
    
A dialog box will be displayed and you can choose the size of =
the=20
    partition to be created. Click OK=20
    
Once created the areas that are part of a Volume Set will be =
shown in=20
    yellow.=20
    
Close Disk Administrator (or select Commit Changes New)=20
    
A confirmation dialog box will be displayed, confirm and a =
reboot will=20
    be required.=20
    
Once the reboot has completed you can now format the volume. You =
should=20
    really format the Volume NTFS, as DOS and Windows95 clients will not =
be able=20
    to read it anyway! 
The main problem with volume sets is that if one drive in the =
volume set=20
  fails, the entire volume set becomes unavailable.
Volume sets cannot be used for the boot or system partition.
Q. How do I extend a Volume=20
  Set?
A. Extending a volume set is very simple, however =
a reboot=20
  will be required 

    Start Disk Administrator (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools - Disk=20
    Administrator)=20
    
Click on the existing Volume Set and hold down the Ctrl key=20
    
Click on the area (or areas) of free space to be added (a black =
border=20
    will be shown around them)=20
    
Choose "Extend Volume Set" from the Partition menu, or right =
click on=20
    one of the selected areas and this option will be shown.=20
    
A dialog box will be shown asking how large the drive should be. =
Click=20
    OK=20
    
From the Partition menu, select "Commit changes now"=20
    
Answer the further dialogs and reboot the server. 
The reboot will take longer than normal as the new area added has =
to be=20
  formatted to the same file system as the rest of the volume set.
Note: Only NTFS Volume Sets can be extended.
Q. How do I delete a Volume=20
  Set?
A. When you delete a volume set all the data =
stored will=20
  be lost. To delete a volume set: 

    Start Disk Administrator=20
    
Click on part of the volume set=20
    
Select Delete from the Partition menu=20
    
Click Yes on the dialog box 
Q. What is the maximum number of =
characters a=20
  filename can be?
A. This depends on if the file is being created on =
a FAT=20
  or NTFS partition. The maximum filename length on a NTFS partition is =
256=20
  characters, and 11 characters on FAT (8 character name, . , 3 =
character=20
  extension). NTFS filenames keep their case, whereas FAT filenames have =
no=20
  concept of case (however the case is ignored when performing a search =
etc on=20
  NTFS). There is the new VFAT which also has 256 character =
filenames.
NTFS filenames can contain any characters, including spaces,=20
  uppercase/lowercase except for the following
" * : / \ ? < > |
which are reserved for NT, however the file name must start with a =
letter=20
  or number.
VFAT filenames can also contain any characters except for the =
following
/ \ : | =3D ? " ; [ ] , ^
and once again the file name must start with a letter or =
number.
NTFS and VFAT also creates a 8.3 format file name, see Q.=20
  How to LFN's work?
Q. How can I stop chkdsk at boot =
time from=20
  checking volume x?
A. When NT boots it performs a check on all =
volumes to see=20
  if the dirty bit is set, and if it is a full chkdsk /f is run. To stop =
NT=20
  performing this dirty bit check you can exclude certain drives. The =
reason you=20
  may want to do this is for some type of removable drive, e.g. Iomega =
drives:=20
  

    Run the Registry Editor (Regedt32.exe). You must =
use=20
    Regedt32.exe and not Regedit.exe=20
    
Goto HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session =
Manager=20

    
Change the BootExecute value from:
autocheck autochk=20
    *
to:
autocheck autochk /k:x * =
Where x is the drive letter, e.g. if you wanted to stop the check =
on drive=20
  f: you would type autocheck autochk /k:f *. To stop =
the check=20
  on multiple volumes just enter the drive names one after another, e.g. =
to stop=20
  the check on e: and g: autocheck autochk /k:eg *, you =
do not=20
  retype the /k each time.
If you are using NT 4.0 with Service Pack 2 or above, you can also =
use the=20
  CHKNTFS.EXE command which is also used to exclude drives from the =
check and=20
  updates the registry for you. The usage to disable a drive is
chkntfs /x <drive letter>: 
e.g. chkntfs =
/x f:=20
  would exclude the check of drive f:
To set the system back to checking all drives just type
chkntfs /d
Q. How can I compress =
files/directories from=20
  the command line?
A. A utility is supplied with the resource kit =
called=20
  compact.exe which can be used to view and change the compression=20
  characteristics of a file/directory.
Q. What protections can be set on=20
  files/directories on a NTFS partition?
A. When you right click on a file in Explorer and =
select=20
  properties (or select Properties from the File menu) you are presented =
with a=20
  dialog box telling you information such as size, ownership etc. If the =

  file/directory is on a NTFS partition there will be a security tab, =
and within=20
  that dialog, a permissions button. If you press that button you can =
grant=20
  access to users/groups on the resource at various levels.
There are six basic permissions 

    R - Read=20
    
W - Write=20
    
D - Delete=20
    
X - Execute=20
    
P - Change Permissions=20
    
O - Take Ownership 
These can be assigned to a resource, however they are grouped for =
ease of=20
  use 

    No Access - User has no access to the resource=20
    
List - R User can view directory and =
filenames in=20
    directory=20
    
Read - RX User can read files in directory =
and=20
    execute programs=20
    
Add - WX User can add files to the =
directory, but=20
    cannot read or change the contents of the directory=20
    
Add & Read - RWX User has read and add=20
    permissions=20
    
Change - RWXD User has read, add, change =
contents=20
    and delete files=20
    
All - RWXDPO User can do anything she =
wants!=20
    
The permissions above can all be set on a directory, however this =
list is=20
  limited for a file, and permissions that can be set are only No =
Access, Read,=20
  Change and Full Control.
Another permission exists called "Special Access" (on a directory =
there=20
  will be two, one for files, one for directories), and from this you =
can set=20
  which of the basic permissions should be assigned.
Q. How can I take ownership of=20
  files?
A. Sometimes you may want to take ownership of=20
  files/directories, usually as someone has removed all access on a =
resource and=20
  can't see it. You would log on as the Administrator and take =
ownership. You=20
  cannot give ownership to someone else using standard =
NT=20
  functionality, only take ownership. 

    Log on as Administrator or a member of the Admins group=20
    
Start Explorer=20
    
Right click on the file/directory and select properties=20
    
Select the Security tab and click Ownership=20
    
Click "Take Ownership" and then click Yes to the prompt =
Q. How can I view the permissions a =
user has=20
  on a file from the command line?
A. A utility is supplied with the resource kit =
called=20
  perms.exe which can be used to view permissions on=20
  files/directories. The usage is
perms <domain>\<user> =
<file>
e.g.=20
  perms savilltech\savillj d:\file\john\file.dat
You can add /s to also show details of sub files/directories. The=20
  permissions shown equate to

    
    
      Exchange 5.5 Intel 
      ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc=
hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.5/ISSCAN/ISSCANI.EXE
    
      Exchange 5.5 Alpha
      ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc=
hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.5/ISSCAN/ISSCANA.EXE
    
      Exchange 5.0 Intel
      ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc=
hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.0/ISSCAN/ISSCANI.EXE
    
      Exchange 5.0 Alpha
      ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc=
hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.0/ISSCAN/ISSCANA.EXE
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  

  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  

  
  
  
  
  

    
    
      R
      Read
    
      W
      Write
    
      X
      Execute
    
      D
      Delete
    
      P
      Change =
Permission
    
      O
      Take =
Ownership
    
      A
      All
    
      None
      No =
Access
    
      *
      User is the =
owner
    
      #
      A group the member =
is a member=20
        of owns the file
    
      ?
      Permissions cannot =
be=20
        determined
  To output to a file just add > filename.txt at the end, e.g.
  perms <user> <file> > file.txt
  

  Q. How can I tell the total amount =
of space=20
  used by a folder (including sub folders)?
  A. There are two ways of doing this (there are =
more!), one=20
  using explorer and one from the command line. Using Explorer 
  
    Start Explorer (Win key + E or Start - Programs - Explorer)=20
    
Right click on the required folder and select properties=20
    
Under the General tab a size will be displayed and this is the =
total=20
    size of the folder and all sub-folders and their contents. =

  From the command line you can just use the dir =
command=20
  with /s qualifier which also lists all =
sub-directories,=20
  e.g.
dir/s d:\savilltechhomepage
would list all =

  files/folders in the savilltechhomepage directory and at the end the =
total=20
  size.
  

  Q. There are files beginning with $ =
at the=20
  root of my NTFS drive, can I delete them?
  A. NO!!! These files hold the information of your =
NTFS=20
  volume. Below is a table of all the files used by the file system:
  
    
    
      $MFT
      Master File Table
    
      $MFTMIRR
      A copy of the first 16 records of the =
MFT
    
      $LOGFILE
      Log of changes made to the volume
    
      $VOLUME
      Information about the volume, serial number, =
creation=20
        time, dirty flag
    
      $ATTRDEF
      Attribute definitions
    
      $BITMAP
      Contains drive cluster map
    
      $BOOT
      Boot record of the drive
    
      $BADCLUS
      A list of bad clusters on the drive
    
      $QUOTA
      Quota information (used on NTFS 5.0)
    
      $UPCASE
      Maps lowercase characters to uppercase=20
    version
  If you want to have a look at any of these files use the =
command
  dir /ah $mft
  Its basically impossible to delete these files anyway as you can't =
remove=20
  the hidden flag and if you can't remove the hidden flag you can't =
delete=20
  it!
  

  Q. What file system do Iomega ZIP =
disks=20
  use?
  A. By default, the formatted ZIP disks are FAT, =
however=20
  you can format these with NTFS is you want. NTFS has a higher overhead =
than=20
  FAT on small volumes (an initial 2MB) which is why you don't have NTFS =
on 1.44=20
  floppy disks.
  

  Q. What cluster size does a =
FAT/NTFS=20
  partition use?
  A. The default cluster size for a FAT partition is =
as=20
  follows:
  
    
    
      Partition size
      Sectors per cluster
      Cluster size
    
      <32MB
      1
      512 bytes
    
      <64MB
      2
      1K
    
      <128MB
      4
      2K
    
      <255MB
      8
      4K
    
      <511MB
      16
      8K
    
      <1023MB
      32
      16K
    
      <2047MB
      64
      32K
    
      <4095MB
      128
      64K
  This is why FAT volumes larger than 511MB are not recommended due =
to the=20
  amount of potentially wasted space due to the 16KB and above cluster =
size.
  The default for NTFS is as follows:
  
    
    
      Partition size
      Sectors per cluster
      Cluster size
    
      <512MB
      1
      512 bytes (or hardware sector size if greater =
than 512=20
        bytes)
    
      <1024MB
      2
      1K
    
      <2048MB
      4
      2K
    
      <4096MB
      8
      4K
    
      <8192MB
      16
      8K
    
      <16384MB
      32
      16K
    
      <32768MB
      64
      32K
    
      >32768 MB
      128
      64K
  NTFS better balances the trade off between disk defragmentation due =
to=20
  smaller cluster size and wasted space due to a large cluster size.
  When formatting a drive you can change the cluster size using the=20
  /a:<size> switch, e.g.
  format d: /a:1024 /fs:ntfs
  

  Q. How much free space do I need to =
convert a=20
  FAT partition to NTFS?
  A. The calculation below can be used for disks of =
a=20
  standard 512 bytes per sector: 
  
    Take the size of the partition and divide by 100. If this is =
less than=20
    1,048,576 use 1,048,576, if greater than 4,194,304 use 4,194,304=20
    
Add to the number calculated above the size of the partition =
divided by=20
    803=20
    
Add to the number calculated the total number of files and =
directories=20
    multiplied by 1280. You can work out the total number of files and=20
    directories using the dir /s command at the base of =
the=20
    partition, e.g.
dir /s d:\
Total Files=20
    Listed:
3397 File(s) 300,860,372 bytes=20
    
Add to the above 196096 
  To summarize:
  Free space needed =3D (<size of partition in =
bytes>/100) +=20
  (<size of partition in bytes>/803) + (<no of files &=20
  directories> * 1280) + 196096
  For more information see Knowledge Base article Q=
156560=20
  at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q156/5/60.asp=20
  
  

  Q. NT becomes unresponsive during =
an NTFS=20
  disk operation such as a dir.
  A. When you perform a large NTFS disk operation =
such as a=20
  dir/s *.* or a ntbackup :\*.* NT can sometimes become unresponsive =
because NT=20
  updates NTFS files with a last access stamp and if viewing thousands =
of files=20
  the NTFS log file can become full and waits to be flushed to the hard =
disk,=20
  this can cause NT to become unresponsive. To stop NTFS updating the =
last=20
  access stamp perform the following: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\FileSystem=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of NtfsDisableLastAccessUpdate and click OK=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  This should improve the performance of your NTFS partitions.
  Below is an example or a .reg file that can be used to automate =
this:
  REGEDIT4 
;=20
  
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\FileSystem]=20
  
"NtfsDisableLastAccessUpdate"=3Ddword:1
  

  Q. I have missing space on my NTFS =
partitions=20
  (Alternate Data Streams).
  A. Its possible to hide data from both explorer =
and the=20
  dir command within an NTFS file that you cannot see unless you know =
its stream=20
  name. NTFS allows multiple streams to a file in the form of=20
  <filename>:<stream name>, you can try it 
  
    Start a console windows (cmd.exe)=20
    
Run "notepad normal.txt" and enter some text and save. =
This has=20
    to be on an NTFS partition=20
    
Now edit the file again but this time with a different stream =
"notepad=20
    normal.txt:hidden". You will be prompted to create a new file. Enter =
some=20
    text and save=20
    
Perform a dir and you will see you still see only normal.txt =
with its=20
    original size. 
  You can have as many streams as you want. If you copy a file it =
keeps the=20
  streams, so copying normal.txt to john.txt, john.txt:hidden would =
exist. You=20
  cannot use streams from the command prompt as it does not allow : in =
files=20
  names except for drive letters.
  Microsoft provide no way of detecting or deleting these streams. =
The two=20
  ways to delete are 
  
    Copy the file to a FAT partition and back again=20
    
- ren <file> temp.exe
- cat temp.exe > =
<file>
- del=20
    temp.exe 
  One application I have found to detect alternate data steams is by =
Frank=20
  Heyne and can be downloaded from http://www.heysoft.de/nt/ep=
-lads.htm.
  Alternatively you can use Lizp which is downloadable from http://www.lizp.com/. I have not =
used it in=20
  earnest, however what I have seen looks very good. An example use =
would be
  
  Its also possible to write a function to enumerate every altstream =
in every=20
  file matching c:\winnt\*. To do this, let's define a function, we'll =
call it=20
  las, and it'll take one argument, the wild path. Then we could=20
  type
(las 'c:\winnt\*)
and we'd get what we wanted.
  Here's such a function definition:
(sequence
    (define
        (las Dir)
        (filter
            '(lambda
                (o)
                (cdr o) )
            (mapcar
                '(lambda
                    (FileInfo)
                    (if
                        (getfilesize
                            (car FileInfo) )
                        (cons
                            (car FileInfo)
                            (getaltstreams
                                (car FileInfo) ) )
                        (cons nil nil) ) )
                (dirlist Dir) ) ) )
    '(Enhanced with las) )
  Even though you could type all this in at the prompt, on one long =
line,=20
  it's easier to save the code above to a file. Let's call the file =
las.lzp.
  Now, from the Lizp prompt, you could type
  (eval (load 'las.lzp))
  and voila, you'll have a new function, las. Now try the thing =
above:
  (las 'c:\winnt\*)
  Suppose we think our Lizp should have this functionality always. =
Then=20
  type
  (Compile (load 'las.lzp) 'Lizp_with_las.exe true)
  and we'll have a new version of Lizp, called Lizp_with_las.exe.
  Finally, suppose we wanted a GUI application which asked us for the =
wild=20
  path, and then displayed the alternate streams in a window. Save the =
following=20
  lines to a file, let's call it las_gui.lzp:
(local
    (Result)
    (setq Result
        (las
            (inputbox
                '((Wild path to check for Alt Streams)) ) ) )
    (messagebox
        (if Result Result
            '((No Alt Streams found in path.)) ) )
	(exit) )
  Now, from Lizp_with_las' prompt, type
  (Compile (load 'las_gui.lzp) 'Las.exe nil
  and you'll have a new program, Las.exe, doing what we want. Note =
the last=20
  argument to the Compile function: the first time we compiled, we used =
"true",=20
  this last time we used "nil". This is because the first time we wanted =
the new=20
  program to create a console when run (because it was going to be our =
new Lizp=20
  interpreter). The second time we don't need a console.
  Another way to delete these streams is to edit them in notepad and =
delete=20
  all the text. When you quit notepad NT tells you that the file is =
empty and=20
  will be deleted and you only have to confirm.
  If you want to write your own programs to detect streams have a =
look at=20

  
    http://www.brilig.=
demon.co.uk/nt/streams.html=20

    
http://www.mvps.org/=
win32/ntfs/streams.html=20
    
  Basically the only reliable way of handling streams is to use the=20
  BackupRead() function. The only "problem" is that BackupRead() =
requires=20
  SeRestorePrivilege/SeBackupPrivilege rights which most users will not =
have
  BackupRead() actually does is to turn a file and its associated =
metadata=20
  (extended attributes, security data, alternate streams, links) into a =
stream=20
  of bytes. BackupWrite() converts it back.
  

  Q. How can I change the Volume ID =
of a=20
  disk?
  A. Windows NT provides functionality to change the =
volume=20
  name of a disk by using the command
  label <drive>: <label name>
  Windows NT does not provide built in functionality to change Volume =
ID's,=20
  however NT Internals has produced a free utility that can be =
downloaded from=20
  http://www.sysinternals.com=
/misc.htm=20
  called VolumeID which can change the volume ID of a FAT or NTFS =
volume. To=20
  view a drives current Volume ID you can just perform a dir=20
  <drive>: and the volume serial number is shown on the =
second=20
  line down, e.g.
  Volume in drive E is system
Volume Serial Number is=20
  BC09-8AE4

To change enter the command
  volumeid <drive letter>: xxxx-xxxx
  

  Q. How do I read NTFS 5.0 =
partitions from=20
  Windows NT 4.0?
  A. Service Pack 4 includes a read/write =
driver for=20
  NTFS 5.0 volumes (an updated ntfs.sys driver). This is installed by =
default=20
  when installing Service Pack 4 however you do not have access to the =
more=20
  advanced features such as junction points and the Encrypted File =
System.
  

  Q. How do share and file system =
protections=20
  interact?
  A. In general when you have protections on a share or on a=20
  file/directory the privileges are added, for example if user John was =
a member=20
  of 2 groups, one with read access and another with change the user =
would have=20
  read and change access. The exception to this if a group has "no =
access" which=20
  means no mater what other group memberships there are, any user in =
that group=20
  will have no access.
  The opposite is true when protections are set on the file system =
and on the=20
  share where the most restrictive policy is enforced, e.g. if the file =
has full=20
  control set for a user and the share only has read then the user will =
be=20
  limited to read-only privileges, likewise if the file had only =
read-only but=20
  the share had full the user would still be limited to read-only.
  Share protections are only used when the file system is accessed =
through a=20
  network connection, if the user is using the partition locally then =
the share=20
  protections will be ignored.
  

  Q. How can I backup/restore my Master =
Boot=20
  Record?
  A. The Windows NT Resource kit supplies a utility =
DISKSAVE.EXE which=20
  enables a binary image of the Master Boot Record (MBR) or Boot Sector =
to be=20
  saved.
  DISKSAVE has to be run from DOS and so you will need to create a =
bootable=20
  DOS disk and copy DISKSAVE.EXE to the disk. To create a DOS bootable =
disk just=20
  use the command 
  C:\> format a: /s
  from a DOS machine (do not do it from a Windows NT command =
session).
  Once you boot with the disk you will have a number of options:
  F2 - Backup the Master Boot Record - This function will =
prompt for a=20
  path and filename to save the MBR image to. The path and filename are =
limited=20
  to 64 characters. The resulting file will be a binary image of the =
sector and=20
  will be 512 bytes in size. The MBR is always located at Cylinder 0, =
Side 0,=20
  Sector 1 of the boot disk.
  F3 - Restore Master Boot Record - This function will prompt =
for a=20
  path and filename for the previously save Master Boot Record file. The =
only=20
  error checking is for the file size (must be 512 bytes). Copying and =
incorrect=20
  file to the MBR will permanently destroy the partition table =
information. In=20
  addition, the machine will not boot without a valid MBR. The =
Path/filename is=20
  limited to 64 characters.
  F4 - Backup the Boot Sector - This function will prompt for =
a path=20
  and filename to save the Boot Sector image to. The path and filename =
are=20
  limited to 64 characters. The resulting file will be a binary image of =
the=20
  sector and will be 512 bytes in size. The function opens the partition =
table,=20
  searches for an active partition, then jumps to the starting location =
of that=20
  partition. The sector at that location is then saved under the =
filename the=20
  user entered. There are no checks to determine if the sector is a =
valid boot=20
  sector.
  F5 - Restore Boot Sector - This function will prompt for a =
path and=20
  filename for the previously save Boot Sector file. The only error =
checking is=20
  for the file size (must be 512 bytes). Copying and incorrect file to =
the Boot=20
  Sector will permanently destroy Boot Sector information. In addition, =
the=20
  machine will not boot without a valid Boot Sector. The Path/filename =
is=20
  limited to 64 characters.
  F6 - Disable FT on the Boot Drive - This function may be =
useful when=20
  Windows NT will not boot from a mirrored system drive. The function =
looks for=20
  the bootable (marked active) partition. It then checks to see if the=20
  SystemType byte has the high bit set. Windows NT sets the high bit of =
the=20
  SystemType byte if the partition is a member of a Fault Tolerant set.=20
  Disabling this bit has the same effect as breaking the mirror. There =
is no=20
  provision for re-enabling the bit once it has be disabled.
  

  Q. How do I convert an NTFS partition to =
NTFS=20
  5.0? - Windows 2000 =
only
  A. Windows NT 5.0 introduces NTFS 5.0 which enables a number =
of new=20
  features. By default when you install Windows NT 5.0 it will =
automatically=20
  convert any NTFS 4.0 partitions to NTFS 5.0. ANY=20
  and ALL NTFS volumes Windows 2000 sees - including removable media are =

  automatically converted to V5.0 on the fly when Windows 2000 mounts=20
  them.
  Service Pack 4 has an updated NTFS.SYS which can read NTFS 5.0 =
partitions=20
  so apply this to any systems that need to read Windows 2000 NTFS 5.0=20
  partitions and in a multi-boot environment BEFORE installing Windows =
2000.=20

  By=20
  default (you can override using advanced option button) on server=20
  installations the boot partition will be upgraded to NTFS if you=92re =
not in a=20
  dual boot environment, yep that=92s right it automatically upgrades =
from FAT to=20
  NTFS. 
  

  Q. I cannot compress files on an NTFS=20
  partition.
  A. If when you try and compress files on an NTFS partition =
using=20
  Explorer (right click on a file/directory, select properties and check =
the=20
  compress box) the option is not available or when you try from the =
command=20
  prompt using the command:
  C:\> compact /c ntfaq.txt /s
  you get the error
  "The file system does not support compression"
  the cause is normally that the cluster size of the NTFS partition =
is=20
  greater than 4096. To check the cluster size of your NTFS partition =
use the=20
  CHKDSK command, e.g.
  C:\> chkdsk <disk>: /i /c
  The /i /c are used to speed up the chkdsk and at the end of the =
display it=20
  will tell you the bytes in each allocation unit:
  2048 bytes in each =
allocation=20
  unit.
1012032 total allocation units on disk.
572750 allocation =
units=20
  available on disk.
  If this number is greater than 4096 you will need to backup all the =
data on=20
  the disk and then reformat the partition using any of the following=20
  methods:
  
    Start Explorer, make sure the partition is not being used, right =
click=20
    on the partition and select format. Set the allocation unit size to =
4,096 or=20
    less=20
    
Start Disk Administrator (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools - Disk=20
    Administrator), right click on the partition, select format and =
again set=20
    the unit size to 4,096 or less=20
    
Format from the command prompt
C:\> format =
<drive>:=20
    /fs:ntfs /a:4096 
  Once reformatted you can then restore your backed up data.
  To understand more about the 4,096 limit please read Knowledge base =
article=20
  Q171892 at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q171/8/92.asp
  

  Q. How can I modify the CHKDSK =
timer?
  A. Service Pack 4 introduces a new feature which before =
performing a=20
  chkdsk of a disk if its dirty bit is set a 30 second countdown timer =
is given=20
  allowing you to cancel to chkdsk from running.
  If you want to modify this 30 second value perform the =
following:
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session=20
    Manager=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD Value. Enter a name of=20
    AutoChkTimeOut and press ENTER=20
    
Double click this new value and set to 0 to disable the timer, =
or the=20
    time in seconds you wish to be given to cancel the chkdsk.=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  The change will take effect at the next reboot
  

  Q. How can I view the current owner of a =

  file?
  A. The normal method would be to right click on the file in=20
  Explorer, select Properties, click the Security tab and click =
Ownership. This=20
  will then show the current owner and give the option to take =
ownership.
  To view from the command line you can use the SUBINACL.EXE utility =
that is=20
  shipped with the Windows NT Resource Kit Supplement 2. To view the =
current=20
  owner use as follows:
  C:\> subinacl /file <file name>
//++++
//=20
  D:\Documents\<file name>
//----
+ Owner =3D=20
  builtin\administrators
+ Primary Group=3D lnautd0001\domain =
users
+=20
  System ACE count =3D0
+ Disc. ACE count =3D1
lnautd0001\saviljo=20
  ACCESS_ALLOWED_ACE_TYPE FILE_ALL_ACCESS
  You could perform on *.* to list owners for all files in all =
subdirectories=20
  (no need for any /s switch).
  

  Q. How can I view/defrag pagefile=20
  fragmentation?
  A. System Internals has released PageDefrag, a free utility =
that=20
  shows fragmentation in the pagefile and then offers the option of=20
  defragmentation at boot time.
  The utility can be downloaded from http://www.sysinternals=
.com/pagedfrg.htm.=20
  Once you download just unzip the file and run pagedfrg.exe. Below is a =
sample=20
  output.
  
  I understand that Executive Software's Diskeeper 4.0 can also =
defragment=20
  pagefiles however I have not seen it in action (http://www.diskeeper.com/).
  

  Q. I get a disk maintenance message =
during=20
  setup.
  A. If during setup up get the message:
  Setup has performed maintenance on your hard disk(s) that =
requires a=20
  reboot to take effect. You must reboot and restart Setup to =
continue.
  Press F3 to reboot.
  This is returned when the Autochk part of the installation was able =
to=20
  repair the partition, but will require a reboot.
  For a FAT partition, this could include corruption of extended =
attributes=20
  was fixed, the dirty bit was cleared, orphaned long filename entry was =
fixed=20
  (or any other fixing of lfns), directory entry fixed, crosslinked =
files fixed,=20
  non-unique filename uniqued, or any other structural issues at all =
fixed.=20
  There will of course be other specific "fixing steps" that would cause =
this=20
  for NTFS, or other non-file system specific structures.
  In short this is not a problem as long as the setup does not get =
stuck in a=20
  loop keep running this stage.
  

  Q. Where is Disk Administrator in =
Windows 2000?=20
  - Windows 2000 only
  A. As with every other Administration tool in Windows 2000, =
Disk=20
  Administrator has been replaced with a Microsoft Management Console =
(MMC)=20
  snap-in.
  By default it is accessible via the Computer Management MMC =
snap-in
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Select the Storage branch=20
    
Select Disk Management=20
    
Should look familiar 
  
  Alternatively create your own MMC console
  
    Start the MMC (Start - Run - MMC)=20
    
Select "Add/Remove Snap-in" from the Console menu=20
    
Click Add=20
    
Select Disk Management and click Add=20
    
Select Local Computer and click Finish=20
    
Click Close=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog 
  You now have your own MMC with just the Disk Management. You could =
save by=20
  selecting "Save As" from the Console menu, enter "Disk Admin" as the =
name and=20
  click Save. You will now see under the Programs menu a new folder, My=20
  Administrative Tools with Disk Admin as a MMC snap-in. 
  

  Q. How do I convert a basic disk to =
dynamic?=20
  - Windows 2000 only
  A. Windows 2000 introduces the idea of a dynamic disk needed =
for=20
  fault tolerant configurations. To convert perform the following:
  
    Start Computer Manager=20
    
Expand Storage - Disk Management.=20
    
Right click on the disk and select 'Upgrade to Dynamic Disk'=20
    
Select the disks to upgrade and click OK=20
    
A summary will be displayed.=20
    
Click Upgrade=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation 
  Converting Basic disks to Dynamic disks don't require reboots - =
however any=20
  volumes contained on them after the conversion will generate a popup =
that=20
  basically says a re-boot is necessary before the volumes can be used. =
I=20
  generally say - NO, do not reboot - until all the volumes are =
identified and=20
  all the popups go away, then perform a single re-boot. 
  When you upgrade from basic to dynamic any existing partitions =
become=20
  simple volumes. Any existing mirrored, striped or spanned volumes sets =
created=20
  with NT 4.0 become dynamic mirrored, striped or spanned volumes =
respectively.=20
  
  If you get a message that says you are out of space then you may =
not have=20
  enough unallocated free space at the end of the disk for the private =
region=20
  database that Dynamic disks use to keep volume information. To be =
Dynamic it=20
  needs about 1 MB of this space, sometime the space is not visible to =
the user=20
  in the GUI but it is still there. 
  You may not have the space if the partition(s) on the disk take up =
the=20
  entire disk and were created with Setup, an earlier version of NT or =
another=20
  OS. If partitions are created within Windows 2000 the space is =
reserved,=20
  partitions created with Setup will reserve the space in a later =
release.
  To undo this conversion run Dmunroot.exe which will revert boot and =
system=20
  partition back to basic but all other volumes will be destroyed. =
Alternatively=20
  you should backup any data on the disk you wish to preserve, then =
delete all=20
  partitions - that should activate the menu choice "Revert to Basic =
Disk", the=20
  entire disk HAS to be unallocated or free space. Dmunroot is an =
unsupported=20
  utility available from Microsoft.
  

  Q. How do I delete a volume in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. To delete a volume just perform the following, be warned =
you will=20
  lose any data on these volumes.
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the Storage branch and select 'Disk Management'=20
    
Right click on the volume to be deleted and select 'Delete =
Volume..'=20
    from the context menu shown=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation 
  

  Q. How do I import a foreign volume in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. If you take a disk from another machine and place in a =
Windows=20
  2000 box it will be shown as foreign and its partitions not available, =
however=20
  its partition information can be imported and volumes used. Any =
volumes that=20
  were part of a set will be deleted during the import phase unless the =
whole=20
  set of disks are imported.
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the Storage branch and select 'Disk Management'=20
    
Right click on the volume to be imported and select 'Import =
Foreign=20
    Disks..' from the context menu shown
=20
    
Click OK to the displayed dialog of the disk to import. If you =
imported=20
    multiple disks they will be grouped by the computer they were moved =
from and=20
    can be selected by clicking the 'Select Disk' button. If the disks =
imported=20
    are not dynamic they will all be imported regardless of you choices. =

    
A dialog will be shown showing the volumes to import. Click =
OK

Notice the partition that was part of a RAID 5 set =
is not=20
    usable. 
  The data on the imported volumes will now be accessible (you have =
to=20
  refresh in Explorer to see them (press F5)). 
  

  Q. How can I wipe the Master Boot=20
  Record?
  A. The normal method is using the DOS FDISK command:
  C:\> fdisk /mbr
  however there are some cases where this does not work and a more =
direct=20
  method may be needed.
  A program called DEBUG.EXE is supplied with DOS, Windows 9x and NT =
and can=20
  be used to run small Assembly language programs and just such a =
program can be=20
  used to wipe the MBR. Perform the following, but BE CAREFUL, this WILL =
wipe=20
  your MBR leaving your system unbootable and its data lost.
  
    Boot to 9x or DOS (this cannot be done from NT since direct disk =
access=20
    is not allowed)=20
    
Start a command prompt=20
    
Enter the following commands (in bold):
C:\>=20
    debug
-F 9000:0 L 200 0
-a
0C5A:0100 =
Mov=20
    dx,9000
0C5A:0103 Mov es,dx
0C5A:0105 Xor=20
    bx,bx
0C5A:0107 Mov cx,0001
0C5A:0109 Mov=20
    dx,0080
0C5A:010A Mov ax,0301
0C5A:010D Int=20
    13
0C5A:0110 Int 20
<press Enter =
twice>
-u 100=20
    L 12   <check the code matches the=20
    above>
-g    =
<executes>

Program=20
    terminated normally
-quit 
  
  You can now install a replacement MBR via a normal =
installation.
  Thanks to Mark Minasi for giving permission to reproduce this =
Assembler=20
  code and a full explanation can be found in Windows NT Magazine Summer =
1999=20
  issue
  Another method from David Lynch:
  C:\> debug
-a
xxxx:0100 mov ax,0301
xxxx:01xx mov =

  cx,1
xxxx:01xx mov dx,80
xxxx:01xx int 13
xxxx:01xx int=20
  3
xxxx:01xx <CR>
-G
   This is much shorter. It has 2 theoretically possible failure =

  cases
  
    ES:BX accidentally and randomly points to a valid MBR. This is =
extremely=20
    unlikely and probably technically impossible. I ES:BX is initialized =
when=20
    debug starts. BX is normally the high part of the length of the file =
being=20
    debugged and I think therefore 0 if there is nor file and I think ES =
is the=20
    same as DS, SS, CS by default.=20
    
The 510th word pointed to by ES:BX is AA55. I do not know what =
the=20
    probability is here but it is at least 1/64K Further even if this is =
the=20
    case it still may not fail, just subsequent attempts to format the =
drive=20
    will believe there is a valid though maybe unusual MBR. 
  There is nothing special about filling the MBR with 0's. It just =
need to=20
  not be valid. Any invalid MBR is the same as no MBR.
  

  Q. How can I cancel a scheduled NTFS=20
  conversion?
  A. If you have scheduled a NTFS conversion for next reboot =
using the=20
  CONVERT command it can be canceled as follows:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe NOT regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session=20
    Manager=20
    
Double click BootExecute=20
    
Change from
autoconv \DosDevices\x:=20
    /FS:NTFS
to:
autocheck autochk *=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  

  Q. What is the Encrypted File System=20
  (EFS)?
  A. New to Windows 2000 and the NTFS 5.0 file system is the =
Encrypted=20
  File System (EFS) which as the name suggests is used to encrypt =
files.
  NTFS is a secure file system however with more and more people =
using=20
  portables and utilities such as NTFSDos which bypasses NTFS =
security=20
  another layer or protection is needed.
  EFS uses a public and private key encryption and the CryptoAPI=20
  architecture. EFS can use any symmetric encryption algorithm to =
encrypt files=20
  however the initial release only uses DES. 128-bit keys are used in =
North=20
  America, 40-bit internationally.
  No preparation is needed to encrypt files and the first time a user =

  encrypts a file an encryption certificate for the user and a private =
key are=20
  automatically created.
  If encrypted files are moved they stay encrypted, if users add =
files to an=20
  encrypted folder the new files are automatically encrypted. There is =
no need=20
  to decrypt a file before use, the operating system automatically =
handles this=20
  for you in a secure manner.
  In the event of a users private key being lost (either by =
reinstallation or=20
  new user creation) the EFS recovery agent can decrypt the files.
  

  Q. How do I encrypt/decrypt a =
file?
  A. Encrypting and compressing a file/folder is mutually =
exclusive,=20
  you can encrypt a file or compress it, not both.
  To decrypt a file perform the following:
  
    Start Explorer=20
    
Right click on the file/folder=20
    
Select Properties
=20
    
Under the General tab click Advanced=20
    
Check the 'Encrypt contents to secure data'. Click OK
=20
    
Click Apply on the properties=20
    
If you selected a file it will ask if you want to encrypt the =
parent=20
    folder to prevent the file from becoming unencrypted during =
modification.=20
    Click OK If you selected a folder if will ask if you want to encrypt =

    subfolders and files also. Click OK.
=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog 
  To decrypt repeat the above but unselect the box. If you decrypt a =
folder=20
  it will ask if you also want to decrypt all child folders and =
files.
  Compression of an encrypted file will not save in most case. =
Encrypt=20
  compressed file makes sense. There is a technical issue here. It is =
not=20
  because of reparse point. Neither compression nor encryption uses =
reparse=20
  point. The reason we do not support both is backup\restore. We provide =
a way=20
  for backup operator to backup encrypted file. The operator has no way =
to read=20
  the file in plaintext. The NTFS compression result depends on the disk =

  cluster. If the backup source and the restore destination has the =
different=20
  cluster size, NTFS could not restore the encrypted data because NTFS =
does not=20
  know how to understand the data.

Sparse and=20
  encryption.
Encryption is compatible with sparse. In other =
words, you=20
  can encrypt a sparse file and still keep it a sparse file.
  

  Q. What do I encrypt/decrypt a file from =
the=20
  command line?
  A. A command line utility, CIPHER.EXE, can be used to =
encrypt and=20
  decrypt files from the command line.
  CIPHER [/E | /D] [/S:dir] [/I] [/F] [/Q] [dirname [...]]

/E =
Encrypts=20
  the specified directories. Directories will be marked so that files =
added=20
  afterward will be encrypted.
/D Decrypts the specified directories. =

  Directories will be marked so that files added afterward will not be=20
  encrypted.
/S Performs the specified operation on directories in =
the given=20
  directory and all subdirectories.
/I Continues performing the =
specified=20
  operation even after errors have occurred. By default, CIPHER stops =
when an=20
  error is encountered.
/F Forces the encryption operation on all =
specified=20
  directories, even those which are already encrypted. Already-encrypted =

  directories are skipped by default.
/Q Reports only the most =
essential=20
  information.
dirname Specifies a pattern, or directory.

Used =
without=20
  parameters, CIPHER displays the encryption state of the current =
directory and=20
  any files it contains. You may use multiple directory names and =
wildcards. You=20
  must put spaces between multiple parameters.
  

  Q. How can a user request an EFS =
recovery=20
  certificate?
  A. To request a EFS certificate you first need the domain to =
have a=20
  trusted=20
  list of Certificate Authorities and the user needs to be a domain=20
  Administrator.
  
    Start the MMC console (Start - Run - MMC.EXE)=20
    
From the Console menu select 'Add/Remove Snap-in...'=20
    
Click Add=20
    
Select Certificates and click Add=20
    
Select 'My user account' and click Finish=20
    
Click Close=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog=20
    
Expand the Certificates root and right click on Personal=20
    
Select 'Request New Certificate' from the 'All Tasks' menu=20
    
Click Next to the Certificate Request Wizard=20
    
Select 'EFS Recovery Agent' and click Next=20
    
Enter a friendly name and description. Click Next=20
    
Click Finish the summary dialog=20
    
Click 'Install Certificate'. Click OK 
  You will now have a File Recovery certificate under the=20
  Personal\Certificates folder.
  

  Q. How can I add a user as an EFS =
recovery agent=20
  for a domain?
  A. Recovery agents are users who can recovery encrypted =
files for a=20
  domain. To add new users as recovery agents they must first have recovery=20
  certificates issued by the enterprise CA structure (a local =
certificate=20
  granted by the Administrator is no use).
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers (Start - Programs =
-=20
    Administrative Programs - Active Directory Users and Computers)=20
    
Right click on the domain and select Properties=20
    
Select 'Group Policy' tab=20
    
Select the 'Default Domain Policy' and click Edit=20
    
Expand Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security =
Settings\Public=20
    Key Policies\Encrypted Data Recovery Agents=20
    
Right click 'Encrypted Data Recovery Agents' and select Add=20
    
Click Next to the 'Add Recovery Agent Wizard'=20
    
Click 'Browse Directory'. Locate the user and click OK=20
    
Click Next to the agent dialog select=20
    
Click Finish to the confirmation=20
    
Close the Group Policy Editor 
  Refresh the machine policy
  C:\> secedit /refreshpolicy =
machine_policy
  The agent will only be able to recover files encrypted after the =
user was=20
  made an agent. If an encrypted files is unencrypted and the encrypted =
or even=20
  just opened the new agent WILL be able to recover it as the file will=20
  "refresh" its recovery certificates (if the recovery policy has =
changed).
  The local admin on a standalone PC or the first logon admin on a DC =
is the=20
  recovery agent by default. However this can be modified. You can =
remove the=20
  default recovery agent and assign any one as the recovery agent. In =
other=20
  words, admin can not read other person's encrypted file unless he is =
the=20
  recovery agent. The purpose of assigning the first logon admin as the =
recovery=20
  agent is to make life easier for most of our customer. The corporate =
user is=20
  recommended to modify the recovery agent.
  

  Q. How do I delete an orphaned =
share?
  A. An orphaned share is one that the directory it shares has =
been=20
  deleted. If you delete a directory in Explorer that is shared any =
shares will=20
  automatically removed. If you delete by a different method, such as =
from the=20
  command prompt then the share will be left and it may result in =
messages in=20
  the System Event Log of the form:
  The server service was unable to recreate the share NTFAQ =
because the=20
  directory D:\ntfaq files no longer exists.
  You can manually update the registry to remove these "rogue" =
shares.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\lanmanserver\Shares =

    
There is an entry for each share
=20
    
Select the entry for the share you wish to delete and select =
Delete from=20
    the Edit menu.=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation=20
    
If the share had special security set it will also have an entry =
under=20
    the Security sub-key so move to Security (under Shares), select the =
share=20
    value name and delete 
  If you type net share the share name will still be displayed until =
the=20
  lanmanserver service is restarted. If you manually restart it will =
also stop=20
  the services, net logon, computer browser and Distributed File =
System.
  Another method (if you have access) is to use Server Manager in NT =
4.0,=20
  connect to the machine and orphaned shares are grayed out, you can =
then delete=20
  them. Windows 2000 Computer Manager does not display orphaned shares =
in a=20
  different colour making this approach impossible in Windows 2K.
  

  Q. How can I check who last opened a=20
  file?
  A. The only way I know of would be to enable auditing on the =
file=20
  and then examine the Security Event log for access.
  
  In order to do this you will need the following:
  
    Enable auditing for files and folders via User Manager (Policies =
- Audit=20
    - Audit These Events - File and Object Access). In Windows 2000 use =
the=20
    Group Policy editor and edit the local policy or another GPO =
(Computer=20
    Configuration - Windows Settings - Security Settings - Local =
Policies -=20
    Audit Policy)=20
    
Start Explorer=20
    
Right click on the files/folders select Properties=20
    
Select the Security tab=20
    
Click the Advanced button=20
    
Select the Audit tab=20
    
Click Add=20
    
Select 'Everyone'=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Select the actions to audit such as 'List folder/read data'=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click OK to all dialogs 
  

  Q. I've increased the size of a hardware =
RAID=20
  volume but NT does not see the size increase, what can I =
do?
  A. You need to reset the Disk Administrator configuration by =

  performing the following:
  
    Backup your disk configuration by starting disk administrator =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Disk Administrator or just run=20
    WINDISK.EXE)=20
    
Insert a floppy disk and from the Partition menu select =
Configuration -=20
    Save. You configuration will then be saved to the disk=20
    
Close the Disk Administrator=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\DISK=20
    
Select the Disk key and press DEL.=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart the Disk Administrator=20
    
It will say its the first time Disk Administrator has been run =
and it=20
    will update the disk configuration 
  
  

  Q. I'm unable to use the Encrypted File =
System=20
  under Windows 2000 as I'm a member of a 4.0 domain.
  A. Because a machine in a domain uses the domain policy for =
recovery=20
  if the domain does not support EFS (such as a 3.51 or 4.0 domain) EFS =
is=20
  disabled. To get around this perform the following:
  
    Remove the Windows 2000 computer from the Windows NT 4.0 domain. =

    
From the command prompt, type:
secedit /refreshpolicy=20
    machine_policy /enforce=20
    
Rejoin the Windows 2000 computer to the Windows NT 4.0 domain. =

  

  Q. How do I enable per volume/user disk =
space=20
  quotas on NTFS 5.0?
  A. Windows 2000 introduces limited quota support which =
enables you=20
  to configured quota limits on a per user/per volume basis. You can't =
set a=20
  quota over multiple volumes.
  Quotas are on file size and even if files are compressed you still =
only get=20
  the MB of amount of the files. If you had a 5MB quota and compressed =
your 5MB=20
  of files sing NTFS compression you would have used all your quota.
  Quota support is only available on NTFS 5.0 volumes and is enabled =
as=20
  follows:
  
    Start Explorer=20
    
Right click on the volume and select properties=20
    
Check the 'Enable quota management' box
=20
    
You can set default options for new users and also set the =
actions to=20
    take if quota exceeded, either deny disk space or allow them to =
carry on.=20
    There are also various logging options, either when a user exceeds =
their=20
    warning level or when they exceed their actual quota.=20
    
Click Apply=20
    
A warning will be given. Click OK. The quota process will now =
check the=20
    volume and build up a list of current disk usage 
  

  Q. How do I view current quota=20
entries?
  A. To view current quota usage on a volume perform the=20
following:
  
    Start Explorer=20
    
Right click on the volume and select properties=20
    
Click the 'Quota Entries' button=20
    
A list of quota entries and the amount used will be =
displayed.
 
  

  Q. How do I add a new user quota=20
entry?
  A. To view current quota usage on a volume perform the=20
following:
  
    Start Explorer=20
    
Right click on the volume and select properties=20
    
Click the 'Quota Entries' button=20
    
A list of quota entries and the amount used will be displayed. =
From the=20
    Quota menu select 'New quota entry' or click the new document button =

    
Select the user(s) for the quota to be added. Click Add. When =
all or=20
    selected click OK=20
    
Set the warning level and final level for the user(s). Click =
OK
 
  If you select multiple users they will NOT share the quota, its =
just a=20
  quick way of adding lots of quota entries all with the same =
properties.
  

  Q. What are reparse points?
  A. Much of the new Windows 2000 file system enhancements are =

  possible thanks to reparse points which basically provide a =93hook=94 =
into the=20
  file system and allow extensions to the storage subsystem without the =
need to=20
  proprietary code to be written.
  Reparse points are actually special file system objects which have =
a=20
  special attribute that activate extra functionality in the storage =
subsystem.=20
  Any file or folder can have a reparse point meaning a single path can =
trigger=20
  multiple portions of extended functionality.
  

  Q. What are directory =
junctions?
  A. Directory junctions allow you to join folders together so =
you can=20
  map a directory to any local target directory. Imagine you had three =
folders,=20
  c:\folder1, c:\folder2 and c:\documents. Its possible to create a =
directory=20
  junction to c:\documents appears as a subdirectory of the other two =
folders=20
  resulting in c:\folder1\documents and c:\folder2\documents. 
  Originally a utility was supplied which enabled the creation of =
these=20
  junction points, linkd.exe, however this is now removed from the =
product and=20
  will be supplied with the Resource Kit. Directory junctions can also =
be=20
  created using the Application Programming Interface but you need to =
write a=20
  program.=20
  
On first view, directory junctions and the Distributed File System =
perform=20
  some of the same roles as they both give the appearance of a single =
directory=20
  tree which actually consist of multiple, distributed folders however =
there are=20
  differences:
  
    DFS utilitizes the Active Directory to store its =
information=20
    
Thanks to its Active Directory root Dfs can provide fault =
tolerance and=20
    load balancing, directory junctions cannot provide either of these =
although=20
    in a local context its not so necessary=20
    
DFS is more geared to merging network resources into a single =
namespace=20
    where as directory junctions only link local machine =
resources=20
    
DFS can work using multiple file systems but directory junctions =
rely on=20
    NTFS 5.0=20
    
DFS requires a client piece, directory junctions don=92t =

  

  Q. What are Mount points?
  A. Mount points are similar to junction points except that =
allow=20
  only the root of a volume to be mounted as a folder and are created =
using=20
  Reparse points thus the NTFS 5.0 requirement.
  Mount points are useful for increasing a drives =93size=94 without =
disturbing=20
  it. For instance you could create a mount point to drive d: as =
c:\documents=20
  thus seeming to increase the size available on c:
  

  Q. What do I add a Mount =
point?
  A. Mount points are created using the Disk Administration =
MMC as=20
  follows:
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in (Start =96 Programs =
=96=20
    Administrative Tools =96 Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the Storage branch and select Disk Management=20
    
Right click on the volume you want to create as a mount point =
and select=20
    =91Change Drive Letter and Path=92=20
    
Click =91Add=92
=20
    
Select a new =91folder=92 for the folder to be mounted as. If =
you click=20
    browse it will only show NTFS 5.0 volumes. Click OK
 
  If you then look in explorer the new mount point will have the icon =
of a=20
  disk but will have the full content of the disk as shown below
  
  

  Q. What do I remove a Mount =
point?
  A. Mount points are removed using the Disk Administration =
MMC as=20
  follows:
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in (Start =96 Programs =
=96=20
    Administrative Tools =96 Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the Storage branch and select Disk Management=20
    
Right click on the volume you want to create as a mount point =
and select=20
    =91Change Drive Letter and Path=92=20
    
Select the mount point to remove=20
    
Click Remove
=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation 
  It will leave the folder that was created so you need to manually =
remove=20
  it, in the example the folder 'd:\data drive' will be left as an empty =

  folder.
  

  Q. What do I create a Mount point from =
the command=20
  line?
  A. In line with Microsoft's goal of everything being =
possible from=20
  the command line, Windows 2000 has a utility MOUNTVOL.EXE which can be =
used to=20
  create mount points from the command prompt.
  Typing MOUNTVOL on its own will list all available volumes that can =
be=20
  mounted:
  C:\>mountvol
Creates, deletes, or lists a volume =
mount=20
  point.

MOUNTVOL [drive:]path VolumeName
MOUNTVOL =
[drive:]path=20
  /D
MOUNTVOL [drive:]path /L

path Specifies the existing NTFS =

  directory where the mount
point will reside.
VolumeName =
Specifies the=20
  volume name that is the target of the mount
point.
/D Removes =
the volume=20
  mount point from the specified directory.
/L Lists the mounted =
volume name=20
  for the specified directory.

Possible values for VolumeName =
along with=20
  current mount points=20
  =
are:

\\?\Volume{123504dc-643c-11d3-843d-806d6172696f}\
C:\
<=
BR>\\?\Volume{123504dd-643c-11d3-843d-806d6172696f}\
***=20
  NO MOUNT POINTS=20
  =
***

\\?\Volume{123504db-643c-11d3-843d-806d6172696f}\
D:\
\\?\Volume{123504da-643c-11d3-843d-806d6172696f}\
A:\
  To create a mount point manually create a new directory, then =
create the=20
  mount point using the volume ID listed from the MOUNTVOL command, =
e.g.:
  
    Create a CD directory
C:\> md CD=20
    
Create a mount point to the CD-ROM drive
C:\> =
mountvol CD=20
    \\?\Volume{123504db-643c-11d3-843d-806d6172696f}\ =

  That's it!
  

  Q. What is Native Structured =
Storage?
  A. Native Structured Storage or NSS was originally a new =
feature in=20
  Windows 2000 however it has been withdrawn due to problems with other =
system=20
  components.
  Native Structured Storage (NSS) was a method to transparently store =
ActiveX=20
  document files in a multi-stream format on NTFS volumes. Since NSS is =
no=20
  longer supported Active X document files are now stored in the normal =
document=20
  file format.
  Windows 2000 Beta 3 supplied a utility NSS2DOC.EXE (it is not =
supplied in=20
  newer beta releases) which converts NSS files to normal document file =
formats.=20
  This program is run automatically during upgrade and any problems =
logged in=20
  %systemroot%\setuperr.log.
  You can also run manually using:
  C:\> NSS2DOC-ca
  Normal causes for automatic conversion failure are:
  
    Files encrypted using the NTFS encrypted file system (since the =
account=20
    used at setup can not decrypt the files)=20
    
Files that cannot be written due to their security settings (run =
NSS2DOC=20
    as the user who owns the files to get round this problem)=20
    
Certain .tmp files, which are not fully flush when written and =
so may=20
    contain no real content 
  

  Q. How can I backup my local Encrypted =
File System=20
  recovery key?
  A. When a machine is in a domain the domains EFS recovery =
agents is=20
  used to decrypt files for which the user has lost their private =
key.
  In a workgroup or in a 4.0 based domain the recovery agent is the =
local=20
  Administrator so its vital to backup the Administrators private key. =
To do=20
  this perform the following:
  
    Logon to the computer as the local Administrator account=20
    
From the Start menu select Run=20
    
Enter the name 'secpol.msc'=20
    
Expand the 'Public Key Policies' branch and select 'Encrypted =
Data=20
    Recovery Agents' leaf=20
    
A certificate for Administrator with the role of 'File Recovery' =
will be=20
    displayed=20
    
Right click on the certificate and select 'Export' from the 'All =
Tasks'=20
    context menu=20
    
The certificate export wizard will start. Click Next=20
    
You have the option to also export the private key, select Yes. =
Click=20
    Next=20
    
Make sure 'Enable strong protection' is selected and click Next =
(you=20
    also have the option of removing the private key after it is backed =
up)=20
    
Enter a password for the exported key. Click Next=20
    
Enter the name for the exported file. Click Next=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
Click OK when the export is complete=20
    
If you choose to remove the private key after export you should =
now=20
    restore the computer 
  A file will now have been created in the target location containing =
the=20
  certificate. Make sure you keep it safe. Its only about 2KB.
  

  Q. How can I restore my local Encrypted =
File=20
  System recovery key?
  A. If you backed up the local EFS recovery key to restore =
perform=20
  the following:
  
    Logon to the computer as the local Administrator account=20
    
Move to the directory containing the recovery key (it has a .pfx =

    extension)=20
    
Right click on the file and select 'Install PFX' from the =
context menu=20
    
The Certificate import wizard will start, click Next=20
    
Click Next to confirm the file and folder=20
    
Enter the password used and click Next=20
    
Select 'Place all certificates in the following store' and click =
Browse=20
    
Select 'Personal' and click OK=20
    
Click Next and then select Finish=20
    
Click OK to the confirmation box 
  For other methods see KB article Q=
242296
  

  Q. How can I perform a CHKDSK  on =
an NTFS 5.0=20
  partition from NT 4.0?
  A. System Internals have released a utility, NTFSCHK from http://www.sysinternals.=
com/ntfschk.htm=20
  which uses some of Windows 2000's core files and allows full CHKDSK=20
  functionality on NTFS 5.0 partitions from NT 4.0.
  

  Q. How do I create a unix-like hardlink =
on=20
  NTFS?
  A. Hard links are pointers to files and are =
indistinguishable from=20
  the original directory entry. Any changes to a file are effective =
regardless=20
  of the name used to refer to the file (the original name or the link =
name).=20
  Hard links cannot span file systems or drives and are not currently =
supported=20
  within NFS mounts or from NTFS to the mount.
  The Server Resource Kit Contains ln.exe in the POSIX subdir. ln.exe =
is=20
  _not_ listed in the "Alphabetical List of Utilities".
  POSIX.wri contains some notes on it, but the "error" syntax is =
different=20
  than the syntax listed in POSIX.wri. POSIX.wri indicates an -s arg for =

  symlinks too which seem to not work. Also contrary to POSIX.wri use =
backslash=20
  in paths.
  Thanks to Jeff Absher for this information
  

  Q. Is there an alternative to the linkd =
utility=20
  supplied with the Windows 2000 Resource Kit?
  A. Linkd is used to create directory junctions which are =
explained=20
  in 'What=20
  are directory junctions?'. Originally a utility to create =
directory=20
  junctions was supplied in the core product but has now been moved to =
the=20
  resource kit.
  System Internals have written a clone of linkd.exe called junction =
which=20
  can be downloaded from http://www.sysinte=
rnals.com/misc.htm#junction=20
  and has some additional functions.
  

  Q. The "Data in Remote Storage" =
indicator is not=20
  correct, what can I do?
  A. Windows 2000 has built-in support for removable media =
however=20
  over time the amount of data it thinks is offline can become =
inaccurate. It=20
  basically allows you to store data that is infrequently used to =
magnetic tape=20
  but still accessible.
  This happens because a Validate Files job is not run every time =
files are=20
  migrated to off-line storage. When files are migrated to off-line =
storage, the=20
  "Data in Remote Storage" value is increased to reflect the correct =
amount.=20
  However, when files in off-line storage are deleted from the volume, =
this=20
  value is not decremented.
  To fix this problem you can force a Validate Files job to run:
  
    Start the Remote Storage Administrators Snap-in, and then select =
Managed=20
    Volumes.=20
    
Right-click the RSS-managed volume you want to run the Validate =
Files=20
    job on.=20
    
On the context menu, point to All Tasks, and then click =
"Validate=20
    files". You will receive notification that Remote Storage will =
create the=20
    task, and you can then view its progress using the Task Scheduler. =
Click=20
    OK.
 
  If you view the Remote Storage properties for the volume, the "Data =
In=20
  Remote Storage" value has been reset to 0, and is slowly increasing =
while=20
  files are being validated.
  

  Q. What is the Remote Storage System=20
  (RSS)?
  A. The remote storage system is new to Windows 2000 and =
addresses=20
  the problem of limited disk space.
  Prices of hard disks has fallen recently however tape is still much =
cheaper=20
  at around $20 for 8GB than hard drive space but is obviously slower =
access.=20
  Windows 2000 introduces a hierarchical storage management facility =
(from=20
  Seagate Software) that allows an NTFS 5 volume to be expanded by =
moving less=20
  used files to tape while leaving a placeholder on the disk so users =
can still=20
  "see" the file. When the user tries to access one of these files that =
has been=20
  moved to tape it is restored from the tape and opened in a read-only =
mode. The=20
  process is almost invisible to the user, all the user sees is a small =
dialog=20
  informing them the file is being restored from tape.
  Remote Storage is also known as Hierarchical Storage Management (or =
HSM) as=20
  it allows two tiers of data storage, the first being the hard disk, =
the second=20
  the data moved to tape.
  The files original size will still be displayed however it will not =
be used=20
  when free space is calculated on the disk.
  Programs need to be remote storage aware, especially backup and =
anti-virus=20
  software or it may attempt to fetch files from remote storage causing =
long=20
  delays and also you may WANT files to be fetched from remote storage =
for full=20
  backups. The NTBACKUP software package supplied with Windows 2000 has =
full=20
  support for remote storage and can also backup files stored on remote =
storage=20
  if you require. Be especially careful of FindFast supplied with Office =
97 and=20
  disable it!
  You must have local Administrator rights to configure Remote =
Storage and=20
  currently as off Windows 2000 first release have a 4mm/8mm dat or DLT =
drive.=20
  The volumes must also be NTFS 5.0. In the future media such as ZIP or =
JAZ may=20
  be supported but not at present. Also the dat/DLT drive should be on =
the HCL=20
  however I purchased a HP DAT8i for the test which is not on HCL but =
had no=20
  problems. I'm not encouraging you to use hardware not on the Windows =
2000 HCL,=20
  I'm just saying if its a standard dat/DLT type it will probably be OK =
and=20
  worth a try. Non-dat/DLT media will NOT work, I tried a Travan drive =
which it=20
  refused to use.
  

  Q. How do I install the Remote Storage=20
  subsystem?
  A. Windows 2000 includes the Remote Storage subsystem which =
is used=20
  to copy the data in infrequently used files to remote storage media =
such as a=20
  tape while leaving a file place holder still on the disk, when =
accessed the=20
  data is fetched from the tape. It basically works by monitoring =
volumes and=20
  when space dips below a defined level files not accessed for a certain =
time=20
  are moved to a removable mdeia.
  The subsystem is supplied with all versions of Windows 2000 server =
but NOT=20
  professional. To install perform the following:
  
    Start the Add/Remove Software control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Add/Remove Software)=20
    
Select Add/Remove Windows Components=20
    
Select 'Remote Storage' and click Next
=20
    
The files will be copied and you will have to reboot the server =

  Once the reboot has completed a new 'Remote Storage' component will =
be=20
  added to Administrative Tools and a number of new services =
configured.
  

  Q. How do I configure the Remote Storage =

  subsystem?
  A. When run run the Remote Storage MMC snap-in (from the=20
  Administrative Tools folder) for the first time a configuration wizard =
will=20
  run the first time which you can use to configure the basics. Before =
running=20
  insure you have a 4mm/8mm dat or DLT drive or the setup will not =
continue.
  
    Click Next to the introduction=20
    
It will check for the correct local rights and a media device =
that=20
    matches the required specification. If it fails but you have a DAT =
or DLT=20
    configured click on Remote Storage under the Removable Storage and =
ensure=20
    that it has a media pool of the required DAT/DLT type.=20
    
A list of drives that you can use with Remote Storage are =
displayed.=20
    Select the volumes and click Next
=20
    
Next set the percentage that the free space must dip below =
before files=20
    are moved to remote storage and also file sizes and how long since =
they have=20
    been accessed. Click Next
=20
    
Select the media type you wish to have the files copied to, e.g. =
4mm=20
    DDS. Click Next=20
    
Next you can configure a schedule for which the check for files =
to be=20
    moved will be performed. Click the 'Change Schedule' button to =
modify from=20
    the default of everyday at 02:00. Click Next.=20
    
A summary will be displayed. Click Finish
 
  The information will now be displayed under the 'Managed Volumes' =
branch=20
  and can be modified if required. A 'Remote Storage' tab will also be =
added to=20
  the disk properties from Explorer to enable easy configuration.
  You can add more managed volumes by right clicking on 'Managed =
Volumes' and=20
  selecting 'New - Managed Volume(s)...'. The wizard shown above will =
then run=20
  again.
  

  Q. How do I force a Remote Storage=20
  scan?
  A. Normally the remote storage scan is scheduled to run once =
a day=20
  however you can force it to run if you want.
  
    Start the Remote Storage MMC (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    Remote Storage)=20
    
Select 'Managed Volumes'=20
    
Right click on the volume and from the context menu select All =
Tasks=20
    -> Copy Files to Remote Storage
=20
    
Click OK to start the check 
  It may take some time to run but you can monitor the progress using =
the=20
  Scheduled Tasks MMC snap-in (Start - Programs - Accessories - System =
Tools -=20
  Scheduled Tasks). When complete the task be removed from the list.
  

  Q. How can I tell which files have been =
moved to=20
  remote storage?
  A. Files that have been moved to remote storage have a small =
clock=20
  icon on them which means they have been moved to remote storage.
  
  When you access the files it will be fetched from remote storage =
and a=20
  dialog will be displayed showing progress.
  
  From the command prompt you can tell as the file size is in a =
bracket,=20
  e.g.
  F:\NT FAQ Book>dir
Volume in drive F is=20
  Archive
Volume Serial Number is D44C-7669

Directory of F:\NT =
FAQ=20
  Book

30/06/1999 13:59 <DIR> .
30/06/1999 13:59 =
<DIR>=20
  ..
05/02/1999 16:58 1,618 2000only.tif
05/02/1999 16:57 1,758=20
  4&5.tif
05/02/1999 16:58 1,638 40only.tif
04/01/1999 15:36 =
(281,088) appendixa.doc
04/01/1999 15:38 =
(310,272) appendixb.doc
09/02/1999 12:42 =
1,050,246=20
  book cover.bmp
23/02/1999 15:47 (297,472)=20
  btoc.doc
04/01/1999 15:35 (279,552)=20
  dedication.doc
  

  Q. How can I disable remote storage for =
a=20
  volume?
  A. If you decide you want to disable the use of remote =
storage and=20
  instead just want normal file storage you can disable using the =
following=20
  procedure. You must decide if you wish to copy back any files that =
have been=20
  stored on remote storage of leave them on tape.
  
    Start the Remote Storage MMC (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    Remote Storage)=20
    
Select 'Managed Volumes'=20
    
Right click on the volume you wish to disable remote storage for =
and=20
    select "Remove"=20
    
Click Next to the removal wizard=20
    
Select if you wish to move files stored on remote storage back =
to the=20
    disk or leave them on tape but no new files will be moved. Select =
the recall=20
    option and click Next
=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation=20
    
Click Finish to the final wizard screen 
  A red cross will be displayed next to the volume while the files =
are=20
  recalled from tape. Once the files are fully restored the volume will =
be=20
  removed from the window.

  

  Q. What is Group Policy?
  A. You will no doubt be familiar with the concept of group =
policies=20
  in NT 4.0 and by utilizing the Group Policy Editor you can configure =
various=20
  restrictions, save it as file NTCONFIG.POL in the netlogon share and =
the=20
  settings will be applied to all users of the domain. Effectively all =
the=20
  policies of Windows NT 4.0 allowed were registry updates.
  These policy settings could be configured for users, computers or =
groups of=20
  users.
  Windows 2000 takes this to the next level and promises the =
following=20
  ideal
  "The=20
  ability for the Administrator to state a wish about the state of their =
Users=20
  environment once, and then rely on the system to enforce that =
wish"
  In Windows 2000 the Group Policy model has been completely updated =
and now=20
  utilizes the Active Directory and offers much more than just registry=20
  restrictions, for example
  
    Application deployment=20
    
Logon/logoff/startup/shutdown scripts=20
    
Folder redirection 
  Group Policy Object's (GPO's) are a policy unit and can be applied =
to a=20
  site, domain or organizational unit (OU), in fact it will often be the =
case=20
  that a user/computer will have multiple GPO's applicable to them and =
in the=20
  event of a clash of a setting the order of precedence is Site,=20
  Domain then OU, SDOU, and so any setting defined at a =
site level=20
  can be overwritten by a domain setting, anything defined on a domain =
can be=20
  overwritten by an OU setting. There is a fourth type, the Local =

  computer policy and this has bottom priority and any policies will be=20
  overwritten by any of the others which gives us an order of LSDOU.
  The three mechanisms to apply Group Policies for sites, domains and =
OU=92s=20
  are as follows:
  
    Domain Group Policy Object
Start the =93Active Directory =
Users and=20
    Computers=94 MMC snap-in, right click on the domain and select =
Properties.=20
    Select the =93Group Policy=94 tab=20
    
OU Group Policy Object
Start the =93Active Directory Users =
and=20
    Computers=94 MMC snap-in, right click on the OU and select =
Properties. Select=20
    the =93Group Policy=94 tab=20
    
Sites Group Policy Object
Start the =93Active Directory Sites =
and=20
    Services=94 MMC snap-in, expand the sites right click on the =
required site and=20
    select Properties. Select the =93Group Policy=94 tab 
  By default when you select Group Policy for a container there will =
be no=20
  GPO and you have the option of either adding an existing GPO to the =
container=20
  or creating a new one. To create a new GPO just click the New button =
and enter=20
  a name for the GPO. Once created clicking the Edit button can modify =
the=20
  specified policy. A new instance of the Microsoft Management Console =
will be=20
  started with the Group Policy Editor loaded with the selected GPO at =
the=20
  root.

Windows NT 4.0 policies already in place are NOT upgraded =
to 2000=20
  and you will need to redefine all your policies as GPO's. In a mixed=20
  environment of both 4.0 and 2000 clients you will need to keep a =
NTCONFIG.POL=20
  in the NETLOGON share of the domain controllers (even the 2000 DC's as =
they=20
  may authenticate 4.0 client logons in a mixed environment) to ensure =
4.0=20
  clients still receive their policy settings. Windows 2000 clients will =
ignore=20
  NTCONFIG.POL unless you make a policy change to instruct them to =
implement the=20
  NTCONFIG.POL contents. If you do then the order of reading is 
  
    GPO(s) Computer at startup=20
    
Computer NTCONFIG.POL at login=20
    
User NTCONFIG.POL at login=20
    
GPO(s) User at login 
  As has been said, GPO information is stored in the Active Directory =
but the=20
  policy itself is stored on the SYSVOL container on each domain =
controller as=20
  %systemroot%\SYSVOL\sysvol\<domain>\Policies\<GUID of GPO> =
(GUID=20
  is Globally Unique IDentifier).
  Under the folder you will find a file Gpt.ini which for non local =
GPO will=20
  contain:
  [General]
Version=3D<version number>
  For example the version may be 65539. The least 4 significant =
digits (four=20
  right most digits) represent the Computer =
Settings version=20
  number (3) and the most four significant represent the User =
Settings=20
  version numsber (four left most digits) =
(1). You=20
  have to convert to hexadecimal so:
  65539 : 00010003
  Also within the folder is an Adm folder which contains the .adm =
template=20
  files which are used in the GPO. Also in the folder are a MACHINE and =
USER=20
  folder containing specific settings.
  You can check the GUID for a GPO by right clicking on its root and=20
  selecting Properties and viewing the Unique name property.
  
  To avoid any conflicts with GPO modifications only the PDC role =
holder can=20
  make changes to the GPO.
  Another change is that old 4.0 policies are 'tattooed' in the =
registry,=20
  meaning that even after a policy has been removed, its settings stay =
in the=20
  registry until changed by something else. An advantage of the Windows =
2000=20
  Group Policies is that this does not occur. The reason for this is =
that in=20
  Windows 2000, registry settings written to the following two secure =
registry=20
  locations are cleaned up when a Group Policy Object no longer =
applies:
  
    \Software\Policies=20
    
\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies 
  Finally unlike the 4.0 Group Policies the policy actually gets =
refreshed at=20
  certain times, well not ALL of the policy,  software deployment =
and=20
  folder redirection are not updated as, for example, you would be =
unhappy if=20
  the GPO was modified to remove Word and you were using it at the time =
and it=20
  suddenly uninstalled! All 2000 machines refresh the policy every 90 =
minutes=20
  except domain controllers who replicate every 5 minutes. These times =
and the=20
  parts to replicate can be modified within the GPO.
  

  Q. How can I force GPO updates to take=20
  effect?
  A. Policies are refreshed every 90 minutes (5 on DC's). =
To=20
  force a machine to update the policy use the SECEDIT command.
  To update the computer policy type
  C:\> secedit /refreshpolicy machine_policy
  To update the user policy type
  C:\> secedit /refreshpolicy user_policy
  Adding /enforce to any of the above forces a  reapply of the =
security=20
  policy even if there is no GPO change.
  

  Q. How can I enable the old NTCONFIG.POL =
to be used=20
  by Windows 2000 clients?
  A. By default Windows 2000 based clients don't use =
NTCONFIG.POL=20
  but instead use Group Policy Objects (GPO) as defined in the Active =
Directory.=20
  NT 4.0 clients still use NTCONFIG.POL even in a 2000 domain.
  It used to be possible (pre RC2, build 2128) to enable the =
2000=20
  clients to use NTCONFIG.POL however you should have a good reason as =
GPOs are=20
  superior to the old system policies. This has been removed due to=20
  complications in implementation. 
  To enable system policies (NTCONFIG.POL) perform the following pre =
build=20
  2128 are as follows:
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Right click on the root domain name, for example savilltech.com =
and=20
    select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Group Policy' tab=20
    
Select the 'Default Domain Policy' GPO and click Edit=20
    
The Group Policy MMC snap-in will be started with the domain GPO =
at the=20
    root=20
    
Move to Computer Configuration\Administrative =
Templates\System\Group=20
    Policy=20
    
Double click 'Disable system policy' and set to Disabled. Click=20
    OK

Disabling disable system policy means enable the =
system=20
    policy, two minus's make a plus :-)=20
    
Close the Group Policy MMC 
  The updated GPO will take effect on the client the next time you =
logon (it=20
  will actually take effect max 90 minutes after you make the change but =
this=20
  only affects logon).
  This update actually changes registry value=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Sys=
tem\DisableNT4Policy=20
  to 0.
  

  Q. How can I add additional templates to =
a Group=20
  Policy Object?
  A. The old style NT 4.0 templates (.adm) are still =
supported in=20
  Windows 2000 Group Policy Objects (GPO) and are listed in the Group =
Policy=20
  under the 'Administrative Templates' branch. These settings are all =
"registry"=20
  based settings.
  Windows 2000 ships with two .adm files
  
    system.adm (General system settings)=20
    
inetres.adm (Internet Explorer specific settings) 
  When a adm file is applied to a GPO it is copied from the =
%systemroot%\inf=20
  folder to the %systemroot%\SYSVOL\domain\Policies\<GUID of =
GPO>\Adm=20
  folder.
  To add/remove a new template to a GPO perform the following:
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Right click on the container whose GPO you wish to change, for =
example=20
    savilltech.com and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Group Policy' tab=20
    
Select the GPO and click Edit=20
    
The Group Policy MMC snap-in will be started with the GPO at the =
root=20
    
Under User or Computer configuration right click on =
'Administrative=20
    Templates' and select 'Add/Remove Templates'=20
    
Click Add (or to remove select one and click Remove)=20
    
Select the ADM to add and click Open=20
    
Click Close=20
    
The new options will now be available 
  The ADM file will be copied to the GPO's Adm folder. 
  

  Q. How can I apply a group policy to a =
security=20
  group?
  A. Its not possible to apply a group policy to a =
security group=20
  however what you can do is to filter a group policy by changing the=20
  permissions on the Group Policy so that only certain users/groups have =
read=20
  and apply privileges.
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Right click on the container (OU or domain) that has the Group =
Policy=20
    Object whose permissions you wish to change and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Group Policy' tab=20
    
Select the GPO from the list and click Properties=20
    
Select the Security tab=20
    
Modify the permissions so that only the required users have the =
read and=20
    apply privileges and Administrators who need to modify the GPO have =
read and=20
    write
=20
    
Click OK to the dialog=20
    
Click Close the containers properties 
  Now only the selected users will run the GPO
  

  Q. Password policies assigned to an =
OU/site GPO do=20
  not work.
  A. Although the password policy branch is available for =
all=20
  Group Policy Objects it is only implemented for GPO's at the domain =
level so=20
  even if you make settings for a GPO for an OU or a site it will have =
no=20
  effect. The only way to apply password settings is as follows:
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Right click on the domain and select properties=20
    
Select the Group Policy tab=20
    
Select the domain group policy object and select Edit=20
    
Expand the 'Computer Configuration' branch - 'Windows Settings' =
-=20
    'Security Settings' - 'Account Policies' - 'Password Policy'=20
    
You will now be able to set the relevant options=20
    
When complete close the Group Policy Editor 
  
  

  Q. How can I convert a NT 4.0 .pol file =
to a=20
  Windows 2000 group policy object?
  A. The Windows 2000 Resource Kit has the GPOLMIG.EXE =
utility=20
  which can convert a NT 4.0 system policy .pol file to a Windows 2000 =
group=20
  policy object, this is a VERY useful tool!
  For help just enter
  C:\> gpolmig /?
  The example syntax to migrate a system policy for the user policy =
would=20
  be:
C:\> gpolmig c:\temp\ntconfig.pol /migrate user user1=20
  {00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}User=20
  

  Q. How do I change the letter =
associated with a=20
  drive?
  A. From the Start Menu, select Administrative =
Tools and=20
  Disk Administrator. Right Click on the partition and choose "Assign =
Drive=20
  Letter", then just select the drive letter you wish to use. It is a =
good idea=20
  to recreate the Emergency Repair Disk after changing any drive =
information.=20
  
  

  Q. How can I get NT to recognize my =
second=20
  harddisk?
  A. Sometimes the Enhanced IDE (EIDE) adapter is=20
  misidentified as an ATAPI controller which loads the ATAPI.SYS driver. =
Disable=20
  this driver (Control Panel - Devices - Startup - Disable) and load the =
correct=20
  EIDE driver. 
  

  Q. How do I install a HP=20
scanner?
  A. There is full information on this at http://pw2.netcom.com=
/~gmelendz/index.html
  

  Q. How do I install dual=20
screens?
  A. Windows 2000 has support for this, however in =
the mean=20
  time you are limited to certain graphics cards with specialty drivers, =
such as=20
  two Matrox Millenium cards. Multi monitor support is also provided by =
#9,=20
  Diamond MM, Dynamic Pictures and STB.   Some even have single PCI =
slot=20
  solutions, such as some STB cards and Diamond FireGL 3000.
  

  Q. How much memory can NT=20
  support?
  A. NT is a 32-bit operating system which means it =
can=20
  support 2^32 amount of memory (4 Gigs). However NT splits memory into =
2 parts,=20
  2 gigs for the programs and 2 gigs for the Operating System. There are =
known=20
  to be some problems when having more than 64MB even in NT4.0, please =
see Q=
117373
  

  Q. How much memory do I need for=20
  NT?
  A. For NT Workstation on Intel 12MB is the =
minimum,=20
  however 16MB is the recommended min, 24MB will reduce virtual memory =
usage and=20
  increase performance. For RISC based processors 24MB is recommended, =
and 32MB=20
  to improve performance. Most NT people will say the real acceptable=20
  performance numbers are 40MB for NT Workstation and 64MB for NT =
Server. It=20
  really does depend on what you will be running on the server.
  For NT Server 16MB is the minimum, however most sites have =
32MB.
  

  Q. I cannot see my CD-ROM drive from=20
  NT?
  A. If it is a IDE CD-ROM Drive ensure you have the =
ATAPI=20
  CD-ROM driver installed (or one supplied with drive). 
  
    In Control Panel, double click SCSI adapters (I know its IDE, =
but trust=20
    me)=20
    
There should be a ATAPI CD-ROM driver, if there is not continue=20
    
Click on the Drivers tab.=20
    
Add, standard mass storage device, and select the ATAPI driver. =
If it is=20
    SCSI and you have a disk, click have disk and then select your =
drive.=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Reboot 
  If it is a SCSI CD-ROM ensure the correct SCSI driver is loaded. =

  

  Q. What are the IRQ's used =
for?
  A. An Interrupt allows the piece of hardware to =
get the=20
  CPU's attention. For something like a Network card this is important =
as the=20
  card has limited buffer space so unless the CPU does not move the data =
out of=20
  the buffer it will get lost. Below is a table of the common IRQ =
uses.
  
    
    
      IRQ Level
      Common Use
      Comments
    
      0
      Timer
      Hard-wired on motherboard
    
      1
      Keyboard
      Hard-wired on motherboard
    
      2
      Cascade from IRQ 9
      May be available depending on =
Motherboard
    
      3
      COM2 or COM4
       
    
      4
      COM1 or COM3
       
    
      5
      LPT2
      This is usually free as not many people have 2 =
parallel=20
        ports. Sound blaster cards usually use this.
    
      6
      Floppy disk controller
       
    
      7
      LPT1
      Sound blaster cards can use this
    
      8
      Real-time clock
      Hard-wired on motherboard
    
      9
      Cascade to IRQ 2
      Wired directly to 2, sometimes tell software 9 =
when mean=20
        2
    
      10
      Unused
      This is usually used by Network cards, many of =
them not=20
        allowing it to be changed
    
      11
      Unused
      Usually used by SCSI controllers
    
      12
      PS/2, Bus mouse
      If you are not using a PS/2 or bus mouse this =
can=20
        usually be used by another device
    
      13
      Math Coprocessor
      Used to signal errors
    
      14
      Hard disk controller
      If you are not using an IDE hard disk you may =
use this=20
        for another device
    
      15
      Some computers use this for the secondary IDE=20
      controller
      If you do not use the secondary IDE controller =
you may=20
        use this for another device
  Note about attempting to free IRQ's used by unused motherboard =
devices: if=20
  your BIOS lets you disable the device manually and doesn't get reset =
by any=20
  Plug-and-Play software you have (for instance, Windows 95), you are =
probably=20
  okay. Otherwise, you'll just have to experiment to determine whether =
you can=20
  really use the IRQ occupied by the unused motherboard device. 
  

  Q. How Many CPU's does NT=20
  support?
  A. NT Workstation can support 2 CPU's, NT Server =
supports=20
  4 CPU's, however the OEM version of NT Server can support up to 32 =
CPU's. 
  

  Q. Is there a list of hardware NT=20
  supports?
  A. Microsoft has a NT hardware compatibility list =
at http://www.microsoft.com/hcl/ =
which=20
  covers both NT and Windows 2000. 
  

  Q. Can I test my hardware to see if it =
is=20
  compatible with NT?
  A. It is possible to create an NT Hardware =
Qualifier Disk.=20
  Boot to DOS, and insert the NT CD-ROM and a blank formatted floppy =
disk. On=20
  the CD-ROM goto \SUPPORT\HQTOOL and run makedisk. Then just boot off =
of the=20
  floppy disk. 
  

  Q. Can I test my SCSI =
devices?
  A. A tool is provided on the NT installation CD =
that will=20
  test SCSI adapters from Adaptec and BusLogic, to use this tool perform =
the=20
  following: 
  
    Goto CD-ROM:\Support\Scsitool=20
    
Insert a blank disk in the A drive=20
    
Run the MAKEDISK utility=20
    
Once finished, reboot the computer, using the newly created disk =


  

  Q. How do I disable mouse detection on =
a COM=20
  port (for UPS usage)?
  A. Follow the steps below after first removing the =
UPS=20
  from the computer 
  
    Start a command prompt (Start - Run - Command)=20
    
Move to the boot partition
c:
cd\=20
    
Change the attributes of boot.ini so it can be =
edited
attrib=20
    boot.ini -r -s=20
    
Edit the file (edit boot.ini) and for each line with multi(x) =
(for IDE)=20
    and scsi(x) (for SCSI) drives add at the=20
    end
/noserialmice=3Dcomx ----------------------- =
where x=20
    is the com port number
Exit edit=20
    
Set the permissions back on boot.ini
attrib boot.ini =
+r=20
    +s=20
    
Shutdown NT and power off=20
    
Attach the UPS=20
    
Boot the machine and start NT, and NTDETECT will no longer try =
and=20
    search for a mouse on that com port 
  The /NoSerialMice switch only disables the Microsoft Serial Mouse =
device=20
  driver.
  If you have installed any third-party mouse drivers, go into =
Control Panel=20
  - Devices and disable their Serial Mouse drivers as well. For example, =
if you=20
  installed the Logitech Mouseware V8.0 for a Trackman Marble, you must =
also=20
  disable the "Logitech Serial Mouse" device, called "lsermous" (note =
that the=20
  Arial lower-case l looks like a capitol i). 
  

  Q. Where can I get a driver for=20
  x?
  A. If you have a piece of hardware that does not =
have a=20
  driver with NT you should check in two places, the maker of the =
hardware, i.e.=20
  for the Iomega Ditto goto http://www.iomega.com/ . If there =
is nothing=20
  there you should try the Microsoft site as they make the drivers for =
some=20
  hardware, for example the HP NT 4.0 drivers are made by Microsoft. If =
you=20
  cannot find the driver in either of these places then e-mail the =
technical=20
  support of the hardware maker, asking them for the driver, in some =
cases the=20
  driver is not on the web site, but they will e-mail it to you (makes a =
lot of=20
  sense :-))
  For Iomega drivers can be downloaded from 1-800-998-0037.
  

  Q. My U.S. Robotics 56K modem only =
connects at=20
  19200.
  A. The USR .inf that is supplied with NT defaults =
to and=20
  has a limit of 19200. Download the latest mdm3com.exe from USR which will allow the top =
speeds.
  

  Q. Can I use the IDE interface on my =
sound=20
  card?
  A. It depends if it is ATAPI 1.2 compliant. If it =
is,=20
  there should be no problems, however if it is not, it will not work =
and you=20
  will be unable to use this port.
  

  Q. Does NT support Plug and=20
  Play?
  A. In a limited sense. There is a driver that can =
be=20
  installed that will detect Plug and Play devices, however it is not =
supported=20
  and you will receive no support. To install the driver 
  
    On the NT installation CD, goto the DRVLIB/PNPISA/I386 (or =
whatever you=20
    processor)=20
    
Right click on the file pnpisa.inf and select install=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  Installing the driver sets the following registry values:
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa\Enum\Type =
-=20
  =
0x1
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa\Enum\S=
tart=20
  -=20
  =
0x1
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa\Enum\E=
rrorControl=20
  -=20
  =
0x0
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa\Enum\D=
isplayName=20
  - "Pnp ISA Enabler=20
  =
Driver"
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa\En=
um\ImagePath=20
  - "system32\DRIVERS\pnpisa.sys"
  

  Q. How do I install =
UPS?
  A. Follow the instructions below: 
  
    Start the control Panel (Start - Settings - Control Panel)=20
    
Double click UPS=20
    
Check the "Uninterruptible power supply is installed on" box=20
    
Select the COM port the UPS is attached to be selecting from the =
drop=20
    down list=20
    
Enter the settings in the UPS Configuration control group=20
    
Enter any command line entries wanted, such as a command to page =
the=20
    manager of the machine of power loss.=20
    
Click OK 
  

  Q. How do I give my tape drive a =
letter so it is=20
  visible from explorer?
  A. NT on its own cannot do this, however there is =
a 3rd=20
  party "driver" that gives this functionality. For more information see =
http://www.tapedisk.com/. 
  

  Q. How can I force NT to use a mouse =
on a given=20
  port?
  A. When NT boots its hardware detection component =
checks=20
  all hardware and updates the registry, sometimes it may not detect the =
mouse=20
  however it is possible to force NT to use a mouse on a given port: =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Sermouse\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWord value=20
    
Enter a name of OverrideHardwareBitstring and click OK=20
    
Double click on the new value and set to 1 if the mouse is on =
Com1: or 2=20
    if on Com2:=20
    
Click OK and close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot 
  For more information see knowledge base article Q102990 at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q102/9/90.asp=20
  
  

  Q. How can I view which resources =
devices are=20
  using under NT?
  A. The easiest way to view resource usage by =
devices is to=20
  use the built in WINMSD.EXE utility supplied with Windows NT: 
  
    Start the WINMSD.EXE utility (Start - Run - winmsd)=20
    
Click on the resources tab=20
    
You can then view any of the following:
- IRQ
- I/O =
Port
-=20
    DMA
- Memory
- Devices
By clicking the appropriate button=20
    
When finished click OK to close WINMSD 
  You could also use the winmsdp.exe utility that is supplied with =
the=20
  resource kit. The command
  winmsdp /i
  will output the IRQ usage information to the file msdrpt.txt.
  

  Q. When I disconnect one of my devices =
(e.g. Zip=20
  drive) I get errors when I boot NT, how can I stop =
them?
  A. The warnings are there for a reason however if =
you want=20
  to stop them perform the following: 
  
    Start the regsitry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\<device>=20
    
Double click on ErrorControl=20
    
Change to 0 to disable error reporting, 1 to re-enable.=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  

  Q. How can I tell if I am using the Compaq =
Hardware=20
  Abstraction Layer?
  A. Compaq have their own HAL.DLL, designed in conjunction =
with=20
  Microsoft the Compaq version of the HAL.DLL takes advantage of the =
Compaq's=20
  hardware more effectively than the shipped Windows NT HAL.DLL. 
  This special HAL.DLL can be downloaded from http://www.compaq.com/ or from =
their=20
  download area at 713-518-1418. The current version is 1.20A and the =
filename=20
  is sp2465.exe.
  To check which version of the HAL.DLL you have perform the =
following.
  
    Start Explorer (Win+E or Start - Programs - Explorer)=20
    
Move to %systemroot%\system32 (e.g. d:\winnt\system32)=20
    
Right click on HAL.DLL and select Properties=20
    
Click the Version tab=20
    
Examine the "File Version". If this value is 3.1, 3.5, 3.51 or =
4.00 then=20
    HAL.DLL is the Microsoft version, any other would mean you are using =
a=20
    non-Microsoft HAL.DLL, e.g. Compaq. 
  

  Q. How do I get a dual monitor Matrox =
Millenium=20
  system to not split dialog boxes across the screens?
  A. Perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\mgax64\Device=20
    
Double click User.CenterDialogs.=20
    
Change from 00000000 to 00000001=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  From the release notes this no longer works in 4.0 but does for =
3.51=20
  systems.
  

  Q. How can I suppress the error message =
generated if=20
  my ZIP drive is not connected?
  A. This is a function of the Iomega Zip service (PPA3NT, =
obvious=20
  name!) and error announcement can be disabled by performing the =
following:
  
    Start the registry editor (Regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\ppa3nt=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value. Enter a name of=20
    ErrorControl and press ENTER=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 0.=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine for the change to take effect 
  

  Q. Does Windows NT 4.0 support =
USB?
  A. Universal Serial Bus is the new external bus standard for =
the=20
  connection of PC peripherals. The idea behind USB is it will be plug =
and play=20
  and as devices are connected they will automatically be detected and=20
  installed. 
  Windows NT 4.0 does not provide built in USB support, you will need =
to wait=20
  for Windows 2000 or switch to Windows 98. Some boxes convert the USB =
devices=20
  into serial ports.
  Inside Out has produced USB cards and hubs for NT 4.0, see http://www.ionetworks.co=
m/press/nt.html=20
  although these are limited.
  http://www.ltitl.com/ has =
announced=20
  they are developing a Windows NT 4.0 USB driver:
  "Hello Everybody,
  We at Larsen and Toubro Information Technology Limited,India are =
glad to=20
  inform that we have developed basic USB support for Windows NT 4.0. =
This has=20
  been tested with a USB Joystick.
  This comes as a GREAT relief to all those who have been frantically =

  searching for USB support on Windows NT 4.0. So here we are, ready and =
more=20
  than happy to help you enhance the capabilities of your USB devices =
which can=20
  range from scanners (HP, etc), Cameras, keyboard, mouse, etc for =
Windows NT=20
  4.0.
  Since we are conversant with USB, we can develop USB device drivers =
for=20
  other operating systems also."
  

  Q. Why can't I hot swap my PCMCIA card with =
Windows=20
  NT 4.0?
  A. Windows NT 4.0 does not support hot swap capabilities for =
PCMCIA=20
  cards -- the card must be inserted at boot. This support will be =
supported=20
  Windows NT 5.0. If you need these capabilities with Windows NT 4.0, =
you can=20
  use a third party package, such as SystemSoft's CardWizard product. =
For more=20
  information, check out their web site at http://www.systemsoft.com/.
  

  Q. How do I install a ZIP drive under =
NT?=20

  A. There are different types of ZIP drivers, internal, =
external,=20
  ZIP-PLUS and all of this will work under Windows NT 4.0.
  If you have an internal ZIP drive just ensure you have Service Pack =
3 or=20
  later installed which provide built in support for internal ZIP drives =
and=20
  will display the drives in Explorer as "Removable drive".
  If it is an external ZIP drive you will need to download and =
install the=20
  correct drivers from http://www.iomega.com/. All =
downloaded=20
  drivers/tools are self extracting and contain good install =
instructions.
  

  Q. How do I enable Bus Mastering in Windows =

  NT?
  A. Windows NT 4.0 has native bus mastering support with =
Service Pack=20
  3. To enable bus mastering in Windows NT 4.0 perform the =
following:
  
    Ensure you have Service Pack 3 installed and you have the =
Service Pack 3=20
    CD-ROM=20
    
Run the DMACHECK.EXE utility in support\utils\i386\ directory of =
the=20
    CD-ROM or download from http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/Dmachcki.exe.=20

    
When DMACHECK.EXE is run, it will indicate whether DMA is =
enabled on=20
    either IDE channel. Click on the Enabled radio button to enable DMA =
for each=20
    drive and any other DMA-capable devices in the system.=20
    
Reboot the system.=20
    
Execute the DMACHECK utility again to check that DMA was =
enabled.=20
    
If the drive is DMA-capable and DMA is not enabled at this =
point, this=20
    failure must be corrected before proceeding 
  The DMACheck util uses a registry setting - 0 is for disabled, 1 is =
for=20
  enabled, but if you enter 2 as the setting it will force NT to use DMA =
if the=20
  hardware supports it. You may get better performance from drivers =
supplied=20
  with the motherboard rather than the DMACHECK.
  So Intel and Microsoft do officially support DMACHECK. See also
  
    http://www.micro=
soft.com/hwtest/faqs/storqa.htm=20

    
h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q191/7/74.asp=20

    
http://www.bmdrivers.com/=20
    
http://www.benchtest.com/=20
  
  DMACHECK.EXE IDE BusMaster is very important : you can read or =
write on=20
  disk without using 100% of CPU (like SCSI) 
  

  Q. I said no to a PNPISA device now I want =
to install=20
  it.
  A. If you have installed the PNPISA driver which enables NT =
to use=20
  some plug and play devices and upon reboot said no to install some =
devices it=20
  will not ask you again.
  If you later decide you DO want to install the device it is =
necessary to=20
  make NT "forget" that it has ever seen it before. Each PNPISA device =
has an=20
  entry under =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa and so=20
  do make NT forget about a device just delete its key.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\pnpisa=20
    
Each device using pnpisa.sys should have a subkey under ISAPNP. =
Creative=20
    Labs uses a prefix of CTL for the subkey name. You'll be able to =
tell which=20
    key is for what device by looking at a description value defined in =
the=20
    subkey.=20
    
Delete the subkey whose hardware you want to install=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  Upon reboot you will be able to install the device.
  For more information on installing the driver see Q.=20
  Does NT support Plug and Play?
  

  Q. How do I perform unattended =
installations on=20
  machines with AGP graphics cards?
  A. An update HAL.DLL is needed to support machines with AGP =
graphics=20
  cards and a PCI bridge. One such HAL is supplied with Service Pack 3 =
so you=20
  need to replace the standard HAL.DLL shipped with NT with the Service =
Pack 3=20
  version.
  
    Create a share with the Windows NT installation files=20
    
Rename the HAL.DLL file to HAL.OLD=20
    
Copy HAL.DLL off of the Service Pack 3 (or above) CD into the =
directory=20
    
Install as normal=20
    
Install Service Pack 3 once installation is complete 
  Some Intel boards have a fault and a patch is available from Intel. =
Without=20
  this patch installed, a user will be able to get only hardware =
refresh-rate=20
  VGA with even a high-end graphics card. The hitch, however, is that =
the patch=20
  will only install on Service Pack 3 or later builds of NT.
  

  Q. Does NT support DVD drives?
  A. Windows NT 4.0 does not natively support DVD drives where =
as=20
  Windows 2000 does for data reading and for playing movies.
  Creative Labs have released a Windows NT 4.0 driver for their DVD =
product=20
  and can be downloaded from http://www.soundblaster.com/ =
and many=20
  other supplies have followed suit so check your DVD manufactures web =
site.=20

  

  Q. How can I check the amount of physical =
RAM in my=20
  machine?
  A. There are loads of methods to get this information.
  
    Right click on My Computer and select Properties. The General =
tab shows=20
    the amount of memory=20
    
Run WINMSD.EXE and select the Memory tab 
  From the command line you can use
  
    PSTAT.EXE (part of the resource kit), the first line shows the =
amount of=20
    RAM=20
    
Download MEMORY.EXE from http://www.savillt=
ech.com/download/memory.zip=20
    which just displays the physical memory and nothing else (you can =
use the /s=20
    switch and it will only show the number, no other text, this is =
useful for=20
    information gathering), e.g. 
  C:\> memory /s
66506752
  

  Q. How can I safely disable a =
device?
  A. When you disable a device you may have to reboot and many =
of us=20
  would have experienced upon reboot the Blue Screen of Death and we are =
stuck.=20
  Below is a method to allow you to test the system without the =
device.
  
    Right-click My Computer and choose Properties.=20
    
Select the 'Hardware Profiles' tab.=20
    
Click Copy and give the profile a name (e.g., Device Test).=20
    
Click OK and go back to Control Panel/Devices and disable the =
device you=20
    want to test using the "Device Test" profile.=20
    
Restart your system and when the Hardware Profile/Configuration =
Recovery=20
    screen comes up, choose Device Test Profile and let it continue to =
boot.=20
    
  
  If you don't see a blue screen of death, this configuration is =
probably=20
  safe. If you get the blue screen, shut the computer off and when it =
comes back=20
  up, choose Original Configuration and let it continue to boot. You can =
then go=20
  back into Control Panel and enable that device again. 
  

  Q. How can I make NT see more than 8 units =
on=20
  SCSI?
  A. By default Windows NT 4.0 will only detect the first =
eight=20
  logical units on a SCSI device.
  This has been fixed in Service=20
  Pack 5 with the following action:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\<Driver=20
    Service Name>\Parameters\Device<N>=20
    
From the Edit menu select Add - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of LargeLuns and press Enter=20
    
Double-click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart the machine 
  NT will now support up to 255 SCSI units.
  

  Q. Does Windows support the Promise Ultra=20
  ATA/66?
  A. The Promise Ultra ATA/66 is an IDE interface card which =
with=20
  newer hard disks you can have 66MB/s transfer times.
  Promise have produced drivers for Windows NT 4.0 which can be =
downloaded=20
  from http://www.promise.com/ =
and there=20
  is now a special version for Windows 2000, however as of build 2114 a =
built in=20
  driver for the Ultra ATA/66 is supplied and works great. If you move =
from IDE=20
  to the Promise card you will need to change your boot.ini file from =
the=20
  multi() to the scsi() syntax.
  If you perform an in-place upgrade of NT 4.0 with the promise ultra =
66=20
  card/driver installed to Windows 2000 (2031) Pro it works absolutely =
perfectly=20
  with the Promise Card. In Device Manager, the Ultra 66 card is listed=20
  correctly under SCSI devices, and under driver details, you will get=20
  "c:\winnt\system32\drivers\ultra66.sys" with a file version of 1.42 =
(build=20
  0218), by Promise Technology, Inc. You should update to the new =
Windows 2000=20
  driver once installation has completed to be on the safe side.
  

  Q. How do I enable Hibernate on my=20
  machine?
  A. Like Windows 9x, Windows 2000 has full support for APM =
(Advanced=20
  Power Management) which basically allows the operating system to =
instruct the=20
  computer to go into a suspend state or actually switch off. It does =
this=20
  through a special ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) =
HAL=20
  (Hardware Abstraction Layer) which is uses if it detects the BIOS =
supports=20
  ACPI.
  ACPI is the foundation for the OnNow industry initiative that =
allows system=20
  manufacturers to deliver computers that will start at the touch of a =
key on a=20
  keyboard.

ACPI design is essential to take full advantage of =
power=20
  management and Plug and Play in Windows 2000.
  Hibernate allows the machine to save its current state to disk and =
then=20
  power off. When you power the machine back on it will reload its old =
state=20
  meaning any applications/files that were open will still be running =
and you=20
  will lose nothing.
  What hibernate basically does is dump out the contents of memory to =
a file,=20
  c:\hiberfil.sys (which is slightly bigger than the amount of memory in =
the=20
  machine).
  To enable hibernate support perform the following:
  
    Start the Power Options control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Power Options)=20
    
Select the Hibernate tab=20
    
Check the 'Enable hibernate support' box
=20
    
Click Apply then click OK 
  The dialog shows the exact amount of memory that will be used for =
the=20
  hibernate file (hiberfil.sys).
  Once enabled when you select Shutdown there will be an addition =
option of=20
  "Hibernate" which will write out the memory to disk and power off the =
machine.=20
  When you turn it back on you will see a "Resuming Windows" message and =
(by=20
  default) it will ask for the password for the user who locked it (or =
an=20
  Administrator account and password).
  You should make sure that your laptop has been updated to the =
most=20
  recent manufacturers BIOS before attempting to set hibernate options =
on Win2K.=20
  If this isn't done, then hibernate may work correctly or it may not =
depending=20
  on how up to date your BIOS is. Each manufacturer's BIOS details =
should be=20
  available on that manufacturers web site.
  

  Q. How do I enable/disable passwords when =
resuming=20
  from hibernate/standby?
  A. In 'Q.=20
  How do I enable Hibernate on my machine?' we saw how to enable =

  hibernate and said that by default upon restart you need to enter a =
password=20
  however this can be changed as follows:
  
    Start the Power Options control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Power Options)=20
    
Select the Advanced tab=20
    
Check/uncheck the 'Prompt for password when computer goes off=20
    standby'
=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  

  Q. How can I put my machine in 'standby'=20
  mode?
  A. Portable computers that support APM (Advanced Power=20
  Management) will have the ability to go into standby mode.
  While on standby, your entire computer switches to a low power =
state where=20
  devices, such as the monitor and hard disks, turn off and your =
computer uses=20
  less power. When you want to use the computer again, it comes out of =
standby=20
  quickly, and your desktop is restored exactly as you left it. Standby =
is=20
  particularly useful for conserving battery power in portable =
computers.=20
  Because Standby does not save your desktop state to disk, a power =
failure=20
  while on Standby can cause you to lose unsaved information so its best =
to save=20
  any open documents before going into standby.
  A small amount of power is still used as the machine is not totally =
turned=20
  off as it has to maintain the memory state so any programs running =
when put in=20
  standby will still be active.
  To put your machine in standby mode manually select 'Stand by' from =
the=20
  shutdown menu. Some portables will also support tapping the power =
button which=20
  will also but in suspend mode rather than powering off but check the=20
  manual.
  You can also configure the machine to automatically go into standby =
or=20
  hibernate after x minutes using the Power Options control panel =
applet.
  

  Q. Does the new Microsoft IntelliPoint =
software 3.0=20
  software install on NT/Windows 2000?
  A. The new Microsoft mice use IntelliPoint 3.0 software =
which=20
  runs under Windows NT with Service Pack 3 installed. The software is =
not=20
  currently supported under Windows 2000 however you can install with =
the=20
  following command:
  C:\> <CD ROM>:\setup\setup setup win2000
e.g.=20
  d:\setup\setup setup win2000
  I would expect to see a Windows 2000 version of the IntelliPoint =
software=20
  shortly.
  You cannot use the USB connection in Windows NT 4.0 but it works =
fine in=20
  Windows 2000.
  B.T.W. The new Microsoft IntelliMouse Explorer is very cool :-)
  An update, http://www.microsoft.com/products/hardware/mouse/driver/drivers_pc=
.htm=20
  is now available which runs on Windows 2000.
  

  Q. Does the new Microsoft IntelliType Pro =
software=20
  install on NT/Windows 2000?
  A. The new Microsoft keyboards with the IE extra =
buttons use=20
  IntelliType software which runs under Windows NT with Service pack 3 =
installed=20
  and Windows 2000. When used with Windows 2000 you do not get the on =
screen=20
  display when pressing the keys such as 'Volume Up' but they still =
work, all=20
  except for the Computer and Calculator keys which do not currently=20
  function.
  You cannot use the USB connection in Windows NT 4.0 but it works =
fine in=20
  Windows 2000. As a side note if you are using Windows 2000 and the =
keyboard in=20
  the USB hub you may need to enable legacy USB support in the BIOS to =
allow it=20
  to "see" a USB keyboard during bootup.
  IntelliType 1.1 released which runs on Windows 2000. http://www.microsoft.com/products/hardware/keyboard/downl=
oad/pc/download_PC.htm
  

  Q. My PNP PCI cards do not all work in =
Windows=20
  NT.
  A. There are some problems with BIOS settings when NT =
is being=20
  installed on a machine designed for Windows 95/98
  There have been a number of cases where frustrated users had =
trouble=20
  installing network cards and such for NT on machines designed for =
windows=20
  95/98 (like HP Pavillion, etc). Usually, there is a simple BIOS =
setting that=20
  lets you specify whether the OS is PNP compliant. Setting this to "No" =
or=20
  "Other" usually takes care of most problems.
  

  Q. How do I enable bus mastering (DMA) in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. DMA support is included in Windows 2000 however it =
is not=20
  enabled for the devices by default and so requires configuration. =
Enabling DMA=20
  if supported will result in performance gains.
  
    Right click on My Computer and select Properties=20
    
Select the Hardware tab and select 'Device Manager'=20
    
Expand 'IDE ATA/ATAPI controllers'=20
    
Right click on 'Primary IDE Channel' (and secondary if =
available)=20
    
Select 'Advanced Settings'=20
    
For Device 0 and Device 1 under Transfer Mode select 'DMA if=20
    available'
=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click OK to the main system properties=20
    
Click OK to reboot the computer 
  

  Q. How do I set the DVD region in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Windows 2000 provides built in DVD support and will =
keep=20
  track of the DVD region but needs to be set initially as follows. =
After=20
  setting you are allowed to change it once more using the same =
method.
  
    Start Device Manager (Right click on My Computer - Properties - =
Hardware=20
    tab - Device Manager)=20
    
Expand 'DVD/CD-ROM drives'=20
    
Right click on the DVD drive and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Advanced Settings' tab=20
    
Select you region and click OK
=20
    
Click OK to the confirmation=20
    
Click OK to all other dialogs 
  If you have other drivers for hardware/software that tracks region =
then=20
  these also need to be set.
  

  Q. How do I reset the DVD region =
count?
  A. Windows 2000 keeps track of the DVD region and after =
its=20
  initial setting you are allowed to only change it once more. Its =
possible to=20
  reset the counter by performing the following registry change:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft=20
    
There will be a subkey (the first) of a strange format, e.g. =
';t-z% with=20
    a single REG_QWORD value=20
    
Select the key and delete
=20
    
Restart the computer 
  Upon restart you should be able to modify the region again.
  

  Q. How do I disable bus mastering on the =
3COM 3C590=20
  card?
  A. Its possible to disable bus mastering on the 3C590 =
to=20
  alleviate any possible busmaster contention. To disable perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EL59X1 (if=20
    you have multiple adapters you will also have EL59X2 etc)=20
    
Select the Parameters key (if the key does not exist create it)=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - String value=20
    
Enter a name of Busmaster and press enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 'NO' (don't type the =
quotes)=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Restart the computer 
  Upon restart there should now be a system event:
  "Busmaster support has been turned off for slot XX."
  A newer version of the driver can be found at http:/=
/support.3com.com/infodeli/tools/nic/3C590.htm#ship
  

  Q. How do I install NT Workstation=20
  4.0?
  A. The installation of NT is quite simple, and =
below is=20
  just a simple example of an installation of a Workstation using TCP/IP =
and=20
  NetBEUI connected to a Domain. 
  
    Insert the first NT installation disk an boot the computer=20
    
You will have to put in Disk 2 and then press Enter.=20
    
You will be given a choice of options. Choose "Setup Windows NT" =
by=20
    pressing Enter=20
    
Press Enter to Detect Hardware and you will have to insert Disk =
3.=20
    
When the detection is finished, if you have extra drivers to =
install,=20
    insert the OEM disk and press S to specify addition devices.=20
    
Once all drivers have been installed read the license agreement =
by=20
    scrolling down using the page down key and press F8 to agree at the =
end.=20
    
You will be shown a list of all hard disks and partitions. You =
can=20
    create partitions from here. Select the partition you want to =
install on and=20
    press enter=20
    
You will be asked which file system to use. You can format FAT =
or NTFS.=20
    If you choose NTFS it will format it FAT and schedule a conversion =
later on=20
    in the installation process.=20
    
Select the directory name (you can except the default of winnt) =
and=20
    press enter=20
    
Allow the setup program to check the harddisks for errors, press =
enter=20
    
A number of core files will be copied to the disk and then you =
will have=20
    to reboot the machine=20
    
Once the machine has rebooted you will now be in the graphical =
portion=20
    of the installation procedure=20
    
Click Next for the installation procedure to check the pc=20
    
Next select the type of installation, in this case I select =
Custom=20
    
You will be asked for your name and organization (this can be =
changed=20
    later by editing the values RegisteredOrganization and RegisterOwner =
from=20
    the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion =
key).=20
    Click Next.=20
    
You will be asked for the CD Key which is on the back of the NT=20
    installation CD-ROM case on the yellow sticker=20
    
Enter a Computer Name and click Next=20
    
Enter an Administrator password and click Next=20
    
Choose if you want an Emergency Repair Disk and click Next=20
    
Select the components you wish to install such as Messaging and =
click=20
    Next=20
    
Click the Next button to start the Networking setup=20
    
Select the connection type, in this case "Wired to the network" =
and=20
    click Next=20
    
If wired to the network was chosen you will be asked for the =
adapter=20
    type. You can click Detect. If it fails to find the device click =
"Select=20
    from List" and choose. Click Next=20
    
Select the protocols you wish to install, in this case TCP/IP =
and=20
    NetBEUI and click Next=20
    
You will be shown the Network services and again click Next=20
    
If you installed TCP/IP you will be asked if you want to use =
DHCP. DHCP=20
    is a process where TCP/IP addresses are given out as needed and can =
help=20
    with the administration of the network. In this example I will say =
No.=20
    
Enter the IP address, subnet mask and gateway if applicable. =
Also=20
    clicking on the DNS tab will allow you to specify any DNS servers =
and enter=20
    you domain (e.g. savilltech.com). Click OK=20
    
Click Next for services, and then click Next to start the =
Network=20
    
Once the Network has been started you will be asked if you are =
to=20
    operate in a domain or workgroup. Click the Domain choice box and =
enter the=20
    domain name. If the Domain Administrator has already added your =
computer=20
    name to the Domain (Using Server Manager) then just click Next. If =
not click=20
    "Create account in Domain" and you will have to enter a Domain =
Administrator=20
    and password.=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
Select your time Zone and click close=20
    
The last part will detect your graphics card. If correct click =
OK,=20
    however if it misdetects just click Cancel and it will leave the =
standard=20
    VGA driver.=20
    
Click Restart Computer 
  You now have NT Workstation installed :-). 
  

  Q. How do I install NT =
Server?
  A. The installation of NT Server is the same as NT =

  Workstation with a few exceptions 
  
    You will need to choose the role of the NT Server, Server, PDC =
or BDC.=20
    Once this is set it cannot be changed=20
    
Option to install Internet Information Server=20
    
Choose a license mode, per server or per seat 
  

  Q. I want to install DOS and Windows NT, =
how=20
  should I do this, and how should the hard disk be=20
partitioned.
  A. The best method is two create at least two =
partitions.=20
  The first around 200Mb and format to FAT, on this partition DOS will =
be=20
  installed. The reason 200Mb is suggested that this is enough space to =
later=20
  install Windows for Workgroups or Windows95 if needed. After =
installing DOS,=20
  install NT and install onto the second partition (and format FAT or =
NTFS).=20
  Once the installation is finished, on bootup of the machine you will =
have a=20
  choice of booting into DOS or NT. The advantage of having NT installed =
on a=20
  FAT partition is that if there is a problem then you can boot up in =
DOS mode=20
  and access the NT partition and possibly restore files, although that =
core NT=20
  startup files are located on the C partition anyway (boot.ini, =
ntdetect.com=20
  and ntldr). 
  

  Q. Installation hangs when detecting the =

  hardware.
  A. The program being called is NTDETECT.COM. The =
best=20
  course of action is to use the DEBUG version of NTDETECT.COM.
  In the support area of the NT installation cd (/support) there is a =
file=20
  NTDETECT.CHK. Follow the instructions to use it: 
  
    Using the Diskcopy command create a copy of the first =
installation=20
    disk
diskcopy a: a: (/v)
This will create a =
copy of=20
    the first installation disk=20
    
Copy the NTDETECT.COM from the support CD to the installation=20
    disk
copy d:\support\ntdetect.chk a:ntdetect.com =

    
Then reboot the machine with the new version of the installation =
disk=20
    and each item will be shown as it is detected. 
  

  Q. Is it possible to install NT without =
using boot=20
  disks or temp files?
  A. On many new BIOS's it is possible to specify an IDE =
CD-ROM as a=20
  boot device and the latest versions of the NT installation media have =
the=20
  files needed to boot directly from the CD-ROM. If you BIOS does =
support the=20
  CD-ROM as a boot device just insert the CD and boot the computer.
  If you have a SCSI CD-ROM Drive, it can be booted from the CD if =
the SCSI=20
  Bios (such as from Adaptec) support it.
  If you cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you can either have it not =
using disks=20
  (winnt(32) /b) or not using temp files but not both.
  On the Alpha platform, it is possible to boot from the retail or =
MSDN CD of=20
  NT 4.0 and install so no boot disks or temp files are used. 
  

  Q. Does NT have to be installed on the C =

  drive?
  A. No, NT can be installed on any drive, however =
it does=20
  place a few files on the active partition in order for NT to boot.
  

  Q. There is a file ROLLBACK.EXE. What is =

  it?
  A. It is used by developers to wipe the Registry=20
  completely. Do NOT use it! 
  

  Q. I have NT installed, how do I install =

  DOS?
  A. Follow the steps below 
  
    Make an emergency repair disk (rdisk - Update Repair Info)=20
    
Ensure you have NT installation disks (can make by winnt32 /ox)=20
    
Reboot the machine and boot off of the MS-DOS disks=20
    
Install DOS (same as doing a SYS a: c: from a dos bootable disk) =

    
Machine will reboot into DOS=20
    
Reboot Machine and boot off of NT installation disks=20
    
After 2 disk will give options, press R for repair=20
    
Deselect all options except "Inspect Boot Sector" and continue=20
    
Press Enter to detect hardware and insert disk 3=20
    
The procedure will ask if you have an Emergency Repair Disk =
(ERD), say=20
    Yes and insert the ERD.=20
    
The machine will then reboot into NT again=20
    
Once in NT goto a DOS session=20
    
Type - attrib c:\boot.ini -r -s=20
    
edit boot.ini and insert at the=20
    bottom
c:\=3D"MS-DOS"=20
    
Type - attrib c:\boot.ini +r +s=20
    
Reboot the machine and you will have MS-DOS and NT options! Easy =
:-)=20
    
  The procedure above will only work if the C drive is FAT.
  

  Q. How do I convert NT Workstation to NT =

  Server?
  A. There are various discussions about the =
changing of 2=20
  registry keys that turns a Workstation into Server, which in turn =
change a=20
  number of other keys, however this is against license agreements and =
should=20
  not be attempted.
  Workstation can be upgraded to a Server, but it cannot become a PDC =
or BDC,=20
  to do this a fresh installation of NT server would be needed. To =
convert=20
  follow steps below 
  
    Boot off of the NT Server installation disks (or make them with=20
    winnt(32) /ox)=20
    
Press Enter to Setup NT=20
    
Press Enter to Detect Hardware=20
    
Press Enter to continue (or S if you have special drivers)=20
    
Accept the license (Page Down then F8)=20
    
NT install will detect the existence of workstation and ask if =
you want=20
    to upgrade. Press Enter=20
    
It will prompt if you want to upgrade from Workstation to =
Server. Press=20
    Enter=20
    
Continue as normal. All Workstation components (Network, print) =
will be=20
    converted to server=20
    
When finished you will have NT Server and it will have kept all =
programs=20
    and groups. 
  If you have your NT Workstation upgraded with Service Packs, it is=20
  necessary to upgrade the server with the same service pack best =
performed by=20
  an unattended installation described in your FAQ. Otherwise you get a =
lot of=20
  unpredictable problems up to an core dump.
  

  Q. I have bought a new disk, how do I =
move NT to=20
  this new disk?
  A. There are various methods, depending on your =
setup and=20
  needs. The best method is to: 
  
    Backup your NT disk to a tape=20
    
Create a new, up to date ERD (rdisk -s)=20
    
Shutdown NT and insert the new Hard Disk=20
    
Install a basic installation of NT to a directory with a=20
    different name than your final NT installation =
directory=20
    
Once the installation is finished restore your backup tape=20
    
There are sometimes problems with registry entries, so reboot =
and boot=20
    off of the NT installation disks=20
    
After disk 2 choose repair, and select everything except "Check =
System=20
    Files". You will need to insert disk 3 and then the ERD=20
    
Reboot and NT should work as required 
  If the tape drive is not an option and the partition is NTFS you =
still have=20
  a number of options, you could setup the new disk as a mirror of your =
existing=20
  disk, then break the mirror and remove the old disk setting the new =
disk as=20
  the boot disk. You can also use the utility scopy =
that is=20
  supplied with the NT resource kit by fitting the new hard disk, =
creating an=20
  NTFS partition on it and then performing
  scopy <source drive>: <target drive>: /o /a =
/s=20
  
  To use the scopy command you must have Backup and Restore User =
Rights. Once=20
  the copy is complete shutdown NT, remove the old drive, and set the =
new drive=20
  to master (if IDE) or SCSI 0/6 (if SCSI) and boot of the NT =
installation=20
  disks, and again repair everything except "Check System Files". If you =
have=20
  time it can be worth creating a temporary NT installation on the drive =
before=20
  performing the copy, booting off of this minimal installation and =
perform the=20
  scopy from there as this means no files will be =
locked, and=20
  then you would only need to repair the boot sector.
  Other methods include ghost copy from http://www.ghostsoft.com/ and =
DriveCopy=20
  from http://www.powerquest.com/ which =

  copy and entire disk which should eliminate the need for performing a =
repair.=20
  I have used the ghostsoft utility and it works well.
  Make sure if you are moving NT to a different type of disk, i.e. =
one that=20
  needs a different driver, you install the new driver before you =
perform the=20
  copy so that when NT boots off of the new disk it has the needed =
drivers.
  Another option would be to use Mirroring (if you have Server). =
Install the=20
  new disk and make it a mirror of the boot/system partitions. Once it =
is=20
  up-to-date remove the old disk and use the new.
  One final point if you are using FAT is that to clone a HDD by =
copying the=20
  SAM and Registry files (which are all 8.3 file names) in a DOS copy =
operation=20
  (thereby avoiding the share violation you would get in NT4) and to =
copy across=20
  all the other files, some with ling file names, under NT4.
  

  Q. Can I upgrade from Windows95 to NT=20
  4.0?
  A. There is no upgrade path from Windows95 to =
NT4.0. The=20
  best option would be to have a dual boot if you have 150Mb of =
uncompressed=20
  space free. Just install NT4.0 into a DIFFERENT directory (if you =
install=20
  NT4.0 into the same directory as Windows95 it will corrupt the 95 =
registry)=20
  and when booting the machine you will have a choice of NT4.0 or =
Windows95.=20

  

  Q. How do I remove NT from a FAT=20
  partition?
  A. If you have NT installed on a FAT partition =
then you=20
  will need to remove the NT operating system files and the NT boot =
loader. To=20
  remove the files and the boot loader boot a MS-DOS disk with the =
deltree=20
  utility copied and perform the following: 
  
    C:=20
    
DELTREE WINNT=20
    
CD PROGRA~1=20
    
DELTREE WINDOW~1=20
    
CD \=20
    
DEL NTLDR.=20
    
DEL NTDETECT.COM=20
    
DEL BOOT.INI=20
    
DEL PAGEFILE.SYS (this file may not be on the active partition =
depending=20
    on your configuration)=20
    
DEL BOOTSECT.DOS=20
    
Boot up using a Win95 or DOS startup disk, and type SYS a: c:=20
    
Reboot 
  

  Q. How do I remove NT from a NTFS=20
  partition?
  A. The best way is to delete the partition. Start =
the=20
  computer from the NT installation disks. When the option to =
create/choose=20
  partitions select the NTFS partition NT is installed on and press D to =
delete=20
  the partition, and then L to confirm. 
  

  Q. How do I install the Iomega Parallel =
Disk=20
  Drive?
  A. Follow the steps below 
  
    Before you do this, make sure your Parallel Zip drive is plugged =
in, and=20
    make sure you DO NOT have a ZIP disk in the drive.=20
    
Go to Iomega's web site and download the software: http://www.iomega.com/software/<=
/A>=20
    
Download the Windows NT Tools for Windows NT 3.51 and 4.0 =
version 1.5=20
    iomgnt15.exe (3.3MB).=20
    
Execute this program. It will decompress the files, and then =
start the=20
    SCSI control Panel Applet. Click the drivers tab and click Add. On =
the right=20
    hand side it will have various Iomega drivers and select the =
relevant one=20
    and click Add=20
    
After restarting, your system should see the ZIP drive. You do =
not have=20
    to install the ZIP tools, you can use the drive without them. To =
install the=20
    tools anyway, run the setup program again. 
  Notes:
When you start up your pc, make sure there is no ZIP disk =
in the=20
  drive- otherwise NT will run checkdisk on the drive, which can take an =

  eternity.
  If you do not have the ZIP drive attached when you boot up, you =
will get an=20
  error at bootup that a service did not start up. 
  

  Q. How do I install at tape drive on NT =

  Server?
  A. Follow instructions below 
  
    Bring up the Control Panel, and Double click Tape Devices=20
    
Click on the Drivers Tab, and then click Add=20
    
Select your tape drive (or if not the exact one, something =
close) and=20
    click OK=20
    
NT will install the drivers=20
    
Reboot your machine and you will then be able to use NTBACKUP =

  NT 4.0 will also detect and install certain tape drivers (such as =
4mm DAT)=20
  which means there is no need for a reboot after the installation.
  

  Q. How do I install the NEC 4x4 CD=20
  changer?
  A. NEC does not currently have drivers for NT 4.0, =
so the=20
  CDROM must rely on Microsoft's generic drivers. I've been able to get =
all four=20
  slots to read data correctly without any special tweaking; however, =
there are=20
  some annoyances that still remain. 
  
    The changer cycles through all the slots that have disks in them =
if you=20
    open the Explorer. The only solution that I have found for this =
problem is=20
    to disable the Explorer's interface to the CDROM drives. This can be =

    accomplished via TWEAKUI. You can still access the CDROM drive's =
contents by=20
    using the Run command on the start menu - just enter =
"Drive_Letter:\\" as=20
    the program to run.=20
    
Lots of error messages appear in the Event Viewer whenever you =
reboot.=20
    Seems to be a symptom of not having a CDROM specific driver. I =
haven't seen=20
    any problems specifically related to this, so I just ignore it.=20
    
The CD player won't recognize a new disk when I insert it. =
Again, all I=20
    have is a workaround. When a disk finishes playing, close the CD =
Player,=20
    then change disks. Wait a few seconds for the CD to be recognized by =
the=20
    changer, then re-open the CD player.=20
    
I can't make NT treat all four slots as 1 CDROM drive. Another =
symptom=20
    of the lack of an NT driver. Nothing can be done about this until =
NEC gives=20
    us a real driver. 
  Create a shortcut that points to driveletter:\\ instead of using =
the run=20
  box and typing it in eases use of the drive.
  

  Q. What are symbol files, and do I need =

  them?
  A. Symbol files are created when images are =
compiled and=20
  are used for debugging an image. They allow someone with the correct =
tools to=20
  view code as the software is running. You do not need symbol files =
unless you=20
  are a developer.
  

  Q. How do I install NT and =
Linux?=20
  
  A. Linux has a boot manager called LILO (which is =
a=20
  separate utility), and it will boot Linux on its native EXT2 =
partition, and=20
  any other DOS/WIN bootimages residing on a FAT16 partition. It doesn't =
really=20
  care whether it is dos/win95/NT, it will boot it. So as long as NT is=20
  installed on a FAT16 partition, there is no problem with LILO. =
Apparently the=20
  latest Linux kernel has FAT32 support, so that may also be an option =
as well.=20
  Actually Linux supports FAT16 and can mount the FAT16 partition under =
its=20
  filesystem and have all the DOS/WIN files visible if you want it to. =
An=20
  alternative to LILO is Grub which can be downloaded from http://www.uruk.org/~erich/grub<=
/A> .=20
  
  There is something else called LOADIN, allowing linux to be =
installed as a=20
  MSDOS subdirectory in a DOS/WIN system. This allows Linux to be run as =
an=20
  application after you started DOS. This does not work with NT. This is =
as=20
  Linux needs to run in supervisor mode and not user mode. NT will not =
yield at=20
  all on this. Windows 95 is the same but you can set loadlin to run in =
Dos mode=20
  where it just sees Dos 7 and works fine. 
  Linux and NT will work even if Windows NT is on NTFS. You need to =
set in=20
  linux fdisk for the Linux drive to be flagged bootable, not NT. Then =
install=20
  lilo and select to boot the linux partition and NT (which will say =
OS/2 in=20
  lilo). This way you can use both NT and Linux and still have a NTFS =
partition.=20
  Lilo must reside on the Linux root sector and not the MBR.
  Another method is as follows:
  
    Install NT as per normal=20
    
Download the freeware utility, bootpart.exe, from http://www.winimage.com/boo=
tpart.htm<=
/A>=20
    
Install Linux, and make sure Lilo is not installed on MBR, but =
on the=20
    boot sector of the linux root partition.=20
    
Boot NT=20
    
Start a command prompt (cmd.exe)=20
    
Run Bootpart.exe, and add the Linux bootsector into the NT-OS=20
    loader.(This also works when NT boot partition is NTFS) 
  You can learn more about it from the Linux documentation project =
and the=20
  FAQ inside. It is mirrored in a large number of locations. This is one =
of the=20
  mirrors ftp://ftp.ox.ac.=
uk/pub/linux/LDP_WWW/linux.html.=20
  
  More information can be found on multi-boot from http://www.w=
indows-nt.com/multiboot/directboot.html.=20
  
  

  Q. How do I install NT over the=20
  network?
  A. If you do not currently have any operating =
system=20
  installed on your machine, then you need to create a bootable floppy =
disk that=20
  contains a driver for your network card and network protocol. A tool =
is=20
  provided called "Network Client Administrator" which automatically =
creates a=20
  bootable disk used to install Windows95 or Network Client. It is =
possible to=20
  use this tool to also create a disk that can be used to install NT =
with a bit=20
  of tweaking :-) 
  
    Format a system floppy drive using DOS
format a: =
/s=20
    
Create a share on the NT box containing the entire i386 =
structure from=20
    the NT installation CD ROM and give the share everyone Read access.=20
    
Log on as the Administrator (or a member of the Administrators =
group)=20
    
Start the "Network Client Administrator" (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Network Client Administrators)=20
    
Click the "Make Network Installation Startup Disk" option and =
click=20
    continue=20
    
Select "Share files" and accept the default of <CD =
ROM>\clients=20
    
Click the OK button, and program will perform some background =
actions=20
    
Next select the floppy drive, and click "Network Client V3.0" as =
the=20
    client and choose your network card from the drop down list. Click =
OK=20
    
Enter the name of the computer it will be known as. The username =
and=20
    domain will automatically be completed using the current user=20
    
You need to choose the protocol. In this example choose TCP/IP =
and=20
    uncheck "DHCP". Enter an IP address, subnet mask and gateway.=20
    
Insert the disk created in step 1 and click OK=20
    
Files will be copied to the floppy disk. Once completed exit =
Network=20
    Client Administrator=20
    
The disk needs to be edited to stop the automatic installation =
of the=20
    "Network Client". Start explorer and open the A: drive. Right click =
on=20
    autoexec.bat and select edit.=20
    
Remove the last 2 lines of the file (echo running setup and the =
setup)=20
    
You can also change the net use command to point to the correct =
share=20
    where the NT installation files are located=20
    
Click Save from the File menu and close Notepad=20
    
Insert the disk into the machine where you want to install NT =
and power=20
    on=20
    
Once the startup has completed change directory to Z: (or =
whatever your=20
    net use pointed to)=20
    
Start a floppyless install
winnt /b =

  If you plan to produce a large number of install disks you can =
configure=20
  the Network Client Administrator to also create Workstation and Server =
network=20
  installation disks. To do this you need to have the client directory =
on a hard=20
  disk and create 2 subdirectories under it (\\server\client).
  
    winnt\netsetup (hierarchy of \i386 from NT Workstation CD-ROM)=20
    
winnt.srv\netsetup (hierarchy of \i386 from NT Server CD-ROM) =

  When creating the network disk you will now also have options for =
"Windows=20
  NT Workstation" and "Windows NT Server".
  

  Q. Is it possible to use Disk =
Duplication to=20
  Distribute Windows NT?
  A. It is OK to use disk duplication to install NT, =
but=20
  not a complete NT installation. You should follow the =
steps=20
  below: 
  
    Use the winnt /b installation option on a machine=20
    
Stop the setup at the second reboot, when it has finished the =
text=20
    portion of the installation, and will be starting the GUI section=20
    
Remove and duplicate the hard disk of the machine=20
    
Install the duplicate hard drive in the new machine=20
    
Start the new machine and the GUI sections will start. =

  The traditional problems with cloning were that the SID would be=20
  duplicated, however there are now several third party products that =
enable you=20
  to change the SID of a duplicated machine, you would then add the =
machine a=20
  new Computer Account on the PDC and change its name.
  
    
    
      NT Internals
      http://www.sysinternals.com/
    
      ImageCast
      http://www.netversant.com/ 
    

      DiskClone
      http://www.qdeck.com/
    
      DriveCopy
      http://www.powerquest.com/ 
    

      ImageBlast
      http://www.keylabs.com/
    
      Ghost
      http://www.ghostsoft.com/
  

  Q. How do I perform an unattended=20
  installation?
  A. It is possible to specify a text file that can =
be=20
  passed to the Windows NT installation program that contains answers to =
the=20
  questions the installation procedure asks. This file is usually called =

  unattend.txt and is passed to the Windows NT =
installation=20
  program using the /u:unattend.txt qualifier. The =
answer file=20
  has to adhere to a strict format which can be very complex, however =
there is a=20
  utility on the NT Server CD called SETUPMGR.EXE (in the =
Support/Deptools/I386)=20
  that allows the information to be filled into dialog boxes and it will =
then=20
  create the unattend.txt (or any other name) for you. Below is an =
example of=20
  how to use the SETUPMGR.EXE file: 
  
    Load the NT Server Installation CD-ROM=20
    
Run <CD-ROM>:/Support/Deptools/I386/setupmgr.exe=20
    
Click the "New" button, and the click OK to the advice dialog =
box=20
    
Click the "General Setup" button=20
    
Click the "User Information" tab, and type your name (i.e. John =
Savill,=20
    not your domain logon name!), your company, a computer name and the =
product=20
    ID (on the back of the NT installation CD-ROM)=20
    
Click the "Computer Role" tab, and from the drop down list =
select the=20
    type (in this case Workstation in Domain) and then type the Domain =
name=20
    
Click "Install Directory" and choose the NT install directory=20
    
Click "Time Zone" tab and from the drop down list select your =
time zone=20
    
If you choose a PDC then you can click the "Licence Mode" tab =
and choose=20
    the licensing to be used=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click the "Networking Setup" button=20
    
Enter in the information for adapters and protocols then click =
OK=20
    
If you want to use NTFS click the "Advanced" button and click =
"File=20
    System" tab and select convert to NTFS=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click Save and enter a file name=20
    
Click Exit 
  Microsoft have a document on automated installations at http://www.microsoft.com/=
NTWorkstation=20
  called "Deployment Guide to Windows NT Setup"
  Other Resources:
  
    h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q155/1/97.asp=20
    - A list of parameters for unattended installations 
  

  Q. Is it possible to specify unique =
items during=20
  an unattended install?
  A. The unattended installation file contains =
details for=20
  settings that will apply to all machines, however there are some =
settings that=20
  you may want to be different from machine to machine, such as user =
name,=20
  computer name, TCP/IP address etc. This can be accomplished by =
producing a=20
  text file in a certain format, with different sections for each =
computer. The=20
  UDF file is used by specifying the /UDF:ID[,<database file=20
  name>]. An example UDF file would be
  [UniqueIds]
u1 =3D UserData,TCPIPParams
u2 =3D=20
  UserData,TCPIPParams
[u1:UserData]
FullName =3D "John=20
  Savill"
ComputerName =3D SavillComp
ProductID =3D=20
  xxx-xxxxxx
[u1:TCParamSection]
IPAddress =3D=20
  200.200.153.45
[u2:UserData]
FullName =3D "Kevin =
Savill"
ComputerName =3D=20
  KevinComp
ProductID =3D xxx-xxxxxx
[u2:TCParamSection]
IPAddress =3D 200.200.153.46
  The ID specified would be (in the case above) u1 or u2. If the =
above file=20
  was saved as udf.txt to perform an unattended =
installation=20
  for machine one you would use
winnt /b /s:z: =
/u:unattend.txt=20
  /UDF:u1,udf.txt
which would set the installation as user =
John=20
  Savill, computer name SavillComp and IP address 200.200.153.45. If a =
parameter=20
  is specified in both the unattend answer file and the UDF the value in =
the UDF=20
  will be used. (The /b means its a floppyless installation and the /s =
specifies=20
  the source for the installation files and UDF etc. You would needed to =
have=20
  created the connection to z: already (net use z: =
//savillcomp/dist))
  The structure of the UDF uses a subset of the sections available in =
the=20
  unattended answer file.
  

  Q. How do I automatically install =
applications as=20
  part of the unattended installation?
  A. A utility is supplied on the NT distribution CD =
called=20
  SYSDIFF.EXE which is used to create a file containing files and =
registry=20
  changes needed for an application or set of applications to be =
installed. To=20
  use SYSDIFF just copy it from the CD to your hard disk 
  
    Insert the NT CD-ROM=20
    
Move to the <CD-ROM>:\Support\Deptools\i386 directory=20
    
Create a directory on you local hard disk (e.g. SYSDIFF)=20
    
Copy over SYSDIFF.EXE and SYSDIFF.INF to the directory =

  Alternativly there is a newer version available as a fix from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/winnt/winnt-public=
/fixes/usa/NT40/utilities/Sysdiff-fix/,=20
  download sysdiffa.exe for Alpha, sysdiffi.exe for Intel.
  The basics behind SYSDIFF is it creates a snapshot of the system =
before the=20
  application is installed, the application is installed and SYSDIFF is =
run=20
  again which compares the current system to the snapshot taken, and any =
changes=20
  to the registry and files are saved. An example usage need to include =
the=20
  following 
  
    Create an initial snapshot of the system
SYSDIFF =
/snap=20
    <snapshot file name, e.g. snapfile , no extension>=20
    
Install the application to the machine (e.g. install Office 97 =
:-) cool=20
    app )=20
    
Create a difference file based on the current system =
configuration and=20
    the snapshot file
SYSDIFF /diff /c:<title> =
<snapshot=20
    file> <difference file, e.g. difffile, no=20
    extension>
e.g. SYSDIFF /diff /c:officediff snap =
difffile=20
    
Have a look at the differences
SYSDIFF /dump =
<difference=20
    file> <dump file>
e.g. SYSDIFF /dump difffile=20
    dumpfile
Type out the dumpfile=20
    
Edit your unattended installation file (unattend.txt) and change =
the=20
    [Unattended] section to =
include
OEMPreinstall=3DYes=20
    
Copy SYSDIFF.EXE and SYSDIFF.INF to the $OEM$ directory=20
    
Copy difffile to the distribution directory=20
    
If the file does not exist, create the file $OEM$\Cmdlines.txt =
and=20
    insert the following line
sysdiff /apply /m=20
    difffile
where /m makes the changes to the default user =
profile=20
    
  Note: Using the /apply method the %systemroot% has =
to be=20
  the same on all machines, i.e. if the diff file was created on a =
machine with=20
  a %systemroot% of d:\winnt\ all machines must be installed to =
d:\winnt\=20
  ([Unattended] TargetPath)
  If this dump file gets to large look at the sysdiff /inf option =
instead=20
  which creates a directory for each application installed and is better =
for a=20
  large number of applications. See the SYSDIFF.HLP file for more =
information.=20
  
  

  Q. Install detects the wrong video card =
and locks=20
  the installation.
  A. When NT detects a video card it insists that =
you click=20
  the "Test" button. If the NT installation procedure incorrectly =
detects the=20
  hardware then it can cause the NT installation to hang and the only =
way to=20
  continue is to press the Reset button (e.g. the Number 9FX Reality =
card). To=20
  solve this problem when it detects the card just click the CANCEL =
button and=20
  it will leave the default VGA driver. 
  After the installation has finished manually install the new driver =

  supplied with the graphics card, or download it from the makers web =
site.
  

  Q. How do I upgrade from NT 3.51 to NT=20
  4.0?
  A. The scenario below is for upgrade an NT =
Workstation=20
  3.51 machine to a NT Workstation 4.0 machine. It is the same to =
upgrade a NT=20
  Server 3.51 to a NT Server 4.0, except that if you upgrade a server =
you will=20
  also be given the option to install IIS (Internet Information Server). =

  
    Although it is possible to upgrade using the floppyless install, =
in this=20
    example we will boot off of the 3 NT installation disks (which can =
be made=20
    using winnt32 /ox). Insert the first NT installation disk and boot =
up the=20
    machine=20
    
You will have to put in Disk 2 and then press Enter.=20
    
You will be given a choice of options. Choose "Setup Windows NT" =
by=20
    pressing Enter=20
    
Press Enter to Detect Hardware and you will have to insert Disk =
3.=20
    
When the detection is finished, if you have extra drivers to =
install,=20
    insert the OEM disk and press S to specify addition devices.=20
    
Once all drivers have been installed read the license agreement =
by=20
    scrolling down using the page down key and press F8 to agree at the =
end.=20
    
A check of the disks will run and it will detect your previous=20
    installation of NT. Press Enter to upgrade this installation.=20
    
Allow the program to perform a quick check of the disk by =
pressing=20
    Enter.=20
    
The Fonts on the system will be upgraded and files copied over.=20
    
Remove any disks and press Enter to reboot=20
    
Once the system has rebooted press the Next key to allow the =
Setup=20
    program to verify the computer information=20
    
Enter the CD-Key that is on the back of the NT installation =
CD-ROM case=20
    and click Next=20
    
Select if you want a repair disk and click Next=20
    
Select components and click Next=20
    
Click Next to upgrade Network Services=20
    
Any non-standard Network components will be displayed and you =
will be=20
    advised to remove and add them after the installation.=20
    
Click Finish and the main files will be copied=20
    
Click the "Restart Computer" button 
  The only problem with the upgrade is it does not =
remove=20
  old applications that were part of 3.51, such as cardfile.exe.
  

  Q. When I use an unattended =
installation, how do=20
  I avoid the click "Yes" at the license agreement?
  A. In the [unattended] section of your unattended =
answer=20
  file insert the line
  OemSkipEula =3D yes
  

  Q. I have NT installed, how do I =
install=20
  Windows95?
  A. If you already have DOS installed, then boot to =
DOS and=20
  install Windows95. The instructions below are if you only=20
  have Windows NT installed. 
  
    Make an emergency repair disk (rdisk - Update Repair Info)=20
    
Ensure you have NT installation disks (can make by winnt32 /ox)=20
    
Reboot the machine and boot off of the Windows95 installation =
disks or=20
    boot off of a bootable floppy disk with the drivers for your CD-ROM =
drive=20
    and run setup.exe off of the CD-ROM=20
    
Install Windows 95 as normal=20
    
Once the Windows 95 installation has finished, reboot the =
machine and=20
    boot off of the NT installation disks=20
    
After 2 disk will give options, press R for repair=20
    
Deselect all options except "Inspect Boot Sector" and continue=20
    
Press Enter to detect hardware and insert disk 3=20
    
The procedure will ask if you have an Emergency Repair Disk =
(ERD), say=20
    Yes and insert the ERD.=20
    
The machine will then reboot into NT again=20
    
Once in NT goto a DOS session=20
    
Type - attrib c:\boot.ini -r -s=20
    
edit boot.ini and insert at the=20
    bottom
c:\=3DMicrosoft Windows=20
    
Type - attrib c:\boot.ini +r +s=20
    
Reboot the machine and you will have Windows95 and NT options. =

  For this procedure to work the system partition (c:) must be =
FAT.
  

  Q. How do I remove Windows95/Dos from =
my NT=20
  system?
  A. The procedure below should be used on systems =
with=20
  Windows95 and/or DOS installed, however be aware it is sometimes good =
idea to=20
  have a small DOS installation for use with hardware setup etc. Before =
you=20
  start this make sure you have an up-to date ERD (rdisk -s) and the 3 =
NT=20
  installation disk (winnt32 /ox) just in case :-) 
  
    Modify the attributes on boot.ini to allow the file to be=20
    edited
attrib c:\boot.ini -r -s=20
    
Using Notepad (or another test editor open c:\boot.ini and =
remove the=20
    lines for DOS and/or Windows95 from the [operating systems] section, =
e.g.=20
    the lines to remove may be
c:\=3D"MS DOS =
6.22"
c:\bootsect.622=3D"MS DOS=20
    6.22"
c:\=3D"Windows 95"

Lines to avoid removing are =
structured=20
    like
multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(2)\WINNT=3D"Windows NT =
Workstation=20
    Version 4.00"=20
    
Save the file, and put back the file attributes
attrib =
c:\boot.ini +r=20
    +s=20
    
If you are removing DOS then delete the DOS tree =
structure
deltree=20
    c:\dos=20
    
If you are removing Windows95 then delete the Windows 95 tree =
structure=20
    ** Make sure it is not the same directory as NT is installed in, =
this is=20
    very unlikely however **
deltree d:\window95=20
    
You will also need to remove applications that were only =
installed for=20
    use with Windows 95/DOS, e.g. programs under Program Files, however =
NT will=20
    also install applications in this directory so be careful.=20
    
DOS and Windows95 place a number of files on the boot partition =
that can=20
    be deleted, e.g.
- autoexec.bat
- config.sys
- IO.SYS
-=20
    MSDOS.SYS
- bootlog.txt
- command.com
It will probably be =
safer to=20
    copy them somewhere before deleting them and just check NT boots OK. =
You may=20
    need to set them to be deletable using
attrib =
<file> -r -h=20
    -s
You can basically delete all files at the base of the =
boot=20
    partition except
- boot.ini
- ntldr
- ntdetect.com
-=20
    ntbootdd.sys (for SCSI systems)
Which are needed for NT startup=20
    
Reboot the machine and Windows95/DOS are now removed 
  

  Q. I can't create a NTFS partition over =
4GB=20
  during installation.
  A. During the text based portion of the NT =
installation,=20
  it is possible to create and format partitions. The maximum size for =
an NTFS=20
  partition is very large (16 exabytes), however the maximum size for a =
FAT=20
  partition under NT is 4GB (2GB under DOS). If you format a partition =
as NTFS=20
  during NT installation, it originally formats it as FAT and then =
converts it=20
  in the final stages of the NT installation, and this you are limited =
to a=20
  maximum partition size of 4GB during the NT installation.
  To get round this problem there are several paths of action open to =
you=20

  
    Before starting the installation insert the disk into an =
existing NT=20
    installation and partition/format the disk using Disk Administrator =
and then=20
    insert the disk into the machine to be installed=20
    
Partition the disk into smaller partitions, if you had a 5GB =
disk you=20
    could have a 1GB system partition, and a 4GB boot partition. The =
system=20
    partition is the partition NT's core startup files are located, =
boot.ini,=20
    ntldr and ntdetect.com (ntbootdd.sys if SCSI), and will normally be =
the=20
    active partition. The boot partition is the partition that NT stores =
the=20
    rest of its files, i.e. the %systemroot% directory=20
    
Create a 4GB partition at installation time, and then extend the =
NTFS=20
    partition after installation has completed
- Start Disk =
Administrator=20
    (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - Disk Administrator)
- =
Select=20
    the NTFS partition and holding down the Ctrl key select the =
unpartitioned=20
    space of the rest of the disk
- From the Partition menu, select =
Extend=20
    Volume Set
Note - You cannot extend a NTFS partition if =
it is the=20
    boot or system partition (as the boot/system partition cannot be =
part of a=20
    volume set) 
  If you are performing an unattended installation it is possible to =
create a=20
  greater than 4GB partition using the ExtendOEMPartition flag in the =
unattended=20
  file. This key causes text-mode setup to extend the partition on which =
the=20
  temporary Windows NT sources are located into any available =
unpartitioned=20
  space that physically follows it on the disk. Under the [unattended] =
section=20
  include the lines: 
  FileSystem =3D convertNTFS
ExtendOemPartition =3D =
1,=20
  NoWait
  The NoWait is only availble from Service Pack 1 and above.
  Also if you are installing from a distribution kit you can copy the =
Service=20
  Pack 3 version of setupdd.sys and replace the version in i386 folder =
of the NT=20
  distribution set.
  Also see:
  
    Q.=20
    How do I install on a disk larger than 8GB? 
  For more information see knowledge base articles: 
  
    Q=
138364=20
    at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q138/3/64.asp=20

    
Q=
119497=20
    at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q119/4/97.asp=20
    
  

  Q. I cannot upgrade my 4.0 NT =
installation with=20
  the NT 4.0 upgrade CD.
  A. Microsoft have confirmed this to be a problem =
with the=20
  software, and more information can be found in knowledge base article =
q=
154538=20
  at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q154/5/38.asp=20
  .
  A workaround is available, as the setup procedure checks the =
registry entry=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows =
NT\CurrentVersion\CurrentVersion=20
  for the version number, and only upgrades if the version is 3.1 ,3.5 =
or 3.51.=20
  You can therefore edit this entry and change the current version =
number 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows =
NT\CurrentVersion=20
    
Double click on CurrentVersion that is in the right hand pane=20
    
Change 4.0 to 3.5 and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  You should now be able to upgrade.
  

  Q. How do I create the NT installation=20
  disks?
  A. Follow the procedure below: 
  
    Insert your NT Workstation/Server CD=20
    
From the Start Menu, select Run (or press Win key + R)=20
    
If you are not running NT on the machine you =
are making=20
    the disks from enter
<CD-ROM drive>:\i386\winnt=20
    /ox
If you are running=20
    NT:
<CD-ROM drive>:\i386\winnt32 /ox=20
    
You will have to put in 3 blank, formatted disks 
  

  Q. How can I use a Network card that is =
not one=20
  of those shown with Network Client Administrator?
  A. The Network Client Administrator tool located =
in the=20
  Administrative Tools section is a very useful tool, but lacks the =
seemingly=20
  obvious function of "Have disk" to use a NDIS 2.0 compatible driver =
supplied=20
  with the network card. You can get round this though with a minimum of =
hassle.=20
  
  
    Run Network Client Administrator as normal, selecting a network =
card=20
    similar to your card=20
    
Once finished locate the driver disk that was supplied with the =
Network=20
    card (you did keep it :-) ).=20
    
On the disk there will be a NDIS folder and a DOS section=20
    
Copy the .dos file from this disk to the net sub-directory on =
the disk=20
    created by Network Client Administrator=20
    
Also in the directory should be a sample protocol.ini file, open =
this=20
    and look for the line with a driver with a $ on the end,=20
    e.g.
DriverName =3D "EL59X$"
write this name =
down=20
    
Insert the disk created by Network Client Administrator and move =
to the=20
    \net sub-directory=20
    
Open the file system.ini and edit the network drivers section =
and change=20
    the netcard parameter to the name of the .dos file you copied to the =

    disk
[network drivers]
netcard=3DEL59X.dos=20
    
After saving system.ini, open protocol.ini (in the same =
directory) and=20
    locate the DriverName parameter and change to the name you found in =
the=20
    protocol.ini file supplied on the Network Card driver disk (the one =
you=20
    wrote down in step 5),=20
    e.g.
[ms$elnk3]
DRIVERNAME=3DEL59X$
If the =
card is a=20
    PCI card make sure the I/O, slot etc. are commented out, or set =
these to the=20
    correct values. Again save the file. 
  The Network Client Administrator disk is now configured to use your =
network=20
  card. A known problem is with Irmatrac/Microdyne token ring adapters, =
and will=20
  not work unless the net sub-directory on the disk is renamed to =
dev.
  This solution is fine for one off disk creations, however you may =
want to=20
  have the network card displayed as an option by the Network Card =
Administrator=20
  program, to do this perform the following 
  
    You have to have the clients directory shared on your hard disk, =
e.g.=20
    d:\clients=20
    
Copy the .dos file from the network driver disk (windows for =
workgroups=20
    area) to <client share name>\msclient\netsetup directory=20
    
Edit the file <client share =
name>\msclient\netsetup\wcnet.inf and=20
    enter the following details, this information will be on the Network =
card=20
    installation disk as a oemsetup.inf or similar=20
    file
[netcard]
tcm$el59x=3D"3Com Fast =
EtherLink/EtherLink III=20
    BusMaster Adapter=20
    =
(3C59x)",0,ndis,ethernet,0x07,tcm$el59x,tcm$el59x_nif
Also =
in=20
    the oemsetup.inf will be 2 sections that correspond to the last 2=20
    parameters, e.g. tcm$el59x and tcm$el59x_inf. Append these to the =
end of=20
    wcnet.inf, then save the file 
  Network Client Administrator will now list the new card as an =
option as a=20
  Network card.
  

  Q. How can I make domain users members =
of local=20
  Administrators groups during an unattended =
installation?
  A. The easiest way to do this is to use the =
net=20
  localgroup command, however before you can use the command =
you have=20
  to have connected to the PDC and start the netlogon service. The =
following=20
  commands can be used in the unattended installation using the =
CMDLINES.TXT=20
  file:
  net use \\<machine name of the PDC> /user:<domain=20
  name>\<username> <password>
net start =
netlogon
net=20
  localgroup Administrators "<domain name>\<user>" /add
  

  Q. I have problems running a program as =
part of=20
  the unattended installation?
  A. You can use the /e switch during the unattended =

  installation to specify a program to run, e.g.
  winnt.exe /u:unattend.txt /s:w: /e:"w:\servpack\update -u=20
  -z"
  The above would be used to install a service pack after the NT =
installation=20
  (-u for unattended, -z for no reboot), however you may get an error =
and in=20
  setuplog.txt the following error:
  "Warning:
Setup was unable to invoke external=20
  program
<drive>:\<directory>\<program> because of =
the=20
  following error:
CreateProcess returned error 3."
  This is because after the installation network drives are no longer =
mapped=20
  and w: no longer exists. Any source files need to be locally stored to =
be able=20
  to be run and then with the /e use a local drive letter.
  

  Q. I have Windows NT installed, how do I =
install=20
  Windows 98?
  A. As with the installation of Windows 95, the system =
partition (the=20
  active partition, c:) must be FAT and not NTFS as Windows 98 cannot =
read or=20
  write to an NTFS partition. Windows 98 places COMMAND.COM on the =
active=20
  partition (along with a blank autoexec.bat).
  If you system partition is not FAT then you should back up your =
data,=20
  reformat the partition as FAT and restore the backup.
  Windows 98 is normally NT boot menu friendly which means it will =
not=20
  replace the boot loader code of the disk and instead automatically =
adds an=20
  option to the boot menu (boot.ini) of the format
  C:\=3D"Microsoft Windows 98"
  This means upon booting the machine Windows 98 or NT can be =
chosen.
  To be on the safe side before installing Windows 98 create a new =
Emergency=20
  Repair Disk for NT using RDISK.EXE
  Windows 98 cannot be installed from within Windows NT so if you =
have DOS=20
  also installed, boot from DOS (its boot menu item will be replaced =
after the=20
  Windows 98 installation with the Windows 98 name) and run the =
setup.exe on the=20
  Windows 98 installation disk.
  If you do not have DOS installed you should boot off of a DOS boot =
disk=20
  with a driver for your CD-ROM and again run SETUP.EXE.
  Once installation has started you will be able to choose the =
installation=20
  drive and directory (only FAT partitions will be allowed). If there =
are NTFS=20
  partitions on the system a warning will be given that the contents =
will not be=20
  viewable under Windows 98.
  Once installation has completed no user action is needed and you =
may boot=20
  off of either installation.
  If you find you DON'T have the NT boot menu and the machine boots =
straight=20
  into 98 perform the following:
  
    Reboot the machine and boot off of the NT installation disks=20
    
After 2 disk will give options, press R for repair=20
    
Deselect all options except "Inspect Boot Sector" and continue=20
    
Press Enter to detect hardware and insert disk 3=20
    
The procedure will ask if you have an Emergency Repair Disk =
(ERD), say=20
    Yes and insert the ERD.=20
    
The machine will then reboot into NT again=20
    
Once in NT goto a DOS session and type
attrib =
c:\boot.ini -r=20
    -s=20
    
Edit boot.ini and insert at the=20
    bottom
c:\=3DMicrosoft Windows 98=20
    
Type - attrib c:\boot.ini +r +s=20
    
Reboot the machine and you will have Windows98 and NT options. =

  Ensure once you have completed the Windows 98 installation you do=20
  NOT upgrade the active partition to FAT32. Windows NT 4.0 =
cannot read=20
  FAT32 and converting the active partition to FAT32 will render the NT =
boot=20
  menu unusable and unbootable.
  

  Q. I have Windows 98 installed, how do I =
install=20
  NT?
  A. The only requirement for installing Windows NT after =
Windows 98=20
  is that the system partition (C:) is not FAT32 as Windows NT cannot =
read FAT32=20
  (at least until version 5.0 of NT which has full FAT32 support).
  If the active partition is FAT32 you will need to convert it back =
to FAT16=20
  or see 'Q.=20
  I have Windows 98 installed on C: with FAT32, how do I install =
NT?'. There=20
  are a number of 3rd party applications that can do this, e.g. =
Partition It=20
  from QuarterDeck (http://www.quarterdeck.com). I have never used it =
but other=20
  people have recommended it.
  To begin the installation of NT just boot into Windows 98 and run=20
  WINNT32.EXE from the Windows NT installation and proceed as normal =
(select=20
  install not upgrade). The Windows NT installation procedure will =
automatically=20
  detect the Windows 98 installation and add it to the NT boot menu.
  Do NOT upgrade the system partition to NTFS using the =
CONVERT.EXE=20
  command as Windows 98 will no longer be able to boot.
  

  Q. I have Windows NT 5.0 installed but when =
I try to=20
  install Windows NT 4.0 the installation fails.
  A. Windows NT 5.0 has changed the boot loader and so trying =
to=20
  install Windows NT 4.0 afterwards Setup may continuously restart each =
time the=20
  computer is started without ever finishing.
  Service Pack 4 provides an updated winnt32.exe that allows Windows =
NT 4.0=20
  to be installed after NT 5.0 so you will need to perform the =
following:
  
    Copy I386 directory structure from the Windows NT installation =
CD-ROM=20
    
Rename the winnt32.exe to winnt32.old=20
    
Copy the winnt32.exe from the service pack 4 CD from the=20
    Support\Winnt32\i386to your I386 directory structure=20
    
Run winnt32.exe from your local stored copy 
  

  Q. I want to install Windows 98 and NT, what =
file=20
  system should I use?
  A. Windows 98 supports 2 file systems, FAT and FAT32. =
Windows NT 4.0=20
  supports 2 main file systems FAT and NTFS. The only common file system =
is FAT=20
  which means the active partition, C:, must be FAT.
  If you then partition the harddisk into one partition for the =
active=20
  partition, one for 98 (d:) and one for NT (e:) you could have FAT32 on =
D: and=20
  NTFS on E: but you should be aware that the 2 operating systems will =
not be=20
  able to see the partition of the other. If you ever want a partition =
that can=20
  be seen by both you will need FAT.
  Windows NT 5.0 introduces support for FAT32 so in this case the =
active=20
  partition could be FAT32 and you would only need one separate =
partition for NT=20
  if you wanted NTFS.
  There are tools that enable Windows 9x to read NTFS, e.g. NTFSDOS =
from http://www.sysinternals.com/ =
however=20
  these are mainly readonly and I may lead to corruption if not used =
correctly.=20
  Also bear in mind Windows NT 5.0 introduces NTFS 5.0 which these =
utilities=20
  will not be able to read.
  

  Q. How do I manually install SCSI drivers =
before the=20
  autodetect of installation?
  A. When you put the first Boot disk in to install NT. There =
is a=20
  brief moment when at the top of the screen in white lettering is =
"Setup is=20
  inspecting your Hardware....". Press the F6 key there. Once the NT =
Kernel is=20
  loaded it will ask you to select which drivers to install at the end =
of=20
  reading disk 2 but before selecting the installation type.
  

  Q. During installation of Windows NT Server =
5.0 the=20
  type of server cannot be set. - NT =
5.0=20
  only
  A. Unlike earlier versions of Windows NT, the role of a =
server can=20
  be changed at any time in its life, e.g. from a member server to a =
domain=20
  controller, and from a domain controller back to a member server. This =
means=20
  that when initially installed, ALL servers are installed as=20
  stand-alone/member servers (even upgraded PDC/BDC's) which then have =
to be=20
  promoted to domain servers.
  For information on promoting a server to a domain controller see =
Q.=20
  How do I promote a server to a domain controller?
  

  Q. How do I delete the recycle bin as part =
of an=20
  unattended installation.
  A. The recycle bin is just a registry entry so if we delete =
the=20
  registry entry it will remove the recycle bin.
  Create the following in a file remreycl.inf
  [Version]
Signature =3D "$Windows NT$"=20

Provider=3D%Provider%
  [Strings]
Provider=3D"SavillTech Ltd"
  [DefaultInstall]
AddReg =3D AddReg
DelReg =3D =
DelReg
UpdateInis =3D=20
  UpdateInis
  =
[AddReg]
[DelReg]
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Wind=
ows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Desktop\NameSpace\{645FF040-5081-101B-9F08-00=
AA002F954E}
[UpdateInis]=20
  
  You should then create a $OEM$ folder in your I386 installation =
directory=20
  and copy the file remreycl.reg into the directory.
  If the file cmdlines.txt exists edit it otherwise create it (in the =
$OEM$=20
  directory) and add the following:
  [Commands]
"rundll32 setupapi,InstallHinfSection =
DefaultInstall 128=20
  .\remreycl.inf"
  

  Q. During an unattended installation I am =
prompted for=20
  an IP address if 0 is in the given address.
  A. If you have an unattended install file with information =
such=20
  as
  =
[TCPIPParameters]
DHCP=3DNO
IPAddress=3D200.200.0.200=

Subnet=3D255.255.0.0
  You will receive an error dialog during the installation:
  "The IPAddress key has an invalid IP address. Please correct =
the=20
  problem after the property sheet is displayed"
  If you then click OK the installation will continue.
  The bug only applies if there is a 0 in the second or third octet, =
e.g.=20
  xxx.here.orhere.xxx.
  Service Pack 2 or later corrected this problem and so to avoid the =
message=20
  replace the tcpcfg.dl_ on your distribution server (the i386 =
directory) with=20
  the tcpcfg.dll from the latest service pack.
  

  Q. How do I map a network drive during an =
unattended=20
  installation?
  A. This may be useful if you want to install software, such =
as a=20
  service pack, during installation.
  Using the Cmdlines.txt file it is easy to map to a network share.=20
  Cmdlines.txt must be stored in the $OEM$ directory under your NT =
installation=20
  area, e.g. i386\$OEM$. A very basic unattend.txt would consist of
  [Unattended]
OemPreinstall =3D yes
  The map command should be under the [Commands] section of your =
cmdlines.txt=20
  file, e.g.
  [Commands]
".\net use <drive letter>:=20
  \\<server>\<share> /user:<domain>\<user>=20
  [<password>] /persistent:no"
  It is important to add the /user otherwise the system will attempt =
to use=20
  the System account which does not have an actual user account thus the =
command=20
  would fail. The /persistent:no is used as the connection should not be =
remade=20
  at each logon.
  One option would be to enable the Guest account and give it access =
to the=20
  share which would mean you could connect at /user:<domain>\Guest =
which=20
  would allow a connection to be made to the share even if the domain =
controller=20
  cannot be contacted.
  

  Q. How can I install Windows 2000 on a =
machine with=20
  less than 64MB of memory? - Windows 2000=20
  only
  A. By default you need 64MB of memory installed on the =
machine to=20
  install Windows 2000 Server, however this limitation can be got =
round.
  
    Copy the Windows 2000 I386 installation structure to a =
harddisk/network=20
    drive.=20
    
Edit the file TXTSETUP.SIF located in the root of the I386 =
structure=20
    
Search for RequiredMemory=20
    
Edit the line which allows you to change the amount of memory =
however=20
    only change if you know what you are=20
    doing!
RequiredMemory=3D66584576=20
    
Save the file=20
    
Install as normal 
  Be aware that this will not work with upgrades/installs using =
winnt32.exe,=20
  only winnt.exe.
  

  Q. How do I disable the Installation of =
Exchange=20
  during installation?
  A. If you want to stop the installation of the Exchange =
client=20
  during installation of NT then perform the following:
  
    Copy the I386 directory from the Windows NT CD-ROM to a =
directory=20
    
In the I386 folder expand the file syssetup.in_
C:\> =
expand=20
    Syssetup.in_ Syssetup.inf=20
    
Rename Syssetup.in_ to Syssetup.old as otherwise the =
installation will=20
    use the compressed version=20
    
Edit the file Syssetup.inf and comment out the MSMAIL.INF entry =
in the=20
    [BaseWinOptionsInfs]=20
    
Save the file and install as normal 
  Below is an example of the edited file
  =
[BaseWinOptionsInfs]
accessor.inf
communic.inf
games.inf<=
BR>imagevue.inf
mmopt.inf
;msmail.inf
multimed.inf
optional.=
inf
pinball.inf
wordpad.inf
  

  Q. My evaluation period has expired on my NT =

  installation, why?
  A. You may have not used your an evaluation CD but if you =
used setup=20
  disks that were created with an evaluation CD then the NT installation =
will=20
  expire after 120 days.
  You will get one hours notice with the following
  
  and then one hour later a blue screen of death:
  END_OF_NT_EVALUATION_PERIOD (0x98)
Your NT System is an =
evaluation unit=20
  with an expiration date. The trial period is over.
  KeBugCheckEx parameters:
  
    The low order 32 bits of your installation date=20
    
The high order 32 bits of your installation date=20
    
The trial period in minutes 
  You would then have to restart the computer and would be able to =
run it for=20
  another hour before it crashed again.
  To fix this will you need to "upgrade" your installation using a =
full=20
  retail copy of NT, not the upgrade version as it will not =
"upgrade" NT=20
  4.0 to 4.0. Before performing this upgrade you must ensure you have=20
  uninstalled Service Pack 2 or above. If Service Pack 3 or above was =
installed=20
  you must make sure that the following files are not replaced:
  
    samsrv.dll=20
    
samlib.dll=20
    
winlogon.exe 
  To ensure the three files above are not replaced copy them from the =
service=20
  pack to your NT installation directory (I386) to the hard disk and =
expand the=20
  files above to the directory.
  Microsoft do not supply a utility to tell you if your installation =
will=20
  expire or not, however I have written a utility and for more info see =
Q.=20
  How can I tell if my NT installation is a 120 day evaluation or=20
  full?
  

  Q. How do I install on a disk larger than=20
  8GB?
  A. The Microsoft supplied generic IDE driver (Atapi.sys) may =
not be=20
  fully compatible with drives larger that 8 GB. This issue only affects =

  IDE-based drives 8 GB and larger however Service Pack 4 includes an =
updated=20
  ATAPI.SYS allowing access to disks greater than 8GB.
  Windows 2000 will support (bootable) partitions larger than 8GB =
provided=20
  the booting controllers BIOS supports EXT INT-13 BIOS calls.
  The system board BIOS must support and recognize drives larger than =
8 GB=20
  before Windows NT can access the entire drive. You can verify this =
ability by=20
  entering into the BIOS or contacting your system board manufacturer. =
To use=20
  the SP4 ATAPI.EXE under NT 4.0 perform the following:
  
    Download the updated Atapi.sys from Microsoft's FTP server, ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/winnt/winnt-unsup-ed/fixes/=
nt40/atapi/ATAPI.EXE=20
    and copy the file to a blank floppy disk.=20
    
Run Atapi.exe on the diskette and the new Atapi.sys file will be =

    extracted to the diskette. Label the disk "ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE =
Driver."=20
    or something along those lines=20
    
Boot from the three setup disks supplied with Windows NT Server =
as per=20
    normal.=20
    
When asked if you would like setup to detect your mass storage =
devices,=20
    press S so that detection is skipped and you specify a mass storage =
device.=20
    
When setup list devices found, which should list none, press S =
again and=20
    insert the Microsoft ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver disk and press =
ENTER=20
    twice. After setup reads the disk and list the Microsoft ATAPI =
Service Pack=20
    4 IDE driver, press ENTER to accept the driver.=20
    
Setup will now list Microsoft ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver as =
an=20
    installed driver. If you have additional drivers for other mass =
storage=20
    devices, press S, if not, press ENTER to continue through setup.=20
    
Setup should continue as per normal but it may prompt you to =
insert the=20
    disk labeled "Microsoft ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver Support =
Disk" at the=20
    copy phase after you have chosen or formatted a partition on a hard =
drive.=20
    
  If you are using Microsoft Small Business Server 4.0 or 4.0a, =
follow these=20
  instructions:
  
    Download the updated ATAPI.SYS from Microsoft's FTP server ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/winnt/winnt-unsup-ed/fixes/=
nt40/atapi/ATAPI.EXE=20
    and copy the file to a blank floppy disk.=20
    
Run Atapi.exe on the disk and the new Atapi.sys file will be =
extracted=20
    to the disk. Label the diskette "ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver."=20
    
Copy an updated file to Small Business Server (SBS) disk 2. To =
do this,=20
    rename the file Winnt.sif to Winnt.bak on disk 2. Then copy the =
Winnt.sif=20
    from the I386 folder on SBS CD 1 to SBS disk 2.=20
    
Boot from the modified SBS setup disks.=20
    
When the computer is booting off of disk 1 and the message =
"Setup is=20
    inspecting your hardware configuration..." is displayed, press F6 on =
the=20
    keyboard. NOTE: This is at a black screen and no visible indicators =
occur=20
    when you press F6.=20
    
When prompted, insert the modified disk 2 into the computer. The =
next=20
    screen that appears will prompt you to specify a mass storage =
drivers. To do=20
    that, press the S key and then arrow down to the listing of OTHER.=20
    
Insert the Microsoft ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver disk and =
press=20
    ENTER twice.=20
    
After setup reads the disk and list the Microsoft ATAPI Service =
Pack 4=20
    IDE driver, press ENTER to accept the driver.=20
    
Setup will now list "Microsoft ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver" =
as a=20
    installed driver. If you have any more drivers for other mass =
storage=20
    devices, press S; if not, press ENTER to continue through setup. =
NOTE:=20
    Because we are using a modified version of Winnt.sif, you will be =
prompted=20
    to insert disks 2 and 3 several times.=20
    
Make sure you format or convert the partition to NTFS as SBS =
requires=20
    it.=20
    
Setup should continue through normally but it will prompt you to =
insert=20
    the disk labeled "Microsoft ATAPI Service Pack 4 IDE Driver Support =
Disk" at=20
    the copy phase after you have chosen or formatted a partition on a =
hard=20
    drive. 
  Running ATAPI.EXE creates the files below:
  
    atapi.sys=20
    
Disk1=20
    
oemsetup.inf=20
    
readme.txt=20
    
txtsetup.oem 
  The NT 4.0 SP4 atapi.sys file is neither necessary nor supported =
for=20
  Windows Terminal Server Edition. If you try to use it, you may get a =
message=20
  to the effect that you don't have the necessary component installed. =
As long=20
  as you stick to the 2GB/8GB install limits, this extension is not=20
  necessary.
  Apparently, Microsoft refuses to support booting NT from any =
partition=20
  bigger than 8 GB for SCSI. The newer Adaptec 2940U2W cards are set up =
so that=20
  NT cannot be booted if the partition is larger than 8 GB, but =
unfortunately=20
  the older Adaptec cards still allow this largely undocumented =
"mistake" to=20
  occur.
  Do not use Partition Magic prior to version 3.03 on a big disk; it =
doesn't=20
  understand the new INT 13 extensions and it can destroy your =
hard=20
  drive.
  NOTE:  I've been informed that with the "ASUS P3B"=20
  Motherboard-series you can't use this solution, it simply won't boot =
with IDE=20
  from that motherboard-series.
  

  Q. How can I stop the installation of My =
Briefcase=20
  during NT installation?
  A. Its possible to stop the installation of the syncapp.exe =
which is=20
  responsible for the "My Briefcase" icon by editing two files.
  
    Copy the I386 folder from the NT installation CD to a harddisk=20
    
Use Notepad to open the file Layout.inf file in the root of =
I386.=20
    
Search for syncapp.exe and place a semi-colon in front of=20
    it:
;syncapp.exe=3D1,,28672,,,,,2,0,0=20
    
Save the file. Now edit the file Txtsetup.sif using notepad, =
again in=20
    the root of I386=20
    
Search for syncapp.exe and place a semi-colon in front of=20
    it:
;syncapp.exe=3D1,,,,,,,2,0,0=20
    
Install as normal 
  If you wanted to enable the installation of My Briefcase again edit =
the=20
  files layout.inf and txtsetup.sif and remove the semi-colon in front =
of=20
  syncapp.exe.
  

  Q. How can I control which accessories are =
installed=20
  during an unattended installation?
  A. Its possible to configure applications to either be =
installed as=20
  
  
    Manual only=20
    
Typical or custom=20
    
Typical, custom or portable 
  This can be done by editing the corresponding .inf file for the=20
  application. The list of .inf files are listed in syssetup.inf:
  
    accessor.inf=20
    
communic.inf=20
    
games.inf=20
    
imagevue.inf=20
    
mmopt.inf=20
    
multimed.inf=20
    
optional.inf=20
    
pinball.inf=20
    
wordpad.inf 
  Many .inf files have multiple applications defined in it and are =
shown with=20
  [<application>]
  
    Copy the I386 folder from the NT installation CD to a harddisk=20
    
Expand the .inf file you want to edit and rename the original=20
    name
C:\I386> expand accessor.in_=20
    accessor.inf
C:\I386> rename accessor.in_ =
accessor.sav=20

    
Use Notepad to open the file <name>.inf file=20
    
Find the section for the application, e.g. [CLOCK] in =
accessor.inf=20
    
Find the InstallType line and change to
0 for Manual =
only
10 for=20
    Typical or Custom
14 for Typical, Custom or Portable
For=20
    =
example
[Clock]
OptionDesc=3D%Clock_DESC%
Tip=3D%Clock_TIP%<=
BR>IconIndex=3D66=20
    ;Windows mini-icon for =
dialogs
Parent=3DAccessTop
InstallType=3D14 ;Typical, Portable, Custom=20
    
Save the file=20
    
Install as normal 
  

  Q. How do I use SmartDrv?
  A. Why am I talking about the MS-DOS SmartDrv utility? Well =
if you=20
  use the WINNT.EXE installation method for NT and do not use SMARTDRV =
the=20
  installation will take multitudes of times longer than if you do use =
it.
  At the most basic you may create a DOS bootable disk (format a: /s =
from=20
  DOS) that just maps to a network drive and starts the installation. To =
take=20
  advantage of SMARTDRV copy onto the disk the files:
  
    SMARTDRV.EXE=20
    
HIMEM.SYS 
  You should then edit (or create) the file AUTOEXEC.BAT and add the =
line
  <path>smartdrv.exe /q
e.g. a:smartdrv.exe /q
  Now edit (or again create) the file CONFIG.SYS and add the line
  device=3Dhimem.sys
  Himem.sys is needed by smartdrv and allows access to higher areas =
of=20
  memory. 
  This applies equally to locally installed copies of DOS however=20
  SMARTDRV.EXE is automatically installed but make sure you are using it =
by=20
  looking at autoexec.bat.
  Also adding the line
  BUFFERS=3D99
  to CONFIG.SYS on the bootable disk can speed up operations.
  

  Q. How can I upgrade a NFR NT installation =
to full=20
  Retail?
  A. Unfortunately there is no supported upgrade mechanism, =
you have=20
  to perform a new installation and then reinstall your =
applications.
  In practice however many people have successfully booted off the =
full=20
  commercial release boot disks and upgraded the install, reapplied =
service=20
  packs and hotfixes and not experienced any problems. The choice is =
yours.
  If you are replacing a domain controller install a fresh copy as a =
backup=20
  domain controller and then upgrade to domain controller. Below are =
some links=20
  that may help you.
  
    How=20
    can I tell if my NT installation is a "Not For Resale" =
installation?=20
    
How=20
    can I move shares and their contents from one machine to =
another?=20
    
How=20
    can I move users from one machine to another?=20
    
How=20
    can I copy files and keep their security and permissions? =

  

  Q. How can I stop IE 2.0 being installed as =
part of=20
  installation?
  A. By default, Internet Explorer 2.0 is installed when you =
install=20
  Windows NT. To stop this perform the following:
  
    Copy the I386 directory from the Windows NT 4.0 CD to a hard =
disk drive.=20

    
Expand the Syssetup.in_ to Syssetup.inf
NOTE: Expand.exe must =
be run=20
    from within Windows NT, that is, expand Syssetup.in_ to Syssetup.inf =

    
Rename Syssetup.in_ to Syssetup.old. By default, Setup will use =
the=20
    compressed version if both exist.=20
    
Open Syssetup.inf and search for Iexplore.inf and insert a =
semicolon in=20
    front of Iexplore.inf. 
  The change should be as follows:
  [Infs.Always]
; iexplore.inf,DefaultInstall 
  

  Q. How can I remove the Linux LILO Boot=20
  Manager?
  A. Linux has its own boot manager which is stored in the =
Master Boot=20
  Record (MBR) which allows dual booting between Linux and other =
operating=20
  systems (such as NT).
  To remove LILO from within Linux use the command below if LILO is =
installed=20
  on the MBR of the master drive on the primary IDE controller:
  lilo -u /dev/hda
  To remove from a SCSI drive use /dev/sdan where a is which drive in =
the=20
  chain (so a is the first) and n is which partition on the drive =
(starting with=20
  1), n can be left off if there are not multiple partitions on the =
drive, e.g.=20
  
  lilo -u /dev/sda
  If Linux is no longer installed it can be removed by booting to DOS =
and=20
  typing the command
  C:\> fdisk /mbr
  You may want to backup the MBR first using the Resource Kit utility =

  DISKSAVE.EXE.
  

  Q. How can I recreate the Windows NT =
installation=20
  disks?
  A. To recreate the installation disks perform the =
following:
  
    Start-up an operating system (dos, wfw, windows 9x or NT)=20
    
Insert the NT installation CD=20
    
Start a command session (command.com or cmd.exe if NT)=20
    
Move to the i386 folder=20
    
If you are running NT or Windows 9x enter the command
C:\> =
winnt32=20
    /ox
Any other 16 bit operating systems type
C:\> winnt /ox=20
    
You will be asked to insert 3 disks=20
    
Done! 
  If you want to create Windows 2000 start-up disks perform the=20
following:
  
    Again start-up an operating system=20
    
Insert the 2000 installation CD=20
    
Start a command session (command.com or cmd.exe if NT)=20
    
Move to the BOODISK folder=20
    
Type the command
C:\> makeboot a:=20
    
You will have to insert 4 disks=20
    
Done 
  

  Q. I have Windows 98 installed on C: with =
FAT32, how=20
  do I install NT?
  A. Windows 2000 can read FAT32 with no problems and so =
installing=20
  Windows 2000 on a machine whose active partition (C:) is FAT32 =
requires no=20
  special steps.
  Windows NT cannot read FAT32 and so special steps are =
necessary:
  
    Create a primary partition at the beginning of the drive - Win98 =
has to=20
    install into the first partition for this to work (see notes below). =

    
Mark this partition Active, install Win98 then convert the =
partition to=20
    FAT32. If you don't convert to FAT32, NT will try to install its =
loader=20
    files into this first partition. If this happens, you won't be able =
to=20
    convert Win98 to FAT32 later on because NT won't be able to boot.=20
    
Start the NT installation and use setup to create a new =
partition after=20
    the Win98 partition. NT will give you a message something like, "NT =
needs to=20
    temporarily disable the other OS before the installation can =
continue". All=20
    this does is change the active partition to the new NT partition. =
This is=20
    actually want you want so it is OK.=20
    
Install NT and convert the partition to NFTS.=20
    
Using "Disk Administrator", change the active partition to the =
Win98=20
    partition. You may find NT actually alters the boot.ini file to =
point to the=20
    98 partition, making NT unbootable so check the file and edit if =
necessary=20
    before shutting down.=20
    
Boot into Win98 and using DEBUG.EXE, execute the following debug =
script:=20
    
L 100 2 0 1
n =
bootsect.f32
rcx
200
w
q
=20
    
Copy the bootsect.f32 to a floppy disk which is created in your =
current=20
    directory
C:\> copy bootsect.f32 a:=20
    
Use FDISK to set the active partition back to the NT partition=20
    
Boot to NT and copy the bootsect.f32 file into the root of C:=20
    
Add the following line to the end of the C:\BOOT.INI file. You =
will need=20
    to remove the system and readonly =
attributes:
C:\>attrib=20
    c:\boot.ini -r -s
The line to be added=20
    is:
c:\bootsect.f32=3D"Windows 98"
Now set the =
permissions back=20
    on boot.ini
C:\>attrib c:\boot.ini +r +s=20
    
Reboot NT and you should now have an option for "Windows 98" =

  It would also be possible to take a copy of the Windows 98 boot =
sector by=20
  using DiskProbe (from the resource kit) and saving the first sector of =
the=20
  partition to a file.
  Some people have reported problems and an alternate approach is =
possible as=20
  defined by Paul Franzes
  "I installed WINNT4 first with NTFS.then I =
rebooted=20
  with a Win98 bootfloppy. Created a partition using FDISK. Made the =
win98=20
  partition active. Rebooted ,formatted & installed windows98 in the =
fat32=20
  partition. ran the debug & copied the file to a floppy. Then went =
again to=20
  FDISK and made the NTFS partition active. Booted to winnt &=20
  copied the file to c:\ and edited the boot.ini =
accordingly."
  You may find that putting the Win98 partition at the END of the =
disk works=20
  better, because of Windows NT's 2GB boot code boundary.
  

  Q. How can I stop the 'Welcome to Windows =
NT' screen=20
  during setup? 
  A. Normally when a user logs on for the first time a splash =
screen=20
  is displayed welcoming the new users. This can be disabled in a number =
of=20
  ways. 
  Method 1
  
    Copy the I386 directory structure from the Windows NT =
installation CD to=20
    a distribution server=20
    
Create the Unattend.txt file as normal=20
    
In the I386 directory on the distribution server rename the file =

    Welcome.ex_ to Welcome.bak
C:\> rename welcome.ex_ welcome.bak =

    
Create a backup of the file Txtsetup.sif file (which is also in =
the I386=20
    directory) to Txtsetup.bak=20
    
Edit Txtsetup.sif and place a ; in front of the welcome.exe =
line, so the=20
    =
line
welcome.exe=3D1,,,,,,,1,0,0
becomes
;welcome.exe=3D1,,,,,,,1,0,0=20
    
Save the modified file.=20
    
Create a backup of Dosnet.inf (again in the I386 directory) to=20
    dosnet.bak=20
    
Edit Dosnet.inf and again place a ; in front of the welcome.exe =
line, so=20
    the link
d1,welcome.exe
becomes
;d1,welcome.exe=20
    
Save the modified file=20
    
Perform the unattended installation from the distribution share =

  The above just stops the installation of the welcome.exe image and =
so=20
  stopping it from executing. An alternative is to create a registry =
script that=20
  runs during installation which disables the Welcome dialog.
  Method 2
  
    As before copy the I386 directory from the NT CD to a =
distribution=20
    server=20
    
Create an unattend.txt file as per normal=20
    
Create a directory called $oem$ under the I386 directory on the=20
    distribution server=20
    
In the $oem$ directory create a file called cmdlines.txt and =
enter the=20
    following lines:
[Commands]
".\regedit /s =
nowelcom.reg"=20
    
Again in the $oem$ directory create a file called nowelcom.reg =
with the=20
    following lines (keep the blank=20
    =
line):
REGEDIT4

[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windo=
ws\CurrentVersion=20
    \Explorer\Tips]=20
    =

"DisplayInitialTipWindow"=3Ddword:00000000
"Show"=3Dhex:00,00,00,0=
0
"Next"=3Dhex:03,00=20

    
Copy the file regedit.exe from the I386 directory into the $oem$ =

    directory=20
    
Perform the unattended installation from the distribution share =

  

  Q. I receive an error message "The System is =
not fully=20
  installed", what can I do?
  A. This is normally caused by using SYSPREP with a 3rd party =
network=20
  client and is caused by a registry entry being incorrectly =
updated.
  To correct you will need to install a second copy of NT onto the =
system and=20
  perform the following:
  
    Boot into the second copy of NT=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Select HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE=20
    
From the Registry menu select 'Load Hive'=20
    
Move to the %systemroot%\system32\Config directory of the =
primary NT=20
    installation and select the System file. Click Open=20
    
Type any name for the key, e.g. "System primary" and click OK=20
    
Double click the new hive, expand Setup and double click=20
    SystemSetupInProgress=20
    
Change from 1 to 0. Click OK=20
    
Select the key created in step 6 and select 'Unload Hive' from =
the=20
    Registry menu=20
    
Close the registry editor and reboot into your primary =
installation.=20
    
  

  Q. How do I add a Network Install tab to =
Windows NT=20
  4.0?
  A. Windows 2000 provides built in ability to publish =
applications to=20
  users, groups of users and domains however some of this functionality =
is still=20
  possible with Windows NT 4.0.
  It's possible to add a Network Install tab to the 4.0 based clients =
with a=20
  list of installable applications as follows:
  
    Copy the file apps.inf from the %systemroot%\inf directory of a =
server=20
    to a network share on a server=20
    
Open the copied version of apps.inf and insert the lines in red=20
    (although your applications and their locations will be=20
    different)
[Version]
Signature =3D=20
    =
$Chicago$
ClassGUID=3D{00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}
Layout=
File=20
    =3D layout.inf

[appinstalllist]
Office=20
    2000=3D\\titanic\Apps\off2000\setup.exe
Paint Shop=20
    =
Pro=3D\\titanic\Apps\psp\setup.exe

[PIF95]
123.COM=3D=
%123.COM%,moricons.dll,50,,123.COM
..=20
    
  The clients need to be configured to look at the updated apps.inf =
file on=20
  the server by a registry update:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - String Value=20
    
Enter a name of AppInstallPath=20
    
Double click the new value and set to the location of the shares =

    apps.inf file, e.g. \\titanic\inffiles\apps.inf=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Starting the Add/Remove Programs control panel applet will now show =
a new=20
  Network Install tab.
  
  Obviously editing the registry on every client will be time =
consuming and=20
  so if you implement system policies you can include this as part of =
the policy=20
  using the following .adm file:
  CLASS MACHINE

 CATEGORY "Network =
Install"
  POLICY=20
  "Location of the Network install information"
   KEYNAME=20
  SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion
   PART =
"Locations"=20
  EDITTEXT
   VALUENAME "AppInstallPath"
   =
DEFAULT=20
  \\SERVER\INFSHARE\APPS.INF
   END =
PART 
   PART=20
  "Create Network Install ability" TEXT END PART

  END=20
  POLICY
 END CATEGORY ; 
  

  Q. How can I disable the 'Configure Server =
Wizard' in=20
  Windows 2000?
  A. When a user logs onto a 2000 machine for the first time =
the=20
  Configure Server Wizard may start however it is possible to disable =
this by=20
  deselecting the 'Show this screen at startup' box however you may want =
for=20
  this dialog to NEVER be shown.
  To disable for an existing installation for any new users perform =
the=20
  following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_USERS\.DEFAULT\Software\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Setup\Welcome=20
    
Double click srvwiz and set to 0. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  If you want to disable at installation time perform the =
following:
  
    Copy the contents of the installation folder (I386) to a share=20
    
On the distribution share, locate the Hivedef.inf file=20
    
Search for srvwiz. Edit the=20
    line
HKCU,"Software\Microsoft\Windows=20
    =
NT\CurrentVersion\Setup\Welcome","srvwiz",0x00010003,1
change =
the=20
    end value 1 to 0.
HKCU,"Software\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Setup\Welcome","srvwiz",0x00010003,0=20
    
Save the file 
  Any installations installed from this distribution point will not =
display=20
  the configure server wizard.
  

  Q. How do I install the Remote Installation=20
  Service?
  A. Windows 2000 introduces the Remote Installation Service =
which is=20
  a DHCP-based remote boot technology used to install an OS on a =
client=92s local=20
  hard disk from a remote source (CD or Sysprep image on a server =
share). A=20
  network boot can be initiated by either the system BIOS, a specific =
function=20
  key, or by a special remote boot floppy provided for existing non =
manageable=20
  (ROM-less) client computers.
  You must have a DNS, a DHCP and a directory services server on the =
network=20
  before installing. Also RIS does not currently support either the =
Distributed=20
  or Encrypted File Systems.
  To install on a server perform the following:
  
    Start the Add/Remove Programs control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Add/Remove Programs)=20
    
Click the 'Add/Remove Windows Components' button on the left =
hand side=20
    of the dialog=20
    
Click Next to the Components Wizard dialog=20
    
Check the 'Remote Installation Services' option and click Next=20
    
You will need to insert the Server CD-ROM=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
Click Close to the main dialog=20
    
You will be asked to reboot the computer 
  Once the reboot has finished you need to complete the installation =
as=20
  follows:
  
    Start the Add/Remove Programs control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Add/Remove Programs)=20
    
Click the 'Add/Remove Windows Components' button on the left =
hand side=20
    of the dialog=20
    
Under 'Set up services' click Configure in the 'Configure Remote =

    Installation Services' area (you can start the wizard directly by =
running=20
    RISETUP.EXE)=20
    
Click Next to the Welcome screen=20
    
You will be asked for a location of the RemoteInstall path, by =
default=20
    d:\remoteInstall. This drive must be NTFS and NOT the system or boot =

    partition. Click Next=20
    
Enter the location of the Windows Professional files (a disk or =
network=20
    share), for example f:\i386. Click Next=20
    
Enter a folder name to store the installation (by default =
win2000.pro).=20
    Click Next=20
    
Enter a friendly description for the installation and help text. =
Click=20
    Next
=20
    
A summary will be shown detailing the source, destination and OS =

    version. Click Finish
=20
    
The files will be copied from the source to the destination and =
the=20
    trivial FTP (tftpd) and NetPC Boot Service Manager services =
(binlsvc)=20
    installed and started=20
    
Click Done once complete 
  If the server is not already DHCP authorized you will need to =
authorize it=20
  (even if its not a DHCP server), see 'Q.=20
  How do I authorize a DHCP server in Windows 2000?'.
  The server is now ready to provide a network based installation for =
Windows=20
  2000 professional using a standard Microsoft provided template file. =
This can=20
  be changed however. If you right click on the server and select =
Properties=20
  within Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in you will see a =
new tab=20
  'Remote Install' which is used to manage the service.
  Extra information:
  The reason the RemoteInstall path cannot be =
the boot or=20
  system partition is that not only will this volume get accessed =
heavily by=20
  remote clients but the SIS (Single Instance Store) service runs on =
this=20
  volume.  If the volume is utilized is the system/boot volume, the =
SIS=20
  service could not run. 

SIS reduces the amount of disk =
space=20
  required on these volumes by removing duplicate files and placing the =
data in=20
  a common directory.  The duplicate files are then truncated into =
Reparse=20
  points that refer to the common directory for the file =
data.
  

  Q. How do I move the distribution point for =
Remote=20
  Installation Services?
  A. To move the distribution point for the Remote =
Installation=20
  Service perform the following actions. The destination must still be =
NTFS and=20
  NOT the boot or system partition.
  
    Stop both the trivial FTP and NetPC Boot Service Manager=20
    services
C:\> net stop binlsvc
C:\> net =
stop=20
    tftpd=20
    
Copy the remoteinstall directory from the current drive to the=20
    destination
C:\> xcopy <current =
drive>:\remoteinstall=20
    <dest drive>:\remoteinstall=20
    
Delete the old reminst share
C:\> net share =
reminst=20
    /d=20
    
Recreate pointing to the new location
C:\> net =
share=20
    reminst=3D<new drive>:\remoteinstall=20
    
Invoke the RIS self check mechanism (the wizard will be started, =
click=20
    Next and then Finish)
C:\> risetup -check=20
    
Restart the services
C:\> net start =
binlsvc
C:\>=20
    net start tftpd 
  If you get an error from the client such as 'file not found', =
change=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CCS\Services\Tftpd\paramters\Directory to =
point to=20
  the new directory (<new drive>:\RemoteInstall)
  Installation images stored in locations other than \\<server=20
  name>\<share =
name>\RemoteInstall\Setup\<language>\Images and=20
  referenced through junction points are not acted upon by the Single =
Instance=20
  Storage (SIS) groveler agent and may use extra disk space.
  

  Q. How do I create a bootable Remote =
Installation=20
  Service client disk?
  A. A special utility is used to create a boot disk to allow =
clients=20
  without PXE (Pre-boot eXecution Environment) to boot and install using =
the=20
  Remote Installation Service (providing they have a support NIC).
  To create the boot disk perform the following:
  
    Click Start and select Run=20
    
Type
\\<RIS server name or IP=20
    address>\RemoteInstall\Admin\I386\RBFG.EXE=20
    
Select the disk drive (A or B)=20
    
Insert a floppy disk=20
    
Click 'Create Disk'
=20
    
Click 'No' to create another disk 
  You can now use this disk to boot a machine. To check which =
adapters it=20
  supports click the 'Adapter List' button in the RBFG utility.
  

  Q. What operating systems can I =
clone?
  A. Below is a brief summary of each operating systems =
ability to be=20
  cloned:
  Windows 95
  Windows 95 was not designed to support disk-image copying and is =
not=20
  supported although copying on systems with similar hardware should =
work.
  Windows 98
  Windows 98 duplication is supported if the Microsoft Windows 98 =
Image=20
  Preparation Tool is used to prepare the master disk image.
  Windows NT Workstation and Server 4.0
  Microsoft supports cloning as a method of distribution in the =
following=20
  scenarios but NOT domain controllers:
  
    The master disk is copied at the end of the text portion of =
setup but=20
    BEFORE the GUI phase begins. This is because a local SID has not yet =
been=20
    created and no major specific hardware specific configuration has =
been=20
    completed.=20
    
The master system has the system preparation tool users and then =
cloned=20
    and the target system has identical hardware. 
  Windows 2000 Workstation and Server
  As with 4.0 but with the 2000 version of SYSPREP.EXE
  

  Q. How can I configure the Remote =
Installation Service=20
  options?
  A. To configure a RIS server perform the following:
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Select the computers container=20
    
Right click on the computer and select Properties=20
    
Select the Remote Install tab=20
    
You can now select the clients that the server responds to and =
can also=20
    select to let the service perform a self check by clicking 'Verify =
Server'.=20
    Clicking Advanced Settings allows rules for new computer names to be =
set and=20
    also extra images and tools can be added 
  Client options are configured using the domain/site/OU policy =
object and is=20
  this example we look at the domain GPO
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Right click on the domain and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Group Policy' tab.=20
    
Select the domain policy object and click Edit=20
    
Expand the User Configuration\Windows Settings\Remote =
Installation=20
    Service=20
    
Double click 'Choice Options'

Allow and Deny are obvious but 'Don't care' means =
let other=20
    policies take effect (as many times you will have multiple GPO's =
affecting a=20
    single client)=20
    
Make any changes=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  Once you have made the changes force a reload of the policy
  C:\> secedit /refreshpolicy user_policy
  

  Q. How can I install using the Remote =
Installation=20
  Service disk?
  A. To install using the RIS disk perform the following:
  
    Insert the RIS disk=20
    
Reboot the computer=20
    
Upon reboot it will boot off of the disk and you should press =
F12 for a=20
    network book=20
    
A DHCP address will be negotiated and a welcome screen shown. =
Press=20
    Enter=20
    
Enter a username, password and domain. The user must have the =
"logon as=20
    batch" user right only if installing a version of Windows 2000 older =
than=20
    Release Candidate 1.
Client =
Installation=20
    Wizard

Type a valid user name, password and domain name. You =
may use=20
    the
Internet-style logon format (for example: Username@Company.com).

Us=
er=20
    name: [savillj   ]
Password: [pass]
Domain name:=20
    [savilltech.com]=20
    
Depending on the options configured in the group policy object =
you may=20
    have options to:
- Automatic Setup
- Custom Setup
- Restart =
a=20
    Previous Setup Attempt
Press Enter=20
    
If you have more than one client image you can select the image =
to=20
    install. Press Enter=20
    
A warning that all data will be deleted will be shown. Press =
Enter=20
    
The computer account name and a Global Unique ID will be shown. =
To start=20
    installation press Enter=20
    
The normal installation actions of NTDETECT will start and NT=20
    installation commence 
  

  Q. How do I create a new Remote Installation =
Service=20
  image?
  A. Its possible to create new images based on existing =
installations=20
  which has the advantage of having applications already installed and=20
  configured. To configure the new image perform the following:
  
    Create a 2000 Professional installation with applications =
installed.=20
    Both the system and boot partition must be the same partition, e.g =
C:=20
    
Logon to the machine as an Administrator=20
    
Run the RIPrep image from the RIS server (Start - Run - =
\\<RIS =20
    server>\REMINST\Admin\i386\riprep.exe), e.g=20
    \\titanic\REMINST\Admin\I386\riprep.exe=20
    
Click Next at the welcome dialog
=20
    
Enter the server name of the RIS server. Click Next=20
    
Enter a folder name for the new install, e.g. 2000andapps. Click =
Next=20
    
Enter a friendly description and help text. Click Next
=20
    
Any running applications will be displayed and you will be asked =
to stop=20
    them. Click Next after stopping them=20
    
A summary of the remote installation server and folder name will =
be=20
    displayed. Click Next=20
    
A screen explaining the next step will be shown. Click Next to =
begin the=20
    image preparation=20
    
The program will verify the Windows version, check the =
partitions are OK=20
    and then copy files to the RIS server, this may take some time=20
    
The machine will then shutdown and you may reboot and use as =
normal=20
  
  If you examine the RIS server you now have an extra client =
image.
  

  Q. How do I create a bootable Windows 2000=20
  installation CD-ROM?
  A. Its possible to create a bootable CD-ROM from the basic =
I386=20
  structure. This is useful since Microsoft are release many builds of =
Windows=20
  2000 and creating a bootable CD may be useful. This will also work =
with the=20
  finished version of 2000 (but the CDROM_IS.5B3 name will change).
  You will require version 3.7D of CDRWIN from http://www.goldenhawk.com/ and =
will need=20
  to load the necessary ASPI drivers. The free download version is fully =

  functional but will only write at 1 speed.
  Before starting the CD creation create a directory and copy into it =
the=20
  I386 structure of 2000 and the CDROM_IS.5 file from the Beta 3 CD-ROM. =
As of=20
  Release Candidate 2 the name is CDROM_IS.5. You can check which =
CSROM_IS file=20
  its expecting by looking at file i386\layout.inf, for example:
  [Version]
signature=3D"$Windows=20
  =
NT$"
ClassGUID=3D{00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}

[Source=
DisksNames]


_x=20
  =3D %srvcd%,\cdrom_is.5,,""
_1 =
=3D=20
  %srvcd%,\cdrom_is.5,,""
_2 =3D=20
  %srvcd%,\cdrom_is.5,,""
_3 =3D %srvcd%,\cdrom_is.5,,""
_4 =3D=20
  %srvcd%,\cdrom_is.5,,""
etc...
  Now you have a directory on disk with the I386 structure and the =
CDROM_IS.5=20
  file. I've created a copy of this file and the boot sector of the =
CD-ROM in=20
  file BOOTCD.ZIP=20
  which will allow you to skip steps 1 to 5 below.
  
    Start the CDRWIN program=20
    
Insert your old beta 3 CD-ROM=20
    
Select the 'Extract Disc/Tracks/Sectors' option (3rd button from =
left on=20
    top row)
=20
    
Select extract mode 'Select Sectors'. Enter a image file name, =
e.g.=20
    c:\cdsector.bin. Leave the file format as automatic and set the =
sector=20
    selection to start 20, end 20 and datatype 'Mode1 (2048). Click=20
    Start
=20
    
Click OK to the success message and close the extract dialog=20
    
Now select 'File Backup and Tools' CDRWIN option
=20
    
Select the option to 'Build and Record an ISO9660 Image File'. =
Click Add=20
    and select your server directory. Enter an ISO9660 image file, e.g.=20
    ntsrv2072.

Select the options as shown in the above image.=20
    
Click Advanced Options.=20
    
Under Volume Label type 'NTSRV2072' (if it was build 2072)=20
    
Select the 'Bootable Disk' tab=20
    
Check the 'Make bootable disc', media emulation 'Custom'. The =
image file=20
    should be the file created in step 4. Enter developer name of =
'Microsoft=20
    Corporation', Load Segment '07C0' and Load Sector Count '4'. Click=20
    OK
=20
    
Click Start to begin making the CD 
  Once CD completion is complete you will have a file where you =
specified the=20
  ISO9660 Image File of around 400MB which may be deleted (its just the =
ISO=20
  image that was copied to the CD).
  You will now be able to boot with the CD (providing the motherboard =
and=20
  bios support CD-ROM booting). I tested the above on build 2072 of =
Windows=20
  2000.
  Thanks to Joseph R. Worrall who come up with most of the above =
originally=20
  for Beta 2 and I've just updated it for build 2114 and the final =
version.
  

  Q. Where is Setup Manager in Windows =
2000?
  A. Windows 2000's includes Setup Manager which can be used =
to create=20
  distribution scripts for various types of installation including:
  
    Windows 2000 Professional Unattended installation=20
    
Windows 2000 Server Unattended installation=20
    
Remote Installation Services=20
    
Sysprep installation 
  The tool is shipped with the Resource Kit and is contained in the=20
  deploy.cab as setupmgr.exe and can be extracted using a utility such =
as=20
  WINZIP. It is self contained and does not require installation, you =
can just=20
  run the image which will then start a wizard which allows you to =
specify the=20
  information you require.
  
  

  Q. What is the Microsoft Installer Package=20
  format?
  A. Windows 2000 introduces the concept of publishing=20
  applications using the Active Directory however to support this new =
ability=20
  the application has to be supplied with a new type of installation =
file, a=20
  .MSI file which is of the Microsoft Windows Installer Server package=20
  format..These MSI files include information about registry =
entries, core=20
  files etc and a summary of the application details such as name, =
publisher.=20
  This knowledge of the registry entry and file usage means if when the=20
  application starts and it detects that a registry entry is missing or =
a core=20
  file gone it can automatically re-download information from the =
distribution=20
  server and fix itself.=20
  Once you have your .msi package you can publish via the Group =
Policy editor=20
  to domains, Organizational Units and Sites. Its also easy to upgrade =
and=20
  retire packages all via the .msi. Current applications that support =
Microsoft=20
  installer packages are Microsoft Office 2000 and the Windows 2000 =
Resource Kit=20
  (among others).
  In future service packs will be shipped with MSI files allowing you =
to=20
  deploy them via group policies with very little effort.
  This is best paired with the Remote Installation Service allowing =
RIS to=20
  install the operating system and group policies to install the =
applications=20
  and settings. Of course, you may still want to use SMS for some =
features;=20
  Windows 2000 has been designed to work with SMS 2.0 and not =
against.
  

  Q. How do I create a MSI file from a legacy=20
  application?
  A. The problem at the moment is that not many =
applications ship=20
  with MSI files and so deploying legacy applications via group policies =
is not=20
  possible. Windows 2000 ships with WinINSTALL LE which can be used in =
the same=20
  way as SYSDIFF. You take a snapshot of you system, install the =
application,=20
  take an after snapshot and a discover program runs extracting the =
different=20
  files and registry entries that have been made. 
  Its important to run WinINSTALL LE on a clean system, by this I =
mean don=92t=20
  run it on an installation that has applications installed on as when =
you=20
  install an application it may check if certain runtime=92s etc are =
installed and=20
  if so not bother to recopy over, this would mean your distribution =
package=20
  would be missing vital files if applications were already =
installed.
  To install WinINSTALL LE perform the following, however its =
recommended NOT=20
  to install the application on the PC that's going to act as the =
package=20
  creation computer incase the program itself effects the installation =
of the=20
  applications:
  
    Insert the Windows 2000 Server CD=20
    
Move to the VALUADD\3RDPARTY\MGMT\WINSTLE folder=20
    
Double click the SWIADMLE.MSI file=20
    
The installer will begin and a progress bar displayed showing =
the=20
    progress of the installation. 
  A folder will be created under the Start menus Program folder =
'Seagate=20
  Software'.
  The first stage is to take a snapshot of the blank Windows 2000=20
  Professional installation so any changes made by the application =
installation=20
  will be detected.
  
    Logon to the professional reference installation as an =
Administrator=20
    
Run the Discover wizard from the distribution server (do not map =
a=20
    drive, use the Run dialog or Network Neighborhood), for=20
    example
"\\titanic.savilltech.com\d$\Program Files\Seagate=20
    Software\Winstall\DiscoZ.exe"=20
    
The wizard will start, click Next=20
    
Enter a name for the package (the name of the software you are =
creating=20
    a package for) and a path for the .msi file (make sure its on a =
drive other=20
    than one that forms part of the package, and select a new empty =
directory)=20
    and click Next
=20
    
Select a drive for the temporary files and click Next=20
    
Select the drives that the discover program should scan and =
click Next=20
    
Select the files to exclude from the scan (leave as the default =
unless=20
    you know what you're doing). Click Next
=20
    
The WinINSTALL Discover program will then start=20
    
Once complete it will ask you to click OK which will prompt for =
a setup=20
    program to run, this is the legacy application which you want to =
create an=20
    .MSI file for.=20
    
Select the setup program you want to run and click Open=20
    
Continue the application setup as per normal 
  Once you have installed the application and made and configuration =
changes=20
  you need to create the "after" snapshot:
  
    Logon to the professional reference installation as an =
Administrator=20
    again=20
    
Run the Discover wizard from the distribution server (again, do =
not map=20
    a drive, use the Run dialog or Network Neighborhood), for=20
    example
"\\titanic.savilltech.com\d$\Program Files\Seagate=20
    Software\Winstall\DiscoZ.exe"=20
    
The wizard will detect that a before snapshot exists and will =
ask if you=20
    want to create the after snapshot. Leave the 'Perform after' and =
click=20
    Next
=20
    
The check will begin on both the registry and file system=20
    
If there are any potential problems they will be displayed. =
Click OK=20
    
A notice saying the after snapshot is complete and the package =
created=20
    
  Before running any other package creations remove the application =
you=20
  installed or better yet, reinstall the machine (RIS is useful for =
this).
  Its possible to fine-tune your created package using the 'Seagate =
Software=20
  Console' MMC snap-in. Select Open from the File menu and you can then =
change=20
  and view the files and registry components that will change be changed =
if=20
  installed. Select Save after any changes.
  
The Seagate console that allows you to edit the MSI =
files.
  Once you have finished you must not only place the .MSI file to the =

  distribution server but all files and subdirectories in the directory =
chosen=20
  for the MSI file.
  

  Q. How can I publish an MSI =
file?
  A. With Group Policies in Windows 2000 you can do far =
more than=20
  just restrict and set certain registry entries. You can set=20
  startup/shutdown/login/logoff scripts, redirect folders like My =
Documents and=20
  publish applications (and more). Its the last item that interests us =
and there=20
  are four main options:
  
    Assign to a computer=20
    
Publish to a computer=20
    
Assign to a user=20
    
Publish to a user 
  When you assign an application to a user its icons are setup and =
the=20
  software installed on first usage, if you assign to a computer it will =
be=20
  installed the next time the computer starts up. If you publish an =
application=20
  the user has the option of installing the application via the =
Add/Remove=20
  Programs control panel applet.
  Any deployed application cannot be uninstalled by the user. =
Published=20
  applications can be uninstalled as they are optional.
  You can publish/assign applications to any group policy object =
which means=20
  you can assign applications on a per domain, per site or per =
Organizational=20
  Unit basis.
  To assign an application to a GPO perform the following:
  
    Start the Active Directory Users and Computers MMC snap-in =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Active Directory Users and =
Computers)=20
    
Right click on the domain, OU or site and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Group Policy' tab=20
    
Select the GPO you wish to assign/publish the application with =
and click=20
    edit=20
    
Select either 'Computer Configuration' or 'User Configuration' =
depending=20
    on if the application is for a user or computer assignment=20
    
Select the Software Settings\Software installation branch=20
    
Right click on 'Software installation' and select New - Package =
from the=20
    context menu=20
    
Select the MSI file you wish to deploy, make sure you access via =
a=20
    network path or clients will be unable to install it, e.g.=20
    \\titanic\data\winzip\winzip.msi. Click Open=20
    
 You will have the option to either publish/assign or =
advanced=20
    publish/assign. Click OK. If you select advance you have options to =
select=20
    an existing package that this one will upgrade and various other =
settings=20
    including Security=20
    
The program will now be shown under the Software installation =
branch and=20
    will be assigned/published to any user/computer who has the GPO =
applied to=20
    them. 
  

  Q. How can I run programs during the GUI =
phase of 2000=20
  installation?
  A. Its sometimes useful to enter commands and run =
processes=20
  during an installation of the operating system. With Windows 2000 GUI=20
  installation phase you can press <Shift>-<F10> to open a =
command=20
  window and from there you can start other programs such as =
TASKMGR.EXE,=20
  REGEDT32.EXE.
  

  Q. How can I use an unattended answer script =
when=20
  installing through a bootable CD-ROM?
  A. With new machines being able to boot off of =
CD-ROM's, its=20
  obviously not possible to specify an unattended answer file via the=20
CD-ROM.
  Create your .SIF file (the Windows 2000 unattended answer format) =
and save=20
  to a floppy disk as name winnt.sif. Insert the disk when booting from =
the=20
  CD-ROM and the winnt.exe program searches for a:\winnt.sif during=20
  installation.
  

  Q. Underscores (_) in my computer names are =
changing=20
  to dashes (-) in Windows 2000.
  A. While the DNS server supplied with Windows 2000 =
supports the=20
  underscore (_) character as a valid DNS character (in accordance with =
RFC=20
  2181) other DNS solutions may not and so to avoid possible problems =
Windows=20
  2000 changes any _ to a - in a computer name during setup.
  After Setup is complete, you can change the computer name back to =
include=20
  the underscore. If you do so, you receive a warning that the computer =
name may=20
  not work.
  

  Q. How to setup NT Server 4.0 on greater =
then 4gig=20
  Hard Drive without Partition Magic or Atapi.sys.
  A. The following was sent to me by Joshua Bolton and I =
thought=20
  you may find is useful, thanks Joshua!
  Preamble
This document of procedure assumes some =
understanding of=20
  partitioning in the Dos environment and that you know how to use =
FDISK.EXE and=20
  FORMAT.COM to make a drive bootable. It is also assumes that you know =
how to=20
  install NT Workstation or NT Server and that you know how to use Disk=20
  Administrator in NT. 

These are the following options if =
you are=20
  just using Microsoft NT 4.0
(There are other options using =
Atapi.sys or=20
  Partition Magic. Please see John=92s FAQ=92s or follow posts on =
Partition=20
  Magic)
Options:
1. access to another NT4.0 workstation or =
server
2.=20
  standalone installation

If you have access to NT Server or NT=20
  Workstation already installed in another system

1. first in the =
server=20
  or workstation you want to install NT to finally, do the =
following
2. use=20
  FDISK.EXE and FORMAT.COM from Dos6.22, Win95/98
3. I make a 125meg =
dos=20
  bootable partition. (I believe this can be smaller but have not tested =
how=20
  small I can go for the bootable partition and still mount NT.)
4. =
Put the=20
  drive in the NT Workstation or NT Server,(that has minimally Service =
Pack 3=20
  installed), as slave or on the second IDE channel.
5. Using Disk=20
  Administrator create an Extended partition with the remaining disk =
space. Make=20
  NO changes to the primary (first) partition.
6. From the Partition =
Menu in=20
  Disk Administrator choose Commit Changes Now
7. Format the Extended =

  Partition as NTFS
8. Exit and turn off the system.
9. Remove the =
drive=20
  from this system and put it in its new home (the other system).
10. =
Boot NT=20
  Workstation or Server from either using a boot disk with CD-ROM =
drivers or=20
  from the CD-ROM with a BIOS that can boot a CD-ROM.
11. Install NT =
to the=20
  NTFS partition WITHOUT MAKING ANY CHANGES IN FORMAT OR=20
  PARTITIONING.

Note: you now have NT on a NTFS partition that =
was NOT=20
  converted from FAT during the NT Install. This is a complete NTFS =
partition in=20
  that the MFT and NTFS partition pointers are in the right location and =
the=20
  right size. This configuration gives you ALL of the benefits of NTFS =
for your=20
  NT system.

If this is a standalone installation

You have =
a=20
  number of options depending on the size of your hard drive and whether =
you=20
  want to boot other OS=92s.

A: install multiboot NT to 2-4gig =
primary=20
  partition with Win95/98
B: install multiboot with 95/98 and NT on =
separate=20
  partitions
C: install NT to an extended partition preformatted as=20
  NTFS
D: install NT in a multiprimary partition =
environment

A:=20
  Installing NT and Win95/98 on the same partition
1. There will be =
no FAT32=20
  or NTFS conversion of the primary partition otherwise you will lose =
access to=20
  the OS that does not understand that file structure.
2. Install=20
  Win95/98
3. Install NT
You now have NT and Win95/98 in a =
multiboot using=20
  the same partition.

B: Installing multiboot of NT and Win95/98 =
on=20
  separate partitions
1. There will be no FAT32 or NTFS conversion of =
the=20
  primary partition. You CAN make a small primary partition (I recommend =
125meg)=20
  and then create two logicals. One for NT and one for Win95/98. You can =
install=20
  Win95/98 to the primary (2-4gig) if you DO NOT convert to FAT32.
2. =
Install=20
  Win95/98. Convert to FAT32 if on separate, but not primary =
partition.
3.=20
  Install NT. Convert to NTFS if you desire.
You now have NT and =
Win95/98 in=20
  a multiboot using different partitions with the primary FAT16, =
Win95/98 on=20
  FAT32 and NT on NTFS. Or Win95/98 on FAT16 on the primary and NT on =
the=20
  logical with NTFS.

C: Installing NT to an extended partition=20
  preformatted as NTFS
1. This procedure requires you to install NT =
twice.=20
  Create your primary partition at least 2gig. It can be smaller but I =
have not=20
  tested this scenario.
2. Install NT to the Primary Partition.
3. =
Install=20
  minimally Service Pack 3
4. In NT=92s Disk Administrator allocate =
the rest of=20
  the drive as extended partition.
5. Format as NTFS
6. Rerun NT =
install=20
  and choose to install to the NTFS partition with no changes.
7. =
After the=20
  install is completed and you are booted to the second install, delete =
the=20
  first installs Winnt directory. Edit the boot.ini and remove the =
references to=20
  the first install.
You now have NT on a nonconverted from FAT to =
NTFS=20
  partition with MFT and pointers in the right places and the right =
size. You=20
  will also benefit from the performance of native NTFS. You can also =
have a=20
  partition larger then 4-8gig.

D: Install NT in a Multiprimary =
partition=20
  environment
1. When you have multiple primary partitions created =
with other=20
  products then Dos or NT install, NT does not understand this =
partitioning=20
  scheme. So if you have the following setup:
a. primary =
partition
b.=20
  primary partition
c. extended partition
NT will not install to =
the=20
  second primary partition or its extended partition but will install to =
the=20
  first primary partition. This is because each primary partition =
contains its=20
  own FAT (file allocation tables which is what keeps track of file =
locations).=20
  The first primary doesn=92t know about the second primary=92s FAT. So =
when you=20
  boot from the first primary, NT reads it FAT and thereby can=92t find =
the files=20
  it needs to load if these files are located on the second primary or =
its=20
  extended partition.
2. You can make NT boot to a secondary primary =
with=20
  System Commander, Boot Magic or other boot managers. Boot managers =
intercept=20
  and handle requests to mount different partitions. So by using a boot =
manager=20
  you can fool NT into thinking the second primary partition is really =
the=20
  first. 
3. This setup should never be used in a production =
environment=20
  but is meant for home training.


Important Notes:

I =
have=20
  never been able to get NT during install to allocate more then 4gig of =
disk=20
  space.
FAT32 is to address large drives or partitions beyond 4gig. =
It does=20
  NOT increase speed.
NTFS that is created by NT Install is a NTFS =
partition=20
  that was converted from FAT16. You will NOT get the performance of =
speed with=20
  this configuration but you will get the benefit of file level =
security.
I=20
  chose 125 meg for the minimum Primary Partition since I usually boot =
up on a=20
  boot disk with cdrom drivers. NT install needs this space to expand =
the=20
  temporary files it uses upon first reboot of the system during install =
unless=20
  you preformat an extended partition first.
To create NTFS drives =
larger=20
  then 4-8gig after the NT install you must install minimally Service =
Pack=20
  3

Review of FDISK.EXE Rules
FDISK.EXE, the Dos utility, for=20
  partitioning a hard drive follows these rules.

You divide up a =
disk by=20
  creating a Primary Partition and then an Extended Partition. The =
primary=20
  contains all of the information for the layout out the drive including =

  Extended Partition. The Primary contains the boot information and the =
File=20
  Allocation Tables (FATs) one and two. The Primary Partition must be =
made=20
  Active to boot.

The Extended Partition is divided up by =
creating=20
  Logical=92s which are designated by a Logical Drive Letter.

So =
to=20
  FDISK.EXE a drive you create a primary, making it active, then the =
extended=20
  partition and then create logicals in the extended partition. You have =
to=20
  REVERSE the process if you want to remove the partitioning scheme. You =
would=20
  have to delete all logicals before removing the extended partition =
before you=20
  could remove the primary partition.

These rules are what =
determines=20
  drive letter assignments. For example one drive will have C: for =
primary and=20
  D:, E:, etc for the logicals. Two hard drives will have the first =
drives=20
  primary as C:, the second drives primary as D:, then back to the first =
drive=20
  with its logicals E:, F:, etc., then to the logicals on the second =
hard drive=20
  G:, etc.

After fdisking a drive you must format it to make it =
usable. I=20
  liken Fdisk to putting a Post Office with streets in a new town. =
Formatting is=20
  putting the addresses on all the houses. You do this by booting up on =
a boot=20
  disk. From a: type format c: /s (the /s is for system files).
  Also see Q.=20
  I can't create a NTFS partition over 4GB during =
installation.
  

  Q. How can I specify an alternate HAL during =
Windows=20
  2000 installation?
  A. During installation of Windows 2000 you can press F5 =
and=20
  select an alternate HAL to be used:
  
    ACPI Multiprocessor PC=20
    
ACPI Uniprocessor PC=20
    
Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) PC=20
    
Compaq SystemPro Multiprocessor or 100% Compatible=20
    
MPS Uniprocessor PC=20
    
MPS Multiprocessor PC=20
    
Standard PC=20
    
Standard PC with C-Step i486=20
    
Other 
  Selecting Other allows a 3rd party HAL to be specified.
  

  Q. Getting a Thinkpad OEM installed version =
of NT to=20
  occupy only one partition.
  A. A possible annoyance of some Thinkpad installs is =
that they=20
  come pre-partitioned in 2 Gigabyte chunks. If your machine (or the =
machine=20
  your are configuring) has a large hard drive this can add unwanted =
drive=20
  letters. To complicate things further, these machines come with =
"Disaster=20
  Recovery CDs" and users sometimes request the preload.

To load =
the=20
  preloaded image onto a single partition do the following :

NOTE =
: We=20
  will be wiping the drive, be sure to back your user's =
data

1)From a=20
  working single partiton NT machine, format a floppy =
disk.

2)Copy ntldr,=20
  ntdetect.com, and boot.ini to the floppy.

3)Edit boot.ini on =
the floppy=20
  and make sure that at least one of the selections looks something like =

  :

[boot=20
  =
loader]
timeout=3D30
default=3Dmulti(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\=
WINNT
[operating=20
  systems]
multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINNT=3D"Partition 1 =
on first=20
  disk 2Windows NT Version 4.00"

4)Boot to a floppy with a Win9X =
command=20
  interpreter (your can make one from Windows95 by formatting a floppy =
from DOS=20
  using the "format a: /q /s" command. This should be a different floppy =
from=20
  the NT floppy you made in step 1 and 2. Copy Fdisk or pqmagict.exe to =
the=20
  floppy.

5)Use either PQMagic or Fdisk to create a single =
primary=20
  partition on the drive (no need to format the drive)

6)Boot to =
your=20
  recovery CD and initiate a recovery. Do NOT take the =
defaults.

7)The=20
  recovery procedure will detect partitions.

8)When asked if you =
would=20
  like to overwrite your partition info do not. When asked if you would =
like to=20
  format the partition, select yes.
Note : The formatted partition =
will be=20
  formatted FAT (not FAT32)

9)The recovery procedure will copy =
its files=20
  and eventually try to reboot.
Note, if you try to boot at this =
stage, the=20
  machine won't boot. Why?
  Because a 6.0 Gig FAT partition isn't bootable.

10)Boot from =
the NT=20
  floppy you made in step 1. If the floppy points correctly to the NT =
install,=20
  NT will boot.

11)Run checkdisk if it hasn't already =
run.

12)From=20
  the command prompt convert the drive to NTFS (convert c: =
/fs:ntfs)
This=20
  conversion will happen at the next reboot.

13)Check your =
boot.ini to=20
  make sure it looks right.

14)If you want, Run rdisk /s and Disk =

  Administrator and let it make its =
signature.

15)Reboot.

You now=20
  a have preload on a single partition.
  Thanks to Matthew Ramadanovic for this
  

  Q. How can I test if my installation can be =
upgraded=20
  to Windows 2000?
  A. Winnt32.exe has a switch, /checkupgradeonly which =
will check=20
  your system for upgrade compatibility. To use just enter the following =
in the=20
  RUN box (Start - Run)
  <CD drive>:\i386\winnt32 /checkupgradeonly
  
  This will start the Windows 2000 Readiness Analyzer and will list =
any=20
  problem drivers/software. Selecting an item and clicking 'Details' =
will give=20
  more information and the actions you should perform be it uninstalling =
or=20
  installing a newer version. Once you have made a note of all problems =
click=20
  Finish to close the wizard.
  

  Q. What switches are available for Windows =
2000=20
  installation?
  A. Some of the switches have changed for WINNT32.EXE in =
Windows=20
  2000 to make them more understandable and they are outlined below:
  
    
    
      /s:<source path>
      Source location for the Windows 2000 =
files
    
      /tempdrive:<drive letter>
      The drive used for any temporary files
    
      /unattended
      Upgrades in unattended mode if no answer file =
specified.=20
        If an answer file is used a new installation is=20
        installed.
/unattended<seconds to wait before=20
        rebooting>:<name of answerfile>
    
      /copydir:<folder name>
      Creates an additional folder under %systemroot% =
with the=20
        name specified
    
      /copysource:<folder name>
      Creates a temporary additional folder within the =
folder=20
        in which the Windows 2000 files are installed. For example, =
if the=20
        source folder contains a folder called Private_drivers that has=20
        modifications just for your site, you can type=20
        /copysource:Private_drivers to have Setup copy that folder to =
your=20
        installed Windows 2000 folder and use its files during =
Setup. So=20
        then the temporary folder location would be =
C:\Winnt\Private_drivers.=20
        Unlike the folders /copydir creates, /copysource folders are =
deleted=20
        after Setup completes.
    
      /cmd:<command_line>
      Runs the specified command after the second =
reboot but=20
        before setup is complete
    
      /debug<level>:<filename>

      Creates a debug file in %windir%. By default =
winnt32.log=20
        is created at level 2 but the other options are
0 - Severe=20
        errors
1 - Errors
2 - Warnings
3 - Information
4 - =
Detailed=20
        information for debugging
    
      /udf:<id>[,<UDB>]
      Uses to specify unique information. If no UDB =
file is=20
        named the user will have to insert a disk with file $Unique$.udb =
on=20
      it.
    
      /syspart
      This copies the setup startup files to the hard =
disk,=20
        marks the disk as active and then allows you to move the disk to =
another=20
        computer. When the computer is then turned on it will start at =
the next=20
        phase of installation. Use /tempdrive switch as well. /syspart =
cannot be=20
        used if upgrading from Windows 9x.
    
      /checkupgradeonly
      Used to check your machine for any upgrade =
issues in=20
        advance
    
      /cmdcons
      Installs the recovery console
    
      /m:<folder>
      Copy replacement files from this alternate =
location=20
        first and if not found then use the normal location
    
      /makelocalsource
      Makes setup copy all installation source to the =
local=20
        hard disk. Useful if installing from CD and don't wish to use =
the CD for=20
        any further component installations on the machine.
    
      /noreboot
      This will stop the automatic reboot after the =
file copy=20
        stage of setup
  WINNT.EXE is useful for installing from a DOS client or boot disk =
and full=20
  help can be found with winnt /?
  C:\>winnt.exe /?
Sets up Windows 2000 Server or =
Windows=20
  2000 Professional.


WINNT [/s[:sourcepath]]=20
  [/t[:tempdrive]]
[/u[:answer file]] =
[/udf:id[,UDF_file]]
[/r:folder]=20
  [/r[x]:folder] [/e:command] =
[/a]


/s[:sourcepath]
Specifies the=20
  source location of the Windows 2000 files.
The location must be a =
full path=20
  of the form x:[path]=20
  or
\servershare[path].

/t[:tempdrive]
Directs Setup to =
place=20
  temporary files on the specified
drive and to install Windows 2000 =
on that=20
  drive. If you do
do not specify a location, Setup attempts to =
locate a=20
  drive
for you.

/u[:answer file]
Performs an unattended =
Setup=20
  using an answer file (requires
/s). The answer file provides =
answers to=20
  some or all of the
prompts that the end user normally responds to =
during=20
  Setup.

/udf:id[,UDF_file]
Indicates an identifier (id) that =
Setup=20
  uses to specify how
a Uniqueness Database File (UDF) modifies an =
answer=20
  file
(see /u).The /udf parameter overrides values in the =
answer
file,=20
  and the identifier determines which values in the UDF
file are =
used. If no=20
  UDF_file is specified, Setup prompts
you to insert a disk that =
contains the=20
  $Unique$.udb file.

/r[:folder]
Specifies an optional folder =
to be=20
  installed. The folder
remains after Setup=20
  finishes.

/rx[:folder]
Specifies an optional folder to be =
copied.=20
  The folder is
deleted after Setup finishes.

/e Specifies a =
command=20
  to be executed at the end of GUI-mode Setup.

/a Enables =
accessibility=20
  options.
  

  Q. How do I install Windows =
2000?
  A. Now that the Windows 2000 code has gone gold I =
thought it=20
  would be a good time to go through the steps needed to install Windows =
2000.=20
  We will look at a fresh Server installation but the Professional =
installation=20
  is basically the same.
  Overall the installation is very similar to that of NT 4.0 except =
there is=20
  no PDC/BDC stage as we shall see. In this example we will boot off of =
the CD=20
  as many computers support this now.
  
    Insert the Windows 2000 CD and reboot the computer=20
    
The text based portion of setup will start=20
    
Hardware will be detected by the setup program and you can press =
F6 to=20
    install any 3rd party drivers needed for disk detection etc. The =
standard=20
    drivers will then be loaded=20
    
Press Enter to set up Windows 2000 (other options include R to =
repair a=20
    damaged existing installation or F3 to abort installation)=20
    
Read the license and press F8 (you no longer need to read all of =
it to=20
    press F8)=20
    
A list of your disks and partitions will be shown. Select/create =
a=20
    partition to install on and press Enter=20
    
If its an existing partition a warning will be given. To =
continue press=20
    C=20
    
You have the option to install NTFS, FAT or if it was an =
existing=20
    partition leave as is. Make you selection and press Enter.=20
    
Files will be copied and the machine will reboot to the GUI =
phase of=20
    installation
=20
    
When the GUI phase starts click Next=20
    
The setup program will detect hardware present in the machine, =
this make=20
    take a while=20
    
The next stage allows the user to select the locales for the =
computer,=20
    click Customize=20
    
Under the General tab and select the locale, e.g. "English =
(United=20
    Kingdom)". Also click 'Set Default..' to select the system locale =
and click=20
    OK. Click Apply then OK. Under the 'Input Locales' tab you can also =
set the=20
    default locale and remove US if that is not a required installed =
locale.=20
    
Click Next=20
    
Enter a name and organization=20
    
Enter the license key for the software and click Next
=20
    
Select the license mode, per seat or per server and click Next. =
You=20
    don't have this stage for a Professional installation=20
    
Enter a computer name and an Administrator password. Click Next=20
    
Select the components you wish to install and click Next (e.g. =
DNS under=20
    Networking Services)=20
    
Select a Data and Time zone and click Next=20
    
The networking components will be installed=20
    
Once installed select if you want Typical network settings which =
is=20
    TCP/IP using DHCP or use Custom to enter IP address's, install extra =

    protocols etc. Click Next=20
    
Select a workgroup or domain for the computer and click Next. If =
joining=20
    a domain an account for the domain may be needed if an account has =
not=20
    already been added=20
    
The components will now be installed on the machine=20
    
The Start menu items will be added, components registered and =
temporary=20
    files are removed=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
The machine will now reboot and installation is complete. You =
should now=20
    configure any components. The first time you logon to a Professional =

    installation it gives the option to create an account to =
automatically logon=20
    as for future startups. 
  You should now install the Command Console as it may save your =
life! Q.=20
  How do I install the Recovery Console?
  To create a domain controller see 'Q.=20
  How do I promote a server to a domain controller?'
  

  Q. How do I deploy old applications in =
Windows 2000=20
  via ZAP files?
  A. New applications in Windows 2000 have .MSI files =
which are=20
  used to deploy them via Group Policies however your older applications =
will=20
  not have MSI files.
  In 'How=20
  do I create a MSI file from a legacy application?' we saw how to =
create an=20
  MSI file from a legacy application however there is a large amount of =
work=20
  involved with this and an alternative method is available via ZAP =
files=20
  however I should stress MSI is the approach to take where =
possible.
  ZAP files are just text files that provide instructions for =
deploying older=20
  applications however there are some restrictions:
  
    Applications cannot be assigned to users or computers, they can =
only be=20
    published=20
    
Applications do not automatically repair themselves=20
    
Normally require user intervention=20
    
Do not install with elevated privileges, users require the =
privilege to=20
    install software 
  The ZAP file consists of two sections, the [Application] and [Ext]=20
  sections.
  The application section contains the name of the setup command, a =
version=20
  to display, a friendly name and a URL, for example:
  [Application]
FriendlyName =3D WinInfo Version =
2.2
SetupCommand =3D=20
  setup.exe /unattend
DisplayVersion =3D2.2
Publisher =3D =
SavillTech
URL =3D=20
  http://www.savilltech.com/wininfo.html
  The file extension section just lists extensions which should be =
associated=20
  with the new application, e.g.
  [Ext]
SAV=3D
  To publish a ZAP file perform the following:
  
    Start the Group Policy editor and open a group policy=20
    
Select the 'User Configuration' branch=20
    
Expand 'Software Settings'=20
    
Right click on 'Software installation' and select New - Package=20
    
Select the File type "ZAW Down-level application packages =
(*.zap)" and=20
    select the created ZAP file. Click Open=20
    
Select 'Published' from the deployment method and click OK=20
    
It will now be displayed as a published application 
  
  

  Q. What are the upgrade paths for Windows=20
  2000?
  A. In some ways they are stricter than NT 4.0 when you =
consider=20
  that you used to be able to upgrade from NT Workstation to NT Server =
(but not=20
  to a PDC or BDC) but this is not possible in Windows 2000. Windows =
2000 gives=20
  better upgrade paths from the Windows 9x operating systems.
  The upgrade paths you can perform are:
  Windows 9x -> Windows 2000 Professional
Windows NT =
Workstation ->=20
  Windows 2000 Professional
Windows NT Server -> Windows 2000 =
Server,=20
  Advanced Server
Windows NT Terminal Service Addition -> Windows =
2000=20
  Server, Advanced Server
Windows NT Enterprise Edition -> Windows =
2000=20
  Advanced Server, Datacenter
Windows 2000 Advanced Server -> =
Windows 2000=20
  Datacenter
  You cannot perform the =
following=20
  upgrades:
  Windows NT Workstation -> Windows 2000 Server, Advanced Server,=20
  Datacenter
Windows 2000 Professional -> Windows 2000 Server, =
Advanced=20
  Server, Datacenter
Windows 2000 Server -> Windows 2000 Advanced =
Server,=20
  Windows 2000 Datacenter
  

  Q. Some BackOffice 4.5 components do not =
install on=20
  Windows 2000.
  A. When installing the BackOffice 4.5 software on a =
Windows=20
  2000 box the Exchange, BackOffice suite components and the Intranet=20
  collaboration kit may not be installed. If you receive errors during =
the=20
  installation click Cancel, click OK will just result in the message =
being=20
  continually displayed.
  Once the install has completed perform the following to install the =
failed=20
  components:
  
    After you receive the error messages and the installation is =
finished,=20
    restart the server.=20
    
Start the BackOffice 4.5 setup program (Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    BackOffice - Microsoft BackOffice 4.5 setup).=20
    
Choose Add BackOffice Server components, and then proceed with a =
custom=20
    installation.=20
    
The components that were not installed in the previous =
installation=20
    attempt are automatically selected. Proceed with the installation, =
and the=20
    components are successfully installed. 
  The installation should be successful and all required components =
will now=20
  be installed.
  

  Q. I'm unable to upgrade Windows 9x to =
Windows 2000 in=20
  a dual boot environment.
  A. Microsoft does not support the upgrade of Windows 9x =
to=20
  Windows 2000 in a dual boot environment. The problem seems to occur if =
Windows=20
  2000 is already installed on another partition. You may get the=20
  errors:
Windows 2000 Setup does not support =
upgrading=20
  from Windows if you have multiple operating systems installed. Setup =
will now=20
  exit.=20
  or
  Other Operating Systems Found

You =
cannot upgrade=20
  this Windows installation to Windows 2000, because you have more than =
one=20
  operating system installed on your computer. Upgrading one operating =
system=20
  can cause problems with files shared by the other operating system, =
and is=20
  therefore not permitted.
  To official solution is to uninstall the other Windows 2000 =
installation=20
  and remove the files ntldr, ntdetect.com and boot.ini from the system=20
  partition (c:\). You can try to just delete those files and leave your =
other=20
  installation intact and once the Win9x upgrade is complete modify =
boot.ini to=20
  include a link to the existing Windows 2000 installation.
  

  Q. How can I configure extra Plug and Play =
drivers for=20
  a Windows 2000 installation?
  A. If you are installing Windows 2000 over the network=20
  (including RIS) and have the I386 structure on disk its possible to =
add extra=20
  plug and play drivers that will be loaded as needed during =
installations.
  
    Move to your I386 structure and create a subdirectory \$OEM$\$1=20
    
Under the $1 directory create a directory of no more than 8 =
characters=20
    of the company who make the driver, e.g. creative=20
    
Under that directory create a subdirectory for the type of =
hardware,=20
    e.g. video, sound etc. (again no more than 8 characters)
At this =
point=20
    you might have structure:
- d:\i386\$OEM$\$1\creative\video
-=20
    d:\i386\$OEM$\$1\creative\audio=20
    
Copy the drivers and the .INF files into the appropriate =
subfolder=20
    
Open you answer file (or your SIF file) and add the directories =
to the=20
    OEMPnPDriversPath under the [Unattended] section,=20
    e.g.
[Unattended]
OEMPnPDriversPath =3D=20
    "creative\video;creative\audio"
Use a semi-colon (;) to =
separate=20
    the entries=20
    
If any of the drivers are unsigned it will interrupt the =
unattended=20
    installation so also add the line
DriverSigningPolicy =3D=20
    Ignore
Under the OemPnPdriversPath line 
  You may if you wish just create a single directory under $OEM$\$1 =
such as=20
  pnpdriv and just copy everything into there as long as you have no =
file name=20
  clashes. If you do this the OEMPnPDriversPath would be just "pnpdriv". =
It=20
  would be recommended to keep them separated to help organization and =
also=20
  remember this structure will be copied locally to the system =
drive.
  

  Q. Unsigned drivers are stopping my =
unattended=20
  installations.
  A. Windows 2000 uses a driver signing system and when a =
driver=20
  is signed its been tested and is known to work with Windows 2000. You =
should=20
  always use signed drivers where possible.
  If a driver is not signed and you try and use as part of an =
unattended=20
  installation your installation will stop and you will prompted to =
continue to=20
  use it, this obviously defeats the purpose of unattended so its =
possible to=20
  configure the installation to ignore driver signing.
  Open your unattended/sif file and goto the [Unattended] section and =
add the=20
  line:
  DriverSigningPolicy =3D ignore
  There are actually 3 values for DriverSigningPolicy, ignore, warn =
and=20
  block. They speak for themselves I think :-)
  Please note that if you are using drivers that supercede those =
supplied=20
  with Windows 2000 and they are NOT signed the installation process =
will ignore=20
  them and instead used the built in signed versions.
  

  Q. What are the directories I can have under =
$OEM$ for=20
  an unattended installation in Windows 2000?
  A. Its possible to configure extra files for an =
installation=20
  that might be specific to your organization or to the hardware in the =
machine.=20
  These are placed under the $OEM$ directory of the I386 structure and =
under=20
  $OEM$ you can have the following:
  
    
    
      \$OEM$\textmode
      Hardware dependant files for use during the =
initial=20
        Windows 2000 install and text mode setup such as OEM HAL's, SCSI =
drivers=20
        etc.
    
      \$OEM$\$$
      Used to replace any core system files and must =
match the=20
        structure of the Winnt structure. For example to replace files =
in the=20
        winnt\system32 directory you would create =
\$OEM$\$$\system32
    
      \$OEM$\$1
      Files that you want to be copied to the drive =
where=20
        Windows 2000 is installed (%systemroot%)
    
      \$OEM$\<drive letter>
      Same as $1 but allows you to set a specific =
drive=20
        letter, e.g. \$OEM$\C would copy everything under it (including=20
        subdirectories) to C
  

  Q. DontDisplayLastUserName setting is lost =
in upgrade=20
  from NT 4.0 to Windows 2000.
  A. When you upgrade to Windows 2000 and select for the =
terminal=20
  services component to be installed the DontDisplayLastUserName setting =
is=20
  reset to 0. To fix you will need to manually set back to 1
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\policies\sys=
tem=20

    
Double click dontdisplaylastusername=20
    
Set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Its actually been moved in 2000 as you may notice from the new =
registry=20
  location above.
  

  Q. How do I enable ACPI on my machine/change =
the=20
  HAL?
  A. If during Installation you disabled ACPI to solve a =
problem (as=20
  seen in Q.=20
  How can I specify an alternate HAL during Windows 2000 =
installation?)=20
  you may want to enable again at a later time and this can be done as=20
  follows:
  
    Right click on 'My Computer' and select Properties from the =
context menu=20

    
Select the Hardware tab=20
    
Click the 'Device Manager' button=20
    
Expand the Computer object=20
    
Its type will be shown, probably 'Standard PC' (if it says =
(Advanced=20
    Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) PC then ACPI is enabled=20
    already)
=20
    
Right click on the Computer type and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Driver' tab=20
    
Click 'Update Driver'=20
    
The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard will start. Click Next=20
    
You can now either ask it to find a driver or manually select=20
    
If you select Manual select the 'Show all hardware of this =
device class'=20
    and select the ACPI driver. Click Next=20
    
Click Next to install the driver=20
    
Click Finish to the wizard and click Close the computer property =
driver=20
    dialog=20
    
Click Yes to restart your computer 
  Be careful with this though, if you select a HAL which your =
computer is not=20
  compatible with you may experience problems.
  

  Q. How do I disable/enable ACPI on my =
machine during=20
  installation?
  A. We saw in Q.=20
  How can I specify an alternate HAL during Windows 2000 =
installation?=20
  how to manually select an alternate HAL during installation but this =
can also=20
  be done via modifying a file during installation.
  
    After the text-mode phase of setup completes but before the GUI =
stage=20
    boot into an alternate installation (or via a boot disk/CD)=20
    
Remote the read-only, hidden and system flags from the =
txtsetup.sif=20
    file
C:\> attrib c:\txtsetup.sif -r -s -h=20
    
Edit the txtsetup.sif file and search for ACPIEnable=3D=20
    
To force ACPI to be enabled change =
to
ACPIEnable=3D1
To force=20
    ACPI to be disabled change to
ACPIDisable=3D0=20
    
Save the file=20
    
Reapply the attributes
C:\> attrib =
c:\txtsetup.sif +r +s=20
    +h=20
    
Continue with the Windows 2000 setup wizard 
  You can also press F7 during installation to load a non ACPI =
HAL.
  

  Q. The Administrator password I set during =
unattended=20
  installation is ignored.
  A. A known issue is that when using the AdminPassword =
unattended=20
  installation option and it contains a * character it means the install =

  procedure should set the Administrator account to use a blank =
password. This=20
  means that if it appears anywhere in the password then a blank =
Administrator=20
  password will be set.
  [GuiUnattended]
AdminPassword=3DJohn*Savill
  The fix is to not have a * in the Administrator password.
  

  Q. How can I remove the Active=20
  Desktop?
  A. You can turn off the Active Desktop without =
removing it=20
  by performing the following: 
  
    Right click on the desktop=20
    
Select "Active Desktop"=20
    
Unselect "View as Web Page" (by clicking it) 
  To actually remove Active Desktop completely while leaving the =
browser=20
  intact: 
  
    Start the Add/Remove Programs control panel applet (start - =
settings -=20
    control panel - add/remove programs)=20
    
Select "Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0" and click the =
Add/Remove button=20

    
Click the "Remove the Windows Desktop Update component, but keep =
the=20
    Internet Explorer 4.0 Web browser" option and click OK=20
    
A dialog box explaining the change will be shown and you should =
click=20
    the "Restart Windows" button=20
    
Once restarted the active desktop will have been removed =

  

  Q. How can I get past the "Active Desktop =
Recovery"=20
  page?
  A. This can usually be fixed by deleting the =
desktop.htt=20
  file: 
  
    Start explorer=20
    
Move to %systemroot%\Profiles\<your username>\Application=20
    Data\Microsoft\Internet Explorer=20
    
Select Desktop.htt and delete (it is a hidden file so you will =
need to=20
    change the view first View - Folder Options - View)=20
    
Close Explorer=20
    
Right click on the desktop and choose Refresh 
  

  Q. What keyboard commands can I use with =
Internet=20
  Explorer 4.0?
  A. Below is a list of common keyboard =
commands:
  
    
    
      Alt + Left Arrow (or backspace)
      Go Back
    
      Alt + Right Arrow
      Go Forward
    
      Tab
      Move to next Hyperlink
    
      Shift - Tab
      Move to previous Hyperlink
    
      Enter
      Move to page referenced by Hyperlink
    
      Down Arrow
      Scroll down
    
      Page Down
      Scroll down in greater jump
    
      End
      Move to bottom of document
    
      Up Arrow
      Scroll up
    
      Page Up
      Scroll up in greater jump
    
      Home
      Move to top of document
    
      F5
      Refresh
    
      Ctrl - F5
      Refresh not from cache
    
      Esc
      Stop download
    
      F11
      Full screen/normal =
toggle
  

  Q. How can I create a keyboard shortcut to a =
web=20
  site?
  A. It is possible to create your own keyboard =
shortcuts=20
  with a Ctrl + Alt + <letter> combination as follows: 
  
    Start Internet Explorer=20
    
Select "Organize Favorites" from the Favorites menu=20
    
Right click on the link and choose Properties=20
    
In the Shortcut key dialog box type the combination, any =
combination of=20
    Ctrl, Shift, Alt and a key that is not used=20
    
Click OK 
  You can also use the above to create a keyboard shortcut to a =
desktop item=20
  by right clicking on the shortcut and choosing properties.
  

  Q. How can I customize folders with web view =

  enabled?
  A. If you have installed the Windows Desktop =
Update and=20
  have the view as web page enabled ( view - as web page) you can =
customize the=20
  folder (view - customize this folder) and then select the type =
(background=20
  picture or a whole HTML file) or you can change the default which is =
stored in=20
  a hidden HTML file (%systemroot%\web\folder.htt). You can then edit =
this file=20
  and change accordingly.
  There is a line in folder.htt "HERE'S A GOOD PLACE TO ADD A FEW =
LINES OF=20
  YOUR OWN" which you can add your own links which will then appear on =
all=20
  folders.
  There are 4 other templates you can edit: 
  
    controlp.htt - Control Panel=20
    
printers.htt - Printers=20
    
mycomp.htt - My Computer=20
    
safemode.htt - Safe Mode 
  As I said these are hidden so you will either need to remove the =
hidden=20
  attribute (attrib <file> -h) or just enter the name specifically =
in the=20
  edit utility you use to change these files. A word of warning, make a =
backup=20
  of these files before you break them :-).
  

  Q. How can I change the icons in the Quick =
Launch=20
  toolbar?
  A. The icons on the quick launch taskbar (Internet =

  Explorer, Outlook Express, Show Desktop and Channels by default) are =
all=20
  stored in %systemroot%/profiles/<user>/Application=20
  Data/Microsoft/Internet Explorer/Quick Launch and to remove/add just =
add and=20
  remove the files from this directory using Explorer.
  You can copy any shortcut to this directory and the update will be =
done=20
  straight away, no need to logoff/reboot. As you can see below I have =
added a=20
  shortcut for Word and Frontpage just by copying the shortcut to the =
Quick=20
  Launch directory, easy.
  
  An alternative method is to just drag a shortcut over the Quick =
Launch bar=20
  and it will add the shortcut for you.
  All the files in this folder are shortcuts except for Show Desktop =
and View=20
  Channels. See the next FAQ for their contents.
  

  Q. I have lost Show Desktop/View Channels =
from the=20
  Quick Launch bar, help!
  A. As was discussed in the previous FAQ these =
icons are=20
  just files in the %systemroot%/profiles/<user>/Application=20
  Data/Microsoft/Internet Explorer/Quick Launch directory. To get the =
Show=20
  Desktop/View Channels icons back create the following files in the =
Quick=20
  Launch directory (or copy from another user)
  For Show Desktop, create "Show Desktop.SCF" with the =
following=20
  =
content:
[Shell]
Command=3D2
IconFile=3Dexplorer.exe,3<=
BR>
[Taskbar]
Command=3DToggleDesktop
  For View Channels, create "View Channels.SCF" with the =
following=20
  =
content:
[Shell]
Command=3D3
IconFile=3Dshdocvw.dll,-11=
8

[IE]
Command=3DChannels
  

  Q. How do I change the default Search=20
  Engine?
  A. The URL for the Search Engine used with the Go =
- Search=20
  the Web is stored in the registry so this can easily be changed: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet =
Explorer\Main=20
    
Double click on Search Page=20
    
Change to the search page you want, e.g. http://www.altavista.digital.c=
om/=20
    and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Now when you select search you will be taken to this URL. If you =
want to=20
  change back to the default enter http://www.msn.com/access=
/allinone.htm=20
  
  

  Q. How do I remove the Internet Explorer =
icon from the=20
  desktop?
  A. This can be done from the advanced options of =
Internet=20
  Explorer. For Internet Explorer 4.0: 
  
    Start Internet Explorer=20
    
From the View menu select Internet Options=20
    
Click the Advanced tab=20
    
Deselect "Show Internet Explorer on Desktop"=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Restart the machine 
  If you are using Internet Explorer 5.0 select 'Internet Options' =
from the=20
  Tools menu.
  

  Q. How can I browse =
off-line?
  A. As you may be aware when you connect to a site =
the=20
  information you view is cached locally to speed up future visits to =
the site=20
  (the cache size can be set View - Internet Options - General - =
Temporary=20
  Internet files - Settings). Its actually possible to view the web =
using only=20
  the cache when not connected, obviously you can only view sites that =
are=20
  stored in the cache. To work off line: 
  
    Start Internet Explorer=20
    
From the file menu select Work Offline 
  You can then enter URL's and link as normal but will receive an =
error if=20
  you attempt to link to a site that is not cached. To stop working =
Offline just=20
  deselect "Work Offline"
  

  Q. How can I reclaim wasted space by =
Microsoft's=20
  Internet E-mail readers?
  A. Microsoft's Internet E-mail clients (both =
Internet Mail=20
  under IE3 and Outlook Express under IE4) waste a large amount of disk =
space=20
  due to the method used to store mail. The reason behind this is to =
improve=20
  performance, however if you do want to reclaim some of the lost space =
perform=20
  the following: 
  
    Select one of the folders, e.g. Inbox, Outbox, Sent Items=20
    
Select Folder from the File menu and select "Compact all =
Folders"=20
  
  Also set-up Outlook to automatically delete the "Deleted Items" =
folder=20
  contents 
  
    Select Options from the Tools menu=20
    
Select the General tab=20
    
Check the "Empty messages from the 'Deleted Items' folder on =
exit" and=20
    click OK 
  

  Q. I cannot specify a download directory when I =
download a=20
  file.
  A. When you download a file you are asked what to do, "Open =
this=20
  file from its current location" or "Save this file to disk". If you =
take the=20
  latter option you are asked for a storage location and you then click =
Save.=20
  Also on the selection screen is a "Always ask before opening this type =
of=20
  file", if you clear this check in future any downloads of this type =
will be=20
  downloaded to the Temporary Internet Files folder and opened by the =
program=20
  associated with the file type. To undo this perform the following:
  
    Double click on My Computer=20
    
From the View menu select Folder Options=20
    
Select the File Types tab=20
    
Select the file type you have the problem with in the Registered =
File=20
    Types box and click Edit=20
    
In the bottom right corner is a "Confirm open after Download". =
Check the=20
    box so there is a tick in it and click OK=20
    
Click OK again to close the "Folder Options" dialog box=20
    
Close My Computer 
  

  Q. Internet Explorer opens .EXE files instead of =

  Downloading them.
  A. As in the previous FAQ if you unselect "Always ask before =
opening=20
  this type of file" for an executable it updates the registry so you =
are not=20
  asked however this can be fixed:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\exefile=20
    
Double click on EditFlags=20
    
Change the 3rd pair of numbers from 01 to 00, e.g. D8070100 to =
D8070000=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  For files such as WAV, MOV and AVI (ActiveMovie files) you would =
modify the=20
  entry HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\AMOVIE.ActiveMovieControl.2\EditFlags to be=20
  00000000.
  

  Q. How can I change the default start =
page?
  A. When you first start Internet Explorer it loads a page, =
by=20
  default this is a Microsoft page (http://home.microsoft.com/) =
however this=20
  can be changed:
  
    Start Internet Explorer=20
    
Select Internet Options from the View menu=20
    
Select the general tab=20
    
In the first section "Home page" enter the page you wish to be =
displayed=20
    when you start Internet Explorer and click Apply, then OK. If you =
just want=20
    a blank page click the "Use Blank" button, again click Apply then =
OK.=20
    
Close Internet Explorer 
  The above just updates registry entry=20
  "HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main\Start =
Page". You=20
  could create a registry script that updates a machines registry to set =
your=20
  page up as the clients Homepage. The REG script would have the =
following:
  REGEDIT4 
  [HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet =
Explorer\Main]
"Start=20
  Page"=3D"http://www.ntfaq.com/"
  [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Internet=20
  =
Explorer\Main]
"Default_Page_URL"=3D"http://www.ntfaq.com/"
  You would then setup a link on your page to the script and people =
would=20
  select "Open from current location". The official Microsoft image for =
this is=20
  
  
  (if you want it right click on it and select "Save Picture =
As").
  I have set the above up so it sets http://www.ntfaq.com as your =
start page=20
  but I would advise against it ;-) If you wanted no start page, e.g. =
blank, set=20
  the value to "about:blank".
  If you use Netscape use the following to change your default =
homepage
  
    Start Netscape=20
    
From the Edit menu select Preferences=20
    
Select the Navigator category=20
    
Enter the required start start page in the Home Page box and =
click OK=20
    
  It does not store the start page location in the registry, rather =
in a=20
  javascript file prefs.js, which is located in the Program=20
  Files\Netscape\Users\<Netscape Profile Name> directory. The line =
in the=20
  file is
  user_pref("browser.startup.homepage",=20
"http://www.ntfaq.com/");
  however you should not edit this file.
  

  Q. I have forgotten the content advisor=20
  password.
  A. The password for the content advisor is stored in an =
encrypted=20
  form and decrypting it, while possible, is to complicated for our =
purposes so=20
  we will instead just "reset" the password as if it had never been =
set.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Rat=
ings\=20

    
If this is a "Key" value select it and press DEL. Click OK to =
the=20
    confirmation. There may also be a FileName0 value which may also be =
deleted=20
    and also delete the file it points to.=20
    
If there was not a value but was instead a sub-key ".default" =
move to=20
    this folder and delete the "Key" value.=20
    
Restart IE and you should be able to set the password with =
Internet=20
    Options - Content. 
  

  Q. Where can I download IE 5.0?
  A. IE 5.0 beta can be downloaded from http://www.micro=
soft.com/windows/ie/default.htm=20
  
  Internet Explorer 5.0 does not ship with the Active Desktop so if =
you want=20
  Active Desktop you will need to have installed IE 4.0 Service Pack 2 =
with=20
  Active Desktop and upgrade to IE 5.0.
  

  Q. How do I clear Internet Explorers =
History?
  A. Internet Explorer keeps a history of the sites you visit =
and can=20
  be viewed by clicking the History button on the toolbar. If you wish =
to clear=20
  this History perform the following
  IE 4
  
    Select "Internet Options" from the View menu=20
    
In the History section click "Clear History" (you can also set =
the=20
    number of days to keep history for)=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation=20
    
Click OK to close the Internet Options dialog box 
  IE 5
  Same as above except Internet Options is under the Tools menu
  The History files are actually stored under the directory=20
  %systemroot%\Profiles\<user name>\History\History however the=20
  permissions on the files are complex so deleting manually is not =
advised.
  

  Q. How can I modify IE's toolbar =
background?
  A. The picture behind the IE toolbar buttons can be set to =
any=20
  bitmap you wish. To do this perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet =
Explorer\Toolbar=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - String Value=20
    
Enter a name of BackBitmap and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to the name and location, =
e.g.=20
    c:\images\savtech.bmp=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart IE 
  Below is an example.
  
  

  Q. How can I restore the IE animated =
logo?
  A. Using the Internet Explorer Admin Kit it is possible to =
modify=20
  the small "E" logo in the top right hand corner of Internet Explorer =
(ISP's=20
  such as MSN do this). To restore to the default perform the following: =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Internet =
Explorer\Toolbar=20
    
Select BrandBitmap and click Delete. Confirm=20
    
Select SmBrandBitmap and click Delete. Confirm=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart the computer 
  

  Q. Are there any Easter Eggs in Internet =
Explorer=20
  5.0?
  A. There are two Easter eggs I know of for IE 5.0.
  
    Open up Notepad=20
    
Type: 
<!-- introducing the Trident team -->=20
    
Save the file as "test.htm" (make sure you add the quotes or =
.txt will=20
    be added to the end)=20
    
Open up "test.htm" in IE5=20
    
IE5 Easter Egg #1 is shown 
  
  (Actually this Easter Egg also runs on IE4.01)
  Number two:
  
    Start IE5=20
    
From the Tools menu, Internet Options=20
    
Select the General tab=20
    
Click the Languages button=20
    
Click 'Add'=20
    
Type: "ie-ee" (without the quotes) and click 'OK'=20
    
Move "User Defined [ie-ee]" to the TOP of the list. Click OK=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog=20
    
Click on the Search icon (to pull up the side search menu), =
notice the=20
    new Search options :-)=20
    
Select 'Previous Searches' 
  To remove ie-ee just start the Languages dialog again, select ie-ee =
and=20
  click Remove.
  

  Q. How can I stop users accessing local drives =
via=20
  Internet Explorer? 
  A. If you type "C:" (or any other drive) in the Microsoft =
Internet=20
  Explorer address box you will be shown the contents and if proper NTFS =
file=20
  permissions are not in place users will be able to delete, rename, =
read any=20
  files on the disk. This is usually a problem if you have a locked down =

  environment where users do not normally have access to Explorer etc =
(such as=20
  an Internet Cafe).
  To stop the ability to view local drives from Internet Explorer =
perform the=20
  following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20

    
From the Edit menu select New > DWORD value.=20
    
Enter a name of NoRun and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK to close the =
value=20
    edit dialog.=20
    
From the Edit menu select New > DWORD value.=20
    
Enter a name of NoDrives and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to a number representing the =
drives=20
    you wish to hide (explained below). Click OK to close the value edit =
dialog.=20

    
For IE 4.01 SP1 and above perform the following steps:
1. =
From the=20
    Edit menu select New > DWORD value.
2. Enter a name of =
NoFileUrl and=20
    press Enter
3. Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK =
to close=20
    the value edit dialog.=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  The NoRun setting disables viewing local files by typing a file =
address or=20
  URL (for example, "file://d:\") in the Address box, and also disables =
the Run=20
  command on the Start menu.
  The NoDrives setting disables the selected drives. It is explained =
in 'Q.=20
  How can I hide drive x from users?'. Basically drive A is 1, B is =
2, C is=20
  4, D is 8 etc. and you add the values together. So to hide drive C and =
D, you=20
  would add 4 and 8 which is twelve or C in hexadecimal and set NoDrives =
to C=20
  (selecting Hex mode).
  Additional restrictions can be applied to IE 4.01 Service Pack 2 =
and IE 5.0=20
  which are described in 'Q.=20
  What addition restrictions are available in Internet Explorer IE4.01 =
SP2 and=20
  above?'
  

  Q. What additional restrictions are available in =
Internet=20
  Explorer IE4.01 SP2 and above? 
  A. Additional restrictions can be applied to IE 4.01 Service =
Pack 2=20
  and IE 5.0 which have an updated Shdocvw.dll.
  The restrictions below should be added to=20
  HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet =
Explorer\Restrictions=20
  of type DWORD value. Set to 1 to be enable, 0 to disable. 
  
    
    
      NoFileOpen
      Disables Open command on File menu, CTRL+O, and=20
    CTRL+L.
    
      NoFileNew
      Disables CTRL+N NoBrowserSaveAs Disables Save and =
Save As=20
        on the File menu.
    
      NoBrowserOptions
      Disables Internet Options on the View menu =
(disables=20
        changing browser settings).
    
      NoFavorites
      No Favorites menu, adding to favorites, or =
organizing=20
        favorites.
    
      NoSelectDownloadDir
      Prevents user from being able to select download =
folder by=20
        not displaying the Save As dialog box when a file is =
downloaded.
    
      NoBrowserContextMenu
      Disables HTML context menu.
    
      NoBrowserClose
      Disable ALT+F4.
    
      NoFindFiles
      Disables the F3 key.
    
      NoTheaterMode
      Disables the F11 key. 
  NoFindFiles and NoTheaterMode are created by default during the=20
  installation of Service Pack 2 but are of type BINARY due to =
limitations of=20
  .inf files. You can, if you wish, delete and recreate these as DWORD=20
  values.
  To prevent users from customizing the IE5 Icons & toolbar edit =
the=20
  following HKCU\Software\Policies\Microsoft\Internet=20
  Explorer\Toolbars\Restrictions\NoToolbarOption).
  Also under=20
  HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Explorer, add =
the=20
  value NoBandCustomize (REG_Dword) to stop changing buttons. Add the =
value=20
  NoToolbarCustomize (REG_DWORD) to remove the 'customize' option from =
the=20
  toolbar right click menu. Value 0=3Denabled 1=3Ddisabled.
  

  Q. How can I configure proxy settings in =
Internet Explorer=20
  5.0?
  A. To configure LAN Proxy settings in Internet Explorer 5.0 =
perform=20
  the following:
  
    Start Internet Explorer=20
    
From the Tools mention select 'Internet Options'=20
    
Select the 'Connections' tab=20
    
Click the 'LAN Settings' button=20
    
By default the 'Automatically detect settings' option will be =
selected.=20
    You can also configure the location of a configuration script.=20
    
To manually configure check the 'Use a proxy server' and enter =
the DNS=20
    or IP address of the server and the port it uses.=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog 
  If you select 'Automatically detect settings' essentially, the =
discovery=20
  cycle will typically involve one dhcp request or dns request. Further, =
a=20
  discovery cycle happens quite infrequently. 
  When you install IE5, the first time it runs, it will perform a =
discovery=20
  cycle only if you are on a LAN and not a dialup connection. (discovery =
is=20
  disabled by default for dialup) 
  If this initial discovery fails, then auto discovery is disabled =
until a=20
  user re-enables it. If the discovery succeeds, then discovery is only=20
  performed when the downloaded configuration file expires according to =
HTTP=20
  semantics. If no expiry
information is supplied, then the default =
is=20
  discovery once every 7 days. Again, this is only if it initially =
succeeds.=20

  The following registry entries can be directly updated instead: =

  
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet =

    Settings\ProxyEnable - Set to 1=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet =

    Settings\ProxyServer - Set to <proxy server>:port, e.g. =
proxy:80=20
    =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet =

    Settings\ProxyOverride - When not to use the proxy server. For local =
set to=20
    "<local>" (don't type the quotes but do type the < and =
>)=20
  
  

  Q. How can I install Internet Explorer 4.0 =
without adding=20
  the IE icon to the desktop?
  A. Install using the following command to stop IE adding an =
icon on=20
  the desktop or from becoming the default browser (this will not work =
if you=20
  have installed the Windows Desktop Updated):
  C:\> IE4SETUP.EXE /C:"ie4wzd" /S:""#e"" /X /R:N /Q:A=20
  /m:0"
  

  Q. How do I use the Internet Explorer 5.0 repair =

  tool?
  A. The Internet Explorer Repair tool can be used to diagnose =
and=20
  possibly fix problems with Internet Explorer 5. This tool has the =
following=20
  features:
  
    It is used to identify problems with Internet Explorer caused by =
the=20
    presence of files that are out of date.=20
    
It is used to fix problems caused by the incorrect or incomplete =

    registration of Internet Explorer files.=20
    
It is used to restore or repair the desktop or Start Menu =
short-cuts for=20
    Internet Explorer that have been deleted or do not function =
properly.=20
  
  To start the repair tool perform the following:
  
    From the Start menu select Settings - Control Panel=20
    
Double click the Add/Remove Software control panel applet=20
    
Select 'Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 and Internet Tools'=20
    
Click the 'Add/Remove' button=20
    
Select 'Repair Internet Explorer' and click OK=20
    
Click 'Yes' to the repair confirmation 
  If you don't have the option in the Add/Remove Software control =
panel=20
  applet it can be run from the command line:
  C:\> rundll32 setupwbv.dll,IE5Maintenance "C:\Program=20
  Files\Internet Explorer\Setup\SETUP.EXE" /g "C:\WINDOWS\IE Uninstall=20
  Log.Txt"
  

  Q. I have forgotten the content advisor password =
under=20
  Windows 9x/IE 5.0.
  A. The password for the content advisor is stored in an =
encrypted=20
  form and decrypting it, while possible, is to complicated for our =
purposes so=20
  we will instead just "reset" the password as if it had never been =
set.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\=20
    
Select Ratings and delete (press the DEL key). Click OK to the=20
    confirmation=20
    
Delete the RATINGS.POL file (it is hidden) out of =
\WINDOWS\SYSTEM=20
    directory=20
    
Restart IE and you should be able to set the password with =
Internet=20
    Options - Content. 
  

  Q. The tab key does not select the right hand =
pane in a=20
  IE5 help search.
  A. This is a known problem, press F6 to toggle between left =
and=20
  right panes instead. It works in msdn library as well.
  

  Q. How do I turn off Internet Explorer=20
  AutoComplete?
  A. Internet Explorer has the neat ability to auto complete a =
URL as=20
  you type it. This can however be annoying and you may want to turn =
this off.=20
  It can be accomplished by performing the following:
  
    Start Internet Explorer=20
    
From the Tools menu select 'Internet Options'=20
    
Select the Content tab=20
    
Click 'AutoComplete' under the 'Personal Information' section=20
    
Unselect 'Web addresses' and click OK=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog 
  
  You can also accomplish this by setting=20
  =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Auto=
Complete\AutoSuggest=20
  to "no" (don't type the quotes) in the registry.
  

  Q. Where can I get the patch for the IE 5.0 =
DHTML=20
  problem?
  A. A problem exists with IE 5.0 which causes a potential =
security=20
  vulnerability due to the download Dynamic HTML (DHTML) behavior.
  A new feature of DHTML in IE 5.0 allows web page authors to =
download files=20
  for use in client-side scripts. By design, a Web site should be able =
to=20
  download only files that reside in its domain; this prevents =
client-side code=20
  from exposing files on the your computer or local intranet to the Web =
site.=20
  However, a server-side redirect can be used to bypass this =
restriction. This=20
  vulnerability could allow a malicious Web site operator to potentially =
read=20
  (but not modify or erase) files on your computer or on other computers =
on your=20
  local intranet.
  See http://=
www.microsoft.com/security/bulletins/ms99-040.asp=20
  and h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q242/5/42.asp=20
  for more information on this.
  A fix is available from http://www.microsoft.com/msdownload/iebuild/dlbhav/en/dlbhav.htm=20
  and once downloaded a file, q243638.exe will exist. Double click on =
this file=20
  and click Yes to install. You will then need to reboot your =
computer.
  After the first reboot my computer used PROGMAN.EXE as its shell! =
Another=20
  reboot and it was fine.
  

  Q. I get an error when I try and install =
Internet Explorer=20
  4.0 using Active Setup.
  A.  A bug exists in the Internet Explorer 4.0 setup =
process=20
  that can cause problems when installing resulting in a number of =
possible=20
  errors:
  Internet Explorer 4.0 Active =
Setup
Internet Explorer=20
  4.0 was not successfully installed.
  Setup was unable to download all the required =

  components. The Internet is likely busy. Please try Setup again later =
and=20
  select Smart Recovery to continue downloading.
  Knowledge Base article Q171714 (at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q171/7/14.ASP)=20
  explains fixes to this however to fix under Windows NT 4.0 perform the =

  following:
  
    Start Explorer=20
    
Move to %systemroot%\system32=20
    
Rename the file wintrust.dll to wintrust.old=20
    
Start the IE 4.0 installation (I did not have to reboot) =

  

  Q. How do I set an Internet Explorer favorite =
icon for my=20
  web site?
  A.  Internet Explorer 5 allows the setting of an icon =
for=20
  favorites which you can easily enable for your web site.
  When you create a favorite in IE 5.0 and above it checks the root =
of the=20
  web site for favicon.ico which should be a 16x16 icon or it may be =
ignored (in=20
  Windows 2000 version it handled a 32x32 icon fine). Create the icon =
with any=20
  icon editor such as the one supplied with Visual Studio.
  You can also manually specify an icon with a different name with =
the=20
  following code snippet
  <HEAD>
<LINK REL=3D"SHORTCUT ICON"=20
  HREF=3D"http://www.mydomain.com/myicon.ico">
<TITLE>NT=20
  FAQ</TITLE>
</HEAD>
  Obviously your header section of the HTML will be different from =
mine but=20
  the important part is the LINK REL section.
  This icon is only used for favorites and will not be checked and =
read in=20
  until the site is added as a favorite.
  
  

  Q. How can I detect if Windows Update is =
installed on a=20
  machine?
  A. Windows 2000 includes the Windows Update as a core =
component but=20
  it was also supplied with Internet Explorer 4.0 for NT 4.0 as an =
option. To=20
  check if its installed there are a number of methods:
  
    Right click on the taskbar and if a Toolbar option is present =
then the=20
    Windows Update is installed=20
    
Right click an item in the Start menus Programs area and if a =
menu is=20
    shown then Windows Update is installed 
  To tell from a script check for the following key=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Active Setup\Installed=20
  Components\{89820200-ECBD-11cf-8B85-00AA005B4340}and if its =
IsInstalled value=20
  is 1 then the windows update is installed.
  You could use the resource kit REG.EXE utility with the /query =
switch to=20
  perform this check.
  

  Q. Internet Explorer Admin Kit version of IE 5.0 =
replaces=20
  the 128 bit encryption on Windows 2000.
  A. If you install a version of IE 5.0 on Windows 2000 =
created by the=20
  Internet Explorer Admin Kit with the 128 bit encryption (IE5DOM.EXE) =
you may=20
  receive the following error:
  System cannot log you on because domain =
<Computer=20
  name> is not available.
  This is caused by the Rsaenh.dll and Schannel.dll files in Windows =
2000=20
  being replaced by the earlier IE 5 versions (but only rsaenh.dll =
matters).
  Basically you should not install IE 5.0 on Windows 2000, it already =
has=20
  5.01 as part of the core product.
  If you do want to distribute a newer version of IE in the future =
ensure you=20
  have the new encryption pack and create a separate build of Internet =
Explorer=20
  that includes the latest 128-bit encryption update for Windows 2000=20
  (Encpack.exe). If this is not available do not include the /n:v switch =
if you=20
  use the Ie5dom.exe component to create a separate build of Internet =
Explorer=20
  for Windows 2000.
  To resolve the issue download Encpack.exe and run (or run from the =
supplied=20
  floppy disk if in America).
  If the machine cannot be logged in to then you need to use the =
recovery=20
  console to replace rsaenh.dll with the high encryption pack version =
(or use an=20
  alternate NT installation):
  
    Start Recovery Console.=20
    
Change to the system32 directory
cd system32=20
    
Check the rsaeng.dll file
dir rsaenh.dll=20
    
Rename the existing rsaeng.dll file
ren rsaenh.dll =
rsaenh.old=20
    
Insert the floppy disk that contains the high encryption pack =
files into=20
    the floppy drive.=20
    
Copy the file rsaengs.dll to rsaeng.dll
copy =
a:\rsaenhs.dll=20
    rsaenh.dll=20
    
Type exit, and then press ENTER to restart the computer =
normally.=20
    Remove the floppy disk from the floppy drive. 
  

  Q. How can I start Internet Explorer without the =

  toolbars?
  A. Internet Explorer has a kiosk mode which fills the entire =
screen=20
  with no toolbars using:
  iexplore -k
  This may not be exactly what you want though so you could write a =
windows=20
  scripting host program which starts an IE object with the toolbar=20
disabled:
  Dim objIE
Set objIE =3D WScript.CreateObject=20
  ("InternetExplorer.Application")
ObjIE.Toolbar =3D =
false
objIE.Navigate=20
  "http://www.savilltech.com"
objIE.Visible =3D true
  If you save the file has ienobar.vbs and then execute with
  cscript ienobar.vbs
  IE will be started with no toolbars.
  

  Q. What is IIS?
  A. Internet Information Server (IIS) is a World =
Wide Web=20
  server, a Gopher server and an FTP server all rolled into one. IIS =
means that=20
  you can publish WWW pages and extend into the realm of ASP (Active =
Server=20
  Pages) whereby JAVA or VBscript (server side scripts) can generate the =
pages=20
  on the fly. IIS has fun things like application development =
environment=20
  (FrontPage), integrated full-text searching (Index Server), multimedia =

  streaming (NetShow), and site management extensions.
  

  Q. How do I install Internet Information=20
  Server?
  A. IIS 2.0 is supplied with Windows NT Server 4.0. =
It can=20
  be installed at the time you installed NT 4.0 by checking the "Install =

  Microsoft Internet Information Server" box, alternatively it can be =
installed=20
  at a later time by performing the following 
  
    Insert the NT 4.0 Server CD-ROM=20
    
Run <CD-ROM>:\I386\Inetsrv\Inetstp.exe=20
    
Close all currently programs and click OK to start the =
installation=20
    
Select the services you want to install and click OK=20
    
You will be asked for the publishing directories for FTP,WWW and =
Gopher.=20
    You can change or accept the defaults. Click OK to continue the =
installation=20

    
If you selected to install ODBC drivers a dialog box showing SQL =
Server=20
    driver, click OK to continue=20
    
A message will be displayed that the installation has finished. =
Click OK=20
    
  Internet Information Server 3.0 is supplied on the Service Pack 2 =
CD-ROM=20
  and as part of Service Pack 3. It is supplied as an upgrade, so you =
must=20
  already have IIS 2.0 installed before applying the service pack.
  Internet Information Server 4.0 is now supplied with Option Pack 4 =
and IIS=20
  5.0 with Windows 2000!
  

  Q. What is Internet Service =
Manager?
  A. If you look under Programs->Microsoft =
Internet=20
  Server, you will find the Internet Service Manager. ISM is used to =
configure=20
  and monitor IIS. With ISM you can define user connections and user =
logon and=20
  authentication, the home directory location for each IIS service, =
logging and=20
  security.
  

  Q. What is Index Server?
  A. It gives the ability to perform full-text =
searches and=20
  retrieve information from a Web browser. It can search HTML, text, and =
all=20
  Microsoft Office documents.
  When started, it builds an index of the virtual roots and =
subdirectories on=20
  your Web server. You can select which directories and file types can =
be=20
  skipped.
  The index is updated automatically whenever a file is added, =
deleted, or=20
  changed on the server.
  

  Q. What are Active Server =
Pages?
  A. ASP is server-side scripting. You can use ASP =
to create=20
  and run dynamic, interactive, Web applications. When your scripts run =
on the=20
  server, the SERVER does all the work involved in generating the HTML=20
pages.
  

  Q. How can I configure the Connection=20
  Limit?
  A. This is configured using the Internet Service =
Manager=20
  and can be between 1 and 32,767 
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager ( Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Internet Server)=20
    
Double click on the computer whose connection limit you wish to=20
    configure=20
    
Select the Service tab=20
    
Enter the number of connection you want in the Maximum =
Connections field=20

    
Click OK=20
    
Stop and start the service whose limit you changed=20
    
Close the Internet Service Manager 
  

  Q. How do I change the default file=20
  name?
  A. The default file name is the file searched for =
if only=20
  a directory name is specified and can be changed by performing the =
following:=20
  
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager ( Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Internet Server)=20
    
Double click on the computer name of the web server you wish to =
modify=20
    the default file name=20
    
Click the directories tab=20
    
At the bottom of the screen is a "Enable default document" check =
box,=20
    select this=20
    
In the field enter a file name, e.g. index.htm.=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Stop and start the server you just updated=20
    
Close the Internet Service Manager 
  

  Q. How can I enable browsers to view the =
contents of=20
  directories on the server?
  A. By default if you select a directory on a =
server and no=20
  default file name exists then an error is returned. It is possible to =
change=20
  this behavior to instead of an error a directory listing is displayed =

  
    Start the Internet Service Manager ( Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Internet Server)=20
    
Double click on the computer name of the web server you wish to =
modify=20
    
Click the directories tab=20
    
Select the "Directory Browsing Allowed" box=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the Internet Service Manager 
  You can only set this for the whole site, not on a per directory =
basis. If=20
  you want to set this on a directory basis enable the directory =
browsing and=20
  make sure the default file name exists in directories you do =
not=20
  want people to be able to browse.
  

  Q. How can I configure the FTP welcome=20
  message?
  A. Using the IIS admin utility a welcome, end and =
connect=20
  refused message can be displayed 
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager ( Start - Programs - =
Microsoft=20
    Internet Server)=20
    
Select the FTP service on the machine you wish to configure=20
    
From the properties menu select Service Properties=20
    
Click the Messages tab=20
    
Enter text in the "Welcome Message", "Exit Message" and "Maximum =

    connections" fields.=20
    
Click the Apply button then click OK=20
    
Stop and restart the FTP service=20
    
Close the Internet Service Manager 
  

  Q. How do I configure a virtual =
server?=20
  
  A. It is possible using Windows NT to bind =
multiple IP=20
  addresses to one network card and for each IP address it is possible =
to run a=20
  virtual domain server. The procedure below will add an IP address, add =
the new=20
  IP address as a domain and setup the new IIS virtual server.
  To bind an additional IP address to your network card perform the=20
  following: 
  
    Start the Network Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network)=20
    
Select the Protocols tab=20
    
Select TCP/IP and click Properties=20
    
On the "IP Address" tab click the Advanced button=20
    
In the IP Address section click Add=20
    
Enter the additional IP address and subnet mask you want the =
machine to=20
    respond to and click Add=20
    
Click OK until you leave the network control panel applet=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  You now need to configure the DNS server to respond to the new =
name.com=20
  with the new IP address 
  
    Start the DNS Manager=20
    
(Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - DNS Manager)=20
    
From the DNS menu, select New Server and enter the IP address of =
the DNS=20
    Server, e.g. 200.200.200.3, and click OK=20
    
The server will now be displayed with a CACHE sub part=20
    
Next we want to add the domain, e.g. savilltech.com, from the =
DNS menu,=20
    select New Zone=20
    
Select Primary and click Next=20
    
Enter the name, e.g. savilltech.com, and then press tab, and it =
will=20
    fill in the Zone File Name and click Next=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
Next a zone for reverse lookups has to be created, so select New =
Zone=20
    from the DNS menu=20
    
Select Primary and click Next, enter the name of the first 3 =
parts of=20
    the domain IP + in-addr.arpa, e.g. if the domain was 158.234.26, the =
entry=20
    would be 26.234.158.in-addr.arpa, in my example it would be=20
    200.200.200.in-addr.arpa, click tab for the file name to be filled =
and click=20
    Next, then click Finish=20
    
From the DNS menu select new Host, enter the machine name and IP =

    address, also select the create associated PTR record. Click Add and =
then=20
    Done.=20
    
Next create the www.<domain>.com record. From the DNS menu =
select=20
    new record=20
    
Select record type of CNAME, enter a alias name of www, and the =
actual=20
    host name, e.g. server.shadow.com. Click OK=20
    
Exit the DNS server 
  Next update the IIS server to support the new domain 
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager (Start - Programs - Microsoft =

    Internet Server)=20
    
Double click on the Computer name of the web server which will =
display=20
    the properties=20
    
Click the Directories tab=20
    
Click the Add button=20
    
Enter the directory name and select the Home directory check =
box. Next=20
    check the "Virtual Server" box and enter the IP address you added in =
the=20
    first step. Click OK=20
    
Click OK to close 
  You will now be able to browse to this domain. Under Windows 2000 =
(IIS 5.0)=20
  
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Internet Services Manager)=20
    
Right click on the computer and select New - Web site=20
    
Click Next to the intro wizard=20
    
Enter a description and click Next=20
    
Select the IP address you added and click Next=20
    
Enter the path for the root directory and click Next=20
    
Select Permissions. Click Next=20
    
Click Finish to complete the creation. 
  

  Q. How can I administer my IIS server using =
a web=20
  browser?
  A. IIS comes with a built in HTML version of =
Internet=20
  Service Manager, with an address of <server =
name>/iisadmin/default.htm.=20
  It does have to be installed.
  To check if its installed start the browser and move to the=20
  \iisadmin\default.htm and if you see the Internet Server Manager page =
but with=20
  no graphics, e.g.
  
  To install perform the following: 
  
    Log on to the IIS server as an Administrator=20
    
Start the Internet Information Server Setup (Start - Programs -=20
    Microsoft Internet Server - Internet Information Server Setup)=20
    
Click OK to the first dialog and then select Add/Remove=20
    
Enter the location of the setup files and click OK (e.g. =
d:\i386\inetsrv=20
    if d: is your NT install CD-ROM)=20
    
In the options shown select the "Internet Service Manager =
(HTML)" and=20
    click OK=20
    
The installation will continue=20
    
You should now reapply your service pack if you installed from =
the NT=20
    installation CD. If you have IE 4.0 installed you will get a =
warning, click=20
    Run Program, when prompted during the installation click "No to All" =
for=20
    replacing newer files. Finally once the machine has finished =
rebooting you=20
    should run the command
regsvr32 =
rsabase.dll
Click OK=20
    to the completion box 
  If your default file name is not default.htm you may have a few =
navigation=20
  problems, if you do just enter default.htm after any directory =
name.
  Once you connect using a browser to the iisadmin area you may have =
to enter=20
  a username and password depending on the browser you use, and you can =
then=20
  perform actions to administer the site.
  

  Q. How can I configure FTP to use Directory =

  Annotation?
  A. Follow the procedure below: 
  
    Log on to the IIS server machine as an Administrator=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\msftpsvc\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWord value=20
    
Enter the name AnnotateDirectories and press Enter=20
    
Double click on the new value and set the value to 1=20
    
You should now stop and restart the WWW server service =

  You now need to create a file called ~ftpsvc~.ckm in each directory =
where=20
  you wish the annotation. The file is just a normal ASCII format =
file.
  

  Q. Only the first line of the Directory =
Annotation is=20
  shown.
  A. This is caused if you have no welcome message. =
Simply=20
  add a welcome message as described in Q.=20
  How can I configure the FTP welcome message?
  

  Q. How can I configure the amount of IIS=20
  Cache?
  A. By default InetInfo, the process responsible =
for WWW,=20
  FTP and Gopher uses a 3MB of cache for all of the services. This cache =
is used=20
  to store files in memory providing faster access than from disk. To =
change the=20
  amount of memory available for the cache perform the following: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\InetInfo\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWord value=20
    
Enter a name of MemoryCacheSize and click Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to the amount of memory you =
wish to=20
    use for the cache in bytes, e.g. 5000000 for 5MB and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Stop and start all IIS services 
  If you wish to disable caching set the value to 0 however this =
could have a=20
  serious effect on performance.
  

  Q. How do I create a virtual=20
  directory?
  A. Before we describe how to create a virtual =
directory,=20
  it is first important to understand what a virtual directory is. For =
those who=20
  remember DOS, there was a command called join which =
allowed=20
  you to treat a different disk as a directory on the current drive. A =
Virtual=20
  directory is the same kind of thing, you can treat a directory or disk =
as a=20
  subdirectory of your web site.
  For example your default web area may be c:\InetPub\wwwroot and =
this may be=20
  http://www.savilltech.com/ =
. If you=20
  had a subdirectory off of wwwroot called ntfaq, e.g.=20
  (c:\InetPub\wwwroot\ntfaq) you could access this as http://www.savilltech.com/ntfaq<=
/A>.=20
  What if I had run out of space on c: and wanted the FAQ to be on d:? =
You would=20
  create a virtual directory called ntfaq which would point to =
d:\pages\ntfaq=20
  and this procedure of creating a virtual directory is shown below. =

  
    Start the Internet Service Manager (Start - Programs - Microsoft =

    Internet Server)=20
    
Double click on the Computer name of the web server which will =
display=20
    the properties=20
    
Click the Directories tab=20
    
Click the Add button which will display the Directory =
Propertices box.=20
    
In the directory type the name of the disk and directory you =
want the=20
    new area to point to (or click Browse to select a directory).=20
    
Next select the "Virtual Directory" check box and enter the =
alias you=20
    want the directory to be seen as, e.g. ntfaq=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click OK again and then close the Internet Service Manager =
application=20
    
  For IIS 4.0 and 5.0:
  
    Start the Internet Information Services manager=20
    
Expand the computer=20
    
Select =91Default Web Site=92=20
    
Right click on the =91Default Web Site=92 and select New =96 =
Virtual Directory=20

    
The virtual directory wizard will start. Click Next=20
    
Enter the alias name for the directory, e.g. ntfaq if you wanted =

    http://www.savilltech.com/ntfaq. Click Next=20
    
Enter the path for the directory that the alias will point to, =
e.g.=20
    g:\data\ntfaq. Click Next=20
    
Set the access permissions and click Next=20
    
Click Finish to the wizard 
  

  Q. How to install FrontPage Extensions on Beta =
2?=20
  - NT5 only
  A. The FrontPage Extensions are not installed during the =
Beta 2=20
  NT/IIS setup.  To install the extensions, perform the following=20
steps:
  
    Completely remove any previous FrontPage or FrontPage Extensions =

    installations from the server. This can be accomplished using the =
Add/Remove=20
    Programs control panel applet=20
    
Open a command prompt and change directory to =
SYSTEM32
C:\>=20
    cd %systemroot%\system32=20
    
Type
C:\> sysocmgr /i:fp.inf /n /x
this =
will=20
    start the Windows NT setup for the FrontPage Extensions=20
    
Ensure that the FrontPage 99 extensions are selected and click =
"Next"=20
    
Select the location of your NT 5.0 I386 structure and click OK.=20
    
The files will then be installed. 
  
  Contributed by Thomas Lee
  

  Q. What fixes are available for IIS?
  A. Microsoft have released the first NT Option Pack QFE =
(Quick Fix=20
  Engineering) Update but this actually only updates IIS 4.0 at this =
time.
  The update includes every hotfix made to IIS from its release. This =
is a=20
  cumulative hotfix and you should only install this if you are =
experiencing=20
  specific problems with IIS. The new intent is about every month or so =
or when=20
  appropriate release a new fix pack. The value add here is not waiting =
for such=20
  a long period of time between service packs. Customers who are =
experiencing=20
  problems don't need to hunt down individual hotfixes any more they =
just=20
  download this update and get everything. 
  The uninstall is very clean, so if something goes =
wrong, remove=20
  the fix. Something new here is in letting customers know what DLL's =
are being=20
  replaced up front. Upon installation of the update, the file =
iis_hotfix.htm is=20
  dropped in the users \inetsrv directory. This file will contain all of =
the=20
  information about the fix and should make it very easy for PSS to =
determine=20
  what version of IIS the customer is using.
  Download from : http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/nts/downloads/archive/NTOPQ=
FE/default.asp
  

  Q. How do I specify more than one default=20
  document?
  A. When you select a web site directory, e.g.=20
  http://www.ntfaq.com/games a default document is looked for, e.g. =
default.htm=20
  and this filename can be changed. With IIS 2.0 and 3.0 the default =
document is=20
  changed as follows:
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager=20
    
Double click on the computer and select the web service=20
    
Select the Directories tab=20
    
At the bottom of the window is the default document, by default=20
    default.htm. You can specify multiple default documents by =
separating them=20
    with a comma, e.g.
default.htm, default.asp, index.htm,=20
    index.html
which will cause the IIS service to search for =
the=20
    documents in that order and displayed when found.=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  With IIS 4.0 and IIS 5.0 (both via the MMC interface) the change is =

  performed as follows:
  
    Start the Internet Service Manager (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Internet Services Manager)=20
    
Expand the computer and select the web site=20
    
Right click on it and select Properties=20
    
Select the Documents tab=20
    
Check the "Enable Default Document" box and click Add to add a =
new=20
    default name and the order of the search can be changed by clicking =
the up=20
    and down arrows.=20
    
Click Apply then OK 
  
  

  Q. How can I move my IIS server to another =
machine?=20
  
  A. In the %systemroot%\system32\inetsrv directory there is a =
program=20
  called "iissync". This program will transfer over all your IIS =
settings to the=20
  new computer, including certificates, virtual domains, and for the =
most part,=20
  everything you need. Just open a dos prompt, and run "iissync=20
  \\newcomputername" and wait a bit.
  The IISSYNC utility is used to synchronize Internet Information =
Server=20
  (IIS) metabase and Transaction Server packages on one Node with IIS on =
a=20
  Microsoft Cluster Server on the other Node.
  

  Q. Front Page Search Component always returns No =
Documents=20
  Found running IIS4 and FP 98exts, why?
  A. If Index Server is installed on IIS4, Front Page will =
default to=20
  use that as it's search engine.
  If no catalog has been built with Index Server for that web, the =
search=20
  component will return "No Documents Found". Either index the site =
using Index=20
  Server, or in the frontpg.ini file (found in %systemroot%, e.g. =
d:\winnt) add=20
  "NoIndexServer=3D1" which defaults Front Page to use it's built in =
search engine=20
  instead of Index Server. 
  

  Q. How to stop the NT4 Option Pack/Windows 2000 =
SMTP=20
  service from advertising 8bitmime?
  A. Start a telnet session with the SMTP service (port 25) =
and enter=20
  "EHLO server-name". Note the presence of the keyword "8bitmime".
  To disable the advertising of 8bitmime perform the following:
  
    Stop the SMTP service (use the Internet Information Services MMC =

    snap-in, select SMTP Service, right click and select Stop)=20
    
Make a copy of the file =
%systemroot%\System32\Inetsrv\metabase.bin=20
    file
C:\> copy =
%systemroot%\System32\Inetsrv\metabase.bin=20
    %systemroot%\System32\Inetsrv\metabase.backup=20
    
Start a command window (cmd.exe)=20
    
Insert the option pack 4 CD or the Windows 2000 installation CD=20
    (depending on what you are running)=20
    
Change directory to the I386 area on the option pack 4 CD or if =
2000=20
    extract the mdutil.ex_ file from the I386 directory to a temp=20
    area
C:\> expand mdutil.ex_ c:\temp\mdutil.exe =

    
Type the following command (after moving to the temp area if =
Windows=20
    2000) 
C:\> mdutil SET -path:smtpsvc -prop:36865=20
    -utype:UT_SERVER -dtype:DWORD -attrib:INHERIT -value:0=20
    
The following will be displayed:
36865 : [IS] (DWORD)=20
    0x0=3D{0}
You're adding (or changing) a property's value. =
The=20
    property's ID number is 36865, and you are setting the value to 0.=20
    
Use the IIS MMC to start the SMTP service. 
  If you now telnet to the SMTP service you will notice the 8bitmime =
is no=20
  longer advertised.
  To reverse the process, repeat steps 1 through 4, reenter the data =
in step=20
  5, but this time, change the "-value:0" to "-value:1".
  

  Q. How do I enable Index Server in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Index Server is installed by default if you install IIS =
on=20
  Windows 2000. To enable perform the following:
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in on the IIS server =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the Server Applications and Services branch=20
    
Right click on 'Indexing Service' and select Start=20
    
Click Yes to the dialog asking if it should be started whenever =
the=20
    computer is started 
  That's all, you can now configure Index Server.
  By default web sites are enabled for Index Server to change right =
click on=20
  the site in the Internet Services Manager MMC snap-in, select =
Properties,=20
  select the 'Home Directory' and check/uncheck 'Index this =
resource'.
  

  Q. How do I create a new Index Server =
catalog?
  A. Index Server stores its information in catalog's and you =
can=20
  create multiple catalogs to store different groups of information such =
as web=20
  sites, directories etc.
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in on the IIS server =
(Start -=20
    Programs - Administrative Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the Server Applications and Services branch=20
    
Right click on 'Indexing Service' and select New - Catalog=20
    
Enter a name for the Catalog and a location=20
    
Click OK=20
    
You will need to stop and restart the Index Server process for =
the=20
    catalog to take effect 
  Once added you must configure the directories that need to be =
indexed:
  
    Again in the Computer Management MMC, expand the catalog added, =
right=20
    click on Directories and select New - Directory=20
    
Enter the directory and select 'Yes' to Index. Click OK=20
    
The change will take effect straight away 
  

  Q. I receive an Index Server error 'Query Is Too =

  Expensive', why?
  A. If the content index is out of date, and you are =
executing=20
  queries that must be enumerated, you will get the above error message. =
To fix=20
  this problem wait until the index is up-to-date (it can be monitored =
through=20
  the Computer Management MMC snap-in in 2000) and perform the following =

  steps:
  
    Edit the .idq file for the query and add the =
line
CiForceUseCi=3DFALSE=20
    
Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\ContentIndex=20

    
Double click MaxQueryExecutionTime and set to a higher value. =
Click OK=20
    
Double click MaxRestrictionNodes and set to a higher value. =
Click OK=20
    
Stop and start the Index Server service 
  

  Q. I receive error 'The catalog is corrupt' when =

  performing an Index Server search, what can I do?
  A. Index Server catalogs can be caused by unsafe computer =
shutdowns,=20
  system crashes, or applications that write to or lock the catalog =
files while=20
  Index Server is active.
  Normally, Index Server attempts to fix any corruption =
automatically;=20
  however, sometimes it is necessary to manually fix the corruption.
  To do manually fix the corruption, stop and restart the Content =
Index=20
  service, For Index 1.x, stop and restart the World Wide Web service, =
under=20
  Windows 2000 start the Computer Management MMC snap-in, expand 'Server =

  Applications and Services', right click on 'Indexing Service' and stop =
then=20
  start.  This normally causes Index Server to rebuild the =
catalog.
  If this does not work, stop Index Server again, locate the =
Catalog.wci=20
  folder, and delete the contents of the folder. This manually deletes =
the=20
  catalog. When you restart Index Server, the catalog is re-created.
  This can also occur when a file is unfilterable and the Filter =
Retries is=20
  set to a number greater than 4. When this happens, the information =
that the=20
  filter process sends to the Content Index Service (CISVS) causes the =
CISVS to=20
  report that the in-memory catalog information is corrupt, even though =
the data=20
  on the drive is fine.
  To correct set retry value to 4 or less:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\ContentIndex=20

    
Double click FilterRetries=20
    
Change to 4 or below and click OK=20
    
Restart Index Server 
  

  Q. How can I stop hidden files etc. being =
returned by=20
  Index Server queries?
  A. It is not possible to exclude an =
unreadable=20
  root or other file that is physically located below a readable root. A =

  workaround is to append to the user=92s restriction. For example, =
FrontPage=20
  roots can be removed by setting the CiRestriction in the .Idq file to =
the=20
  following:
  CiRestriction=3D(%UserRestriction%) =
&! #vpath=20
  *-vti_*.
  Its also possible to exclude certain files =
and combine,=20
  for example:
  CiRestriction=3D%if FreeText eq on% $contents =
"%CiRestriction%" &!=20
  #vpath *\_vti_*. &! #filename *.|(txt|,hhc|,hlp|,htx|,tmp|) %else% =

  %CiRestriction% &! #vpath *\_vti_*. &! #filename=20
  *.|(txt|,hhc|,hlp|,htx|,tmp|) %endif%
  This will exclude the FrontPage specific files and any .txt, .hhc, =
.hlp,=20
  .htx and .tmp files.
  

  Q. How can I control the amount of resource used =
by the=20
  Index service? - Windows 2000
  A. Left unchecked the Index service can grab most of the CPU =
time=20
  leaving a computer almost unusable. To configure the service to more=20
  reasonable levels perform the following:
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the 'Server Applications and Services' branch=20
    
Right click on 'Indexing Service' and select Stop=20
    
Right click again and select 'Tune Performance' from the 'All =
Tasks'=20
    context menu item=20
    
You can now alter the use of Index server and consequently the =
allotted=20
    resources
=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Right click and select Start 
  

  Q. How can I stress test my IIS =
server?
  A. Microsoft have a tool called 'Homer' (obviously watch the =

  Simpsons to much!) which can be used to stress test all aspects of an =
IIS=20
  server.
  "Microsoft Homer is a web stress tool =
that is=20
  designed to realistically simulate multiple browsers requesting pages =
from a=20
  web application. It was developed by web testers. We have made the =
tool as=20
  easy to use as possible by masking some of the complexities of web =
server=20
  testing. This makes the tool desirable for anyone interested in =
gathering=20
  performance data on their web site."
  It can be downloaded from http://homer.rte.microsoft.com/<=
/A>=20
  along with tutorials and more information. You can also download the =
Replay=20
  tool which is used to reproduce request traffic as closely as =
possible. It is=20
  a simulation tool that can work in conjunction with stress tools such =
as=20
  Microsoft Homer.
  

  Q. How can I change the number of threads IIS=20
  uses?
  A. IIS uses multiple threads to enable efficient scaling on =
single=20
  and multi-processor systems. By default 10 threads are used however =
this=20
  number can be changed but before changing you need to monitor the =
following=20
  items using Performance Monitor
  
    Process - Thread Count - Inetinfo=20
    
Thread - %Processor Time - Inetino - Thread no.=20
    
Thread - Context Switches/sec - Inetino - Thread no. 
  If the IIS threads are busy nearly all the time AND the =
processor(s) are at=20
  maximum usage you need to consider distributing the load among other =
servers=20
  or adding more processors, increasing the number of threads will NOT =
help.
  If the IIS threads are busy nearly all the time but the =
processor(s) are=20
  NOT at maximum usage increasing the number of threads may help.
  To increase perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Inetinfo\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of MaxPoolThreads and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to between 5 and 20. Never =
more or=20
    less. Click OK=20
    
Stop and start the IIS service  
  

  Q. How can I limit bandwidth/processor usage for =

  IIS?
  A. Its possible to limit IIS web sites (on a per site basis) =
usage=20
  of both bandwidth and processor. This is useful if a server hosts many =
sites=20
  and you want to ensure no one site can use up all the resources. =
Processor=20
  throttling is only available in IIS 5.0.
  To enable perform the following:
  
    Start the Internet Services Manager (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Internet Services Manager)=20
    
Right click on the web site and select Properties=20
    
Select the 'Performance' tab=20
    
Check the 'Enable bandwidth throttling' and enter the maximum =
amount of=20
    bandwidth the web site may use=20
    
Check the 'Enable process throttling' and enter a percentage =
maximum of=20
    processor time the CPU may use. If you do not check 'Enforce limits' =
only an=20
    event log is written when the site uses over the specified amount =
and you=20
    may want to check why its using so much CPU. Checking the 'Enforce =
limit'=20
    box will actually stop the site using more than the specified=20
    percentage.
=20
    
Click Apply=20
    
Click OK 
  

  Q. How do I enable FTP resume?
  A. IIS 5.0, the version that ships with Windows 2000 has a =
number of=20
  enhancements. One of which is the FTP resume mode which if a download =
is=20
  halted and you disconnect, upon reconnecting you will be asked if you =
wish to=20
  resume the download. This is very useful for downloads of large =
files.
  
  This functionality does not work using the command level FTP =
provided with=20
  Windows NT 4.0, however software packages such as WS_FTP Pro from http://www.ipswitch.com/ allow =
this.
  FTP Resume is turned on by default in Windows 2000 but as far as I =
know it=20
  is not possible in IIS 4.0 or lower.
  

  Q. Statistics Server will not run on IIS =
5.0?
  A. IIS 5.0 has a "feature" which makes IIS reserve port 80 =
on all IP=20
  addresses which means other services cannot use the port such as =
statistics=20
  server.
  It is possible to stop this by performing the following:
  
    Start a command prompt (cmd.exe)=20
    
Move to C:\Inetpub\AdminScripts=20
    
Enter the command:
adsutil.vbs set =
w3svc/disablesocketpooling=20
    true=20
    
A confirmation will be displayed:
disablesocketpooling =
:=20
    (BOOLEAN) True=20
    
Close the command window=20
    
Restart the comptuer 
  Socket spooling should only be disabled under the following =
conditions
  
    A low number of sites are being hosted=20
    
There are special security concerns=20
    
Another application or server has need of port 80 on an IP =
address=20
  
  

  Q. How can I host multiple web sites on a single =
IP=20
  address?
  A. A single IIS server can host multiple web sites and =
normally each=20
  web site is tied to a IP address however if the machine only has one =
IP=20
  address it can still be configured to host multiple web sites by =
specifying a=20
  host header name for each web site as follows (you should first ensure =
you=20
  have multiple DNS entries all pointing to the IP address of the =
machine):
  
    Start the Internet Information Services MMC snap-in (Start - =
Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Internet Information Services)=20
    
Expand the server=20
    
Right click on the web site and select Properties=20
    
Next to the IP address (ensuring the actual IP address is =
selected)=20
    click the Advanced button=20
    
Select the IP address entry and click Edit=20
    
Enter the DNS host entry for the web site and set the port to =
80, e.g.=20
    www.ntfaq.com
=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click OK to the main dialog=20
    
Repeat for all other web sites 
  When the client connects the DNS name requested is passed in the =
header as=20
  the host name and that is what is mapped.
  If the Web site requested in the host header is stopped, the client =

  receives the default Web site. Therefore, it is recommended that an =
ISP use=20
  the default Web site as the ISP home page, rather than for a customer =
site.=20
  Multiple sites on a single Professional installation is not =
supported.
  Also do not configure a header host name for the default web site =
as this=20
  may cause problems for other packages such as Proxy Server which =
expect the=20
  default web site to use port 80, IP address of "All Unassigned" and no =
host=20
  header name.
  

  Q. How can I allow non administrators to publish =
to a=20
  FrontPage web site?
  A. Thanks to Mike Gallo for this information.
  The default installation of FrontPage Server Extensions gives only =
users in=20
  the Local Administrators group and the Domain Administrators groups =
rights to=20
  publish to the web site.  If you want to allow users NOT in one =
of the=20
  Administrators groups rights to publish to a web site you have to =
explicitly=20
  add them.  To add them you need to:
  
    Create the user or group (if necessary) in User Admin=20
    
Open the FrontPage Server Administrator program (Start - =
Programs -=20
    Windows NT 4.0 Option Pack - Microsoft Internet Information Server - =

    FrontPage Server Administrator)=20
    
Select the web site in the 'Select Server or Port' =
window
=20
    
Click on the 'Security' Button=20
    
And type in the User name or group name in the 'Name' =
field.
The=20
    <Root Web> in the 'Web Name' field refers to the web site you =
have=20
    highlighted in the 'Select Server or Port' window.
When you click =
on [OK]=20
    you'll get confirmation that the user/group has been added =

  This will change the security settings for your web site =
directory. =20
  If you were to check the NT Access Control List for your directory you =
would=20
  see the name you just added in the list
  

  Q. How can I disable command shell from within=20
  IIS?
  A. Its possible to use #exec commands from within a =
HTML page=20
  to enable calling commands on the web server. By default this is =
enabled in=20
  IIS 4.0 but DISABLED by default in IIS 5.0. The default state change =
was=20
  changed to prevent the running of unauthorized server-side =
executables. To=20
  manually set/confirm the state perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\W3SVC\Parameters=20
    
If SSIEnableCmdDirective does not exist create it of type =
REG_DWORD=20
    
Double click SSIEnableCmdDirective value and set to TRUE to =
enable for=20
    FALSE to disable. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Stop and start the WWW service (or reboot) for the change to =
take effect=20
    
  To stop and start from the command line perform the following:
  C:\> net stop w3svc
C:\> net start=20
  w3svc
  

  Q. How can I disable parent paths in =
IIS?
  A. Parent paths allow you to use '..' when browsing =
directories=20
  and MapPaths etc enabling files in the parent directory to be used. =
This can=20
  give access to files that people should not have access to and so to =
disable=20
  perform the following:
  
    Start the Internet Services Manager (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Internet Services Manager)=20
    
Right click on the web site and select properties=20
    
Select the 'Home Directory' tab=20
    
Click the 'Configuration' button under the Application Settings=20
    
Select the 'App Options' tab=20
    
Blank the 'Enable parent paths' box and click Apply
=20
    
If there are any child nodes affected they will be listed, =
select and=20
    click OK=20
    
Click OK to all other dialog boxes 
  You don't need to restart the service for the change to take =
effect.
  

  Q. How do I configure Index Server =
catalogs?
  A. Index server is VERY picky about the order in which =
events=20
  are done with new catalogs when linked to a web site. I had this very =
problem=20
  when moving the NT FAQ and searches from an IDQ file were failing. The =
correct=20
  order of events under Index Server 2.0 are as follows:
  
    Make sure that the Web site has been created in the Internet =
Information=20
    Server snap-in.=20
    
In the Index Server snap-in, create a new catalog. After the =
catalog has=20
    been created, view the properties for it.=20
    
On the Web tab, select the Web site that you want to index, and =
click=20
    OK.=20
    
Go back to the Internet Information Server snap-in, and select=20
    Properties on the Web site you are indexing.=20
    
On the Home Directory tab, select the Index This Directory check =
box,=20
    and click OK.=20
    
Stop the Index server, and then restart it. The new catalog =
should come=20
    online and begin indexing the new Web site. 
  On the Windows 2000 version perform the following:
  
    Make sure that the Web site has been created in the Internet =
Information=20
    Server snap-in.=20
    
In the Index Server snap-in, create a new catalog. After the =
catalog has=20
    been created, view the properties for it. On the Tracking tab, =
select the=20
    Web site that you want to index from the WWW Server pull-down menu, =
and then=20
    click OK.=20
    
Go back to the Internet Information Server snap-in, and select=20
    Properties on the Web site you are indexing.=20
    
On the Home Directory tab, select the Index This Resource check =
box, and=20
    click OK.=20
    
Stop and restart the catalog to begin indexing of the new site =
(if you=20
    have problems try restarting the entire index service but this =
should not be=20
    necessary in Windows 2000). 
  

  Q. How is NT Licensed?
  A. The basic idea behind Windows NT licensing is =
that you=20
  purchase NT Server and license which allows you to install the =
software on one=20
  machine, however you cannot use the software unless =
you have=20
  a client license. A client license is just a piece of paper, no codes, =
no=20
  passwords, just a piece of paper saying you can use one more client. A =
client=20
  license is around US$40, which means you have to buy the NT server =
software=20
  (around US$650) and then US$40 times the number of clients to the =
machine,=20
  plus the cost of the client software and licenses!
  There are two methods of licensing, per seat and per server. Per =
seat=20
  licensing is where each network user has a license, and allows the =
user to=20
  access as many/all of the servers in the enterprise. This is the most =
popular=20
  and cost effective method if you have two or more NT servers.
  The second method, per server, also known as concurrent licensing =
is where=20
  licenses are purchased and "installed" on the server. For example, if =
you=20
  purchased 50 client licenses and installed them on the server, up-to =
50=20
  connections at a time would be allowed. If you then purchased another =
server,=20
  you would need to buy another 50 client licenses for=20
  connections to that server.
  From the above you can see that if you have more than 2 NT Servers =
you will=20
  want per seat, with the exception of a machine such as an Internet =
service=20
  server, which would have different people connecting to the site all =
the time,=20
  so you would need x client licenses, where x is the maximum number of =
people=20
  you expect to connect at any one time.
  It is possible to perform a once only conversion of per server =
licenses to=20
  per seat licenses.
  

  Q. How can I view what licenses I have=20
  installed/used?
  A. NT Server has a utility called License Manager =
that=20
  enables you to inspect the licenses and their use: 
  
    Logon to the NT Server=20
    
Start License Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
License=20
    Manager)=20
    
Click on the Products View tab, and it displays the licenses =
installed=20
    and used 
  

  Q. How do I install extra=20
  licenses?
  A. This method is only for Per Server 
  
    Logon to the NT Server=20
    
Start License Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
License=20
    Manager)=20
    
Click on the Products View tab=20
    
Click on "Windows NT Server"=20
    
Either Right Click on Windows NT Server and select Properties, =
or select=20
    Properties from the License menu=20
    
Click the "Server Browser" tab and select the NT server and =
click Edit=20
    
Select Windows NT Server and click Edit=20
    
Click "Add Licenses", make sure the product selected is "Windows =
NT=20
    Server" and enter the number of licenses and click OK=20
    
Click in the "I agree" box and click OK=20
    
Keep clicking OK until you are back to the main screen =

  For Per Seat 
  
    Start License Manager=20
    
Select "New License" from the License menu=20
    
Select "Windows NT" as the product=20
    
Using the up and down arrows increase the number of licenses=20
    
Enter a comment=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Click in the "I agree" box and click OK 
  

  Q. How do I convert from Per Server to =
Per=20
  Seat?
  A. This is legally a one way conversion process: =

  
    Logon to the NT Server=20
    
Start License Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
License=20
    Manager)=20
    
Click on the Products View tab=20
    
Click on "Windows NT Server"=20
    
Either Right Click on Windows NT Server and select Properties, =
or select=20
    Properties from the License menu=20
    
Click the "Server Browser" tab and select the NT server and =
click Edit=20
    
Select Windows NT Server and click Edit=20
    
Click Per Seat=20
    
And say Yes to the question=20
    
Click in the "I agree" box and click OK=20
    
You are now using Per Seat 
  

  Q. How can I reset the License=20
  Information?
  A. More information can be found in Knowledge Base =
article=20
  Q153140: 
  
    Start the services control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control=20
    Panel - Services)=20
    
Select the "License Logging Service" and click stop=20
    
Start Explorer (Run - Explorer)=20
    
Move to the %systemroot%/system32 directory (e.g. =
d:\winnt\system32)=20
    
Delete Cpl.cfg which holds the purchase history=20
    
Move to the Lls sub-directory of system32, and delete the file=20
    llsuser.lls and llsmap.lls if they exist=20
    
Back in Services Control Panel applet, select "License Logging =
Service"=20
    and click Start 
  

  Q. How can I run the License Manager =
software on a=20
  NT Workstation?
  A. The NT Workstation server tools do not include =
this=20
  software, however since Server and Workstation share much of the same =
code=20
  then you can just copy the following files from the =
%systemroot%/system32=20
  directory on the server to the %systemroot%/system32 directory on the=20
  workstation 
  
    LLSMGR.EXE=20
    
LLSMGR.HLP=20
    
LLSRPC.DLL=20
    
CCFAPI32.DLL 
  

  Q. How do I add the services for=20
  Macintosh?
  A. Follow the instructions below: 
  
    Start up Control Panel (Start - Settings - Control Panel)=20
    
Double click on Network, and select the Services Tab=20
    
Click Add and select "Services for Macintosh"=20
    
Put in the NT CD and click continue=20
    
Click close to finish=20
    
Once copying is complete the AppleTalk Protocol Properties sheet =
will be=20
    displayed, and you should choose which Network card it is to be =
bound to. If=20
    there are Macintosh currently connected then and AppleTalk zone will =
be=20
    displayed, if not you will need to perform the following
- Select =
the=20
    Routing Tab, and check "enable routing" if you have multiple network =

    adapters
- For each network card you should choose the AppleTalk =
Phase 2=20
    network number and default zone (which can be added by clicking the =
Add=20
    button at the bottom)=20
    
After the configuration is completed you will be prompted to =
reboot your=20
    machine=20
    
Once the machine has restarted you will have Macintosh file and =
print=20
    services. 
  

  Q. How can I read a Macintosh disk =
from Windows=20
  NT?
  A. Mac Opener 2 by DataViz (http://www.dataviz.com/) =
allows=20
  Macintosh disks to be accessed by NT.
  Another option is to ask the Mac user to format a floppy disk as a =
PC disk.=20
  Every MacOS 7.1.2 or above is shipped with "PC Exchange" Control Panel =
which=20
  gives you ability to read, write and format PC disks.
  
    For System 7.1 and earlier, you can also use Apple File =
Exchange. This=20
    is handy because you also see the hidden files=20
    
The Mac must have a SuperDrive, i.e. be able to read and write =
1.4 MB=20
    floppies. Early Macs (Mac Plus, many SE's, Mac II, and a few early =
SE-30's)=20
    lacked this feature=20
    
Apple File Exchange works all the way up through MacOS 7.6.1), =
but=20
    conflicts with the PC Exchange Control Panel: Reboot with the =
Extensions OFF=20
    (Shift key down) to use PC Exchange=20
    
Under MacOS 8 and up, the PC Exchange Control Panel has been =
renamed ";"=20

    
Watch out for FAT12 and FAT16 floppies!=20
    
The very best source for Mac-Windows info is at the =
Windows-MacOS=20
    Cooperation List http://www.darryl.com/winmacfaq=
/=20
    
  

  Q. Does NT RAS support=20
  AppleTalk?
  A. No, however NBT (NetBIOS over TCP/IP) protocol =
is=20
  available for Macintosh from http://www.thursby.com/ (allowing =
Macintosh=20
  access to NT shares over RAS or LAN connections)
  

  Q. Can NT act as an AppleTalk=20
  client?
  A. An AppleTalk protocol and client is available =
for NT=20
  from http://www.miramarsys.com/.
  

  Q. How can I make a Macintosh PPP =
connection to=20
  Windows NT RAS?
  A. Information below from http://cru1.cahe.wsu.edu/m=
ac_ras.html=20
  (reproduced as original link no longer works and its great =
information)
  What you will need....
  
    MacPPP is available through WSU IT - gopher address =
serval.net.wsu.edu=20
    or FTP to ftp.wsu.edu or from their=20
    website.

    
MacPPP requires MacTCP 1.1 or higher (2.0.6 is recommended), Mac =
OS=20
    6.0.5 or higher, and a Hayes-compatible modem for dial-in =
connections. If=20
    you use OS 7.5 or higher, you already have MacTCP. If not, you will =
have to=20
    purchase it. 
  Installing MacPPP....
  
    MacPPP installer contains a System Control Panel - ConfigPPP, a =
System=20
    Preference file - PPP Preferences, a System Extension - PPP, and a =
modem=20
    init text file.

    
OS 7.x or higher: drag and drop these files into their =
corresponding=20
    folders.

    
OS 6.x: drag and drop all of these files into the System =
folder.

    
Restart your Macintosh. 
  Configuring MacTCP...
  
    Open MacTCP control panel (Apple Menu - Control Panels - =
MacTCP). Click=20
    More... button near bottom of dialog box.

    
Fill in the following information: Obtain Address =3D Server; =
Routing=20
    Information/Gateway Address =3D 134.121.87.254; IP Address/Subnet =
Mask =3D=20
    255.255.248.0 (move the slider to the right until that number =
appears at the=20
    subnet mask field); Domain Name Server Information/Domains =3D =
cahe.wsu.edu=20
    (in first field) and wsu.edu (in second field); and IP Address =3D=20
    134.121.2.54 (in first field) and 134.121.64.1 (in second field) =
[the=20
    default should be on the first line]. Click OK button.

    
Select PPP icon from the MacTCP dialog box and close the window. =
[NOTE:=20
    If you select the PPP icon and another icon is also selected - you =
may have=20
    a conflict with software previously installed. You must remove the=20
    conflicting software to insure that MacTCP will function =
properly.]

    
Restart your Macintosh. 
  Configuring MacPPP...
  
    Open Config PPP control panel (Apple Menu - Control Panels - =
ConfigPPP).=20

    
Click and hold down the mouse button on the Server field. You =
will see a=20
    list of modems. Find your modem in this list. If you are in the =
local area=20
    (Pullman - Moscow), you should use the WSU-IT dial in instructions =
(which=20
    are already configured for you - so you're done. Read the =
documentation that=20
    came with the MacPPP installer for details on running.).=20
    
If you are using the CRU_RAS server (if you are out of the local =
area),=20
    click the Config[uration] button. Change the phone number to the =
toll-free=20
    RAS number (call if you don't have it).=20
    
Click Connect Script button - remove all text from script dialog =
window.=20
    Click OK.=20
    
Click Authentication. Type your RAS userid and password. Click =
OK.=20
    
Click Done. 
  Running MacPPP...
  
    To start your MacPPP, click the Open button.=20
    
When the happy faces [PPP Open] are displayed in upper left =
corner,=20
    you're connected.=20
    
You can start your applications (i.e., Telnet, Netscape, Fetch, =
Eudora).=20

    
IMPORTANT NOTE: Once you have successfully completed the =
preceding=20
    steps, you should be able to simply start your network applications =
(Telnet,=20
    Netscape, etc.) and MacPPP will automatically start. However, often =
MacPPP=20
    does not close your connection when just choosing Quit from the File =
menu.=20
    You must go into the ConfigPPP control panel & use the Hard =
Close to=20
    disconnect. 
  Problems...
  If you receive a dialog window "PPP wait timeout! Waiting on: =
OK",=20
  MacPPP was not able to communicate with your modem.
  If you have an external modem:
  
    
      Is the modem powered on?=20
      
Is the cable correct & attached properly?=20
      
Is the modem connected to the "modem port" or "printer port" =
and does=20
      that match the declaration of the ConfigPPP dialog window in the =
Port=20
      Name?=20
      
Do you have a modem cable that will CTS/RTS to work properly =
(i.e.,=20
      hardware handshaking capability)? 
  If you have an internal modem:
  
    
      If you have not successfully used your modem with other =
packages,=20
      check to see if the card is correctly installed. Test in another =
software=20
      package.=20
      
Check to see if the modem speed and port speed specified area=20
      appropriate. 
  Double check the modem init string. Check the Modem Init text file =
for=20
  additional suggestions or contact your modem vendor to ask for the =
recommended=20
  modem initialization string.
  If that fails, then perhaps your modem is not capable of running=20
  MacPPP/MacTCP software.
  General Information....
  If you prefer to use FreePPP, you can download it from RockStar.Com or the WSU-IT =

  website.
  If you do not have a userid and password on our CRU_RAS server, =
please=20
  contact Vida Jones.
  

  Q. I am unable to write to the =
Microsoft UAM=20
  folder from the Macintosh?
  A. The UAM (User Authentification Module) volume =
that=20
  shows up by default with SFM is set to read-only for the macs (except =
for=20
  Administrators). To change this start File Manager (winfile.exe) or =
Server=20
  Manager (under NT 4.0), from the MacFile menu choose View/Modify =
volumes.=20
  Select the volume, and clear the "This volume is read-only". You may =
also=20
  change permissions by clicking properties, then permissions. =
Permissions for=20
  Mac Users are set separately from standard NT file permissions.
  

  Q. Is there an Outlook (Exchange Server) =
client for=20
  Macintosh?
  A. The latest version of Outlook for the Macintosh includes =
support=20
  for Mac OS 8, and was released as part of the Exchange Server 5.5 SP1 =
update.=20
  It runs on Macintosh 68k and PPC platforms. The full Macintosh client =
can be=20
  downloaded from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exchange-publ=
ic/fixes/Eng/Exchg5.5/SP2/Mac/.=20
  
  Outlook 8.2 for Mac is available as part of Exchange 5.5 service =
pack 3.=20
  
  

  Q. What configuration is needed for Mac's =
to work=20
  with Proxy Server 2.0?
  A. HTTP Proxy is a TCP/IP based protocol. So your machines =
need to=20
  have nothing more than TCP/IP. AppleShare, and Windows Networking are =
a layer=20
  above TCP/IP and proxy servers are not concerned with them.
  Assuming that your Mac has TCP/IP, you need to do the following=20
  configuration:
  1, Your Mac must have an IP address and subnet mask that allows it =
to see=20
  the proxy server. In my case my server's IP address is 10.0.0.2 (this =
is a=20
  Intranet address - a non translatable address not visible outside the=20
  network), and my Mac's IP addresses are like 10.0.0.* (where * can be =
anything=20
  in the range or 2 to 255) with subnet masks of 255.255.255.0 (so =
basically=20
  they can see any machine with IP addresses in the range of 10.0.0.2 to =

  10.0.0.255).
  There are two ways of setting the IP addresses -
  * you can manually set them on each machine. This is pretty=20
  straightforward. It is done in the TCP/IP control panel. Just make =
sure that=20
  you do not give the same IP address to two machines
  * you can use DHCP.
  In the case of DHCP, you need to have a DHCP server - you can set =
that up=20
  on your NT machine too (add DHCP in Network services). With DHCP, each =
machine=20
  gets their IP addresses assigned by the server when they start up - =
insuring=20
  that there are no clashes (duplicate IP #=92s), and that each machine =
gets its=20
  own IP.
  2, Your applications must be told where the proxy server is. This =
is pretty=20
  much the same as how you would set up you apps on the PC too. Apart =
from that=20
  you don't need to set up anything else for proxy services. You will =
need to go=20
  into IE and setup Proxy Settings (preferences); proxy should be =
Internal IP=20
  Address of your Proxy Server. (10.0.0.2) At This point you should be =
able to=20
  Browse the Internet if your Proxy is working. If not Check your socks =
service=20
  on the NT Server (proxy settings) and make sure you have set the ports =
to all=20
  ACCESS ALLOWED. (SOCKS security) GE=3D0.
  In control panel on the Mac under TCPIP we had to modify two =
network cards=20
  in the drop down list at the top for this to work correctly. Your MAC =
be=20
  different. We had to edit the subnet (255.255.255.0) twice in order =
for it to=20
  stick it kept getting erased!) 
  IF, however, you want to access shared volumes and printers on the =
NT box=20
  from the Mac, you will need to set up NT Services for Macintosh =
(another can=20
  of worms). But this is not needed for Proxy (internet) access. 
  

  Q. I am unable to connect to the server =
using the Mac=20
  Outlook client, why?
  A. The first point is you can't use WINS with a Mac. (unless =
you use=20
  a third party product, e.g. http://www.thursby.com/)
  If you utilize Exchange, The connection to the Exchange server =
needs the=20
  resolved name of the IP address. You will need to enter the IP address =
for the=20
  name of your Exchange server instead of the name. It is also possible =
to use=20
  the Appletalk Protocol to connect to the Exchange server. Select your =
choice=20
  in the OL Setup.
  If you utilize a Internet Providers EMAIL (POP), then enter the =
Internet=20
  Providers POP and SMTP servers IP address instead of the name. Replace =

  mail.myserver.net with xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (ip address of server).
  This is because outlook supports an older version of Socks than =
Proxy=20
  server. The older version of Socks does not support DNS or named =
servers.=20
  There are ways to get around this but are far more complicated than =
just=20
  entering the ip address of the server.
  

  Q. My Mac hangs if I connect to an NT =
share and=20
  don't have full permissions for the directory root.
  A. If you are connecting from a Mac to an NT share, and you =
do not=20
  have full permissions on the root directory of said share, the =
Macintosh may=20
  lock up. The solution is to turn off the "Recent Servers/Applications" =
option=20
  from Control Panel.
  

  Q. Large file copies to/from Macintosh =
crash NT=20
  Server, what can I do?
  A. The problem that was reported to me was that  when =
large=20
  files were copies  from the server to any of the Mac-clients or =
from the=20
  Mac-clients to the server (about 10-15 MB). The server just crashed =
and the=20
  copying was not completed. If it was a folder with files inside, it =
just=20
  vanished, and nothing was left on the server.
  The solution was to apply Service Pack 6a to the server which fixed =
the=20
  problem. The exact cause was unknown. It may have been a bad =
installation as=20
  others have reported no problems with only Service Pack 4/5 =
installed.
  There is a known issue that an NT box, when it copies a large file, =
it=20
  tries to cache it in memory before it pumps it out of its network =
card. If=20
  more than one connection tries to copy the file, NT would eventually =
crash,=20
  because it ran
out of memory. Netware is unaffected by this.
  Thanks to Paal-V. Hansen and Michael J.P. =
West
  

  Q. How do I install SQL Server 6.5?
  A. SQL Server 6.5 can be installed on NT Server 3.51 or NT=20
  Workstation 3.51 or above however if you install on a Workstation you =
will be=20
  limited to the number of concurrent connections and should only really =
use as=20
  a development box.
  Before installing the software you should create a SQL Executive =
account=20
  that will be used to run the various SQL services
  
    Start User Manager for Domain (Start - Programs - Administrative =
Tools -=20
    User Manager for Domains)=20
    
Select "New User" from the User menu=20
    
Enter a name of SQLExecAct and a Description of "SQL Executive =
Account".=20
    Uncheck the "User Must Change Password at Next Logon" and check =
"User Cannot=20
    Change Password" and "Password Never Expires". Leave the password =
blank=20
    
Click the Groups button and add the Administrators group. Click =
OK=20
    
Click the Add button then click Close=20
    
Select "User Rights" from the Policies menu=20
    
Check the "Show Advanced User Rights"=20
    
Select "Log on as a service" and click Add=20
    
Select SQLExecAct and click Add. Click OK=20
    
Click OK to close the main User Rights dialog box=20
    
Close User Manager for Domains 
  
- Example of the SQL Executive Account
  Once the account has been created you can start the actual SQL 6.5=20
  installation
  
    Login as an Administrator on the machine=20
    
Insert the SQL installation CD-ROM=20
    
Move the the I386 directory of the SQL directory=20
    
Double click on SETUP.EXE which will start the installation =
procedure=20
    
Click Continue to the welcome dialog box=20
    
Enter your name, company and Product ID. Click Continue=20
    
Click Continue to the display dialog showing the information =
just=20
    entered.=20
    
Check the "Install SQL Server and Utilities" and click Continue=20
    
Choose your licensing mode and click Continue=20
    
Check the installation drive and directory is correct and click =
Continue=20

    
Chose your Master device drive and location. This is used to =
store=20
    several critical system database's. Click Continue=20
    
Select the books option and click Continue=20
    
Choose the Installation options for Character Sets, Sort order =
etc. by=20
    clicking the relevant button. Once complete click Continue. Common =
character=20
    set is "ISO Character Set". You can also select for the SQL service =
and SQL=20
    Executive Service to automatically start at bootup time. This can be =
changed=20
    at a later date.=20
    
Choose the SQL Executive Account (the one created) and click =
Continue=20
    (leave password blank)=20
    
The installation will then continue without asking more =
questions (this=20
    may take up to 10 minutes depending on your hardware)=20
    
At the end click the "Exit to Windows NT" button 
  You now have an SQL Server, now how do you use it? :-) 
  

  Q. How do I register a SQL Server with SQL =
Enterprise=20
  Manager?
  A. Before you can control a SQL Server with the Enterprise =
Manager=20
  you first need to register it. If you are running for the first time =
perform=20
  the following:
  
    Make sure the SQL Server service has been started (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Services - MSSQLServer - Start)=20
    
Start the SQL Enterprise Manager (Start - Programs - Microsoft =
SQL=20
    Server 6.5 - SQL Enterprise Manager)=20
    
Enter the computers name in the Server box (check using Network =
control=20
    panel applet, or right click on Network Neighbourhood and select=20
    Properties).=20
    
In the Login ID box enter sa which is the default SQL =
Administrator,=20
    leave password blank.=20
    
Click Register=20
    
Click Close 
  
- Registering an SQL Server
  The SQL Server will now be visible from the main control =
window.
  If you have used SQL Enterprise Manager before and want to add a =
new server=20
  just right click on SQL 6.5 in Enterprise Manager and select "Register =
Server"=20
  from the context menu.
  

  Q. How can stop and start the SQL =
services?
  A. SQL has three services
  
    MSSQLServer=20
    
SQLExecutive=20
    
MSDTC 
  The MSSQLServer service controls if the SQL Server is running and =
allows=20
  logons/transactions. The SQLExecutive service is used for alerts, =
scheduling=20
  and other management tasks.
  MSDTC is the Distributed Transaction Coordinator and is used for=20
  consistency between server transactions and is beyond the scope of the =

FAQ.
  These services can both be stopped/started from the Services =
control panel=20
  applet and you can also configure them to automatically start at =
bootup time=20
  by selecting one of them, clicking Startup and set to Automatic. =
Repeat for=20
  the other service.
  To stop/start from the command line use
  C:\> net stop MSSQLServer
C:\> net stop=20
  SQLExecutive
C:\> net start MSSQLServer
C:\> =
net=20
  start SQLExecutive
  SQL actually comes with its own service manager (Start - Programs - =

  Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 - SQL Service Manager) which enables you to=20
  start/start/pause (pause is not available for SQLExecutive) services =
on=20
  various SQL machines. It also shows the current state of the services =
in a=20
  traffic light, ahhhh :-)
  
  

  Q. How do I modify the sa password for =
SQL?
  A. The sa account is the standard admin account for SQL and =
has full=20
  privileges. To change the password perform the following:
  
    Start the SQL Enterprise Manager=20
    
Expand the Servers and SQL 6.5 and Logins=20
    
Double click on sa=20
    
Select the password box. Delete the content and type your new =
password.=20
    
Click Modify=20
    
Enter the password again in the dialog. Click OK=20
    
Click Close 
  You may wish to enable Windows NT integration which means any =
member of the=20
  Administrator's group will be logged in as sa automatically:
  
    Start the SQL Enterprise Manager=20
    
Expand the Servers and SQL 6.5=20
    
Right click on the server and select configure=20
    
Click the "Security Options" tab=20
    
Select "Windows NT Integrated" from the Login Security Mode.=20
    
Click Apply Now then OK 
  

  Q. How do I visually edit/view data in a SQL=20
  database?
  A. SQL 6.5 and earlier versions do not come with tools to =
directly=20
  view/edit the data in the SQL database visually. SQL 7.0 will include =
such a=20
  tool however in the meantime there are a number of options =
available.
  Visual Interdev allows you to access the SQL data in a table form =
however I=20
  will describe a procedure using Access 97.
  The first item is to create an ODBC link to the SQL database =
(unless it is=20
  the local server)
  
    Start the ODBC control panel applet (Start - Settings - Control =
Panel -=20
    ODBC)=20
    
Under User Data Sources will be a list of data sources you can =
connect=20
    to. Click Add=20
    
Select SQL Server and click Finish=20
    
Enter a name for the source, a description and a server name/IP =
address.=20
    Click Next=20
    
Select the type of authentication and enter a username and =
password if=20
    applicable. Click Next=20
    
You can set the default database by clicking "Change the default =

    database to" and selecting one. Click Next=20
    
Select character translation (except default) and click Next=20
    
Select log options and click Finish=20
    
At the end a summary will be displayed and click "Test Data =
Source" to=20
    perform a brief test. Click OK to complete=20
    
Close the ODBC dialog box by clicking OK 
  Now you have the connection you need to configure Access to use =
it
  
    Start Access 97=20
    
Select Blank Database and click OK=20
    
Enter a name and directory, click Create=20
    
Select the Tables tab=20
    
From the File menu select Get External Data - Link Tables=20
    
In the bottom left corner of the displayed dialog will be "Files =
of=20
    type:". Change this to "ODBC databases"=20
    
A new dialog will be displayed. Click the "Machine Data Source" =
tab=20
    
Select the Data Source created using ODBC earlier and click OK=20
    
You may need to enter a password for the database.=20
    
You will now see "Link Table" dialog, select and click OK.=20
    
Under your main Table tab you will now see dbo.<database> =
and=20
    double clicking will give a graphical view. 
  

  Q. I am getting a message 'dbprocess dead or not =
enabled'=20
  running my query.
  A. Other messages:
  I am getting a message 'dbprocess dead' or 'language exec' from SQL =

  Server.
I am seeing an 'Exception Access Violation' message in the =
SQL=20
  errorlog. 
I am getting *.DMP files in the <sql>\log=20
  directory. 
I am getting "symptom dump" messages.
  Basically SQL is probably internally gpf'ing/AV'ing (same thing) - =
you=20
  should see messages to this effect in the SQL errorlog.

There =
are only=20
  three reasons for this to happen (in order of ascending probability)=20
  :-

1. A database corruption - you should rule this out by =
running dbcc=20
  checkdb, newalloc and checkcatalog commands.

2. A hardware =
problem -=20
  usually duff memory. Run vendor supplied diagnostic routines and/or=20
  sqlhdtst/sql7iostress utilities to check out the hardware.

3. A =
bug in=20
  the SQL Server code (this is the most likely cause - database =
corruptions=20
  rarely cause gpf's, and hardware errors normally show up in other =
ways). This=20
  is the Microsoft C code that makes up SQLSERVR.EXE and dll's, NOT your =
TSQL=20
  code. If you have SQL code that causes an AV it is Microsoft's bug, =
not yours.=20
  There is nothing anyone outside of Microsoft support can do to help=20
  you.

Assuming it's not a database corruption/hardware fault, =
then=20
  follow the following diagnostic process :-

1. Check the =
Microsoft Kb on=20
  Technet (if you don't have Technet then order it now!). Also check the =
on-line=20
  website at http://support.microsoft.com/support which is more up to =
date than=20
  Technet. Search on "kbbug AND AV AND SQL" to find all documented AV =
bugs -=20
  note AV's are a generic symptom of lots of bugs. Many articles contain =

  workarounds but it is usually difficult to match up the stack traces =
to see if=20
  it is relevant to your situation.

2. Are you on the latest =
version of=20
  SQL Server and the latest service pack? Microsoft fix a lot of AV =
errors in=20
  every service pack, so it is definitely worth getting current. If =
you're not=20
  on the latest service pack then that is the first thing Microsoft are =
going to=20
  ask you to do if you contact them anyway. If you can't apply it to the =

  production system immediately then apply the latest SP on a test =
system and=20
  see if it fixes the problem.

3. Check the SQL errorlog and save =
away=20
  all the messages - especially anything telling you what SQL was being =
executed=20
  at the time.

4. Check the \<sql>\LOG directory for =
SQLxxxx.DMP=20
  files that may have been created. These contain information on what =
SQL Server=20
  was doing at the time, module stack traces etc. Save these away for =
Microsoft=20
  support as necessary. (Though there is a PRINTDMP.EXE utility supplied =
the=20
  output of this is still of no use to anyone unless they have the =
SQLServer C=20
  source code)

5. Can you re-create the problem at will? If the =
SQL being=20
  run is not shown in the errorlog, then find out what the =
user/developer was=20
  doing at the time. Use SQL Trace/Profiler to capture the actual SQL =
code being=20
  run if you can. If you can't recreate it, it's still worth reporting =
as long=20
  as you have the errorlog(s) and dump file(s).

6. If you can =
re-create=20
  the problem, then see if you can create a reproduction script to show =
the=20
  problem. This needs to be capable of running on a brand-new install of =
SQL=20
  Server on a new database. Therefore it needs to contain all tables, =
user=20
  defined data types, triggers, views etc. needed to show the problem. =
If it=20
  needs data then try and keep this to a minimum. (If the script/data is =

  reasonably short then post to one of the 
newsgroups and one =
of MVP's=20
  can report it to Microsoft for you). Alternatively re-write your query =
(if=20
  possible) to run against the pubs or northwind (v7 only) database as =
these are=20
  always installed with SQL Server and come complete with a variety of =
tables,=20
  foreign keys, indices and data.

7. Can you work around the =
problem by=20
  re-writing the SQL? Even with a reproduction script Microsoft are =
unlikely to=20
  turn a fix around quickly - unless you are a multi-million dollar =
customer.=20
  And even then you wouldn't just be applying one small fix, it would be =
a=20
  latest build with lots of other fixes too - it won't have been =
regression=20
  tested, so it could cause more problems than it fixed =
anyway.

8. If SQL=20
  Server terminates from the Access Violation and there is no dump file =
produced=20
  then a possible cause of the problem is the use of SQL Trace. There is =
a bug=20
  in this (fixed in 6.5 SP5 and above) that can terminate the SQL Server =
being=20
  monitored. Another cause of this is heavy deadlocking - also fixed in=20
  SP5a.

9. Report the problem to Microsoft PSS. PLEASE do this =
even if=20
  you can workaround it. Unless Microsoft get these bug reports then =
they can't=20
  fix them. (With a repro script an MVP will do it for you). Your call =
fee WILL=20
  be re-imbursed as all calls about bugs are free. (However, on the =
"normal"=20
  support-line the person answering the phone can't know it's a bug, so =
they'll=20
  need your credit card details anyway). For PSS contacts see=20
  =
http://support.microsoft.com/support/supportnet/default.asp

Micros=
oft=20
  will need you to supply :-

SQL Errorlog(s)
NT event log(s) - =
if any=20
  NT errors were occuring at the time
TSQL code running at the=20
  time
Details of hardware, version of NT, servicepacks etc. WINMSDP =
output=20
  is good for this.

With SQL 7 there is a new utility that will =
garner=20
  most of this information for you automatically. It is called sqldiag=20
  - 
sqldiag -U<login> -P<password> -O<output=20
  filename> 
  

  Q. How can I add/amend/delete =
columns?
  A. Under SQL 7.0 all the above are easily done with standard =
ANSI=20
  "ALTER TABLE" ddl commands. Or they can be done via the gui or =
supplied=20
  stored-procedures.

With SQL 6.5 and below it is only possible =
to ADD a=20
  nullable column - or an IDENTITY column which seems to work even if =
it's not=20
  NULLable. For *any* other change a new table must be created, the data =
copied=20
  across, and the tables renamed around.

Certain 3rd party tools =
provide=20
  a gui interface to do this, that makes it look transparent, however =
they are=20
  really doing all the work described above, so if you make the change =
to a=20
  large table it will take a long time to do the work.

Examples =
of tools=20
  are :-

Microsoft's Visual Database Tools (part of Visual =
Interdev=20
  Enterprise Edition) 
SQL Programmer from =
www.sfi-software.com
XCase=20
  - www.xcase.com 
Desktop DBA - www.platinum.com
Speed=20
  Ferret

Note that there have been reports of Microsoft VDT =
losing data=20
  if you amend columns on a table and SQL does not have enough =
free-space to=20
  complete the task. 
  

  Q. I am getting a blue screen / completely hung =
machine /=20
  server restart on my SQL Server/client.
  A. All the above can ONLY be caused by a hardware problem or =
with=20
  part of NT running in Kernel Mode. e.g. bits of NT, scsi drivers, =
network=20
  drivers, video drivers etc.

99.999% of the SQL Server code runs =
in user=20
  mode, just like any normal program. Therefore it is no more capable of =
causing=20
  a blue-screen than something like "Word" is. It can only "cause" the =
problem=20
  in as much as it stresses the hardware/memory/pci bus/disk subsystem =
and is=20
  exposing a bug in an NT driver. e.g. Drivers must typically lock all =
their=20
  memory so that it doesn't get swapped to the pagefile - SQL Server may =
"cause"=20
  un-locked driver pages to be swapped out due to it's memory needs. =
When the=20
  driver then goes to access the page - boom, blue screen!

The =
0.001% of=20
  the code that does run in kernel mode is the SQLPERxx.DLL module (xx =
=3D 60 or=20
  70) - due to the way that NT performance monitor works, this code =
works under=20
  the winlogon process rather than sqlserver.exe, and is in kernel mode. =
To see=20
  if this is an issue, rename the sqlperxx.dll and restart SQL. It won't =
find=20
  the dll and therefore won't load it - SQL performance counters will be =

  disabled.

If you are getting one of these problems then it =
needs to be=20
  investigated like any other NT blue-screen problem. i.e. check the=20
  driver/program in control at the time, use dumpexam to look at the =
dump, apply=20
  a newer servicepack, upgrade all system drivers, contact Microsoft PSS =
for=20
  WINNT support.

You may also wish to download and run SQLHDTST =
(for 6.5)=20
  or SQL70IOSTRESS (for 7.0). These stress the hardware in the same way =
as SQL=20
  Server and could be used to show hardware/compatibility/driver =
problems. 
  

  Q. Where are the cascade update/delete functions =
in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. There aren't any I'm afraid. These were initially thought =
to be=20
  going into SQL 7.0 but will now only be in SQL 2000 - due by the end =
of 1st=20
  half 2000.

For now, you need to implement your own cascade=20
  functionality with triggers. See Q142480 in the Microsoft Kb for more=20
  information on this and the ways to work with foreign keys which cause =

  problems due to the way that triggers work/fire.

You can get =
some code=20
  samples for various sorts of triggers that implement this =
functionality=20
  =
from 

http://www.mcse.org.il/isql/8/triggers.ppt
http://ww=
w.mcse.org.il/isql/Maintaining%20Referential%20Integrity.ppt

=3D=3D=
=3D

v1.04=20
  2000.02.02
Applies to SQL Server versions : 4.x, 6.x, =
7.0
Related FAQ=20
  articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : Q142480
Other =
related=20
  information : n/a
  

  Q. How can I issue a SQL command that uses a =
variable for=20
  the tablename, columns etc?
  A. Look up the EXEC command. Also sp_executesql. Note that =
the user=20
  must have permissions to the underlying tables/views etc. when running =
dynamic=20
  SQL like this - it does not inherit the permissions from a =
stored-procedure=20
  like the static SQL in an SP does.

A short example that selects =
a=20
  column from a table :-

USE pubs
go

DECLARE @str=20
  varchar(255)
DECLARE @columnname varchar(30)

SELECT=20
  @columnname=3D'au_lname'

SELECT @str =3D 'SELECT ' + =
@columnname + ' FROM=20
  authors'
EXEC=20
  (@str)

-------------------------------

sp_executesql =
examples=20
  that return values.

declare @str nvarchar(500), @count =
int
set @str=20
  =3D N'select @count =3D count(*) from pubs..authors'
execute =
sp_executesql=20
  @str, N'@count int out', @count out
select @count

declare =
@str=20
  nvarchar(500), @au_lname nvarchar(500)
set @str =3D N'select TOP 1 =
@au_lname=20
  =3D au_lname from pubs..authors'
execute sp_executesql @str, =
N'@au_lname=20
  nvarchar(500) out', @au_lname out
select=20
  @au_lname

-------------------------------

An EXEC =
example from=20
  the books-online :-

This example shows how EXECUTE handles =
dynamically=20
  built strings with variables. This example creates a cursor =
(tables_cursor) to=20
  hold a list of all user-defined tables (type =3D 'U').
DECLARE =
tables_cursor=20
  CURSOR
FOR
SELECT name FROM sysobjects WHERE type =3D =
'U'
OPEN=20
  tables_cursor
DECLARE @tablename varchar(30)
FETCH NEXT FROM=20
  tables_cursor INTO @tablename
WHILE (@@fetch_status <>=20
  -1)
BEGIN
/* 
A @@fetch_status of -2 means that the row =
has been=20
  deleted.
No need to test for this as the result of this loop is=20
  to 
drop all user-defined tables. 
*/
EXEC ("DROP =
TABLE "=20
  @tablename)
FETCH NEXT FROM tables_cursor INTO =
@tablename
END
PRINT=20
  "All user-defined tables have been dropped from the =
database."
DEALLOCATE=20
  tables_cursor

--------------
  

  Q. Why does my transaction-log fill up when I use =

  fast-bcp?
  A. Fast BCP and select into do not log record updates. =
However they=20
  DO log extent allocations. They need to do this so that if the process =
is=20
  terminated unexpectedly (maybe the power goes out), SQL can recover =
the space.=20
  
  Therefore with large bcp's/select into's - when a lot of extents =
need=20
  allocating - the log can still fill. In which case it needs to be made =
larger.=20
  
  

  Q. Why can't I backup/restore my SQL Server =
database to a=20
  share on another server?
  A. The reason is that the MSSQLSERVER service is running =
under a=20
  separate set of NT credentials - all services are related to an NT =
account. It=20
  doesn't matter who YOU are logged on as (after all SQL runs quite =
happily when=20
  no-one is logged on locally to the server doesn't it). Therefore your =
logon=20
  account and any mapped drives are irrelevant. It is SQL Server doing =
the=20
  backup, not you. This is the same for backups done via SQL =
Executive/SQL Agent=20
  - they just pass the TSQL to SQL Server to run, so it's still =
MSSQLSERVER=20
  doing the backup/restore.

For this reason the backup gui does =
not show=20
  you mapped drives or allow a UNC path to be typed in. You have to use =
raw TSQL=20
  commands to do the backup.

The default set of NT credentials =
used by=20
  MSSQLSERVER is the Localsystem account. You can check what userid that =

  MSSQLSERVER is running under by looking at control panel/services =
highlighting=20
  MSSQLSERVER and choosing the start-up option.

The Localsystem =
account=20
  has no access to shares on the network as it isn't an authenticated =
network=20
  account. Therefore SQL Server running under this account cannot backup =
to a=20
  normal network share.

So, if you want to backup to a network =
share you=20
  have two choices :-

1. Change the account the MSSQLSERVER =
service runs=20
  under to a user account with the relevant network =
rights.

or

2.=20
  Amend the following registry value on the TARGET server and add the =
sharename=20
  you want to dump to - the share does not then authenticate who is =
coming in=20
  and so a Localsystem account will work. The server service on the =
target=20
  server must be re-started before the change takes effect. Note that =
this=20
  effectively removes ALL security on that share, so you're letting=20
  anyone/anything have access. Which is probably not something you want =
to do=20
  with production business=20
  =
data.

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanS=
erver\Parameters\NullSessionShares


Whichever=20
  method you use, you MUST also use a UNC name to reference the file =
required=20
  and not a drive letter.

e.g. (6.5) DUMP DATABASE pubs to=20
  DISK=3D'\\server01\share\backupdir\backup.dmp'
(7.0) BACKUP =
DATABASE pubs to=20
  DISK=3D'\\server01\share\backupdir\backup.dmp'
  

  Q. Can I do a SQL backup to a tape drive on =
another=20
  server?
  A. No, not with built-in SQL tools. SQL will only dump to =
local tape=20
  devices. If you could find an NT driver that would make a remote tape =
drive=20
  look local then this would work as SQL just uses standard i/o calls. I =
don't=20
  know of such a driver at the moment.
  You can always dump the SQL database to disk locally (or across the =
network=20
  with some provisos) and then back that up to tape.
  Finally, you CAN do what you want with a 3rd party backup tool that =
has a=20
  SQL agent. Examples are BEI Ultrabac, Cheyenne Arcserve, Seagate =
BackupExec,=20
  Legato Networker and IBM ADSM - I'm sure there are others. These put =
SQL dumps=20
  (via a standard named-pipe interface) onto a standard dump tape, =
potentially=20
  as part of a complete server backup and not just SQL. Obviously if the =

  named-pipe connection is made across the network then the dump will =
usually be=20
  a lot slower than doing it locally. 
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. I have a query that seems to lock other users =
out of the=20
  system.
  A. In situations like this the usual problem is with locks. =
Check=20
  with sp_lock or sp_lock2 what the offending query is doing.

One =
common=20
  occurrence that people fell foul of was introduced in SQL 6.5 when =
Microsoft=20
  decided to let table creation be allowed in transactions by making it =
an=20
  ATOMIC transaction. A by product of this is that when a SELECT INTO is =
done it=20
  locks out system tables in the database concerned and prevents other =
users=20
  from accessing them. With a long-running select into this can cause =
real=20
  problems.

Microsoft recognised this and as long as you have at =
least=20
  service pack 1 applied you can set traceflag -T5302 to remove this =
behaviour.=20
  Check out Q153441 on the Microsoft Kb and 5302.txt in the FAQ for more =

  information.

SQL 7.0 has row-level locking and so does not =
block on=20
  system tables like this.

  

  Q. Should I apply SQL 6.5 SP4? Will it cause =
more problems=20
  than it fixes?
  A. All service-packs come with problems, however in most =
cases they=20
  fix a lot more problems than they cause. 99% of bugs you may find in =
SP4 will=20
  be present in the gold release and all subsequent service packs - they =
are=20
  un-fixed/unknown bugs that are present in every release.

SP4, =
as SQL=20
  6.5 service packs go, is a very stable one. For a list of bugs fixed =
in SP4,=20
  download it and check the fixlist.txt file.

There are a couple =
of known=20
  problems with SP4 that don't occur with other service packs.

1. =
There=20
  is a regression of a numeric index bug. With SP4 if you =
say 

WHERE=20
  <fieldname> =3D 1 

then it will tablescan even if =
there is an=20
  index on the numeric fieldname. But if you specify 

WHERE=20
  <fieldname> =3D 1.0 then it will work ok.

2. The =
Instdist.sql=20
  script that comes with SQL Server 6.5 Service Pack 3 can cause =
problems with=20
  replication if it is run more than once. This file is also distributed =
with=20
  Service Pack 4, so if you go from SP3 to SP4 then it is run a second =
time.=20
  This obviously only affects systems that use replication. Full =
information can=20
  be found in Q184882 in the Microsoft Kb.
  

  Q. How do I transfer data to/from another =
DBMS/format to=20
  SQL Server?
  A. There are a variety of methods/tools :-

1. For =
MS-Access=20
  you can try the free Access upsizing wizards available from MS's =
website -=20
  check out the softlib area under www.microsoft.com/support. These will =
convert=20
  from versions of Access to SQL 4.x, 6.x and 7.x.
Try=20
  http://www.microsoft.com/accessdev/prodinfo/aut97dat.htm=20
  =
and
http://support.microsoft.com/support/downloads/dp2864.asp?FR=3D0for=20
  more info.

2. If you can unload the data from the foreign dbms =
into=20
  flat-file format - e.g. tab separated, comma-separated, fixed-format =
etc. then=20
  you can use the SQL BCP.EXE tool. This is a command-line program and =
is fully=20
  doc'd in the books-online. It is the fastest way of getting data =
into/out of=20
  SQL Server, but it only works via flat-files. The unload and load =
processes=20
  have to happen in series - meaning longer run times.

3. If you =
have an=20
  ODBC driver for the other format then there are several 3rd party =
tools you=20
  can use that offer transfer/migration functionality and are gui-based, =
but can=20
  also be automated and run from the command-line. These tools can be =
used to=20
  copy to/from ANY ODBC data sources - they don't have to be SQL Server =
at one=20
  end. Examples of these sorts of tools are =
:-

www.datajunction.com (Data=20
  Junction)
www.sqlmover.com (SQL Mover)
www.platinum.com=20
  (InfoPump)

4. If you have SQL 7.0 then this comes with a tool =
called=20
  DTS that works in a similar manner to the above. It works with any =
Odbc or=20
  OLE-DB accessible data source. Again it doesn't have to be SQL 7.0 at =
one end.=20
  However if you weren't using it to migrate to/from SQL 7.0 you would =
have to=20
  check whether there were any licensing implications.

5. =
Specifically=20
  for the AS/400 there are a couple of tools that have been around for =
some time=20
  - offering real-time replication as well as=20
  transfer.

www.datamirror.com (Data Mirror). DataMirror will=20
  bi-directionally replicate between AS/400, SQL Server, Oracle, Sybase =
and=20
  DB/2.
www.visionsolutions.com (Symbiator)

For generic =
ODBC/OLE-DB=20
  access to the AS/400 also=20
  see

www.hit.com/hitweb/daccess/dchome.htm

Whatever you =
use you=20
  still need a driver to connect to the AS/400 that works - here is one =
that is=20
  reported to work ok with SQL 6.5 and 7.0.
IBM's Client Access ODBC =
driver=20
  v3.1.3 SP48155

6. Oracle has a Migration Workbench utility for =
free=20
  download. Search
www.oracle.com for "Migration Workbench".
  

  Q. Why can't I get at a network file when I run =
a program=20
  from xp_cmdshell?
  A. The reason is that the MSSQLSERVER service is running =
under a=20
  separate set of NT credentials. It doesn't matter who YOU are logged =
on as=20
  (after all SQL runs quite happily when no-one is logged on to the =
console=20
  doesn't it). Therefore your logon account and any mapped drives are=20
  irrelevant. It is SQL Server running the program (e.g. bcp) not =
you.
  The default set of NT credentials used by MSSQLSERVER is the =
Localsystem=20
  account. You can check what userid that MSSQLSERVER is running under =
by=20
  looking at control panel/services highlighting MSSQLSERVER and =
choosing the=20
  start-up option.
  The Localsystem account has no access to shares on the network as =
it isn't=20
  an authenticated network account.
  So, if you want a program running under xp_cmdshell to access a =
network=20
  resource you have two choices :-
  1, Change the account the MSSQLSERVER service runs under to a user =
account=20
  with the relevant network rights.
  or
  2, Amend the following registry value on the TARGET server and add =
the=20
  sharename you want to access - the share does not then authenticate =
who is=20
  coming in and so a Localsystem account will work. The server service =
on the=20
  target server must be re-started before the change takes effect. Note =
that=20
  this effectively removes security on that share, so you need to be =
careful=20
  about what is in the share.=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Paramet=
ers\NullSessionShares
  Whichever method you use, you MUST use a UNC name to reference the=20
  resources required and not a drive letter.
e.g. xp_cmdshell 'dir=20
  \\server01\share'
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. Is Microsoft SQL Server Y2K =
compliant?
  A. It is now 2000, so you should know by now! =
:-)

That=20
  depends on what you mean by "compliant". If you mean the base SQL =
kernel=20
  functionality works as you would expect then yes, as long as you are =
using=20
  "proper" datetime formats then all versions of SQL Server perform =
correctly -=20
  if you are holding dates in char/numeric format, then it totally =
depends on=20
  how you are processing them, it is not an Microsoft SQL Server=20
  issue. 

SQL Server does date-windowing for two digit =
dates. If you=20
  specify only the last two digits of the year, values less than 50 are=20
  interpreted as 20yy, and values greater than or equal to 50 are =
interpreted as=20
  19yy. For example, if you specify 3, the result is 2003. If you =
specify 82,=20
  the result is 1982. You must type the century when the day is omitted =
or when=20
  you need a century other than the default. (In SQL 7.0 you can modify =
the=20
  cut-off date for the windowing function).

However, if you mean =
the=20
  whole of the Microsoft SQL Server product set including all the gui =
tools,=20
  then there are a few non-showstopper problems that have been found. =
These are=20
  all documented at www.microsoft.com/y2k along with MS's stance and =
technical=20
  info on Y2K issues for all their products. The SQL 6.5 Y2K fix titles =
are also=20
  copied at the bottom of this note.

These problems have been =
found,=20
  fixed and tested in SQL 6.5 and are in Service Pack 5a - which is =
downloadable=20
  from support.microsoft.com.

SQL 7.0 is Y2K =
compliant.

SQL 1.x,=20
  4.x and 6.0 are NOT being tested or certified by MS. They are unlikely =
to have=20
  any other problems than those found in the 6.5 product though, so if =
you can=20
  live with those (and most people can), then they should be ok. I know =
of no=20
  Y2K issues that companies have found with their existing 4.x and 6.x =
systems=20
  that can be attributed to SQL Server.

You can check MS's =
website for=20
  any more Y2K info on them, but all it says is that the products are =
legacy and=20
  have not been tested/certified.

Vendor's certification should =
only be=20
  one part of Y2K testing anyway - the most important part is that YOU =
test your=20
  clients, servers, apps, databases, networks etc. in your production=20
  environment.

------------------

SQL 6.5 Y2K bug numbers =
and=20
  titles

17458 Year 2000 Problem with Expiredate
17937 Y2000,=20
  ExpireDate is not set correctly when year of 2000 used in DUMP=20
  DATABASE
17947 RETAINDAYS: expired dump media can not be =
overwritten if=20
  current year is >=3D 2000
17948 Dump db with RETAINDAYS during =
Y2000-9,=20
  EXPIREDATE will be set to NULL
17997 Y2000: dump device dumped with =

  expiredate set to >=3D2000 can be override with init
17661 Task =
Manager=20
  UI: one time task date\time spin box doesn't pick up =
2/29/2000
18153 Web=20
  Assistant: Cannot use Year as 00 on Scheduling
18170 Invalid Y2K =
dates are=20
  accepted with no error by sp_addtask
18180 Invalid Y2K dates are =
accepted=20
  with no error by sp_purgehistory and sp_updatealert
  

  Q. How can I change the owner of an =
object?
  A. With SQL 7.0 there is a stored-procedure =
(sp_changeobjectowner)=20
  to do this, however under SQL 6.5 and earlier there is no supported =
method to=20
  do this. (With 7.0 the sp doesn't work for user-defined types so =
you'll have=20
  to use the direct method).

It can be achieved by directly =
addressing=20
  and updating the system table concerned though.

1. Get the uid =
number=20
  for the new owner from sysusers
( select name, uid from sysusers =
where name=20
  =3D "<New Owner Name>" )
2. Configure your server to allow =
updates to=20
  system tables
( exec sp_configure "allow updates",1 )
( =
reconfigure with=20
  override )
3. Begin a transaction
4. Update the sysobjects =
table,=20
  changing the uid column value of the objects concerned to the uid you=20
  want.
( update sysobjects set uid =3D <New UID> where name =
=3D "<Table=20
  Name>" )
5. Check that the right number of rows have been=20
  affected.
6. Commit or rollback the transaction, depending on the=20
  result
7. Configure your server to NOT allow updates to system =
tables
(=20
  exec sp_configure "allow updates",0 )
( reconfigure with override =
)
8.=20
  Stop and start your SQL Server

(The last step is necessary as =
portions=20
  of system tables are kept in memory by SQL Server, and the only way to =
force=20
  these to update is to recycle SQL Server)

as an example=20
  :-

select * from sysobjects where uid =3D =
user_id('user1')

exec=20
  sp_configure 'allow updates', '1'

reconfigure WITH=20
  OVERRIDE

go

BEGIN TRANSACTION

update systypes set =
uid =3D=20
  user_id('dbo') where uid =3D user_id('user1')

COMMIT=20
  TRANSACTION

exec sp_configure 'allow updates', =
'0'

reconfigure=20
  WITH OVERRIDE

go
  

  Q. I've just changed NT domain for my SQL =
Server/clients=20
  and am unable to connect.
  A. This isn't a SQL issue, it's an NT one. If you are using =
a=20
  net-lib that requires NT authentication - e.g. with 6.5 and below =
named-pipes=20
  or multiprotocol - then you MUST be able to authenticate to the copy =
of NT=20
  running SQL Server. With 7.0 all net-libs require NT=20
  authentication.

You can test whether you can do this by doing a =
"NET=20
  VIEW \\servername" from a command prompt on the client. If you get an =
access=20
  denied message, or get prompted for a password, then you aren't being=20
  authenticated.

If this happens then you need to setup a trust =
between=20
  the domains. Or, you could use a net-lib that does not need =
authentication -=20
  e.g. tcp-ip sockets.

If you can't have a trust (and really this =
IS the=20
  best method) then you can override the NT details by doing a "net use=20
  \\<server>\ipc$ /user:<serverdomain>\<userid>=20
  <password>" with an account that is in the domain. But this is a =
manual=20
  process and prone to fail when the password changes.
  

  Q. Are there any "easter eggs" in SQL =
Server?
  A. Yes,
  SQL 6.5 Enterprise Manager.
  
    Using the Enterprise Manager create a "New Server Group" called=20
    starfighter.=20
    
Register a Server called IS COOL (note there is a space there) =
under=20
    this new server group.=20
    
Click 'register anyway' as it won't connect.=20
    
Highlight "IS COOL" and click the "About Box " to see the =
development=20
    team. 
  SQL 6.5 ISQL/W
  
    Connect to a server (or just click cancel)=20
    
Choose help/about.=20
    
Press F1 and you will now see the ISQL/W development team. =

  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. How do I encrypt fields in SQL =
Server?
  A. Taking the fields first - there is no supported, =
documented way=20
  of doing this, and because you can't write user-defined functions yet =
then=20
  your choices are :-

1. Write your own extended-stored-procedure =
(XP) to=20
  do it. However this can't be applied as a function, so it is messy - =
you need=20
  to call the XP per column and then issue an update with the value it =
returns.=20
  A free-ware example of this is available from=20
  www.vtc.ru/~andrey/xp_crypt

2. Do it in the application, back =
at the=20
  VB, C etc. level. This is what most people do and is the recommended=20
  method.

3. You can use the ODBC Encrypt function, but I don't =
think you=20
  can decrypt it. e.g. insert into x values ({Encrypt=20
  N'Hello'}). 

4. ** This option only here for completeness=20
  **
There are undocumented pwdencrypt() and pwdcompare() functions - =
they=20
  are for Microsoft internal use and their function is likely to =
change/break in=20
  future - people who ignored advice and used them in 6.x applications =
have=20
  found that the passwords generated do not work in SQL 7.
As many =
people now=20
  know about these functions they are mentioned here for completeness, =
but if=20
  you use these functions you will not receive support from Microsoft =
and will=20
  be completely on your own when you got problems with a new=20
  SP/version.

5. SQL 2000 will implement user-defined functions. =
As long=20
  as you can write your own encrypt/decrypt function completely in TSQL =
then=20
  this will be an option.

6. Use a DBMS that already supports =
UDF's like=20
  DB/2, Oracle....

Note that any field you use a function on you =
won't be=20
  able to index effectively as indices are ignored when a function is =
applied to=20
  a key in a where clause.

On to whole objects. SQL has a =
built-in=20
  function to encrypt stored-procedures - however the algorithms for 6.5 =
and 7.0=20
  have been broken and so de-cryption is now possible if you know how. =
There is=20
  no encryption facility for tables/data.

Finally, the whole =
database.=20
  There is no SQL wide encryption function that would prevent users from =

  hex-editing your devices and gleaning data from it. It is possible to =
use NT=20
  file-system level encryption as SQL won't know it is there. However, =
you have=20
  to put a password to "unlock" the file(s) somewhere if you want to =
automate=20
  the process of starting SQL after NT re-boots. Windows 2000 comes with =
file=20
  level encryption with the new EFS (encrypted file system) which can be =
used=20
  with SQL Server.

You need to ask yourself if you need =
encryption -=20
  unless the person(s) you are worried about have physical or NT network =
access=20
  to the SQL devices then the only way to them is via a SQL logon which =
can be=20
  secured. 

If the reason you want to prevent access is that =
the raw=20
  data/schema is being hosted by a 3rd party/customer and you want to =
protect=20
  your intellectual property rights, then currently all you can do is=20
  :-

Make all access to data via stored-procedures. Put all logic =
you=20
  want to hide in these.
Give users access to these sp's, but NOT to =
any=20
  underlying tables/views.
Then delete the syscomments entries for =
the sp's -=20
  this leaves the compiled version in sysprocedures.

If you have =
to give=20
  someone sa rights to maintain the database then they will still be =
able to get=20
  to the schema/data, but at least they won't be able to see the=20
  stored-procedure code.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.11 =
2000.02.02
Applies to SQL=20
  Server versions : All
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related =
Microsoft Kb=20
  articles : n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. What tools are available to produce entity =
relationship=20
  diagrams for SQL Server?
  A. There are several on the market, including (in no =
particular=20
  order)

Case Wise
Erwin
S-Designer=20
  (www.powersoft.com)
ER/Studio (www.embarcadero.com)
Visio=20
  Professional

Also there are some tools built-in to Microsoft =
products.=20
  Note that these just do diagrams, whereas the 3rd party tools (with =
the=20
  exception of Visio) above have a wide-range of project lifecycle, =
reverse=20
  engineering etc. abilities.

Visual Database Tools does=20
  ER-diagrams
SQL 7.0 has built-in ER diagrams
MS-Access (you'll =
have to=20
  connect all the SQL tables first)
  

  Q. Where is the SQL Server FAQ?
  A. Contrary to appearance this message isn't strictly =
speaking a faq=20
  entry - just something I have done to save some time answering common=20
  questions on the newsgroups. There isn't one all encompassing FAQ like =
there=20
  is for some non-Microsoft newsgroups. See sqlbooks.txt in the FAQ for =
lists of=20
  several places for good info.

This "FAQ" is held at various =
locations.=20
  The most-up-to-date version is always on the compuserve site and is =
held as a=20
  single zip file. The other versions are maintained (and sometimes =
added to) by=20
  the owners of the various sites, some have search engines around it =
etc. N.B.=20
  there is no copyright or restriction whatsoever on other people=20
  using/publishing the FAQ as long as it is not for commercial gain. If =
you want=20
  to use the whole FAQ or any part of it, then just let me know=20
  (neilpike@compuserve.com) and I will add you to the mailing list for =
FAQ=20
  =
update.

http://forumsb.compuserve.com/vlforums/UK/default.asp?SRV=3D=
MSDevApps=20
  (library 7 (SQL Public) - sqlfaq.zip - anyone can download - you don't =
have to=20
  be a CIS member)
http://www.ntfaq.com/sql.html<=
BR>http://www.sql-server.co.uk
http://www.swynk.com/faq/sql/sqlserverf=
aq.asp

The=20
  Microsoft "official" faq is at=20
  =
:-
http://support.microsoft.com/support/sql/content/faq/default.asp.&n=
bsp;

Plenty=20
  more SQL articles, bug reports etc. can be found by searching the =
Microsoft=20
  Knowledgebase at www.microsoft.com/support. An off-line copy of the=20
  knowledgebase as well as hundreds of articles, white-papers, =
resource-kits,=20
  service packs etc. can be found on the Technet CD. If you don't =
subscribe to=20
  Technet then do so NOW as it is the single most important source of =
knowledge=20
  for support staff responsible for Microsoft technologies. 
  

  Q. Which SQL net-lib is the fastest?
  A. On normal LAN and fast WAN links you are unlikely to see =
a=20
  real-world difference in responses times between any of the net-libs - =
this is=20
  due to the fact that network response/number of packets is not =
significant in=20
  these environments compared to application/database/server responses. =

  However, on slow network connections - anything from 64Kbit/sec and =
below=20
  can be considered slow - then you will see a performance improvement =
if you=20
  use the tcp-ip sockets net-lib. 
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. I'm having trouble installing SQL =
Server.
  A. Try the following check-list of things that could go =
wrong. Notes=20
  apply to all versions/types of SQL Server unless otherwise=20
  specified.

1. On an NT box make sure you have administrator =
level=20
  permissions on the machine in question, as SQL needs to create =
registry=20
  entries, services etc. 

2. Make sure that the Server and=20
  Workstation services are running. If the server service is not running =
you may=20
  see an error "Error 2114 occurred while attempting to perform =
operation=20
  'NetServergetInfo'". Look in the NT event log to ascertain the chain =
of events=20
  that has caused the services not to start.

3. Make sure the =
machine is=20
  of the required spec to run the version of SQL you are installing. =
I.e. if it=20
  is SQL EE then make sure you have NT EE. For SQL 7 you need a 100% =
PENTIUM=20
  compatible chip or an Alpha - older Cyrix/IBM chips that do not =
support the=20
  full pentium instruction set will not work. More info in another faq=20
  entry.

4. If you have tried to install SQL before then manually =

  clean-up all the files/registry entries as follows :-

Remove =
the=20
  <sql> directory and everything under it
Remove the =
<sql> dir=20
  from the path (use control panel/system for this)
Remove the SQL =
registry=20
  entries using regedt32/regedit. These are :-
(All=20
  =
versions)
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSSQLSe=
rver
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer
(6.0=20
  and=20
  =
above.)
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSDTC
=
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\SQLExecutive
(7.0=
=20
  and=20
  =
above)
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\SQLServerA=
gent
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft=20
  SQL Server =
7
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServ65

If=20
  you have lost permission to any of the registry keys then log on as=20
  administrator and take ownership of them starting at the highest =
relevant=20
  level. Use regedt32 and check the box to take ownership of all subkeys =
as=20
  well.

5. If SQL is complaining about not enough space being =
there, then=20
  this could be due to a known bug when there is between <n> times =

  4,295,917 KB and <n> times 4,367,417 KB. To get around this =
either=20
  create temporary files to use space up, or start the SQL setup program =
as=20
  follows. Spacing is important.

<sqldir>\i386\setup /t=20
  SpaceChecking =3D Off

6. SQL Server is dependent on network =
functionality=20
  - even for the set-up routines. Specifically it needs to use=20
  named-pipe/mailslot functionality (on NT machines - see number 6 for =
Win9x).=20
  These usually require a network card to be present. If you don't have =
a=20
  network card then go to control panel/networks, choose add adapter and =
then=20
  add the Microsoft loopback adapter - which is just a dummy driver, no =
hardware=20
  involved. This needs to have working network protocol(s) bound to it. =
Let=20
  whichever protocols you have use default parameters, EXCEPT for =
tcp-ip. If you=20
  are using this then do NOT specify dhcp assigned address, use =
192.168.1.1 as=20
  the IP address and 255.255.255.0 as the subnet mask. This is a =
standard=20
  RFC1918 non-routed IP address so shouldn't clash with any dial-up =
address you=20
  may be given by an ISP. If you are using the IPX/SPX protocol, accept =
the=20
  default frame type of 802.3.

If the server service does not =
start after=20
  installing the loopback adapter and you get the message "The server =
service=20
  terminated with the following error: Not enough server storage is =
available to=20
  process this command" in the event log, then you need to re-install =
your *NT*=20
  service pack to synchronise your NT networking files. 

One =
way of=20
  testing that the named-pipes functionality works is to run the =
makepipe and=20
  readpipe utilities that come with SQL Server. Run makepipe in one =
command=20
  window. Then run readpipe in another. If these work (i.e. the readpipe =

  connects to makepipe and closes it down) then it is a good indication =
that=20
  networking functionality is ok.

7. If you're installing SQL 7 =
on=20
  Windows 9x then you have to install Microsoft Client for Networks via =
the=20
  Network applet in Control Panel (note, this isn't the "Microsoft =
Family"=20
  network that will get installed by default). It must also be your =
primary=20
  network logon. Make sure this has a working protocol on it as per =
number 5.=20
  Once SQL 7 is installed then it doesn't need to be your Primary =
Network Logon,=20
  but it still needs to be installed.

8. Because a named-pipe, =
used by=20
  the set-up routine, is effectively a file as far as the operating =
system is=20
  concerned, real-time Virus scanners can cause problems. Most of these =
have=20
  been fixed so they don't interfere with SQL's named-pipes, so make =
sure you're=20
  running the latest version of whichever virus package you use. But if =
in=20
  doubt, then disable the virus software for the duration of the install =
as they=20
  are prime culprits for install errors/hangs.

9. Other software=20
  packages/services can also interfere with SQL's install on NT systems =
-=20
  typically they interfere with named-pipes/mailslot connectivity by=20
  intercepting requests. Setup will terminate with an error like 'unable =
to=20
  write to mailslot.....'. Shut-down any/all of these for the duration =
of the=20
  install. Packages that are known to interfere with SQL's setup =
routines=20
  include :-

IIS - Internet Information Server - the web parts, =
not=20
  FTP
PWS - Personal Web Server
Exchange Server
SNA=20
  Server
Oracle
DBWeb
Backup software e.g. Arcserve/Backup=20
  Exec
Systems Management - e.g. UniCentre, Compaq Insight=20
  Manager
Microsoft SMTP
Microsoft NNTP
Disk =
Keeper
Protected=20
  Storage (part of Internet Explorer)
SNMP Service(s) 

On =
Win9x=20
  systems you may also get problems if the following are running=20
  :-

Quicken Download Manager 

10. If the dial-up =
networking=20
  icon/window appears and tries to make a network connection, then stop =
and=20
  disable the "Remote Access Autodial Manager" service via control=20
  panel/services. This is an NT issue rather than a SQL one, but =
disabling=20
  auto-dial is the easiest way around it. (The autodial.txt faq entry =
has more=20
  info).

11. If you are upgrading make sure that the default =
database for=20
  the "sa" login is master.

12. If the error is to do with SQL=20
  Performance Monitor counters - SQLCTRxx.DLL - then try removing the =
SNMP=20
  service and all 3rd party network/server monitoring tools. e.g. HP =
NetServer=20
  Agents, Compaq Insight Manager

13. If you are getting a gpf or =
registry=20
  error installing on NT then this could be a known issue with SNMP =
caused when=20
  SNMP managers that come with some server management tools (especially =
with HP=20
  servers) register a lot of SNMP extensions. Specifically when=20
  HKLM\System\CCS\Services\SNMP\Paramaters\ExtensionAgents got to around =
1K or=20
  more.

Either remove the SNMP service before installing SQL =
Server, or=20
  try the following workaround.

- Stop snmp service
- Save the =

  contents (all the values) of the mentioned subkey (use regedt32
for =
these=20
  operations)
- Delete all values except the one with the 'largest' =
name (the=20
  names are
composed of digits)
- Install SQL Server
- Check =
the=20
  'extensionagents' subkey. Setup will have added a value entry
for =
SQL=20
  Server, save the value name and value somewhere so you can =
manually
add it=20
  again later.
- Restore all 'extensionagents' values previously =
saved in=20
  step 2
- Add the sqlserver entry in case it got nuked in the =
previous=20
  step
- Re-start snmp

14. If the problem is to do with ODBC =
files not=20
  installing due to them being "in use" - typically a SQL 7 problem - =
then check=20
  that nothing has the ODBC files open. This could be other SQL =
utilities,=20
  Exchange, IIS, SNMP Service, Compaq Insight Manager, Backup Exec, =
Microsoft=20
  Netshow Program server, Terminal Server License Server and many other=20
  services. Download NTHANDLE/X from www.sysinternals.com (free) if you =
can't=20
  figure out what has the file(s) open - check view dll's, then go into =
the=20
  search function and look for odbc*.dll. It could also be that the ODBC =
files=20
  on your hard-drive have been marked as read-only. Check with =
ATTRIB.EXE or=20
  explorer to see if this is the case.

15. If the error is =
"Critical=20
  Error, could not open the file named D:\MSSQL\BINN\SQLCTRxx.DLL" then =
first=20
  try just retrying as the way performance monitor works it could just =
have a=20
  temporary lock on the file. If that doesn't work then use NTHANDLE/X =
as per=20
  number 13.

16. If it hangs on "Setup is now installing the =
initial SQL=20
  Server configuration" screen, then it could be a timing problem caused =
by a=20
  VERY fast hard disk subsystem. Check the instmsb.out file in the=20
  <sql>\install directory and look for the following=20
  messages.

98/01/28 12:28:31.43 spid11 Database 'msdb' cannot be =
opened=20
  - it is currently being created. Wait and try query =
again.

98/01/28=20
  12:28:31.43 spid11 Unable to proceed with the recovery of dbid =
<5>=20
  because of previous errors. Continuing with the next =
database.

If this=20
  is the error then copy the SQL Server installation files to the local =
hard=20
  disk drive. Edit the Instmsdb.sql file. Add a WAITFOR DELAY '0:00:01'=20
  statement to the very beginning of the script.

17. If the .OUT =
files=20
  indicate that ISQL cannot connect to the SQL Server to run scripts =
then you=20
  can try the following (note this isn't supported, and the author has =
only used=20
  it to fix servicepack installs so far, but it *may* work for full =
installs as=20
  well). After making the change run "setup /t Local =3D =
Yes"

Make a backup=20
  of the setup.inf first, then find the following line

set =
!ServerName =3D=20
  $(!ComputerName)

Now add the following 3 lines after =
it

ifstr(i)=20
  $(!Local) =3D=3D "Yes"
set !ServerName =3D "."
endif

18. =
If it still=20
  can't connect to the server during install then this could be a timing =
problem=20
  due to you choosing a non-default codepage/sort-order. Try installing =
using=20
  the default settings. If this works then re-run the setup program =
after=20
  install and re-build master to the settings you want.

19. For =
SQL 7=20
  check the cnfgsvr.out file in <sql>\install. If you get "An =
error=20
  occurred while attempting to start the service (5)" then this error =
means that=20
  the service has got an access denied. Check that the account you have =
asked=20
  SQL Server/SQL Agent to start under has the "logon as a service"=20
  permission.

20. Make sure for upgrades that SQL Server has a =
name. Run=20
  sp_helpserver and check what name srvid of 0 has. If it is not there =
then run=20
  sp_addserver '<servername>', 'LOCAL'

21. If you're =
getting a 109=20
  error starting SQL Executive then this is a permissions problem with =
the NT=20
  account you've supplied not having permissions to the relevant service =
or=20
  registry keys - HKLM\SOFTWARE\MICROSOFT\MSSQLSERVER. The easiest thing =
to do=20
  is install both MSSQLSERVER and SQLEXECUTIVE with the localsystem =
account and=20
  then go back and change it later.

22. With SQL 7.0 if you get=20
  application errors after "Setup is registering ActiveX components..." =
message=20
  then it is a problem with SQL putting an older version of a DLL in on =
machines=20
  with Visual Studio installed.

Search the hard drive for the =
ATL.DLL=20
  file, it will probably be in C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM. Rename it to ATL.OLD =
and run=20
  the install of SQL 7.0 again. Once the install is complete, go back =
and rename=20
  SQL's version of ATL.DLL to ATL.SQL, and rename ATL.OLD back to=20
  ATL.DLL.

REASON:
Visual Studio installed ATL.DLL as a 68 KB =
file,=20
  dated 6/17/98, version
3.00.8168, product version 6.00.8168.
SQL =
Server=20
  7.0 Desktop Edition installs a 21 KB file, dated 1/24/97,=20
  version
2.00.7024, product version 5.00.000.

23. If you're =
upgrading=20
  from MSDE to full SQL Server and the MSDE came from the Office 2000 =
developer=20
  edition then you may get an error "You cannot install a version which =
is older=20
  (7.00.623) than the version on your machine (7.00.677). Un-install the =
older=20
  version.". This is due to an incorrect version number being put in the =

  registry. To fix this problem and allow setup to work amend=20
  =
"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/Microsoft/MSSQLServer/MSSQLServer/CurrentVer=
sion"=20
  to have a value of 7.00.623. For more details see Q234915

24. =
If you=20
  get a 432 error then check the file "uninst.exe" in the <WINNT>=20
  directory. Make sure that you have permissions to it - take ownership =
of it if=20
  necessary.

25. With a 6.5 to 7.0 upgrade (or version switch) =
you can=20
  sometimes get a problem if registry permissions have been changed. =
Check that=20
  you have full permission on the following registry keys=20
  =
:-

HKLM\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServer
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\=
MSSQLServ65
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServ70

Take=20
  control of the keys with regedt32.exe if necessary. Make sure that the =
account=20
  you are logged on as (presumably an admin account) has full=20
  permissions.

26. One or more of the preceding 25 fixes should =
get the=20
  setup routine run through. If it still isn't installing then check the =
*.OUT=20
  files in the <sql>\install directory for clues as to what is =
going on.=20
  Look for the one with the newest date/time.

27. If the setup =
seems to=20
  run ok, but then SQL won't start then try the following for SQL 6.5 =
and=20
  below. 
From the <sql>\binn directory run the following, =
making=20
  sure that the spacing and case is correct

setup /t =
RegistryRebuild =3D=20
  On

The setup routine will now run and ask you all the normal =
questions.=20
  Answer these as if you were performing the install again (same paths =
etc.) and=20
  it will just update all the registry entries/icons etc. It will leave =
the=20
  databases alone.

28. Once installed, if you have trouble =
registering=20
  your SQL Server by name in SQL EM, then just register it with a name =
of just a=20
  period. i.e. "." without the quotes. This again bypasses the network =
layer and=20
  ensures that a local named-pipe is used.
  

  Q. I am missing the whole of MSDB, or just some =
tables -=20
  how do I create them?
  A. In the <sql>\INSTALL directory are the scripts that =
SQL=20
  runs itself to create the MSDB database and it's tables. Before =
running these=20
  make sure the devices/files for msdb are there and create them if=20
  not.

The scripts you need to run are=20
  :-

instmsdb.sql
servrmsgs.sql
web.sql

These are =
most=20
  easily run with ISQL/W or ISQL/OSQL.
  

  Q. Why do my device sizes appear as negative =
values in SQL=20
  EM?
  A. You may also find that because of this error it will not =
let you=20
  make any changes.
  This is caused by a known bug in Enterprise Manager when there is =
greater=20
  than 2Gb of free space on a disk. It was fixed in 6.5 SP3 and above. =
If you=20
  are running SQL EM from a client then you will need to apply SP3 to =
that as=20
  well. 
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. How do I do row-level locking on SQL=20
Server?
  A. Only SQL 7.0 has full built-in row-level locking.
  SQL 6.5 has limited row-level locking that only occurs for inserts =
to the=20
  end of the last page of a table, if "sp_tableoption 'table_name', =
'Insert row=20
  lock', true" is set. See the books-online for 6.5 for more =
information.
  SQL 6.0 and previous have no row-level locking capabilities.
  You can however effectively do row level locking with version 6.5 =
and=20
  earlier as long as each row takes up a whole page - thus locking 1 =
page is the=20
  same as 1 row. You can do this by padding a row with CHAR NOT NULL =
fields=20
  until the row length is forced to be greater than 1024 bytes. (Rows =
cannot=20
  span pages so this forces one row per page).
  However, you should note that although the rows on this last data =
page are=20
  being row-level locked, any non-clustered index pages involved are =
not. These=20
  can be a source of contention and even deadlock - when two logically =
distinct=20
  transactions need to lock one or more index pages, and pessimistically =
in=20
  different orders.
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. How many bytes can I fit on a row/page in SQL =
Server=20
  and why? Are there any workarounds?
  A. Rows can never cross page boundaries - page size in 6.5 =
and=20
  earlier is 2K, in SQL 7.0 it is 8K.

For 6.5 and earlier =
:-

Each=20
  2048 byte page has a 32 byte header leaving 2016 bytes for data. You =
can have=20
  2 rows of 1008 bytes or 10 rows of 201 bytes. The row size also =
includes a few=20
  bytes of overhead in addition to the data itself; there is more =
overhead if=20
  there are variable length columns.

One row cannot be 2016 bytes =
- this=20
  is because when you insert/update/delete a row, the entire row must be =
written=20
  to the transaction log in a log record. Log pages also have 2016 =
available=20
  bytes per page, and need 50 bytes for transaction log specific =
information, so=20
  this gives a maximum size for a single row of 1962 bytes.

For =
SQL 7.0=20
  :-

Each 8192 byte page has a 32 byte header leaving 8060 bytes =
for=20
  data. 

For all versions :-

You CAN define a table =
with a=20
  rowsize greater than this as long as it contains variable/NULL =
columns.=20
  However, if you try at any point to insert/update a row that has data =
that=20
  actually exceeds this limit then the operation will fail.

There =
are no=20
  workarounds for this. You will have to split the table into multiple =
tables if=20
  you need more data than a row can take.

For more details on =
page=20
  layouts see "Inside SQL Server 6.5" by Ron Soukup or "Inside SQL =
Server 7.0"=20
  by Kalen Delaney. Both highly recommended. Both by Microsoft =
Press.
  

  Q. I am getting a gpf/registry error installing =
SQL Server=20
  - what is happening?
  A. This could well be a known issue with SNMP caused when =
SNMP=20
  managers that come with some server management tools (especially with =
HP=20
  servers) register a lot of SNMP extensions. Specifically when the =
registry=20
  entry at HKLM\System\CCS\Services\SNMP\Paramaters\ExtensionAgents got =
to=20
  around 1K or more. This problem only affects SQL 6.x - SQL 7.0 and =
above are=20
  unaffected.

You can either remove the SNMP service before =
installing=20
  SQL Server (and re-install afterwards), or try the following=20
  workaround.

1. Stop snmp service
2. Save the contents (all =
the=20
  values) of the mentioned subkey (use regedt32 for these =
operations)
3.=20
  Delete all values except the one with the 'largest' name (the names =
are=20
  composed of digits)
4. Install SQL Server
5. Check the =
'extensionagents'=20
  subkey. Setup will have added a value entry for SQL Server. Save the =
key name=20
  and value somewhere so you can manually add it again later.
6. =
Restore all=20
  'extensionagents' values previously saved in step 2
7. Add the =
sqlserver=20
  entry as it will have been deleted in the previous step
8. Re-start =

  snmp

If you re-install snmp then remember to re-apply your NT =
service=20
  pack to keep all the system dll's in synch.
  

  Q. How do I change the sort-order or character =
set for a=20
  SQL Server database?
  A. Basically you can't. You have to get these parameters =
correct=20
  when you install SQL. You will have to :-
  
    Backup your data and objects using bcp/transfer manager (NOT =
dump=20
    database)=20
    
Re-install SQL Server with the correct sort-order/character set=20
    
Re-load the data and objects 
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. What SQL servicepack am I =
running?
  A. Do a "select @@version" and check the build number =
against the=20
  following table. Or look at the top of the latest SQL errorlog file. =
Or do a=20
  file properties on the sqlservr.exe file. All should return the same=20
  value.

For SQL Olap versions do a help/about in Olap =
Manager.

If=20
  it isn't listed here, then it is a "hot-fix" build that Microsoft PSS =
has=20
  given you to fix a specific problem. Hot-fix releases are NOT =
regression=20
  tested, so they should only be applied to production systems to fix a =
known=20
  problem and under the advice of Microsoft PSS. Hot-fixes (password =
protected)=20
  are on ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/transfer. Microsoft PSS will =
provide=20
  passwords as long as you prove you have the bug concerned. The reason =
for=20
  restricting hot-fixes this way is so that PSS can track customers who =
run them=20
  and let them know when a regression tested fix is =
available.

Service=20
  Packs can be downloaded via http://support.microsoft.com or=20
  ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql.

Note that you can't apply 6.5 SP4 =
to=20
  either SBS or EE versions of SQL Server. SP5 and above are compliant =
with all=20
  these releases - i.e. can be applied to any model of SQL Server =
(Workstation,=20
  Server, EE, SBS etc.)

7.50.198 SQL Server 7.5/2000 Beta=20
  1

7.00.517 SQL Server 7.0 Beta 3
7.00.583 SQL Server 7.0=20
  RC1
7.00.623 SQL Server 7.0 "gold" release
7.00.689 SQL Server =
7.0 SP1=20
  Beta
7.00.699 SQL Server 7.0 SP1
7.00.835 SQL Server 7.0 SP2=20
  Beta

7.0.1073 SQL 7 Olap "gold" release
7.0.1245 SQL 7 Olap=20
  SP1
7.0.1325 SQL 7 Olap SP2 Beta

6.50.201 SQL Server 6.5 =
"gold"=20
  release.
6.50.213 SQL Server 6.5 with Service Pack 1
6.50.240 =
SQL Server=20
  6.5 with Service Pack 2
6.50.252 SQL Server 6.5 with "bad" Service =
Pack 3 -=20
  SP3 was pulled and re-issued. Do not use this version.
6.50.258 SQL =
Server=20
  6.5 with Service Pack 3
6.50.259 SQL Server 6.5 on SBS =
only
6.50.281 SQL=20
  Server 6.5 with Service Pack 4
6.50.297 SQL Server 6.5 included in =
Site=20
  Server 3
6.50.339 SQL Server 6.5 "Y2K" Hot-fix
6.50.415 SQL =
Server 6.5=20
  with Service Pack 5 - SP5 was re-issued as SP5a. Do not use this=20
  version.
6.50.416 SQL Server 6.5 with Service Pack =
5a

6.00.121 SQL=20
  Server 6.0 "gold" release.
6.00.124 SQL Server 6.0 with Service =
Pack=20
  1
6.00.139 SQL Server 6.0 with Service Pack 2
6.00.151 SQL =
Server 6.0=20
  with Service Pack 3

Here's an SP you can run (amended from an =
original=20
  by Jerry Spivey) to show the version

drop PROC=20
  VERSION_INFO
go
CREATE PROC VERSION_INFO
AS
SET NOCOUNT=20
  ON
SELECT CONVERT(CHAR(25),@@SERVERNAME) AS 'SQL=20
  SERVER',
SUBSTRING(@@VERSION,23,4) AS 'PRODUCT=20
  VERSION',
SUBSTRING(@@VERSION,35,3) AS 'BUILD NUMBER',
CASE=20
  SUBSTRING(@@VERSION,35, 3)
WHEN '121' THEN 'NO SP'
WHEN '124' =
THEN=20
  'SP1'
WHEN '139' THEN 'SP2'
WHEN '151' THEN 'SP3'
WHEN '201' =
THEN 'NO=20
  SP'
WHEN '213' THEN 'SP1'
WHEN '240' THEN 'SP2'
WHEN '252' =
THEN 'SP3=20
  ** BAD **'
WHEN '258' THEN 'SP3'
WHEN '259' THEN 'SP3 + =
SBS'
WHEN=20
  '281' THEN 'SP4'
WHEN '297' THEN 'SP4 + SBS'
WHEN '339' THEN =
'SP4 +=20
  Y2K'
WHEN '415' THEN 'SP5 ** BAD **'
WHEN '416' THEN =
'SP5a'
WHEN=20
  '517' THEN 'Beta 3'
WHEN '583' THEN 'RC1'
WHEN '623' THEN 'NO=20
  SP'
WHEN '689' THEN 'SP1 Beta'
WHEN '699' THEN 'SP1'
WHEN =
'835' THEN=20
  'SP2 Beta'
WHEN '198' THEN 'Beta 1'
ELSE 'Unknown - Must be a =
Hot-Fix=20
  version'
END AS 'SERVICE PACK'
go
EXEC VERSION_INFO
  

  Q. My SQL Server database has been marked =
"suspect" - what=20
  can I do?
  A. In addition to these ideas, also check out=20
  support.microsoft.com/support for the Microsoft Knowledgebase. =
Specifically=20
  Q165918.

Firstly look in <sql>\LOG and look at all recent =

  errorlog(s). There WILL be an indication here as to why the database =
has been=20
  marked suspect. You need to fix whatever the problem is first (i.e. =
missing=20
  file, permissions problem, hardware error etc.)

Then, when the =
problem=20
  has been fixed and you're either sure that the data is going to be ok, =
or you=20
  have no backup anyway, so you've nothing to lose, then change the =
database=20
  status to normal and restart SQL Server. To change the database =
status, and to=20
  get more information on recovery, look up the sp_resetstatus sp in the =
Books=20
  Online.

If you don't have access to sp_resetstatus information, =
then=20
  the short version of this is :-

UPDATE master..sysdatabases SET =
status=20
  =3D status ^ 256 WHERE name =3D <dbname>

If the database =
still goes=20
  back into suspect mode, and you can't fix the original problem, and =
you have=20
  no recent backup, then you can get information out of the database by =
putting=20
  it into emergency mode. If you do this, extract the data/objects out =
with=20
  bcp/transfer manager and then rebuild the database. Note that the data =
may be=20
  corrupt or transactionally inconsistent.

Issue the following =
command to=20
  put the database into emergency mode (you'll need to allow updates=20
  first)

UPDATE master..sysdatabases SET status=3D-32768 WHERE=20
  name=3D'<dbname>' 
  

  Q. How do I remove the tempdb database from=20
  master?
  A. Do the following.
  
    Configure tempdb to be in RAM for 2 MB. Use SQL EM or =
sp_configure.=20
    
Stop and restart SQL Server.=20
    
Add a new device for tempdb. Do not call it temp_db - any other =
name=20
    should be ok=20
    
Make that new device a 'default' device; make sure no other =
device is=20
    marked as default, especially master. You can check/change default =
status=20
    either using SQL EM, or the sp_diskdefault stored-procedure. Both =
are fully=20
    described in the books-online.=20
    
Configure tempdb to NOT be in RAM (set value to 0)=20
    
Stop and restart SQL Server=20
    
Re-mark whichever device(s) you want to be default. 
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. What are the changes/differences between vX =
and vY of=20
  SQL Server?
  A. Changes in functionality are typically documented in =
incremental=20
  steps from the previous release. The following sources are available=20
  :-

What's New section in the Books Online
Q152032 Changes to =
SQL=20
  Server 6.5 That Affect 6.0 Apps
Q133177 Changes to SQL Server 6.0 =
That May=20
  Affect 4.2x Apps

There is no particular Kb article for SQL 6.5 =
to SQL=20
  7.0, so just look in the Books Online. There is also a FAQ entry =
called=20
  SQL7differences.txt.

There are also occasionally changes =
introduced in=20
  service packs. These changes are documented in the readme.txt for the=20
  servicepack, which is cumulative. So SP4's readme contains all changes =
from=20
  SP1, 2 and 3 as well.
  

  Q. How can I speed up SQL Server applications =
running over=20
  slow links?
  A. First we need to define what a "slow" link is. Typically =
this is=20
  anything from 64Kbit/sec and down. On links of this speed the size of =
a=20
  resultset and the number of network packets that are exchanged can =
make a=20
  significant difference to overall response times.

First, either =
do a=20
  network trace, or use SQL Trace/Profiler to see what exactly is being=20
  transferred during a typical client session. Then try the following=20
  :-

1. If large intermediate resultsets are being returned, then =
see if=20
  you can write the logic into a stored-procedure so that only the end =
results=20
  are returned. Try and reduce the number of sent/received pieces of SQL =
by=20
  using stored-procedures as much as possible.

2. If the =
connection uses=20
  ODBC and the overhead it creates running sp_serverinfo, sp_cursor, =
temporary=20
  stored-procedures etc. is causing the problem then use passthrough =
queries if=20
  possible and turn off the temporary stored-proc creation in the ODBC =
dsn=20
  properties.

3. Configure the db-lib/ODBC connection to use the =
tcp-ip=20
  sockets net-lib. This performs best over slow network connections and =
can make=20
  a significant difference.

4. Is the application using =
client-side=20
  cursors? Try v3 or above of ODBC which should give you transparent =
server-side=20
  cursors.

5. Don't return 1000 rows to the client if all they =
need to=20
  see on the screen is the first 20.

6. If there are large =
amounts of=20
  static data that need to be retrieved then consider replication to a =
client=20
  copy of Access, SQL 6.5 Workstation or with SQL 7.0 a local copy of =
SQL=20
  Server. Over slow links this should only really be used for mainly =
static=20
  data.

7. Don't send any SQL across the link at all. Use Citrix =
or NT=20
  Terminal Edition to run the application centrally and install ICA/RDP =
clients=20
  on the remote machines. The applications then all run locally on a =
server next=20
  to the SQL Server (the same box isn't recommended). The only thing =
that goes=20
  across the slow-link are screen-updates, which are optimised and =
compressed=20
  and so will often work satisfactorily on a 14.4Kbit/sec modem link. =
This also=20
  has the advantage that there is no longer any client code to maintain =
at the=20
  remote sites either. There are whitepapers on Citrix, Microsoft and =
Compaq's=20
  sites about sizing the server(s) you will need to run in this =
mode.
  

  Q. How can I fix a corruption in a system=20
  table?
  A. If the problem can be fixed with an index re-create, then =
there=20
  is a system stored-procedure to do this.
  sp_fixindex=20
  =
<db_name>,<system_table_name>,<index-id>
e.g.=20
  sp_fixindex pubs,sysindexes,2
  You can also issue the relevant dbcc command directly if =
sp_fixindex=20
  refuses to attempt the fix - e.g. for a non-clustered index on =
sysobjects
  DBCC DBREPAIR(dbid, REPAIRINDEX, sysobjects, 2)
  It is not possible to rebuild the clustered index on sysindexes or=20
  sysobjects.
  If the above do not work, then the only choice is to create a new =
database=20
  and then use the transfer tools in SQL EM to copy the good data and =
objects=20
  across. 
  

  Q. Why can't I connect Enterprise Manager to my =
local copy=20
  of SQL Server?
  A. This is down to the way that SQL interfaces with the NT=20
  networking code. The easiest way around this is to register the local =
server=20
  with a name of "." or "(local)" - ignore the double quotes in either =
case.=20
  Both of these names should force SQL to use a local-named pipe to =
connect=20
  which should work no matter what the default SQL connection parameters =
are set=20
  to.
  

  Q. What is the limit on the number of tables in =
a query in=20
  SQL Server?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and earlier the limit is 16 - regardless of =
which=20
  "version" of SQL you are running - i.e. Enterprise Edition allows no =
more than=20
  standard. With SQL 7.0 the limit is 256. These figures are hard-coded =
into the=20
  SQL kernel and are arbitrarily chosen by the Microsoft developers - =
but with=20
  good reason. The more tables there are, the longer it takes to =
optimise a=20
  query properly. There has to be a trade-off between the speed of =
running a=20
  query and the speed of optimising it.

It *is* possible to up =
the limit=20
  of 16 in SQL 6.5 by setting traceflag -T105. This is an undocumented =
and=20
  unsupported trace flag, so Microsoft may not support you with any =
problems on=20
  a system that is running this. However, it was allegedly put into the =
product=20
  to allow some of the more complex Peoplesoft queries to run, and so it =
must=20
  have had some testing/QA done on it. It ups the limit to =
32.

Normally,=20
  if a query needs more than 16 tables then you have a very bad query =
and/or=20
  database design. The best practice would be to break the query down =
into=20
  smaller parts and use temporary tables to hold interim resultsets. =
This will=20
  also make the query more understandable and may even speed it up as =
the=20
  optimiser has more of a chance to choose correct access plans and=20
  indices.

Finally the table limit only applies to a single =
query, so you=20
  could always use a UNION statement to join together the results of two =

  separate queries. 
  

  Q. I'm doing a transfer using the SQL EM =
transfer tool,=20
  and not only is it not transferring the objects.
  A. If you find objects are being dropped from the source =
this is a=20
  known bug that is caused when the server you are connecting to has a =
period in=20
  the name. Typically this is because you are referring to it by tcp-ip=20
  address.
  What happens is that SQL sees the period and does a local =
named-pipe=20
  connect - which it should do if the name consists of just a period, =
but not=20
  when it contains a period - this means that SQL connects to the local =
machine=20
  as the target. As most people have checked the "drop objects first" =
box it=20
  then proceeds to drop all the objects concerned from what it thinks is =
the=20
  target machine - which is unfortunately the local (source) =
machine.
  To prevent this problem do not refer to your SQL Server's by IP =
address.=20
  Either :-
  
    Put an entry for the name/address in your NT HOSTS file -=20
    %systemroot%\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\HOSTS.=20
    
Use SQL Client Config Manager to define a named connection for =
the=20
    Server in question. In the advanced properties put the server's IP =
address=20
    as well as the net-lib dll needed to connect.
Then just use the =
server=20
    'name' instead of the IP address in the transfer to/from fields. =

  

  Q. What registry entries does SQL Server =
use?
  A. SQL Server uses the following registry keys. (If you =
delete all=20
  these then the SQL setup routine shouldn't spot the old version)
  All versions
  
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSSQLServer =

    
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer 
  6.0 and above.
  
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSDTC=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\SQLExecutive=20
  
  7.0 and above
  
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\SQLServerAgent=20
    
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft SQL Server 7=20
    
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServ65 
  

  Q. How can I view the SQL Server =
log?
  A. Most of the information in the SQL log (syslogs) is not=20
  accessible via standard SQL commands. There are ways of accessing this =

  information from SQL 6.5 and below. Ostensibly because syslogs is held =
(more=20
  or less) as a SQL table. With SQL 7 this is no longer the case, and =
there is=20
  no api/fil format published for it. Therefore log viewing tools for =
7.0 are=20
  unlikely to appear any time soon.

SQL 6.5 and below options are =

  :-

1. You can get transaction id and operation type only (no =
data)=20
  through a select * from syslogs. Or use the following code (courtesy =
of Tibor=20
  Karaszi) to make it a bit more readable.

SELECT
xactid AS=20
  TRAN_ID,
CASE op
WHEN 0 THEN 'BEGINXACT Start =
Transaction'
WHEN 1=20
  THEN 'Sysindexes Change'
WHEN 2 THEN 'Not Used'
WHEN 3 THEN 'Not =

  Used'
WHEN 4 THEN 'INSERT Insert Row'
WHEN 5 THEN 'DELETE Delete =

  Row'
WHEN 6 THEN 'INSIND Deferred Update step 2 insert =
record'
WHEN 7=20
  THEN 'IINSERT NC Index Insert'
WHEN 8 THEN 'IDELETE NC Index=20
  Delete'
WHEN 9 THEN 'MODIFY Modify Row'
WHEN 10 THEN =
'NOOP'
WHEN 11=20
  THEN 'INOOP Deferred Update step 1 insert record'
WHEN 12 THEN =
'DNOOP=20
  Deferred Update step 1 delete record'
WHEN 13 THEN 'ALLOC Allocate=20
  Page'
WHEN 14 THEN 'DBNEXTID Allocate Next Object ID'
WHEN 15 =
THEN=20
  'EXTENT Allocate Empty Extent'
WHEN 16 THEN 'SPLIT Page =
split'
WHEN 17=20
  THEN 'CHECKPOINT'
WHEN 18 THEN 'SAVEXACT Savepoint'
WHEN 19 THEN =

  'CMD'
WHEN 20 THEN 'DEXTENT Deallocate extent'
WHEN 21 THEN =
'DEALLOC=20
  Deallocate page'
WHEN 22 THEN 'DROPEXTS Delete all extents on alloc =

  pg'
WHEN 23 THEN 'AEXTENT Alloc extent - mark all pgs used'
WHEN =
24 THEN=20
  'SALLOC Alloc new page for split'
WHEN 25 THEN 'Change to=20
  Sysindexes'
WHEN 26 THEN 'Not Used'
WHEN 27 THEN 'SORT Sort=20
  allocations'
WHEN 28 THEN 'SODEALLOC Related to sort =
allocations'
WHEN=20
  29 THEN 'ALTDB Alter database record'
WHEN 30 THEN 'ENDXACT End=20
  Transaction'
WHEN 31 THEN 'SORTTS Related to sort =
allocations'
WHEN 32=20
  THEN 'TEXT Log record of direct TEXT insert'
WHEN 33 THEN =
'INOOPTEXT Log=20
  record for deferred TEXT insert'
WHEN 34 THEN 'DNOOPTEXT Log record =
for=20
  deferred TEXT delete'
WHEN 35 THEN 'INSINDTEXT Indirrect insert log =

  record'
WHEN 36 THEN 'TEXTDELETE Delete text log record'
WHEN 37 =
THEN=20
  'SORTEDSPLIT Used for sorted splits'
WHEN 38 THEN 'CHGINDSTAT =
Incremental=20
  sysindexes stat changes'
WHEN 39 THEN 'CHGINDPG Direct change to=20
  sysindexes'
WHEN 40 THEN 'TXTPTR Info log row WHEN retrieving=20
  TEXTPTR'
WHEN 41 THEN 'TEXTINFO Info log for =
WRITETEXT/UPDATETEXT'
WHEN=20
  42 THEN 'RESETIDENT Used WHEN a truncate table resets an identity=20
  value'
WHEN 43 THEN 'UNDO Compensating log record for Insert Only =
Row=20
  Locking (IORL)'
WHEN 44 THEN 'INSERT_IORL Insert with Row Locking=20
  record'
WHEN 45 THEN 'INSIND_IORL INSIND with IORL'
WHEN 46 THEN =

  'IINSERT_IORL IINDEX with IORL'
WHEN 47 THEN 'SPLIT_IORL Page split =
with=20
  IORL'
WHEN 48 THEN 'SALLOC_IORL Alloc new page for split with =
IORL'
WHEN=20
  49 THEN 'ALLOC_IORL Allocation with IORL'
WHEN 50 THEN 'PREALLOCLOG =

  Pre-allocate log space for CLRs'
ELSE 'Unknown Type' END AS=20
  LOG_RECORD
FROM syslogs

2. dbcc log command. Not well =
documented,=20
  but some details below for SQL 6.5.Note that as with most undocumented =
dbcc=20
  commands you need to do a dbcc traceon(3604) first to see the=20
  output.

3. 3rd party. Logview from www.dbsg.com.

4. 3rd =
party.=20
  Image Analyzer from www.platinum.com. This product also allows =
extracting data=20
  and SQL statements from the=20
  log.

---------------------------------------

dbcc log [ =
(@dbid,=20
  @objid, @pagenum, @rownum, @records, @type [, @printopt]) =
]

dbcc log=20
  (5, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, 1) // Show the last begin transaction record in =
the=20
  log

Parameters:
@dbid Database ID
@objid Object ID
A =
negative=20
  value indicates that @pagenum & @rownum represent a row in the log =
to use=20
  as a starting point in the scan of the log.
A value of zero =
indicates that=20
  log records for changes to @pagenum will be included in the commands=20
  output.
A positive value followed by a non-zero value for @pagenum=20
  indicates that @pagenum and @rownum represent a transaction ID. Log =
records=20
  for that transaction will be included in the output.
A positive =
value=20
  followed by zero values for @pagenum and @rownum indicates an object =
ID. Log=20
  records for changes to that object will be included in the =
output.
@pagenum=20
  page number
@rownum row number in the log
Together with =
@pagenum, this=20
  is either a starting point in a scan of the log or a transaction=20
  id.
@records number of records to examine. If positive, the=20
  first
@type 
@printopt
  

  Q. How can I upgrade the 120-day evaluation =
version to the=20
  full SQL version?
  A. For SQL 6.5 :-

1. One method would be to backup =
the=20
  databases, un-install SQL, re-install SQL and then load the databases=20
  again.

2. A faster method is :-

(a) Backup your =
databases first=20
  (just in case)

(b) Copy over all the .dll's and .exe's from the =
full=20
  version, over the top of the evaluation version.

(c) Then from =
the=20
  <sql>\binn directory run the following, making sure the case is=20
  correct

setup /t RegistryRebuild =3D On

(d) The setup =
routine will=20
  now run and ask you all the normal questions. Answer these as you did =
for the=20
  120-day eval version (putting in the same paths etc.) and it will just =
update=20
  all the registry entries/icons etc. It will leave the databases=20
  alone.

For SQL 7.0 :-

(If you can connect to SQL then =
you can do=20
  the first 2, otherwise it doesn't matter, but you'll have to create =
the logins=20
  again manually)

(a) Detach your user databases =
(sp_detach_db)
(b)=20
  Create a script file for all logins (or BCP out sysxlogins)
(c) =
Stop SQL=20
  Server
(d) Backup all user database files - =
*.mdf/*.ndf/*.ldf
(e)=20
  Un-install SQL Server eval
(f) Install retail copy of SQL =
Server
(g) Run=20
  script to create logins (or BCP in sysxlogins)
(h) If user =
databases were=20
  deleted by un-install (they shouldn't be) then restore from =
backup
(i)=20
  Attach user databases (sp_attach_db)
  

  Q. I'm not seeing anything in the current =
activity screen=20
  in SQL EM.
  A. This is usually caused by the "select into/bulkcopy" =
database=20
  attribute for tempdb being unchecked.
  Set the option on again using SQL EM or sp_dboption and that should =
fix it.=20
  
  

  Q. How can I output records/messages to a flat =
file from=20
  inside a SQL Server TSQL script/stored-procedure/trigger?
  A. SQL Server doesn't have a handy SPOOL command like Oracle =
does,=20
  but there are a number of ways of doing what you want.
  
    Use xp_cmdshell and the ECHO command. Use the > or >>=20
    redirection symbols to either create or append to a =
file.
xp_cmdshell=20
    "@ECHO test message >> C:\file.fil"=20
    
Put the information you want into a table (note this can't be an =

    ordinary temporary table, but it can be a global temporary table) =
and then=20
    bcp it out to a file via xp_cmdshell.
xp_cmdshell "bcp=20
    <dbname>..<tablename> out c:\file.fil -Usa =
-P<password>=20
    -c"=20
    
BCP or BULK INSERT (SQL 7 only) can also be used to read in a =
flat file=20
    into a table, from where it can be processed.=20
    
Write your own extended stored procedure. As this is a C program =
it can=20
    use standard file access commands to achieve whatever you want.=20
    
Run the select through ISQL via xp_cmdshell and use the -o =
parameter to=20
    output the results to a file. This example uses the -E parameter to =
avoild=20
    hard-coding a userid.
declare @str varchar(255)
select =
@str=3D'isql=20
    -Q"select * from <tablename>" -E -oc:\file.fil'
exec=20
    master..xp_cmdshell @str 
  

  Q. My SQL Server database is showing as=20
  "recovering".
  A. Every time SQL Server starts up it recovers all databases =
so that=20
  all transactions are either committed or rolled-back. This recovery =
process=20
  normally only takes a few seconds/minutes, but if the server was =
terminated in=20
  the middle of a long running update, then the recovery can take at =
least as=20
  long as the update had taken so far - sometimes longer due to the =
extra=20
  contention on the log device (when writing the original updates to the =
log=20
  these are all written sequentially to the end. When recovery occurs =
SQL has to=20
  scan through the log looking for these updates as well as committing =
new=20
  updates that might be occurring on other databases)

Give it =
plenty of=20
  time to recover, but at the same time check the current and previous =
errorlog=20
  files, and NT errorlogs, for any indications of what has happened. If =
you've=20
  hit a hardware problem or SQL bug, then there WILL be errors there to =
give an=20
  indication on what happened. 

Check the physical disk =
activity=20
  lights on the server, and also check the sysprocesses activity to see =
if the=20
  recovery task is using cpu and/or disk i/o. Only on very rare =
occasions will=20
  SQL Server not recover the database correctly.

Additonally to =
check on=20
  recovery progress you could set trace flag 3412 which writes an entry =
to the=20
  errorlog when each transaction is rolled forward or back.

If a =
database=20
  will not recover and you do NOT have a backup then you can use the =
following=20
  trace flags to bypass recovery. If you use these then the =
database/data may=20
  not be in a consistent state, but if you have no other choice then use =
them=20
  and then immediately transfer out (using bcp or transfer tools) all =
the=20
  objects you require.

3607 Skips automatic recovery for all=20
  databases.
3608 Skips automatic recovery for all databases except =
the=20
  master database.

If the database is still unavailable - marked =
as=20
  suspect - then issue the following command to put the database into =
emergency=20
  mode (you'll need to allow updates first). You can then go into the =
database=20
  (no need to restart SQL) and extract out the data.

UPDATE=20
  master..sysdatabases SET status=3D-32768 WHERE =
name=3D'<dbname>'

If=20
  all else fails, or you are unsure what to do, then don't hesitate to =
place a=20
  call with Microsoft Product Support Services (PSS). They are there =
24x7x365 to=20
  deal with problems like this and the charge is nominal compared to the =
loss of=20
  your data! (More details on Microsoft PSS in the mspss.txt faq =
entry)
  

  Q. I am getting a SQL Server error message =
"login=20
  failed".
  A. This is a pretty common one. The login failed message is=20
  unfortunately a generic message that should really say "unable to make =

  connection" as it often isn't a logon validation problem. Try the =
following=20
  :-
  
    Remember it is the SQL Server login and password that SQL is =
expecting,=20
    NOT an NT one. The default SQL userid and password is "sa" and no =
password.=20
    
It could be a "network" connection problem. If you're =
registering a=20
    local server with SQL EM then register it as "." without the quotes. =
Try=20
    connecting using whichever tool locally on the server without =
specifying the=20
    server name - this forces a local named-pipe connection.=20
    
It could be that SQL is out of connections. Check the=20
    <sql>\log\errorlog file for this. Check if SQL has been =
started in=20
    single-user mode. Check the following registry key=20
    =
:-
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\MSSQLServer\P=
arameters
Under=20
    here there are SQLArg0, SQLArg1...... type parameters - the =
single-user one=20
    is "/m". Remove it if it is there.=20
    
Finally, if you're sure that the userid is correct (and remember =
SQL can=20
    be case-sensitive) then try disabling any virus-checking software as =
this=20
    may be interfering. 
  Contributed by Neil Pike
  

  Q. Can I run SQL Server on the same machine as =
Oracle,=20
  Exchange etc.?
  A. The basic answer is yes as long as there are sufficient =
resources=20
  for all services and you don't mind putting several eggs in one=20
  basket.

There are no known compatibility problems with running =
SQL=20
  alongside any other Microsoft or 3rd party products - DBMS or=20
  otherwise.

The same holds true for the domain controller =
question - if=20
  you have a very large domain with lots of trusts and authentication =
requests=20
  then co-hosting SQL on it probably isn't a good idea. You WILL see =
articles=20
  from Microsoft saying that putting SQL Server on a DC is a no-no, but =
these=20
  articles date from when an NT machine was a 486/33 with 16Mb of ram, =
not the=20
  4x800Mhz Zeon 4GB ram monsters currently available.

So give it =
a try=20
  and monitor the resources with NT Performance Monitor. Check cpu usage =
and=20
  waits, disk usage and waits, network usage and waits. The most =
important=20
  counter to check is memory pages/sec which will tell you if the memory =
is=20
  overcommitted and actually causing physical paging to disk. You may =
want to=20
  decrease the amount of memory (SQL 6.5 and below - SQL 7.0 =
autoconfigures)=20
  that SQL Server has to allow the other processes to get enough so that =
paging=20
  doesn't occur.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.03 2000.02.04
Applies to =
SQL Server=20
  versions : All
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb =
articles=20
  : n/a
Other related information : n/a
  

  Q. Why do my SQL Server identity values get out =
of synch=20
  causing gaps/duplicates etc.?
  A. Why? Because of inherent problems with the way they were=20
  implemented. For performance reasons the current identity value isn't =
updated=20
  and committed in the system tables every time a row is inserted. This =
would=20
  lead to unacceptably bad performance, especially with SQL 6.x's =
page-level=20
  locking architecture - it could even lead to deadlocks. Therefore the =
value is=20
  stored in memory and only committed to disk when a clean shutdown of =
SQL=20
  occurs.

So, if SQL doesn't shut down cleanly, or there is some =
memory=20
  problem caused by an exception violation then the value will not be =
correct=20
  next time SQL starts. There are also some other bugs that would cause =
the=20
  value not to be updated, but Microsoft fixed most of these with 6.5=20
  SP3.

The only thing you can do about it is to put dbcc=20
  checkident(<tablename>) statements in a startup stored-procedure =

  (details of this in the BOL) so that the values get fixed every time =
SQL=20
  starts - obviously for very large tables this may take a few=20
  minutes.

MS's own code/stored-procedures are not immune to =
this. One=20
  very common case is where you get duplicate key messages on =
sysbackuphistory=20
  (in MSDB) when you do a database dump. This is because the table uses =
an=20
  identity column.

(This error should not occur with SQL 7.0 and =
above as=20
  Microsoft have re-worked how the identity columns function =
internally)

  

  Q. How can I restrict access to my SQL Server so =
that it=20
  only allows certain machines to connect?
  A. SQL Server has no built-in tools/facilities to do this. =
It also=20
  does not have the facility to run a stored-procedure on connection =
that could=20
  be written/used to do this. Therefore you have the following choices=20
  :-

1. Put the SQL Server behind a firewall and use that to =
restrict=20
  access. This is the most secure and functional way to do what you=20
  want.

2. Write your own ODS Gateway and point the clients at =
that=20
  instead of the SQL Server - the ODS Gateway will then do the checking. =

  However, there is nothing stopping clients figuring out the correct =
SQL=20
  client-config entries to point straight at the SQL Server, bypassing =
your=20
  gateway, so the security on this is limited. There are examples of ODS =
code in=20
  the SQL Programmers Toolkit - available for free download from the =
Microsoft=20
  website. 

3. Write a constantly running/scheduled =
stored-procedure=20
  that checks the relevant column in sysprocesses (net_address), and =
then issues=20
  a KILL command for any processes that should not be running. The =
net_address=20
  column is a layer-2 mac address, and so is much less useful than an IP =

  address. This way allows people to connect and possibly make changes =
before=20
  they are spotted and killed.
  

  Q. How can I restrict access to my SQL Server so =
that it=20
  only allows certain programs to connect?
  A. SQL Server 6.5 and below have no built-in =
tools/facilities to do=20
  this, nor does it allow a stored-procedure to be run on client =
connection that=20
  could be used to do this. Of course if all your data is protected =
correctly=20
  with SQL/Integrated security and all auditing/business rules are held =
with=20
  constraints/triggers then you won't need to worry as it doesn't matter =
what=20
  tool people use to connect. However, in a real-world application, =
these=20
  pre-requisites are unlikely to be there.

SQL Server 7.0 has the =
idea of=20
  application ROLES, as well as user roles. If you have SQL 7.0 then use =

  application roles.

If you are still on 6.5 or below then you =
can try=20
  one of the below - but they are all kludges :-

1. Write your =
own ODS=20
  Gateway and point the clients at that instead of the SQL Server - the =
ODS=20
  Gateway will then do the checking. However, there is nothing stopping =
clients=20
  figuring out the correct SQL client-config entries to point straight =
at the=20
  SQL Server. There are examples of ODS code in the SQL Programmers =
Toolkit -=20
  available for free download from the Microsoft =
website. 

2. Write=20
  a constantly running/scheduled stored-procedure that checks the =
relevant=20
  column in sysprocesses (program_name), and then issues a KILL command =
for any=20
  processes that should not be running. This way allows people to =
connect and=20
  possibly make changes before they are spotted and killed.

3. =
Change=20
  servers to use std security. When the apps connect they request a =
trusted=20
  connection and get dumped into a new database - the only one their =
trusted=20
  account can connect to. This database contains a table holding a =
lookup=20
  between the users NT account and an alternative login name, password=20
  (encrypted) and perhaps server and database name to use. The only =
runnable=20
  object is a stored proc that returns the user's rows from this table. =
The=20
  front-end calls the sp, decrypts the password and re-connects to the =
server.=20
  One downside to this sort of approach is that the users "real" name =
and=20
  password could potentially be cracked with an ODBC trace (several =
versions of=20
  the ODBC sdk tools allowed passwords to be displayed) or network=20
  sniffer.

4. Another option is to place a CHECK constraint on =
the=20
  sensitive tables which validates the application name. Something like=20
  :-

CHECK APP_NAME() =3D 'Name of your VB app' 
  

  Q. How does SQL Server clear up orphaned=20
  connections?
  A. It doesn't. It never terminates a connection =
unless it is=20
  told to by a user, a KILL command is issued, or the operating system =
tells it=20
  that the network connection it is using has been disconnected.
  How long the operating system takes to kill a network connection, =
or=20
  whether it is done at all, depends on the net-lib and network protocol =
used.=20
  For parameters on keep-alive frames and session time-outs for the =
relevant=20
  network protocol the best guide is the NT Server resource kit, which =
describes=20
  how NT's various networ layers work.
  Typically, named-pipe connections over netbeui will be timed out =
quite=20
  quickly, followed by named-pipes over IP. If you're using tcp-ip =
sockets then=20
  these sessions aren't timed-out at all by default. 
  

  Q. Why does the SQL Server Database Maintenance =
Wizard=20
  warn about databases greater than 400Mb?
  A. The DMW sets up an "aggressive" set of dbcc and other=20
  healthchecks. On "large" databases this sort of housekeeping can take =
a long=20
  time, so you might not want to do everything every night. In this =
situation=20
  you might want to set up your own maintenance tasks, perhaps only =
running=20
  checkdb once per week, and newalloc every night, with index rebuilds =
once a=20
  month or so.
  MS's choice of "large" is 400Mb - probably a bit low given the =
speed of=20
  current cpu's/disks etc. The answer is, if you're happy with the time =
it takes=20
  to run the DMW generated tasks, then stick with it, regardless of your =

  database size. 
  

  Q. Why does my SQL Server log show that it's =
still full? -=20
  I have truncated it.
  A. The reason for this is that all the tools that =
interrogate log=20
  space - e.g. dbcc sqlperf, sp_spaceused and SQL EM all just look at =
the system=20
  catalog information in sysindexes - the dpages column. In SQL 6.5 and =
earlier=20
  this information is NOT kept up to date, so it is constantly wrong. =
The reason=20
  it is not kept updated is that it would cause a performance =
bottleneck.
  The easiest way to correct the information is :-
dbcc=20
  checktable(syslogs)
go
checkpoint
go
  The information will then be correct until the next =
update/delete/insert=20
  transaction is issued.
  If your log REALLY is full - i.e. you're getting a 1105 error on =
syslogs,=20
  then try a "dump transaction dbname with no_log". If this still =
doesn't fix=20
  it, then one of the following is occuring.
  
    You may have an open transaction. Check that with the following =
command.=20
    use databasename go dbcc opentran(databasename)=20
    
You may have un-replicated transactions. See Q184499 for info on =
this=20
    and how to clear it up. 
  See Q110139 and Q184499 for more information on syslogs filling up =
and how=20
  to resolve them.
  

  Q. How do I connect to SQL Server from a =
non-microsoft=20
  machine?
  A. Microsoft don't supply their own drivers for non-Windows =
based=20
  clients any longer, so you have to use a 3rd-party product. Your =
choices (in=20
  no particular order) are :-

1. You can try =
acquiring/licensing/using a=20
  Sybase Open CT-Lib/Db-lib client if one exists for your operating =
system.=20
  Sybase supply drivers for many non-Microsoft operating systems. The =
downside=20
  is that Sybase's and MS's usage of the base TDS protocol has been =
diverging=20
  ever since the 4.x versions of SQL Server they both released. Since =
then 6.0,=20
  6.5 and especially 7.0 of MS's code, and versions 10, 11 and above of =
Sybase's=20
  code mean that Sybase's CT-Lib's may not give you full functionality =
and=20
  certainly won't give access to any SQL 7 specific features.

To =
access=20
  SQL 7.0 you must use TDS 4.0 protocol versions of Sybase's CT-Lib =
libraries.=20
  With SQL 7.0 SP2 Microsoft have modified their server-side db-lib =
drivers to=20
  allow TDS 5.0 clients to connect. See the Microsoft Knowledgebase =
article=20
  http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q239/8/83.asp for =
more=20
  info.

2. You could reverse engineer the undocumented TDS =
protocol=20
  yourself. This could and does change between versions of SQL Server, =
so only=20
  attempt this if you want an on-going maintenance challenge. Several =
people=20
  have done such reverse engineering for the portions of TDS they needed =
and=20
  have reported it's not that difficult. Once such is the FreeTDS =
project that=20
  is reverse engineering the TDS specification and is currently =
implementing=20
  CTLIB, DBLIB, and JDBC interfaces for TDS. ODBC and Perl DBD drivers =
are=20
  planned. 

The FreeTDS JDBC driver is a type 4 driver and =
should=20
  work on any JVM. The CTLIB and DBLIB interfaces are known to compile =
under=20
  AIX, Linux, and FreeBSD without any problems. More info from=20
  http://sunsite.unc.edu/freetds/ and/or=20
  http://metalab.unc.edu/freetds/index.html. 

The mailing =
list=20
  archive can be viewed at=20
  http://franklin.oit.unc.edu/cgi-bin/lyris.pl?enter=3Dfreetds. =
Source-code can be=20
  downloaded from=20
  =
ftp://freetds.internetcds.com/pub/freetds_dbd/
http://metalab.unc.edu/=
freetds/index.html

3.=20
  If you are using a PERL script, then see the "perl.txt" FAQ entry for =
details=20
  of that - some of the Perl options will work from non-Microsoft=20
  platforms.

4. If you can use Java/JDBC then see the "jdbc.txt" =
FAQ=20
  entry for details of that

5. If you are connecting via REXX =
then try=20
  www.angelfire.com/wa/djawa

6. The recommended option is that =
you=20
  acquire an ODBC/OLE-DB driver from a driver vendor that will offer =
on-going=20
  support. However, many ODBC vendors have either moved from pure client =
drivers=20
  to "3-tier" driver systems which many people don't want, or they have =
moved=20
  from ODBC into OLE-DB. Therefore you may have trouble finding just =
what you=20
  want. (Success and failure stories welcome - but be persistent with =
whichever=20
  vendors you talk to - they may not be actively advertising what you =
want, but=20
  that doesn't mean they don't still have old but working copies of it =
buried in=20
  a cupboard somewhere).

Vendors to try are (in no particular =
order)=20
  :-

OpenLink www.openlinksw.com
Merant (were Intersolv=20
  =
http://www.merant.com/datadirect/products/odbc/Connect/overview.asp =

Visigenic=20
  www.visigenic.com
Easysoft www.easysoft.com (ODBC-ODBC =
Bridge)
Applix=20
  corp.

7. Macintosh Info. It appears that the Microsoft provided =
driver=20
  with Office for the Mac no longer works with SQL 7.0. It works fine =
with SQL=20
  6.5 and below.

www.snap.de. They produce a DAL/ODBC DBMS called =

  PrimeBase that can be used to front-end other ODBC =
applications.

There=20
  are 32-bit 680x0 ODBC drivers on the Visual FoxPro for Power Macintosh =
CD=20
  version 3.0. The 32-bit drivers (v2.11 from Visigenic, v6.0b3 of the =
SQL=20
  Server driver). These work with 16-bit FoxPro 2.6a as well. One issue =
is that=20
  on MacOS 8.5.1, you get Type 1, Type 3 or Type 10 errors when you quit =
the=20
  FoxPro 2.6, BUT if you compile a 680x0 executable it works =
ok.

You can=20
  also get Mac drivers from=20
  http://www.openlinksw.co.uk/.
http://www.iodbc.org/ has an =
SDK

8.=20
  For OpenVMS try www.trifox.com. They provide Perl, Java, JDBC, C, =
COBOL, C++,=20
  etc access from OpenVMS to Microsoft SQL server as well as 10 other =
DBMSs on=20
  various platforms.

9. For other pointers to ODBC/JDBC/OLEDB =
vendor's=20
  =
:-

http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/odbcvend.htm=
 
http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/jdbcvend.htm=
 
http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/oledbven.htm=

http://www.unixodbc.org
http://www.algonet.se/~sommar/mssqlperl/un=
ix.html

=3D=3D=3D

v1.34=20
  2000.02.02
Applies to SQL Server versions : All
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =
information :=20
  n/a
  

  Q. How can I completely uninstall SQL =
Server?
  A. If the standard un-install utility doesn't do the trick =
for some=20
  reason :-
  Remove the <sql> directory and everything under it
Remove =
the=20
  <sql> dir from the path (use control panel/system for this) =

Remove=20
  the SQL registry entries using regedt32/regedit. These are :- 
  (All versions)
  
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSSQLServer =

    
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer 
  (6.0 and above.)
  
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSDTC=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\SQLExecutive=20
  
  (7.0 and above)
  
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\SQLServerAgent=20
    
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft SQL Server 7=20
    
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServ65 
  If you have lost permission to any of the registry keys then log on =
as=20
  administrator and take ownership of them starting at the highest =
relevant=20
  level. Use regedt32 and check the box to take ownership of all subkeys =
as=20
  well. 
  

  Q. What does dbcc traceon(208) mean in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. This traceflag is set by some applications as they rely =
on SQL=20
  6.0's quoted identifier behaviour for object names. For differences =
introduced=20
  with 6.5 to this behaviour look at the "What's New" section in the 6.5 =

  books-online.
  

  Q. How do I install SQL Mail?
  A. First read the manual - SQL provides a very good, =
searchable,=20
  books-online.

After that go to http://support.microsoft.com and =
check=20
  out the following SQL Mail knowledgebase articles :-

Q118501 =
for=20
  MS-Mail post-offices
Q153159 for Exchange post-offices

Any =
other=20
  problems then do a search for "SQLMAIL" in the knowledgebase and =
you'll find=20
  other more specific articles.
  

  Q. I've got a problem/query with the beta of SQL =
Server=20
  7.0. Where can I get help?
  A. All questions on SQL 7.0 should be directed to the beta=20
  newsgroups, not the public ones. The address and userid/password for =
the beta=20
  newsgroups is in the readme.txt on your beta cd. 
  

  Q. Why do I have problems revoking permissions =
on some=20
  tables with SQL Server?
  A. This is a known bug in SQL Server 6.5 with tables that =
have 8n-1=20
  columns. I.e. 7, 15, 22 etc.

To workaround it remove all =
entries from=20
  sysprotects and then re-grant permissions as necessary.

use=20
  <dbname>
go
exec sp_configure 'allow=20
  updates',1
go
reconfigure with override
go
delete =
sysprotects=20
  where id =3D object_id('<tblname>')
go
exec sp_configure =
'allow=20
  updates',0
go
reconfigure with override
go
  

  Q. What are the minimum hardware/software =
requirements for=20
  SQL Server?
  A. That depends on whether you mean SQL Server "server" - =
i.e. the=20
  database itself, or SQL Server client tools to setup/maintain the =
database.=20
  The below table lists the requirements for both.

To just access =
SQL=20
  Server itself as a client then the only requirement is to be able to =
run a=20
  db-lib/odbc/ole-db driver. These are available for just about any =
platform -=20
  for non-Microsoft platforms you would need to get 3rd party=20
  drivers.

General notes on table :-

Where no hardware is=20
  mentioned then any hardware that runs the relevant version of the NT =
operating=20
  system will also run SQL Server.

Unless otherwise specified SQL =
will=20
  run on any type of NT - workstation, server, EE, etc. - though there =
may be=20
  licensing implications that you should check first. With SQL 7.0 =
Microsoft are=20
  checking licensing restrictions in the SQL setup program for the first =
time -=20
  e.g. you are unable to install the Server edition onto NT=20
  workstation.

References to NT 5.0 are now replaced with=20
  Win2000.

If you run SQL Server on NT workstation then you are=20
  restricted by the maximum number of incoming connections that NT =
allows. If=20
  you run SQL Server on a connection-limited or evaluation copy of NT =
then SQL=20
  Server will suffer the same restrictions.

Systems Software =
requirements=20
  table
-----------------------------------

SQL 1.1 Server =
OS/2=20
  1.30
SQL 1.1 Client Tools Dos, OS2, Win3x, Win9x, NT

SQL =
4.20 Server=20
  OS/2 1.30, NT 3.1/3.5/3.51
SQL 4.20 Client Tools =
Dos/OS2/Win3x/Win9x/NT=20
  3.1/3.5/3.51

SQL 4.21a Server NT 3.5/3.51
SQL 4.21a Client =
Tools=20
  Dos/OS2/Win3x/Win9x/NT 3.1/3.5/3.51

SQL 6.0 Server NT =
3.51
SQL 6.0=20
  Client Tools Win9x/NT 3.51

SQL 6.5 Server NT 3.51/4.0/Win2000=20
  (2)
SQL 6.5 Client Tools Win9x/NT 3.51/4.0/Win2000

SQL 7.0 =
Server=20
  "Desktop" Win9x/NT 4.0/Win2000 (1) (3)
SQL 7.0 Server "Server" NT =
4.0=20
  Server/Win2000 Advanced Server (1) (3)
SQL 7.0 Server "Enterprise" =
NT 4.0=20
  EE/Win2000 DataCentre Server (1) (3)
SQL 7.0 Client Tools Win9x/NT=20
  4.0/Win2000 (4)

(1) SQL 7.0 requires a Dec Alpha or 100% Intel =
PENTIUM=20
  compatible. It will not run on 486 machines or some AMD/Cyrix/IBM =
processors -=20
  it needs to support CMPXCHG8B (Compare and Exchange 8 bytes) and RDTSC =
(Read=20
  Time-Stamp counter) instructions. SQL 7.0 WILL run on Pentiums slower =
than=20
  166Mhz, but Microsoft do not "officially" support it. However, they =
are=20
  unlikely to refuse to take your fault call and fix the problem, unless =
it is=20
  directly performance related.

The following quote is from Cyrix =
-=20
  "Recently an issue with SQL Server 7.0 has been discoverd with the =
non-MMX=20
  Media GX and the 6x86 processors. A fix for this issue can be obtained =
from=20
  Cyrix technical support at: tech_support@cyrix.com"

(2) =
DUMP/LOAD=20
  DATABASE fails with SQL 6.5 under Win2000 unless you have applied at =
least 6.5=20
  SP5

(3) SQL 7.0 requires NT4 SP4+ or Win2000 Beta2+. It also =
requires=20
  IE 4.01 SP1+.

(4) SQL 7.0 tools require IE 4.01 SP1+. 
  

  Q. Why is a SQL Server restore (LOAD DATABASE) =
so much=20
  slower than a dump database?
  A. The answer to this is that SQL initialises all pages =
during a=20
  load. So if you have 50MB of data in a 5GB database, the dump only =
processes=20
  the used 50MB. But when the load occurs it loads the 50Mb of data - =
which=20
  takes roughly the same time as the dump - and then initialises the =
rest of the=20
  4.95GB of free space. This initialisation is limited in speed by the=20
  performance of the disk subsystem. 
  

  Q. What are the *.DMP files that appear in the =
SQL Server=20
  log directory?
  A. These are a sign that SQL Server has had a "handled =
access=20
  violation" - a gpf.

The dump files contain information on what =
SQL=20
  Server was doing at the time, module stack traces etc. Though there is =
a=20
  PRINTDMP.EXE utility supplied the output of this is of no use to =
anyone unless=20
  they have the SQL Server C source code - which no-one outside the =
Microsoft=20
  development/support teams does.

Save the dumps away, together =
with=20
  errorlog info, what SQL was running at the time etc. and contact =
Microsoft PSS=20
  for support in resolving the problem. See mspss.txt in the faq for =
more=20
  information on Microsoft PSS. (Before calling make sure that the =
problem still=20
  occurs when you are running the latest service pack and that dbcc =
healthchecks=20
  on the database report no problems)
  

  Q. Can I do an NT defrag on a SQL Server .DAT=20
  device/file?
  A. Yes you can as long as you stop SQL first - NT needs =
exclusive=20
  access to a file in order to defragment it. As long as there are no =
bugs in=20
  the defrag program and the system doesn't crash in the middle of a =
defrag then=20
  there shouldn't be any problems.
  Will it help? Usually not much as SQL devices don't tend to change =
in size=20
  once they are created, so unless a disk was badly fragmented when the =
device=20
  was created so that NT could not allocate contiguous space for it all =
then it=20
  won't be fragmented. It does nothing for SQL fragmentation of =
data/index pages=20
  it only defragments the actual device.
  If you create your SQL devices on a freshly formatted drive then =
you won't=20
  get any fragmentation. 
  

  Q. Can I compress a SQL Server .DAT =
device/file?=20
  
  A. Yes you can as long as you stop SQL first - NT needs =
exclusive=20
  access to a file in order to compress it. With SQL 6.5 and below then =
in=20
  theory everything should be fine as SQL isn't interested in what is =
happening=20
  down at the filesystem level. 

However, in practice, this =
is=20
  absolutely NOT recommended (even with 6.5) for the following reasons=20
  :-

1. It is not recommended/supported by MS. Reason enough in =
itself!=20
  PSS are unlikely to want to help you unless you can re-create your =
problem on=20
  an uncompressed database - so why bother?

2. It can prevent the =
ability=20
  to recover due to SQL not really knowing how much disk space there=20
  is.

3. Performance - especially if you compress an empty=20
  database/device and then start filling it up - there is then a lot of =
overhead=20
  in NTFS expanding the file as previously it had compressed very well =
due to=20
  the large number of binary zeroes used to pad empty pages. (I have =
seen=20
  systems halve in speed because the SQL devices/files were=20
  compressed)

4. SQL Server 7.0 depends on sector aligned writes =
for the=20
  logfile, which NT compressed files do not guarantee.

5. Many =
people=20
  have reported problems with SQL7 when doing disk intensive updates =
like index=20
  creation. Maybe due to the previous reason.

6. With a =
compressed drive=20
  the NT writes are always done in a "lazy" asynchronous manner. For an=20
  application like SQL that MUST know when an i/o has completed to the =
disk and=20
  not to some unprotected memory area this is unacceptable.

See =
Q231347 -=20
  "INF: SQL Server Databases Not Supported on Compressed Volumes" for =
more=20
  information and the official Microsoft line.

As for compressing =
data=20
  inside a table, SQL Server has no functionality to do this. You could =
do it=20
  yourself using code at the client end, or with an extended-stored =
procedure,=20
  but that's it.
  

  Q. Why can't I install SP4 for SQL Server to my =
Win9x=20
  machine like the readme says I can?
  A. This is because when Microsoft released SP4 for SQL 6.5 =
they got=20
  the setup.inf file wrong and it wouldn't install to Win9x clients. =
They=20
  subsequently fixed it and re-released the service pack but it didn't=20
  synchronise to the web download properly.

Get SP4 from=20
  ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql and it should work ok.
  

  Q. I'm getting an error 1117 in SQL Server. Can =
I rebuild=20
  the extents somehow?
  A. It is recommended that you select/bcp out all the =
relevant data=20
  and then recreate the objects concerned. However, if you want to =
attempt a=20
  rebuild of the extents then make a backup first, and then try the =
following=20
  after putting the database into single-user mode first :-
  dbcc rebuildextents (@db_id, @object_id, @index_id)
  Parameters:
@db_id Id of the database
@object_id Id of the =
object to=20
  be rebuild
@index_id Id of the index to be rebuild
  Alternatively you could just rename the object and leave it in the =
database=20
  with a dummy name - you won't be able to drop the object. 
  

  Q. Why can't I get at a network file when I run =
a program=20
  with xp_cmdshell from SQL Server?
  A. The reason is that the MSSQLSERVER service is running =
under a=20
  separate set of NT credentials. It doesn't matter who YOU are logged =
on as=20
  (after all SQL runs quite happily when no-one is logged on to the =
console=20
  doesn't it). Therefore your logon account and any mapped drives are=20
  irrelevant. It is SQL Server running the program (e.g. bcp) not =
you.

If=20
  you're logged on as "sa" or are still running SQL 4.x then xp_cmdshell =
runs=20
  with the NT account that the mssqlserver service is configured to run =
under.=20
  The default set of NT credentials used by MSSQLSERVER is the =
Localsystem=20
  account. You can check what userid that MSSQLSERVER is running under =
by=20
  looking at control panel/services highlighting MSSQLSERVER and =
choosing the=20
  start-up option. If no username is present then you are using the =
localsystem=20
  account - this account has no access to shares on the network as it =
isn't an=20
  authenticated network account. 

If you're not logged on as =
"sa"=20
  then another account may be used :-

With 6.5 and below it is =
used if=20
  the option (in SQL setup) 'xp_cmdshell - simulates Client' is=20
  checked. 

With SQL 7.0 the other account is always used =
for non=20
  "sa" users. 

This account is SQLExecutiveCmdExec for SQL =
6.x and=20
  SQLAgentCmdExec for SQL 7.0. These accounts are only in the local user =
group=20
  by default.

So, if you want a program running under xp_cmdshell =
to=20
  access a network resource your choices are :-

1. Change the =
account the=20
  MSSQLSERVER service runs under to a user account with the relevant =
network=20
  rights.

2. For non-sa users give the "xxCmdExec" account the =
relevant=20
  permissions

or

3. To get localsystem to work - amend the =

  following registry value on the TARGET server and add the sharename =
you want=20
  to access - the share does not then authenticate who is coming in and =
so a=20
  Localsystem account will work. The server service on the target server =
must be=20
  re-started before the change takes effect. Note that this effectively =
removes=20
  security on that share, so you need to be careful about what is in the =

  =
share.

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Lanman=
Server\Parameters\NullSessionShares

Whichever=20
  method you use, you MUST use a UNC name to reference the resources =
required=20
  and not a drive letter.

e.g. xp_cmdshell 'dir =
\\server01\share'
  

  Q. I am having problems with SQL Server running =
bcp from=20
  xp_cmdshell.
  A. First make sure that you have the rights to run =
xp_cmdshell - do=20
  an xp_cmdshell 'dir' and check you get a resultset of filenames=20
  back.

The MSSQLSERVER service is running under a separate set =
of NT=20
  credentials. It doesn't matter who YOU are logged on as (after all SQL =
runs=20
  quite happily when no-one is logged on to the console doesn't it). =
Therefore=20
  your logon account and any mapped drives are irrelevant. It is SQL =
Server=20
  running the program (e.g. bcp) not you.

If you're logged on as =
"sa" or=20
  are still running SQL 4.x then xp_cmdshell runs with the NT account =
that the=20
  mssqlserver service is configured to run under. The default set of NT=20
  credentials used by MSSQLSERVER is the Localsystem account. You can =
check what=20
  userid that MSSQLSERVER is running under by looking at control =
panel/services=20
  highlighting MSSQLSERVER and choosing the start-up option. If no =
username is=20
  present then you are using the localsystem account - this account has =
no=20
  access to shares on the network as it isn't an authenticated network=20
  account. 

If you're not logged on as "sa" then another =
account may=20
  be used :-

With 6.5 and below it is used if the option (in SQL =
setup)=20
  'xp_cmdshell - simulates Client' is checked. 

With SQL 7.0 =
the=20
  other account is always used for non "sa" users. 

This =
account is=20
  SQLExecutiveCmdExec for SQL 6.x and SQLAgentCmdExec for SQL 7.0. These =

  accounts are only in the local user group by default.
So, if you =
want bcp=20
  running under xp_cmdshell to access a network resource you have two =
choices=20
  :-

1. Change the account the MSSQLSERVER service runs under to =
a user=20
  account with the relevant network rights.

or

2. Amend =
the=20
  following registry value on the TARGET server and add the sharename =
you want=20
  to access - the share does not then authenticate who is coming in and =
so a=20
  Localsystem account will work. The server service on the target server =
must be=20
  re-started before the change takes effect. Note that this effectively =
removes=20
  security on that share, so you need to be careful about what is in the =

  =
share.

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Lanman=
Server\Parameters\NullSessionShares

Whichever=20
  method you use, you MUST use a UNC name to reference the resources =
required=20
  and not a drive letter.

i.e. xp_cmdshell 'bcp =
servername..tablename out=20
  \\server01\share\bcp.fil .............'

  

  Q. How do I store/retrieve text and image data =
in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. To store/retrieve this sort of data within TSQL scripts =
you have=20
  to use the WRITETEXT and READTEXT commands rather than standard =
INSERT/SELECT=20
  statements. These are documented, with examples, in the books-online =
but are=20
  basically a real pain to use. There are more manageable commands =
available=20
  from within the relevant programming languages - e.g. RDO and ADO from =
VB/C=20
  can use GetChunk and AppendChunk commands - but you still have to =
manage the=20
  image/text chunks/blocks of data at a time. About the only upside of =
storing=20
  this sort of data within SQL Server is that it can be kept =
transactionally=20
  consistent with the other data. For sample code see Q194975 - "Sample=20
  Functions Demonstrating GetChunk and AppendChunk".

For native =
ODBC=20
  access use the SQLPutData and SQLGetData commands.

If you just =
want to=20
  insert/retrieve an entire image/text then look at the TEXTCOPY program =

  (textcopy /? for parameters) in the <sql>\BINN directory. It is =
a=20
  command-line program along the lines of BCP.

If transactional=20
  consistency doesn't matter, or can be achieved programmatically, then =
it is=20
  easier to store the data outside the database as an ordinary file. =
Within the=20
  database just hold a UNC pointer to where the file is held. This =
usually makes=20
  it much easier to display/edit the data as the name can simply be =
passed to=20
  whatever tool is doing the manipulation.
  

  Q. How can I amend the system tables in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. First, it should be said that unless you are using code =
that=20
  Microsoft have published then any direct updates to the system tables =
are not=20
  supported - so if you're not sure either don't do it, or take a backup =

  first.

With the exception of "materialised" tables like =
syslocks and=20
  sysprocesses you can pretty much use standard SQL commands to update =
the=20
  system tables. 

As far as triggers go, you can define =
triggers on=20
  system tables, however SQL Server updates most system tables =
internally via=20
  it's own api's - only some get done via standard TSQL. Only updates =
done via=20
  standard TSQL result in a trigger firing, however there is no list of =
what=20
  tables this does work with, and it certainly wouldn't be supported if =
you did=20
  use it.

To update system tables first you have to set the =
"allow=20
  updates" flag as follows :-

sp_configure 'allow=20
  updates',1
go
reconfigure with override
go

Then go can =
make=20
  updates - make sure you always do this within a transaction so that if =
you=20
  affect more rows than you meant to then it can be rolled back. =
Afterwards=20
  reset the 'allow updates' flag.

sp_configure 'allow=20
  updates',1
go
reconfigure with override
go

There are =
also a=20
  few occasions where Microsoft have put in "extra" protection to stop =
users=20
  mucking about. One example is sysindexes where you must specify the =
name, id=20
  and indid in the where clause otherwise the update will fail.
  

  Q. I am having problems installing a SQL Service =

  pack.
  A. Try the following checklist :-

1. Make sure you =
have=20
  administrator level permissions on the machine in question, as SQL =
needs to=20
  create registry entries, services etc.

2. SQL Server is =
dependent on=20
  network functionality - even for the set-up routines. Specifically it =
needs to=20
  use named-pipe/mailslot functionality. These usually require a network =
card to=20
  be present. If you don't have a network card then go to control=20
  panel/networks, choose add adapter and then add the Microsoft loopback =
adapter=20
  - which is just a dummy driver, no hardware involved. This needs to =
have=20
  working network protocol(s) bound to it. Let whichever protocols you =
have use=20
  default parameters, EXCEPT for tcp-ip. If you are using this then do =
NOT=20
  specify dhcp assigned address, use 192.168.1.1 as the IP address and=20
  255.255.255.0 as the subnet mask. This is a standard RFC1918 =
non-routed IP=20
  address so shouldn't clash with any dial-up address you may be given =
by an=20
  ISP.

3. Make sure that there are no quotes in the path on the =
machine=20
  you are setting up. Also check that the full directory path you are =
installing=20
  from does not include any spaces. Either of these will cause part of =
the setup=20
  to fail (usually the cfgchar.exe bit). Also check the registry entry=20
  [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\Setup] ends in a =
"\" and=20
  add one if it doesn't.

4. Because a named-pipe, used by the =
set-up=20
  routine, is effectively a file as far as the operating system is =
concerned,=20
  real-time Virus scanners can cause problems. Most of these have been =
fixed so=20
  they don't interfere with SQL's named-pipes, but make sure you're =
running the=20
  latest version of whichever virus package you use. But if in doubt, =
then=20
  disable the virus software for the duration of the install.

5. =
Other=20
  software packages can also interfere with SQL's install - typically =
they=20
  interfere with named-pipes/mailslot connectivity and setup will =
terminate with=20
  an error like 'unable to write to mailslot.....'. Shut-down any of =
these for=20
  the duration of the install. Packages that are known to interfere with =
SQL's=20
  setup routines include :-

IIS - Internet Information Server - =
the web=20
  parts, not FTP
PWS - Personal Web Server
Exchange =
Server

6. If=20
  the dial-up networking icon/window appears and tries to make a network =

  connection, then stop and disable the "Remote Access Autodial Manager" =
service=20
  via control panel/services. This is an NT issue rather than a SQL one, =
but=20
  disabling auto-dial is the easiest way around it.

7. Make sure =
that=20
  named-pipes is enabled and is the default net-lib on the server. Make =
sure=20
  that SQL is listening on .\pipe\sql\query which is the =
default.

8. If=20
  your "sa" password had a space in it then change the password so it =
doesn't=20
  have a space before installing the SP.

9. Make sure that SQL =
Server has=20
  a name. Run sp_helpserver and check what name srvid of 0 has. If it is =
not=20
  there then run sp_addserver '<servername>', 'LOCAL'

10. =
Check=20
  whether the value at=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\Setup\SQLPath has a =
'\' at=20
  the end. If you have used a long directory name you may need to add =
this=20
  yourself.

11. (6.5 and below). Make sure you haven't deleted =
the probe=20
  account from the master database. If you have :-

use=20
  master
go
exec sp_addlogin probe, NULL, master
exec =
sp_adduser=20
  probe
go

Then run <sql>\install\Procsyst.sql to grant =
relevant=20
  permissions back to the userid.

12. Installing SP1 to SQL 7.0 =
on a=20
  cluster may say "updating system files" and then error and terminate. =
This=20
  happens if your CD-Rom is not shared out - share it out as F$ (or =
whatever)=20
  and that should resolve the problem.

13. If it still isn't =
installing=20
  then check the *.OUT files in the <sql>\install directory for =
clues as=20
  to what is going on.

14. If the .OUT files indicate that ISQL =
cannot=20
  connect to the SQL Server to run scripts then you can try the =
following=20
  unsupported hack (it worked for me on SP4 and SP5) by modifying the=20
  servicepack's setup.inf. After modifying the setup script run "setup =
/t Local=20
  =3D Yes"

Make a backup of the setup.inf first, then find the =
following=20
  line

set !ServerName =3D $(!ComputerName)

Now add the =
following 3=20
  lines after it

ifstr(i) $(!Local) =3D=3D "Yes"
set =
!ServerName =3D=20
  "."
endif

15. If the error is "Critical Error, could not =
open the=20
  file named D:\MSSQL\BINN\SQLCTR60.DLL" then look for a service that =
has this=20
  file open. Easiest way to see which one is to get NTHANDLEX from=20
  www.sysinternals.com (free). You can retry the copy on this. If you =
get this=20
  error then check the version of the file at the end to see if it has =
indeed=20
  been updated. (The version of the file for SP5a is 6.50.410).
  

  Q. How can I move a SQL Server device from one =
disk to=20
  another, or rename it?
  A. There are two ways with SQL 6.5 and below :-

1. =
Use device=20
  mirroring. Mirror the device to the "new" location and then break the =
mirror=20
  and delete the old device. This method does not need SQL downtime and =
can be=20
  done via the gui or via TSQL.

2. In the Books Online for SQL =
6.5 there=20
  is an sp documented called sp_movedevice. Cut and paste this SP into a =
query=20
  analyser/ISQLW window and run it to create it. (It doesn't get =
installed=20
  automatically). Then run sp_movedevice with the required parameters to =
make=20
  the system table changes. Next stop SQL Server. Then move the device =
using the=20
  MOVE command, Explorer, File Manager etc. Finally, restart SQL Server. =
This=20
  method requires downtime, but it is faster as using OS level commands =
is=20
  faster than SQL mirroring.

All that sp_movedevice does is =
update the=20
  phyname in the sysdevices table.

Note that the above method =
works for=20
  all USER databases. If you want to move master this way, then note =
that the=20
  phyname parameter in sysdevices is only for documentation - you might =
as well=20
  change it anyway to keep things in line. The actual method SQL uses =
for=20
  locating the master device is by looking in the registry=20
  =
:-

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\MSSQLServer\P=
arameters\SQLArg0

So=20
  it is the value in this key that needs amending.

For SQL 7.0 =
user=20
  databases you can use :-

sp_detach_db ...
<move devices=20
  physically>
sp_attach_db ...

For details on the =
stored-proc=20
  parameters see the SQL Books online.

For SQL 7.0 tempdb use=20
  :-

ALTER DATABASE tempdb
MODIFY FILE (NAME=3Dtempdev,=20
  FILENAME=3D'<newname>')

ALTER DATABASE tempdb
MODIFY =
FILE=20
  (NAME=3Dtemplog, FILENAME=3D'<newname>')

Re-starting SQL =
Server makes=20
  this take effect

=3D=3D=3D

v1.03 2000.02.04
Applies =
to SQL Server=20
  versions : All
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb =
articles=20
  : Q187824, Q181602
Other related information : n/a
  

  Q. How can I recover a SQL Server database when =
all I have=20
  left is the .DAT device?
  A. For SQL 6.5 and below use the DISK REINIT and REFIT =
commands.=20
  These are documented in the Books-Online.

For SQL 7.0 use the=20
  sp_attach_db sp - also documented in the books online. 
  

  Q. How can I re-install SQL Server without =
losing any data=20
  under a new version of NT I have installed?
  A. This is easy to recover from as long as the original SQL =
files=20
  are all still there.

For SQL 6.5 and below - from the =
<sql>\binn=20
  directory run the following, making sure the case is =
correct

setup /t=20
  RegistryRebuild =3D On

The setup routine will now run and ask =
you all the=20
  normal questions. Answer these as if you were performing the install =
again=20
  (put in the same paths etc.). It will appear like a normal install but =
it will=20
  run much more quickly and just insert/update all the registry =
entries/icons=20
  etc. that are needed. None of the existing files will be touched. Once =

  finished you should be able to start the SQL Server service again and =
access=20
  your data.

Microsoft made it even easier with SQL 7.0 and =
introduced=20
  the regrebld.exe command - regrebld.exe /? will give you the options =
as will=20
  the documentation.
  

  Q. How can I install SQL Server client tools in =
unattended=20
  mode?
  A. The Microsoft provided setup.inf file with 6.5 and below =
doesn't=20
  allow for this (haven't checked out 7.0 yet), so your choices are =
:-

1.=20
  Amend the setup.inf to provide this support, or write a new =
one.

2. Do=20
  a script to copy the relevant files across and update any registry =
parameters=20
  needed. You could use something like sysdiff to do this.
  

  Q. How can I access data across two separate =
databases in=20
  SQL Server?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and below this is easy as long as the =
databases are=20
  on the same server. Then just use the fully qualified names of the =
tables=20
  concerned :-
  select * from=20
  <dbname><ownername>.<tablename>
select * from =
db1..tab1,=20
  db2..tab1 where ...........................
  If the databases are on separate servers then 6.5 and below offer =
remote=20
  stored procedures (look them up in the docs) but that is your only =
server-side=20
  choice, there is no way to directly access the tables involved. If you =
need=20
  direct access then you will need to make two separate client =
connections to=20
  each server and process the data at the client end. Something like the =
JET=20
  engine can be used to make this easier and make the two servers look =
like one.=20
  
  With SQL 7.0 you can access tables across servers with a single =
client=20
  connection because the fully qualified object name now allows the =
servername=20
  to be passed, so you can do
  select * from server1.db1..tab1, server2.db1..tab1 where=20
  ...........................
  

  Q. How can I transfer SQL Server data between an =
Intel box=20
  and an Alpha?
  A. With 6.5 and below you cannot use the DUMP and LOAD =
DATABASE=20
  commands - it does not do the necessary byte re-ordering to make this =
work.=20
  Therefore you must use bcp, DTS, the transfer tools supplied in SQL EM =
or=20
  write your own ODBC/DMO based applet.

With SQL 7.0 the byte =
re-ordering=20
  is done for you and so dumps and loads across architectures are =
supported.
  

  Q. I can't run SQL Server Enterprise =
Manager.
  A. This is a problem with the class not being resgistered in =
the=20
  registry properly. Use the regsvr32 utility to re-register it :-
  regsvr32 <sql>\binn\sqlole65.dll
  Replacing <sql> with the full drive/dir that SQL is installed =
into.=20
  
  

  Q. I've put tempdb in ram and now I can't =
restart my SQL=20
  Server.
  A. This is because the memory allocated by SQL Server does =
NOT=20
  include tempdb in ram. There must be enough memory for SQL, tempdb AND =
NT=20
  otherwise SQL will fail to start. To recover from this :-

1. =
Stop SQL=20
  Server and SQL Executive. Also make sure that SQL Enterprise Manager =
isn't=20
  running.
2. Go to the <sql>\binn directory and type "sqlservr =
-c -f"=20
  - this will start SQL in single-user mode with a minimum config.
3. =
Ignore=20
  the text messages in this window - but wait for them to finish =
appearing=20
  (shouldn't take more than 10-20 seconds)
4. SQL Server is now=20
  started.
5. Go to another window and start ISQL/W and connect =
locally with=20
  the sa userid.
6. In ISQL/W issue the following commands=20
  :-

sp_configure tempdb, 0
go
reconfigure
go

7. =
Now go=20
  back to the window SQL is running in and type "shutdown" and =
enter
8. SQL=20
  Server should shut down. If it doesn't then hit <ctrl-c> to shut =
it=20
  down.
9. Now you should be able to start SQL normally and connect. =
You will=20
  need to re-size tempdb as it will have gone back to the original 2Mb =
in=20
  master.

If you get an error 615 running the sp_configure =
command then=20
  drop the tempdb device first :- "sp_dropdevice tempdb" - and then =
start=20
  again.
  

  Q. How do I transfer data between SQL Server =
databases /=20
  across servers?
  A. There are a variety of methods :-

1. The fastest =
method=20
  for whole databases is to use the DUMP DATABASE and LOAD DATABASE =
commands.=20
  You need to make sure that the databases are the same size and made up =
of the=20
  same segment fragments in the same order. If you do an =
sp_help_revdatabase on=20
  both this will allow you to check the required DDL for this. You can =
DUMP and=20
  LOAD from a local tape device and transport the tape if you do not =
have a=20
  network connection. (With SQL 7.0 the commands are BACKUP DATABASE and =
RESTORE=20
  DATABASE)

2. If you only want tables/data you can use the SQL =
BCP.EXE=20
  tool. This is a command-line program and is fully doc'd in the =
books-online.=20
  It works on one table at a time and allows you to create a flat file =
on=20
  disk.

3. For stored-procedures/views etc. there is an old =
command-line=20
  based tool called DEFNCOPY.EXE that works like BCP. It isn't used much =
these=20
  days unless you still have SQL Server on OS/2 - though it still works =
on NT at=20
  least up until 6.5.

4. SQL Enterprise Manager comes with a =
built-in gui=20
  transfer function, and SQL 7 comes with a separate, equivalent tool =
based on=20
  DTS. This allows transfer of all objects between two databases/servers =
but=20
  requires a network connection between the two.

5. The transfer =
tool=20
  supplied with SQL EM is exposed via the DMO interface and can be =
called using=20
  the SQLOLE calls from TSQL or your own VB program for automation =
purposes. See=20
  Q152801 for an example of how to do this.

6. 3rd-party DBMS =
management=20
  tools no doubt offer similar/better transfer/scripting tools to the=20
  above.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.03 2000.02.02
Applies to SQL =
Server versions :=20
  All
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles :=20
  n/a
Other related information : n/a
  

  Q. What packages are available to do source =
control on SQL=20
  Server SP's, DDL etc.?
  A. Microsoft have integrated their Repository into SQL 7 so =
there=20
  will probably be some function there with new versions of Visual =
SourceSafe,=20
  but assuming VSS doesn't meet your needs, then 3rd party dbms tools do =
offer=20
  these features :-

Cast Workbench
SQL Programmer -=20
  www.sfi-software.com
RapidSQL


=3D=3D=3D

v1.02=20
  2000.02.05
Applies to SQL Server versions : All
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =
information :=20
  n/a
  

  Q. Where can I get the ANSI92 SQL information=20
  from.
  A. This is information is only available from ANSI =
themselves and as=20
  far as I know is only available on paper (to discourage piracy). They =
charge=20
  for the information - they have to have some form of income stream =
after all.=20
  
  More information can be had from their web-site http://www.ansi.org/
  

  Q. How do I connect to SQL Server through a=20
  firewall?
  A. Basically you have to open up the ports that SQL Server =
uses. If=20
  you've done this and it still doesn't work then look at the firewall =
logs to=20
  see what packets it is dropping or do a network trace either side of =
the=20
  firewall to see what packets are not getting through. (You may want to =

  disable/allow all through the firewall during testing to see what =
extra=20
  packets are allowed through).

Which ports to open depends on =
the=20
  net-lib you are using :-

For tcp-ip sockets the default port =
for SQL=20
  Server is 1433.

For multi-protocol (rpc) the ports are normally =

  variable, but you can fix them. See Q164667 in the Microsoft =
knowledgebase for=20
  details.

For named-pipes over ip 137/138/139 are used. As these =
are the=20
  same ones used for file/print it is not recommended you allow these =
through=20
  the firewall.
  

  Q. I'm getting a sort failed 1501 message on SQL =
Server -=20
  what's going on?
  A. This is usually caused by a time-out when creating an =
index - if=20
  you see "state 12" after the 1501 then it definitely is. This =
hard-coded=20
  timeout was upped with SQL 6.5 SP3 and is rarely seen now (though it =
does=20
  still sometimes occur). It is normally caused by a slow or congested =
disk=20
  subsystem - either get some faster disks/controllers or make sure that =
no=20
  other processes are contending on the same disks at the time of the =
query that=20
  causes the error.

If the above doesn't fit, then you can try =
upping the=20
  "sort pages" parameter in sp_configure. This may keep more of the sort =
in=20
  memory and reduce the iterations it goes through and thus prevent the=20
  error.

Other than that all you can do is contact Microsoft PSS =
with the=20
  error message, including state number, and let them delve through the =
code to=20
  see what piece of code the state message you're getting is in. (The =
state=20
  codes are unique)
  

  Q. I'm getting a 1112 error on SQL Server - =
what's going=20
  on?
  A. This message will only occur with SQL 4.x and is fixed in =
all=20
  subsequent versions. The ONLY permanent fix is to upgrade to SQL 6.0 =
or=20
  above.

The error occurs if SQL has crashed during the =
allocation of an=20
  extent - this sometimes leaves a "being allocated" bit set in the =
extent. When=20
  SQL comes to need that extent to expand a table then you get the error =
because=20
  SQL thinks the bit should never me set and some form of corruption has =

  occurred.

Because SQL always allocates extents in the same =
order, once=20
  you get the error you will carry on getting it unless you drop some =
objects=20
  and free up extents nearer the start of the database that it can =
allocate ok.=20
  This only puts off the time till the next 1112.

To "fix" the =
error you=20
  can get and run a file called 1112.EXE from Microsoft PSS or=20
  ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/transfer. This contains details of what =
to do to=20
  run it - note the database needs to be in single-user mode at the =
time. All it=20
  does is whiz through the extent map and reset any bits that show as =
"being=20
  allocated".

Note this "fix" only fixes that particular =
occurence of the=20
  problem. The problem will come back, so move to a supported version of =
SQL=20
  that has a permanent fix for this =
problem.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.01=20
  2000.02.02
Applies to SQL Server versions : 4.x
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =
information : n/a=20
  
  

  Q. Why do I get the message WARNING: Process =
being freed=20
  while holding Dataserver semaphore in SQL Server.
  A. This is a fairly common error :-

1. Check for =
previous=20
  errors - this is often not the actual error that occurred but is a =
symptom of=20
  a previous error that has caused SQL Server to get confused. It then =
ends up=20
  trying to exit a routine without having cleared up all the resources =
that it=20
  owns. It is the previous error that you should look up in =
Technet/Microsoft=20
  Knowledgebase.

2. It can be a symptom of not having enough =
resources.=20
  Up the number of open objects, locks and open databases. This may=20
  help.

3. Apply the latest servicepack - this or the underlying =
error=20
  may well have been fixed already.

4. If none of the above =
apply, and=20
  your problem does not match any known, documented issue then you will =
have to=20
  call Microsoft PSS and open a paid fault call. If you can reproduce =
the=20
  problem with a script run against a new, clean database then it should =
be=20
  fairly easy for a fix to be written.
  

  Q. What are good SQL Server books? And other =
sources of=20
  reference.
  A. SQL Books Online is a good source, as is Technet with =
100's of=20
  techie articles/whitepapers on SQL as well as the Knowledgebase. The =
SQL 7.0=20
  books-online can be downloaded at=20
  =
http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/sqlbol.exe

=
An=20
  un-official "faq" is held at=20
  =
:-

http://forumsb.compuserve.com/vlforums/UK/default.asp?SRV=3DMSD=
evApps=20
  (download sqlfaq.zip from library 7 (SQL=20
  =
Public))
http://www.sql-server.co.uk
http://www.ntfaq.com/sql.html<=
BR>http://www.swynk.com/faq/sql/sqlserverfaq.asp

The=20
  most up to date copy (apart from the one on my hard-drive) is the one =
in the=20
  Compuserve library - you don't need to be a compuserve member to =
download it.=20
  The other sites all take the info and put it into their own=20
  format.

On-line resources :-

SQL Server newsgroups :=20
  microsoft.public.sqlserver.* and =
comp.dcom.databases.ms-sqlserver
GO=20
  MSDEVAPP on Compuserve for SQL forums
www.sql-server.co.uk (Copy of =
SQL=20
  FAQ, Code samples, other stuff)
www.mssqlserver.com (Copy of SQL =
FAQ,=20
  reviews, lots of other resources)
www.sqlwire.com (SQL=20
  News)
www.insidesqlserver.com (Updates to Kalen Delaney's Inside =
SQL Server=20
  7.0 book, Q&A and lots of other info is held=20
  here)
www.ntfaq.com/sql.htm (Copy of SQL FAQ)
www.swynk.com (SQL =
Server=20
  Mailing List and other resources)
www.dbmaint.com (Code=20
  samples)

Magazines :-

SQL Server Magazine, =
www.sqlmag.com
SQL=20
  Server Professional, Pinnacle publications, www.pinpub.com 
NT =

  Magazine has monthly articles on SQL plus the odd one-off =
article

Books=20
  (a few good ones, but this doesn't mean anything not listed isn't =
good! Many=20
  of these go through various revisions, so check you're getting the =
latest and=20
  greatest version) :-

Microsoft SQL Server 6.5/7.0 Programming =
Unleashed=20
  : Sams/various : Good for programming/TSQL

Microsoft SQL Server =
6.5/7.0=20
  Unleashed : Sams/various : Good for DBA's, admin, performance, general =

  stuff.

SQL for Smarties : Morgan-K/Joe Celko : Advanced SQL =
programming=20
  techniques, tricks and tips. Not SQL Server specific but highly=20
  recommended.

Hitchhikers Guide to VB and SQL Server : =
MSPress/Bill=20
  Vaughn : ISBN: 1572318481 : If you're coding VB to access SQL and =
you're not=20
  sure whether (or how) to use db-lib, odbc, ado, rdo, ole-db, rds, rdo, =
dmo (I=20
  think that's all of them) then this is the bible.

BackOffice =
Resource=20
  Kit Part II : MSPress : Good stuff on SQL 6.5 connectivity and some =
internals,=20
  plus some nice utilities and whitepapers.

BackOffice 4.5 =
Resource Kit :=20
  MSPress : As above but for SQL 7.

Teach yourself Microsoft SQL =
Server=20
  7.0 in 21 days : Sams/Richard Waymire : ISBN 0-672-31290-5 : A good =
overall=20
  guide to SQL Server 7.0.

Inside Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 : =
MSPress/Ron=20
  Soukup : SQL Server Internals, how it works, why the history. Plenty =
of good=20
  undocumented stuff.

Inside Microsoft SQL Server 7.0 : =
MSPress/Kalen=20
  Delaney : ISBN: 0735605173 : The bible for SQL 7 internals.

SQL =
Server=20
  7 Database Administration. Prima Press/Ron Talmadge : Probably the =
best SQL 7=20
  admin type book.

Microsoft OLAP Solutions. Microsoft =
Press/George=20
  Spofford and Erik Thomsen. ISBN: 0471332585. The definitive Microsoft =
Olap=20
  book.

Database Modelling and Design. Morgan Kaufmann/Toby=20
  Teory.

Transact-SQL Programming. O'Reilly/Kline, Gould and =
Zanevsky.=20
  What the title says - specific to SQL Server 6.5/Sybase 4.x. Nothing =
on later=20
  Sybase/SQL Server additions/changes to syntax.

Unlocking OLAP =
with SQL=20
  Server 7 and Excel 2000 : Wayne Freeze : ISBN =
0764545876

Microsoft SQL=20
  Server 7 OLAP Developer's Guide : Bill Amo : ISBN =
0764546430

OLAP=20
  Solutions, Building Multidimensional INformation systems with CDROM : =
Erik=20
  Thomsen : ISBN 0471149314

OLAP Services Fundamentals, Online =
Analytical=20
  Processing Technology for Microsoft SQL Server with CDROM : OLAP Train =
: ISBN=20
  0735609047

Microsoft OLAP Unleashed with CDROM : Tim Peterson, =
Bob=20
  Pfeiff, Jim Pinkelman : ISBN 07672316714

=3D=3D=3D

v1.19 =

  2000.02.05
Applies to SQL Server versions : All
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =
information : n/a=20
  
  

  Q. What are SQL Server hot-fixes and where can I =
get=20
  them?
  A. Hot-fixes are builds of SQL Server just like =
service-packs.=20
  However they are not fully packaged or given the same level of testing =
as a=20
  servicepack. They should only be applied to resolve a particular=20
  problem.

To get them, the official answer is that you must =
contact=20
  Microsoft Product Support Services by phone. You can get contact =
details from=20
  http://support.microsoft.com/support/supportnet/default.asp. The call =
screener=20
  answering the phone will charge your account/credit card for the call =
- in the=20
  US this is $195 I believe. Then when the engineer you are put through =
to=20
  determines the call is about an Microsoft bug they will refund it. =
They will=20
  tell you where to get the hot-fix, or will send it to=20
  you.

Unofficially, you can pick up hotfixes from=20
  ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/transfer as long as you know the build =
number and=20
  pkzip password you need. The files are called SQLbbbm.EXE where bbb is =
the=20
  build number and m is the machine type. So SQL324I.EXE is build 324 =
for Intel.=20
  The files are pkzip password protected.

Wherever you get one =
from be=20
  aware that hot-fixes are typically NOT regression tested and can cause =
a lot=20
  more damage than they can fix. You are strongly urged to discuss using =
any=20
  hot-fix with an Microsoft PSS representative before applying it.
  

  Q. How can I create a user-defined function in =
SQL=20
  Server?
  A. Basically you can't (at the moment) - these were supposed =
to have=20
  been in SQL 7.0 but will now only be in the next version (due in=20
  2000).

There are a couple of options that will get part of the =
way=20
  there for now :-

1. You can write your own stored-proc or=20
  extended-stored-procedure (XP). However, you can only pass an SP/XP a =
set of=20
  parameters so to "apply" it to a set of rows you would have to cursor =
round=20
  the rows yourself and call the SP/XP 'n' times. An example =
below

Create=20
  StoredProcedure SPAdd
(@num1 int, @num2 int, @Result int=20
  OUTPUT)
AS
Select @Result =3D @num1 + =
@num2
Return
go

Declare=20
  @Total int
exec SPAdd @num1 =3D 5, @num2 =3D 6, @Result =3D =
@Total
Select=20
  @Total

2. As long as you can write the function in a simple 1 =
line TSQL=20
  statement then you can simulate the function with a case statement - =
look up=20
  CASE in the books online for more information.

select =
finalvalue =3D=20
  CASE
  WHEN <exp>
    THEN=20
  <exp>
  WHEN <exp>
    THEN=20
  <exp>
  ELSE <exp>
END
  

  Q. How can I pass an array of values to a SQL =
Server=20
  stored-procedure?
  A. Basically you can't - SQL Server has no array type - ANSI =
SQL 92=20
  does not specify array support.
  You could simulate an array by passing one or more varchar(255) =
fields with=20
  comma-separated values and then use a WHILE loop with PATINDEX and =
SUBSTR to=20
  extract the values.
  The more usual way to do this would be to populate a temporary =
table with=20
  the values you need and then use the contents of that table from =
within the=20
  stored-procedure. Example of this below
  create procedure mytest @MyParmTempTable=20
  varchar(30)
as
begin
-- @MyParmTempTable contains my =
parameter=20
  list...
  -- For simplicity use dynamic sql to copy into a normal temp =
table...=20
  
  create table #MyInternalList (
list_item varchar( 2 ) not=20
  null
)
  set nocount on
  insert #MyInternalList
exec ( "select * from " + =
@MyParmTempTable=20
  )
  set nocount off
  -- It is now easier to join..
select *
from =
sysobjects
where=20
  type in ( select list_item from #MyInternalList )
  end
go
  To call..
  create table #MyList (
list_item varchar( 2 ) not=20
  null
)
insert #MyList values ( 'S' )
insert #MyList values ( =
'U'=20
  )
insert #MyList values ( 'P' )
  exec mytest "#MyList"
  

  Q. How can I delete duplicate rows from a SQL =
Server=20
  table?
  A. This is documented in the Microsoft Kb - Q139444. Search =
from=20
  www.microsoft.com/support or go direct with the following =
URL.

h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q139/4/44.asp
  

  Q. My SQL Server errorlog is filling up with =
entries. How=20
  can I switch or truncate it?
  A. There is no way to truncate the errorlog or switch it =
either,=20
  short of stop/starting the MSSQLSERVER service.
  If the errorlog is filling up your disk then your choices are =
:-
  
    Fix the application(s) that are causing the errors.=20
    
NTFS compress the log directory to reduce the physical space it =
takes=20
    
Move the errorlog to another directory and use the -e startup =
option to=20
    point the errorlogs to the new place. 
  

  Q. Which sort-order should I choose for my SQL =
Server for=20
  the fastest performance?
  A. Binary sort order is 15% faster than others for key =
comparisons.=20
  However this is only one TINY part of the processing that SQL needs to =
do and=20
  with the massive increase in processor speed since SQL Server was =
first=20
  released this is now really not an issue.

If you use binary (or =
another=20
  case-sensitive sort-order) then you may need to resort to queries with =
where=20
  clauses like "where UPPER(columnname) =3D UPPER(searchargument)". This =
prevents=20
  the query optimizer from selecting an index and forces a table-scan - =
with=20
  disastrous performance consequences.

Therefore it is =
recommended that=20
  you only choose binary for other reasons - not performance.
  

  Q. Why is my application locking up in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. This is due to a documented change in SQL 6.5 because =
tables=20
  created by using SELECT INTO hold to the ACID (atomicity, consistency, =

  isolation, durability) transaction properties. This also means that =
system=20
  resources, such as pages, extents, and locks, are held for the =
duration of the=20
  SELECT INTO statement. With larger system objects, this leads to the =
condition=20
  where many internal tasks can be blocked by other users performing =
SELECT INTO=20
  statements. For example, on high-activity servers, many users running =
the SQL=20
  Enterprise Manager tool to monitor system processes can block on each =
other,=20
  which leads to a condition where the SEM application appears to stop=20
  responding. (This happens on tempdb which is the biggest problem with =
this new=20
  feature for most users)

You can revert to the old 6.0 and below =

  behaviour where these locks are not held by applying at least SQL 6.5=20
  ServicePack 1 and then setting traceflag 5302 on startup.

It is =

  recommended that you amend your application to not use select into, or =
if you=20
  do, create the table using "SELECT ... INTO .... WHERE 1=3D0" to =
create the=20
  table and then use standard inserts to populate the =
table.

(This=20
  problem does not occur in SQL 7.0 and above as row-level locks are =
taken and=20
  so system table pages aren't unnecessarily blocked)
  

  Q. Where can I get the SQL Server Programmers=20
  Toolkit?
  A. For SQL 6.5 :- http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/PTK_I386.EXE

This=20
  contains everything you need for db-lib, odbc, dmo, ods, xp etc. type=20
  programming against SQL Server.

For SQL 7 look on the CD under=20
  \devtools 
  

  Q. I'm getting an error 80004005 message =
connecting to SQL=20
  Server - what's going on?
  A. This is an ODBC/ADO error message and is a generic one -=20
  basically something has gone wrong. After the error number is a =
description=20
  giving specific information on what is going on. To debug this info =
look at=20
  Q183060 in the MS Knowledgebase. www.microsoft.com/support. 
  

  Q. Is it safe to clear down the =
msdb..sysbackuphistory=20
  table in SQL Server as it is filling up the database?
  A. Yes, it is safe. There is a stored procedure to clear up =
the=20
  sysbackuphistory and sysbackupdetail tables available with SQL 6.5 -=20
  sp_sysbackuphistory_limiter. This is run with a single parameter of =
the latest=20
  date you want to keep. Everything before this is deleted.

See =
Q152354=20
  for more details. 
  

  Q. I'm having problems getting more than x =
connections=20
  from a 16-bit client to SQL Server.
  A. This is due to the fact that 16-bit clients, whether they =
use=20
  ODBC or db-lib, use a 64K buffer for all their control blocks, network =
buffers=20
  etc. You have to keep everything within this one area - there are no=20
  workarounds for this.
  The main thing that uses up the memory is the space used for =
"network"=20
  buffers - actually these are buffers for the TDS packets, as the =
actual=20
  network buffers may be bigger/smaller and the TDS packets may have to =
be=20
  fragmented by the network driver to get them on the network - but that =
is=20
  transparent to SQL.
  The "network packet size" (TDS) can be specified by the client =
connection.=20
  If it is not then it uses the setting on the server that is set by=20
  sp_configure.
  If you need more connections then the easiest thing to do is reduce =
the=20
  "network packet size" via sp_configure/client connection until you get =
enough.=20
  The lower it is set the more round-trips that SQL client to server has =
to=20
  take, which potentially can degrade performance. 
  

  Q. How can I restrict the number of rows =
returned to my=20
  query in SQL Server?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and below use the "set rowcount <n>"=20
  option.
  This option is still available with SQL 7.0, but this supports the =
TOP()=20
  function as well which will optimise better so use this instead. =
"select=20
  TOP(n) from .........." 
  

  Q. I can't use a tape-drive with SQL Server, =
but it works=20
  ok with NT Backup. Why?
  A. SQL 6.5 and below have compatibility problems with =
certain tape=20
  drives - usually because the tape driver advertises a block-size that =
is too=20
  big for SQL to handle. With SQL 7.0 this problem goes away because SQL =
uses=20
  the NT backup code/format and so any tape drive that works with NT =
backup=20
  *should* work with SQL 7.0 and above.

However, SQL Server will =
only=20
  work with drivers that support the "TAPE_DRIVE_REVERSE_POSITION" scsi =
command.=20
  It uses this to skip back a filemark when handling end of media or =
malformed=20
  media errors. NT Backup doesn't necessarily use this, so it is =
possible for a=20
  driver/drive that doesn't support this to work with NT backup, but not =
with=20
  SQL Server. This is the case with some QIC style (IDE attached) tape =
units. In=20
  this case you will need to find a driver that does support this =
command, or=20
  get a different tape unit.

You can diagnose the problem on SQL =
6.5 and=20
  earlier using a tapetest.exe tool - these are available from Microsoft =
PSS and=20
  have also been uploaded to www.swynk.com/sql in their library area. =
They are=20
  gui based and their usage is obvious.

You can try upgrading the =

  firmware on your tape unit - this sometimes helps. But usually it is =
the=20
  driver that needs changing. 

Check the vendors website - =
e.g.=20
  www.quantum.com has updated DLT drivers

Try applying the latest =
NT=20
  service pack (many drivers come with these). Specifically there is a =
bug with=20
  SQL 6.5 SP5a where it needs to driver from NT 4.0 SP4 or above for 4mm =
dat=20
  drives to work properly (otherwise it gets an error 87).

If you =
have=20
  licenses for a 3rd party backup utility that dumps in Microsoft =
standard=20
  format then try a driver from here instead of the NT supplied one. I =
find that=20
  BEI Ultrabac drivers work well with SQL Server (www.ultrabac.com). =
Earlier=20
  versions of Arcada/Seagate/Veritas Backup Exec didn't, but newer ones=20
  do.

The last one leads to another work-around - if you use a =
3rd party=20
  backup tool and it has a SQL agent then the tape unit will definitely =
work, as=20
  SQL is writing to the named-pipes or VDI interface and it is the 3rd =
party=20
  backup software/drivers that do the physical writing to the tape =
device.
  

  Q. SQL Mail keeps hanging - meaning I have to =
restart SQL=20
  Server to clear it.
  A. This is a mapi problem, not a SQL one, but having SQL =
Server=20
  acting as a MAPI client makes it nearly impossible to track down and =
fix. SQL=20
  6.5 SP5a has a fix in to reduce these problems. I have seen at least =
one=20
  report of SQL 7.0 having the same problem - so it doesn't look like =
this=20
  handles it a whole lot better.

You can try a different mail =
client and=20
  see if the mapi dll's that installs work better - some people have =
found that=20
  Outlook 98 works well, others report that only very early versions of =
Exchange=20
  client work ok. Whatever the case it is likely that bugs exist in all =
versions=20
  of the mapi client and are exposed on fast or SMP machines due to race =

  conditions - thus causing hangs.

The recommended workaround =
would be to=20
  not use SQL Mail at all. You can use a SENDMAIL.EXE command - either =
the one=20
  in the Exchange resource kit for MAPI, or an SMTP one for an internet =
gateway.=20
  This can then be called in two ways :-

1. If you want mail to =
go=20
  synchronously then call SENDMAIL via xp_cmdshell. This then won't =
return=20
  control to your SQL task until the mail has been sent.

2. If=20
  asynchronous sending of mail is ok, or you are worried about the mail =
process=20
  hanging individual threads then write out the mail message information =
to a=20
  flat file. Then have a looping batch process outside of SQL looking =
for emails=20
  and sending them when it sees them. This process could update SQL =
tables to=20
  say they are sent if that is needed.

I prefer the second =
approach.
  

  Q. How can I convert a string to "proper" case =
in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. SQL Server has no built-in function for this and neither =
does it=20
  support user-defined functions. Therefore your two choices are =
:-

1.=20
  Write an extended stored-procedure
2. Write a TSQL=20
  stored-procedure

An XP is faster and lets you have the full =
range of C=20
  programming tools and techniques, however it is possible to implement =
a simple=20
  example in TSQL. 

If you only have a surname to update in =
a single=20
  field, then it is possible to do it in a single update statement. =
Example=20
  below.

UPDATE <tbl>
SET surname =3D =
substring(surname,1,1) +=20
  lower(substring(surname,2,(datalength(surname)-1)))

The below =
is an=20
  example of an sp. It only handles simple cases, and won't do stuff =
like D'Arcy=20
  properly - if you want full function stuff you are recommended to =
write your=20
  own generic C routine and then call it from an XP.

create =
procedure=20
  sp_proper
@in varchar(255) output
as
BEGIN
declare @in_pos =

  tinyint,
@inter varchar(255),
@inter_pos tinyint

select =
@in_pos =3D=20
  0,
@in =3D lower(@in)
select @inter =3D @in
select @inter_pos =
=3D=20
  patindex('%[0-9A-Za-z]%', @inter)
while @inter_pos >=20
  0
begin
select @in_pos =3D @in_pos + @inter_pos
select @in =
=3D stuff(@in,=20
  @in_pos, 1, upper(substring(@in, @in_pos, 1))),
@inter =3D =
substring(@inter,=20
  @inter_pos + 1, datalength(@inter) - @inter_pos)
select @inter_pos =
=3D=20
  patindex('%[^0-9A-Za-z]%', @inter)
if @inter_pos > =
0
begin
select=20
  @in_pos =3D @in_pos + @inter_pos
select @inter =3D =
substring(@inter, @inter_pos=20
  + 1, datalength(@inter) - @inter_pos)
select @inter_pos =3D=20
  patindex('%[0-9A-Za-z]%', @inter)
end
end
END 
go
  

  Q. Where can I get Embedded SQL for SQL =
Server?=20
  
  A. http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/ESQLC.EXE=20
  
  Note that this only supports SQL 6.5 and earlier. It will work =
against SQL=20
  7.0 but you won't have access to any SQL 7.0 only features. 
  

  Q. Does SQL Server support Unicode?
  A. With SQL Server 7.0 and above full UCS-2 Unicode support =
is=20
  there. There is no Unicode support in 6.5 and earlier (you had to use=20
  dbcs).

UCS-2 is the official Unicode two-byte definition for =
all=20
  characters. Some DBMS manufacturers have only implemented a =
space-conserving,=20
  pseudo-form of Unicode, UTF-8, which has mixed one-byte and=20
  two-byte
encodings.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.01 =
2000.02.02
Applies to SQL=20
  Server versions : 7.0
Related FAQ articles : Q232580
Related =
Microsoft=20
  Kb articles : n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. Where can I download SQL Server utilities, =
service=20
  packs etc.?
  A. Go to http://support.microsoft.com/.=
 Choose=20
  drivers/downloads. Choose Back-Office. Choose SQL Server.
  You will find the latest servicepacks, utilities (SQLHDTST), =
Programmers=20
  Toolkit (PTK), ESQL/C etc. there.
  Alternatively there is an ftp location at =
fp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql
  

  Q. How can I disble the dial-up remote network =
prompt=20
  with the SQL Server GUI tools?
  A. In Windows NT :-

1. In control panel/services, =
choose=20
  Remote Access Autodial Manager. 
2. Click on startup and =
choose=20
  disable.

In Windows 9x :- 

1. In Dial-Up =
Networking, click=20
  the Connections menu, and then click Settings. 
2. Click =
Don=92t prompt=20
  to use Dial-Up Networking.

You may also get problems with =
Internet=20
  Explorer causing the dial-up (usually with SQL 7). In which case (for =
any OS)=20
  - 

1. In Control Panel, double-click Internet, and then =
click the=20
  Connection tab.
2. In the Connection box, select Connect to the =
Internet=20
  using a local area network. 
3. Set a local page to be the IE =
default=20
  page so it doesn't try and open www.microsoft.com (or whatever)=20
  automatically.

The last problem only occurs with IE versions =
less than=20
  5.0
  

  Q. Error message : Failed to obtain=20
  TransactionDispenserInterface: XACT_E_TMNOTAVAILABLE.
  A. This error message is put in the SQL errorlog at startup =
if the=20
  MSDTC service isn't running/configured. Unless you are using DTC this =
is=20
  perfectly normal.
  More details on DTC can be found in the SQL Server Books Online. =
(BOL)
  

  Q. Should I amend the SQL Server "Backup Buffer =

  Size"?
  A. This parameter only applies to SQL 6.x. Under most =
circumstances=20
  it doesn't need to be changed and even then you would need to test in =
your own=20
  environment to see whether it made any difference in your particular =
disk/tape=20
  subsystem. There are too many variables of disk speed, raid controller =

  buffers, tape speed, tape blocksize etc. to say whether increasing =
this area=20
  of memory that SQL uses will make any difference.

Example =
figures are=20
  below taken from a large system doing a dump to 3 striped DLT 7000 =
drives from=20
  a very fast disk subsystem with 40 spindles and varying the "backup =
buffer=20
  size" parameter. The figures don't change that much, but in general =
lower=20
  numbers of buffers were better.

1 01:12:00.687
2 =
01:11:28.860
3=20
  01:11:50.969
4 01:13:18.859
5 01:15:01.750
6 =
01:17:15.594
7=20
  01:16:41.516
8 01:16:11.469

If you get an error about =
"Configured=20
  value of backup buffer size is invalid" then you are on SQL 7 and =
using a 3rd=20
  party backup agent. SQL 7 does not have this parameter any longer. Any =
3rd=20
  party agent that has an error with this needs to be upgraded to a SQL =
7 aware=20
  version.
  

  Q. What is SQLHDTST.EXE for SQL Server and =
where do I get=20
  it?
  A. SQLHDTST.EXE is on your Technet CD and can also be =
downloaded=20
  from http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/SQLHDTST.EXE=20
  
  This utility simulates SQL Server and stresses your disk and/or =
network=20
  connections. It should be run over an extended period (maybe a =
weekend) and=20
  will highlight any nasty intermittent hardware errors that may be =
causing=20
  corruptions, SQL hangs, crashes etc.
  If it reports any errors then you have faulty hardware - which =
could be=20
  cpu, memory, disks, scsi controllers etc. If you can't track down the =
problem=20
  using hardware vendor tools then I would recommend swapping out the =
entire=20
  unit. 
  

  Q. How can I install the 32-bit SQL Server =
client for NT=20
  or Windows 9x? 
  A. Under 6.5 and earlier, run setup from the \I386 directory =
as if=20
  you were installing the whole of SQL Server on the client. Then just =
check=20
  "Install client utilities only" when asked. This will just install the =
client=20
  utilities, net-libs etc.

For SQL 7.0 do the same thing - just =
choose=20
  client stuff only. If you install from a "server" CD then Win9x and NT =

  workstation clients will only be able to install the client stuff=20
  anyway.

This includes all the tools like SQL Enterprise Manager =
(which=20
  runs fine on Win9x).

If all you want are odbc etc. type drivers =
and no=20
  utilities then the latest version of these is in SQLREDIS.EXE which =
ships with=20
  SP1 for SQL 7.0. This can be run to just install the necessary dll's =
etc. and=20
  no utilities. 
  

  Q. I am getting a message GetOverLappedResult() =
from a=20
  SQL Server query.
  A. Two things may be happening - either SQL Server is =
internally=20
  gpf'ing/AV'ing (same thing) - you should see messages to this effect =
in the=20
  SQL errorlog. Or there is a net-lib bug with overlapped/fragmented=20
  packets.

For either problem you can try applying the latest SP =
to the=20
  server. 

For net-lib bugs you will need to apply to the =
client as=20
  well. Also the version of ADO/ODBC can help cause the problem as well, =
so try=20
  upgrading. The latest versions of these drivers can be had via=20
  www.microsoft.com/data.

If you're getting access violation =
messages,=20
  then see the FAQ entry on access violations in the FAQ. If not read-on =
for=20
  net-lib problems.

If you are getting a problem with TDS packet=20
  fragmentation (TDS is SQL's application level protocol) then try a =
different=20
  net-lib - e.g. tcp-ip instead of named-pipes or vice-versa. If still =
no-go=20
  then you'll need to call Microsoft PSS.

Even if a different =
net-lib=20
  fixed the problem, then please still report the problem to Microsoft =
PSS.=20
  Unless Microsoft get these bug reports then they can't fix them. (With =
a repro=20
  script an MVP will do it for you). Your call fee WILL be re-imbursed =
as all=20
  calls about bugs are free. (However, on the "normal" support-line the =
person=20
  answering the phone can't know it's a bug, so they'll need your credit =
card=20
  details anyway).

Microsoft will need you to supply =
:-

SQL=20
  Errorlog(s)
NT event log(s) - if any NT errors were occuring at the =

  time
TSQL code running at the time
Details of hardware, version =
of NT,=20
  servicepacks etc. WINMSDP output is good for this.
A SQL Trace of =
what=20
  happens at the time of the error
Possibly a network trace between =
client=20
  and server as well

With SQL 7 there is a new utility that will =
garner=20
  most of this information for you automatically. It is called sqldiag=20
  - 
sqldiag -U<login> -P<password> -O<output=20
  filename>
  

  Q. What does the SQL Server error message =
Lazywriter:=20
  WARNING, couldn't find slot, 8/8, scanned 8 mean?
  A. Basically SQL Server is trying to wrote out "dirty" data =
to disk=20
  via the lazy writer thread that the CHECKPOINT process kicks off. It =
has been=20
  unable to find a free slot - which is basically a memory buffer. The =
number of=20
  slots is set via the sp_configure "max lazywrite io" parameter and =
dictates=20
  the number of concurrent i/o's that this process is allowed to =
have.
  The reason why it couldn't find a slot is either :-
  
    There has been an internal corruption that is stopping the lazy =
writer=20
    process from working properly. This is rare, but there was a known =
bug in=20
    SP3, fixed in SP4, that could cause this. If this were happening =
then you=20
    would see other errors/AV's before this particular error appeared.=20
    
The normal reason is just that the disk subsystem is too busy to =
process=20
    the i/o requests. In which case look for non-SQL tasks that may be =
causing=20
    contention on the same disk(s) - NT backups, file transfers, paging =
etc.=20
    Look for contending SQL processes on the same disk(s) - table scans, =
log=20
    file writes etc. You may need to move SQL devices to prevent =
contention.=20
    Alternatively you may have the overrall level of i/o's that SQL is =
making=20
    too high - you may need to reduce the number of "max async io"'s =
that=20
    sp_configure allows. 
  In any event the message is not usually a problem - SQL will wait =
until it=20
  can continue with the lazy write i/o's for as long as necessary.
  (Under SQL 7 lazywrite io is dynamically tuned).
  

  Q. I have a corrupt SQL Server table that I =
can't drop.=20
  What can I do?
  A. DBCC checkdb and newalloc the database in question and =
look up=20
  any other error messages that occur - then you can see the extent of =
the=20
  problem.

The reason SQL won't let you drop a table in this =
situation is=20
  because the allocation pages/extent chain appears to be damaged or=20
  cross-linked in some way. So SQL Server thinks that there is actually =
data=20
  from other tables in pages/extents belonging to the problem object. If =
it let=20
  you drop the table it might remove data from another table by=20
  mistake.

Your choices are :-

1. Restore from a known =
good=20
  backup.
2. Create a new database and copy all the data/objects out. =
You can=20
  use transfer manager/bcp for this. Then rename the databases round. =
(or dump=20
  and re-load if you had to do this across a network connection)
3. =
With a=20
  VERY large database with consequent loss of data then if you don't =
want to do=20
  1 or 2, then you can rename the table by directly updating sysobjects. =
Then=20
  create a new table and just leave the old one there. Note that this is =

  dangerous as there may be more severe corruption problems that will =
still be=20
  there.
4. Call Microsoft PSS and pay for a support call. They have=20
  utilities that allow page/link editting and they MAY try and "fix" the =
problem=20
  for you. However this is not 100% succesful, they may cause more =
damage, and=20
  you have to sign a form accepting all responsibility (and absolving =
them of=20
  any) for any problems that occur. 
  

  Q. Why can't I BCP a Unix file into SQL Server? =
I get=20
  UNEXPECTED EOF messages.
  A. This is because UNIX files use just a linefeed (LF, 0x0A) =
as a=20
  record terminator. NT used a carriage return plus linefeed (CR+LF, =
0x0D0A).=20
  The BCP \N character resolves to CR+LF.
  You have to reformat the file using a tool like AWK/SED/PERL to =
convert the=20
  reformat the 0x0D character to 0x0D0A 
  

  Q. What can't I do with SQL Enterprise Manager =
under=20
  Win9x?
  A. Windows 9x does not support Windows NT service control =
APIs.=20
  Therefore you cannot start, stop or inquire on the status of the SQL =
Server=20
  service.
  Apart from that everything should work, but many people have =
reported Win9x=20
  crashes when running SQL utilities - this is due to bugs in the =
network=20
  stack/drivers being used. Upgrading to the latest fixes for Win9x may =
help=20
  with this.
  

  Q. I am getting a message "Protocol error in =
TDS=20
  Datastream" from a SQL Server query.
  A. Three things may be happening :-

1. SQL Server is=20
  internally gpf'ing/AV'ing (same thing) - you should see messages to =
this=20
  effect in the SQL errorlog. 
2. Net-lib bug with =
overlapped/fragmented=20
  packets.
3. A complex query is generating incorrect TDS syntax in =
the=20
  packets

For all problems you can try applying the latest SP to =
the=20
  server. You should also search the knowledgebase at=20
  http://support.microsoft.com 

For net-lib bugs you will =
need to=20
  apply to the client as well. Also the version of ADO/ODBC can help =
cause the=20
  problem as well, so try upgrading. The latest versions of these =
drivers can be=20
  downloaded from www.microsoft.com/data.

If you're getting =
access=20
  violation messages, then see the FAQ entry on access violations in the =

  FAQ.

If it is being caused by a complex query, then try =
re-writing the=20
  query - breaking it up into smaller chunks. If this is not possible, =
see if=20
  the problem occurs when you run the query via ISQL/W instead of via =
the=20
  application.

If you are getting a problem with TDS packet =
fragmentation=20
  (TDS is SQL's application level protocol) then try a different net-lib =
- e.g.=20
  tcp-ip instead of named-pipes or vice-versa. If still no-go then =
you'll need=20
  to call Microsoft PSS.

Even if a different net-lib fixed the =
problem,=20
  then please still report the problem to Microsoft PSS. Unless =
Microsoft get=20
  these bug reports then they can't fix them. (With a repro script an =
MVP will=20
  do it for you). Your call fee WILL be re-imbursed as all calls about =
bugs are=20
  free. (However, on the "normal" support-line the person answering the =
phone=20
  can't know it's a bug, so they'll need your credit card details=20
  anyway).

Microsoft will need you to supply :-

SQL=20
  Errorlog(s)
NT event log(s) - if any NT errors were occuring at the =

  time
TSQL code running at the time
Details of hardware, version =
of NT,=20
  servicepacks etc. WINMSDP output is good for this.
A SQL Trace of =
what=20
  happens at the time of the error
Possibly a network trace between =
client=20
  and server as well

With SQL 7 there is a new utility that will =
garner=20
  most of this information for you automatically. It is called sqldiag=20
  - 
sqldiag -U<login> -P<password> -O<output=20
  filename>
  

  Q. Why is SQL Server slower than =
Access/FoxPro/DBase=20
  etc.
  A. Twofold :-
  
    The mentioned products are great for "small" numbers of users =
and=20
    "small" databases. They carry very little overhead and rely on the =
client=20
    for record/file locking. This is great for one or a few number of =
users, or=20
    when data is read-only, but when many users access the system the =
overhead=20
    of doing locking by file offset with SMB packets is enormous, and =
the=20
    application will usually grind to a halt/connections will be =
lost/database=20
    will be corrupted etc.
SQL Server is a true client/server app and =
so=20
    scales far better, but the overhead of doing all the locking etc. at =
the=20
    server end is far higher in some cases.
(Note "small" is a =
relative term=20
    - this could be a hundred users and a 1Gb database - which is large =
to many=20
    people).#=20
    
SQL Server logs all writes to a transaction log before it writes =
to=20
    actual data pages. It also (with 6.5 and below) has to update =
indices when=20
    records in the main table are changed due to page splits etc. This =
overhead=20
    is great for consistency and reliability, but not for raw =
performance. This=20
    logging cannot be turned off. 
  

  Q. Can I turn SQL Server logging =
off?
  A. The short answer is no. It is an integral part of the SQL =
system=20
  and cannot be turned off.
  Certain operations are "non-logged" like fast-BCP and select into. =
This=20
  means they do not log record updates. However they DO log extent =
allocations.=20
  They need to do this so that if the process is terminated unexpectedly =
(maybe=20
  the power goes out), SQL can recover the space. This greatly reduced =
logging=20
  can result in better performance - but as it makes the database=20
  non-recoverable from transaction-logs should be used with caution. =

  

  Q. What tools are available to debug =
stored-procedures=20
  under SQL Server?
  A. By no means an exhaustive list - product/vendor/www where =
known.=20
  
  Microsoft's Visual Basic and Visual C Enterprise Edition contain =
built-in=20
  stored-procedure debugging code.
  Also
  
    http://www.embarcadero.com/ -=20
    RapidSQL=20
    
http://www.castsoftware.com/=20
    
http://www.compuware.com/ -=20
    Xpediter=20
    
http://www.sfi-software.com/=20
    - SQL Programmer 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error "Error: 702, Severity: =
20,=20
  State: 1" running a SQL Server query?
  A. The full error for this continues "Memory request for =
2928 bytes=20
  exceeds the size of single page of 2044
bytes." This error only =
affects SQL=20
  6.5 and below.

This is a SQL bug and cannot be fixed other than =
by=20
  rewriting the query in a different way - there is no way to expand =
SQL's page=20
  size.

Some reasons for this bug are already documented in=20
  http://support.microsoft.com - just search on 702 and SQL. If your =
problem=20
  does not match any of these and you have already applied the latest =
service=20
  pack then either post a reproduction script for an MVP to report for =
you or=20
  call the problem in to Microsoft PSS =
yourself.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.01=20
  2000.02.01
Applies to SQL Server versions : 4.x, 6.x
Related FAQ =

  articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =

  information : n/a
  

  Q. What do the bufwait, writelog and buffer =
latch errors=20
  in SQL Server mean?
  A. The following errors can occur :-

writelog: =
timeout, dbid=20
  <x>, ...........

bufwait: timeout, BUF_IO =
.....

Time out=20
  occurred while waiting for buffer latch type 2, bp 0x11cfc580, page =
(0:0),=20
  stat 0x405, object ID 7:1:0, waittime 500. Continuing to =
wait.

As long=20
  as SQL Server carries on, and no other errors are being reported, then =
there=20
  is usually nothing to worry about. They are merely showing that the =
disk=20
  subsystem is unable to keep up with the level of i/o that SQL Server =
is asking=20
  it to do. SQL just waits and retries these requests. (The message =
*may*=20
  indicate that the disk subsystem is experiencing problems - check the =
NT event=20
  log for scsi errors and any hardware monitoring tools you =
have)

To up=20
  the amount of time that SQL waits before issuing this message and =
retrying=20
  amend the "resource timeout" parameter via sp_configure. (Only applies =
to SQL=20
  6.5)

You MAY need to decrease your max async io (any version) =
or max=20
  lazywrite io (SQL 6.5 only) if these errors are continuous. Or invest =
in a=20
  faster disk subsystem. Or spread your devices across more of your =
existing=20
  spindles.

See article Q167711 in the Microsoft =
Knowledgebase/Technet=20
  for more info.

If SQL does not automatically carry on then =
either a=20
  memory corruption has occured with the internal SQL data structures or =
a=20
  hardware error is preventing SQL from getting a response. 
  

  Q. Who are Microsoft Product Support Services =
and how do=20
  I contact them?
  A. These are people who support all MS's products, write =
fixes, take=20
  the calls, sort out workarounds etc. They work 24x7x365. You can call =
them by=20
  phone (U.S. is 1-800-936-3500)

For details of your nearest PSS =
support=20
  centre and other info try=20
  =
:-

http://support.microsoft.com/support/supportnet/default.asp
=
http://www.microsoft.com/support/customer/itpro.htm

To=20
  report on the Web=20
  =
:-

http://www.microsoft.com/technet/support/incident.htm
http:/=
/support.microsoft.com/support/webresponse.asp 

All=20
  incidents are chargeable either to your credit card or an existing =
account.=20
  The charge WILL be re-imbursed if the problem turns out to be an =
Microsoft=20
  bug, or a feature that hasn't been publicly documented. The person =
answering=20
  the phone cannot know it's a bug, so they have to take details of your =
credit=20
  card before passing you on to a technician. When the call is closed =
the=20
  technician decides whether to mark the call as "free" in which case =
you get a=20
  refund automatically. (Same for Web incidents)
  

  Q. What is a "SQL Server MVP" and how do I =
become=20
  one?
  A. An MVP is a Microsoft Valued Professional. These are =
people=20
  recognised by Microsoft as providing a "lot" of help on their internet =

  newsgroups for fellow users. You can't pass and exam or pay to become =
one.=20
  There are MVP's that cover most of the Microsoft product and =
development range=20
  - SQL Server is just one of many areas. MVP status is renewed yearly =
(or not=20
  as the case may be).

MVP's are not paid by MS, and are, by and =
large,=20
  not Microsoft groupies or yes men/women. They do get some "freebies" =
but if=20
  you worked these out as cash value to an hourly rate this is a few=20
  pennies/cents per hour.

MVP's can report bugs/problems direct =
to=20
  Microsoft for you, but it is only feasible to do so if the problem is=20
  reproducible.

The SQL Server MVP's (as of 2000.01.03) are =
(hopefully I=20
  haven't forgotten anyway) :-

Itzik Ben-Gan
Kalen =
Delaney
Trevor=20
  Dwyer
Russel Fields
Roy Harvey
Gianluca Hotz
Tibor =
Karaszi
Greg=20
  Mable
BP Margolin
Brian Moran
Bob Pfeiff
Neil =
Pike
Steve=20
  Robinson
Tony Rogerson
Wayne Snyder
Ron Talmage

To =
become an=20
  MVP you need to be "noticed" as being a regular, accurate.. blah =
blah..=20
  contributor to the newsgroups/forums over an extended period of time. =
There is=20
  no fixed amount of postings, length of time etc. You can then be put =
forward=20
  to Microsoft (usually by one of the existing MVP's) as a =
nominee.

More=20
  info on the MVP program can be found at :-

http://support.microsoft.com/support/supportnet/=
supportpartners/mvps/brochuregeneral.asp
  

  Q. I'm getting an access denied or CreateFile =
message=20
  when connecting to SQL Server.
  A. The message may be one of the following
  ---------
Msg No 10004 Severity 9 State 0
Unable to connect: =
SQL=20
  Server is unavailable or does not exist. Access denied 
  Microsoft OLE DB Provider for ODBC Drivers error=20
  '80004005'
[Microsoft][ODBC SQL Server=20
  Driver][dbnmpntw]ConnectionOpen(CreateFile())
  MSG 10004, Severity 9.( sqlserver not available). OS =
1326
---------
  This isn't a SQL issue, it's an NT one. If you are using a net-lib =
that=20
  requires NT authentication - e.g. named-pipes or multiprotocol with =
6.5 or=20
  below and any net-lib with 7.0 - then you MUST be able to authenticate =
to the=20
  copy of NT running SQL Server. 

You can test whether you =
can do=20
  this by doing a "NET VIEW \\servername" from a command prompt on the =
client.=20
  If you get an access denied message, or get prompted for a password, =
then you=20
  aren't being authenticated.

If this happens then you need to =
setup a=20
  trust between the domains. Or, you could use a net-lib that does not =
need=20
  authentication - e.g. tcp-ip sockets.

If you can't have a trust =
(and=20
  really this IS the best method) then you can override the NT details =
by doing=20
  a "net use \\<server>\ipc$ =
/user:<serverdomain>\<userid>=20
  <password>" with an account that is in the domain. But this is a =
manual=20
  process and prone to fail when the password changes.
  

  Q. How can I automate the scripting of a =
database/objects=20
  in SQL Server?
  A. You can do this using the SQL-DMO objects that SQL =
supports.=20
  These can be called via the SQL OLE interface. There is a help file =
for the=20
  SQL DMO objects included with SQL Server and there is an icon for it =
in your=20
  SQL group.

For an example of using the SQL OLE interface see =
Q152801 in=20
  the MS Kb. Alternatively you can code your own VB app to call the DMO =
routines=20
  yourself.

For SQL 7.0 you could also use the SCPTXFT.EXE =
utility found=20
  in the UPGRADE directory to script objects. You can schedule this =
using=20
  SQLAgent or run from a SP etc. Do a SCPTXFT /? to see the parameters - =
which=20
  are self explanatory. (If it isn't on your hard-drive then look in the =
upgrade=20
  directory on the CD).

See Q220163 for more details. 
  

  Q. Why is the date I get via select getdate() =
wrong in=20
  SQL Server?
  A. The usual reason for this is an old bug that caused the =
date in=20
  SQL Server to wrap around after a month or so of continuous running. =
This was=20
  caused by the variable that the date was being held in =
overflowing.
  The bugs were fixed in one of the 6.5 servicepacks - probably SP2. =
Apply=20
  the latest servicepack and it should be fixed. 
  

  Q. Where is the pointer to master stored in SQL =
Server?=20
  How can I move the master database?
  A. It is kept in the SQLArg0 value in=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\MSSQLServer\Parameters.=

  The value has a form like "-dD:\MSSQL\DATA\MASTER.DAT"
  To move master just shutdown SQL Server, move the device using=20
  explorer/move, amend this registry parameter and then restart. 
  

  Q. Why do I see page faults/sec above 0 when I =
have a=20
  dedicated SQL Server machine?
  A. This is because "page faults" are NOT the same as paging =
to disk.=20
  A page fault occurs every time SQL accesses a page in memory that is =
outside=20
  it's "working set". Due to the way that the SQL performance monitor =
counters=20
  work in SQL 6.5 and earlier, this area of memory is held outside of =
the SQL=20
  working set, so access/updates to these counters actually CAUSE page=20
  faults. 

However most page faults are still to areas that =
are=20
  still held in memory and so do not result in expensive/slow =
reads/writes to=20
  the pagefile on disk. There is some CPU overhead caused by the NT =
Virtual=20
  Memory Manager (VMM) becoming involved and context switches, but these =
don't=20
  affect performance unless you are getting hundreds/thousands of page=20
  faults/sec.

The counter you should monitor is pages/sec which =
is the=20
  actual i/o caused to the pagefile, and is what you should be worried=20
  about.

For more information on performance/monitoring issues =
there is=20
  no better reference than the NT Server Resource Kit that has a volume=20
  dedicated to these topics.
  

  Q. How do I configure a connection to use =
tcp-ip sockets=20
  with SQL Server?
  A. Run the SQL Client Configuration program on the client in =

  question and follow these steps :-
  
    Select the Advanced Tab=20
    
In the Server box type in the name your application will use to=20
    reference the server.=20
    
For DLL Name select TCP/IP Sockets.=20
    
For a server name that will be resolved to a numeric IP address =
just=20
    enter the name into the Connection string. (This should work if you =
can PING=20
    that server by name.) For a numeric IP address just type the IP =
address into=20
    the Connection String.=20
    
If you want to use a different port from the default (1433 is =
the=20
    default) follow the IP name or address with a comma and the =
alternate port.=20
    For example: 123.123.123.123,1434=20
    
Hit the Add/Modify Button. 
  That should do it
  

  Q. How can I do a crosstab function using =
standard TSQL=20
  in SQL Server?
  A. It's obviously easier to use a product that has this sort =
of=20
  functionality built-in - e.g. Excel, but it is possible to do it in =
standard=20
  SQL, though there the query has to be hard-coded to the number of=20
  columns/values required.
  Take the following table
  Product_Code Criteria_Code Value
------------ -------------=20
  -----
100011=20
  =
            1=
=20
          A
100011=20
  =
            2=
=20
          B
100011=20
  =
            3=
=20
          C
100011=20
  =
            4=
=20
          D
100012=20
  =
            1=
=20
          E
100012=20
  =
            2=
=20
          B
100012=20
  =
            3=
=20
          F
100012=20
  =
            4=
=20
          D
  Which you want to view as follows
  Product_Code Criteria_1 Criteria_2 Criteria_3=20
  Criteria_4
------------ ---------- ---------- ----------=20
  ----------
100011=20
             A=20
           B=20
           C=20
           D
100012=20
             E=20
           B=20
           F=20
           D
  If you don't have a CASE statement (e.g. pre SQL 6.0) then use the=20
  following :-
  SELECT=20
  =
Product_Code,
    Criteria_1=3DMAX(substring(Value=
, 1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (1 -
abs(sign(Criteria_Code -=20
  1))))),
    Criteria_2=3DMAX(substring(Value, =
1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (1 -
abs(sign(Criteria_Code -=20
  2))))),
    Criteria_3=3DMAX(substring(Value, =
1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (1 -
abs(sign(Criteria_Code -=20
  3))))),
    Criteria_4=3DMAX(substring(Value, =
1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (1 -
abs(sign(Criteria_Code - 4)))))
FROM=20
  <tbl>
GROUP BY Product_Code
  If you do have the CASE statement available then use :-
  
  SELECT=20
  =
Product_Code,
    Criteria_1=3DMAX(substring(Value=
, 1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (CASE
Criteria_Code WHEN 1 THEN 1 ELSE 0=20
  END))),
    Criteria_2=3DMAX(substring(Value, =
1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (CASE
Criteria_Code WHEN 1 THEN 2 ELSE 0=20
  END))),
    Criteria_3=3DMAX(substring(Value, =
1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (CASE
Criteria_Code WHEN 1 THEN 3 ELSE 0=20
  END))),
    Criteria_4=3DMAX(substring(Value, =
1,=20
  datalength(Value) * (CASE
Criteria_Code WHEN 1 THEN 4 ELSE 0 =
END)))
FROM=20
  <tbl>
GROUP BY Product_Code
  

  Q. How can I run an external (non-SQL) =
program/dll etc.=20
  from within a TSQL SQL Server script?
  A. As far as functionality goes, you can do anything you =
like -=20
  read/write files, send network messages, call OLE/COM functions, kick =
off=20
  other programs, run ftp's etc. etc.

There are a choice of ways =
of=20
  invoking these things :-

1. Write your own extended stored =
procedure -=20
  which is essentially a DLL with some SQL call constructs in. See =
Q190987 for=20
  more details. You can't code XP's in VB, so you will need C (or =
Delphi)=20
  programming knowledge.
For SQL 6.5 download the PTK from=20
  =
http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/PTK_I386.EXE
Fo=
r SQL=20
  7 look on the CD under \devtools

2. Use the SQL OLE Automation =
calls to=20
  call a COM object - sp_OAxyz See Q152801 and the books-online for =
details of=20
  sp_OACreate, sp_OAMethod, sp_OAGetProperty and =
sp_OASetProperty

3. Run=20
  an external .EXE via the supplied xp_cmdshell extended stored =
procedure. See=20
  the books online for details.
  

  Q. What specification hardware do I need to run =
SQL=20
  Server for good performance?
  A. (1) How long is a piece of string? (2) It depends.
  These are the two most accurate answers that can be given, as =
complete=20
  information is needed on size of database, complexity, triggers, =
indices, DRI,=20
  number of users, transactions per minute, update ratio, row length, =
key sizes=20
  etc. before even a rough estimate can be provided. Plus hardware =
performance=20
  in terms of cpu power and disk performance is always increasing at =
phenomenal=20
  rates.
  However, as some general pointers :-
  Memory is the most important resource until you get to 95% =
cache-hit ratio.=20
  It then doesn't matter too much how much extra memory you add. Start =
with=20
  128Mb ram (because ram is cheap), but make sure you have spare =
simm/dimm slots=20
  for expansion.
  Next come disks and the disk subsystem - especially for updates.=20
  Battery-backed write-back cache is good - the more the better. The =
more raid=20
  controllers you have the better - not because they are generally a =
bottleneck,=20
  but because you can then have multiple sets of read and write-back =
cache=20
  assigned. Dedicating a controller just to the transaction log is good =
because=20
  this then gets some dedicated write-back cache.
  Processors usually come last - SQL rarely gets processor bound =
except on=20
  the biggest systems, but if you have the money then get 2 or more. The =
most=20
  benefit comes from the 2nd with the law of diminishing returns kicks =
in after=20
  that. SQL scales well to 4 processors, and scales reasonably well to 8 =

  (depending on the hardware implementation), but after that......... =
Remember=20
  that with 6.5 and below a single query will only ever use a single =
processor,=20
  whereas in SQL 7 it will parellise queries if it thinks that will make =
it run=20
  faster.
  Don't forget network cards and network design. You won't get 500 =
concurrent=20
  users through a single 10Mbit Ethernet ISA card. If you have a =
significant=20
  workload in terms of users or large result sets then make sure you =
have=20
  multiple network cards - PCI bus master variety. Have the cards on =
different=20
  rings/segments if your users are devolved that way - otherwise attach =
the=20
  card(s) direct to a switch for full-duplex throughput and consider the =
use of=20
  either software or hardware card aggregation (like Raid for disks, but =
for=20
  cards). Some cards have this facility built-in to the hardware, but =
there are=20
  3rd party software drivers that will make it work for any card. 
  

  Q. How can I stop a SQL Server =
process?
  A. Do a select * from sysprocesses and identify the spid in=20
  question. Then do a "KILL <spidno>"

This will mark the =
spid as=20
  "dead". Note that it may take a while for the process to end as it has =
to=20
  rollback all the updates that it has been doing. Also kill only marks =
the=20
  process as dead - the process itself needs to check for this, and if =
it is=20
  stuck in a loop as the result of a bug or whateverthen it won't =
terminate.=20
  Also certain processes like dump and dbcc commands have significant =
code paths=20
  where the kill command is not checked for and so these can take some =
time to=20
  terminate.

Also, if the process is in an extended-stored =
procedure, or=20
  is waiting on network traffic/remote stored-procedure it will not =
check=20
  whether it has been terminated until these actions have been=20
  completed.

See Q171224 for more info - including details on the =

  waittype that can tell you what a process is waiting on.

If the =
process=20
  won't die for one of the above reasons then your only choice is to =
stop the=20
  sqlservr.exe process itself and re-start.
  

  Q. I get an ODBC error.
  A. If you get the error "The ODBC catalog stored procedures=20
  installed on server xxx are version x.xx.xxx, version yy.yyy.yyyy or =
later is=20
  required to ensure proper operation." then this is caused when the =
ODBC client=20
  code is upgraded and the server stored procedures are not. You can =
usually=20
  find a file called "INSTCAT.SQL" in your <nt>\system32 =
directory. Or you=20
  can download the latest drivers including this file from=20
  www.microsoft.com/data - they are part of the MDAC "product" which =
includes=20
  all odbc/rdo/ado/ole-db etc. database access drivers.
  Run the INSTCAT.SQL file against the relevant SQL Server(s) using=20
  ISQL/ISQLW or any other query tool. 
  

  Q. I've forgotten the sa password for SQL =
Server - what=20
  can I do?
  A. The easiest way around this is to logon to the actual SQL =
Server=20
  NT machine itself as administrator. Then connect to SQL Server using =
any of=20
  the tools and specify "." as the server name and ask for a trusted =
connection.=20
  As long as the admins group hasn't been explicitly removed from having =
sa=20
  rights then you should connect ok and be able to reset the =
password.

If=20
  you're in mixed-mode and you know the NT userid of someone with sa =
rights,=20
  then get their password reset and logon/connect as =
them.

Otherwise you=20
  can try and find a dba's machine who already has the server registered =
to SQL=20
  EM with sa and use that copy of SQL EM to connect.

If all these =
fail=20
  then you'll have to rebuild master and disk reinit (6.x) or re-attach =
(7.x)=20
  all the user databases. 
  

  Q. Why does my SQL Server code sometimes =
respond slower=20
  than normal when I haven't changed anything?
  A. This could be for a variety of reasons :-
  
    Are you passing the same parameters through the code each time? =
SQL=20
    could be choosing a different access path for different values in an =
index.=20
    Showplan would tell you what is going on here.=20
    
Could be that another process has filled the data cache with =
pages from=20
    other tables meaning you need to do a lot more physical i/o. The =
show i/o=20
    stats stuff will show you whether this is the case.=20
    
You could be contending with the checkpoint process - this =
flushes all=20
    dirty pages to disk.=20
    
You could be contending with another user SQL process for disk =
i/o or=20
    being blocked on allocation of locks. Check sysprocesses and =
syslocks for=20
    the locks/blocking stuff. Check NT perfmon disk stats for disk =
contention.=20
    
Another non-SQL process could be running - e.g. NT backup, virus =
check,=20
    disk compression etc.=20
    
If the process is an update one then it could be that this =
particular=20
    run of the process needs more page and extent splits than normal. =
Extent=20
    splits especially can take some time.=20
    
Does the process do any select into's? If so you may be falling =
foul of=20
    system table locking. Set traceflag 5302 if this is the case.=20
    
Unless you are sending raw/passthrough SQL via db-lib or odbc =
direct=20
    then monitor the process to see what SQL is actually being passed. =
ODBC and=20
    all higher level access methods all make use of stored-procedures, =
cursors=20
    etc. even for the simplest SQL query. It may be a side-effect of =
some system=20
    generated SQL that is causing you the problems. 
  

  Q. Should I apply SP5? Will it cause more =
problems than=20
  it fixes?
  A. SP5 was released on 24th December 1998. It was re-issued =
as SP5a=20
  on 26th January to fix a problem with 603's on loading dumps. Make =
sure you=20
  apply SP5a (build 416) and not SP5 (build 415). If you are already on =
SP5=20
  (415) then the only files you need to update are sqlservr.exe (and =
.dbg) and=20
  opends60.dll (and .dbg).

SP5a has undergone more testing and =
beta=20
  releases than any other service-pack because it offers Y2K compliance. =

  However, it contains a LOT of fixes and therefore new or regressed =
bugs are=20
  inevitable. Known regressions are listed at the bottom of the=20
  article.

Due to the number of fixes it has gone through a lot =
more=20
  build numbers than previous releases have - though in this case about =
50 of=20
  the builds should be ignored as Microsoft jumped a load due to =
internal source=20
  release issues. The fixlist is pointed to at the bottom of this=20
  message.

For any new release/servicepack you are advised to =
apply and=20
  test on test systems first, and if at all possible do a stress-test so =
that=20
  any problems with blocking/locks are found before rolling out to a =
production=20
  system.

All service-packs come with problems, however in most =
cases=20
  they fix a lot more problems than they cause. 99% of bugs you may find =
in SP5a=20
  will be present in the gold release and all previous service packs as =
well -=20
  they simply aren't fixed in SP5a.

Should you apply it? As it =
gives Y2K=20
  compliance then the answer is probably yes. But see the list of known=20
  regressions below and also check the Microsoft Kb -=20
  http://support.microsoft.com. Search on SQL AND KBBUG AND SP5. If you =
don't=20
  want to apply SP5a because of one of these bugs then either wait for =
SP6 (date=20
  unknown) or contact Microsoft PSS about availability/stability of =
hot-fixes.=20
  (There are FAQ articles on MSPSS and HOTFIXES)

SP5a is =
available via=20
  the downloads option from http://support.microsoft.com. Also ftp =
direct=20
  =
from 
ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/public/fixes/usa/SQL65/S=
p5/ 


Service=20
  Pack 5a - Known=20
  =
Bugs/Regressions
----------------------------------------

These=
 are=20
  problems that occur in SP5a but do not occur in SP4 or =
below.

1. Error=20
  4409 when selecting on a view. Hot-fix build 422 =
available.

create=20
  table MyTable
(
X int NOT NULL,
ORDER_NUM numeric(15,4) NOT=20
  NULL
)
go

create view MyView as
select t1.ORDER_NUM =
from=20
  MyTable t1
union
select t1.ORDER_NUM from MyTable =
t1
go

select=20
  *
from MyTable T1 INNER JOIN MyView T2 ON T1.ORDER_NUM =3D=20
  T2.ORDER_NUM
go

2. 605 errors in tempdb. Script below to =
repro. No=20
  fix at the moment.

create view VIEW_CRASH_TEST as
select =
NUMBER =3D=20
  1
UNION
select NUMBER =3D CONVERT(numeric(19, 4), =
0.0)
go

select=20
  NUMBER
from VIEW_CRASH_TEST
where NUMBER <> 0.0

3. =
SP5(a)=20
  treats all columns in an inserted row as updated for the purposes of =
checking=20
  in a trigger. See Q216700
for more info. Fixed in hot-fix build=20
  422.

4. You may get access violations caused by high stress =
tempdb=20
  deadlocking and attention signals. Errors 603 and 803 are symptomatic. =
It is=20
  fixed in build 437. See Q231323 for more info.

5. Under certain =

  conditions dynamic cursors may go into an infinite loop with SP5a. =
Putting SP5=20
  or below back on the machine without changing the data fixes the =
problem.=20
  Fixed post SP5a - doesn't occur in build 440 for example. Or make the =
cursor=20
  INSENSITIVE which fixes it.

6. User doesn't have permission to =
call=20
  sp_b directly but calls it via sp_a. This used to work fine, but with =
SP5a if=20
  a user calls sp_b directly and rightly fails they then get access =
denied to=20
  sp_a on all subsequent calls. Fixed in build 446.

7. If you're =
using a=20
  4mm DAT tape device you may experience errors unless you have the =
4mmdat.sys=20
  from NT 4.0 SP4 or above applied. SP5 makes a call to a function in =
the driver=20
  that isn't there in earlier versions.

8. When getdate() is used =
in a=20
  cursor with WHERE CURRENT OF you will get "Jan 1 1900" as a date. This =
is=20
  fixed in a post-SP5 build - it works ok on build 452.

Service =
Pack 5a -=20
  Possible Issues
---------------------------------

These are =
issues=20
  that haven't been confirmed :-

1. User Comment : "I upgraded =
from SP4=20
  to SP5(a) over the weekend and and am running into fatal blocking =
problems all=20
  over the place in an app/database that's been running for=20
  years..."

Reply : Microsoft have applied several fixes in =
SP5(a) where=20
  table locks have been taken/kept where they weren't needed. These have =
been=20
  removed which should improve concurrency/throughput. However, on =
systems that=20
  don't use best practices to reduce locking problems, the extra page =
level=20
  contention could cause extra blocking/deadlocks.

2. Reports of =
index=20
  corruptions.

3. Incorrect results from count(*) as opposed to =
select *=20
  in view with multiple unions.

4. Stored procedures returning =
incorrect=20
  results in low memory situations.


Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 =
Service=20
  Pack 5a =
Fixlist
------------------------------------------------

See=20
  Q197174 for the official fix-list.

One that isn't documented in =
this=20
  release is the fact that SP5 offers Win2000 compliance - previous =
versions of=20
  SQL Server had problems with DUMP and LOAD DATABASE commands under =
NT5/Win2000=20
  beta's.

Another is that ADO had problems resulting in "invalid =
token"=20
  errors due to it's use of an undocumented browsetable command. This =
has now=20
  been fixed.
  

  Q. Do I really need 166Mhz Pentium processors =
to run SQL=20
  Server 7.0?
  A. No. But you DO need a 100% PENTIUM compatible chip - =
which rules=20
  out some Cyrix and IBM processors. The only way around this is for the =
chip=20
  vendor to offer a micro-code upgrade. (Some non-Intel chips say they =
are=20
  pentiums, but in fact only implement the 486 chip-set).

The =
following=20
  quote is from Cyrix - "Recently an issue with SQL Server 7.0 has been=20
  discoverd with the non-MMX Media GX and the 6x86 processors. A fix for =
this=20
  issue can be obtained from Cyrix technical support at:=20
  tech_support@cyrix.com"

The actual speed of the processor =
doesn't=20
  matter as long as it runs the full pentium instruction set - it needs =
to=20
  support CMPXCHG8B (Compare and Exchange 8 bytes) and RDTSC (Read =
Time-Stamp=20
  counter) instructions. Microsoft have made this a requirement because =
it is=20
  the minimum spec machine that they have developed/tested with - which =
is ok if=20
  you get most of your equipment donated/loaned/replaced by hardware =
companies=20
  free of charge, but this isn't the case with most =
businesses!

As long=20
  as the server previously ran SQL 6.5 (and is 100% PENTIUM compatible) =
you=20
  should find that it will run SQL 7.0 and will offer significant =
performance=20
  improvements, so don't upgrade hardware for the sake of it.

The =

  following quote is from Microsoft Product Support Services =
:-

"When=20
  using SQL Server v7.0, Microsoft recommends a processor speed of =
166Mhz or=20
  higher for server machines. Our extensive testing of the product has =
been done=20
  on machines of this calibre and we believe customers will get a better =
price=20
  performance with the product when used in this configuration. =
Microsoft will=20
  support SQL Server v7.0 when run on server machines with slower =
processors.=20
  However customers should recognise that if our findings are that major =

  problems can be eliminated by using faster processors we will continue =
to=20
  recommend, and in some cases may require, compliance with=20
  this
suggestion."

The reason for this caveat is that some of =
the=20
  decisions the optimiser makes on a 166Mhz pentium may not make so much =
sense=20
  on a 60Mhz pentium - i.e. the extra cpu time a 60Mhz part neeed may =
mean that=20
  a non-optimal plan had been chosen.
  

  Q. Does SQL Server run under =
Win2000/NT5?
  A. SQL 7 works fine under Win2000. For SQL 6.5 you need to =
upgrade=20
  to SP5 otherwise DUMP and LOAD DATABASE commands will fail.
  

  Q. How do I change the name of SQL =
Server?
  A. If you change the NT name of a server and want to change =
SQL=20
  Server 6.5 or below to match it then do :-

sp_dropserver=20
  <oldname>
go
sp_addserver <newname>, local

In =

  addition, if you use the IPX/SPX netlib for SQL Server connectivity =
you must=20
  also run the SQL Setup, choose the option to change the network =
support, and=20
  fix the server name in there too.

With SQL 7.0 you will need to =
re-run=20
  setup to reset the server name. Setup will detect the name conflict, =
resolve=20
  it, and then finish.
  

  Q. Why has my tempdb in SQL Server filled =
up?=20

  A. First make sure that you have actually expanded tempdb - =
as it=20
  defaults to 2Mb on the master device only. Create new device(s) for it =
and=20
  expand it onto these devices. Do NOT expand it on master.

How =
big is=20
  tempdb? Remember that for joins/sorts SQL Server may need a =
significant amount=20
  of space depending on the size of the input tables. If you're doing an =
order=20
  by or a group by then SQL is probably using a temp table as an =
intermediate=20
  step. If you're doing a cartesian join, then you're going to need a =
LOT of=20
  space.

After that do a "select type, name from =
tempdb..sysobjects" to=20
  see what is in tempdb - this should give you clue(s) as to what is =
generating=20
  the objects in question and why they are not being deleted.

A =
prime=20
  cause of this is ODBC which has the option per DSN of generating =
temporary=20
  stored-procedures for all the queries per user connection. Most of the =
time=20
  you are better off disabling this option which you can do via the ODBC =
applet=20
  in the control panel.
  

  Q. Mail messages are stuck in my outbox with =
SQL=20
  Mail. 
  A. This is a mapi problem, not a SQL one - specifically with =
the=20
  mapi32.dll file. The one that comes with NT 4.0 as part of basic =
"Windows=20
  Messaging" does not work properly when called from a=20
  service. 

Versions of mapi32.dll that people have reported =
to work=20
  are :-


The one in NT 4.0 SP3 (mapi32.dll doesn't ship in =
later=20
  sp's, so it has to be SP3)
Outlook 97/98 or a recent Exchange=20
  client
v5.5.1960.0 (size 884736 bytes)
Outlook 2000 definitely =
fixes the=20
  problem (I did this on a server recently).

Another cause of the =
problem=20
  can be having offline folders enabled on the mail client. Make sure =
this isn't=20
  the case. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error "Msg 2503, Level 16, =
State 1=20
  Table Corrupt" on my SQL Server - what can I do?
  A. Full error message is - "Msg 2503, Level 16, State 1 =
Table=20
  Corrupt: Page linkage is not consistent; check the following pages: =
current=20
  page#=3Dxxx; page# pointing to this page=3Dyyyy; previous =
page#=3Dzzzz"
  Make sure that is a "real" 2503 by running the dbcc in single-user =
mode as=20
  they can be spuriously reported if updates are occuring at the time of =
the=20
  dbcc.
  At this point if you have a good backup and will not lose any data, =
then=20
  now is the time to use it. If you don't have a good backup then look =
at your=20
  backup procedures! To try and resolve the problem read on :-
  Use DBCC PAGE (doc'd in the Books Online) to determine whether the =
page is=20
  a data or index page. If it is an index you are in luck and you may be =
able to=20
  drop and recreate the index.
  If it is not an index page or this does not work then you will need =
to=20
  transfer all the data/objects into a new database. For the problem =
table(s)=20
  this may not work as the page chain is broken, so you will probably =
need to=20
  manually select out data in ranges based on keys above and below the =
broken=20
  point.
  Once you have transferred all the objects across drop the old =
database and=20
  rename the new one.
  If you don't want to transfer all the data across then you can just =
do the=20
  broken table. When this is done, rename the broken table by directly =
updating=20
  it's name in sysobjects. Then create a new table with the old name. =
Make sure=20
  no other errors are in the database first. Make sure you also =
re-create any=20
  views/stored-procedures that reference the table so that they start =
pointing=20
  to the new one.
  If the above is not possible due to the size of the database or =
other=20
  reasons then your only alternative is to pay for Microsoft PSS support =
who may=20
  be able to patch the pointers in the tables/pages directly for you. =
However=20
  this sort of fix is not guaranteed and is done (if at all) on a best =
efforts=20
  basis totally at your risk. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error 2521 on my SQL Server =
- what can=20
  I do?
  A. Full error is "Msg 2521, Level 16, State 1, Server xxx, =
Table=20
  Corrupt: Page is linked but not allocated; check the following pages =
and=20
  table: alloc page#=3D<xxx> extent id=3D6676856 logical =
page#=3D6676856 object=20
  id in extent=3D8 (object name=3Dsyslogs) index id in extent=3D0 Make =
sure that is a=20
  "real" 2521 by running the dbcc in single-user mode as they can be =
spuriously=20
  reported if updates are occuring at the time of the dbcc.
  Make sure there are no other errors in the dbcc either.
  At this point if you have a good backup and will not lose any data, =
then=20
  now is the time to use it. If you don't have a good backup then look =
at your=20
  backup procedures! To try and resolve the problem read on :-
  Use DBCC PAGE (doc'd in the Books Online) to determine whether the =
page is=20
  a data or index page. If it is an index you are in luck and you may be =
able to=20
  drop and recreate the index.
  If it is not an index page or this does not work then you will need =
to=20
  transfer all the data/objects into a new database. It must be a =
different=20
  database as otherwise the pages your table is using but aren't =
allocated may=20
  be allocated for the new table and cause more problems. If the =
transfer fails=20
  then manually select out data in ranges based on keys above and below =
the=20
  broken point.
  Then drop the old table, recreate it and transfer the data back =
in.
  If the above is not possible due to the size of the database or =
other=20
  reasons then your only alternative is to pay for Microsoft PSS support =
who may=20
  be able to patch the pointers in the tables/pages directly for you. =
However=20
  this sort of fix is not guaranteed and is done (if at all) on a best =
efforts=20
  basis totally at your risk. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error 605 on SQL Server - =
what can I=20
  do?
  A. This problem is caused by a cross-link in the page chains =
of two=20
  or more tables, causing them to point to each other's data. Make sure =
that is=20
  a "real" 605 by running the dbcc in single-user mode as they can be =
spuriously=20
  reported if updates are occuring at the time of the dbcc.

At =
this point=20
  if you have a good backup and will not lose any data, then now is the =
time to=20
  use it. If you don't have a good backup then look at your backup =
procedures!=20
  To try and resolve the problem read on :-

First, if you haven't =
already=20
  done a full dbcc checkdb/newalloc then do one. You need to ascertain =
how much=20
  corruption exists. You may have one 605 or hundreds - there may also =
be other=20
  corruptions. Make sure you have a backup, in case you make things=20
  worse.

Use DBCC PAGE (doc'd in the Books Online) to determine =
whether=20
  the page is a data or index page. 

If it is an index you =
are in=20
  luck and you may be able to drop and recreate the index.

If it =
is not=20
  an index page or this does not work then you will need to transfer all =
the=20
  data/objects into a new database. For the problem table(s) this may =
not work=20
  as the page chain is broken, so you will probably need to manually =
select out=20
  data in ranges based on keys above and below the broken=20
  point(s). 

Once you have transferred all the objects =
across drop=20
  the old database and rename the new one.

If you don't want to =
transfer=20
  all the data across then you can just do the broken tables. When this =
is done,=20
  rename the broken tables by directly updating their name in =
sysobjects. Then=20
  create new tables with the old names. Make sure no other errors are in =
the=20
  database first. Make sure you also re-create any =
views/stored-procedures that=20
  reference the tables so that they start pointing to the new =
ones.

If=20
  the above is not possible due to the size of the database or other =
reasons=20
  then your only alternative is to pay for Microsoft PSS support who may =
be able=20
  to patch the pointers in the tables/pages directly for you. However =
this sort=20
  of fix is not guaranteed and is done (if at all) on a best efforts =
basis=20
  totally at your risk.
  

  Q. I get an error #610 - Maximum number of =
databases that=20
  may be accessed by a transaction is x.
  A. There is also a very similar error 925.

Assuming =
the query=20
  doesn't really access more than <x> databases then this is a SQL =
bug=20
  caused by a complex query that has confused the SQL=20
  parser/optimiser.

It could also be that you're using more than =
16=20
  temporary tables - this message isn't very meaningful in this case. Do =
a=20
  showplan and see whether this might be the case.

Look for any =
known=20
  reasons for this bug at http://support.microsoft.com - just search on =
610/925=20
  and SQL and kbbug. If your problem does not match any of these and you =
have=20
  already applied the latest service pack then either post a =
reproduction script=20
  for an MVP to report for you or call the problem in to Microsoft PSS =
yourself.=20
  
  

  Q. I'm getting a "bad token" error message from =
SQL=20
  Server - what causes this?
  A. The full errors for this problem are "Bad token from SQL =
Server"=20
  and "Datastream processing out of sync".
  They are caused by the NO_BROWSETABLE undocumented option. As it is =

  undocumented the error almost always occurs using ADO as it uses it =
without=20
  the programmer knowing about it.
  It is caused when NO_BROWSETABLE is set and a SELECT operation =
includes one=20
  or more columns in an ORDER BY clause that are not in the SELECT =
list.
  The problem is fixed in SP5 for SQL 6.5. It does not occur in SQL =
7.0.
  A script to show the problem from ISQL/W follows :-
  SET NO_BROWSETABLE OFF
go
CREATE PROCEDURE my_sp =
AS
CREATE=20
  TABLE #t(a int)
INSERT #t VALUES(3)
SELECT * FROM =
#t
go
EXEC my_sp=20
  -- Goes OK.
go
SET NO_BROWSETABLE ON
go
EXEC my_sp -- Goes =
OK=20
  too.
go
EXEC my_sp WITH RECOMPILE -- Now, you're =
dead.
go
  

  Q. Why do I get slow or no connections to SQL =
Server=20
  using IPX from my Win3x and Win9x clients?
  A. If the connections work fine from NT then this is because =
of a=20
  network feature called "direct hosting". To resolve the problem either =
use=20
  another protocol completely or turn off the feature. On the NT Server =
this can=20
  be done by disabling the NWLink IPX/SPX binding in Windows NT Server =
service.=20
  After this is done, enable NWLink with NetBIOS on the client computer. =

  Alternatively you can turn it off at the client end. For Windows 3x =

  machines this can be done by editing the system.ini file and =
amending/adding=20
  the following entry.
  [network]
DirectHost=3Doff
  For Windows 95 use regedit.exe to navigate to the following =
registry key:=20
  
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\VxD\VNETSUP
  Add a string value named DirectHost and set the string value to 0 =
(zero).=20
  Also, ensure that NetBIOS support is enabled for NWLink, if NWLink is =
the only=20
  transport protocol loaded on the client computer running Windows 95. =

  

  Q. I'm getting the following error with SQL 7 =
regarding=20
  DTS inability to transform data.
  A. In the very small-print on the license agreement it says =
you=20
  can't do distributed operations (dist. query, replication, DTS) =
between SQL=20
  Server Desktop and Standard/Enterprise version if the =
Standard/Enterprise=20
  version is installed in "per server" mode.

Switch the SQL =
Server to=20
  "per-seat" mode" via the licensing applet in control panel. 
  

  Q. With SQL Server should I get more processors =
or faster=20
  processors?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and below a single query will only ever use =
a single=20
  processor, whereas in SQL 7 it will parellise queries if it thinks =
that will=20
  make it run faster.
  Usually processor isn't the bottleneck on SQL systems - it is =
usually the=20
  disk subsystem. But as a rule of thumb if you have few users/processes =
then go=20
  for faster processors, and if you have lots of users then go for more=20
  processors. 
  

  Q. How can I get ISQL.EXE to return a DOS =
errorlevel for=20
  me to test?
  A. Use the RAISERROR command with the following criteria =
:-
  
    Run ISQL with the -b option=20
    
Set the message severity to greater than 10=20
    
Set the message state to 127 
  i.e.
  isql -E -Q"RAISERROR ('set errorlevel 11',11,127)" -b if =
errorlevel 11=20
  goto failed
  

  Q. Does SQL Server have any built-in functions =
to work=20
  with julian dates?
  A. No, you have to code your own sp. Here is some sample =
code -=20
  originally from Roy Harvey.
  
    Assuming the Julian date is held as a char
declare =
@julian=20
    char(8)
select @julian=3D'1996.031'
declare @dt =
datetime

select=20
    @dt=3DDATEADD(dd,convert(int,right(@julian,3))=20
    =
-1,convert(datetime,substring(@julian,1,4)+'0101',212))

select=20
    @dt=20
    
Julian date in decimal format - e.g. 99123 is 123rd day of 1999 =
held in=20
    variable SDDRQJ.
select=20
    =
DATEADD(day,CONVERT(int,SDDRQJ)-((1000*(CONVERT(int,SDDRQJ)/1000)))-1,=20
    DATEADD(year,CONVERT(int,SDDRQJ/1000),'1 Jan 1900')) 
  

  Q. Why can I connect to SQL Server with the =
tcp-ip=20
  sockets netlib and not named-pipes over IP/multiprotocol?
  A. Both these net-libs do indeed run over tcp-ip, so there =
are three=20
  reasons why ip sockets may work and named-pipes doesn't :-

1. =
Trusted=20
  connection. Tcp-ip sockets net-lib with SQL 6.5 and below does not =
require NT=20
  authentication whereas the other two do. For trusted connections you =
must be=20
  connecting from an NT domain/userid that the SQL Server machine can=20
  authenticate via it's domain controller - usually this means a trust =
is needed=20
  if different NT domains are used for client and server.

To =
prove=20
  whether this works or not you can do a NET VIEW \\servername from the =
client.=20
  If this returns "invalid logon", "no domain controller exists" or =
"access=20
  denied" then the appropriate trust/credentials are not in =
place.

2.=20
  Name resolution. You have probably done a PING <servername> and =
it has=20
  returned ok. This is fine for tcp-ip sockets as the name resolution =
methods=20
  are the same for PING as for sockets. However, for named-pipes a =
different set=20
  of name-resolution methods is used (see NT Resource Kit/Technet for =
full=20
  details). Try a NET VIEW \\servername from the client to see if this =
connects=20
  ok - if it gets "error 53" then name resolution is probably the=20
  problem.

3. Firewall sockets. Each of the net-libs use =
different tcp-ip=20
  port numbers, so if there is a firewall involved maybe the correct =
ports are=20
  not being opened :-

For tcp-ip sockets the default port for SQL =
Server=20
  is 1433.

For multi-protocol (rpc) the ports are normally =
variable, but=20
  you can fix them. See Q164667 in the Microsoft knowledgebase for=20
  details.

For named-pipes over ip 137/138/139 are used. As these =
are the=20
  same ones used for file/print it is not recommended you allow these =
through=20
  the firewall.
  

  Q. Should I apply NT 4.0 SP4 to my SQL Server=20
  system?
  A. For SQL 7.0 you HAVE to - it is a =
pre-requisite.

NT=20
  Service Packs do not have any shared code that affects the SQL Server =
kernel,=20
  so application of NT service packs should be independent of SQL Server =
and=20
  should be applied based on the stability or otherwise of your NT =
system - plus=20
  it's exposure to security exploits, denial-of-service etc. And there =
are a LOT=20
  of these fixed in NT4 SP4.

Always check with your hardware =
vendor and=20
  any suppliers of 3rd party device drivers, systems management, virus =
checkers=20
  etc. that they support SP4 and application of the SP won't stop the =
server=20
  from booting! In particular there are issues with Adaptec and Compaq =
Array=20
  controllers (For Compaq Smart IIP controllers make sure your firmware =
as at=20
  least version 3.08). If you have some identical/similar hardware on =
less=20
  critical or test systems, then apply the SP to these first. For Compaq =
servers=20
  as a whole you need to be on at least SSD 2.11.

However, SQL =
Server=20
  does tend to stress the hardware/memory/pci bus/disk subsystem and =
could=20
  therefore expose a bug/compatibilty problem between the NT kernel and =
the=20
  hardware or 3rd party hardware device drivers. Therefore it is =
technically=20
  possible for it to expose a bug in an NT driver that doesn't otherwise =
show=20
  itself.

*** The following SQL Server errors have been reported =
by=20
  multiple people to Microsoft since they applied SP4. Microsoft are=20
  investigating. The errors indicate a problem between the NT supplied =
scsi=20
  drivers and the 3rd party supplied ones/raid drivers etc. =
***

"Server=20
  blue screens fingering scsiport.sys as the =
culprit"

"SQLMaint.exe=20
  indicates database errors in indexes, and again crashes attempting to =
rebuild=20
  them"

When attempting a backup to disk - "Msg 18204 : =
dbsvolopen:=20
  Backup device ' D:\MSSQL\BACKUP\test_backup.DAT' failed to open, =
operating=20
  system error =3D 2(The system cannot find the file specified)"
  

  Q. Are there any resources or tools to aid in =
an Oracle=20
  PL/SQL to SQL Server TSQL conversion.
  A. A few :-

1. Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 Programming =
Unleashed=20
  (SAMS) has a chapter that discusses Oracle to Microsoft SQL=20
  migration

2. Paper(s) on MSDN.

3. 3rd-party application =
called=20
  "TopLink"
  

  Q. What is a reproduction (repro) script that I =
need to=20
  produce for a SQL Server bug?
  A. In order for Microsoft to resolve a bug they need to =
re-create it=20
  on their systems. The best way to do this is to provide them with a =
repro=20
  script. They don't have access to your database, so the script needs =
to be=20
  able to show the problem when run on a brand-new install of SQL Server =
on a=20
  new database. 

Therefore it needs to contain all tables, =
user=20
  defined data types, triggers, views etc. needed to show the problem. =
If it=20
  needs data then keep this to a minimum - use INSERT INTO <tbl> =
VALUES=20
  (.....) type statements if possible. If not a small (zipped) amount of =
BCP=20
  data is ok. 

Alternatively re-write your query (if =
possible) to=20
  run against the pubs or northwind (v7 only) databases as these are =
always=20
  installed with SQL Server and come complete with a variety of tables, =
foreign=20
  keys, indices, data etc.

If the script/data is reasonably short =
then=20
  post to one of the newsgroups and one of MVP's can report it to =
Microsoft for=20
  you.

If it isn't short or a repro script is not practical due =
to the=20
  amount of information/data needed then you will need to raise a bug =
with=20
  Microsoft PSS directly. (See MSPSS faq entry for details)

An =
example=20
  repro script below :-

--
-- Bug Title : Access=20
  violation
--

--
-- Versions affected : SQL=20
  6.5 
--

--
-- Fixed in : SQL =
7.0
--

--
--=20
  Microsoft incident / bug number : unknown/16767
--

--
-- =
Bug=20
  Description.
--
print
'
As title
'

--
-- =
Actual Repro=20
  script below here
--

use tempdb
go

CREATE TABLE=20
  table1
(
id int
)
GO

CREATE TABLE table2
(
id =

  int
)
GO

CREATE TABLE table3
(
id=20
  int
)
GO

CREATE VIEW view1 AS
SELECT id
FROM=20
  table1
UNION ALL
SELECT id
FROM table2
GO

SELECT=20
  view1.id
FROM view1, table3
WHERE view1.id *=3D =
table3.id
GO
  

  Q. Do SQL Service Packs have to be applied in =
order or=20
  can I just apply the latest one?
  A. You can just apply the latest one.
  

  Q. Is there an Access upsizing wizard to SQL =
Server=20
  7.0?
  A. No - one will probably be available with Access/Office =
2000.=20
  Until then you will have to use the Access 97 to SQL 6.5 upsizing =
wizard to a=20
  SQL 6.5 system. And then upgrade the 6.5 system to 7.0.
  

  Q. Why can't I see master, msdb etc. in SQL 7 =
EM? Also I=20
  can't see the system tables in user databases.
  A. The reason for this is that by default system objects are =
not=20
  viewable.
  To fix this, right click on the server name in Enterprise Manager =
and=20
  select "Edit SQL Server Registration Properties". Check the box to =
"show=20
  system databases and objects" 
  

  Q. What versions/types of SQL 7 are there and =
what are=20
  the differences? How can I tell which one I am running?
  A. There are 6 true versions/types of SQL 7, all built on =
the same=20
  code-base, so they are all SQL 7, and the same servicepacks can be =
applied to=20
  all of them.

1. Enterprise Edition. Only runs on NT EE. =
Supports > 4=20
  processors. Supports 2 node symmetrical clustering. Supports > 2Gb =
memory.=20
  Supports partitioned OLAP cubes - i.e. OLAP cubes running on multiple=20
  servers.

2. Standard Edition. Only runs on NT Server or higher. =

  Supports up to 4 processors. Supports non-partitioned OLAP cubes. =
(This is the=20
  version that comes with BackOffice 4.5)

3. Desktop Edition. Can =
run on=20
  any NT or Windows 9x. Some feature and performance limitations - e.g. =
not all=20
  optimisations (like parallelism), only single threaded recovery, not =
as much=20
  use of async io (Windows 9x doesn't support at all), db's only opened =
when=20
  needed. Performance has generally been throttled back to make it =
unsuitable=20
  for a multiple client environment - if you try and use more than 5-6=20
  concurrent users you will find performance tapers off. N.B. You can't =
buy the=20
  desktop edition on it's own. You have to buy the standard/enterprise =
edition -=20
  the installs for which allow a desktop install to be done. The desktop =
version=20
  just needs a CAL per copy as a license. Full-text search engine is not =

  supported on desktop edition.

4. Small Business Edition (Part =
of SBS=20
  4.5). Same as Standard Edition except limited to 100 users and 10Gb =
per=20
  databases. This version can be updated to the Standard Edition if=20
  needed.

5. Developer Edition. This is supplied with Visual =
Studio 6.0=20
  and has the same restrictions as MSDE.

6. MSDE. This is a =
run-time=20
  engine, delivered as part of Office 2000, and can act as a back end to =
Access=20
  2000 instead of Jet - although Jet will still be supported. Has some =
admin=20
  tools, though not the full SQL EM MMC environment. e.g. does not =
include DTS=20
  design tools though you can run pre-developed DTS packages against it. =

  Footprint in disk space is 35Mb, working set is 6-7mb at startup, =
2-5mb for=20
  processing. Limited to 2Gb per database. MSDE is freely distributable =
as long=20
  as the application you package it with was developed using a licensed =
copy of=20
  the Microsoft Office 2000 Developer Edition. Note MSDE is packaged as =
v1.0 but=20
  it's still really SQL 7.0. Performance is similarly throttled back =
like with=20
  desktop edition. Full-text search engine is not supported on =
MSDE.

In=20
  addition to these there is an Evaluation edition that is the same as =
standard=20
  edition, but is a 120-day time-limited version.

To detect which =
one you=20
  are running you need to parse the output from "SELECT @@VERSION" - =
which will=20
  have in it strings as below.

MSDE on ..............
Desktop =
Edition=20
  on .................
Standard Edition on =
.................
Enterprise=20
  Edition on ................
Small Business Server Edition on=20
  ................
Developer Edition on ................
Standard =
Edition=20
  Evaluation on .................

e.g. IF (CHARINDEX('MSDE', =
@@version)=20
  > 0 ) .... <<< You have MSDE
  

  Q. When SQL Executive starts I get the error id =

  109.
  A. The full error is "This version of SQLExecutive requires =
SQL=20
  Server version 6.5 or later".
  Usually this is because the NT account that the SQL Executive =
service is=20
  running under does not have permissions to read the=20
  HKLM\SOFTWARE\MICROSOFT\MSSQLSERVER registry key.
  

  Q. What tools are available to stress/benchmark =
SQL=20
  Server?
  A. There are a couple of unsupported "as-is" Microsoft =
products=20
  :-

1. SQL Load Simulator. (Microsoft supplied multi-threaded =
ODBC=20
  utility). backoffice.microsoft.com/downtrial/moreinfo/sqldrk.asp
2. =
TPC-B.=20
  (Microsoft Supplied).=20
  ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/unsup-ed/benchmarkkit/bench.zip
3.=20
  SQLHDTST.EXE. Back Office Resource Kit. I/O utility simulating SQL =
6.5.
4.=20
  SQL 7 IO Stress. www.microsoft.com/sql. New utility just for stressing =
i/o=20
  subsystems - SQL 7.0 style.


Also 3rd party programs =
:-

1.=20
  Mercury. www.merc-int.com
2. Blue Curve. www.bluecurve.com
3. =
SQA
4.=20
  Benchmark Factory. www.benchmarkfactory.com
  

  Q. Why can't I stop/start SQL from SQL =
Enterprise=20
  Manager?
  A. There are several reasons for this :-
  
    You are running SQL EM on a Windows 9x client. Windows 9x does =
not=20
    support Windows NT service control APIs. Therefore you cannot start, =
stop or=20
    inquire on the status of the SQL Server service.=20
    
SQL Server has a different name to the NT Server.=20
    
The NT userid you are logged on as does not have NT =
administrator=20
    privileges on the SQL Server machine you are pointed at. 
  

  Q. Should I use tempdb in ram?
  A. The short answer is no. In almost all cases you are =
better off=20
  just letting SQL have the extra memory for caching.
  Support for tempdb in ram has been removed in SQL 7.
  As an alternative, there is nothing stopping you using an NT level =
ramdrive=20
  - several exist - and put tempdb on that. 
  

  Q. Does SQL 7 support tempdb in =
ram?
  A. No, this support has been removed.
  There is nothing stopping you using an NT level ramdrive - several =
exist -=20
  and put tempdb on that. However in almost all cases you are better off =
just=20
  letting SQL have the extra memory for caching. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error 4409 selecting on a =
view ever=20
  since I applied SP5 to SQL 6.5.
  A. This is a bug introduced with SP5. You should contact =
Microsoft=20
  PSS for a hot-fix - build 422 and greater contains this fix. Therefore =
SP6=20
  will contain the fix when it is released. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error 603 on database =
recovery in a=20
  SQL 6.0 system.
  A. This happens only on SQL 6.0 SP3. There is no fix, but =
the=20
  workaround is :-
  
    Stop SQL Server=20
    
Rename sqlservr.exe in <sql>\binn to sqlservr.sp3=20
    
Copy the sqlservr.exe from your SQL 6.0 CD into <sql>\binn =

    
Re-start SQL Server. It should now recover ok.=20
    
Stop SQL Server=20
    
Rename <sql>\binn\sqlservr.exe to sqlservr.org for later =
use=20
    
Rename <sql>\binn\sqlservr.sp3 to sqlservr.exe=20
    
Re-start SQL Server 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error "SQL Server Assertion =
:=20
  File:<xxx.c> Line=3Dyyy Failed Assertion=3D'zzz'?
  A. An assertion is typically raised when a program gets to a =
bit of=20
  C code that it shouldn't be possible to enter, or has been entered =
with wrong=20
  parameters. An assertion is raised by the developer to let them know =
of this=20
  bug and to prevent the code running any further and thus cause unknown =
further=20
  problems.

With SQL 6.5 assertions are typically only raised =
with the=20
  debug (checked) version of sqlservr.exe. In the normal supplied =
version the=20
  debug code is removed for performance reasons. Checked versions are =
normally=20
  only provided by Microsoft PSS specifically to help track down bugs =
with a=20
  customer. 

With SQL 7.0 it is possible to get these errors =
from=20
  the normal compiled executables.

In any event, if you get one =
of these=20
  errors then you need to raise it as a paid fault call with Microsoft =
PSS via=20
  your normal support channel. 
  

  Q. How can I overwrite expired backups on a =
disk device=20
  to save on space and still keep a rolling x days there?
  A. You can't. Without searching the entire file SQL has no =
way of=20
  knowing how much space each backup takes. To delete one part it would =
have to=20
  read the current backup file and write out all the un-expired dumps to =
a new=20
  file and then delete/rename. And only then could it write the new one =
to the=20
  end. All this would take far too long and too much disk space.
  The expiry date is JUST there to prevent accidental overwrites and =
nothing=20
  else.
  If you want to keep a rolling number of dumps then write them out =
with=20
  different names each day using the DISK=3Doption of the dump command. =
Then have=20
  a regular task check these dumps and delete old ones. 
  

  Q. Should I set "boost priority" to 1 or "SMP" =
to -1 on=20
  SQL Server?
  A. No (unless the following doesn't bother=20
  you). 

Although these can offer a small performance =
improvement in=20
  tpcc environments (which is why Microsoft put them in the product), =
you run=20
  the risk of the SQL process hogging too much cpu time at the expense =
of=20
  NT/networking/drivers. If this happens your other SQL connections will =
hang or=20
  disconnect as NT won't be able to service the network packets needed =
to keep=20
  the sessions running.

If you do have an environment where all =
SQL code=20
  is known in advance, there are no ad-hoc queries, and no heavy =
queries, then=20
  you may get a small improvement by turning them on. But the risks =
aren't worth=20
  the gains in 99% of situations.
  

  Q. What are all the dbcc commands for SQL=20
  Server?
  A. All the documented ones are in the books online, or in =
publicly=20
  accessible knowledgebase articles. The rest are undocumented because =
they are=20
  either irrelevant to people outside MS, or their use is dangerous and =
is to be=20
  discouraged.
  The undocumented dbcc commands vary from release to release and =
there are=20
  sure to be a lot more new ones in SQL 7.0 as well as ones that have =
been=20
  removed.
  However as people always want to know, here is a predominantly =
Sybase based=20
  list that will mostly work with SQL 6.5 and below - however there are =
no=20
  guarantees. Which will work against SQL 7.0 is even more of a =
lottery.
  Feel free to use any of these against a test system, but don't =
expect any=20
  help if you use any of them that are not documented officially =
elsewhere.
  
    allocdump( dbid, page )=20
    
bhash( { print_bufs | no_print }, bucket_limit )=20
    
buffer( [ dbid ][, objid ][, nbufs ], printopt=3D{ 0 | 1 | 2 }, =
buftype )=20
    
bytes( startaddress, length )=20
    
checkalloc[( dbname [, fix | nofix ] ) ]=20
    
checkcatalog[( dbname )]=20
    
checkdb[( dbname [, skip_ncindex ] ) ]=20
    
checktable( tablename | tabid [, skip_ncindex ] )=20
    
dbinfo( [ dbname ] )=20
    
dbrepair( dbid, option=3D{ dropdb | fixindex | fixsysindex }, =
table,=20
    indexid )=20
    
dbtable( dbid )=20
    
delete_row( dbid, pageid, delete_by_row=3D{ 1 | 0 }, rownum )=20
    
des( [ dbid ][, objid ] )=20
    
extentcheck( dbid, objid, indexid, sort=3D{1|0} )=20
    
extentchain( dbid, objid, indexid, sort=3D{1|0},display(1,0) )=20
    
extentdump( dbid, page )=20
    
extentzap( dbid, objid, indexid, sort )=20
    
findnotfullextents( dbid, objid, indexid, sort=3D{ 1 | 0 } )=20
    
fix_al( [ dbname ] )=20
    
help( dbcc_command )=20
    
ind( dbid, objid, printopt=3D{ 0 | 1 | 2 } )=20
    
indexalloc(tablename|tabid, indid, [full | optimized | =
fast],[fix |=20
    nofix])=20
    
locateindexpgs( dbid, objid, page, indexid, level )=20
    
lock=20
    
log(=20
    =
[dbid][,objid][,page][,row][,nrecords][,type=3D{-1..36}],printopt=3D{0|1}=
 )=20
    
memusage=20
    
netmemshow( option=3D{1 | 2 | 3} )=20
    
netmemusage=20
    
newalloc( dbname, option=3D{ 1 | 2 | 3 } )=20
    
page( dbid, pagenum [, printopt=3D{0|1|2} ][, cache=3D{0|1} ][,=20
    logical=3D{1|0} ] )=20
    
pglinkage( dbid, start, number, printopt=3D{0|1|2}, target, =
order=3D{1|0} )=20
    
pktmemshow( option=3D{spid} )=20
    
procbuf( dbid, objid, nbufs, printopt=3D{ 0 | 1 } )=20
    
prtipage( dbid, objid, indexid, indexpage )=20
    
pss( suid, spid, printopt=3D{ 1 | 0 } )=20
    
rebuildextents( dbid, objid, indexid )=20
    
resource=20
    
show_bucket( dbid, pageid, lookup_type )=20
    
tab( dbid, objid, printopt=3D{ 0 | 1 | 2 } )=20
    
tablealloc(tablename|tabid, [full | optimized | fast],[fix | =
nofix])=20
    
traceoff( tracenum [, tracenum ... ] )=20
    
traceon( tracenum [, tracenum ... ] )=20
    
undo( dbid, pageno, rowno ) 
  

  Q. How can I see how many objects are actually =
open in=20
  SQL Server?
  A. On SQL 6.5 you can use the dbcc des command. This will =
list=20
  entries per open object.
  dbcc traceon(3604)
go
dbcc des
go
  

  Q. How can I get the hardware spec of a SQL =
Server=20
  remotely?
  A. xp_msver will return most of the information you =
need.
  

  Q. How can I tell what columns in my SQL Server =
database=20
  are identity columns?
  A. The following scripts work on SQL 6.5.
  To show all identity columns :-
  select o.name, c.name from <dbname>..syscolumns c,=20
  <dbname>..sysobjects o
where c.id=3Do.id and (c.status =
&=20
  128)=3D128
  To tell the identity seed : select =
ident_seed('<tblname>')
  To tell the identity increment : select =
ident_incr('<tblname>')
  

  Q. I get an errot trying to load a trace file =
into the=20
  SQL 7 Profiler/Index Tuning Wizard.
  A. If the error is "Error analysing workload (60)" this =
means that=20
  it failed to find/load the file. Check that the filename is correct =
and you=20
  have permissions to read the file. There is also a bug in builds 623 =
(RTM) and=20
  earlier that the filename cannot have spaces in it.
  

  Q. How do I install the SQL Server Internet =
Connector=20
  Software?
  A. You don't install it. This isn't software, just a piece =
of paper=20
  licensing you to use SQL Server in this manner. Just up the number of =
SQL=20
  Server connections via sp_configure and licenses via control =
panel/license=20
  manager yourself.

It covers any number of INTERNET users =
connecting to=20
  a SQL 6.5 machine. If your users are connecting via an INTRAnet then =
the=20
  individual users require CAL's and the internet connector license does =
not=20
  apply.

For SQL 7.0 the same is true except that an internet =
connector=20
  license is required PER CPU on the server. So for a quad-SMP box you =
would=20
  require 4 licenses. (Intranet users with CAL's are not affected) 
  

  Q. Can I use a Worm/MO/CD-Rom jukebox with SQL=20
  Server?
  A. Yes and no.
  1. SQL can only access "disks" - so first the jukebox must be made =
to look=20
  just like a disk or set of disks, complete with drive letters etc. =
There are a=20
  variety of products available to do this from Ascend, Kofax, OTG and =
Ixos to=20
  name a few. (I've mainly used Disk Extender from http://www.otgsoftware.com/).
  
2. SQL needs immediate access to the data and jukeboxes/software =
typically=20
  don't offer this - they normally cache files to a real disk first. =
This all=20
  takes time - seconds to minutes or more for large files. Having SQL's =
i/o=20
  engine backed up waiting for i/o from a very slow device (compared to =
disks)=20
  is a very bad idea.
  I would recommend that instead of WORM/jukeboxes etc. you just buy =
another=20
  large raid unit with the largest disks you can find and create =
databases on=20
  this raid unit and then mark them as read-only with SQL Server. 
  

  Q. When I run the MDAC setup routine that comes =
with SQL=20
  Server SP5(a) why does it re-invoke the service pack =
setup?
  A. Because you didn't expand the sp5 file with the /d =
option. It=20
  will then create the i386/mdac folder with the mdac exe file in it. =
When run=20
  from this sub-directory it will invoke the right setup program. 
  

  Q. How can I replace/change/delete characters =
in a SQL=20
  Server column?
  A. SQL has a reasonably full set of string manipulation =
tools - all=20
  doc'd in the BOL. Some are detailed below.
  
    RTRIM/LTRIM - for leading/trailing spaces=20
    
SUBSTR - standard substring=20
    
RIGHT=20
    
CHARINDEX/PATINDEX - find a particular char/pattern=20
    
STUFF - replace text at given offset(s)=20
    
REPLACE - SQL 7.0 only. Replaces chars anywhere in a column =

  

  Q. Does SQL Server support row numbers like =
Oracle=20
  does?
  A. No - row numbering is contrary to relational sets (which =
is what=20
  rdbms's running SQL are all about). It is not an ANSI standard. =
Microsoft have=20
  not implemented anything like it.

If you need to use row =
numbers you=20
  should look at your application and see if it is really appropriate to =
a SQL=20
  database.
  

  Q. When I do a SQL Server trace I see lots of=20
  sp_cursoropen and sp_cursorfetch commands being sent that I am not=20
  generating.
  A. You are using ODBC/OLE-DB or a higher level method based =
on=20
  these. These procedures are used to provide cursor functionality. They =
should=20
  not be directly called by your own TSQL. 
  

  Q. Does SQL 7 support db-lib?
  A. Yes it does, but db-lib is functionally stabilised at the =
6.5=20
  level. Therefore if a db-lib client on whatever platform worked =
against a 6.5=20
  database it should work against the same database migrated to SQL=20
  7.0.

None of the SQL 7.0 features like unicode, character =
columns=20
  greater than 255 characters etc. are in db-lib though. So if you =
utilise any=20
  SQL 7.0 features then these can only be accessed by ODBC 3.7 or OLE-DB =

  clients.

Similarly for 16-bit clients. These are supported, but =
only=20
  with the 6.5 levels of ODBC/db-lib code. 16-bit clients cannot access =
new SQL=20
  7.0 features either. 

The 16-bit client code is not =
supplied with=20
  7.0 - you will have to get it from the 6.5 cd. This includes DOS =
drivers.
  

  Q. Why do I get a 6.5 group in my SQL 7.0 MMC =
list of=20
  servers?
  A. This is there for you to manage your 6.5 servers and for =
if you=20
  switch back to a co-resident copy of 6.5. If you have no more 6.5 =
servers and=20
  want to delete the entry then delete the following registry key :- =

  HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\SQLEW\Registered=20
  Servers\SQL 6.5 
  

  Q. Can I run SQL 6.5 and SQL 7.0 on the same=20
  machine?
  A. You can have both installed at the same time and switch =
between=20
  them, but there is no way for both to be running at the same time. =

  

  Q. How can I check whether SQL 6.5 or SQl 7.0 =
is=20
  installed without connecting to SQL and logging on?
  A. You could check :-
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\MSSQLServer\CurrentV=
ersion=20
  
  However, in the case of a clustered server it may not be there. In =
which=20
  case you could check 
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MSSQLServer\Perfo=
rmance\Library=20
  
  The value of this will either be sqlctr60.dll or sqlctr70.dll and =
the=20
  location won't change.
  

  Q. I'm running a stored-proc from VB. Why does =
it return=20
  control before the SP has finished?
  A. Either because the SP is returning multiple resultsets or =
it has=20
  been invoked asynchronously.
  Put "set nocount on" at the start of the SP to stop counts of rows =
being=20
  returned - assuming you don't need them. Also check the call =
parameters you=20
  are making from db-lib/ODBC/ADO/etc. Make sure it is a synchronous =
call and=20
  not an asynchronous one. 
  

  Q. Can I install SQL on a Terminal Server=20
  machine?
  A. Several points here :-

1. Microsoft don't =
"recommend" it=20
  for resource reasons. Same as "not" installing SQL on a PDC. Terminal =
Server=20
  is very memory hungry - as is SQL Server.

2. SQL 6.5 has not =
been=20
  tested, but should work.

3. SQL 7.0 is supported on NTTE as =
long as you=20
  install SP1 for SQL 7.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.02 =
2000.02.01
Applies to SQL=20
  Server versions : 6.5, 7.0
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related =
Microsoft=20
  Kb articles : n/a
Other related information : n/a
  

  Q. How can I report a SQL Server bug to=20
  Microsoft?
  A. There are several ways, but the >>ONLY<< way =
you can=20
  be sure of an engineer looking at it and providing you with a =
workaround/fix=20
  is to report it to Microsoft's PSS (Product Support Services) team. =
These are=20
  people who support all MS's products, write fixes, take the calls, =
sort out=20
  workarounds etc. They work 24x7x365. You can call them by phone (U.S. =
is=20
  1-800-936-3500)

For details of your nearest PSS support centre =
and=20
  other info try :-

http=
://support.microsoft.com/support/supportnet/default.asp
http://www.m=
icrosoft.com/support/customer/itpro.htm

To=20
  report on the Web :-

http://www=
.microsoft.com/technet/support/incident.htm
http://supp=
ort.microsoft.com/support/webresponse.asp

All=20
  incidents are chargeable either to your credit card or an existing =
account.=20
  The charge WILL be re-imbursed if the problem turns out to be an =
Microsoft=20
  bug, or a feature that hasn't been publicly documented. The person =
answering=20
  the phone cannot know it's a bug, so they have to take details of your =
credit=20
  card before passing you on to a technician. When the call is closed =
the=20
  technician decides whether to mark the call as "free" in which case =
you get a=20
  refund automatically. (Same for Web incidents)

If you don't =
want to pay=20
  for a call then there are "free" email/web response methods via =
e-mailing=20
  ntbugs@microsoft.com or http://support.microsoft.com. However, these =
methods=20
  merely get the "bugs" filed somewhere - they do not currently =
guarantee that=20
  anyone will even look at them, let alone do something about it - you =
will=20
  almost certainly get no feedback so there is no way of knowing what =
has=20
  happened to your bug report.

Can't I report it to a Microsoft=20
  newsgroup? Yes, but Microsoft employees do not officially monitor =
these=20
  forums. It is possible that they will notice a bug report, they may =
even look=20
  into it - it's not even unheard of them to contact the person with the =

  problem. However these are all the exception rather than the rule. The =

  newsgroups are there for peer to peer support and are not an official =
bug=20
  reporting channel.

If you can provide a reproduction script on =
the=20
  newsgroups then one of the MVP's (we are NOT Microsoft Employees!) can =
pass=20
  this to PSS for you. It has a much greater chance of being looked at =
that way,=20
  but again, is not a guarantee. If you do post a repro script then =
there is a=20
  good chance that someone will be able to find you a work-around=20
  though.

Whatever method you use, in order for Microsoft to =
resolve a=20
  bug they need to re-create it on their systems. The best way to do =
this is to=20
  provide them with a repro script - this needs to show the problem when =
run on=20
  a brand-new install of SQL Server on a new database. Therefore it =
needs to=20
  contain all tables, user defined data types, triggers, views etc. =
needed to=20
  show the problem. If it needs data then try and keep this to a =
minimum. (See=20
  reproscript.txt in the FAQ for more details and an example) 
  

  Q. Why do I get the SQL Server error "Msg 8412 =
- Schemas=20
  differ" when doing a LOAD TABLE?
  A. If both tables have been defined identically the most =
common=20
  reason for this is when the exact error is "Msg 8412, Level 16, State =
3" -=20
  with the state of 3 being the give-away. This problem occurs if both =
of the=20
  following conditions are true:
  
    The table has a nullable char or varchar column and was created =
under=20
    one ANSI_PADDING setting.=20
    
The table was dumped, dropped, and re-created from a script, but =
with a=20
    different ANSI_PADDING option set. 
  This is usually caused by the tool being used to re-create the =
table=20
  setting a different default for the ANSI_PADDING value. See Q170639 =
for more=20
  info. 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error message when I try to =
run SQL 7=20
  EM - "MMC - Snap-in failed to initialize"?
  A. It could be that one or more dll's has not been =
registered. Try=20
  :- 
  C:\> regsvr32 =
<sqldir>\BINN\dtsui.dll
C:\>=20
  regsvr32 <sqldir>\BINN\sqldmo.dll
C:\> regsvr32=20
  <sqldir>\BINN\sqlns.dll
C:\> regsvr32=20
  <sqldir>\BINN\sqllex.dll
  

  Q. Why is the week number returned by SQL =
Server=20
  wrong?
  A. e.g. select datepart(wk,'19990323') returns 13 when it =
should be=20
  12.

This is because SQL Server starts counting weeks from Jan =
1. Week 1=20
  =3D Jan 1.

The ISO standard is that week 1 is the first week =
with 4 days=20
  in it.

You will have to write your own bit of SQL to calculate=20
it...
  

  Q. How can I un-install a SQL Server =
servicepack and go=20
  back to the original version?
  A. Check the readme.txt that came with the sp. Some come =
with=20
  un-install instructions - in which case follow them.

If there =
are no=20
  instructions then just replace the updated .exe's and .dll's with the =
previous=20
  ones. This won't back out any of the SQL script changes that would =
have been=20
  run as part of the servicepack, but I don't know of any issues that =
require=20
  these being backed out.

For 6.5 SP5a back to SP4 there is a kb =
article=20
  at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q216/4/21.ASP
  

  Q. How can I transfer database diagrams from =
one SQL 7=20
  server to another?
  A. Assuming you have identical databases and the =
dtproperties table=20
  exists on the target db then use :- 
  insert=20
  =
into
   <targetdb>..dtproperties
select
&nb=
sp;  object_id,=20
  value, lvalue,=20
  =
version
from
   <sourcedb>..dtproperties<=
/P>
  


  Q. Why is SQL Server 7 slower than 6.5 at =
running some of=20
  my sp's?
  A. Chances are this is due to the use of temporary tables in =
the SP=20
  :-

In SQL 7.0, a stored proc will be recompiled whenever a =
table is=20
  encountered that did not exist at the time the stored proc was =
created. So, if=20
  you scatter the creation and use of temp tables throughout a stored =
proc, the=20
  stored procedure will undergo multiple recompilations. However, if you =
place=20
  all your temporary table creates at the beginning before any other =
TSQL then=20
  there will only need to be one recompilation when the first temp table =
is=20
  referenced. Make sure you create the relevant indices on the temp =
tables at=20
  the start as well. The reason for this is to get better optimization =
for the=20
  later queries in the SP. With 6.5 and below, the optimizer didn't know =
what=20
  indices were available on the temp tables and so had to guess at the =
start of=20
  the sp. These guesses would often lead to inappropriate access=20
  plans.

You can also try putting the "OPTION KEEP PLAN" hint on =
selects=20
  to reduce the recompilations.

For more info on the above see=20
  http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/techart/sqlqa.htm

There is =
also a bug=20
  you may be running into (fixed in SP1). If the following conditions =
are true=20
  you may be getting excessive re-compilations :-

sp is in =
master
db=20
  being referenced is in 65 compatibility mode
concat_null_yield_null =
is=20
  being set (usually because you are using ODBC) 
  

  Q. How can I modify the SQL 7 unattended =
install=20
  script?
  A. Check out the following link for info http://technet.microsoft.com/cdonline/content/complet=
e/boes/bo/SQL/Technote/sql7set=20
  
  

  Q. Is there an Access upsizing wizard to SQL =
Server=20
  7.0?
  A. Yes, there is now one available at http://=
www.microsoft.com/AccessDev/ProdInfo/AUT97dat.htm=20
  
  

  Q. Do I really need a 166Mhz Pentium processor =
to run SQL=20
  Server 7.0?
  A. No. But you DO need a 100% Intel pentium compatible chip =
- which=20
  rules out some Cyrix and IBM processors. Microsoft have used an intel =
pentium=20
  instruction that some of these non-Intel processors do not support. =
There is=20
  NO way around this.
  The actual speed of the processor doesn't matter as long as it runs =
the=20
  full pentium instruction set - it needs to support CMPXCHG8B (Compare =
and=20
  Exchange 8 bytes) and RDTSC (Read Time-Stamp counter) instructions. =
Microsoft=20
  have made this a requirement because it is the minimum spec machine =
that they=20
  have developed/tested with - which is ok if you get most of your =
equipment=20
  donated/loaned/replaced by hardware companies free of charge, but this =
isn't=20
  the case with most businesses!
  As long as the server previously ran SQL 6.5 (and is 100% intel =
compatible)=20
  you should find that it will run SQL 7.0 and will offer significant=20
  performance improvements, so don't upgrade hardware for the sake of =
it.
  The following quote is from Microsoft Product Support Services =
:-
  "When using SQL Server v7.0, Microsoft recommends a processor =
speed of=20
  166Mhz or higher for server machines. Our extensive testing of the =
product has=20
  been done on machines of this calibre and we believe customers will =
get a=20
  better price performance with the product when used in this =
configuration.=20
  Microsoft will support SQL Server v7.0 when run on server machines =
with slower=20
  processors. However customers should recognise that if our findings =
are that=20
  major problems can be eliminated by using faster processors we will =
continue=20
  to recommend, and in some cases may require, compliance with this=20
  suggestion."
  The reason for this caveat is that some of the decisions the =
optimiser=20
  makes on a 166Mhz pentium may not make so much sense on a 60Mhz =
pentium - i.e.=20
  the extra cpu time a 60Mhz part neeed may mean that a non-optimal plan =
had=20
  been chosen. 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error "Bad pointer 0xABCDEF=20
  encountered while remapping stored procedure" in SQL =
Server?
  A. This is a bug in SQL Server. Chances are you are using a=20
  temporary table with an identity column. You can re-write the SP or =
try the=20
  latest SQL Service pack. Microsoft will eventually fix this one.
  

  Q. Why does sp_processmail fail with an error =
'Supplied=20
  datatype for set_user is not allowed, expecting 'varchar'' on SQL =
7?=20
  
  A. This is a known problem, i.e. bug. You have to rewrite=20
  sp_processmail (courtesy of Wayne Snyder). Microsoft haven't fixed it =
yet -=20
  maybe in SP2....

The problem is actually with xp_sendmail which =
returns=20
  an error (@set_user datatype is incorrect)..

Microsoft changed =
the=20
  @set_user, and @dbuse params in sp_processmail to sysname, and did =
*NOT* go=20
  back and change xp_sendmail...

The temp fix is to change =
sp_processmail=20
  as follows

create procedure sp__processmail --- 1996/06/19=20
  17:30
@subject varchar(255)=3DNULL,
@filetype=20
  varchar(3)=3D'txt',
@separator varchar(3)=3D'tab',
@set_user=20
  varchar(30)=3D'guest', --Change this back from sysname to =
varchar
@dbuse=20
  varchar(30)=3D'master' --Change this back from sysname to=20
  varchar
as

........./* rest of procedure */ 
  

  Q. How can I pad an integer value in SQL Server =
with=20
  zeroes? 
  A. By converting to a string and padding that way. e.g. an =
example=20
  from pubs to pad a value :-
  select right(replicate('0',10)+=20
  convert(varchar(10),ytd_sales),10) from titles
  

  Q. Where can I get a JDBC driver for SQL =
Server?=20
  
  A. Microsoft don't supply one. You can get 3rd party ones =
from a=20
  variety of vendors and some free open-source ones as well. It is =
difficult to=20
  recommend one, but WebLogic users seem to be generally happy. The full =
list=20
  that I know of are :-

1. WebLogic : http://weblogic.beasys.com =
and=20
  www.weblogic.com. (type 2, 3 or 4. SQL 6.5 and 7.0)

2.=20
  http:\\www.inetsoftware.de. JDBC Type 4 drivers for the Microsoft =
SQLServer=20
  6.5 and 7.0. JDBC 1.22 driver to use with JDK 1.1x and a JDBC 2.0 =
driver=20
  (i-net Sprinta) to use with Java 2 (JKD 1.2x).

JDBC 1.22 :=20
  =
http://www.inetsoftware.de/English/produkte/jdbctreiber/Default.htm
JD=
BC=20
  2.0 : =
http://www.inetsoftware.de/English/produkte/jdbc2/Default.htm.

3. =

  www.openlinksw.com (www.openlinksw.co.uk)

4. =
http://beta.easysoft.com.=20
  JDBC/ODBC bridge (www.easysoft.com)

5.=20
  ftp://freetds.internetcds.com/pub/freetds_jdbc. Type 4 open-source =
driver that=20
  is designed to work with SQLServer and Sybase

6.=20
  http://java.sun.com/products/jdbc

7. http://lpv.home.texas.net=20
  (LpVodbc)

8.=20
  http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/jdbcvend.htm
  

  Q. Why is SQL Server better/worse than =
Oracle?=20
  
  A. This is as much a "religious" debate as a technical one. =
Both=20
  products are good (as are others such as DB/2, Informix, Sybase...). =
My advice=20
  would be to stick with whatever you have the technical =
skills/experience with,=20
  and don't change for the sake of it. SQL Server, Oracle and DB/2 will =
all be=20
  around for a long time - and most of the other dbms's should be=20
  too.

But for those who have to have a pro and con list, here is =
one to=20
  get you started (though no doubt some/all of the points would be =
contested).=20
  It assumes SQL 7 and Oracle 8.


Pro's of SQL=20
  Server
-------------------

On the *same* hardware running NT =
- SQL=20
  Server has the best tpcc numbers. (www.tpc.org). Oracle has higher =
tpcc=20
  numbers but only on non-NT platforms - and the cost per tpcc is=20
  higher.

Mobile/client version of product is exactly the same as =
the=20
  server one (with Oracle it isn't)

SQL 7 is generally accepted =
as easier=20
  to install, use and manage

SQL Server is cheaper to buy than =
Oracle=20
  (though this is such a small part of lifetime support costs it really=20
  shouldn't be a consideration)

Extra facilities "in the box" - =
e.g.=20
  OLAP, English Query, DTS


Pro's of=20
  Oracle
---------------

Scales higher than SQL 7 - whether =
your=20
  system needs to scale that high is a question you need to ask yourself =
(if you=20
  need ultimate performance you should be looking at DB/2 on a cluster =
of IBM=20
  10-way mainframes). SQL 7 should be fine for 1 Terabyte of data and =
2500=20
  users. (These are conservative figures and are more to do with NT's=20
  scalability than SQL's).

Clusters better than SQL

More =
powerful=20
  3GL language than SQL - PLSQL vs TSQL

Runs on non-NT platforms =
- e.g.=20
  Unix, MVS.

Been around longer.

More fine-tuning to the =
config=20
  can be done via start-up parameters.
  

  Q. A query produces this error in SQL 7 =
'Internal Query=20
  Processor Error'.
  The full error is "Internal Query Processor Error: The query =
processor=20
  could not produce a query plan."
  This means that the query processor/optimiser is "confused". With =
SQL 6.5=20
  these sorts of queries would typically produce access violations which =
could=20
  potentially affect the whole of SQL Server. In SQL 7.0 the problem is =
handled=20
  a bit better - with this error being produced. 

However, =
it is=20
  still really a bug, and you should report it to Microsoft as a=20
  bug.

Sometimes queries will work ok on SMP systems but not on=20
  single-processor systems - this is due to the fact that query =
parallelisation=20
  is available on SMP boxes.

In order for Microsoft to resolve a =
bug they=20
  need to re-create it on their systems. The best way to do this is to =
provide=20
  them with a repro script - this needs to show the problem when run on =
a=20
  brand-new install of SQL Server on a new database. Therefore it needs =
to=20
  contain all tables, user defined data types, triggers, views etc. =
needed to=20
  show the problem. If it needs data then try and keep this to a=20
  minimum. 

If the script/data is reasonably short then post =
to one=20
  of the newsgroups and one of MVP's can report it to Microsoft for you. =
(See=20
  reproscript.txt for more information)
  

  Q. Any known issues with IE5 and SQL Server =
7.0?=20
  
  A. Yes. See below.

Microsoft SQL Server 7.0 running =
on a=20
  Windows 95 or Windows 98 computer with
Microsoft Internet Explorer =
5.0=20
  installed.

Problem description:
Installation of Internet =
Explorer=20
  version 5.0 on a SQL Server 7.0 Windows 95
or Windows 98 computer =
may cause=20
  wizards and property sheets (tabbed
dialog boxes) that display an =
edit=20
  control to generate exception errors.
Generally, this problem is =
reported=20
  on the Windows 95 or 98 computer as a
general protection =
fault.
This=20
  problem only affects the user of the client wizard tool. It has =
no
effect=20
  on the server.

The problem is fixed in SQL 7 SP1 which is now=20
  available.
  

  Q. How can I programmatically get the next free =
device=20
  number (vdevno) in SQL 6.5 and below?
  A. CREATE PROCEDURE sp_ms_NextDeviceNumber AS
  /*
RETURNS THE NEXT AVAILABLE SEQUENTIAL DEVICE =
NUMBER
Created by=20
  Mike Schellenberger
*/
  /* Get a list of used device numbers > 0 and put in a =
temporary=20
  table */
SELECT
dev_num=3DCONVERT(tinyint, =
SUBSTRING(CONVERT(binary(4),=20
  d.low),v.low, 1))
INTO #TmpDevHoldTable
FROM master..sysdevices =
d,=20
  master.dbo.spt_values v
WHERE v.type=3D'E'
AND =
v.number=3D3
AND=20
  convert(tinyint, substring(convert(binary(4), d.low),v.low, 1)) >=20
  0
ORDER BY dev_num
  /* Now lets find the first available device from the temporary =
table=20
  */
  SET ROWCOUNT 1 /* This gets only the first one available =
*/
  SELECT Next_Available_Device_#=3Dt1.dev_num + 1
FROM =
#TmpDevHoldTable=20
  t1
WHERE NOT EXISTS /* When current dev number + 1 does not exist=20
  */
(SELECT t2.dev_num /* we are here and have our 1 row */
FROM=20
  #TmpDevHoldTable t2
WHERE t1.dev_num + 1=3Dt2.dev_num)
  SET ROWCOUNT 0
DROP TABLE #TmpDevHoldTable
GO
  

  Q. How can I get random numbers from SQL =
Server? Using=20
  rand() I always get the same sequence.
  A. This is because you need to start the rand function off =
with a=20
  random number. Use something like :-
  SELECT RAND( (DATEPART(mm, GETDATE()) * 100000 )
+ =
(DATEPART(ss,=20
  GETDATE()) * 1000 )
+ DATEPART(ms, GETDATE()) )
  

  Q. What is the precedence of the SET commands, =
database=20
  options, session options etc. in SQL Server?
  A. This information comes courtesy of Gert Drapers (MS). =

  Setting are defined on 3 levels: 
  
    server=20
    
database (on overlap, overwrites the server level settings)=20
    
session (on overlap, overwrites the server and database =
settings)=20
  
  Considerations When Using the SET Statements
  
    Except for SET FIPS_FLAGGER, SET OFFSETS, SET PARSEONLY, and SET =

    QUOTED_IDENTIFIER, all other SET statements are set at execute or =
run time.=20
    SET FIPS_FLAGGER, SET OFFSETS, SET PARSEONLY, and SET =
QUOTED_IDENTIFIER are=20
    set at parse time.=20
    
If a SET statement is set in a stored procedure, the value of =
the SET=20
    option is restored after control is returned from the stored =
procedure.=20
    Therefore, a SET statement specified in dynamic SQL does not affect =
the=20
    statements that follow the dynamic SQL statement.=20
    
Stored procedures execute with the SET settings specified at =
execute=20
    time except for SET ANSI_NULLS and SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER. Stored =
procedures=20
    specifying SET ANSI_NULLS or SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER use the setting =
specified=20
    at stored procedure creation time. If used inside a stored =
procedure, any=20
    SET setting is ignored.=20
    
The user options setting of sp_configure allows server-wide =
settings and=20
    works across multiple databases. This setting also behaves like an =
explicit=20
    SET statement, except that it occurs at login time.=20
    
Database settings (set by using sp_dboption) are valid only at =
the=20
    database level and only take effect if not explicitly set. Database =
settings=20
    override server option settings (set using a SET statement) when an =
option=20
    appears at more than one level.=20
    
With any of the SET statements with ON and OFF settings, it is =
possible=20
    to specify either an ON or OFF setting for multiple SET options. For =

    example, SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER, ANSI_NULLS ON sets both =
QUOTED_IDENTIFIER=20
    and ANSI_NULLS to ON.=20
    
SET statement settings override database option settings (set by =
using=20
    sp_dboption). In addition, some connection settings are set ON =
automatically=20
    when a user connects to a database based on the values put into =
effect by=20
    the prior use of the sp_configure user options setting or the values =
that=20
    apply to all ODBC and OLE/DB connections.=20
    
When a global or shortcut SET statement (for example, SET =
ANSI_DEFAULTS)=20
    sets a number of settings, issuing the shortcut SET statement resets =
the=20
    prior settings for all those options affected by the shortcut SET =
statement.=20
    If an individual SET option (affected by a shortcut SET statement) =
is=20
    explicitly set after the shortcut SET statement is issued, the =
individual=20
    SET statement overrides the corresponding shortcut settings.=20
    
When batches are used, the database context is determined by the =
batch=20
    established with the USE statement. Ad hoc queries and all other =
statements=20
    that are executed outside of the stored procedure and that are in =
batches=20
    inherit the option settings of the database and connection =
established with=20
    the USE statement.=20
    
When a stored procedure is executed either from a batch or from =
another=20
    stored procedure, it is executed under the option values that are =
currently=20
    set in the database that contains the stored procedure. For example, =
when=20
    stored procedure db1.dbo.sp1 calls stored procedure db2.dbo.sp2, =
stored=20
    procedure sp1 is executed under the current compatibility level =
setting of=20
    database db1, and stored procedure sp2 is executed under the current =

    compatibility level setting of database db2.=20
    
When a Transact-SQL statement refers to objects that reside in =
multiple=20
    databases, the current database context and the current connection =
context=20
    (the database defined by the USE statement if it is in a batch, or =
the=20
    database that contains the stored procedure if it is in a stored =
procedure)=20
    applies to that statement.=20
    
With the exception of the SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER and the SET =
ANSI_NULLS=20
    options, all SET options apply immediately after being set. =
Therefore, most=20
    Transact-SQL SET statements are interpreted during execution. =

  

  Q. Why am I seeing entries in sysindexes (or=20
  sp_helpindex) for indexes I have not created?
  A. sysindexes contains rows per object as follows =
:-

. Every=20
  table has a row with an indid value of either 0 (heap) or 1 (if it has =
a=20
  clustered index).

. Every nc index has a row with indid >=20
  1. 

. If text/image columns are used then these use=20
  rows.

.(SQL 7 only). There are rows for keeping track of =
non-index=20
  statistics on columns that SQL decides to capture statistics on even =
though=20
  there is no physical index on the column. Their names are=20
  _WA_Sys_<column>_<number>. These "indexes" cannot be =
dropped with=20
  a drop index command. They are there for the SQL optimiser to best =
choose=20
  query plans but if you want to drop them they can be with the drop =
statistics=20
  command.

. (SQL 7 only). When the index tuning wizard runs it =
creates=20
  "hypothetical" indexes with names like=20
  hind_<type>_<column>_<number>. These are removed =
when you=20
  create a "real" index on those columns using the script that the =
wizard=20
  produces for you.

  

  Q. I'm getting #deleted entries in resultsets =
from ODBC=20
  since installing SQL 7, why?
  A. Several possibilities - 

1. Could be a bug =
with=20
  numeric/decimal fields that only occurs with ODBC driver 3.70.0623. =
Upgrade to=20
  3.70.0690 which comes with SQL 7 SP1 and/or MDAC 2.1 SP2.

2. =
PSS ID=20
  Number: Q128809
Article last modified on=20
  =
01-06-1998

2.0

WINDOWS


=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D
------------------------------------=
---------------------------------
The=20
  information in this article applies to:

- Microsoft Access =
version 2.0,=20
  7.0,=20
  =
97
-------------------------------------------------------------------=
--

SYMPTOMS
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

When=20
  you retrieve, insert, or update records in an attached ODBC =
table,
each=20
  field in a record contains the "#Deleted" error message. When =
you
retrieve,=20
  insert, or update records using code, you receive the error
message =
"Record=20
  is deleted."

CAUSE
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

The Microsoft Jet =
database engine is=20
  designed around a keyset-driven model.
This means that data is =
retrieved,=20
  inserted, and updated based on key
values (in the case of an =
attached ODBC=20
  table, the unique index of a
table).

After Microsoft Access =
performs=20
  an insert or an update of an attached ODBC
table, it uses a Where =
criteria=20
  to select the record again to verify the
insert or update. The =
Where=20
  criteria is based on the unique index.
Although numerous factors =
can cause=20
  the select not to return any records,
most often the cause is that =
the key=20
  value Microsoft Access has cached is
not the same as the actual key =
value=20
  on the ODBC table. Other possible
causes are as follows:

- =
Having an=20
  update or insert trigger on the table, modifying the =
key
value.

-=20
  Basing the unique index on a float value.

- Using a =
fixed-length text=20
  field that may be padded on the server with
the correct amount of=20
  spaces.

- Having an attached ODBC table containing Null values =
in any=20
  of the
fields making up the unique index.

These factors do =
not=20
  directly cause the "#Deleted" error message. Instead,
they cause =
Microsoft=20
  Access to go to the next step in maintaining the key
values, which =
is to=20
  select the record again, this time with the criteria
based on all =
the other=20
  fields in the record. If this step returns more than
one record, =
Microsoft=20
  Access returns the "#Deleted" message because it does
not have a =
reliable=20
  key value to work with. If you close and re-open the
table or =
choose Show=20
  All Records from the Records menu, the "#Deleted"
errors are=20
  removed.

Microsoft Access uses a similar process to retrieve =
records=20
  from an
attached ODBC table. First, it retrieves the key values and =
then=20
  the rest
of the fields that match the key values. If Microsoft =
Access is=20
  not able to
find that value again when it tries to find the rest of =
the=20
  record, it
assumes that the record is=20
  =
deleted.

RESOLUTION
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

The =
following are some=20
  strategies that you can use to avoid this behavior:

- Avoid =
entering=20
  records that are exactly the same except for the =
unique
index.

-=20
  Avoid an update that triggers updates of both the unique index =
and
another=20
  field.

- Do not use a Float field as a unique index or as part =
of a=20
  unique index
because of the inherent rounding problems of this data =

  type.

- Do all the updates and inserts by using SQL =
pass-through=20
  queries so
that you know exactly what is sent to the ODBC data=20
  source.

- Retrieve records with an SQL pass-through query. An =
SQL=20
  pass-through
query is not updateable, and therefore does not cause=20
  "#Delete" errors.

- Avoid storing Null values within any field =
making=20
  up the unique index of
your attached ODBC table.

MORE=20
  =
INFORMATION
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

St=
eps to Reproduce=20
  Behavior
---------------------------

1. Open the sample =
database=20
  Northwind.mdb (or NWIND.MDB. in Microsoft
Access 2.0)

2. Use =
the=20
  Upsizing Tools to upsize the Shippers table.

NOTE: This table =
contains=20
  an AutoNumber field (or Counter field in
Microsoft Access 2.0) that =
is=20
  translated on SQL Server by the Upsizing
Tools into a trigger that =
emulates=20
  a counter.

3. Open the attached Shippers table and enter a new =
record.=20
  Make sure
that the record you enter has the same data in the =
Company Name=20
  field
as the previous record.

4. Press TAB to move to a new =
record.=20
  Note that the "#Deleted" error fills
the record you =
entered.

5.=20
  Close and re-open the table. Note that the record is correct.

  

  Q. How can I use SQL 7's HDQ facilities to get =
at NT=20
  domain or Exchange information?
  A. This information is supposed to get ADSI working from SQL =
Server,=20
  however your mileage may vary (please provide any feedback on=20
  updating/correcting the information here).

In order to get an =
ADSI=20
  linked server to SQL Server 7.0, you will need to install the =
following=20
  pre-requisites. ADSI 2.0 doesn't work with MDAC 2.1 (installed w/ SQL =
Server=20
  7.0). For more information on the issues of ADSI 2.0 and MDAC 2.1,=20
  =
see:

http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q216/7/09.as=
p

Requirements:
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

=
1.=20
  You must install SQL Server 7.0. For more information about SQL =
Server, visit=20
  http://www.microsoft.com/sql 

2. You must install ADSI 2.5 =
Runtime=20
  on the machine SQL Server is installed =
:-
http://www.microsoft.com/adsi=20
  =
-or- 
ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sitesrv/sitesrv-public/fixes=
/usa/siteserver3/sp2/x86/adsi/ads.exe


3.=20
  You must either use Active Directory (Windows 2000), an NT 4.0 SAM =
database or=20
  Exchange Server as a basis for directory information.


Step =
by Step=20
  =
Instructions
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D
In to add a linked server, do the=20
  following:

1. Run the Query Analyzer 

2. Logon the =
the SQL=20
  Server machine.

3. Execute the following=20
  =
line. 

/*****************************************************=
******/
sp_addlinkedserver=20
  'ADSI', 'Active Directory Services 2.5',=20
  =
'ADSDSOObject','adsdatasource'
go
/********************************=
***************************/

This=20
  tells SQL Server to associate word 'ADSI' with ADSI OLE DB provider -=20
  'ADSDSOObject'

Following is an example scenario of common=20
  =
operations: 
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

/*******************************=
****************************/
SELECT=20
  * FROM=20
  =
OpenQuery( 
ADSI,'<LDAP://DC=3DMicrosoft,DC=3Dcom>;(&(o=
bjectCategory=3DPerson)(objectClass=3Duse
r));name,=20
  =
adspath;subtree')
/***************************************************=
********/

Note:=20
  you should change the DC=3D.., DC=3D.. accordingly. This query asks=20
  for 
all users in the 'Microsoft.com' domain.


You =
may also=20
  use the ADSI SQL Dialect, for=20
  =
example:

/********************************************************=
***/
SELECT=20
  * FROM OpenQuery( ADSI, 'SELECT name, adsPath=20
  FROM 
''LDAP://DC=3DMicrosoft,DC=3Dcom'' WHERE objectCategory =
=3D ''Person''=20
  AND 
objectClass=3D=20
  =
''user''') 
/****************************************************=
*******/

Creating,=20
  Executing a =
View
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D

You may create a view=20
  for data obtained from Active Directory. Note that 
only the =
view=20
  definition is stored in SQL Server, not the actual =
result 
set. Hence,=20
  you may get a different result when you execute a view =
later.

To create=20
  a view, type and=20
  =
execute:

/********************************************************=
***/
CREATE=20
  VIEW viewADUsers AS
SELECT * FROM=20
  =
OpenQuery( 
ADSI,'<LDAP://DC=3DMicrosoft,DC=3Dcom>;(&(o=
bjectCategory=3DPerson)(objectClass=3Duse
r));name,=20
  =
adspath;subtree')
/***************************************************=
********/

To=20
  execute a view,=20
  =
type

/***********************************************************/=

SELECT=20
  * from=20
  =
viewADUsers 
/***************************************************=
********/ 

Heteregenous=20
  Join between SQL Server and Active Directory


Create a SQL =
table, a=20
  employee performance review=20
  =
table

/***********************************************************=
/
CREATE=20
  TABLE EMP_REVIEW
(
userName varChar(40),
reviewDate=20
  datetime,
rating=20
  =
decimal 
)
/**************************************************=
*********/

Insert=20
  few=20
  =
records

/*********************************************************=
**/
INSERT=20
  EMP_REVIEW VALUES('Administrator', '2/15/1998', 4.5 )
INSERT =
EMP_REVIEW=20
  VALUES('Administrator', '7/15/1998', 4.0=20
  =
)
/***********************************************************/
Note:=20
  You can insert other user names.

Now join the=20
  =
two

/***********************************************************/<=
BR>SELECT=20
  ADsPath, userName, ReviewDate, Rating 
FROM EMP_REVIEW,=20
  viewADUsers
WHERE userName =3D=20
  =
Name
/***********************************************************/
=

Now,=20
  you can even create another view for this=20
  =
join,

/***********************************************************=
/
CREATE=20
  VIEW reviewReport
SELECT ADsPath, userName, ReviewDate,=20
  Rating 
FROM EMP_REVIEW, viewADUsers
WHERE userName =3D=20
  Name 
Advanced=20
  =
Operations
/**********************************************************=
*/

You=20
  may log-on as different user when connecting to the Active=20
  Directory. 
To specify the alternate=20
  =
credential. 

Example:

/*******************************=
****************************/
sp_addlinkedsrvlogin=20
  ADSI, false,=20
  =
'MICROSOFT\Administrator', 
'CN=3DAdministrator,CN=3DUsers,DC=3DM=
icrosoft,DC=3Dcom',=20
  =
'passwordHere'
/******************************************************=
*****/

This=20
  line tells Distributed Query that if someone logs on in SQL Server=20
  as 
'Microsoft\Administrator', the Distributed Query will pass =

  the 
'CN=3DAdministrator,CN=3DUsers, DC=3DMicrosoft, DC=3Dcom' =
and=20
  'passwordHere' to 
ADSI as the credentials.

To stop =
connecting=20
  as an alternate credential,=20
  =
type:

/***********************************************************=
/
sp_droplinkedsrvlogin=20
  =
ADSI,'MICROSOFT\Administrator' 
/********************************=
***************************/


The=20
  following links may also be=20
  =
helpfull:
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

ht=
tp://msdn.microsoft.com/developer/news/feature/120197/Exchange/adsi.htm
http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/sdkdoc/adsi/ds2cli_9x9u.htm#_ds_f=
ormal_gra
mmar_for_the_sql_queries

http://msdn.microsoft.com/li=
brary/sdkdoc/adsi/ds2intro_0ckz.htm
  

  Q. How can I tell if my code is ANSI-92=20
  compliant?
  A. The following is from the Books-Online. What isn't =
documented is=20
  that you need to put quotes around any value other than =
off.

SET=20
  FIPS_FLAGGER (T-SQL)
Specifies checking for compliance with the =
FIPS 127-2=20
  standard, which is based 
on the SQL-92 =
standard.

Syntax
SET=20
  FIPS_FLAGGER level

Arguments
level 
Is the level of=20
  compliance against the FIPS 127-2 standard for which =
all 
database=20
  operations are checked. If a database operation conflicts with=20
  the 
level of SQL-92 standards chosen, Microsoft=AE SQL =
Server=99=20
  generates a warning. 
level must be one of these=20
  values. 



Value Description 
ENTRY =
Standards=20
  checking for SQL-92 entry-level compliance 
FULL Standards =
checking=20
  for SQL-92 full compliance 
INTERMEDIATE Standards checking =
for SQL-92=20
  intermediate-level compliance 
OFF No standards=20
  checking 

Remarks
The setting of SET FIPS_FLAGGER is =
set at=20
  parse time and not at execute or run 
time. Setting at parse =
time=20
  means that if the SET statement is present in the 
batch or =
stored=20
  procedure, it takes effect, regardless of whether =
code 
execution=20
  actually reaches that point; and the SET statement takes=20
  effect 
before any statements are executed. For example, even =
if the=20
  SET statement is 
in an IF...ELSE statement block that is =
never=20
  reached during execution, the SET 
statement still takes =
effect=20
  because the IF...ELSE statement block is parsed.

If SET =
FIPS_FLAGGER is=20
  set in a stored procedure, the value of SET FIPS_FLAGGER 
is =
restored=20
  after control is returned from the stored procedure. Therefore, =
a 
SET=20
  FIPS_FLAGGER statement specified in dynamic SQL does not have any =
effect=20
  on 
any statements following the dynamic SQL=20
  statement. 

Permissions
SET FIPS_FLAGGER permissions =
default to=20
  all users
  

  Q. How can I automate the scripting/transfer of =
a=20
  database/objects in SQL Server?
  A. You can do this using the SQL-DMO objects that SQL =

  supports. These can be called via the SQL OLE interface. There is a =
help file=20
  for the SQL DMO objects included with SQL Server and there is an icon =
for it=20
  in your SQL group.

For an example of using the SQL OLE =
interface see=20
  Q152801 in the Microsoft Kb. Alternatively you can code your own VB =
app to=20
  call the DMO routines yourself.

For SQL 7.0 you could also use =
the=20
  SCPTXFT.EXE utility found in the UPGRADE directory to script objects. =
You can=20
  schedule this using SQLAgent or run from a SP etc. Do a SCPTXFT /? to =
see the=20
  parameters - which are self explanatory. (If it isn't on your =
hard-drive then=20
  look in the upgrade directory on the CD).

See Q220163 for more=20
  details.
  

  Q. If I lose my data file (MDF) in SQL 7 I =
can't backup=20
  the log to recover to a point in time - why not?
  A. A small oversight on MS's part - which will be fixed in =
the next=20
  major (not service-pack) release of SQL.

Under 6.5 you would do =
BACKUP=20
  LOG <dbname> TO <device> WITH NO_TRUNCATE.

Under =
SQL 7 this=20
  gets you an error
Server: Msg 3446, Level 16, State 1
Primary =
file not=20
  available for database <xx>

This is because the metadata =
that=20
  tells SQL where the files are for the database are in the primary file =
- in=20
  SQL 6.5 this info was held in system tables in master.

A =
workaround for=20
  this is :-

1. Use only ONE file in the primary file group (the =
primary=20
  file), and place this file on the same drive (mirrored) as your log =
files.=20
  This gives it the same protection as the log.

2. Add another =
file=20
  group, with one or more files for data - obviously this goes on =
different=20
  disks to the log. Mark this second file group as the default (Alter=20
  database)

3. Then, when your data file is lost , backup =
no_truncate=20
  will work because the primary file with the metadata in (but no user =
data) is=20
  still available.

  

  Q. What does the SQL Server error message =
"sort: bob=20
  write not complete after xx seconds." mean?
  A. Bob is the Big Output Buffer. It is used for writing out=20
  intermediate tables created during a sort. Because it is doing heavy=20
  sequential writes it can stress the disk subsystem.

As long as =
SQL=20
  Server carries on, and no other errors are being reported, then there =
is=20
  nothing to worry about. They are merely showing that the disk =
subsystem is=20
  unable to keep up with the level of i/o that SQL Server is asking it =
to do.=20
  SQL just waits and retries these requests.

To up the amount of =
time=20
  that SQL waits before issuing this message and retrying amend the =
"resource=20
  timeout" parameter via sp_configure.

You MAY need to decrease =
your max=20
  async io or max lazywrite io if these errors are continuous. Or invest =
in a=20
  faster disk subsystem. Or spread your devices across more of your =
existing=20
  spindles.

Also make sure that non-SQL processes are not causing =
disk=20
  contention. 
  

  Q. How can I run a DTS package from within SQL =
Server -=20
  e.g. a stored-procedure?
  A. You can either :-

1. Run from xp_cmdshell "dtsrun=20
  dtsfile"

or 

2. Use sp_OA sp's. Example of this is =
below=20
  (courtesy of Bill Hodghead)

if exists (select * from sysobjects =
where=20
  id =3D object_id(N'[dbo].[sp_displayoaerrorinfo]') and =
OBJECTPROPERTY(id,=20
  N'IsProcedure') =3D 1)
drop procedure=20
  [dbo].[sp_displayoaerrorinfo]
GO

if exists (select * from =
sysobjects=20
  where id =3D object_id(N'[dbo].[sp_displaypkgerrors]') and =
OBJECTPROPERTY(id,=20
  N'IsProcedure') =3D 1)
drop procedure=20
  [dbo].[sp_displaypkgerrors]
GO

if exists (select * from =
sysobjects=20
  where id =3D object_id(N'[dbo].[sp_executepackage]') and =
OBJECTPROPERTY(id,=20
  N'IsProcedure') =3D 1)
drop procedure=20
  [dbo].[sp_executepackage]
GO


create proc=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo
@object as int 
as
Declare @hr=20
  int
DECLARE @output varchar(255)
DECLARE @source =
varchar(255)
DECLARE=20
  @description varchar(255)

PRINT 'OLE Automation Error=20
  Information'

EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetErrorInfo @object, @source =
OUT,=20
  @description OUT
IF @hr =3D 0
BEGIN
SELECT @output =3D ' =
Source: ' +=20
  @source
PRINT @output
SELECT @output =3D ' Description: ' +=20
  @description
PRINT @output
END

ELSE
BEGIN
PRINT '=20
  sp_OAGetErrorInfo failed.'
RETURN
END
GO


create =
proc=20
  sp_displaypkgerrors
@pkg as int 
as
declare @numsteps=20
  int
declare @steps int
declare @step int
declare @stepresult=20
  int
declare @pkgresult int
declare @hr int

select =
@pkgresult =3D=20
  0

EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetProperty @pkg, 'Steps', @steps =
OUTPUT
IF @hr=20
  <> 0
BEGIN
print 'Unable to get steps'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @pkg --, @hr
RETURN
END

EXEC @hr =
=3D=20
  sp_OAGetProperty @steps, 'Count', @numsteps OUTPUT
IF @hr <>=20
  0
BEGIN
print 'Unable to get number of steps'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @steps --, @hr
RETURN
END

while =
@numsteps=20
  > 0 
Begin 
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetProperty @steps, =
'Item',=20
  @step OUTPUT, @numsteps
IF @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print 'Unable =
to get=20
  step'
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @steps --,=20
  @hr
RETURN
END

EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetProperty @step,=20
  'ExecutionResult', @stepresult OUTPUT
IF @hr <> =
0
BEGIN
print=20
  'Unable to get ExecutionResult'
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @step =
--,=20
  @hr
RETURN
END

select @numsteps =3D @numsteps - =
1
select=20
  @pkgresult =3D @pkgresult + @stepresult
end

if @pkgresult =
>=20
  0
print 'Package had ' + cast(@pkgresult as varchar) + ' failed=20
  step(s)'
else 
print 'Packge =
Succeeded'

GO


create=20
  proc sp_executepackage
@packagename varchar(255), --package name, =
gets most=20
  recent version
@userpwd varchar(255) =3D Null, --login =
pwd
@intsecurity=20
  bit =3D 0, --use non-zero to indicate integrated security
@pkgPwd=20
  varchar(255) =3D '' --package password
as
declare @hr =
int
declare=20
  @object int

--create a package object 
EXEC @hr =3D =
sp_OACreate=20
  'DTS.Package', @object OUTPUT 
if @hr <> =
0
Begin
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --, =
@hr
RETURN
end 

--load the=20
  package (ADD integrated security support)
declare @svr=20
  varchar(15)
declare @login varchar(15)
select @login =3D=20
  SUSER_NAME()
select @svr =3D HOST_NAME()
declare @flag =
int
select @flag=20
  =3D 0

if @intsecurity =3D 0 
if @userpwd =3D =
Null
EXEC @hr =3D=20
  sp_OAMethod @object, 'LoadFromSqlServer',NULL, @ServerName=3D@svr,=20
  @ServerUserName=3D@login, @PackageName=3D@packagename, @Flags=3D@flag, =

  @PackagePassword =3D @pkgPwd
-- ServerName As String, =
[ServerUserName As=20
  String], [ServerPassword As String], [Flags As =
DTSSQLServerStorageFlags =3D=20
  DTSSQLStgFlag_Default], [PackagePassword As String], [PackageGuid As =
String],=20
  [PackageVersionGuid As String], [PackageName As String],=20
  [pVarPersistStgOfHost])
else
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAMethod @object,=20
  'LoadFromSqlServer',NULL, @ServerName=3D@svr, =
@ServerUserName=3D@login,=20
  @PackageName=3D@packagename, @Flags=3D@flag, @PackagePassword =3D =
@pkgPwd,=20
  @ServerPassword =3D @userpwd
else
begin
select @flag =3D =
256
EXEC @hr=20
  =3D sp_OAMethod @object, 'LoadFromSqlServer',NULL, @ServerName=3D@svr, =

  @PackageName=3D@packagename, @Flags=3D@flag, @PackagePassword =3D=20
  @pkgPwd
end

IF @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print =
'LoadFromSQLServer=20
  failed'
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --,=20
  @hr
RETURN
END

--execute it
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAMethod =
@object,=20
  'Execute'
IF @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print 'Execute =
failed'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --, @hr
RETURN
END

--return =
the=20
  step errors as a recordset
exec sp_displaypkgerrors =
@object

--=20
  unitialize the package
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAMethod @object, =
'UnInitialize'
IF=20
  @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print 'UnInitialize failed'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --, @hr
RETURN
END

-- =
release the=20
  package object
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OADestroy @object
if @hr <> =

  0
Begin
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --,=20
  @hr
RETURN
end 
GO 
  

  Q. Where can I get Embedded SQL for SQL=20
  Server?
  A. http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/ESQLC.EXE
=

Note=20
  that this only supports SQL 6.5 and earlier. It will work against SQL =
7.0 but=20
  you won't have access to any SQL 7.0 only features - this is due to it =
using=20
  the db-lib interface. 
  

  Q. How can I get file information using SQL=20
  Server?
  A. Using the undocumented xp_getfiledetails procedure=20
  :-

create table #info ( 
alt_name varchar(255)=20
  null, 
size_in_bytes int null, 
creation_date int=20
  null,
creation_time int null,
last_written_date int=20
  null,
last_written_time int null,
last_accessed_date int=20
  null,
last_accessed_time int null,
attributes int=20
  null
)

insert #info exec master..xp_getfiledetails=20
  'C:\Directory\File.nam' 
  

  Q. My SQL Server database has been marked =
"loading" -=20
  what can I do?
  A. As long as it really isn't loading then you can drop the =
database=20
  with sp_dbremove. 
  

  Q. How can I connect to SQL Server from a=20
  Macintosh?
  A. It appears that the Microsoft provided driver with Office =
for the=20
  Macintosh no longer works with SQL 7.0. It works fine with SQL 6.5 and =
below.=20
  Your options are :-

1. www.snap.de. They produce a DAL/ODBC =
DBMS called=20
  PrimeBase that can be used to front-end other ODBC =
applications.

2.=20
  There are 32-bit 680x0 ODBC drivers on the Visual FoxPro for Power =
Macintosh=20
  CD version 3.0. The 32-bit drivers (v2.11 from Visigenic, v6.0b3 of =
the SQL=20
  Server driver). These work with 16-bit FoxPro 2.6a as well. One issue =
is that=20
  on MacOS 8.5.1, you get Type 1, Type 3 or Type 10 errors when you quit =
the=20
  FoxPro 2.6, BUT if you compile a 680x0 executable it works =
ok.

3. You=20
  can also get Mac drivers from http://www.openlinksw.co.uk/

4.=20
  http://www.iodbc.org/ has an SDK

5. http://www.meta-comm.com =
allegedly=20
  have a free add-on run on the server to make old clients connect=20
  ok

=3D=3D=3D

v1.07 2000.02.04
Applies to SQL Server =
versions :=20
  All
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles :=20
  n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. I am getting problems with ODBC apps since =
upgrading=20
  to SQL 6.5 SP5a or installing SQL 7.
  A. Microsoft introduced a lot of compatibility problems =
(especially=20
  with Jet) with the versions of MDAC released with SQL 6.5 SP5a and SQL =

  7.0.

If you use MDAC 2.1 SP2 on www.microsoft.com/data this =
should=20
  resolve the problems. 

=3D=3D=3D

v1.02 =
2000.02.05
Applies to=20
  SQL Server versions : 6.5, 7.0
Related FAQ articles : =
n/a
Related=20
  Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. How do I configure multi-protocol net-lib to =
force=20
  encryption of packets in SQL Server?
  A. To set up encryption for a specific user

1. Create =
an=20
  account on the machine running SQL Server that matches the
account =
(same=20
  username and password) on the client machine.
2. Turn on encryption =
for the=20
  Multi-Protocol netlib. This can be done for a
specific client or =
through=20
  the server for all clients. For more information,
see "Configuring =
Clients"=20
  in the Microsoft SQL Server =
Administrator's
Companion.


To set up=20
  encryption for all users

On the machine running SQL =
Server
1. In the=20
  Administrative Tools program group, in the User Manager =
utility,
from the=20
  User menu choose New User.
The New User dialog box appears.
2. =
In the=20
  dialog box, establish a user account with username as token1 and
as =

  password token2.
3. Enable the multiprotocol encryption option by =
following=20
  instructions
described in "Configuring Clients" in the Microsoft =
SQL=20
  Server
Administrator's Companion.
4. Start SQL Server.

On =
the=20
  machine running the client application
1. In the Microsoft SQL =
Server 6.5=20
  program group, double-click the SQL
Client Configuration =
Utility.
The=20
  SQL Server Client Configuration Utility dialog box appears.
2. =
Click the=20
  Advanced tab.
3. For the machine on which you set up the user =
account,=20
  specify a logical
name in the Server box for SQL Server.
4. In =
the DLL=20
  Name list box, select Multi-Protocol.
5. In the Connection String =
box, type=20
  the following:
ncacn_ip_tcp: servername, token1,=20
  token2
where
servername
Specifies the DNS name for the server =

  machine.
token1
Specifies the username of the user account on =
the server=20
  machine.
token2
Specifies the password for the user account on =
the=20
  server machine.
The username and password will be used by the =
client to=20
  establish an
encrypted connection to SQL Server. Note that this =
user=20
  account is a valid
Windows NT account and must be subject to =
Standard=20
  Security.
The user account established on the server machine is not =
a SQL=20
  Server
account. The client application must specify a valid SQL =
Server=20
  username and
password to successfully connect to SQL Server.
If =
the=20
  connection is unsuccessful because of an invalid username =
or
password, the=20
  Multi-Protocol netlib will return error 5 (access denied).

You =
can also=20
  force using the Multi Protocol Net Lib from the client by
putting a =

  network=3Ddbmsrpcn; in your connect string. 
  

  Q. How can I ORDER BY different fields based on =
a=20
  variable in SQL Server?
  A. There are three ways :-

1. Build up the whole =
select=20
  statement including the order by into a string and then use the EXEC =
(@str)=20
  command where @str contains the SQL to be run.

2. As above, but =
using=20
  sp_executesql. See exec.txt in the faq for more details on these=20
  two.

3. If all the fields are of the same datatype then you can =
use the=20
  CASE statement.

declare @var int
select @var=3D1
select * =
from=20
  tbl
order by CASE
WHEN @var=3D1 THEN field1
WHEN @var=3D2 =
THEN=20
  field2
WHEN @var=3D3 THEN field3
ELSE field4
END 
  

  Q. Can I upgrade SQL 4.x to 7.0 =
directly?
  A. No :-

1. Upgrade to NT 3.51 if you're not already =
at that=20
  level.
2. Upgrade to SQL 6.5
3. Install 6.5 Service pack 3 or=20
  above
4. Upgrade to NT 4.0
5. Install NT 4.0 service pack 4 or=20
  above
6. Install IE 4.0 SP1 or above
7. Upgrade to SQL 7
8. =
Install=20
  SQL 7 Service Pack 1

Easy, if a little manual.
  

  Q. How can I programmatically kick off a SQL =
dump and get=20
  the stats on how far through it is back dynamically?
  A. You can do it with DMO. Here is some sample code supplied =
bt Gert=20
  Drapers.

Option Explicit

Dim mSQLServer As=20
  SQLDMO.SQLServer
Dim WithEvents mBackupEvents As=20
  SQLDMO.Backup

Private Sub cmdBackupWithEvents_Click()
Dim =
mDatabase=20
  As SQLDMO.Database
Dim mBackup As New SQLDMO.Backup
Set =
mBackupEvents =3D=20
  mBackup

For Each mDatabase In mSQLServer.Databases
If=20
  (mDatabase.Name <> "model" And mDatabase.Name <> "tempdb") =

  Then
mBackup.Database =3D mDatabase.Name
mBackup.Files =3D =
"c:\dump\" &=20
  mDatabase.Name & Format(Date,
"yyyy-mm-dd") &=20
  ".bak"
mBackup.SQLBackup mSQLServer
End If
Next

Set=20
  mBackupEvents =3D Nothing
Set mBackup =3D Nothing

End =
Sub

Private=20
  Sub cmdConnect_Click()
Set mSQLServer =3D New =
SQLDMO.SQLServer
Call=20
  mSQLServer.Connect("(local)", "sa", "")
Msg "Connected " & =
Now()
End=20
  Sub

Private Sub cmdDisconnect_Click()
If (Not mSQLServer Is =
Nothing)=20
  Then
mSQLServer.DisConnect
Set mSQLServer =3D Nothing
End =
If
Msg=20
  "Disconnected " & Now()
End Sub

Private Sub=20
  mBackupEvents_Complete(ByVal Message As String)
txtOut =3D txtOut =
&=20
  Message & vbCrLf
End Sub

Private Sub=20
  mBackupEvents_NextMedia(ByVal Message As String)
txtOut =3D txtOut =
&=20
  Message & vbCrLf
End Sub

Private Sub=20
  mBackupEvents_PercentComplete(ByVal Message As String, =
ByVal
Percent As=20
  Long)
txtOut =3D txtOut & Message & "Percent " & =
Percent &=20
  vbCrLf
End Sub
  

  Q. Where does the list of SQL Server's come =
from in=20
  registration/dialog boxes?
  A. When SQL Server starts up it "registers" itself with the =
network.=20
  The list of workstations/servers/etc is held in a browser list which =
is=20
  normally maintained by the domain controllers. You can also use the=20
  SQLBrowseConnect api.

A client needing a list of resources - in =
this=20
  case SQL Servers - issues NetEnumXXXX commands to get the list back - =
this is=20
  provided by whichever server running as a browser master has the info. =
For=20
  more details on browsing see the NT resource kits.

Some =
restrictions=20
  :-

1. The client side Win32 named pipe Net-Library =
(DBNMPNTW.DLL) does=20
  not 
support server enumeration on Windows 9x-based computers. =
This=20
  means you won't see a list from a Win9x client.

2. There is no =
support=20
  for server enumeration with the Multi-Protocol 
Net-Library. =
Any=20
  server just running multi-protocol will not be visible. 
  

  Q. Can I add comments to SQL Server's schema =
like I can=20
  with Access?
  A. No - SQL Server as of v7.0 and below does not support =
this. You=20
  can, of course, store comments in a user table if you wish. If this =
table were=20
  created in the model database then it would be created automatically =
for all=20
  new databases. 
  

  Q. How can I pass an array of values to a SQL =
Server=20
  stored-procedure?
  A. Basically you can't - SQL Server has no array type - ANSI =
SQL 92=20
  does not specify array support. But there are various ways around=20
  it.

1. You could simulate an array by passing one or more =
varchar(255)=20
  fields with comma-separated values and then use a WHILE loop with =
PATINDEX and=20
  SUBSTR to extract the values.

2. The more usual way to do this =
would be=20
  to populate a temporary table with the values you need and then use =
the=20
  contents of that table from within the stored-procedure. Example of =
this=20
  below

create procedure mytest @MyParmTempTable=20
  varchar(30)
as
begin
-- @MyParmTempTable contains my =
parameter=20
  list...

-- For simplicity use dynamic sql to copy into a normal =
temp=20
  table...

create table #MyInternalList (
list_item varchar( 2 =
) not=20
  null
)

set nocount on

insert #MyInternalList
exec =
(=20
  "select * from " + @MyParmTempTable )

set nocount off

-- =
It is=20
  now easier to join..
select *
from sysobjects
where type in ( =
select=20
  list_item from #MyInternalList )

end
go

To=20
  call..

create table #MyList (
list_item varchar( 2 ) not=20
  null
)
insert #MyList values ( 'S' )
insert #MyList values ( =
'U'=20
  )
insert #MyList values ( 'P' )

exec mytest =
"#MyList"

3. If=20
  all you wanted to do was use the array/list as input to an IN clause =
in a=20
  WHERE statement you could use :-

REATE PROCEDURE sp_MyProcedure =

  (@MyCommaDelimitedString
Varchar(255))
AS
BEGIN
EXEC =
('SELECT *=20
  FROM MYTABLE WHERE MYFIELD IN (' + @MyCommaDelimitedString +=20
  ')')
END
GO

  

  Q. How does SQL Server clear up orphaned=20
  connections?
  A. It doesn't. It never terminates a connection unless it is =
told to=20
  by a user, a KILL command is issued, or the operating system tells it =
that the=20
  network connection it is using has been disconnected.

How long =
the=20
  operating system takes to kill a network connection, or whether it is =
done at=20
  all, depends on the net-lib and network protocol used. For parameters =
on=20
  keep-alive frames and session time-outs for the relevant network =
protocol the=20
  best guide is the NT Server resource kit, which describes how NT's =
various=20
  network layers work. See Q137983
for some details pertinent to SQL=20
  Server.

Typically, named-pipe connections over netbeui will be =
timed=20
  out quite quickly, followed by named-pipes over IP. If you're using =
tcp-ip=20
  sockets then these sessions aren't timed-out at all by default. 
  

  Q. How do I configure the debugger in Visual =
Studio to=20
  work with SQL 7?
  A. Check out http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/techart/msdn_storedprocedur=
edebugtech.htm.=20
  
  

  Q. How can I connect from Delphi to SQL =
7?
  A. You need to at least be on BDE 5.01. This knows about SQL =
7.0=20
  systems tables etc. However it is still db-lib based and therefore =
does not=20
  support Unicode, Varchars greater than 255 bytes and any other SQL 7.0 =
only=20
  feature.

Inprise (Borland) will be bringing out an ADO =
alternative in=20
  the future - check their website for details.

Download of =
current BDE:=20
  http://www.borland.com/de=
vsupport/bde/
BDE=20
  info: http://www.borland.com/bde/
B=
DE=20
  Q&A: http://www.borland.=
com/devsupport/bde/qanda/
Delphi=20
  info: http://www.borland.com/delphi/
SQLLinks=20
  info: http://www.borland.com/sqllinks=
/

For=20
  a non-Inprise solutions check out http://www.kylecordes.c=
om/bag/index.html=20
  
  

  Q. Why does my copy of SQL Server say it is the =
120 day=20
  eval edition when it is the full commercial copy?
  A. This is because you have it installed on an evaluation =
copy of NT=20
  - SQL Server also checks the licensed state of the operating system. =
You will=20
  need to re-install NT. 
  

  Q. Why do I get a "variable is not declared" =
inside my=20
  EXEC statement?
  A. This is because a variable is local to a batch of SQL - =
normally=20
  batches are split up with GO statements. However an EXEC is a separate =
batch=20
  and so it cannot see any local variables already created.

You =
must put=20
  the variable declarations you need inside the EXEC statement. 
  

  Q. What is the equivalent of the IIF command in =
SQL=20
  Server?
  A. In Microsoft Access you would use :-

Select=20
  iif(field>10,"large", "small") as Size from Table

With SQL =
Server,=20
  use the CASE command

SELECT Size =3D 
CASE
WHEN =
field > 10=20
  THEN "large"
ELSE "small"
END
from Table 
  

  Q. What does the red zig-zag line next to a =
server name=20
  in SQL Enterprise Manager mean?
  A. It just means that you are connected to the SQL Server on =
that=20
  machine.
  

  Q. Why do I get the error 'An unknown full-text =
failure=20
  (80004005)'?
  A. This is an ODBC/ADO error message and is a generic one - =
all it=20
  tells you is that an error has occurred. After the error number is a=20
  description giving specific information on what is going on. To debug =
this=20
  info look at Q183060 in the Microsoft Knowledgebase.=20
  http://support.microsoft.com/support.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.02=20
  2000.02.04
Applies to SQL Server versions : All
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  Q183060
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =
information :=20
  n/a
  

  Q. Why does the tcp-ip net-lib not appear as an =
option in=20
  SQL Setup?
  A. Two possible reasons :-
  
    With 6.5 and below you have integrated security defined. =
Integrated=20
    security requires NT authentication of net-lib connections and =
tcp-ip=20
    sockets does not offer this.=20
    
The server does not have tcp-ip loaded as a network protocol. =
Check this=20
    via control panel/networks/protocols. 
  

  Q. How much longer will Microsoft support SQL =
6.5=20
  for?
  A. As a rule of thumb :-

Microsoft provide support =
for at=20
  least the current and previous version of a product (service-packs =
don't=20
  count). So with 6.5 and 7.0 out Microsoft will actively support 6.5 =
until the=20
  next version of SQL comes out - active means fixing the code and =
issuing=20
  servicepacks and hotfixes. The next version - SQL 2000 (Shiloh) - is =
due by=20
  the end of 1H 2000.

After that Microsoft continue to provide =
support=20
  for as long as they feel the customer base warrants it. This is =
weighed up=20
  against the fact that Microsoft support doesn't make the company any =
money and=20
  they do want to encourage users to upgrade (because that does make =
them=20
  money). For 6.5 I would expect this to be a fairly long period given =
the=20
  installed-base of 6.5. During this time the likelihood of servicepacks =

  substantially decreases but for major problems or major customers you =
will at=20
  least get hot-fixes written.

Once this period finishes =
Microsoft=20
  finishes "active" support. The source-code is still available to the =
PSS=20
  support people for debugging, but no more fixes will be written. =
Microsoft=20
  will still take a support call and help out with a problem - be it=20
  performance, corruption etc. They will help you fix the problem =
yourself or=20
  provide workarounds, but they will not fix the 6.5 codebase. If a bug =
is found=20
  they will test it against the latest version of SQL Server and fix it =
in that=20
  if necessary, but your only option to get the fix would be to=20
  upgrade.

The other thing to note is that normal staff =
turn-over,=20
  promotions, moves etc. means that the Microsoft SQL support group's =
experience=20
  and knowledge will naturally migrate to the newer/current versions. =
Staying=20
  current with SQL versions/servicepacks is the best way to ensure the =
highest=20
  quality of support.

Microsoft are not actively support SQL 6.0 =
or=20
  below.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.03 2000.02.01
Applies to SQL =
Server versions :=20
  6.5
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles :=20
  n/a
Other related information : n/a
  

  Q. How can I tell whether a table is a system =
(Microsoft)=20
  table in SQL 7?
  A. select * from sysobjects where objectproperty(id, =
'IsMSShipped')=20
  =3D 1
  

  Q. Where can I get SQL 7.0 SP1?
  A. SQL 7 SP1 is now released and available at :-

ft=
p://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/public/fixes/usa/SQL70/Sp1
  

  Q. Why do I get "SQL Server has run out of =
locks" error=20
  message with SQL 7 - I thought it dynamically allocated =
them?
  A. First check that you haven't given locks a fixed number =
rather=20
  than letting it automatically expand (the default) - check=20
  sp_configure.

If dynamic allocation is set, then this does work =
- it=20
  does dynamically allocate them as long as there is ENOUGH MEMORY to =
allocate=20
  them from. The error should really say that SQL has no more memory to =
allocate=20
  the locks from.

If you have artificially limited the amount of =
memory=20
  SQL Server can get then consider putting it back to an unlimited =
maximum and=20
  let it handle it itself. If it is already automatic then you will need =
to=20
  reduce the memory requirements of the queries/workload concerned or =
add more=20
  memory to the server.
  

  Q. How do I configure the client query time-out =
for SQL=20
  Server?
  A. If you are using a utility then this is normally under=20
  file/options or tool/options from the menu. Set it to the value you =
require -=20
  0 means infinite (no) timeout.

For example :-

Enterprise =
Manager=20
  time-out is set in TOOLS/OPTIONS/Connection/Query Timeout
Query =
Analyzer=20
  time-out is set in QUERY/Current Connect Options/Query =
Timeout

If you=20
  want to do it in C/VB code then this depends on the data access =
method. Look=20
  in the BOL for more details, but with raw ODBC you would use =
:-

etcode=20
  =3D SQLSetConnectAttr(m_hdbc,=20
  SQL_ATTR_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT,
(SQLPOINTER)dwSeconds, =
SQL_IS_UINTEGER);
  

  Q. How can I migrate from Access to SQL=20
  Server?
  A. To start with use the free Access upsizing wizard on MS's =

  website. It works from Access 97 to SQL 6.5 or 7.0. It is available at =
http://=
www.microsoft.com/AccessDev/ProdInfo/AUT97dat.htm 

If=20
  you are using Access 2000 then the Access Upsizing tool that ships as =
part of=20
  Office 2000 only supports SQL 7.0.

There are also some 3rd=20
  party-products :-

http://www.weirperf.com/
http://www.ssw.com.au/ SSW Upsize =
PRO! (97=20
  and 2000)
  

  Q. What does "bufdiscard: WARNING, page xx =
(dbid n, bp=20
  0xzzzzzzzz) has stat0x10080(), skipping" mean?
  A. This message can safely be ignored. It just says that the =
SQL=20
  lazy writer has found a page in an inappropriate state - this can =
happen,=20
  typically on SMP machines. It doesn't indicate there is a =
problem.

The=20
  message is suppressed in later versions of SQL Server.
  

  Q. Can I replicate/connect/whatever to SQL =
Server over=20
  the Internet?
  A. The Internet is nothing more or less than a large tcp-ip =
wan=20
  (wide-area network). And a wide-area network works the same as a lan=20
  (local-area network) just slower. So yes, anything you can do with SQL =
Server=20
  on the network in your office you can do over the internet, assuming =
you HAVE=20
  CONNECTIVITY to the internet. All issues are networking related not =
SQL=20
  related. The servers at either end must be able to connect to the =
internet=20
  either directly or via RAS. In the case of RAS you can use RASDIAL.EXE =
to=20
  automate connections as necessary.

Issues are :-

1. =
Internet is=20
  tcp-ip only, so you must run tcp-ip on your clients and the =
server(s)
2.=20
  Physical connectivity. Do you have a routed/dial-up connection to the=20
  internet? Are these routes being passed transparently into your =
internal=20
  network? You need to be able to PING <remote ip address> and =
PING=20
  <remote servername> from your local client/server and =
vice-versa.
3.=20
  Security. You should really use a firewall for any internet =
connection. Is=20
  this configured to allow your SQL traffic through? See firewall.txt in =
the FAQ=20
  for more info on port numbers for the various net-libs.
4. =
Name-resolution.=20
  You can address the remote server(s) by IP address directly, but the =
better=20
  method is to put an entry in your local hosts file=20
  (<NT>\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC) or DNS/WINS server. Then put this =
name in=20
  your connection string.
  

  Q. How can I get ISQL.EXE to return a DOS =
errorlevel for=20
  me to test?
  A. Use the RAISERROR command with the following criteria=20
  :-

1. Run ISQL with the -b option
2. Set the message =
severity to=20
  greater than 10
3. Set the message state to =
127

i.e.

isql -E=20
  -Q"RAISERROR ('set errorlevel 11',11,127)" -b
if errorlevel 11 goto =

  failed

Note that also you need to be running the SQL 6.5 SP5a =
version=20
  of ISQL.EXE. Microsoft broke the returning of error information under =
certain=20
  circumstances and didn't make the fix public until this release.
  

  Q. What programming languages can I write an =
extended=20
  stored-procedure in?
  A. The official Microsoft answer is that you can only write =
them in=20
  C. Certainly VB doesn't work.

Also Delphi 4 and 5 will work. =
Delphi=20
  Magazine had an article about this in Issue 31. There is a source code =

  download for that issue available on their site - =
http://www.itcecuk.com
  

  Q. Does SQL Server 7.0 support XML?
  A. No, the next major release (not servicepack) of SQL =
Server should=20
  have XML support.
  

  Q. Where can I get details on the layout of the =
TDS=20
  protocol that SQL Server uses to talk to clients?
  A. Microsoft don't publish any information on the TDS =
protocol=20
  unfortunately, so your choices are :-

1. Network trace and=20
  parse/reverse engineer the packets yourself. To help with this the =
Network=20
  Monitor 2.0 tool that comes with SMicrosoft 2.0 has a TDS parser with =
it, so=20
  this formats packets in the trace for you.

2. Several people =
have done=20
  such reverse engineering for the portions of TDS they needed and have =
reported=20
  it's not that difficult. Once such is the FreeTDS project that is =
reverse=20
  engineering the TDS specification and is currently implementing CTLIB, =
DBLIB,=20
  and JDBC interfaces for TDS. ODBC and Perl DBD drivers are planned. =
The=20
  FreeTDS JDBC driver is a type 4 driver and should work on any JVM. The =
CTLIB=20
  and DBLIB interfaces are known to compile under AIX, Linux, and =
FreeBSD=20
  without any problems. More info from http://sunsite.unc.edu/freetds/ . =
The=20
  mailing list archive can be viewed at=20
  http://franklin.oit.unc.edu/cgi-bin/lyris.pl?enter=3Dfreetds. =
Source-code can be=20
  downloaded from ftp://freetds.internetcds.com/pub/freetds_dbd/. Or=20
  http://metalab.unc.edu/freetds/download.html
  

  Q. Why can't I use a GO in a=20
stored-procedure?
  A. GO is not a T-SQL command. It is a batch delimiter but it =
is=20
  parsed and processed by the front end query tool - e.g. ISQL, OSQL, =
ISQL/W=20
  etc.

When the front-end sees a go it sends the previous batch =
of SQL to=20
  SQL Server for processing. SQL Server never sees the go command and =
wouldn't=20
  understand it if it did.
  

  Q. Can SQL Server backup to a tape unit on =
another=20
  server?
  A. No - SQL doesn't support remote tapes. It can only =
enumerate and=20
  use devices that are local as far as NT is concerned (if an NT level =
driver=20
  was able to make a remote tape look locally attached then SQL Server =
would be=20
  able to use it).

You can always dump the SQL database to disk =
locally=20
  (or to a network share - see networkdrivebackup.txt for details) and =
then back=20
  that up to tape.

Some 3rd party backup tools that work with SQL =
Server=20
  agents offer this sort of functionality because they get the data from =
SQL=20
  Server via a standard named-pipe or VDI interface and then use their =
own=20
  drivers to write the backup.

Examples are :-

BEI =
Ultrabac=20
  www.ultrabac.com
CAI Arcserve www.cai.com/arcserve
Legato=20
  www.legato.com
Backup Exec www.veritas.com
ADSM=20
  www.tivoli.com

=3D=3D=3D

v1.01 2000.02.04
Applies to =
SQL Server=20
  versions : All
Related FAQ articles : networkdrivebackup
Related =

  Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related information : n/a
  

  Q. How can I restore a single table in SQL =
7?
  A. You can't directly - LOAD TABLE is no longer supported. =
You will=20
  have to restore the database dump to a different server/database and =
then=20
  extract out the table in question using DTS/BCP.

You CAN =
restore a=20
  single file with SQL 7 though so if you place a table in a file on =
it's own=20
  then you'll be able to restore it. For SAP systems with 1000's of =
tables the=20
  admin of having separate files would be a nightmare though!
  

  Q. How can I calculate someone's age in SQL=20
  Server?
  A.  
  select CASE
WHEN dateadd(year, datediff (year, d1, d2), d1) > =

  d2
THEN datediff (year, d1, d2) - 1
ELSE datediff (year, d1, =
d2)
END=20
  as Age
  

  Q. Where can I get the ANSI92 SQL information=20
  from.
  A. This is information is only available from ANSI =
themselves=20
  and as far as I know is only available on paper (to discourage =
piracy). They=20
  charge for the information - they have to have some form of income =
stream=20
  after all.

More information can be had from their web-site=20
  www.ansi.org

Or try=20
  =
http://www.cssinfo.com/cgi-bin/detail?product_id=3D40071 

Or =
you can=20
  get an overview for FIPS from=20
  http://www.itl.nist.gov/fipspubs/fip127-2.htm

  

  Q. Why do I get arithmetic overflows and =
'string=20
  truncated' errors with SQL 7? I didn't with 6.5.
  A. Look up the SET ANSI_WARNINGS ON/OFF command/option =
in the=20
  Books Online. To meet ANSI standards the default for this is =
on.

When=20
  it is on any numeric summarisation function with a NULL will get an =
error.=20
  Also trying to fit 23 characters in a 20 byte field will get the=20
  error.

Either fix the code concerned (the best option) or turn =
the=20
  warnings off. 
  

  Q. Why do I get an "UNEXPECTED EOF" message in=20
  BCP?
  A. Basically because the file layout does not match =
that which=20
  you've told BCP.

If you have a native 6.5 format file then make =
sure=20
  you specify the -6 option on the 7.0 version of BCP.

Otherwise, =
use a=20
  hex-editor to open the file and check the layout. Look especially for =
missing=20
  carriage-returns and line-feeds. e.g. UNIX files use just a linefeed =
(LF,=20
  0x0A) as a record terminator. NT used a carriage return plus linefeed =
(CR+LF,=20
  0x0D0A). 
  

  Q. Should I use char or varchar? What are the=20
  advantages?
  A. There's no "right" answer to the above as it depends =
on your=20
  data and the access profile.

If your field is fixed length or =
is almost=20
  fixed - i.e. it is either 8 or 9 characters then stick to =
char.

If the=20
  field is heavily updated and this causes the row-size to change then =
you're=20
  probably better off with varchar.

If your data is VERY variable =
in=20
  length or may often be blank then the advantage from using varchar is =
that=20
  smaller overall rowlengths give more rows per page and therefore =
faster=20
  performance when retrieving/scanning multiple consecutive=20
  rows. 

Many people still think that updating varchars =
causes a=20
  deferred update rather than in-place and for this reason don't advise =
their=20
  use for updateable columns. This has not been true since SQL 4.x. With =
6.0 and=20
  above as long as the updated column will still fit on the same page =
then the=20
  update is done directly and therefore the performance overhead is not =
massive.=20
  Note that there are different sorts of direct updates listed below in =
order of=20
  speed.

a) Direct update. Fixed columns only, less than half of =
row bits=20
  changed, 5 columns max.

b) Update-in-Place. Fixed or varchar, =
before=20
  and after row must be the same size, less that half the row bits=20
  changed.

c) On-page delete/insert. Any number of changes, but =
row must=20
  fit on same page.

If these don't apply then a full =
delete/insert must=20
  occur. 
  

  Q. How can I clear SQL Server's procedure=20
  cache?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and below you can't. You have to =
stop/start SQL=20
  Server.

For SQL 7.0 DBCC DROPCLEANBUFFERS 
  

  Q. What registry entries does SQL Server's =
client=20
  use?
  A. For all 32-bit clients the following are used. For =
16-bit=20
  Windows clients WIN.INI is=20
  =
used.

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\Client\Con=
nectTo

DSQUERY=20
  : REG_SZ : default protocol - defaults to =
named-pipes

Individual=20
  entries can then be overridden :-

FREDNP : REG_SZ :=20
  DBNMPNTW,\\SERVER\pipe\sql\query
FREDIP : REG_SZ :=20
  DBMSSOCN,10.1.1.1

etc. 
  

  Q. Why do I get NULL when adding/concatenating =
a NULL=20
  value with SQL 7? I didn't with 6.5.
  A. Look up the SET concat_null_yields_null ON/OFF=20
  command/option in the Books Online. To meet ANSI standards the default =
for=20
  this is on.

When it is on SELECT 'abc' + NULL will be NULL. =
With it off=20
  you will get 'abc'

N.B. Even if you set this off at the =
database level=20
  be warned that it could be turned on again at the application level =
either=20
  through the ODBC DSN setting or the application configuration - e.g. =
Query=20
  Analyser turns this on by default and you have to turn it off via the=20
  file/configure menu otherwise it will override your database setting! =

  

  Q. How can I remove unwanted carriage-returns =
and=20
  line-feeds from a SQL table?
  A. Here is a script courtesy of fellow MVP, Bob Pfeiff. =
Note,=20
  it will only get rid of one CRLF per column, so you may want to stick =
the=20
  update in loop and keep doing it until you get a zero=20
  rowcount.

--example on pubs database in SQL 7

--insert a =
row=20
  with a carriage return and line feed in it

insert authors =
(au_id,=20
  au_lname, au_fname, phone, contract)
values ( '111-34-3420', =
char(10) +=20
  char(13), 'john', '222 333-8899', 1)

--find the row with the =
cr/lf in=20
  it

select
*
from
authors
where
au_lname =3D =
char(10) +=20
  char(13)

--update the column with the cr/lf with an empty=20
  string

update
authors
set
au_lname =3D stuff(au_lname, =

  patindex(char(10)+ char(13), au_lname), 2,=20
  '')
where 
patindex(char(10) + char(13), au_lname) >=20
  0

--look for the row with the cr/lf in it (should be=20
  gone)

select
*
from
authors
where
au_lname =3D =
char(10) +=20
  char(13) 
  

  Q. Is there a DATE function for SQL Server? I =
don't want=20
  to hold the time.
  A. No, just datetime, but you can strip out the time =
(reset it=20
  to 00:00) using :-

select=20
  convert(datetime,convert(char(10),getdate(),101)) 
  

  Q. How can I run a DTS package from within SQL =
Server -=20
  e.g. a stored-procedure?
  A. A choice :-

1. Run from xp_cmdshell "dtsrun=20
  dtsfile"

2. You could probably get at the DTS package via DMO. =
No=20
  example of this.

3. Use sp_OA sp's. Example of this is below =
(courtesy=20
  of Bill Hodghead)

if exists (select * from sysobjects where id =
=3D=20
  object_id(N'[dbo].[sp_displayoaerrorinfo]') and OBJECTPROPERTY(id,=20
  N'IsProcedure') =3D 1)
drop procedure=20
  [dbo].[sp_displayoaerrorinfo]
GO

if exists (select * from =
sysobjects=20
  where id =3D object_id(N'[dbo].[sp_displaypkgerrors]') and =
OBJECTPROPERTY(id,=20
  N'IsProcedure') =3D 1)
drop procedure=20
  [dbo].[sp_displaypkgerrors]
GO

if exists (select * from =
sysobjects=20
  where id =3D object_id(N'[dbo].[sp_executepackage]') and =
OBJECTPROPERTY(id,=20
  N'IsProcedure') =3D 1)
drop procedure=20
  [dbo].[sp_executepackage]
GO


create proc=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo
@object as int 
as
Declare @hr=20
  int
DECLARE @output varchar(255)
DECLARE @source =
varchar(255)
DECLARE=20
  @description varchar(255)

PRINT 'OLE Automation Error=20
  Information'

EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetErrorInfo @object, @source =
OUT,=20
  @description OUT
IF @hr =3D 0
BEGIN
SELECT @output =3D ' =
Source: ' +=20
  @source
PRINT @output
SELECT @output =3D ' Description: ' +=20
  @description
PRINT @output
END

ELSE
BEGIN
PRINT '=20
  sp_OAGetErrorInfo failed.'
RETURN
END
GO


create =
proc=20
  sp_displaypkgerrors
@pkg as int 
as
declare @numsteps=20
  int
declare @steps int
declare @step int
declare @stepresult=20
  int
declare @pkgresult int
declare @hr int

select =
@pkgresult =3D=20
  0

EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetProperty @pkg, 'Steps', @steps =
OUTPUT
IF @hr=20
  <> 0
BEGIN
print 'Unable to get steps'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @pkg --, @hr
RETURN
END

EXEC @hr =
=3D=20
  sp_OAGetProperty @steps, 'Count', @numsteps OUTPUT
IF @hr <>=20
  0
BEGIN
print 'Unable to get number of steps'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @steps --, @hr
RETURN
END

while =
@numsteps=20
  > 0 
Begin 
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetProperty @steps, =
'Item',=20
  @step OUTPUT, @numsteps
IF @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print 'Unable =
to get=20
  step'
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @steps --,=20
  @hr
RETURN
END

EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAGetProperty @step,=20
  'ExecutionResult', @stepresult OUTPUT
IF @hr <> =
0
BEGIN
print=20
  'Unable to get ExecutionResult'
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @step =
--,=20
  @hr
RETURN
END

select @numsteps =3D @numsteps - =
1
select=20
  @pkgresult =3D @pkgresult + @stepresult
end

if @pkgresult =
>=20
  0
print 'Package had ' + cast(@pkgresult as varchar) + ' failed=20
  step(s)'
else 
print 'Packge =
Succeeded'

GO


create=20
  proc sp_executepackage
@packagename varchar(255), --package name, =
gets most=20
  recent version
@userpwd varchar(255) =3D Null, --login =
pwd
@intsecurity=20
  bit =3D 0, --use non-zero to indicate integrated security
@pkgPwd=20
  varchar(255) =3D '' --package password
as
declare @hr =
int
declare=20
  @object int

--create a package object 
EXEC @hr =3D =
sp_OACreate=20
  'DTS.Package', @object OUTPUT 
if @hr <> =
0
Begin
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --, =
@hr
RETURN
end 

--load the=20
  package (ADD integrated security support)
declare @svr=20
  varchar(15)
declare @login varchar(15)
select @login =3D=20
  SUSER_NAME()
select @svr =3D HOST_NAME()
declare @flag =
int
select @flag=20
  =3D 0

if @intsecurity =3D 0 
if @userpwd =3D =
Null
EXEC @hr =3D=20
  sp_OAMethod @object, 'LoadFromSqlServer',NULL, @ServerName=3D@svr,=20
  @ServerUserName=3D@login, @PackageName=3D@packagename, @Flags=3D@flag, =

  @PackagePassword =3D @pkgPwd
-- ServerName As String, =
[ServerUserName As=20
  String], [ServerPassword As String], [Flags As =
DTSSQLServerStorageFlags =3D=20
  DTSSQLStgFlag_Default], [PackagePassword As String], [PackageGuid As =
String],=20
  [PackageVersionGuid As String], [PackageName As String],=20
  [pVarPersistStgOfHost])
else
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAMethod @object,=20
  'LoadFromSqlServer',NULL, @ServerName=3D@svr, =
@ServerUserName=3D@login,=20
  @PackageName=3D@packagename, @Flags=3D@flag, @PackagePassword =3D =
@pkgPwd,=20
  @ServerPassword =3D @userpwd
else
begin
select @flag =3D =
256
EXEC @hr=20
  =3D sp_OAMethod @object, 'LoadFromSqlServer',NULL, @ServerName=3D@svr, =

  @PackageName=3D@packagename, @Flags=3D@flag, @PackagePassword =3D=20
  @pkgPwd
end

IF @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print =
'LoadFromSQLServer=20
  failed'
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --,=20
  @hr
RETURN
END

--execute it
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAMethod =
@object,=20
  'Execute'
IF @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print 'Execute =
failed'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --, @hr
RETURN
END

--return =
the=20
  step errors as a recordset
exec sp_displaypkgerrors =
@object

--=20
  unitialize the package
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OAMethod @object, =
'UnInitialize'
IF=20
  @hr <> 0
BEGIN
print 'UnInitialize failed'
EXEC=20
  sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --, @hr
RETURN
END

-- =
release the=20
  package object
EXEC @hr =3D sp_OADestroy @object
if @hr <> =

  0
Begin
EXEC sp_displayoaerrorinfo @object --,=20
  @hr
RETURN
end 
GO 
  

  Q. Are there any examples of heterogeneous data =
queries=20
  from SQL 7 to other sources?
  A. Here are a variety of examples for several different =

  datasources. Note that you will have to change filenames, drives, =
regions etc.=20
  as necessary for your environment :-

1. Selecting from an Excel =

  spreadsheet using OpenRowSet. Here, c:\ramsql7.xls is a spreadsheet =
(note we=20
  haven't specified the extension). sheet1 is a sheet within the =
spreadsheet -=20
  note the trailing $.

SELECT * FROM =
OpenRowSet 
('MSDASQL',=20
  'Driver=3DMicrosoft Excel Driver (*.xls);DBQ=3Dc:\ramsql7', 'SELECT * =
FROM=20
  [sheet1$]') 
as a

2. Selecting from an Access linked =
server=20
  database via Jet. The Access database is at =
c:\msd\invent97.mdb

print=20
  'add Jet 4.0 Invent'
-- Clear up old entry
if exists(select * =
from=20
  sysservers where srvname =3D N'INV')
exec sp_dropserver N'INV',=20
  N'droplogins'
go
-- create linked server
exec =
sp_addlinkedserver=20
  @server =3D N'INV', @srvproduct =3D '', @provider =
=3D
N'Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0',=20
  @datasrc =3D N'c:\msd\invent97.mdb'
go
-- setup default admin =
login for=20
  Access
exec sp_addlinkedsrvlogin @rmtsrvname =3D N'INV', @useself =
=3D=20
  N'FALSE',
@locallogin =3D NULL, @rmtuser =3D N'admin', @rmtpassword =
=3D=20
  N''
go
-- Lists all tables in the linked server
exec =
sp_tables_ex=20
  N'INV'
go
-- Now select from a table in the Access db called=20
  INVENT 
select * from INV...INVENT
go

3. DB/2 =
accessed via=20
  Star SQL Driver with SNA 4.0.

print 'add DB2 =
LinkedServer'
if=20
  exists(select * from sysservers where srvname =3D N'DB2')
exec =
sp_dropserver=20
  N'DB2', N'droplogins'

exec sp_addlinkedserver @server =3D =
'DB2',=20
  @provider =3D 'MSDASQL', @srvproduct
=3D 'StarSQL 32',
@location =
=3D 'DBT1',=20
  @datasrc =3D 'DB2IBM'
exec sp_addlinkedsrvlogin @rmtsrvname =3D =
'DB2',=20
  @locallogin =3D 'sa', @useself
=3D 'false',
@rmtuser =3D =
'HDRUSER'=20
  ,@rmtpassword =3D 'SQL7'
go

-- test to see is catalog is=20
  accesible
sp_tables_ex N'DB2'

-- create view to see if =
select=20
  works
create view V007MUNI as select * from=20
  DB2..T1ADM007.V007MUNI
go
select * from V007MUNI
go

4. =
DBASE=20
  IV

print 'add DBase IV LinkedServer'
if exists(select * from =

  sysservers where srvname =3D N'DBFs')
exec sp_dropserver N'DBFs',=20
  N'droplogins'

EXEC sp_addlinkedserver
'DBFs',
'Jet=20
  4.0',
'Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.4.0',
'F:\DBFs',
NULL,
'dBase=20
  IV'
GO

exec sp_addlinkedsrvlogin
@rmtsrvname =3D=20
  'DBFs',
@useself =3D false,
@locallogin =3D NULL,
@rmtuser =
=3D=20
  NULL,
@rmtpassword =3D NULL
go

SELECT * FROM=20
  DBFs...test
go

5. Visual FoxPro. Using a FoxPro DBC file to =
group=20
  the DBF files. ODBC DSN pre-defined called FOX using the Microsoft =
Visual=20
  FoxPro Driver 6.01.8440.01

-- FOX using Visual FoxPro Database =
file=20
  .DBC
print 'add FOXSERVER'
if exists(select * from sysservers =
where=20
  srvname =3D N'FOXSERVER')
exec sp_dropserver N'FOXSERVER',=20
  N'droplogins'

exec sp_addlinkedserver=20
  @server=3DN'FOXSERVER',
@srvproduct =3D'',
@provider =3D=20
  N'MSDASQL',
@datasrc=3DN'FOX'

exec sp_addlinkedsrvlogin=20
  @rmtsrvname=3DN'FOXSERVER',
@useself =3D N'FALSE',
@locallogin =
=3D=20
  NULL,
@rmtuser =3D N'',
@rmtpassword =3DN''


exec =
sp_tables_ex=20
  N'FOXSERVER'

select * from=20
  [FOXSERVER].[D:\SQL\FOX\TESTDATA.DBC]..[customer]

6. FoxPro =
using plain=20
  DBF files in a directory. Using an ODBC system DSN (Called DBF) using =
the=20
  Microsoft Visual FoxPro Driver 6.01.8440.01

-- DBF using plain =
.DBF=20
  files
print 'add DBFSERVER'
if exists(select * from sysservers =
where=20
  srvname =3D N'DBFSERVER')
exec sp_dropserver N'DBFSERVER',=20
  N'droplogins'

exec sp_addlinkedserver=20
  @server=3DN'DBFSERVER',
@srvproduct =3D'',
@provider =3D=20
  N'MSDASQL',
@datasrc=3DN'DBF'

exec sp_addlinkedsrvlogin=20
  @rmtsrvname=3DN'DBFSERVER',
@useself =3D N'FALSE',
@locallogin =
=3D=20
  NULL,
@rmtuser =3D N'',
@rmtpassword =3DN''

exec =
sp_tables_ex=20
  N'DBFSERVER'

select * from=20
  [DBFSERVER].[D:\SQL\DBF]..[country]

7. FoxPro using installable =
Jet=20
  3.51 ISAM drivers.

print 'add FOXDBC using Jet 3.51'
if=20
  exists(select * from sysservers where srvname =3D N'FOXDBC')
exec=20
  sp_dropserver N'FOXDBC', N'droplogins'
exec sp_addlinkedserver =
'FOXDBC',=20
  'Jet 3.51', 'Microsoft.Jet.OLEDB.3.51',
'c:\sql\fox', NULL, 'FoxPro =

  3.0'
exec sp_addlinkedsrvlogin @rmtsrvname =3D N'FOXDBC', @useself =
=3D=20
  N'FALSE',
@locallogin =3D NULL, @rmtuser =3D NULL, @rmtpassword =3D =
NULL
exec=20
  sp_helplinkedsrvlogin N'FOXDBC'
exec sp_tables_ex N'FOXDBC' 
  

  Q. Why am I getting a message 'The Enterprise =
Edition=20
  server component cannot be installed on Windows NT Server using this =
CD.'=20
  installing SQL 7?
  A. You are trying to install SQL 7 Enterprise Edition =
on an=20
  ordinary copy of NT Server. You can only install SQL 7 EE on NT=20
  EE.

This may be due to you getting a mis-labelled set of MSDN =
disks.=20
  
  

  Q. Can I load a SQL 6.5 dump or device file =
into SQL=20
  7?
  A. No and no.

If you have a SQL 6.5 dump file =
then you=20
  will have to load it into a SQL 6.5 server first.

If you have a =
device=20
  file then you will have to install SQL 6.5 and then DISK REINIT and =
REFIT=20
  (details in the books online) it into SQL 6.5.

The ONLY ways to =

  transfer SQL 6.x databases into SQL 7.0 are :-

1. Use the =
Upgrade=20
  Wizard. This is the best option. It requires a running SQL 6.5 system =
to=20
  extract from.

2. Use the DTS object copy tools in SQL 7.0 to =
copy=20
  objects from SQL 6.5. Note this doesn't copy defaults/constraints=20
  etc.

3. Script the SQL 6.5 database using SQL EM scripting. =
Re-create=20
  it using the script on SQL 7.0. Use BCP to copy the data. 
  

  Q. How do I know which version of MDAC I am=20
  running?
  A. Check the following table :-

MDAC=20
  version      =
Msdadc.dll     =20
  Oledb32.dll
------------------- --------------- =
---------------
MDAC=20
  1.5c          1.50.3506.0 =

  N/A
MDAC=20
  2.0           =20
  2.0.3002.4 2.0.1706.0
MDAC 2.0 SP1     =
2.0.3002.23=20
  2.0.1706.0
MDAC 2.0 SP2      2.0.3002.23=20
  2.0.1706.0
MDAC 2.1.0.3513.2 (SQL 7 / 6.5 SP5a) 2.10.3513.0=20
  2.10.3513.0
MDAC 2.1.1.3711.6 (Internet Explorer 5) 2.10.3711.2=20
  2.10.3711.2
MDAC 2.1.1.3711.11 (GA) 2.10.3711.2 2.10.3711.9

  

  Q. Does SQL Server have memory leaks? How can I =

  tell?
  A. Generally speaking SQL Server doesn't have much of a =
problem=20
  with memory leaks and it is almost always other programs/drivers that =
cause=20
  the problem. For specifics on known SQL Server bugs causing memory =
leaks see=20
  the end of the faq entry. It's always a good idea to apply the latest =
service=20
  pack if you haven't already - MS do fix these bugs as soon as they =
find=20
  them.

Remember that SQL Server will grab memory for it's data =
cache up=20
  to the amount you have specified via sp_configure. This is in 2K pages =
(for=20
  SQL 6.5) and in 1MB chunks for SQL 7.0 and above. This amount does not =
include=20
  any amount for tempdb in ram (6.5 and below only - SQL 7.0 and above =
don't=20
  support tempdb in ram) or for the SQL kernel and some other internal =
memory=20
  structures. It would not be unusual for the SQL kernel and other =
memory=20
  structures to use an extra 10-20MB of ram. In addition to this it also =

  requires o/s buffers and memory for things like BULK INSERT, OLE/COM =
programs=20
  etc. These don't come out of the memory that SQL allocates for data=20
  cache.

Therefore if you configured SQL Server to use a maximum =
of 50MB=20
  ram, then don't worry until the memory allocated to sqlservr.exe goes =
over,=20
  say, 70MB.

With SQL 7.0 the default is to dynamically allocate =
memory -=20
  though you can set an upper limit if you wish. SQL Server 7.0 will =
keep=20
  grabbing memory, up to the set limit (default no limit), until NT =
tells it=20
  that other processes need the memory. On a dedicated machine this =
won't=20
  happen, so it is not unusual for SQL 7.0 to seem to keep grabbing more =
and=20
  more memory.

After reading the above explanations, if you still =
think=20
  you have a memory leak then run performance monitor and select the =
processes=20
  object. Choose all running processes (make sure everything you =
normally run is=20
  going at the time) and for these choose the paged pool, non-paged pool =
and=20
  virtual bytes objects. Put these on a chart or log with a long =
interval=20
  period. Monitor these objects over time to see what always increases. =
If it is=20
  SQL Server (sqlservr.exe) continues increasing above the maximum =
memory=20
  (+20MB) it should have allocated then it may be responsible for a =
memory leak.=20
  You could also check for handles and threads always increasing as =
these could=20
  also potentially be leaking - and running out of these is just as bad =
as=20
  running out of memory.

You can also get these parameters from =
task=20
  manager - go into the process view, choose view columns and add the =
relevant=20
  columns.

If no processes in task manager/perfmon show a memory =
leak,=20
  but the overall memory is still going up, then the leak must be down =
at the=20
  kernel level. To trace this use the poolmon.exe program. Instructions =
to use=20
  this are in Microsoft Technet and the Microsoft knowledge base site - =
just=20
  search for =
poolmon.

-----------------------------------

Known=20
  memory leak issues :-

1. If you are running the Novell network =
client=20
  v4.5 or above on the server then you may experience a memory leak. Go =
back to=20
  version 4.11 to resolve. (I don't know whether this is an Microsoft =
bug or a=20
  Novell one).

2. SQL 7.0 RTM had a couple of leaks that were =
resolved in=20
  SP1.

3. If you do 1000's of BULK INSERT's then you will notice =
a fairly=20
  significant memory leak with SQL 7.0 RTM and SP1. This will be fixed =
in 7.0=20
  SP2. (Or contact Microsoft PSS for a post-SP1 hot-fix)

4. SQL =
6.5. If=20
  you utilise performance counters and connect using the local computer =
name=20
  then a leak may occur in WinLogon.exe. (NT Performance monitor doesn't =
cause=20
  the problem). See Q249343 for more information. The problem will be =
fixed in=20
  6.5 SP6.

5. If you use xp_cmdshell with the @attached_results =
option on=20
  SQL 6.5 then this leaks memory. Contact MS PSS or apply SP6 (when =
available)=20
  
  

  Q. Can I install SQL 7 and MSDE on the same=20
  machine?
  A. No. MSDE *is* SQL Server. So you can't have both on =
the same=20
  machine. For info on the types of SQL Server see the sql7versions.txt =
member=20
  in the faq. 
  

  Q. I am trying to upgrade MSDE to full SQL =
Server and=20
  getting an error 'You cannot install a version which is older =
(7.00.623) than=20
  the version on your machine (7.00.677). Un-install the older=20
  version.'
  A. This is due to an incorrect version number being put =
in the=20
  registry by the version of MSDE that came with the Office 2000 =
developer=20
  edition. 

To fix this problem and allow setup to work =
amend=20
  =
"HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/Microsoft/MSSQLServer/MSSQLServer/CurrentVer=
sion"=20
  to have a value of 7.00.623. 

For more details see Q234915 =

  

  Q. Can I create SQL Server databases on network =

  drives?
  A. First ask yourself what your reason is for doing =
this? Your=20
  performance will be degraded and you will be more prone to database =
corruption=20
  due to network glitches (which are far more common than scsi/fibre bus =

  glitches). Putting i/o's across a network (even a fast, switched, =
network) is=20
  typically orders of magnitude slower than via scsi/fibre and the =
latency is a=20
  lot longer. If you don't have a dedicated switched connection then you =
may get=20
  slowdowns caused by contention with other traffic.

SQL Server =
currently=20
  has no concept of sharing a database that is held on a.n.other server. =
Only=20
  one server can access the database file at any one time - the =
exception being=20
  that multiple SQL Servers could probably open a read-only database on =
a=20
  shared-drive. Therefore there is no advantage to having it on a =
"network=20
  drive" - it can only be backed-up/accessed from the server running SQL =
Server=20
  anyway.

If the reason for wanting SQL databases on a network =
drive is=20
  to keep all your storage central, then you can't achieve this anyway =
as you=20
  can't boot NT from a network drive, so you would still need disks in =
local=20
  servers for NT, pagefiles etc. And these should be protected via =
hardware raid=20
  as the loss of an NT disk will prevent users getting at your databases =
just as=20
  much as the loss of a disk containing the database itself.

Now =
saying=20
  that it IS possible to store databases on network drives as long as =
SQL is=20
  fooled into thinking they are in fact local drives. Under 6.5 you must =
map a=20
  drive letter to a network share - UNC paths will not work. With SQL =
7.0 UNC=20
  paths will work as long as you use trace flag 1807.

There is =
more=20
  information on this in Q196904. This describes the support being =
allowed in=20
  SQL 7.0 for use against Network Appliance networked raid units only. =
Note that=20
  these will suffer the same performance penalties as if you were =
accessing a=20
  network share on an NT box, as effectively that is what they are. =
These boxes=20
  run a proprietary operating system on an embedded Alpha chip that =
talks the=20
  SMB protocol required to handle NT-style network file-io. They connect =
to the=20
  LAN via a standard Ethernet interface.

If you want centralised =
storage=20
  a better method is to use a shared-scsi/fibre disk array - these can =
be=20
  attached to servers via scsi or fibre connectors and can achieve =
distances of=20
  up to 20Km using optical extenders. These arrays can support up to 64 =
or so=20
  separate servers and are sold by Digital (Compaq) Storageworks and EMC =
amongst=20
  others. Although it is a "single raid unit", each server sees a =
physically=20
  separate set of "disks" - the partitioning logic in the raid array can =
allow=20
  different servers to use the same physical disks but they are =
logically=20
  partitioned and the different servers cannot see this and see their =
storage as=20
  dedicated. There is no sharing of data at the partition/file/database=20
  level.

Another method is to use a SAN - storage area network. =
These are=20
  fibre or copper based "networks" of storage and/or backup devices. The =

  "network" is dedicated for data access. Each attached device is =
usually=20
  fibre-channel based, or is scsi with an appropriate connector. Each =
device may=20
  be able to be partitioned into sets of available resources =
(disk/tape), but=20
  each resource can currently only be allocated to a single server =
attached to=20
  the "network". Servers attach to a SAN with a SAN "nic" card. As SAN=20
  technology matures it may be possible to share resources between =
multiple=20
  servers, but this needs changes to the NT kernel as well as the =
SAN/fibre=20
  drivers. 
  

  Q. Should I apply NT 4.0 SP5 to my SQL Server=20
  system?
  A. NT Service Packs do not have any shared code that =
affects=20
  the SQL Server kernel, so application of NT service packs should be=20
  independent of SQL Server and should be applied based on the stability =
or=20
  otherwise of your NT system - plus it's exposure to security exploits, =

  denial-of-service etc. And there are a LOT of these fixed in NT4=20
  SP5.

Always check with your hardware vendor and any suppliers =
of 3rd=20
  party device drivers, systems management, virus checkers etc. that =
they=20
  support SP5 and application of the SP won't stop the server from =
booting! In=20
  particular there are issues with Adaptec and Compaq Array controllers =
that=20
  arose starting with SP4 (For Compaq Smart IIP controllers make sure =
your=20
  firmware as at least version 3.08). If you have some identical/similar =

  hardware on less critical or test systems, then apply the SP to these =
first.=20
  For Compaq servers as a whole you need to be on at least SSD=20
  2.11.

However, SQL Server does tend to stress the =
hardware/memory/pci=20
  bus/disk subsystem and could therefore expose a bug/compatibilty =
problem=20
  between the NT kernel and the hardware or 3rd party hardware device =
drivers.=20
  Therefore it is technically possible for it to expose a bug in an NT =
driver=20
  that doesn't otherwise show itself. 
  

  Q. I can't see the SQL performance counters in =
PerfMon.=20
  What could be wrong?
  A. It could be a variety of things.

1. Sometimes =

  rebuilding the registry for 6.5 and below fixes the problem. From the=20
  <sql>\binn directory run the following, making sure the case is=20
  correct

setup /t RegistryRebuild =3D On

The setup =
routine will now=20
  run and ask you all the normal questions. Answer these as if you were=20
  performing the install again (same paths etc.) and it will just update =
all the=20
  registry entries/icons etc. It will leave the databases =
alone.

2. For=20
  SQL 7 try unloading and reloading the counters

unlodctr.exe=20
  MSSQLServer
lodctr.exe <sql>\BINN\sqlctr.ini

3. For =
6.5=20
  machines running on NT 4.0 it could be a permissions =
problem.

To work=20
  around this problem, use Regedit.exe to grant READ access to =
the
following=20
  key of the target=20
  =
machine:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\MSSQLSe=
rver

Grant=20
  this to those wanting SQL counter access. As when granting any =
NT
access=20
  permission, you can grant based on an individual user or a =
group.

4.=20
  PSS ID Number: Q137899
Article last modified on =
04-15-1997

6.0=20
  =
4.21a

WINDOWS


=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D
---------------------------------------------------=
-------------------
The=20
  information in this article applies to:

- Microsoft Windows NT =
Server=20
  versions 3.5 and 3.51
- Microsoft SQL Server, versions 4.21a &=20
  =
6.0
------------------------------------------------------------------=
----
Bug#:=20
  11370 (6.00)

SYMPTOMS
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

If =
Performance Monitor fails=20
  one or more of the following symptoms occur:

- SQL Counters are =
not=20
  located in the Object list.

- If you are auditing logins, the =
following=20
  type of error is logged:

Login failed - User. \ Reason: Not =
defined as=20
  a valid user
of a trusted SQL Server=20
  connection.

CAUSE
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

The use of =
Performance Monitor can=20
  fail when:

- Viewing SQL Counters from a remote=20
  client.

OR

- The Probe password is not =
NULL.

OR

-=20
  SQL Server is listening on an alternate=20
  pipe.

WORKAROUND
=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D=3D

Set =
up SQL Server to use standard=20
  security because you cannot force or
"unforce" a trusted =
connection. Make=20
  sure SQL Server is listening on the
default pipe and the Probe =
password is=20
  NULL.

If you need to continue the integrated connection, simply =
add an=20
  advanced
connection to the SQL Server computer, pointing back to =
itself.=20
  That is,
use the SQL Server Client Configuration Utility to create =
an=20
  advanced
entry that is the same name as the SQL Server computer =
itself,=20
  using named
pipes and connecting to '\\.\pipe\sql\query'. 
  

  Q. How do I connect to SQL Server from =
PERL?
  A. There is a choice :-

a. SybPerl (Note that =
SybPerl is=20
  designed for Sybase really so you may have the same compatibility =
problems as=20
  with CT-Lib). http://www.mbay.net/~mpeppler
b. A SQL Server port of =
the=20
  above. http://www.algonet.se/~sommar/mssqlperl/index.html
c. ODBC =
using the=20
  ODBC extension http://www.roth.net/odbc/
d. If the version of Perl =
has COM=20
  extensions then you can use ADO
e. Search www.perl.com for any =
other code=20
  available on the standard CPAN sites. (e.g. DBD::ODBC). For more info =
on=20
  DBI/DBD see http://www.symbolstone.org/technology/perl/DBI/index.html =

  

  Q. Where does SQL server store the permissions =
on=20
  tables?
  A. For SQL 6.5 and below this is held in=20
  <dbname>..sysprotects. 

For 7.0 and above=20
  <dbname>..syspermissions. 
  

  Q. Why can't I use RCMD.EXE via xp_cmdshell =
from SQL=20
  Server?
  A. For any access to "network resources" you need to =
run SQL=20
  Server under a user account and not the default LocalSystem account. =
You can=20
  check what userid that MSSQLSERVER is running under by looking at =
control=20
  panel/services highlighting MSSQLSERVER and choosing the start-up =
option. This=20
  should be changed as necessary.

Without this change you will =
get an=20
  "error 5 - Access denied".

However, RCMD.EXE doesn't seem to =
work even=20
  with this change. This is due to the way that RCMD in the NT resource =
kit is=20
  coded - it is probably expecting there to be a keyboard/mouse defined =
in the=20
  user context, which there isn't.

So the short answer is that =
unless you=20
  use a version of rcmd.exe without this restriction then it won't work. =

  

  Q. I have a corrupt log file - can I rebuild=20
  it?
  A. Yes you can, but any un-committed transactions will =
be lost.=20
  This command is unsupported and undocumented so should be used with =
caution.=20
  It works on SQL 6.5 - whether it works on 7.0 is =
unknown.

dbcc=20
  rebuildlog (@dbname, 1, 0) 
  

  Q. How can I recover data from a SQL table that =
is=20
  corrupt with a bad page/pointer?
  A. Assuming only one page is bad, then it isn't too =
bad. If=20
  there are lots then this process must be amended to do random selects =
above=20
  the low key to find the next good page each time.

1) Do a =
SELECT key=20
  FROM table, and note the last key value (low key) returned when it=20
  fails.
2) Do a SELECT key FROM table ORDER BY key DESC, and note =
the last=20
  key (high key) again.
3) Create a "dummy" table with the same=20
  structure
4) Insert rows into the "dummy" table with key values =
less than=20
  or equal to the low key.
5) Insert rows into the "dummy" table with =
key=20
  values greater than or equal to the high key. 
  

  Q. How can I clear a table and reset the =
identity back to=20
  0?
  A. If there are no foreign keys on the table then a =
simple=20
  TRUNCATE TABLE <tbl> will do the trick.

If there are =
foreign keys=20
  then first delete all rows - DELETE <tbl>

Then reset the =
identity=20
  :-

Under 7.0 - DBCC =
CHECKIDENT(<tbl>,RESEED,0)

Under 6.5 -=20
  DBCC CHECKIDENT(<tbl>) 
  

  Q. Why would I get a message "Retrying row=20
  fetch:rowoffset entry n out of range (pg% obj%, db %)" from SQL=20
  Server?
  A. You may also see :- "spid % Getrow: rowoffset entry =
%(%) out=20
  of range (pg% obj%, db %)"

This is when SQL Server accesses a =
row on a=20
  page it checks the page header to see where on the page the row is. =
When this=20
  message appears, the page header looks corrupt. SQL Server will =
transparently=20
  retry the read a number of times - if the page is in cache already it =
will=20
  re-read from disk. 

If the page header looks ok on retry =
then SQL=20
  will carry on - otherwise you will get other SQL messages indicating a =

  permanent corruption.

Causes :-

1. Using NOLOCK on =
select=20
  statements. This could cause you to access a page whilst it is being=20
  updated/split and this error would occur. On retry the page should be=20
  fine.

2. Buffer corruption. Something has stomped over the page =
in=20
  memory - on re-read from disk it looks fine.

3. Duff server =
memory=20
  chip(s). You'll normally see lots of other abnormal behaviour in this=20
  situation.

4. Actual corrupt page. Let's hope you have a =
backup. 
  

  Q. How can I restrict the number of rows =
returned to my=20
  query in SQL Server?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and below use the "set rowcount =
<n>"=20
  option.

e.g. SET ROWCOUNT 10 
SELECT * FROM=20
  <tbl>

This option is still available with SQL 7.0, but =
this=20
  supports the TOP function as well which will optimise better so use =
this=20
  instead. Note that the database concerned MUST be in SQL 7.0 =
compatibility=20
  mode - run sp_dbcmptlevel <dbname> to check whether it is or=20
  not.

e.g. select TOP(10) from <tbl>  
  

  Q. Why can't I shrink my database any smaller =
than xxx=20
  Mb?
  A. The probable reason for this is that you're still on =
6.5 and=20
  below. With this setup you can only shrink a database back to the last =
portion=20
  of log. So if you defined a database as 400Mb data, 100Mb log you can =
never=20
  shrink it. 

If you defined it as 400Mb data, 100Mb log and =
then=20
  expanded by 500Mb data you could then shrink down any/all of this last =
500Mb=20
  assuming it wasn't being used. 
  

  Q. What does sp_sdidebug do?
  A. It is used to turn on or off TSQL debugging. There =
is no=20
  user interface for it and no documentation. 
  

  Q. Should I upgrade to SQL 7.0? What are the =
known=20
  bugs?
  A. Apologies for the length of this FAQ article, but =
there is a=20
  lot of stuff to cover.

General =
Stuff
-------------

SQL 7.0=20
  generally has a much more stable and better performing kernel than SQL =
6.5=20
  SP5. For every bug you find with the basic kernel of SQL 7.0 there =
will be 20=20
  known bugs with SQL 6.5 SP5, and an order of magnitude more of unknown =
ones.=20
  However saying that there are going to be a small percentage of =
queries that=20
  will run slower or fail under SQL 7 than under 6.5. As these are =
reported they=20
  will be improved/fixed in future service-packs, but the re-writes to =
make 98%=20
  of queries run faster is going to have a detrimental effect somewhere. =
Some=20
  specific points are noted later.

SQL 7.0 shouldn't be treated =
as a=20
  version 1 release - even though most of the code has been re-written, =
it has=20
  had far more testing (both internal and external to MS) than any =
previous=20
  version of SQL Server - though as always, if in doubt, wait for a =
service pack=20
  or two to come out and check the SQL newsgroups/mail lists to see the =
problems=20
  that early adopters are experiencing (if any). Note that SP1 is=20
  released.

A concerted effort was made to test and fix all =
reported bugs=20
  with 6.5 on the 7.0 code-base. In addition an automated testing tool =
(RAGS)=20
  that generated and validated hundreds of complex SQL queries every =
minute was=20
  written and run against SQL 7.0. (See=20
  http://research.microsoft.com/users/DSlutz/ for details).

Most =
of the=20
  original bugs/issues were with the new features such as text indexing, =
DTS gui=20
  and the MMC tools - many of these are cleared up in SP1. SP1 itself =
underwent=20
  a significant beta test.

Where you do get errors with the =
kernel these=20
  could well be to do with SQL 7's more strict checking of SQL/ANSI =
rules.=20
  Though many of these are picked up and even simulated (yes Microsoft=20
  deliberately reproduced broken code in some instances) under the 6.5=20
  compatibility mode, you may find extra things "break" when you go to =
full SQL=20
  7.0 mode. (see sp_dbcmptlevel in the docs). You need to go to SQL 7.0 =
mode for=20
  new syntax and stuff so it is recommended that you do this as soon as=20
  possible.

For any new release you are advised to apply and test =
on=20
  non-production systems first, and if at all possible do a stress-test =
so that=20
  any problems that only occur under stress are found before rolling out =
to a=20
  production system.

Some known bugs/issues with SQL 7 are =
discussed=20
  below - for the official current list search the Microsoft =
knowledgebase for=20
  sql70 and kbbug.

The rest of this article is entitled "SQL 7.0 =
- the=20
  Good, the Bad and the Ugly". Stuff that isn't in the documentation - =
or=20
  doesn't jump out at you from the docs. Also things to think about and =
check=20
  out before/during a SQL 7 migration. It isn't meant to be all =
encompassing,=20
  but read it in conjunction with the Microsoft supplied docs and Kb=20
  articles.


Install
-------

1. Some things to check =
before=20
  a SQL 7 upgrade :-

All db's are checkdb'd, newalloc'd and=20
  checkcatalog'ed
No db's are in suspect or loading status
Free =
space in=20
  master for new 6.5 system procs - 5Mb or so should do
At least 10Mb =

  tempdb
At least 6.0 SP3 or 6.5 SP3 is required on the source=20
  system
Syscomments source is available for all sp's, triggers=20
  etc.

Good
----

1. Speed. Speed is overall much better =
than=20
  with 6.5 - there are exceptions, noted in the bad/ugly sections where =
known.=20
  As an example, the speed of a large batch processing suite was =
improved by=20
  300% by going to SQL 7 from 6.5 - a 200% increase was achieved just by =

  migrating with no changes and the extra improvements were made by =
optimiser=20
  fixes in SP1, plus changing bcp to BULK INSERT, parallel index creates =
and=20
  some re-writes of queries that were manually optimised in the past for =
SQL=20
  6.5. The batch run consists of about 30 separate jobs each with 5-10 =
steps,=20
  consisting of bcp in of data, index creation, lots of select into's on =

  criteria, lots of group by's/aggregation etc. Time taken has reduced =
from 10=20
  hours to 3hrs 20 with no change in hardware/memory etc.

2. The=20
  optimiser in SQL 7.0 is far more powerful than in 6.5, utilising many =
more=20
  types of join, multiple indexes etc. It is worth looking at old SQL =
that may=20
  have been split into multiple steps in SQL 6.5 or earlier because the=20
  optimiser couldn't handle things like > 4 way joins or multiple=20
  aggregations. This SQL could be re-written back into one large query =
for=20
  better performance. The downside to all these optimiser improvements =
is that=20
  it can take significantly longer to work out the best query plan =
compared with=20
  6.5 and can result in increased cpu usage.

3. Reliability. You =
should=20
  get far fewer AV's with SQL 7.0 than with 6.5. Also fewer database =
corruptions=20
  - to date, 6 months from SQL 7's RTM, there has not been a single =
instance of=20
  database corruption with SQL 7.0 that was not caused by hardware =
failure (info=20
  provided by Microsoft PSS).

N.B. I've found SQL 6.5 SP4 and =
above to be=20
  pretty resilient to corruption. Make sure all 6.5 systems are on at =
least SP4=20
  - I've seen about a dozen systems needlessly fall victim to a pre-SP4 =
bug with=20
  LRU corruption when buffers get stressed on SMP systems.

4. =
Create=20
  indexes concurrently. Under 6.5 this would cause locks on system =
tables and=20
  the indexes would build serially. Under 7.0 if you kick off creates of =

  non-clustered indices on the same table at the same time, from =
separate=20
  connections, they will all create concurrently. The re-use of the =
read-ahead=20
  buffers from the main table gives near linear performance. Especially =
useful=20
  for data-warehouse/MI type systems with lots of NC indexes on large=20
  tables.

5. Max Async IO. Under 6.5 if you allocated max async =
io "too=20
  high" then performance would nose-dive. With 7.0 this doesn't seem to =
be the=20
  case - the law of diminishing returns still applies, but max async io =
can be=20
  set much higher - even to the maximum of 255 - without worrying too=20
  much.

6. DBCC performance. On complex/fragmented databases I =
have seen=20
  DBCC performance for a full checkdb/checkcatalog of 60 times faster =
than the=20
  equivalent checkdb/newalloc/checkcatalog on a 6.5 system. For =
non-fragmented,=20
  simple databases where not so much disk head movement was needed =
anyway under=20
  6.5 I still see dbcc times that are twice as fast.

7. Query=20
  parallelism. Really does work. Seen large queries greatly increase in=20
  performance by running on an otherwise identical 4-way box compared to =
a=20
  2-way.

8. Database size. Due to the new 8K page size and =
improvements=20
  in the storage of text/index data most databases will shrink in size =
when=20
  migrated to SQL 7. This isn't guaranteed and there are lots of factors =

  involved (see NC index stuff in the ugly section), but reports of 50Gb =
SAP=20
  systems shrinking to < 30Gb are common.

9. Under 6.5 the =
realistic=20
  maximum size systems that you could put on SQL Server was around the =
300Gb=20
  mark due to backups/healthchecks/recovery taking too long. With 7.0 =
this rises=20
  to around the 1Tb mark and quite possibly higher given appropriate =
hardware.=20
  (SQL 7 has been backed up at 600Gb per hour using a stripe of 24 AIT =
tape=20
  drives - and more importantly restored at=20
  500Gb/hour!).


Bad
---

1. BCP slower. Under many=20
  circumstances a BCP in to a file with few indices will be slower under =
SQL 7.0=20
  than 6.5 - this is probably due to the overhead of using OLE-DB =
internally,=20
  however it should mean an end to problems caused by using fast-bcp and =
it's=20
  bypassing of certain SQL checks. With many NC indexes it is quicker =
than 6.5=20
  though. Using the new BULK INSERT command returns it to as fast or =
faster than=20
  BCP due to the removal of context switches. Setting table-lock on =
really helps=20
  due to the extra overhead of row-locks. I've seen jobs reduce from 80 =
mins to=20
  50 mins with this change.

2. MMC. The MMC is dog-slow =
regardless of the=20
  power of the machine it is being run on. Service Pack 1 noticeably =
improves=20
  the speed (and reliability) of MMC.

3. If you repeatedly open=20
  server-side cursors with small resultsets then you will see =
significantly=20
  slower performance from SQL Server. This because the query is being =
optimised=20
  each time and this takes time with SQL 7. This is fixed in SP1 (there =
was a=20
  trace flag needed for the original hotfix but the default behaviour is =
changed=20
  in SP1). After applying SP1 the plans generated for cursors are kept =
like they=20
  are for stored-procedures. See Q197800 for more details.

4. =
Large=20
  queries monopolising system. This was an issue with SQL 6.5, but if =
anything=20
  it is "worse" with 7.0 - the queries generally complete a lot quicker =
with 7.0=20
  though. If you have a very large query running and it grabs all the =
processors=20
  to run it will make the system very slow/unresponsive to other users =
and=20
  queries. SQL dynamically decides how many processors to use for a =
query when=20
  it kicks off, and if there is no other activity at the time it will be =
given=20
  all the processors by default. This is not necessarily what you want. =
The max=20
  number of processors a query can use can be set per query (MAXDOP =
hint) or via=20
  sp_configure for a server wide setting - the default is all cpu's. =
Once a=20
  query has started and has grabbed all the cpu's it can't give them=20
  back.

5. Long stored-procedures that create lots of temporary =
tables as=20
  they go can take a lot longer to run under SQL 7.0 - this is due to =
SQL 7.0=20
  re-evaluating the sp every time a new temporary table is created. The =
idea=20
  behind this is that it can then choose the best access plan, but =
re-evaluating=20
  is an overhead. Create all temp tables at the start of the stored-proc =
if=20
  possible.

If you have two stored-procedures, the first creating =
a temp=20
  table, calling a second sp, and second sp manipulating it, this will =
run fine=20
  as long as only one copy of each is running at a time. If more than =
one=20
  process runs concurrently then sp2 will re-compile. Users have =
reported 10-20=20
  times performance degradation in this scenario. To work-around it =
either bring=20
  the sp2 code in-line to sp1, or create temporary sp's uniquely named =
for every=20
  spid and call them to prevent re-compilation.

6. From another =
FAQ=20
  entry. Q. If I lose my data file (MDF) in SQL 7 I can't backup the log =
to=20
  recover to a point in time - why not?

A. A small oversight on =
MS's part=20
  - which will be fixed in the next major (not service-pack) release of=20
  SQL.

Under 6.5 you would do BACKUP LOG <dbname> TO =
<device>=20
  WITH NO_TRUNCATE.

Under SQL 7 this gets you an error
Server: =
Msg=20
  3446, Level 16, State 1
Primary file not available for database=20
  <xx>

This is because the metadata that tells SQL where =
the files=20
  are for the database are in the primary file (which you've just lost!) =
- in=20
  SQL 6.5 this info was held in system tables in master.

A =
workaround for=20
  this is :-

Use only ONE file in the primary file group (the =
primary=20
  file), and place this file on the same drive (mirrored) as your log =
files.=20
  This gives it the same protection as the log.

Add another file =
group,=20
  with one or more files for data - obviously this goes on different =
disks to=20
  the log. Mark this second file group as the default (Alter=20
  database)

Then, when your data file is lost, "backup log with=20
  no_truncate" will work because the primary file with the metadata in =
(but no=20
  user data) is still available.

7. Nested raiserror's cause an =
AV. Repro=20
  script below. (This error only occurs when a global variable is=20
  used)

create procedure PROC2
AS
RAISERROR('Test=20
  Error',16,-1)
go
create procedure PROC1
AS 
exec =
PROC2
if=20
  @@ERROR <>=20
  0
begin
RAISERROR(@@ERROR,16,-1)
return
end
go
exec=20
  PROC1

8. If you have a trigger on a table with an identity =
field and=20
  the trigger inserts into another table without an identity then the =
value of=20
  @@identity is set to NULL when the trigger finishes. This is different =
to 6.5.=20
  Fixed in SP1.


Ugly (or just=20
  different)
------------------------

1. SQL 7.0 is much more =
"fussy"=20
  about things like invalid dates and times, lengths of data, numeric =
overflows=20
  etc. SQL 6.5 and below would often just convert stuff to NULL if it =
couldn't=20
  handle it or truncate a string if too long and not tell you. You can =
revert=20
  most of this back to the SQL 6.5 behaviour if you "SET ANSI WARNINGS =
OFF".=20
  Many of these changes only appear when you switch a database from 65=20
  compatibility mode to 70. I prefer to fix the SQL/code/data concerned =
as the=20
  SQL 7.0 behaviour is better.

2. The MMC EM interface has no =
option to=20
  set column level permissions via the gui. This won't be fixed until =
the Shiloh=20
  release, so it's back to TSQL until then.

3. If a user/login =
doesn't=20
  have permissions to a database they can still see it in the drop down =
ISQL/W=20
  box or in SQL EM. This is a difference from 6.5 that may be fixed in =
SP2. It=20
  is due to the overhead of scanning all the NT users/groups in the new=20
  integrated role security.

4. 16-bit ODBC applications may have =
problems=20
  with the new potential extended size of char data (even if the new =
size isn't=20
  used) and/or you may get gpf's in vbdb300.dll when accessing SQL =
Server. There=20
  is a separate FAQ entry on this one with a fixed (but unsupported =
because=20
  Microsoft didn't make the changes) sp_datatype_info that resolves =
these=20
  problems. Microsoft should be incorporating these changes in =
SP2.

5.=20
  The new 3.70 ODBC drivers have a few compatibility issues. e.g. I have =
seen=20
  odbc call failed errors with complex Access 97 front ends and MDAC 2.1 =
drivers=20
  (problem fixed in MDAC 2.5 beta and 2.1 SP2). Also if you use PASSTHRU =
then=20
  integer columns (datatype int4) are returned as decimal instead when =
the ODBC=20
  datasource is configured as "use regional settings".

6. SQL 7 =
is=20
  supposed to grab/release memory as needed to work with varying =
workloads. It=20
  does this quite well unless Exchange 5.5 SP2 or below is on the =
machine in=20
  which case they don't get along too well. Presumably this will be =
fixed in SQL=20
  7.0 SP2 / Exchange 5.5 SP3...

7. The enhanced optimiser as well =
as=20
  improvements in disk throughput mean that SQL 7.0 is more likely to be =
cpu=20
  bound than 6.5 was. Most systems will still be i/o bound though. The =
new=20
  sp_datatype_info used extensively for ODBC connections is much more =
heavy on=20
  cpu due to the extra calculations, increased numbers of datatypes and =
attempt=20
  at backwards compatibility. If you constantly break/make connections =
this can=20
  add up - one user reported a system running at 92% cpu, largely =
because of=20
  this. When he amended the proc to just return a fixed set of types =
stored in a=20
  permanent table for the purpose the cpu for the system dropped from =
92% to=20
  72%.

8. Some databases/tables may grow in size with SQL 7. One =
reason=20
  is because NC indexes point to the clustering key if available rather =
than a=20
  page number. With long keys this can increase the size of the indexes=20
  significantly. Watch out for this if any key sizes are very =
large.

9.=20
  Another reason for tables growing in size is that NULL columns used to =
take up=20
  no space at all, but that is no longer true. So a NULL CHAR(10) now =
uses 10=20
  bytes rather than 1, a NULL MONEY now uses 8 instead of 1. A NULL =
varchar will=20
  take 0 as before.

10. DECIMAL and NUMERIC data can take up a =
bit more=20
  space. The tables for 6.5 and 7.0 respectively:

SQL=20
  6.5 
Precision Storage bytes
1 - 2 2
3 -4 3
5-7 =
4
8-9=20
  5
10-12 6
13-14 7
15-16 8
17-19 9
20-21 10
22-24 =
11
25-26=20
  12
27-28 13
29-31 14
32-33 15
34-36 16
37-38 =
17

SQL=20
  7.0
Precision Storage bytes 
1 - 9 5 
10-19=20
  9 
20-28 13 
29-38 17 

11. Watch out for =
16-bit=20
  db-lib applications and network packet size (sp_configure option). The =
default=20
  with SQL 6.0 and below was that the client dictated the network packet =
size,=20
  and would default to about 1500 bytes. With 6.5 and 7.0 the server =
option=20
  overrides this if no explicit "dbsetlpacket" is issued. The default =
server=20
  size is 4096 and so this significantly increases the client memory =
buffer=20
  space needed. With multiple 16-bit db-lib applications, or a db-lib=20
  application that makes multiple connections this can easily overflow =
the fixed=20
  size allowed for all connections in the client buffers and caused out =
of=20
  memory errors, gpf's or hangs. It doesn't matter whether it's on an NT =
client=20
  - the restriction is in the 16-bit db-libs and it's use of "low dos" =
memory.=20
  To resolve either change the application to specifically ask for a =
smaller=20
  packet size or reduce the server "network packet size" via =
sp_configure. (Note=20
  this is a SQL Server TDS application packet size and in no way relates =
to=20
  actual physical network packet sizes that are configured per =
NIC).

12.=20
  When you do an outer join to a table with a bit datatype on SQL Server =
6.5 and=20
  there is no corresponding record, the bit column yields a 0 instead of =
a null.=20
  On SQL Server 7, the same query yields a null.

13. Constants =
returned=20
  by a case statement are implicitly rtrim'ed. Will be fixed in =
SP2.

14.=20
  On an insert if a trigger fires it thinks all columns have been =
updated even=20
  if some fields have not been explicitly inserted. Fixed in =
SP1.

15. SQL=20
  Server 7 no longer guarantees that inserted records can be retrieved =
in the=20
  same order UNLESS you use an ORDER BY clause or have a clustered =
index. In SQL=20
  6.5 this would work without them. With 7 if you were using this =
facility to=20
  create a table just to bcp the contents out then you will need to =
insert some=20
  sort of ascending key to keep the rows in order.

16. Changes in =
binary=20
  handling. 

The format for display of binary (hex) data in =
isql/w=20
  from version 6.x is in lower case, but in isql/w from 7.0 is upper=20
  case.

The @@microsoftversion variable is documented in 6.x =
books-online=20
  as follows
@@MICROSOFTVERSION - Is a version used internally to =
track the=20
  current version of the server. Note that in 7.0 the major version is =
now in=20
  the most significant byte.

The order of the date and time =
components in=20
  convert( binary(8), getdate() ) has been reversed.

See the code =
below=20
  for examples of this.

SELECT convert( binary(4), =
@@microsoftversion ),=20
  convert( binary(8), getdate() )

<SQL Server 6.x (6.0 in this =

  case)>
---------- ------------------ 
0x00060097=20
  0x00e42af600008dcb 

<SQL Server 7.0 build =
623>
----------=20
  ------------------ 
0x0700026F 0x00008DCB00E415AB

17. =
With 6.5,=20
  you could call stored procedure calls from ASP without prefixing them =
with the=20
  "exec" command. With SQL 7.0 you have to have the exec command=20
  there.


18. SQL Server 6.5 internally treated nullable chars =
not as=20
  fixed length, but as varchars. SQL 7 does not treat them this way when =
the=20
  compatibility mode of the db is set to 70. If you depend on the 6.5 =
behaviour=20
  then you might get different SQL =
results.

e.g. 

declare=20
  @var1 char(50)
select @var1 =3D 'option_cmt_des_txt_no'
select=20
  @var1
declare @var2 char(50)
select @var2 =3D right(@var1, =
6)
select=20
  @var2

With 6.5 would return 'txt_no'
With 7.0 would return=20
  blanks


Miscellaneous
-------------

1. SP1. SP1 is =

  heartily recommended. A few sub-optimal optimiser decisions are fixed. =
A lot=20
  of bugs and speed problems with the gui stuff like MMC and DTS are =
fixed.=20
  Overrall a very stable service pack with lots of improvements. There's =
no=20
  reason to run SQL 7.0 without it.

2. IE5 and Win9x. A bug in =
SQL's use=20
  of a common internet control causes crashes on Win9x machines with IE5 =

  installed. SP1 fixes this.

3. SQL Server out of locks. You can =
still=20
  get this message even though SQL Server dynamically allocates locks. =
What the=20
  error really means is that SQL Server is out of memory - the lock =
manager has=20
  been denied it's request for more memory. Either give the machine more =
memory=20
  or reduce the load SQL Server is under.

4. DTS. This is a =
marvellous=20
  tool, but had quite a few glitches pre-SP1. One "feature" that is =
still there=20
  is that if you refer to columns in a transform by their column name it =
can be=20
  significantly slower than by their column number - i.e.=20
  DTSSource("EmployeeID") rather than DTSSource(13). One DTS job sped up =
from=20
  2hrs 45mins to 32 mins just by hard-coding column numbers instead of=20
  names.

5. Watch out for the default setting of SET=20
  CONCAT_NULL_YIELDS_NULL. This is ON which means that SELECT =91abc=92 =
+ NULL=20
  yields NULL. This has been known to break some applications.

6. =

  Remember that when upgrading a 6.5 database it stays in 65 =
compatibility mode.=20
  In this mode things like the TOP command don't work - you need to go =
into 70=20
  mode for the new keywords to work properly.

7. Log files. These =
can get=20
  very big if set to autogrow. If you then try to shrink them with dbcc=20
  shrinkfile invariably it doesn't work too well. This is because the =
log file=20
  is internally divided into smaller virtual logs and shrinking will =
only happen=20
  when the active part of the log is at the beginning of your log file. =
You can=20
  use the dbcc loginfo(dbname) command to see where the active part of =
the=20
  transaction log is. If it is at the end of the logfile you could write =
a small=20
  while loop that does some inserts in a test table to move the active =
part to=20
  the beginning of the real file. Then the shrinkfile command should =
work ok -=20
  note that shrinkfile works asynchronously. As a last resort you can =
always=20
  checkpoint the database, shutdown SQL Server and delete the physical =
logfile.=20
  When SQL restarts it will create a new 2Mb log device.

8. =
Putting the=20
  same column into a group by twice causes an AV. It's stupid and =
basically=20
  incorrect syntax to do this anyway, but SQL 6.5 let it go. Repro =
script based=20
  on Northwind.

SELECT=20
  =
Employees.EmployeeID,ProductName,
UnitPrice=3DAVG(ROUND(Od.UnitPrice, =

  2)),
SUM(Quantity),
Discount=3DSUM(CONVERT(int, Discount *=20
  100)),
ExtendedPrice=3DSUM(ROUND(CONVERT(money, Quantity * (1 - =
Discount)=20
  *
Od.UnitPrice), 2))
FROM Products P
inner join [Order =
Details] Od on=20
  (Od.ProductID =3D P.ProductID )
inner join Orders on (Od.OrderID =
=3D=20
  Orders.OrderID)
inner join Suppliers on (P.SupplierID =3D=20
  Suppliers.SupplierID)
Inner Join Customers on=20
  (Orders.CustomerID=3DCustomers.CustomerID)
Inner join Shippers on=20
  (Orders.ShipVia=3DShippers.ShipperID)
Inner join Employees on=20
  (Orders.EmployeeID =3D Employees.EmployeeID)
Group by=20
  =
Employees.EmployeeID,P.ProductID,
P.ProductName,Employees.EmployeeIDwith=20
  cube
Order by Employees.EmployeeID

9. Msg 8623,Internal =
Query=20
  Processor Error: The query processor could not produce a query plan. =
This=20
  happens with some complex queries - especially on single-processor =
machines.=20
  Some queries that fail on 1 processor machines work ok on =
multi-processor=20
  machines.

10. Tempdb performance may be affected by the =
auto-creation=20
  of statistics. You can experiment with turning off this feature just =
for=20
  tempdb and seeing if it helps.

11. sysfiles virtual table does =
not=20
  behave as others do in stored procs located in master and named =
beginning in=20
  sp_. i.e. write your own sp in master called sp_my_name_is_Norm then=20
  do:
use SomeOtherDatabase 
go 
exec=20
  sp_my_name_is_Norm 

then sysfiles will still refer to the =
master=20
  database files. 
  

  Q. What happened to the gui for column level =
permissions=20
  in SQL 7?
  A. It got missed out. It will re-appear in a future SQL =

  version/serice-pack.

For now you can use standard TSQL =
commands/sp's.=20
  See the SQL Books Online (BOL) for details. 
  

  Q. Under SQL 6.5 a user of ISQL/W or other =
tools could=20
  only see the databases they had permission to in the drop down boxes, =
not=20
  under 7.0, why?
  A. This is because under SQL 7.0 the code necessary to =
evaluate=20
  all the roles/NT groups etc. was deemed too expensive. However this is =
a=20
  legitimate security concern and Microsoft are thinking about changing =
the way=20
  this works back to the old behaviour. 
  

  Q. Why does my ODBC v2 application not work =
with SQL 7?=20
  Why do I get a gpf in VBDB300.DLL?
  A. This is probably because the datatypes returned by=20
  sp_datatype_info to the application are not understood. Hopefully =
Microsoft=20
  will provide an official fix with SP2 for SQL 7, but for now here is a =

  modification to the stored-procedure concerned. Note that changing =
Microsoft=20
  supplied stored-procs is not recommended or supported and if something =
goes=20
  wrong with the new SP you are completely on your own. It is supplied =
as is,=20
  with no warranty!

It is based on the SQL 7 SP1 version, so =
apply SP1=20
  before making this change.

Look for ** to see where the changes =

  are

--
-- Script to update Microsoft supplied version of=20
  sp_datatype_info to work properly with
-- ODBC v2 applications and =
to fix a=20
  gpf it causes in vbdb300.dll
--
-- Note the SP modified here is =
the one=20
  from SP1 for SQL 7.
-- Changes made are :-
--
-- 1. Do not =
return any=20
  types below -7. These are nchar, ntext etc. that are SQL 7 only
-- =
and not=20
  understood by ODBC2 applications
--
-- 2. For varchar/char do =
not return=20
  8000 as the length, return 255
--
--

USE =
master
go

DROP=20
  proc sp_datatype_info
go

SET QUOTED_IDENTIFIER=20
  ON
go

--
-- Object will be created with MSShipped=20
  flag
--
EXEC sp_MS_upd_sysobj_category 1 
go

/* =
Procedure=20
  for 7.0 server */
CREATE proc sp_datatype_info
(@data_type int =
=3D 0,=20
  @ODBCVer tinyint =3D 2)
as
declare @mintype int
declare =
@maxtype=20
  int

if @ODBCVer <> 3
select @ODBCVer =3D 2
if =
@data_type =3D=20
  0
begin
select @mintype =3D -32768
select @maxtype =3D =
32767
-- **=20
  Change started **
-- For ODBC version 2 apps don't let them see new =

  types
if @ODBCVer =3D 2
begin
select @mintype =3D =
-7
end
-- **=20
  Change ended **
end
else
begin
select @mintype =3D=20
  @data_type
select @maxtype =3D=20
  @data_type
end

select
convert(sysname,case
when =
t.xusertype=20
  > 255 then t.name
else d.TYPE_NAME
end)=20
  TYPE_NAME,
d.DATA_TYPE,
convert(int,case
when d.DATA_TYPE in =
(6,7)=20
  then d.data_precision /* FLOAT/REAL */
when type_name(d.ss_dtype) =
IN=20
  ('numeric','decimal') and
t.xusertype <=3D 255 then =
@@max_precision /*=20
  DECIMAL/NUMERIC */
-- ** Change Started **
-- Reduce max length =
returned=20
  for char/varchar for ODBC 2 apps
when @ODBCVer =3D 2 AND =
OdbcPrec(t.xtype,=20
  t.length, t.xprec) =3D 8000 then 255
-- ** Change ended **
else=20
  OdbcPrec(t.xtype, t.length, t.xprec)
end)=20
  =
"PRECISION",
d.LITERAL_PREFIX,
d.LITERAL_SUFFIX,
e.CREATE_PARAMS=
,
convert(smallint,case
when=20
  d.AUTO_INCREMENT =3D 1 then 0 /* IDENTITY*/
else TypeProperty =
(t.name,=20
  'AllowsNull')
end)=20
  =
NULLABLE,
d.CASE_SENSITIVE,
d.SEARCHABLE,
d.UNSIGNED_ATTRIBUTE,<=
BR>d.MONEY,
d.AUTO_INCREMENT,
convert(sysname,case
when=20
  t.xusertype > 255 then t.name
else d.LOCAL_TYPE_NAME
end)=20
  LOCAL_TYPE_NAME,
convert(smallint,case
when =
type_name(d.ss_dtype) IN=20
  ('numeric','decimal') and t.xusertype > 255 then TypeProperty =
(t.name,=20
  'Scale')
else d.numeric_scale
end)=20
  MINIMUM_SCALE,
convert(smallint,case
when type_name(d.ss_dtype) =
IN=20
  ('numeric','decimal') and d.AUTO_INCREMENT =3D 0 and t.xusertype =
<=3D 255 then=20
  @@max_precision /* DECIMAL/NUMERIC */
when type_name(d.ss_dtype) IN =

  ('numeric','decimal') and d.AUTO_INCREMENT =3D 1 then 0 /* =
DECIMAL/NUMERIC=20
  IDENTITY*/
else TypeProperty (t.name, 'Scale')
end)=20
  =
MAXIMUM_SCALE,
d.SQL_DATA_TYPE,
d.SQL_DATETIME_SUB,
NUM_PREC_RAD=
IX =3D=20
  convert(int,d.RADIX),
INTERVAL_PRECISION =3D=20
  convert(smallint,NULL),
USERTYPE =3D t.usertype
from=20
  master.dbo.spt_datatype_info d
INNER JOIN systypes t on d.ss_dtype =
=3D=20
  t.xtype
LEFT OUTER JOIN master.dbo.spt_datatype_info_ext e=20
  on
t.xusertype =3D e.user_type
and isnull(d.AUTO_INCREMENT,0) =
=3D=20
  e.AUTO_INCREMENT
where
d.DATA_TYPE between @mintype and =
@maxtype
and=20
  (d.ODBCVer is null or d.ODBCVer =3D @ODBCVer)
and (t.xusertype =
<=3D 255=20
  or
isnull(d.AUTO_INCREMENT,0) =3D 0)
order by 2, 12, =
11,
case
when=20
  t.usertype=3D18 then 255
else t.usertype
end
go

GRANT =
EXEC ON=20
  sp_datatype_info TO public
go

--
-- Turn off MSShipped =
flag for=20
  any other SP's (not that we're creating any)
--
EXEC=20
  sp_MS_upd_sysobj_category 2
go

--
-- Allow updates and =
hack=20
  sysobjects directly. Make sure sp is marked as with 
-- quoted =

  identifiers and MSShipped
--
exec sp_configure 'allow updates',=20
  1
reconfigure with=20
  override
go

update
sysobjects
set
status =3D=20
  0x80000009
where
name =3D 'sp_datatype_info'
go

exec=20
  sp_configure 'allow updates', 0
reconfigure with override
go =

  

  Q. Should I apply SP1 for SQL 7? Are there any =
known=20
  issues?
  A. SP1 for SQL 7 underwent extensive beta-testing for =
release=20
  and so should be pretty stable.

However, it contains a LOT of =
fixes and=20
  therefore new or regressed bugs are inevitable. When these are known =
they are=20
  listed at the bottom of the article.

For any new =
release/servicepack=20
  you are advised to apply and test on test systems first, and if at all =

  possible do a stress-test so that any problems with blocking/locks are =
found=20
  before rolling out to a production system.

All service-packs =
come with=20
  problems, however in most cases they fix a lot more problems than they =
cause.=20
  99% of bugs you may find in SP1 will be present in the gold release =
and all=20
  previous service packs as well - they simply aren't fixed in=20
  SP1.

Should you apply it? Yes.

SP1 is available via the=20
  downloads option from http://support.microsoft.com/support/sql. Also =
ftp=20
  direct=20
  =
from 
ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/public/fixes/usa/SQL70

Service=20
  Pack 1 - Known new=20
  =
Bugs/Regressions
-------------------------------------------

1.=
 A=20
  query which uses a like on an indexed unicode column will behave =
correctly=20
  prior to SP1. After SP1 is applied the query will return no records. =
This is=20
  fixed in build 710.

2. SP1+ ODBC driver (Build 690-820) cannot=20
  SQLExtFetch() rows with more than one TEXT or BINARY column, when a =
server=20
  cursor is used. MS bug number 56513. Workarounds are :-
(1) Use =
SQLFetch=20
  instead of SQLExtendedFetch
(2) Don't use SQLSetStmtAttr to ask for =
a=20
  keyset cursor. Just take the default.
(3) Use an older version of =
the=20
  driver (even 3.70.0623 and below work =
fine)


=3D=3D=3D

v1.04=20
  2000.02.05
Applies to SQL Server versions : 7.0
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  sql7differences
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other =
related=20
  information : n/a 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error in =
sqlsspi.c?
  A. Full message is :-

Assertion=20
  Failed!
Program:C:\"Application Name"
File: =
../src/sqlsspi.c
Line:=20
  120
Expression: Count

The reason for this is that you are =
probably=20
  running a Win9x client/server that does not have the "Client for =
Microsoft=20
  Networks" installed. This is needed for (amongst other things) =
accessing=20
  network security information. 
  

  Q. What is the equivalent of an Oracle synonym =
in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. Create a view.
create view titlessynonym as =
select * from=20
  titles 
  

  Q. Does SQL Server support =
tape-loaders?
  A. SQL doesn't have tape loader support, so it will =
only use=20
  the first tape in a device. 

You can use tape loaders with =
SQL=20
  Server by buying one of the 3rd party backup tools that work with SQL =
Server=20
  agents. These do dumps from SQL Server via named-pipes (6.5) or VDI =
(7.0) and=20
  then utilise their own drivers for device support.

Examples are =

  :-

BEI Ultrabac http://www.ultrabac.com/
Cheyenn=
e=20
  Arcserve http://www.cheyenne.com/
Legato =
http://www.legato.com/
Backup =
Exec http://www.seagatesoftware.com/<=
/A>
ADSM=20
  http://www.tivoli.com/ 
  

  Q. Does SQL Server support before and after =
(pre and=20
  post) triggers? What about row vs set triggers?
  A. SQL Server only supports "after" triggers, not =
"before"=20
  ones. You can see what the "before" data is by looking at the virtual =
tables=20
  created that are accessible from the trigger. These tables are called =
inserted=20
  and deleted.

SQL Server triggers only fire once per query, so =
they are=20
  set triggers rather than row triggers.

SQL Server does not =
support=20
  select triggers. 
  

  Q. Where can I get examples of XP code for SQL=20
  Server?
  A. For SQL 6.5 download the PTK from http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/PTK_I386.EXE 

For=20
  SQL 7 look on the CD under \devtools 
  

  Q. I can run some SQL code or a DTS package =
myself fine,=20
  but when I run it using the SQL Scheduler it doesn't work - why=20
  not?
  A. When run via SQL Executive/SQL Agent, the job runs =
with the=20
  NT credentials of the NT user account that the SQL Executive/SQL Agent =
service=20
  is running under. This account needs to have access to the network =
resources=20
  concerned - i.e. shares, files, printers etc.

Check which =
account is=20
  being used by going to control panel/services/startup and =
checking.

If=20
  it is using the LocalSystem account then this has no network=20
  access.

Any network resources you do use, make sure they are =
referenced=20
  by UNC name and not a specific drive letter. i.e. \\server1\bcps and =
not H:\.=20
  
  

  Q. How can e-mail with SQL Server without using =
an=20
  MS-Mail or Exchange server?
  A. A variety of methods :-

1. Use xp_cmdshell to =
run an=20
  SMTP sendmail program.

2. Use an XP with built-in SMTP =
functionality -=20
  http://www.spudsoft.demon.co.uk/code/index.html

3. Configure =
NT's mapi=20
  interface to talk to SMTP - try the following instructions for SQL =
6.5. (note=20
  these aren't written by the author, and haven't been tested either, =
but they=20
  do, allegedly, work)

Set up Microsoft SQL Server service. Note: =

  Microsoft SQL Server must start up using a user account that has been =
given=20
  administrator privileges. The account must also allow the user to =
logon as a=20
  service. This allows Microsoft SQL Server to interact with email. =
Note: By=20
  default, SQL Server 6.5 creates an account named =
"SQLExecutiveCmdExec". Verify=20
  that this account exists and is set up properly: 

1. Click =
on the=20
  "Start" button 
2. Programs 
3. Administrative Tools ( =
Common=20
  ) 
4. User Manager for Domains, if the option is "User =
Manager" go to=20
  step 9. 
5. When the User Manager program loads, select =
"Users" from=20
  the menu. 
6. Choose the menu option "Select =
Domain" 
7. Type=20
  in the name of the machine, e.g. "DBASQLTEST" 
8. Click the OK =

  button. 
9. You should now have a list of users on the=20
  machine. 
10. If the account "SQLExecutiveCmdExec" exists:=20
  double-click the user, a dialog box will appear. Skip to step =
18. 
11.=20
  Select "Users" from the menu. 
12. Choose the menu option "New =

  User". 
13. A dialog box will appear. 
14. In the User =
Name=20
  field, type "SQLExecutiveCmdExec" 
15. In the Full Name field, =
type=20
  "SQLExecutiveCmdExec" 
16. In the password field type a unique =

  password (record you password in a safe place, you will need it later =
in this=20
  setup )
17. In the Confirm Password field retype the password you =
just=20
  entered. 
18. Uncheck the box next to "User Must change =
Password at=20
  Next Logon". 
19. Check the box next to "User Cannot Change=20
  Password". 
20. Check the box next to "Password Never=20
  Expires". 
21. Click on the "Groups" button. 
22. The =
Group=20
  Membership dialog box will appear. 
23. Add the group=20
  "Administrators" 
24. Click the "OK" button to close the Group =

  Membership dialog. 
25. Click the "OK" button to close the =
User=20
  Properties dialog. 
26. Select "Policies" from the =
menu. 
27.=20
  Choose the menu option "User Rights". 
28. The User Rights =
Policy=20
  dialog box will appear. 
29. Check the box next to "Show =
Advanced User=20
  Rights" 
30. On the drop down select list, choose the option =
"Log on=20
  as a Service". 
31. Click on the "Add" button. 
32. =
The "Add=20
  Users and Groups" dialog box will appear. 
33. On the drop =
down select=20
  list, choose the current computer name, e.g. =
"\\SERVERNAME*". 
34.=20
  Click the "Show Users" button. 
35. Scroll down the list of =
users and=20
  select "SQLExecutiveCmdExec". 
36. Click on the "Add"=20
  button. 
37. The user "SQLExecutiveCmdExec" should now be in =
the "Add=20
  Names:" list. 
38. Click on the "OK" button to close the "Add =
Users=20
  and Groups" dialog. 
39. Click on the "OK" button to close the =
"User=20
  Rights Policy" dialog.

Install Windows NT Messaging. Note: =
Next, make=20
  sure Windows NT Messaging
is installed on the Microsoft SQL Server =
machine.=20
  =B7 Note: SQLmail uses
Windows Messaging, so it needs to be =
configured for=20
  proper operation. Note:
This can be verified by: 

1. =
Open the=20
  Control Panel and double click on Add/Remove Programs. 
2. =
Select the=20
  Windows NT Setup tab and scroll to the bottom of the list box that=20
  appears. 
3. Verify that the Windows Messaging check box is=20
  checked. 
4. If it is not,check it now. 
5. Click=20
  OK. 
6. At this point, if you need to install Windows =
Messaging you=20
  will need to supply the Windows NT CD.

Set Up Mail Services =B7 =
Note: You=20
  will need two internet mail accounts before
continuing. 1. You will =
need a=20
  POP mail account login, password and server
name. 2. You will need =
a SMTP=20
  mail account login, password and server name.
3. Next, close all =
programs=20
  on the Microsoft SQL Server machine and log in as
a new user. Use =
the=20
  SQLExecutiveCmdExec account.

1. On the desktop, right-click the =
"Inbox"=20
  icon, and select Properties
option. Here you will need to add anew =
profile=20
  for the SQLExec user. Click on
the "Add" button to begin creating a =
Windows=20
  Messaging Profile: 2. Uncheck
the box next to "Microsoft Mail" =
(Unless=20
  there is an Exchange Server
Available) 3. Ensure the box next to =
"Internet=20
  Mail" is checked. 4. Click on
the "Next" button. 5. You will be =
asked for=20
  the method to connect to the mail
server, check the radio button =
next to=20
  "Network". 6. Click on the "Next"
button. 7. You will be asked to =
specify=20
  the Mail server name or IP address,
enter either one here. 8. Click =
on the=20
  "Next" button. 9. You will be asked to
choose the mode for =
transferring=20
  messages. Check the radio button next to
"Automatic". 10. Click on =
the=20
  "Next" button. 11. You will be asked for the
email address, enter =
it in the=20
  Email Address field. 12. Enter
"SQLExecutiveCmdExec" in the Full =
Name=20
  field. 13. Click on the "Next" button.
14. You will be asked for =
the=20
  mailbox name. Enter a mailbox name in the
mailbox name field, e.g. =
userid.=20
  (This is the mail server login name ). 15.
Enter the password for =
the=20
  mailbox name in the password field. (This is the
mail server login =
name's=20
  password ). 16. Click on the "Next" button. 17. You
will be asked =
for a=20
  location for your personal address book. Use the
default. 18. Click =
on the=20
  "Next" button. 19. You will be asked for a location
for your =
personal=20
  folder file. Use the default. 20. Click on the "Next"
button. 21. =
You=20
  should receive the message that setup is "Done!" 22. Click on
the =
"Finish"=20
  button. 23. In the profiles list box, you should now see an
entry =
for=20
  "Windows Messaging Settings". 24. Click on the "Copy" button. =
25.
You will=20
  be asked to name the new profile. Type "SQLExecutiveCmdExec". =
26.
Click=20
  "OK" to commit the copy. 27. In the profiles list box, you should =
now
see=20
  an entry for "SQLExecutiveCmdExec". 28. In the drop down select list=20
  for
"When Starting Windows Messaging, use this profile:", choose =
the=20
  newly
created profile, "SQLExecutiveCmdExec". 29. Click on the =
"Close"=20
  button to
complete the setup.

Configure SQL Server Service =
and=20
  SQLExecutive to use new mail account =B7 You
will need to stop the =
Microsoft=20
  SQL Server service 1. Open the Control Panel.
2. Double-click =
Services. 3.=20
  Scroll down until you find Microsoft SQL Server,
select it, and =
click the=20
  stop button. 4. The service status should change to
stopped. 5.=20
  Double-click on the Microsoft SQL Server service to bring up =
its
properties=20
  dialog box. 6. At the bottom of the dialog is the account by=20
  which
Microsoft SQL Server will use to startup. Change this to use=20
  the
SQLExecutiveCmdExec account. Be sure to enter the password =
correctly=20
  here or
Microsoft SQL Server will not start up. 7. Close this =
dialog by=20
  clicking the
"OK" button. 8. Start the service by clicking the =
start=20
  button. 9. The
service should start up successfully. If it does not =
start=20
  check to make sure
the password you just entered matches the one =
entered in=20
  the User Manager for
Domains. 10. Scroll down until you find =
SQLExecutive,=20
  select it, and click
the stop button. 11. The service status should =
change=20
  to stopped. 12.
Double-click on the SQLExecutive service to bring =
up its=20
  properties dialog
box. 13. At the bottom of the dialog is the =
account by=20
  which Microsoft SQL
Server will use to startup. Change this to use =
the=20
  SQLExecutiveCmdExec
account. Be sure to enter the password =
correctly here=20
  or Microsoft SQL Server
will not start up. 14. Close this dialog by =

  clicking the "OK" button. 15.
Start the service by clicking the =
start=20
  button. 16. The service should start
up successfully. If it does =
not start=20
  check to make sure the password you
just entered matches the one =
entered in=20
  the User Manager for Domains.

Configure SQL Server Setup =
Options 1.=20
  Click on the "Start" button 2. Programs
3. Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 =
4. SQL=20
  Setup 5. The "Welcome" dialog will appear.
Click the "Continue" =
button. 6.=20
  The "SQL Server Already Installed" dialog
will appear. Click the =
"Continue"=20
  button. 7. Check the radio button next to
"Set Server Options". 8. =
Click=20
  the "Continue" button. 9. Check the box next
to "Autostart SQL =
Mail". 10.=20
  Click the "Mail Profile" button, which is the
last button in the =
center of=20
  the dialog box. 11. In the dialog box that
appears, enter=20
  "SQLExecutiveCmdExec". 12. Click the "OK" button. 13. Click
"Change =

  Options" button. 14. The "Exchange Login Configuration" dialog =
box
may=20
  appear again. If it does, simply click the "Continue" button. 15. =
A
dialog=20
  box stating that the options have been successfully set should=20
  appear.
Click the "Exit to Windows NT" button.

You will need =
to stop=20
  and restart SQL Server 1. Click on the "Start" button
2. Programs =
3.=20
  Microsoft SQL Server 6.5 4. SQL Service Manager 5. A dialog
box =
with a=20
  traffic light will appear. 6. Double click the Red light to =
stop
the=20
  service. Watch the status bar at the bottom of the dialog box for=20
  the
message "The service is stopped" 7. Double click the Green =
light to=20
  start the
service. Watch the status bar at the bottom of the dialog =
box for=20
  the message
"The service is running" 8. Close the dialog =
box.

Set up=20
  Internet Mail ( MAPI Setup )
=B7 You should have at least Internet =
Explorer=20
  installed on your server.
1. Double click the "Internet Explorer" =
icon on=20
  your desktop to start IE3.
2. Select "Go" from the menu.
3. =
Choose the=20
  "Read Mail" option.
4. The "Browse for Folder" dialog box will=20
  appear.
5. You may either choose a folder or use the default.
6. =
Click=20
  on the "OK" button.
7. A new dialog "Wizard" will appear.
8. =
Click on=20
  the "Next" button.
9. In the name field, enter=20
  "SQLExecutiveCmdExec".
10. In the Email Address field enter the =
email=20
  address, e.g. user@domain.com.
11. Click on the "Next" =
button.
12. In=20
  the "Incoming mail (POP3) server" field, enter the name of the=20
  POP3
server.
13. In the "Outgoing mail (SMTP) server" field, =
enter the=20
  name of the SMTP
server.
14. Click on the "Next" button.
15. =
In the=20
  "Account Name" field, enter the email account name, e.g. userid
16. =
In the=20
  "Password" field, enter the email account name's password.
17. =
Click on the=20
  "Next" button.
18. You will be asked for the connection type, =
choose "I use=20
  a LAN connection"
19. Click on the "Next" button.
20. Click on =
the=20
  "Finish" button.
21. The MAPI mail client will appear. You may =
close the=20
  MAPI mail client
application.

Start SQL Enterprise Manager. =
See if=20
  SQL Mail is working by expanding your server and seeing if the SQL =
Mail icon=20
  turns green. =B7 If it turns red, something went wrong; green means it =
is=20
  working properly. =B7 It may take a little time for this icon to turn =
any color,=20
  so wait for a little bit before doing anything else. =B7 If everything =
seems to=20
  be working properly, open the SQL Tool and type the =
following: 

1.=20
  xp_sendmail 'user@domain.com',@message=3D'This is a test message.' =
Where=20
  user@domain.com is an existing internet mail address that can receive=20
  messages. 
2. Execute the statement by pressing Ctrl-E or =
clicking the=20
  green GO button in the Query
Tool. You should receive a message in =
the=20
  result window stating "Mail Sent."

Hopefully the configuration =
process=20
  went well and Microsoft SQL Server is now capable of processing mail. =
There=20
  are numerous stored procedures available to process inbound and =
outbound mail.=20
  See the SQL reference manuals for more
information on =
these.

  

  Q. How can I transfer DTS packages from one SQL =
7 server=20
  to another?
  A. Three choices :-

1. Use the DTS transfer =
wizard. Set=20
  msdb as the source and destination databases and "select * from=20
  sysdtspackages" on the source.

2. Save each DTS package as a =
file. Copy=20
  the .dts files created to the target machine. From EM, right click =
Data=20
  Transformation Packages and choose all tasks Open Package for each=20
  package.

3. Open them in the package designer - choose save as, =
and=20
  save them to the other server.

Option 1 is the quickest for =
lots of=20
  packages 
  

  Q. As a user of Digital/Compaq Alpha technology =
how does=20
  MS dropping support affect SQL Server?
  A. The complete ramifications of this are not yet =
known, but=20
  :-

1. Support for all currently released SQL =
products/service-packs=20
  continues and will not be affected.

2. New service-packs for =
6.5 and=20
  7.0 will continue to be produced for Alpha for the =
time-being.

3. No=20
  future new versions of SQL Server will be released on Alpha - i.e. SQL =
2000=20
  (Shiloh) will not appear for the Alpha =
chip.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.02=20
  2000.02.01
Applies to SQL Server versions : 4.x, 6.x, =
7.0
Related FAQ=20
  articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other related =

  information : n/a 
  

  Q. How can I check with SQL whether a table is =
already=20
  there or not?
  A. Two methods :-

1. If object_id('tbl_name') is =
not=20
  null
<command>

2. if exists (select * from sysobjects =
where id=20
  =3D object_id('tbl_name') and sysstat & 0xf =3D =
4)
<command> 
  

  Q. What does a wait type of CXPacket =
mean?
  A. You will only get this with SQL 7 because it only =
happens=20
  with parallel queries. It means that one thread of the query is is =
waiting for=20
  a message packet from another, and the one it is waiting on is either =
blocked=20
  by a traditional cause or has hit some sort of parallelism =
bug.

If the=20
  query doesn't complete then make sure SP1 is applied as there are =
several=20
  parallel query fixes in SP1. If it still doesn't fix it then you have =
run into=20
  an unfixed bug and will need to contact MS PSS and raise a bug report. =
You=20
  should be able to work-around the problem by adding MAXDOP(1) to the =
query=20
  which will prevent the query being parallelised. 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error - 'DTS Wizard Error -=20
  CoCreateInstance Class not Registered'?
  A. You will only get this with SQL 7 because it only =
happens=20
  with parallel queries. It means that one thread of the query is is =
waiting for=20
  a message packet from another, and the one it is waiting on is either =
blocked=20
  by a traditional cause or has hit some sort of parallelism =
bug.

If the=20
  query doesn't complete then make sure SP1 is applied as there are =
several=20
  parallel query fixes in SP1. If it still doesn't fix it then you have =
run into=20
  an unfixed bug and will need to contact MS PSS and raise a bug report. =
You=20
  should be able to work-around the problem by adding MAXDOP(1) to the =
query=20
  which will prevent the query being parallelised. 
  

  Q. How can I insert the output of a dbcc =
command into a=20
  SQL Server table?
  A. Some DBCC commands support this directly via the =
"insert=20
  into exec" type format, others don't. Examples of both are =
given.

A=20
  dbcc command that works "normally" is useroptions - this is an example =
from=20
  the books-online :-

drop table #tb_setopts
go
CREATE =
TABLE=20
  #tb_setopts (SetOptName varchar(35) NOT NULL ,SetOptValue varchar(35)=20
  null)
INSERT INTO #tb_setopts (SetOptName,SetOptValue) EXEC('dbcc=20
  useroptions')
select * from #tb_setopts


Another is dbcc =
sqlperf=20
  :-

DROP TABLE #TempForLogSpace
go
CREATE TABLE=20
  #TempForLogSpace
(
DBName varchar(32),
LogSize =
real,
LogSpaceUsed=20
  real,
Status int
)
SELECT @sql_command =3D 'dbcc sqlperf=20
  (logspace)' 
INSERT INTO #TempForLogSpace EXEC=20
  (@sql_command)


Another is dbcc inputbuffer :-

DROP =
TABLE=20
  #dbc
go
create table #dbc(c1 varchar(15), c2 int, c3=20
  varchar(255))

insert #dbc EXEC('dbcc =
inputbuffer(7)')


One=20
  that doesn't is dbcc checkdb. To make this work you'll need to use =
xp_cmdshell=20
  and ISQL as follows :-

-- Note that all quotes are single =
quotes except=20
  the ones on the -Q option, which are double quotes
DROP TABLE=20
  #maint
go
DECLARE @SQLSTR varchar(255)
SELECT @SQLSTR =3D =
'ISQL -E=20
  -Q"dbcc checkdb(master)"'
CREATE TABLE #maint (Results varchar(255) =
NOT=20
  NULL)
INSERT INTO #maint(Results) EXEC('master..xp_cmdshell ''ISQL =
-E=20
  -Q"dbcc checkdb(master)"''')
select * from #maint 
  

  Q. Why do I get weird messages using SQL 7's =
MMC on=20
  Windows 2000 RC1?
  A. This is caused by bugs in the version of IE5 shipped =
with=20
  RC1. They are fixed in the RC2 build - install that when available. =

  

  Q. What does a wait type of CXPacket or =
Exchange=20
  mean?
  A. You will only get this with SQL 7 because it only =
happens=20
  with parallel queries. It means that one thread of the query is =
waiting for a=20
  message packet from another, and the one it is waiting on is either =
blocked by=20
  a traditional cause or has hit some sort of parallelism =
bug.

CXPacket=20
  means it is waiting on a data packet - i.e. the results of an internal =
query=20
  is being passed. Exchange means that it is waiting on a control packet =
- i.e.=20
  waiting for a child/sibling process to tell you that it is =
finished.

If=20
  the query doesn't complete then make sure SP1 is applied as there are =
several=20
  parallel query fixes in SP1. If it still doesn't fix it then you have =
run into=20
  an unfixed bug and will need to contact Microsoft PSS and raise a bug =
report.=20
  You should be able to work-around the problem by adding MAXDOP(1) to =
the query=20
  which will prevent the query being parallelised. 
  

  Q. When would I use dbcc gaminit in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. This only applies to SQL 6.5 and below.

This =
can=20
  sometimes be useful when you have a very large and fragmented table -=20
  typically you will see performance degrade over time. SQL by default =
tries to=20
  fit new rows (inserted via INSERT or BCP) into existing extents that =
are not=20
  full. The information on which extents are full is kept in the gam =
structure=20
  (global allocation map) which is populated dynamically in memory and =
is=20
  cleared every time SQL is started. It is sometimes useful to =
pre-populate this=20
  table fully.

This can be done via dbcc gaminit(<dbid>) =
which can=20
  be put in a startup stored-proc.

Alternatively (or as well as) =
you=20
  could set trace flag 1140. This makes SQL put all new rows that won't =
fit in=20
  the current extent into a new extent rather than searching for old =
ones. This=20
  can lead to wasted space though. See Q174085 for more=20
  information.

Re-organising indices with a decent fill-factor =
when=20
  possible will also alleviate the situation. 
  

  Q. I've overallocated memory for SQL Server and =
now it=20
  won't start - what can I do?
  A. To recover from this :-

1. Stop SQL Server =
and SQL=20
  Executive. Also make sure that SQL Enterprise Manager isn't =
running.
2. Go=20
  to the <sql>\binn directory and type "sqlservr -c -f" - this =
will start=20
  SQL in single-user mode with a minimum config.
3. Ignore the text =
messages=20
  in this window - but wait for them to finish appearing (shouldn't take =
more=20
  than 10-20 seconds)
4. SQL Server is now started.
5. Go to =
another=20
  window and start ISQL/W and connect locally with the sa userid.
6. =
In=20
  ISQL/W issue the following commands :-

sp_configure memory, =
<new=20
  memory value>
go
reconfigure
go

7. Now go back to =
the=20
  window SQL is running in and type "shutdown" and enter
8. SQL =
Server should=20
  shut down. If it doesn't then hit <ctrl-c> to shut it =
down.
9. Now=20
  you should be able to start SQL normally and connect.  
  

  Q. I have filled the model database's log and =
now SQL=20
  won't start with a 1105 error - what can I do?
  A. This is because tempdb gets created with model's =
attributes=20
  at SQL startup. To overcome this :-

1. Start SQL Server with =
the -T3607=20
  trace flag. See the books online for how to do this.

2. Login =
to SQL=20
  Server as sa with ISQL or ISQLW.

3. Do a DUMP TRANSACTION model =
WITH=20
  NO_LOG

4. Stop SQL Server

5. Remove the =
trace-flag

You=20
  should now be able to restart SQL again. 
  

  Q. I'm installing SQL Server and am getting a =
problem=20
  with ODBC
  A. Check to see what application/service has the odbc =
files=20
  open.

1. Any SQL application - SQLMANGR.EXE, SQL EM etc. will =
hold them=20
  open.

2. Other applications/services like IIS, Backup Exec, =
SNMP=20
  service, Systems Management tools, Compaq Insight Manager, Microsoft =
Netshow=20
  Program server, Terminal Server License Server etc. could all have =
them=20
  open.

3. If you can't figure out what has them open then =
download a=20
  free tool called NTHANDLE from www.sysinternals.com - this will show =
you what=20
  has the files open.

4. If nothing has the files open then it =
could be=20
  that the odbc files on your hard-drive have been marked as read-only. =
Check=20
  this with file manager, explorer or the attrib command. Take the =
read-only=20
  flag off and try again. 
  

  Q. Why do I only get 255 characters back in a =
column in=20
  Query Analyzer?
  A. The 255 limitation is a Query Analyzer option - you =
can=20
  change it - or use OSQL.EXE which won't show this =
limitation.

Go to=20
  Query/Current Connection Options/Advanced and change max chars per =
column to=20
  whatever maximum you desire. 
  

  Q. How can I find duplicate rows in SQL=20
  Server?
  A. Issue the following query substituting tablename and =
column=20
  list for those columns that need checking for=20
  duplicates. 

SELECT 
<list of all=20
  columns>
FROM 
tablename
GROUP BY 
<list =
of all=20
  columns>
HAVING 
count(*) > 1 
  

  Q. How can I get a count for all tables in a=20
  database?
  A. sp_Msforeachtable `select =93?=94, count (*) from =
?=92 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error "CANNOT GENERATE SSPI=20
  CONTEXT"?
  A. This is an issue with a SQL 7.x client not being =
able to=20
  check the NT credentials in use. It always calls the SSPI interface to =
check=20
  this. 

Make sure that if you're running a Win9x client =
that=20
  Microsoft Client Network is installed. Without this checking the NT=20
  credentials may not be possible.

If you're running NT =
workstation then=20
  check that the netlogon service is started. 
  

  Q. How can I see what line a stored-procedure =
is=20
  on?
  A. With SQL 6.5 you can use the following =
method

dbcc=20
  traceon(3604)
dbcc pss (suid, spid, 0)

Look in the output =
for a=20
  pline parameter - this shows the current line of the stored-procedure. =

  

  Q. How can I list all available SQL Servers in =
my=20
  application?
  A. Two methods :-

1. The ISQL and OSQL commands =
have a=20
  -L option to list servers. This can then be run from =
xp_cmdshell.

Exec=20
  master..xp_cmdshell 'ISQL -L'
Exec master..xp_cmdshell 'OSQL=20
  -L'


2. Use SQL-DMO. The method/api is =
ListAvailableSQLServers. This=20
  returns a NameList object enumerating network-visible SQL=20
  Servers.

Details on DMO are provided in the Books-Online and/or =
a=20
  separate help file. These are installed as part of any SQL Server=20
  install.

A detailed example is below :-

To enumerate all =

  network-visible SQL servers using SQL-DMO objects, create a new =
standard EXE=20
  project and add a reference to sqldmo.rll. This file can be found in=20
  \Binn\Resources\1033\sqldmo.rll under the=20
  SqlServer70
directory. 

Now add this code and =
declaration in=20
  your form's code:

Private Function=20
  GetAllSqlServerCollection(colSqlServers As =
Collection)
As
Boolean
Dim=20
  intIndex As Integer
Dim oApplication As SQLDMO.Application
Dim =
oNameList=20
  As SQLDMO.NameList

Set oApplication =3D New Application
With =

  oApplication
Set oNameList =3D .ListAvailableSQLServers
With=20
  oNameList
For intIndex =3D 1 To .Count
colSqlServers.Add=20
  (oNameList.Item(intIndex))
Next
End With
End With
Set =
oApplication=20
  =3D Nothing
GetAllSqlServerCollection =3D True
End =
Function

This code=20
  quickly fetches a list of SQL servers and can be put inside a combo =
box's=20
  drop-down event to always get a refreshed list of SQL servers on your =
form.=20
  
  

  Q. How can I access Exchange stores from SQL=20
  Server?
  A. Several methods :-

1. Purchase an ODBC/OLE-DB =
driver=20
  from Intersolv.

2. Set-up a connection to the *.?DB files from =
Access=20
  2000. Then make this Access 2000 database a linked-server from SQL =
Server.=20
  (Access 2000's JET drivers are capable of reading the Exchange=20
  files).

3. Wait for Platinum/Exchange 6/Exchange 2000 (or =
whatever it's=20
  called today) to be released. This will ship with an OLE-DB driver =
that can be=20
  used directly from SQL Server.

4. Use ADSI as a linked server. =
You must=20
  have ADSI 2.5 installed.

sp_addlinkedserver 'ADSI', 'Active =
Directory=20
  Service Interfaces', 'ADSDSOObject', 'adsdatasource'
go
select * =
from=20
  openquery(adsi, 'select * from=20
  ''LDAP://<<ExchangeServerName>>"')
go 
  

  Q. Why does ISQL/W gpf when I move the mouse =
pointer with=20
  an Intellimouse.
  A. A bug in the Intellimouse drivers. Try applying the =
latest=20
  version of the drivers - if that still fails then you'll need to use =
ordinary=20
  mouse drivers. 
  

  Q. How can I tell if a service is running from=20
  SQL?
  A. A couple of methods :-

1. Write your own XP =
to call=20
  the NT service API's.

2. Capture and test the NET START output =
via=20
  xp_cmdshell. Example below tests for SQL Agent -

CREATE TABLE=20
  #List(Description Char(255))

INSERT INTO #List
EXEC =
XP_CMDSHELL 'NET=20
  START'

IF EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM #List WHERE Description LIKE =

  '%SQLServerAgent%') 
  

  Q. What's happened to SQL_PRESERVE_CURSORS in =
SQL=20
  7.0?
  A. It was broken/changed from 6.5 in 7.0.

SQL =
6.5 -=20
  SQL_PRESERVE_CURSORS apply to both COMMIT_BEHAVIOR and=20
  ROLLBACK_BEHAVIOR 

SQL 7.0 - SQL_PRESERVE_CURSORS only =
apply to=20
  COMMIT_BEHAVIOR

SQL 7.0 SP1 - As 6.5

SQL 7.0 SP1 with =
-T7525=20
  traceflag - As per 7.0

Look up:

See=20
  http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q199/2/94.ASP for =
more info=20
  
  

  Why does only one cpu get used with my SQL 6.5 =
system for=20
  an extremely complex/long running query?
  A. This is because under SQL 6.5 only a single cpu can =
be used=20
  for a query. The only time another cpu is used is if read-ahead is =
being done=20
  and this can then use another cpu.

Under 7.0 all cpu's can =
potentially=20
  be used for a single query if that query can be parallelised. 
  

  Q. How can I get on a beta program for new =
versions of=20
  SQL/OLAP/MSEQ etc?
  A. For any beta of Microsoft software you can e-mail=20
  betareq@microsoft.com telling them why you want to be on the=20
  program.

If you have Microsoft sales or support contacts (e.g. =
a TAM=20
  for Premier Support, then approach them).

You can subscribe to =
Technet=20
  Plus which includes many of the beta's - these CD's are =
shipped/refreshed=20
  monthly.

If you subscribe to MSDN Universal then some beta's =
are=20
  shipped as part of this subscription. 
  

  Q. How can I do a case-sensitive comparison on =
a SQL=20
  Server installed with a case-insensitive sort-order?
  A. You can do this by converting the values to=20
  binary.

Assuming that you want to check a 4 character field to =
see if=20
  it has 'teST' in it (and you don't want to return values of 'test', =
'TEST'=20
  etc.)

select * from <tbl>
where convert(varbinary(4),=20
  <col>) =3D convert (varbinary(4), 'teST')

To compare =
between=20
  tables

select * from <tbl1>, <tbl2>
where=20
  <tbl1.col> =3D <tbl2.col>
and convert(varbinary(4),=20
  <tbl1.col>) =3D convert (varbinary(4), =
<tbl2.col>)

The reason=20
  for having the two comparisons here is so that any indices will still =
be used.=20
  They won't be used just with a comparison that uses convert. 
  

  Q. How can I configure SQL Server to listen on =
another=20
  net-lib? How can I tell what net-libs are being used?
  A. For SQL 6.5 and earlier run SQL setup and choose =
'Configure=20
  Server' and then 'Network Support'. This will tell you what net-libs =
are=20
  installed and allows you to configure new ones.

For SQL 7.0 and =
above=20
  there is a "Server Network Utility" installed in the SQL Server =
program group=20
  that performs the same function.

For all versions of SQL Server =
you can=20
  check the SQL errorlog for "listening on" lines which tell you what =
net-libs=20
  are being used. 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error message "Not enough =
server=20
  storage is available to process this request"?
  A. This is caused by a mis-matched set of NT networking =
layer=20
  files. It is usually caused by installing new network protocols from =
the=20
  original NT media to a machine with NT service packs already =
installed.=20
  Re-installing the latest/installed NT service pack will fix the =
problem. 
  

  Q. Why won't my log shrink in SQL =
7?
  A. This is because the log file is internally divided =
into=20
  smaller virtual logs and shrinking will only happen when the active =
part of=20
  the log is at the beginning of your log file. You can use the dbcc=20
  loginfo(dbname) command to see where the active part of the =
transaction log is=20
  - any logs marked with a Status of 2 are active. 

The =
output below=20
  shows that the active virtual logfile is the last in the physical =
file,=20
  therefore no real shrinkage is possible.

FileId FileSize =
StartOffset=20
  FSeqNo Status Parity CreateTime
------ -------- ----------- ------ =
------=20
  ------ -----------------------
2 13041664 8192 0 0 0 1999-03-16=20
  10:27:24.917
2 13041664 13049856 0 0 0 1999-03-16 10:25:56.730
2 =

  13041664 26091520 0 0 0 1999-03-16 10:25:56.730
2 13041664 39133184 =
0 0 0=20
  1999-03-16 10:25:56.730
2 13041664 52174848 0 0 0 1999-03-16=20
  10:25:56.730
2 13041664 65216512 0 0 0 1999-03-16 10:25:56.730
2 =

  13041664 78258176 0 0 0 1999-03-16 10:25:56.730
2 13557760 91299840 =
5 2 64=20
  1999-04-06 12:32:27.833

In order to be able to shrink the log=20
  :-

1. Backup or truncate the log to make sure earlier Virtual =
Log Files=20
  are reusable (check their status)
2. Execute dummy transactions (in =
a loop)=20
  against a test table until the active virtual log moves back to the =
start of=20
  the list.
3. Execute DBCC SHRINKDATABASE or DBCC SHRINKFILE to mark =
a=20
  shrinkpoint. (The actual shrink is performed asynchronously =
normally)
4.=20
  Issue a backup or truncate log command to force the shrinkage to =
happen=20
  immediately.

If it is at the end of the logfile you could write =
a small=20
  while loop that does some inserts in a test table to move the active =
part to=20
  the beginning of the real file. Then the shrinkfile command should =
work ok -=20
  note that shrinkfile works asynchronously. 

As a last =
resort you=20
  can always checkpoint the database, shutdown SQL Server and delete the =

  physical logfile. When SQL restarts it will create a new 2Mb log =
device. Note=20
  that this is unsupported by Microsoft and whilst it has always worked =
for the=20
  author, others have reported problems doing this. 
  

  Q. How can I use Lotus Notes for SQL =
Mail?
  A. Full credit for this entry goes to Ted =
Malone.

You=20
  have 2 options for Notes and SQLmail interoperability - without using =
SMTP,=20
  but we'll assume you want to go to Notes directly.

1) Use the =
standard=20
  NOTES client on the server
2) Use Microsoft Outlook and install the =
Notes=20
  Service

For option 1 :-

1) Create a mapping between the=20
  MSSQLSERVER and SQLSERVERAGENT NT account(s) and a Notes mailbox
2) =
Log on=20
  to the SQL Server as the MSSQLSERVER account (Note you cannot use=20
  LocalSystem)
3) Install the Notes MAPI Service
4) Install the =
Notes=20
  Client (Make sure you install Notes MAPI first, or it WILL NOT =
WORK!)
5)=20
  Install the latest MAPI dlls (MAPI32.DLL and MAPI.DLL in=20
  <NT>\SYSTEM32)
6) Launch Notes Client and Configure your=20
  Mailbox
7) Take note of the Notes MAPI profile name (Should be the =
same as=20
  your user, but you never know)
8) REBOOT the server (Weird, but you =
have to=20
  do it)
9) Log in as same account from above step 2
10) Launch =
SQL=20
  EM\
11) Configure SQLMail or SQLagentmail as appropriate
12) Log =

  Off

For option 2 the steps are the same except step 3 is not =
needed and=20
  the mapi dll's (step 5) will already be there. 
  

  Q. Why do I get invalid rows returned =
containing hyphens=20
  when my where clause doesn't specify them?
  A. This only happens with Unicode columns because =
Unicode=20
  sorts/compares are based on the Windows standard which effectively =
ignores the=20
  hyphen character.

as an example

create table t (cocode=20
  nvarchar(6))
go

insert into t values ('AXB')
insert into =
t values=20
  ('AXC')
insert into t values ('A-Y')
go

select * from t=20
  where
(cocode > 'A-X') AND (cocode <=20
  =
'A-Z')

produces:

cocode
------
AXB
AXC
A-Y
<=
BR>(3=20
  row(s) affected)

If the nvarchar(6) is changed to varchar(6) =
then the=20
  expected result set is produced (only row A-Y appears). 
  

  Q. Why is the week number returned by SQL =
Server=20
  wrong?
  A. e.g. select datepart(wk,'19990323') returns 13 when =
it=20
  should be 12.

This is because SQL Server starts counting weeks =
from Jan=20
  1. Week 1 =3D Jan 1.

The ISO standard is that week 1 is the =
first week=20
  with 4 days in it.

The following code can be used (@date is the =

  datetime) to return the ISO week

declare @ISOweek =
integer
select=20
  @ISOweek=3D datepart(wk,@date)+1-datepart(wk,'Jan =
4,'+CAST(datepart(yy,@date) as=20
  CHAR(4)))
if (@ISOweek=3D0)
select @ISOweek=3Ddatepart(wk, 'Dec =
'+=20
  CAST(24+datepart(day,@date) =
as
CHAR(2))+','+CAST(datepart(yy,@date)-1 as=20
  CHAR(4)))+1 
  

  Q. How can I get something added to the SQL =
Server=20
  wishlist?
  A. E-mail sqlwish@microsoft.com. 
  

  Q. In SQL 6.5 why does passing a 256 byte =
character=20
  string to an SP expecting a TEXT field produce a NULL when=20
checked?
  A. See below for sample query.

The answer is =
that even=20
  though your SP takes a TEXT param, SQL has no concept of a TEXT =
variable or=20
  constant. It treats your constant as a char and because chars can only =
be 255=20
  characters, the 256 becomes 0. You should have the same problem with =
512=20
  chars, 768 chars etc. The same problem would probably occur with SQL =
7.0 and=20
  an 8001 length char.

--------

if ('914468 919215 1013036 =
1067140=20
  1106909 1119345 591395
591426 591477 591491 591501 591528 591534 =
594829=20
  594958
595032 595052 595065 595107 595191 595248 595343 =
609320
609482=20
  611572 635771 639586 649072 653820 678868 702034
716129 797340 =
810128=20
  859268 1013036' is null) print 'data
is null!'

create proc=20
  myproc
@stream text
as

if (@stream is null) print 'data =
is=20
  null'

go

exec myproc <place a 256 character string =
here 
  

  Q. How can I clear SQL Server's procedure=20
  cache?
  A. With SQL 6.5 and below the only way is to re-start =
SQL=20
  Server.

With SQL 7.0 there is an undocumented and unsupported =
command -=20
  DBCC FREEPROCCACHE. 
  

  Q. How can I turn an IP address held as a =
string to the=20
  four separate integers?
  A. Assuming that it is held as a char/varchar column =
called ip=20
  in a table called IpAddress, then the following code fragment will=20
  work.

select 

cast(substring(ip, 1, charindex('.', =
ip) - 1)=20
  as int) AS Octet1,

cast(substring(ip, charindex('.', ip) +=20
  1,charindex('.', ip, charindex('.', ip) + 1) - charindex('.', ip) - 1) =
as int)=20
  as Octet2,

cast(reverse(substring(reverse(ip), charindex('.',=20
  reverse(ip)) + 1, charindex('.', reverse(ip), charindex('.', =
reverse(ip)) + 1)=20
  - charindex('.', reverse(ip)) - 1)) as int) AS=20
  Octet3,

cast(reverse(substring(reverse(ip), 1, charindex('.',=20
  reverse(ip)) - 1)) as int) as Octet4

from =
IpAddress

(Code=20
  fragment courtesy of Umachandar Jayachandran) 
  

  Q. How can I re-install just the MMC for SQL=20
  Server?
  A. On the SQL 7 CD run x86\others\instmmc.exe 
  

  Q. I need to move SQL Server to a new NT server =
- what=20
  are my options?
  A. There are several options :-

Option 1 : NT=20
  Copy
-------------------------

1. Install SQL Server on the =
New=20
  Server in the same install path and make sure the data location is =
also in the=20
  same directory as the Old Server. (If you can't make the path the same =
then=20
  you'll have to manually change device names - see movedevice.txt faq=20
  entry)
2. Stop the New and the Old SQL Servers
3. Copy all the =
.dat=20
  files from Old Server to the New Server into the same Data folder. =
This=20
  includes all the dat files - master.dat, msdb_data.dat, msdb_log.dat, =
and all=20
  your user databases dat files. The system databases will all be=20
  overwritten.
4. Start the New SQL Server
5. Connect using isql_w =
and=20
  login to the SQL Server as "sa"
6. Run the below:
sp_dropserver=20
  old_server_name
sp_addserver new_server_name, local
(see=20
  changeservername.txt for more details and what to do with SQL 7)
7. =
This=20
  will move the databases fine, but you might have problems with your =
SQL Server=20
  logins. Standard logins will work ok, but NT integrated logins will =
need to be=20
  reconfigured.
- Start SQL Security Manager and do the =
following:
-=20
  Revoke the local/domain groups and local/domain users from the=20
  New 
SQL Server.
- Then add all the local groups and local =
users=20
  using NT User manager 
on the New SQL Server machine.
- =
Then Grant=20
  the local groups and local users you just created above 
on =
the New=20
  Server using SQL Server Security Manager.
- Then Grant the domain=20
  users/groups access to SQL Server

Option 2. Transfer=20
  Manager
-----------
1. Install SQL Server on the new server. =
Create all=20
  databases as needed.
2. Transfer from source to target server using =

  transfer manager.

Option 3. Dump/Load
------------
1. =
Install SQL=20
  Server on the new server. Create all databases as needed. They must =
have=20
  segments in the same order for SQL 6.5 and below, so use =
sp_help_revdatabase=20
  on the source server to create a script to be run on the target.
2. =
Dump=20
  and restore the databases across. Could either be via the network or =
using a=20
  tape.

Option 4. Detach/Attach (SQL 7.0 =
only)
------------
As per=20
  option 3, but this time use sp_detach_db and sp_attach_db stored =
procedures.=20
  See books-online for details. 
  

  Q. I'm getting an error message - "Cannot Load =
DLL 'SDI'=20
  Reason 126 ( The specified Module Cannot be found)" when doing a=20
  stored-procedure debug on SQL Server. Or breakpoints just don't=20
  fire.
  A. With SQL 6.5/VC5/VB5 copy the sdi.dll file from your =

  VB/VC/VS enterprise CD into the <sql>\binn directory.

For =
SQL 7.0=20
  get the files from the SQL Server 7.0 CD \x86\other\sdi.

VB 6.0 =
copy=20
  SDI60.DLL into the <sql>\BINN directory
VC 6.0 copy SDI.DLL =
into the=20
  <sql>\BINN directory
VI 6.0 copy MSSDI98.DLL into the=20
  <sql>\BINN directory

(You can't debug SQL 7 with VB5/VC5) =

  

  Q. Where can I get more info on the spt_values=20
  table?
  A. This is an internal look-up table used by lots of =
different=20
  bits of SQL Server. It is undocumented as it is for Microsoft internal =
use,=20
  but there were some good articles on it for SQL 6.5 and below in SQL=20
  Professional - www.pinpub.com. If you subscribe you can get =
back-issues,=20
  download articles etc.

It is used to look up the 'names' for =
status bit=20
  info, like when you say sp_dboption.. each bit in sysdatabases.status =
means=20
  something, but to translate the bit into English, the spt_values is=20
  used.

If you do sp_helptext on a few system stored-procedures =
you will=20
  see how it is used. e.g. sp_helpdb, sp_lock and sp_helprotect. 
  

  Q. Where can I get a diagram of the SQL 7 =
system=20
  tables?
  A. It was shipped with September 1999 MSDN=20
  pack. 

There is also an image of it you can print =
at 
http=
://www.swynk.com/friends/hotek/articles/ss70_schema.asp

You=20
  can also get it from www.bmc.com/products/sqlse=
rver=20
  
  

  Q. SQL Server hangs and becomes unresponsive - =
what can I=20
  do?
  A. Not an easy question, but here's a checklist that =
you can=20
  run through. It assumes that NT itself responds - if it doesn't then =
SQL=20
  Server isn't the problem, and you should see bluescreen.txt in the faq =
for=20
  more information on this condition.

When it "locks up" can you =
connect=20
  at all to SQL Server? Try connecting locally on the server using =
ISQL.EXE -=20
  ISQL -Usa -P<pwd> and see if it connects. This doesn't run any=20
  stored-procedures when it connects so any blocking going on (say in =
tempdb)=20
  won't affect it.

If you can connect what does a select * from=20
  sysprocesses and sp_lock show? Look for blocked spids or unusual=20
  wait-types.

If you can't connect to SQL Server are you able to =
make a=20
  network drive connection to the NT server itself? Are you able to ping =
it's IP=20
  address?

Are there any errors in the SQL errorlog?

Are =
there any=20
  errors in the NT system/application event logs?

Do you have =
SMP=3D-1=20
  and/or priority boost=3D1 set in sp_configure? If you do then SQL =
queries can=20
  monopolize your system at the expense of NT/network drivers. This can =
cause=20
  spasmodic lock-ups. Set SMP and Priority Boost to 0 (the =
default).

What=20
  does task manager/performance monitor show SQL Server doing? Is it =
using 100%=20
  cpu?

If you can't get to the bottom of the problem then you =
need to=20
  call Microsoft PSS (see MSPSS.TXT in the FAQ for more info) and give =
them=20
  details of the problem and the results of the above tests.

In =
the=20
  mean-time if you need to stop/start SQL Server quickly then use the =
following=20
  (as normal service shutdown commands probably won't work - try them =
first=20
  anyway). 

You can kill SQL Server with "KILL =
sqlservr.exe". The=20
  KILL command is in the NT resource kit. It can then be started with =
NET START=20
  MSSQLSERVER. ONLY do this if SQL Server does not respond to a normal =
shutdown=20
  or NET STOP MSSQLSERVER command. This will at least stop you from =
having to=20
  reboot NT.


=3D=3D=3D

v1.02 2000.02.01
Applies to =
SQL Server=20
  versions : All
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb =
articles=20
  : n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. I'm having trouble with SQL Server =
unattended install,=20
  what could be wrong?
  A. Check install.txt for generic install problems. Then =
check=20
  here for unattended specific stuff.

1. Check MS's article on =
how to=20
  amend the unattended install files at=20
  =
:-
http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q233/3/12.ASP
<=
BR>2.=20
  If you get an error "Configure SQLServer Agent / The server service is =
not=20
  started" installing MSDE on NT with the standard unattend.iss response =
file.=20
  Change AutoStart from 61455 to 255 in the unattend.iss file. 
  

  Q. How can I change the default location for =
database=20
  files that SQL creates?
  A. Change/add the following registry keys =
:-

KEY:=20
  HKLM\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\MSSQLServer
VALUE:=20
  DefaultData
VALUE: DefaultLog

Just put in a directory name =
(no=20
  trailing backslash) for these.

This works only for databases =
that you=20
  create with the CREATE DATABASE statement, not for databases created =
from=20
  Enterprise Manager.

(Answer courtesy of Kalen Delaney) 
  

  Q. How can I tell if a column for a table =
already=20
  exists?
  A. There are two ways (with SQL 7) :-

IF =
EXISTS(SELECT *=20
  FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.COLUMNS WHERE TABLE_NAME =3D '<tbl>' AND =

  COLUMN_NAME =3D '<col>')

or

if columnproperty=20
  (object_id('<tbl>'), '<col>', 'AllowsNull') IS NOT NULL =

  

  Q. How can I programmatically create a =
DSN?
  A. Use the SQLConfigDataSource command. This is =
documented in=20
  the ODBC docs. (For SQL 7.0 this is in the BOL) 
  

  Q. What is the dllhost.exe process on my =
machine that=20
  seems to use a lot of CPU?
  A. DLLHOST.EXE acts as a host to execute any COM DLL =
outside a=20
  process address space. Microsoft KB article Q198891 has more=20
  details. 

With SQL Server this may be used for a=20
  linked-server/OLE-DB type connection to another machine or if you=20
  are 
invoking a COM object out-of-process using the =
sp_OAcreate=20
  stored-procedures. 
  

  Q. What is the maximum number of rows in a SQL =
table?=20
  What other size limitations are there?
  A. There is no maximum number. You can keep adding rows =
until=20
  the database runs out of space. As far as other maximums go =
:-

SQL 6.5=20
  SQL 7.0 
Database size 1 TB 1,048,516 TB
File size 32 GB 32 =

  TB
Files per database 32 32768 
  

  Q. Are SQL Server userid's and passwords passed =
in clear=20
  on the network?
  A. If you use multi-protocol net-lib with encryption =
then SQL=20
  standard security userids/passwords are encrypted along with the=20
  data.

When using an NT userid/trusted connection then passwords =
are not=20
  passed at all - the sids are used as in all NT credential =
checks.

If=20
  you are using SQL 7.0 client drivers talking to a 7.0 server then the =
SQL=20
  standard security userid/password is encrypted regardless of=20
  net-lib.

In any other case then the SQL standard security=20
  userid/password is sent in clear. 
  

  Q. When I change a table definition it often =
invalidates=20
  any views on that table. How can I fix this without re-creating the=20
  view?
  A. Just like sp_recompile works for stored-procedures =
there is=20
  a way (with 7.0 and above anyway) to do this for views=20
  :-

sp_refreshview <viewname>

It is trivial to =
write a=20
  cursor round sysobjects and then run this automatically via EXEC (..) =
to=20
  refresh all views in a database. 
  

  Q. How can I script my database =
schema?
  A. Fire up SQL Enterprise Manager. Right-click on the =
database=20
  you want to script. Choose All Tasks. Choose Generate SQL Scripts. You =
will=20
  then choose which objects (or all of them) you want to script from =
there. 
  

  Q. How does a client talk to SQL Server? What =
is a=20
  net-lib? What network protocols are used? What net-libs support NT=20
  authentication/encryption?
  A. There are good descriptions in the SQL Server =
portion of the=20
  Back-Office resource kits about how this all hangs together. This FAQ =
article=20
  will attempt to bring all the salient points together. It covers SQL =
7.0 and=20
  earlier.

Client to Server communication works in a layered =
fashion.=20
  Each layer 'talks' to it's neighboring layers in a standard fashion. I =
have=20
  given these layers arbitrary numbers - these numbers in no way =
correspond to=20
  the layer numbers in the OSI model. The only time that layers can be =
bypassed=20
  are :-

(a) If a client application directly accesses the layer =
3=20
  low-level api interface it can bypass layer 2.

(b) If =
shared-memory or=20
  a local named-pipe (".\pipe\sql\query") is used then layers 5 and 6 =
are=20
  bypassed.

(c) BCP and DTC do their own TDS formatting so bypass =
layer=20
  3.

At the transport protocol layer this conversation goes =
between the=20
  client machine and the server machine (and back again). For all other =
layers=20
  the conversation is done locally, "in-memory" between the various =
dll's=20
  involved. 

The layers are listed below :-

1. Client =
App -=20
  written in VB, C, Delphi etc.

2. Client "High-Level" Data =
Access API.=20
  This level is optional - it is possible for the application to =
directly call=20
  the layer 3 interfaces. However these interfaces generally need a lot =
of lines=20
  of client code/API calls to achieve the business requirement. Hence =
there are=20
  higher-level api's that call these lower level ones - higher-level =
api's need=20
  less client code/API calls to achieve the same result. Examples of =
these API's=20
  are ADO, RDO, DAO, Embedded SQL and VBSQL.

3. Client DB =
Interface=20
  (OLE-DB, ODBC, DB-Library). Note that not all client languages can =
call this=20
  layer directly - e.g. VB cannot call OLE-DB directly as VB lacks the =
necessary=20
  memory address pointer support.

3. Client TDS formatter. All=20
  communication to SQL Server has to be in TDS (Tabular Data Stream) =
format. See=20
  tds.txt in the faq for more information.

4. Client Net-Lib. =
Shared=20
  Memory(local 95/98 only), Multi Protocol, Named Pipes, TCP/IP Sockets, =
Novell=20
  IPX/SPX, AppleTalk(NT only), Banyan VINES

5. Client Transport =
Protocol.=20
  NW Link IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, TCP/IP, AppleTalk, Banyan VINES

6. =
Server=20
  Transport Protocol. NW Link IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, TCP/IP, AppleTalk, =
Banyan=20
  VINES

7. Server Net-Lib. Shared Memory(local 95/98 only), Multi =

  Protocol, Named Pipes(NT only), TCP/IP Sockets, Novell IPX/SPX, =
AppleTalk(NT=20
  only), Banyan VINES(NT only)

8. Server DB Interface (Open Data =
Services=20
  - ODS).

9. SQL Server

Other points, issues and =
clarifications=20
  :-

If you want to see some of the details described after this =
actually=20
  happening then you can do a network trace with Microsoft Network =
Monitor (or=20
  another network data-capture tool) and see the packets SQL =
sends/receives for=20
  yourself. If you use the version of NM that comes with SMicrosoft 2.0 =
this=20
  contains a built-in TDS parser that will show detailed =
information.

If=20
  you want to see what net-lib a client has connected with, do a select =
from=20
  master..sysprocesses which shows the net-lib used.

The client =
and=20
  server MUST have at least one matching Transport Protocol. So if a =
client only=20
  runs tcp-ip then the server must have tcp-ip as one of it's network =
protocols.=20
  To check what protocols are configured look at control=20
  panel/networks/protocols or run the command "NET CONFIG WORKSTATION" =
at a=20
  command prompt. The order in which these protocols are tried is =
determined by=20
  their binding order which you can see in the network applet in control =
panel=20
  under the bindings tab. The way NT works is that it will try all the =
protocols=20
  relevant to a net-lib "simultaneously" - it doesn't wait for one to =
fail to=20
  connect before trying the others. However, as only one network packet =
can be=20
  sent at a time, the various connection attempt packets must be sent in =
an=20
  order - which the bindings dictate. The first protocol used is usually =
the one=20
  to succeed (assuming the server is listening on that =
protocol).

The=20
  client and server MUST have at least one matching network library. =
i.e. If the=20
  client connection is configured to use the Multi-Protocol net-lib then =
the=20
  server must be listening on that net-lib. A client is configured to =
have a=20
  default network library. If a connection needs to be set-up to a =
server with a=20
  different net-lib then this can be configured with the advanced option =
of the=20
  SQL Client config utility. If you need to connect to the same server =
with=20
  different net-libs then this can be achieved by setting up multiple =
aliases=20
  via the advanced option.

To see what client net-libs are =
configured run=20
  SQL Client configuration utility, which is in the SQL program=20
  group. 

To see what server net-libs are configured for SQL =
6.5 and=20
  below run SQL Setup and choose configure server and then the network =
option.=20
  For SQL 7.0 you can run SQL Server Network Utility in the SQL progam=20
  group.

Which net-libs support which network transport =
protocols?=20
  :-

Multi Protocol NW Link IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, and =
TCP/IP
Named-Pipes=20
  NW Link IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, and TCP/IP
TCP/IP Sockets =
TCP/IP
IPX/SPX NW=20
  Link IPX/SPX
AppleTalk Appletalk
Banyan Vines Vines =
IP
Shared-memory=20
  n/a (it uses internal rpc calls)
DECNet DECNet (This net-lib only =
existed=20
  in 6.5 and earlier)

Which net-libs use which DLL's? =
:-

Net-lib=20
  32-bit DLL 16-bit DLL
Multi Protocol dbmsrpcn.dll=20
  dbmsrpc3.dll
Named-Pipes dbnmpntw.dll dbnmp3.dll
TCP/IP Sockets=20
  dbmssocn.dll dbmssoc3.dll
IPX/SPX dbmsspxn.dll =
dbmsspx3.dll
AppleTalk=20
  dbmsadsn.dll n/a
Banyan Vines dbmsvinn.dll =
dbmsvin3.dll
Shared-memory=20
  dbmsshrn.dll n/a
DECNet dbmsdecn.dll n/a

NT Authentication =
(SQL 6.5=20
  and below). Multi-Protocol and Named-Pipes both support and enforce NT =

  authentication. i.e. your client must be connected with a set of NT=20
  credentials that the server can validate. The easiest way to check =
this is to=20
  do a "NET USE \\<servername>\IPC$" command from the client. If =
this=20
  works then you can NT authenticate with the server.

NT =
Authentication=20
  (SQL 7.0). All net-libs support NT authentication as SQL Server calls =
the NT=20
  SSPI interface to check credentials rather than the old NTLANMAN =
interface.=20
  However only named-pipes and multiprotocol "enforce" this =
authentication -=20
  this is because the way these net-libs connect to the server they go =
through=20
  NT networking layers that demand authentication implicitly. If you use =
one of=20
  the other net-libs and do not make a trusted connection - i.e. you =
pass in SQL=20
  Server standard userid/password - then you don't have to be NT =
authenticated.=20
  If you want to use these other net-libs with integrated security/NT=20
  authentication then you need to put "Trusted_Connection=3Dyes" in your =
connect=20
  string.

Multi-Protocol is the only net-lib that supports =
encryption.=20
  All packets sent using multi-protocol are encrypted - that includes =
all data,=20
  userids/passwordd etc. Encryption (on/off) can be configured at the =
client and=20
  server end. At the server end you can enforce encryption - if you do =
this then=20
  any clients not configured for encryption won't be able to connect =
with the=20
  multi-protocol net-lib. The encryption used is the built-in NT =
encryption=20
  libraries - therefore the strength of encryption depends on NT. By =
default=20
  this is 40-bit - if you are able to apply the NT "high-encryption =
option"=20
  version then you will get 128-bit strength encryption.

Netware =
- if the=20
  clients are true NetWare clients, they probably run IPX/SPX as their =
Transport=20
  Protocol (In Microsoft systems NWLink which is Microsoft's compatible =
protocol=20
  for IPX/SPX). In newer systems, you will find TCP/IP as the transport =
protocol=20
  because Netware is in a transition to TCP/IP as well. Keep in mind =
that even=20
  if we are talking about 'TRUE' Netware clients, they are still running =
a=20
  Microsoft operating system; there are no Netware clients that run a NW =

  operating system.

The Client DB Interface api's (OLE-DB, ODBC,=20
  DB-Library, Embedded SQL) do not call each other. ODBC does not run =
"over"=20
  db-lib or call it in any way. This is true for all current versions of =
these=20
  api's - in the past there was an early version of OLE-DB that used to =
work=20
  with an interface called "Kagera" that used to call ODBC, but this is =
an=20
  obsolete driver/version now.

Named-pipes requires "netbios" to =
be there=20
  to work. Therefore the relevant NT service has to be installed and =
working -=20
  e.g. netbios over ip (NBT), netbios over IPX.

It is possible to =
trace=20
  net-lib packets - at least with 6.5 and earlier anyway - without a =
network=20
  trace. This uses a tracing dll/utility called NLSPY. This can be found =
with=20
  the BackOffice Resource Kit Part II.

SQL Server uses standard =
NT=20
  name-resolution methods to turn a server name into a network level =
address.=20
  The methods and order this is done in are described in the =
nameresolution.txt=20
  faq entry. 
  

  Q. I am getting a "cfgchar" problem installing =
SQL Server=20
  6.5 SP5?
  A. Check the following :-

1. Make sure that =
there are no=20
  quotes in the path on the machine you are setting up. 

2. =
Check=20
  that the full directory path you are installing from does not include =
any=20
  spaces.

3. Check the registry entry=20
  [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSSQLServer\Setup] ends in a =
"\" and=20
  add one if it doesn't.

4. Make sure that named-pipes is enabled =
and is=20
  the default net-lib on the server.

5. Check that SQL Server =
isn't=20
  starting in single-user mode

6. Make sure that the "sa" =
password does=20
  not contain blanks or any other special characters.

7. Make =
sure that=20
  the master database has at least 3MB free space.

Also make sure =
you are=20
  installing SP5a (SP5 was pulled for other reasons). SP5a is build 416. =
The=20
  "bad" SP5 was 415. 
  

  Q. How can I tell if a stored procedure was =
created with=20
  the ANSI NULLS setting on?
  A. You can use the OBJECTPROPERTY function =
:

select=20
  objectproperty(object_id('<spname>'), =
'ExecIsAnsiNullsOn')

This=20
  returns 1 for yes, 0 for no 
  

  Q. Does SQL Server have an 'ON ERROR RESUME' =
type=20
  function in TSQL to match the VB facility?
  A. No. All you can do is check @@ERROR after a =
statement has=20
  been run and do something based on that - you could do a GOTO to an =
error=20
  routine if it is in the same batch of TSQL. 
  

  Q. Why do I get the error "Cannot use file=20
  <logfile> because it was originally formatted with sector size=20
  <xxx> and is now on a device with sector size <yyy> " when =
I move=20
  SQL Server's log file?
  A. This only occurs with SQL 7.x, not 6.x. For=20
  performance/consistency reasons the log writes are aligned on physical =
sector=20
  boundaries. 95%+ of disks will have the same physical sector size, but =
if you=20
  try and move between different vendor raid systems, or utilise some =
form of=20
  NAS device then you may see this problem.

The only work-around =
is to=20
  re-create the log file on the new device and backup/restore the =
database. 
  

  Q. What is the maximum number of rows in a SQL =
table?=20
  What other size limitations are there?
  A. There is no maximum number. You can keep adding rows =
until=20
  the database runs out of space. As far as other maximums go =
:-

SQL 6.5=20
  SQL 7.0 
Database size 1 TB 1,048,516 TB
File size 32 GB 32 =

  TB
Files per database 32 32768 
  

  Q. What does the red lightning bolt next to a =
server in=20
  SQL EM mean?
  A. It just means that you have a connection to that SQL =
Server.=20
  Nothing to worry about. 
  

  Q. Why can't I backup/restore my SQL Server =
database to=20
  JAZ/ZIP drive from SQL EM?
  A. The reason is that the SQL Enterprise Manager only =
lists=20
  drives that NT tells it are permanently attached. JAZ drives, ZIP =
drives,=20
  writeable CD-Roms etc. are all removeable media and so they aren't=20
  listed.

However, as long as there is formatted media in the =
drive, then=20
  all the MSSQLSERVER service does is issue standard NT i/o calls so is =
happy to=20
  write to it. You just need to use the underlying TSQL commands - =
issued from=20
  ISQLW etc. - to do the job. i.e. BACKUP DATABASE <xyz> TO DISK =
=3D=20
  'J:\.....'

Alternatively for Jaz/Zip drives you can use the =
IoMega=20
  tools to mark the drive as non-removeable. After a restart of NT it =
should=20
  then see the drives. 
  

  Q. How can I compare that the contents of two =
tables are=20
  identical?
  A. A couple of methods :-

1. BCP them both out =
and use=20
  the NT COMP.EXE command to compare them.

2. (Courtesy of Roy=20
  Harvey)

If tableA and tableB have unique indexes on =
them:
select=20
  count(*) from tableA
select count(*) from tableB

If they =
don't have=20
  unique indexes on them, then do
select count(*) from (select =
distinct *=20
  from tableA) as a
select count(*) from (select distinct * from =
tableB) as=20
  b

Check that the counts are the same. If they are not then =
obviously=20
  the tables don't match. If the counts do match then do:

select=20
  count(*)
from (select * from tableA
UNION
select * from =
tableB) as=20
  t

If the count from this query is the same as the previous =
counts, then=20
  the two tables are identical. This is because a UNION does a DISTINCT =
merge of=20
  the two resultsets. Therefore the two tables will "collapse" back into =
one if=20
  and only if they are identical. 
  

  Q. How can I decrypt a SQL Server=20
  stored-procedure?
  A. Here is the code for SQL=20
  6.5

/************************************************/
/* =
REVISED=20
  REC'D 5/21/98 */
/* sp_decrypt_object Tom Sager 01/26/98 */
/* =
*/
/*=20
  Decrypts objects (views, procedures & trigs) */
/* created with =
the=20
  WITH ENCRYPTION option. */
/* */
/* Uses the encrypt() built-in =
function=20
  to find */
/* a plaintext string that encrypts to the same */
/* =
value=20
  as stored in the text column of the */
/* syscomments table. =
*/
/*=20
  */
/************************************************/
create =
proc=20
  sp_decrypt_object
(@objname varchar(30))
WITH=20
  ENCRYPTION
as

SET NOCOUNT ON

declare @errmsg=20
  varchar(80)
declare @encrtext varchar(255)
declare @decrtext=20
  varchar(255)
declare @testtext varchar(255)
declare @printline=20
  varchar(255)
declare @textlen int
declare @lup int
declare =
@match=20
  char(1)
declare @testchar smallint
declare @begblk =
smallint
declare=20
  @endblk smallint

if (select count(*)
from =
sysobjects
where name =3D=20
  @objname) =3D 0
begin
select @errmsg =3D 'Object =
'
+@objname
+' not=20
  found in database '
+DB_NAME()
print @errmsg
return=20
  1
end

if (select count(*) from sysobjects t1,
syscomments =

  t2
where t1.name =3D @objname
and t1.id =3D t2.id
and =
t2.texttype & 4=20
  !=3D 0) =3D 0
begin
select @errmsg =3D 'Object =
'
+@objname
+' is not=20
  encrypted in database '
+DB_NAME()
print @errmsg
return=20
  1
end

DECLARE comments_cursor CURSOR for
select =
t1.text
from=20
  syscomments t1,
sysobjects t2
where t1.id =3D t2.id
and =
t2.name =3D=20
  @objname
order by t1.colid

OPEN comments_cursor

FETCH =
NEXT=20
  FROM comments_cursor
INTO @encrtext

WHILE (@@fetch_status =
<>=20
  -1)
BEGIN
IF (@@fetch_status <> -2)
BEGIN
select =
@decrtext =3D=20
  REPLICATE(' ', 255)
select @textlen =3D =
DATALENGTH(@encrtext)
select @lup=20
  =3D 1
select @match =3D 'n'
while (@lup <=3D =
@textlen)
begin
select=20
  @testchar =3D 0
select @match =3D 'n'
while (@match =3D=20
  'n')
begin
select @decrtext=20
  =3D
STUFF(@decrtext,@lup,1,CHAR(@testchar))
select @testtext =3D =

  encrypt(@decrtext)
if ASCII(SUBSTRING(@testtext,@lup,1))=20
  =3D
ASCII(SUBSTRING(@encrtext,@lup,1))
begin
select @match =
=3D=20
  'y'
end
select @testchar =3D @testchar + 1
if (@testchar > =

  255)
begin
print 'Error...no match found'
return=20
  1
end
end
select @lup =3D @lup + 1
end
select @begblk =
=3D=20
  1
select @endblk =3D 1
while (@endblk <=3D =
@textlen)
begin
if=20
  (substring(@decrtext,@endblk,1) =3D 0x0a)
begin
select =
@printline =3D=20
  @printline=20
  +
SUBSTRING(@decrtext
,@begblk
,@endblk-@begblk+1)
print=20
  @printline
select @begblk =3D @endblk + 1
select @endblk =3D=20
  @begblk
select @printline =3D NULL
end
select @endblk =3D =
@endblk +=20
  1
end
select @printline =3D @printline=20
  =
+
SUBSTRING(@decrtext
,@begblk
,@endblk-@begblk+1)
END
FET=
CH=20
  NEXT FROM comments_cursor INTO @encrtext
END
print =
@printline
CLOSE=20
  comments_cursor

DEALLOCATE comments_cursor
GO 
  

  Q. How do I drop the index related to a primary =
key? DROP=20
  INDEX doesn't work..
  A. Because the index is built as part of a constraint, =
the way=20
  to drop it is to drop the constraint :-

ALTER TABLE =
<tablename>=20
  DROP CONSTRAINT .... 
  

  Q. How can I get the current time in GMT rather =
than=20
  local time?
  A. Use this code (courtesy of Microsoft PSS) =
:-

declare=20
  @deltaGMT int

exec=20
  =
master.dbo.xp_regread 
'HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE',
'SYSTEM\CurrentCo=
ntrolSet\Control\TimeZoneInformation',
'ActiveTimeBias', 
@Del=
taGMT=20
  OUT

select getdate() as LocalTime, dateadd(minute, @deltaGMT, =
getdate()=20
  ) as GMT 
  

  Q. What do Microsoft mean by Internal vs =
External=20
  fragmentation in SQL Server?
  A. Internal fragmentation is having free space on a =
page. Due=20
  to deletes/updates/inserts you might have more free space on a page =
than you=20
  "need".

External fragmentation is when pages are not all nice =
and neat=20
  on contiguous extents. The ideal is to have one extent, fill it up, =
then get=20
  another, fill it up, get another, etc. When you have page splits, you =
have to=20
  link in a new page from another extent. So if you followed the page =
chain, you=20
  would be hopping around from extent to extent far more than you =
should.=20
  Ideally, you have one extent switch every 8 pages; the degree to which =
you=20
  have more than this determines the external fragmentation.

To =
show the=20
  level of fragmentation in a table use the dbcc showcontig=20
  command.

Microsoft do not mean filesystem/disk fragmentation =
when they=20
  say external. This sort of fragmentation occurs outside the knowledge =
of SQL=20
  Server. (Though this is still a sensible definition of external and =
hence the=20
  confusion).

(Info from Kalen Delaney) 
  

  Q. How do I know whether SQL Server is in =
per-seat or=20
  per-server mode? How can I change it? How can I add =
licenses?
  A. The answer to all these questions is the same=20
  :-

Click Start
Click Settings
Click Control =
Panel
Double-click=20
  on the licensing manager applet here

All the info and changes =
are=20
  here.

For details on MS's licensing, see :-
http=
://www.microsoft.com/SQL/productinfo/licensesummary.htm
http://www.=
microsoft.com/SQL/productinfo/pricing.htm=20
  
  

  Q. How can I list all databases on an SQL=20
  Server?
  A. The SQL Server specific way (all versions) is=20
  :-

select name from master..sysdatabases

The ANSI =
standard way=20
  (SQL 7 only) is :-

select CATALOG_NAME from =
INFORMATION_SCHEMA.SCHEMATA=20
  
  

  Q. How can I list all user tables on an SQL=20
  Server?
  A. The SQL Server specific way (all versions) is=20
  :-

select name from sysobjects where type =3D 'U'

The =
ANSI=20
  standard way (SQL 7 only) is :-

select TABLE_NAME from=20
  INFORMATION_SCHEMA.TABLES 
  

  Q. How can I resolve the error 'An error 1069 - =
(The=20
  service did not start due to a logon failure)' for SQL =
Server?
  A. SQL Server is just like any other NT service in that =
it can=20
  be defined to run using the credentials of an NT user account. It can =
also run=20
  under localsystem account, but if you are getting this error then you =
must=20
  have defined a user account.

Go to control panel/services. =
Choose the=20
  mssqlserver service (or SQLExecutive/SQLAgent if they are failing) and =
then=20
  choose startup. Check what NT account is being used. Make sure that =
the=20
  password is correct and check with NT user manager that the account =
has not=20
  been deleted or expired.

If the account details seem ok, then =
check=20
  that it has "logon as a service" user right (again with user=20
  manager).

If this doesn't resolve the issue then try logging on =
locally=20
  to the NT box with the same NT account and see what error(s) you get. =

  

  Q. SQL Server only runs under NT. What =
cheap/free=20
  database runs under Linux?
  A. MySQL seems to the popular Linux DBMS. http://www.mysql.com/

There =
are=20
  mailing lists for it at http://www.mysql.com/doc.html<=
BR>
Also=20
  NNTP newsgroups at: news://news.netimages.com/ =

  

  Q. Why could the SQL version switch utility not =

  work?
  A. Normally this is a problem with registry =
permissions. Check=20
  that you have full permission on the following registry keys=20
  =
:-

HKLM\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServ65
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\=
MSSQLServ70
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\MSSQLServer=20
  
  

  Q. How can I read/write to a flat file from =
inside a SQL=20
  Server TSQL script/stored-procedure/trigger?
  A. SQL Server doesn't have a handy SPOOL command like =
Oracle=20
  does for writing to files, but there are a number of ways of doing =
what you=20
  want.

1. For reading, use xp_cmdshell and the ECHO command. Use =
the=20
  > or >> redirection symbols to either create or append to a=20
  file.
xp_cmdshell "@ECHO test message >> =
C:\file.fil"

2. Put=20
  the information you want into a table (note this can't be an ordinary=20
  temporary table, but it can be a global temporary table) and then bcp =
it out=20
  to a file via xp_cmdshell.
xp_cmdshell "bcp=20
  <dbname>..<tablename> out c:\file.fil -Usa =
-P<password>=20
  -c"

3. BCP or BULK INSERT (SQL 7 only) can also be used to read =
in a=20
  flat file into a table, from where it can be processed.

4. =
Write your=20
  own extended stored procedure. As this is a C program it can use =
standard file=20
  access commands to achieve whatever you want.

5. Run the select =
through=20
  ISQL via xp_cmdshell and use the -o parameter to output the results to =
a file.=20
  This example uses the -E parameter to avoild hard-coding a=20
  userid.

declare @str varchar(255)
select @str =3D 'isql =
-Q"select *=20
  from <tablename>" -E -oc:\file.fil'
exec master..xp_cmdshell=20
  @str

6. There is a free XP - xp_query_to_file - at=20
  www.dbmaint.com  
  

  Q. Why am I getting gpf's/hangs running SQL =
tools under=20
  Windows 9x - I don't get the same problems with Windows NT=20
clients?
  A. This has always been a problem with the SQL tools - =
it may=20
  be bugs in the SQL tools code, but then the same exe's/dll's work fine =
on NT.=20
  The most likely reason is the sheer amount of gdi/icon/graphics type =
resources=20
  that they use is exposing some sort of Win9x =
limitation/bug.

You should=20
  try resetting mouse settings/pointers back to defaults, and also, if =
you're=20
  using an Intellimouse, then loading the very latest =
drivers.

You could=20
  also try applying the latest service pack/edition to Win9x, but the =
best bet=20
  is to develop with NT clients. 
  

  Q. What can I do about handling blocking and =
deadlocks in=20
  SQL Server?
  A. There are several good Microsoft Kb articles =
covering this=20
  subject in depth :-

Q162361
Q169960
Q43199

For =
details of=20
  a SQL 7.0 undetected deadlock, see Q239753
(Microsoft Kb articles =
are on=20
  Technet and http://support.microsoft.com 
  

  Q. How can I install SQL 7.0 Desktop Edition =
from the=20
  Back Office 4.5 CD's?
  A. Get BackOffice disk 12. This is SQL 7.0 EE. Go into =
the SQL=20
  dir and run setup. From here it will allow you to install the desktop =
edition.=20
  
  

  Q. Why am I getting an error "The RAID set for =
database=20
  <xxx> is missing member number <x>. Backup or restore =
operation=20
  terminating abnormally"?
  A. Probably you've used the EM gui to back up the =
database. You=20
  have probably accidentally left more than one backup device in the =
destination=20
  list in the backup screen.

What SQL Server will then do is =
stripe the=20
  backup to all devices. Therefore all backup devices need to be there =
for a=20
  subsequent restore. 
  

  Q. Does SQL Server Enterprise Edition perform =
better than=20
  Standard edition?
  A. Not if exactly the same hardware/setup is used. But =
the=20
  Enterprise edition supports > 4 processors, > 2GB memory and=20
  partitioning of OLAP cubes. So it allows you to throw more hardware at =
the=20
  problem. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error where only 10 users =
can connect.=20
  I have more licenses than this - what is going on?
  A. Reasons this can happen :-

1. You are running =
an MSDN=20
  copy of SQL Server. For SQL 7 a SELECT @@VERSION will show you using =
the=20
  "Developer" edition. You need to remove it and re-install a retail =
version.=20
  See evalupgrade.txt in the FAQ for details.

2. You are running =
SQL=20
  Server on NT Workstation. This has a 10 user incoming limit. You need =
to=20
  upgrade this to the Server version.

3. You have installed SQL =
on an=20
  MSDN copy of NT Server - the MSDN copy of NT Server has a 10 user =
limit that=20
  SQL inherits. There are tools on www.ntfaq.com and =
www.sysinternals.com that=20
  tell you what sort of copy of NT you have. You need to uninstall and =
reinstall=20
  NT. See reinstallnt.txt in the FAQ for how to make this less painful. =

  

  Q. I can't see the SQL performance counters on =
the second=20
  node in my cluster? I can see the NT ones ok.
  A. This is a bug that won't be fixed until SQL 2000 I'm =
afraid.=20
  
  

  Q. When might I want to use a surrogate =
key?
  A. A surrogate key is a key that has no meaning other =
then=20
  uniquely identifying a row in the table -it contains no meaningful =
business=20
  information.

Reasons you might use one :-

1. There is no =
"good"=20
  primary key.
2. The obvious primary keys are awkward to use.
3. =
The=20
  obvious primary key is used in foreign key relationships and will =
require=20
  updating  
  

  Q. How can I run some SQL code every time SQL =
Server=20
  starts?
  A. With SQL 6.x use the sp_markstartup supplied=20
  stored-procedure. This will run any SP you write yourself as soon as =
SQL=20
  Server finishes initialising.

With SQL 7.0 the same result is =
achieved=20
  using sp_procoption to mark the SP for auto-start. Another way, =
assuming that=20
  you use SQL Agent, is to define a SQL Agent job with the 'Start =
automatically=20
  when the SQLServerAgent starts' option. However, this will run the job =
every=20
  time SQL Agent is re-started (if it ever is). 
  

  Q. Why am I being blocked by spid -1? I am not =
able to=20
  kill it and have to restart SQL Server to get around it.
  A. This is a bug found on stressed SQL 6.5 systems with =
SP4 or=20
  5a installed. Contact Microsoft PSS for hotfix build 466 or above to =
resolve=20
  this problem. The fix will also be in SP6 (when=20
  released).

=3D=3D=3D

v1.02 2000.02.02
Applies to SQL =
Server=20
  versions : 6.5
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb =
articles=20
  : n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. Why does the new 'TOP' command in SQL 7 not =
work? I=20
  get a syntax error. Also ALTER TABLE and other SQL 7 only=20
commands.
  A. Usual reason for this is that the command only works =
on SQL=20
  7 mode databases. If you have migrated an existing 6.5 database then =
it is=20
  probably still set to 6.5 compatibility mode. Use sp_dbcmptlevel to =
check and=20
  set it to SQL 7 mode. 
  

  Q. Where can I get SP2 beta for SQL =
7.0?
  A. See below. Password is SP2BETA

SP2 Beta for=20
  =
Alpha:
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/release.asp?ReleaseID=3D1691=
9

SP2=20
  Beta OLAP Services for=20
  =
Alpha:
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/release.asp?ReleaseID=3D1692=
0

SP2=20
  Beta for=20
  =
Intel:
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/release.asp?ReleaseID=3D1691=
7

SP2=20
  Beta OLAP Services for=20
  =
Intel:
http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/release.asp?ReleaseID=3D1692=
2

There=20
  is a newsgroup for support issues :-

Server:=20
  privatenews.microsoft.com
User Name: =
privatenews\sql7sp2beta
Password:=20
  B24GJ731 (password is case-sensitive) 
  

  Q. How can I make sure the SQL Server agent =
auto-starts=20
  when I start SQL Server?
  A. As long as the service is set to auto it will start =
when the=20
  server starts, but if SQL and the Agent are shutdown manually then the =
Agent=20
  won't auto-start when SQL does. You can run the following proc or =
enable it as=20
  a startup stored-proc to overcome this. (This will only work with =
Window=20
  NT/2000 as Win9x does not support services).

CREATE PROC=20
  AUTOAGENT
AS
EXEC XP_CMDSHELL 'NET START=20
  SQLSERVERAGENT'
go
SP_PROCOPTION AUTOAGENT, STARTUP, TRUE 
  

  Q. What conferences covering SQL Server are =
coming=20
  up?
  A. Here are a list of some

SQL PASS
March =
12-15 2000.=20
  London, U.K.
www.sqlpass.org 

SQL Server 2000=20
  Readiness 
Feb 29-Mar 3 2000. Denver, U.S.
April 3-5 2000.=20
  Amsterdam, Netherlands.
April 12-14. Japan.

SQL Connections=20
  2000
May 14-17 2000. New Orleans,=20
  U.S.
www.sqlconnections.com 

SQL 2 the Max
http://conferences.devx.com/&nb=
sp; and=20
  http://www.sql2themax.com/ <=
BR>
For=20
  general Microsoft conference info try http://even=
ts.microsoft.com/isapi/events/default.asp =20
  
  

  Q. I'm having trouble installing SQL Server on=20
  Win9x
  A. Try the following check-list of things that could go =
wrong -=20
  these are specific to Win9x and SQL 7. You may also want to look at =
the=20
  generic install FAQ entry - install.txt.

1. Make sure the =
machine is of=20
  the required spec to run the version of SQL you are installing. I.e. =
if it is=20
  SQL EE then make sure you have NT EE. For SQL 7 you need a 100% Intel =
pentium=20
  compatible chip or an Alpha etc. There is a full-list in another faq=20
  entry.

2. You have to install Microsoft Client for Networks via =
the=20
  Network applet in Control Panel. It must also be your primary network =
logon.=20
  Once SQL 7 is installed then it doesn't need to be your Primary =
Network=20
  Logon.

3. If you are upgrading make sure that the default =
database for=20
  the "sa" login is master.

4. If the problem is to do with ODBC =
files=20
  not installing, then check that nothing has the ODBC files open. It =
could also=20
  be that the ODBC files on your hard-drive have been marked as =
read-only. Check=20
  with ATTRIB.EXE or explorer to see if this is the case.

5. If =
you have=20
  Quicken Download Manager installed then disable it - this runs as a =
driver and=20
  interferes with the install process.

6. Check the *.OUT files =
in the=20
  <sql>\install directory for clues as to what is going on. 
  

  Q. How can I select random rows from a SQL =
Server=20
  table?
  A. First you need to generate a random number - this =
assumes=20
  that you have some sort of numeric primary key on the table in the =
first=20
  place. Use something like :-

SELECT @NUM =3D RAND( =
(DATEPART(mm,=20
  GETDATE()) * 100000 )
+ (DATEPART(ss, GETDATE()) * 1000 )
+ =
DATEPART(ms,=20
  GETDATE()) )

(You could also use another variable like @@IDLE =
or=20
  @@CPU_BUSY to generate "random" numbers)

select @PK =3D min =
(col1) + (max=20
  (col1) - min (col1)) * @NUM

select * from <tbl> where =
col1 =3D=20
  @PK

Another way (courtesy of Joe Celko/Itzik Ben-Gan =
:-

SELECT=20
  S1.key_col
FROM SomeTable AS S1, SomeTable AS S2
WHERE =
S1.key_col <=3D=20
  S2.key_col
GROUP BY S1.key_col
HAVING COUNT(S2.key_col) =
=3D
(SELECT=20
  COUNT(*)
FROM SomeTable AS S3) * RAND() + 1; 
  

  Q. Can I do a SQL Server backup to a tape drive =
on=20
  another server?
  A. No, not with built-in SQL tools. SQL will only dump =
to local=20
  tape devices. If you could find an NT driver that would make a remote =
tape=20
  drive look local then this would work as SQL just uses standard i/o =
calls. I=20
  don't know of such a driver at the moment.

You can always dump =
the SQL=20
  database to disk locally (or to a network share - see =
networkdrivebackup.txt=20
  for details) and then back that up to tape.

Finally, you CAN do =
what=20
  you want with a 3rd party backup tool that has a SQL agent. Examples =
are BEI=20
  Ultrabac, CA Arcserve-IT, Veritas BackupExec, Veritas NetBackup, =
Legato=20
  Networker and IBM ADSM - I'm sure there are others.
These put SQL =
dumps=20
  (via a standard named-pipe or VDI interface) onto an NT tape, =
potentially as=20
  part of a complete server backup and not just SQL. Obviously dumping =
across a=20
  network is usually slower than doing it locally. 
  

  Q. Why do I get an error "Msg 602, Level 21, =
State 3.=20
  Could not find row in Sysindexes for dbid 'x', object 'yyyyyyyy',index =
'z'."=20
  when running a SQL Server query?
  A. First of all it could be a corruption exactly like =
the=20
  message says. Run a dbcc checktable against sysindexes on the database =

  concerned. Also a dbcc checkcatalog.

If these return clean then =
it is a=20
  SQL bug. There are lots of bugs and fixes for 602 errors. Look for =
reasons for=20
  this bug at http://support.microsoft.com - just search on 602 and SQL =
and=20
  kbbug. If your problem does not match any of these and you have =
already=20
  applied the latest service pack then either post a reproduction script =
for an=20
  MVP to report for you or call the problem in to Microsoft PSS =
yourself. 
  

  Q. I am getting an error 603 restoring a =
database ever=20
  since I applied SP5 to SQL 6.5?
  A. This is a nasty bug that slipped through the cracks =
in SP5=20
  testing/beta's. It is caused when someone runs sp_sysbackuphistory - =
the most=20
  common way to do this is just to go into the backup/restore gui (you =
don't=20
  even have to do anything).

The fix is at :- ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/sql/public/fixes/usa/SQL65/Sp5/s=
p5ax86.exe

The=20
  fixed build is 416 and is known as SP5a. I would recommend all SQL =
users make=20
  sure they use this SP rather than SP5. Using this (416) build it is =
possible=20
  to load "corrupt" dumps by setting trace flag 3282.

More =
information=20
  can be found in the readme and in Q215458.

This build also =
contains a=20
  number of other hot-fixes that did not make SP5 but were in the base =
build=20
  that Microsoft applied this fix to.

If you are already on SP5 =
(415)=20
  then the only files you need to update are sqlservr.exe (and .dbg) and =

  opends60.dll (and .dbg).  
  

  Q. What issues are there with SQL 7's DTS =
function and=20
  Oracle.
  A. The Microsoft ODBC and OLEDB drivers for Oracle =
support the=20
  Oracle 7.3 BLOB data types, not Oracle 8.0 data types (for example, =
BLOB,=20
  CLOB, NCLOB, and BFILE are not supported).

The Microsoft ODBC =
driver=20
  for Oracle does not support sending Unicode strings into an Oracle =
server.=20
  Oracle requires prefixing Unicode strings with the letter =
N.

The=20
  Microsoft ODBC driver for Oracle does not support negative scaling for =
the=20
  Oracle number data type.

The Microsoft ODBC driver for Oracle =
reports=20
  that an Oracle number data type without a specified precision has a =
size of 20=20
  digits. When importing from Oracle (regardless of the destination), if =
there=20
  are more than 20 digits,
you may have to manually increase the =
precision if=20
  the destination table does not already exist.

Oracle supports =
only one=20
  LONG (BLOB) data column in a table.

You cannot import or export =
Oracle=20
  columns that have mixed or lower case names. You also cannot transform =
or copy=20
  data using Oracle column names that contain spaces using the DTS =
Import and=20
  DTS Export wizards. Oracle requires
case-sensitive column names to =
be=20
  precisely specified and quoted.

To perform distributed =
transactions=20
  between SQL Server and Oracle, you must use Oracle version 8.0.4.1 or =
later.=20
  For information about distributed transactions, see Microsoft DTC =
Service.=20

  

  Q. What is the Microsoft Loopback adapter and =
why do I=20
  need it for SQL Server?
  A. SQL Server is dependent on network functionality - =
even for=20
  the set-up routines. Specifically it needs to use named-pipe/mailslot=20
  functionality on NT machines. These usually require a network card to =
be=20
  present. If you don't have a network card then go to control =
panel/networks,=20
  choose add adapter and then add the Microsoft loopback adapter - which =
is just=20
  a dummy driver, no hardware involved. This needs to have working =
network=20
  protocol(s) bound to it. Let whichever protocols you have use default=20
  parameters, EXCEPT for tcp-ip. If you are using this then do NOT =
specify dhcp=20
  assigned address, use 192.168.1.1 as the IP address and 255.255.255.0 =
as the=20
  subnet mask. This is a standard RFC1918 non-routed IP address so =
shouldn't=20
  clash with any dial-up address you may be given by an ISP.

If =
the=20
  server service does not start after installing the loopback adapter =
and you=20
  get the following message in the event log, then you need to =
re-install your=20
  *NT* service pack to synchronise your NT networking files. "The server =
service=20
  terminated with the following error: Not enough server storage is =
available to=20
  process this command"

One way of testing that the named-pipes=20
  functionality works is to run the makepipe and readpipe utilities that =
come=20
  with SQL Server. Run makepipe in one command window. Then run readpipe =
in=20
  another. If these work (i.e. the readpipe connects to makepipe and =
closes it=20
  down) then it is a good indication that networking functionality is=20
  ok.

For Win9x machines you don't need a loopback adapter to =
install but=20
  you do need to have the "MS Network Family Driver" installed and the =
default=20
  network client. 
  

  Q. Where can I get an OLE-DB/ODBC/JDBC driver =
to connect=20
  SQL Server to product xyz?
  A. The best overrall lists of ODBC/JDBC/OLEDB vendor's =
I know=20
  is run by Ken North :-

=
http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/odbcvend.htm
=
http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/jdbcvend.htm
=
http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/Ken_North/oledbven.htm
=3D=3D=3D

v1.01=20
  2000.02.05
Applies to SQL Server versions : All
Related FAQ =
articles :=20
  odbcunix, mac, jdbc
Related Microsoft Kb articles : n/a
Other =
related=20
  information : n/a 
  

  Q. I have a SQL Server process that shows as =
being in=20
  SPINLOOP. What does this mean?
  A. The process concerned is accessing an area of memory =
that=20
  SQL Server needs to protect against multiple access - typically on SMP =

  servers. To this end it locks that area of memory (via a spin lock) so =
that=20
  any other access to it gets paused. In concept it is very similar to =
row/page=20
  locking in a database, but is used for internal memory areas within a =
program.=20
  There is plenty of documentation in the Win32 SDK/MSDN about spin =
locks and=20
  their usage.

If the SPINLOOP process does not give up control =
then it=20
  is very likely that SQL Server will become unresponsive. It is =
unlikely that=20
  you will be able to KILL a process in this state and you will probably =
have to=20
  kill SQL Server itself (use KILL command from the NT Resource =
Kit)

If=20
  you are suffering a lot of degradation due to spinloops, then you will =
need to=20
  raise a paid fault call with Microsoft PSS to resolve it. 
  

  Q. Now that SQL 7.0 is released can I still buy =
SQL=20
  6.5?
  A. v6.5 is still available from Microsoft fulfillment. =
You need=20
  to buy 7.0 and associated licenses and then call the Microsoft =
Fulfillment=20
  office with the serial number(s)/details and they will ship you the =
6.5=20
  media.

=3D=3D=3D

v1.02 2000.02.01
Applies to SQL =
Server versions :=20
  7.0
Related FAQ articles : n/a
Related Microsoft Kb articles :=20
  n/a
Other related information : n/a 
  

  Q. How can I convert a SQL date/time to just=20
  date?
  A. The SQL date/time field stores a date and time but if you =
have a=20
  populated table and you want to convert a column so it lists data only =
run the=20
  following:
  update <table>
where=20
  =
<column>=3Dconvert(datetime,convert(char(10),<column>,101))
  
For example
  update faq
where=20
  =
created=3Dconvert(datetime,convert(char(10),created,101))
  


  Q. How do I disable CD =
AutoPlay?
  A. You can use the TweakUI utility and goto the =
paranoia=20
  tab, or edit the registry=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Cdrom and change =
Autorun=20
  0x1 to 0x0 to disable autorun. If you use TWEAKUI it will only affect =
the=20
  current user, where as the registry entry will set it for all users. =
To=20
  achieve the same as TWEAKUI change=20
  =
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Expl=
orer=20
  and set the value NoDriveTypeAutoRun from 0x95 to 0xff. 
  

  Q. How do I install a Joystick in=20
  NT?
  A. On the NT CD goto directory=20
  drvlib\multimed\joystick\x86 and right click oemsetup.inf and select =
install.=20
  
  

  Q. How do I change my Soundcards =
Settings=20
  (IRQ)?
  A. From Control Panel, double click MultiMedia. =
Select the=20
  "devices" tab and expand the Audio Devices. Click on the soundcard and =
click=20
  properties. Click settings, and scroll to the setting you wish to =
change and=20
  click "change setting". Change the setting and click OK, then reboot. =

  

  Q. Does NT 4.0 support Direct =
X?
  A. Direct X is built into NT 4.0, although =
limited. There=20
  is no way to upgrade the Direct X part of NT, however Service Pack 3 =
has=20
  complete Direct X 3.0 support. NT 4.0 pre Service Pack 3 supports the=20
  DirectDraw, DirectSound and DirectPlay components of DirectX.
  

  Q. Does NT have a speaker=20
driver?
  A. There is no NT speaker driver like there was in =
DOS,=20
  however this used to hammer performance and it is better to buy a =
cheap=20
  soundcard. 
  The very nature of this driver prohibits its use. A preemptive =
multitasking=20
  operating system will not allow enough CPU cycles to generate the =
sound. The=20
  sound is generated by pulse with modulation which requires 100% of CPU =
time=20
  while the sound is being played. Sound cards offload this to their DAC =

  chips
  

  Q. How do I install my SoundBlaster =
Sound=20
  Card?
  A. If you have one of the newer Plug and Play =
Sound=20
  Blaster cards then the install is simple. 
  
    Insert the NT installation CD=20
    
Goto the drvlib\pnpisa\x86 directory=20
    
Right click on the pnpisa.inf file and select install=20
    
Reboot the Machine=20
    
Once restarted NT will detect any ISA PnP devices including your =
Sound=20
    Card, the drivers are on the CD in directory drvlib\audio\sbpnp\i386 =


  If you have one of the older non-PNP sound cards download the file =
awent4=
0.exe=20
  and follow the instructions that come with the file once expanded. =

  

  Q. How do I install a WaveBlaster=20
  card?
  A. Follow the instructions below: 
  
    From Control Panel, double click MultiMedia=20
    
Click the Devices tab and click Add=20
    
Select "MPU-401 Compatible Driver"=20
    
Insert the NT CD-ROM and click OK, you will be prompted for the =
port=20
    setting (usually 300h or 330h)=20
    
Reboot the machine=20
    
After reboot from Control Panel, double click MultiMedia and =
goto the=20
    Midi tab=20
    
Click on "Single Instrument" and select "Generic MPU-401" =
driver.=20
  
  

  Q. I have lost the speaker icon from my task =

  bar.
  A. You can easily recreate this by running =
systray.exe. To=20
  ensure that you have the speaker icon every time you start windows you =
can=20
  place it in your startup group.
  Verify that the SystemTray value name at=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Run =
has a=20
  text string of SysTray.exe.
  Alternativly start the Multimedia control panel applet (start - =
settings -=20
  control panel - multimedia) and check that "Show volume control on the =

  taskbar" is checked.
  

  Q. How can I get my PCI based sound card to =
work under=20
  Windows 2000? 
  A. There are currently problems in 2000 with PCI based sound =
cards,=20
  including the Creative PCI 64 and Creative PCI 128 however it is =
possible to=20
  use the NT 4.0 drivers after making a small change to your system.
  The problem is that Windows 2000 uses IRQ steering by default. PCI =
bus IRQ=20
  steering gives Windows 2000 the flexibility to reprogram PCI =
interrupts when=20
  rebalancing Plug and Play PCI and ISA resources around non-Plug and =
Play ISA=20
  devices. 
  Without IRQ Steering Windows 2000 cannot rebalance PCI and ISA IRQs =
for=20
  Plug and Play devices around non-Plug and Play ISA devices to solve =
resource=20
  conflicts. For example, if your computer's BIOS is unaware of non-Plug =
and=20
  Play ISA cards, the operating system does not have PCI bus IRQ =
steering, and=20
  the BIOS has set a PCI device to IRQ 10, you may have a resource =
conflict when=20
  you add a non-Plug and Play ISA device that is configured for IRQ 10. =
However,=20
  with PCI bus IRQ steering the operating system can resolve this IRQ =
resource=20
  conflict.
  To do so, the operating system:
  
    Disables the PCI device.=20
    
Reprograms a free IRQ to a PCI IRQ, for example IRQ 11.=20
    
Assigns an IRQ holder to IRQ 11.=20
    
Moves the PCI device to IRQ 11.=20
    
Reprograms IRQ 10 to be an ISA IRQ.=20
    
Removes the IRQ holder for IRQ 10. 
  To disable IRQ Steering perform the following:
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Computer Management)=20
    
Expand the 'System Tools' branch=20
    
Select 'Device Manager'=20
    
In the right hand pane expand Computer and right click on =
'Standard PC'=20
    
Select Properties from the context menu=20
    
Select the 'IRQ Steering' tab=20
    
Uncheck the 'Use IRQ Steering' box
=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  Once the machine has restarted you should be able to install your =
NT 4.0=20
  PCI sound drivers (make sure you get the new drivers from the sound =
card=20
  makers website).
  If you do not have a Standard PC, you must disable ACPI BIOS =
detection as=20
  follows: 
  
    Modify the file txtsetup.sif in the Windows 2000 Setup folder.=20
    
Change the =
line
ACPIEnable=3D2
to
ACPIEnable=3D0=20
    
Reinstall Windows 2000. 
  An alternative to the reinstall is to open the Device Manager =
(right click=20
  on My Computer, select Properties and select 'Device Manager'), open =
the=20
  Computer, double click on the system type shown (for example MPS PC), =
go to=20
  driver tab. Click on update driver. Choose display a list of drivers. =
Choose=20
  Show all hardware of this device class. Choose Standard PC.
  Now you can change the IRQ steering option. Reboot and install the =
proper=20
  sound card driver.
  

  Q. How can I check my machines DirectX=20
  support? 
  A. Windows 2000 includes a tool DXDIAG.EXE which can check =
DirectX=20
  compatibility on a machine including DirectSound, DirectDraw &=20
  DirectPlay..
  
  Many screens have test buttons which test the various components of =

  DirectX, for example testing DirectMusic plays various tunes to check =
you have=20
  the relevant required resources correctly configured (and its a cool =
tune)=20
  :-).
  

  Q. What about Netware?
  A. Netware connectivity is available!
NT-based =
systems=20
  can integrate with existing Netware servers. The IPX/SPX network =
protocol is=20
  supported on NT by using the NWLink IPX/SPX Compatible Transport. So, =
on top=20
  of this protocol, you need some tools to provide the integration.
  

  Q. What are Client Services for=20
  Netware?
  A. CSNW provides an NT workstation with basic file =
and=20
  printer connectivity to Netware. It supports both Bindery and NDS.
  

  Q. What are Gateway Services for=20
  Netware?
  A. GSNW is available only for NT servers. It =
includes the=20
  CSNW service to provide basic file and printer connectivity. In =
addition, GSNW=20
  allows an NT Server to act as a non-dedicated gateway. This means that =
your NT=20
  Server can connect to a Netware box and share the Netware drives as NT =
shares=20
  for all of your Microsoft network clients to access seamlessly =
(including=20
  those coming in via RAS).
  While it works well, it's likely that it would be a bottleneck if =
you were=20
  going to link large networks using this single gateway!
  The Netware server will need a special GROUP created called =
NTGATEWAY and a=20
  user account on Netware must be assigned to this group and to the =
gateway=20
  service on the NT Server.
  

  Q. How do I install Gateway Services for =

  Netware?
  A. Perform the following: 
  
    Start the Network Control Panel Applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Network, or right click on Network Neighborhood and select =
properties)=20
    
Click the services tab and click Add=20
    
Select Gateway (and Client) Services for NetWare and click OK=20
    
Enter the path of your NT CD-ROM and click OK. When the file =
copying has=20
    finished click Close.=20
    
Create the NTGATEWAY group and a user that is a member of that =
group on=20
    the NetWare server using SYSCON on 3.12 servers, or NWADMIN/NETADMIN =
on 4.0=20
    or later=20
    
Restart the computer=20
    
Enter the user account you created that is a member of the =
NTGATEWAY=20
    group when the machine restarts. 
  

  Q. How do I attach to a NetWare 3.12=20
  Server?
  A. Perform the following: 
  
    Start the Gateway Services for NetWare control panel applet =
(Start -=20
    Settings - Control Panel - GSNW)=20
    
Select Preferred Server=20
    
From the drop sown list select the server, or if it is not shown =
enter=20
    the name of the server=20
    
Click OK 
  

  Q. How do I attach to a NetWare 4.1=20
  Server?
  A. NetWare 4.1 connections is more complex than =
3.12=20
  connection as NetWare 4.1 has the complexity of NetWare Directory =
Services:=20
  
  
    Start the Gateway Services for NetWare control panel applet =
(Start -=20
    Settings - Control Panel - GSNW)=20
    
Select the Default Tree and Context=20
    
In the Tree Name enter the name of the NetWare 4.1 server and =
enter the=20
    context of the user account in the context input box=20
    
Click OK 
  

  Q. What are File and Print Services for=20
  Netware?
  A. CSNW and GSNW provide the ability to connect to =
Netware=20
  for file, printing and applications from your Microsoft network based=20
  clients.
  FPNW does the reverse - it allows Netware clients to see the NT =
Server as=20
  if IT was a Netware box! FPNW allows you to appear as a Netware=20
  3.12-compatible server.
  

  Q. What is Directory Service=20
  Manager?
  A. DSMN copies Netware user/group accounts to NT =
Server=20
  and will then propagate any changes BACK to the Netware box. This =
sharing of=20
  user/group information happens without you adding any software to the =
Netware=20
  side at all.
  So, what does DSMN give you? 
  
    Single network login and password synchronization=20
    
Copy Netware accounts to a Domain (and any changes get =
propagated back)=20
    
Ability to merge multiple Netware accounts into a single NT =
account=20
  
  

  Q. What is Migration Tool for=20
  Netware?
  A. This is a tool to allow you to migrate user and =
group=20
  accounts as well as login scripts, files and directories from Netware =
servers=20
  to a PDC or BDC. 
  
    Transfers accounts, including login and station restrictions=20
    
Transfers login scripts=20
    
Control how user/group names are moved=20
    
Set passwords on accounts as they get moved=20
    
Control which restrictions/rights are moved=20
    
Create an appropriate volume for Netware users=20
    
Choose the directories and files you want to move=20
    
Choose target destination for directories and files=20
    
Transfers EFFECTIVE rights on directories and files 
  This tool is located under the Administrative Tools program group =
and is=20
  called "Migration tool for NetWare". When run you have to select the =
NetWare=20
  server to convert and the NT service to convert the information into. =
Also you=20
  have to select a prefix for the NetWare users and groups, nw_, is the =
norm.=20
  Once the migration starts it may take a long time depending on the =
number of=20
  records.
  

  Q. What are the NT equivalents of =
NetWare=20
  Rights?
  A. The table below outlines the NetWare rights and =
the NT=20
  equivalents:
  
    
    
      NetWare
      Windows NT
    
      Supervisor (S)
      Full Control (All)
    
      Read (R)
      Read (RX)
    
      Write (W)
      Change (RWXD)
    
      Erase (E)
      Change (RWXD)
    
      Modify (M)
      Change (RWXD)
    
      Create (C)
      Add (WX)
    
      File Scan (F)
      List (RX)
    
      Access Control (A)
      Change Permissions (P)
  

  Q. NWCONVE.EXE is not migrating your users =
and=20
  groups.
  A. The Netware migration tool (nwconve.exe) does not support =
the=20
  NetWare Directory Services (NDS) service type of logon on Windows NT =
4.0, and=20
  therefore you will need bindery emulation configured on the NetWare =
server for=20
  the migration to successfully migrate.
  To configure bindery emulation perform the following on the =
NetWare=20
  Server
  
    Load Servman on the NetWare Server Console=20
    
Select "Server Parameters" from the menu options=20
    
Select "Directory Services" from the menu=20
    
Scroll down to the "Bindery Emulation" section. If there is no =
SET=20
    statement to the right of the entry then bindery emulation has not =
been=20
    enabled. 
  To set it perform the following (still on the NetWare Server)
  
    Using Servman get back to "Bindery Emulation" (the same menus as =
above)=20
    and press ENTER=20
    
A text entry box will appear where you should type in the =
command in the=20
    format of
SET BINDERY CONTEXT =3D=20
    <OU>=3DUSERS,<O>=3DTREE
where <OU> is the=20
    Organisational Unit of the users are from and <O> is the name =
of the=20
    Organization (TREE) where the OU resides 
  You should then log off and back on to the NT Server. Rerunning =
NWCONVE.EXE=20
  should then run.
  

  Q. I have very slow performance saving =
documents to a=20
  FPNW server.
  A. File and Print services for NetWare allows an NT Server =
to be=20
  viewed by Novell clients. Problems can occur when trying to save a =
file to a=20
  FPNW volume, especially in Word.
  The performance problem is caused by the save operation retrying =
every 3=20
  seconds if a sharing violation is encounted caused by the optimization =
of both=20
  the Server service and the FPNW service.
  To correct this problem perform the following
  
    Start the Registry Editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\FPNW\Parameters =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of LockRetryCounter and press Enter=20
    
Double click on the new value and set to 0=20
    
You should now stop and start the FPNW service using the =
Services=20
    Control Panel applet 
  

  Q. How can I disable the print separator =
page when=20
  printing to a NetWare print server?
  A. If you are using the client services for NetWare, CSNW, =
then upon=20
  installation a new control panel applet would have been created which =
allows=20
  the configuration of all things NetWare.
  
    Start the CSNW control panel applet (Start - Settings - Control =
Panel -=20
    CSNW)=20
    
Under "Print Options" uncheck the "Print Banner" option box and =
click OK=20
    
  Banners will no longer be printed. You will also notice that =
options such=20
  as notifies and form feeds can also be configured.
  

  Q. How can I stop my machine complaining =
about=20
  NWLNKRIP service not starting?
  A. This service relies on NWLNKIPX and if this is not =
running the=20
  service cannot start. NWLNKRIP is installed if the machine is running =
NetWare=20
  protocol but if you don't want the service perform the following to =
stop it=20
  trying to start.
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NwlnkRip=20
    
Double click on Start=20
    
Change to 4 and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  

  Q. NetWare migration tool cannot find the =
domain=20
  controller.
  A. When the NetWare migration tool (nwconv.exe) is run it =
tries to=20
  establish a connection to the domain controller, or specifically the =
ADMIN$=20
  share. If it fails the error:
  Cannot connect to server: <servername>
The Network =
name cannot=20
  be found
  The Admin$ share can be disabled by setting AutoShareServer to 0 on =
the=20
  domain controller. To fix this perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Paramet=
ers=20

    
Double click on AutoShareServer and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  You should now reboot however if that is not convenient just =
type
  C:\> net share admin$
  which will create the share now and thanks to the registry change =
it will=20
  also be created at reboot time.
  If AutoShareServer was already 1 or did not exist the it may be =
just admin$=20
  has been corrupted so again type the command
  C:\> net share admin$
  to recreate.
  

  Q. How can I assign NetWare variables to NT=20
  variables?
  A. If an NT Workstation computer is running the Client =
Service for=20
  NetWare (CSNW) or an NT Server is running the Gateway Services for =
NetWare=20
  (GSNW), the login variables used by NetWare can be assigned to =
relevant=20
  Windows NT environment variables.
  These mappings are performed using the NetWare login scripts on the =
NetWare=20
  server and can be a personal, system or container login script. The =
basic=20
  syntax is
  SET <NT variable name>=3D"%<NetWare variable =
name>
  For example
  SET LOGIN_NAME=3D"%LOGIN_NAME"
SET =
FULL_NAME=3D"%FULL_NAME"
SET=20
  MAC_ADDRESS=3D"%P_STATION"
  

  Q. I get print banners and confirmations =
through CSNW=20
  even though they are deselected, what can I do?
  A. After I installing SP5 on my NT4.0 you may start to get =
"print=20
  banner" and "notify when printed" even though you have deselected them =
in CSNW=20
  tool.
  The solution to this is simply to replace nwprovau.dll in the =
system32=20
  folder with the one from SP4.
  1. The file may be in use by Windows. But just end Explorer.exe. =
Start Task=20
  Manager and start Cmd.exe. Rename the file. Click New Task run =
Explorer.exe to=20
  show the desktop again.
  2.If you created an uninstall folder for SP5 and your uninstall =
folder=20
  contains Service Pack 4, locate the Nwprovau.dll file in the=20
  WinNT\$ntservicePackUninstall$ folder, and then copy the file to the=20
  WinNT\System32 folder.
  3.If you did not create an uninstall folder for SP5, locate the =
Service=20
  Pack 4 CD-ROM and copy the Nwprovau.dll file from the I386 folder on =
the=20
  CD-ROM to the WinNT\System32 folder.
  

  Q. How do I assign User Rights for a =
standalone=20
  server (not the PDC/BDC) in a domain?
  A. In NT Workstation, User Manager/Policies/User =
Rights...=20
  assigns the privileges (e.g. the Shutdown or Log On Locally privilege) =
for the=20
  local machine. However, in NT Server the User Rights you assign with =
User=20
  Manager for Domains affect the Domain Controller(s). To modify =
privileges for=20
  the local machine, first choose Select Domain... from the User menu, =
and type=20
  in the name of the computer at the Domain prompt (you cannot browse =
the=20
  domain). 
  

  Q. I can't FTP to my server, although =
the FTP=20
  service is running?
  A. Have you unchecked the "Allow only anonymous=20
  connections" option, but still receive a "530 User xyz cannot log in. =
Login=20
  failed." message? To log on to the FTP server with your domain =
account, it is=20
  not sufficient to specify your name at the User prompt. The FTP =
service checks=20
  local accounts only, even if the computer is participating in a =
domain. Use=20
  domainname\username instead, e.g. if the domain name was savilltech =
and the=20
  user was john, enter savilltech\john as the username.
  I have heard of problems where the users have to have the log on =
locally=20
  right or the FTP logon may fail.
  

  Q. How do I validate my NT Logon against =
a UNIX=20
  account?
  A. There is software to do this available at 
  
    http://www.cis.ksu.edu/~m=
ikhail/Passwd=20

    
http://www.arch.usyd=
.edu.au/~doug/gina.html=20

    
http://www.dcs.qmw.ac.uk/~wil=
liams=20
    
  

  Q. Can I synchronize the time of a NT =
Workstation=20
  with a NT Server?
  A. Yes, enter the command
  NET TIME \\<name of the server to set time to> /SET=20
  /YES
  Please note that users will require "Change System Time" user =
right, via=20
  User Manager\User rights. There is a utility on the resource kit =
called=20
  TimeServ which runs the time synchronization as a service and works =
even when=20
  there are no logged on users.
  Also see Q.=20
  How do I configure a user so it can change the system =
time?
  

  Q. How can I send a message to all=20
  users?
  A. Ensure the "Messenger" service is started =
(Control=20
  Panel - Services - Messenger - Auto). To send a message =
type:
c:>=20
  net send <machine name> "<message>"
Or =
instead=20
  of a machine name type * to broadcast to all stations 
  There are also various GUI utilities, and one of the best is NT =

  Hail at htt=
p://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Bay/1999/NT_Hail.html=20
  
  

  Q. How do I change a Workstations=20
  Name?
  A. Follow the steps below 
  
    Logon to the NT server and in Server Manager add the new =
computer name=20
    (Computer - Add to Domain)=20
    
On the Workstation from Control Panel double click Network (or =
right=20
    click on Network Neighborhood and select properties)=20
    
Click Change and type the new computer name=20
    
Press OK and accept reboot=20
    
The machine should then reboot with the new name=20
    
On the NT server you should now delete the OLD computer name =
(select and=20
    press DEL) 
  

  Q. How do I stop the default admin =
shares from=20
  being created?
  A. This can be done through the registry. 
  
    Start the registry editor=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Paramet=
ers=20

    
If you are using Workstation create a value (Edit - Add Value) =
called=20
    AutoShareWks (AutoShareServer for server) of type DWORD and press =
OK. It=20
    will ask for a value, type the number 0.=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot 
  This can also be done using the policy editor. Start the policy =
editor=20
  (poledit.exe), load the default computer profile, and expand the =
Windows NT=20
  Network tree, then Sharing and set "Create hidden drive shares" to =
blank for=20
  server/workstation.
  There are a few other options though. The first is to use NTFS and =
set=20
  protections on the files so people may be able to connect to the =
share, but=20
  they will not be able to see anything. The second is to delete the =
shares each=20
  time you logon, this can be done through explorer, but it would be =
better to=20
  have a command file run each time with the lines
net share =
c$=20
  /delete
and for all the other shares, however these shares =
are=20
  there for a reason so your machine can be administered by the servers, =
so if=20
  you delete them system managers may have something to say about it! =

  

  Q. How do I disconnect all network=20
  drives?
  A. Use net use * /del /yes
  

  Q. How do I hide a machine from Network =

  Browsers?
  A. Using the registry editor set the key=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanManServer\Paramet=
ers=20
  and set value Hidden from 0 to 1 which should be of type DWORD. You =
should=20
  then reboot. You can also type
  net config server /hidden:yes
  The above command also automatically creates quite a lot of other =
values=20
  under \Parameters key, too.
  You can still connect to the computer, but it is not displayed on =
the=20
  browser.
  

  Q. How do I remote Boot =
NT?
  A. NT does not support remote boot. It is possible =
to=20
  reboot a machine from another computer using the Shutdown Manager that =
comes=20
  with the NT resource kit.
  You could also reboot by using the shutdown.exe resource kit =
utility and=20
  specify another machine name.
  C:\>shutdown \\<machine name> /r /y /c
  Software such as PC Anywhere can also remotely reboot machines.
  

  Q. How can I get a list of users =
currently logged=20
  on?
  A. Use the net sessions command, =
however=20
  this will only work if you are an Administrator. You can also use =
control=20
  panel and choose server.
  The resource kit utility, Net Watch, can also show current logged =
on users=20
  that are connected to the Netlogon share if you connect to the domain=20
  controller, however these connects terminate after a finite amount of =
time so=20
  will not necessarily show all users.
  

  Q. How do I configure NT to be a =
gateway to an=20
  ISP?
  A. Firstly the hardware required would be a =
network and a=20
  modem. The network card would be so the other clients in the network =
can=20
  communicate with the "to be" gateway, and the modem to connect to the =
gateway.=20
  Dial-up networking is not covered here, and you should first be =
confident with=20
  dial-up networking before attempting this. 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe) and add a value of type =
DWORD=20
    called DisableOtherSrcPackets in the=20
    =
HKey_Local_Machine\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\RasArp\Parameters =
area,=20
    and set to a value of 0. This is so packets that are sent through =
the NT=20
    gateway, the original IP address stored in each packet is retained, =
i.e. of=20
    machine a is sending a packet through b, then the packet retains the =
IP=20
    address of a, rather then be automatically changed to b. Also change =

    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\IPE=
nableRouter=20
    to a value of 1.=20
    
On the gateway machine ensure TCP/IP is installed with a static =
IP=20
    address, and a correct subnet address (usually 255.0.0.0 for a class =
a,=20
    255.255.0.0 for class b, and 255.255.255.0 for class c). Make sure =
the=20
    default gateway address is blank.=20
    
Install Dial Up networking and configure for NT to dial out =
only. You=20
    will have to reboot=20
    
Add a phonebook entry for your ISP as you would as normal, =
however=20
    uncheck the "Use default gateway".=20
    
Enable the PC to be able to forward IP packets, by starting =
control=20
    panel, double click Network and choose the protocols tab. Select =
TCP/IP and=20
    then routing. Check the Enable IP Forwarding. You will need to =
reboot=20
    
If when you connect to your ISP you are given an IP address, you =
will=20
    need to connect to your ISP, and then find out which IP address you =
are=20
    given. To get the address type
IPCONFIG 
Look =
for a=20
    Wan adapter and write down the IP address. If you know your IP =
address=20
    before you connect you can forget this step.=20
    
Add a route for the IP address used when connecting to the ISP =
(the one=20
    identified in step 6)
route add 0.0.0.0 mask 0.0.0.0 =
<ip=20
    address> metric 2=20
    
Configure all clients gateway as the network card IP address of =
the NT=20
    gateway. 
  This would enable the machines to send out IP packets to the =
internet,=20
  however the packets would have no way of finding there way back, as =
the ISP=20
  would not know to route them through the gateway, so you ISP will have =
to=20
  either a) have host entries for each of the machines or b) point to =
the=20
  gateway as another DNS.
  Other things to check are as follows:
  
    Make sure your ISP routes packets to you otherwise you will be =
able to=20
    send packets out but the replies will never be get to you=20
    
Make sure your local IP networks (each machine can ping each =
other) and=20
    that all PC's have a valid internet address. If you do not =
have=20
    internet addresses for each PC that have been assigned from InterNic =
then=20
    you will need something like Proxy Server instead. 
  

  Q. How do I install the FTP server=20
  service?
  A. In prior version of NT, the FTP server service =
was=20
  installed as part of TCP/IP, however as of NT 4.0, it became part of =
IIS/PWS,=20
  so it needs to be installed manually. Before you install the FTP =
server,=20
  TCP/IP must be installed. 
  
    In Control Panel, double-click Network.=20
    
Click Services, click Add, and then click Microsoft Peer Web =
Services if=20
    you are using NT Workstation or click Microsoft Internet Information =
Server=20
    2.0 if you are using NT Server.=20
    
Click OK, and then type the path for the Windows NT source =
files. For=20
    example, if you are using the Windows NT CD-ROM in drive E, type the =

    following line: E:\i386=20
    
Click OK to start the Microsoft Peer Web Services Setup or =
Internet=20
    Information Server.=20
    
The FTP Service is selected by default, but you should clear the =
check=20
    boxes for options you do not want to install. 
  

  Q. How do I get a list of all =
connections to my=20
  PC?
  A. Use the command netstat -a
  

  Q. How can I get the Ethernet address =
of my=20
  Network card?
  A. Type ipconfig /all from a =
command=20
  box.
  

  Q. How can I configure the preferred =
Master=20
  Browser?
  A. On the NT server you want to be the preferred =
master=20
  browser change the registry setting=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Browser\Parameters\I=
sDomainMaster=20
  to True
  

  Q. Is it possible to protect against =
Telnet=20
  attacks?
  A. There was a recent well-known problem that a =
telnet=20
  client could connect to an NT machine on port 135, type 10 characters =
and it=20
  would hang NT. There is no simple way to protect NT from a =
certain=20
  port attack. It is possible to configure NT to only accept incoming =
packets=20
  from a set of configured ports, however you have to name the ports you =
want to=20
  accept input from: 
  
    From Control Panel, Double click on Network=20
    
Click the Protocols tab=20
    
Select TCP/IP and click Properties=20
    
Click Advanced (bottom right)=20
    
Check the "Enable Security" and click configure=20
    
For TCP select "Permit Only" and enable only the ports you want =
to work=20
    (e.g. Web Browser is 80, FTP 21)=20
    
Exit=20
    
Reboot NT 
  To protect against the port 135 attack, install the RPC hotfix for =
Service=20
  Pack 2.
  Service Pack 3 and some its Hotfixes are also highly desirable, and =
address=20
  a number of Internet attack methods.
  

  Q. What Telnet Servers/Daemons are =
available for=20
  Windows NT?
  A. A Telnet Server on NT allows connection to an =
NT=20
  machine using a Telnet client from any hardware platform. Products are =

  available from: 
  
    http://www.ataman.com/=20
    
http://www.georgiasoftworks.com=
/=20

    
http://www.hummingbird=
.com/realindex.html=20

    
http://www.pragmasys.com/=20
    
http://www.seattlelab.com/=20
    
There is a beta version of a Telnet Server on the resource kit, =
and an=20
    updated oemsetup.inf is available from ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/winnt/winnt-public/resk=
it/nt40/telnetd/oemsetup.inf=20
    which fixes an installation problem.=20
    
Windows 2000 includes a built-in Telnet server (see 'How=20
    do I enable the telnet server in Windows 2000?') 
  

  Q. How do I install MSN under=20
NT?
  A. The new MSN 2.0 only runs under Windows 95, =
however a=20
  version for NT 4.0 is being developed. In the mean time it is possible =
to use=20
  MSN to connect to the Internet, however you cannot read Mail 
  
    Phone Microsoft and request for a manual Internet PPP access to =
be=20
    setup.=20
    
Assuming RAS is already installed, select Add New phonebook =
entry=20
    
Type in a name for the phone book entry, e.g. "MSN connection"=20
    
Clear the "I know about phone book entries" and click Next=20
    
Check "I am calling the Internet" and click Next=20
    
Click Finish=20
    
Select your new "MSN" and click Edit from More=20
    
Click the Server tab, and select TCP/IP, Enable PPP LCP, and =
clear=20
    NetBEUI and IPX=20
    
Click the TCP/IP settings box and check "Server assigned IP =
addresses"=20
    and "Use default gateway"=20
    
Click OK and exit back to the main dial screen=20
    
Select MSN and click Dial=20
    
When prompted for username/password enter
Username : =
MSN/<user=20
    name>
Password : <MSN password>
Domain :=20
    <blank> 
  

  Q. What FireWall products are available =
for=20
  NT?
  A. Below are a selection of FireWall systems for =
NT: 
  
    AccessMaster NetWall from http://www.bullsoft.co=
m/netwall/index.htm=20

    
FireWall/Plus from http://www.network-1.com/=20
    
Interware from http://www.consensys.com/=20
    
KyberPASS from http://www.kyberpass.com/=20
    
Open Sesame from http://www.csm-usa.com/sesame.=
htm=20

    
SessionWall from http://www.abirnet.com/=20
    
Firewall-1 from http://www.checkpoint.com/=20
    
Firewall for NT from http://www.securecomputing.com/<=
/A>=20
    
Guardian from http://www.ntguard.com/=20
    
AltaVista FireWall from http://=
altavista.software.digital.com/firewall/index.htm=20

    
Microsoft Proxy Server 2.0 from http://www.microsoft.=
com/proxy/default.asp=20

    
Win Gate from http://www.wingate.com/=20
    
Winroute from http://www.winroute.com/ =

  

  Q. How do I install the Remoteboot=20
  Service?
  A. Before installing the Remoteboot service you =
must have=20
  both the NetBEUI and DLC protocols installed. The remoteboot service =
will only=20
  run on NT server. 
  
    Start Control Panel (Start - Settings - Control Panel)=20
    
Double click the Network icon=20
    
Click on the services tab and click Add=20
    
Select "Remoteboot Service"=20
    
Check the path where Remoteboot will be installed (by default=20
    %systemroot%\RPL)=20
    
Click OK and complete the installation=20
    
After installation has completed start Remoteboot Manager=20
    
Click "Fix Security" from the Configuration menu, which will =
create the=20
    RPLUSER local group and assign the permissions to the RPL directory. =


  

  Q. How many connections can NT=20
  have?
  A. NT workstation can have up to 10 concurrent=20
  connections, with one exception, Peer Web Services which allows =
unlimited=20
  concurrent connections.
  

  Q. How can I secure a server that will =
be a Web=20
  Server on the Internet?
  A. Below are points to be aware of 
  
    Disable the creation of Admin shares (see How=20
    do I stop the default admin shares from being created?) =

    
Use NTFS and remove Everyone access except for the directories =
that are=20
    part of the web documents, and for those directories only have Read =
access=20
    
It is possible to disable TCP ports on NT, and you could =
restrict the NT=20
    server to only accept packets on port 80 (web browser). This is =
discussed in=20
    "Is=20
    it possible to protect against Telnet attacks?"=20
    
If the server is part of your internal intranet use a firewall=20
    
  

  Q. How can I stop a user logging on =
more than=20
  once?
  A. There is no way in NT to stop a user logging on =
more=20
  than once, however it is possible to restrict a workstation so that =
only a=20
  certain user can login, and with this method each user would be tied =
to one=20
  workstation and thus could only logon once. 
  
    Logon to the Workstation as the Domain Administrator=20
    
Start User Manager (Start - Administrative Tools - User Manager) =

    
Double click the Users group and select the Domain\Everyone and =
click=20
    remove=20
    
Next click add and select the specific domain user and click Add =

    
Close User Manager=20
    
Logoff and only that specific user will be able to logon (be =
careful=20
    that Administrators still include Domain\Administrators or you will =
not be=20
    able to logon) 
  This solution is far from ideal, and it may be plausible to write a =
login=20
  script that checked if a user was currently logged on and if so, =
logoff=20
  straight away (using the logout command line tool).
  Another method is to set the users logon share to one connection =
only and=20
  as part of the logon script open a file from the logon share which =
mean if=20
  they were already logged on a second logon would be unable to connect =
to the=20
  share and the logon would fail.
  

  Q. How can I get information about my =
domain=20
  account?
  A. From the command prompt type
  net user <username> /domain
  And all your user information will be displayed including last =
logon time,=20
  password change etc.
  

  Q. A machine is shown as Inactive in =
Server=20
  manager when it is not.
  A. Sometimes Server Manager fails to see a machine =
has=20
  become active, you can attempt to force it to see the machine by=20
  typing:
C:> net use =
\\<machine=20
  name>\IPC$
  If this fails it may be the machine has been configured to be =
invisible to=20
  the network such as if hidden from Network Neighborhood as seen in 'Q.=20
  How do I hide a machine from Network =
Browsers?'.
  

  Q. How do I automatically FTP using=20
  NT?
  A. I use a basic script to update my main site and =
the=20
  mirrors using two batch files. The first consists of a few lines:
  d:
cd \savilltechhomepage
ftp -i=20
  -s:d:\savmanagement\goftp.bat
  The -i suppresses the prompt when performing a multiple put, and =
the -s=20
  defines an input file for the FTP like:
  open ftp.savilltech.com - the name of the FTP=20
  server
johnny -=20
  username
secret - =
password
cd=20
  /www - remotely move to a base directory =

lcd=20
  download - locally change directory
cd=20
  download - remotely move to a sub directory of the =
current=20
  directory
binary - set mode to=20
  binary
put faqcomp.zip - send a=20
  file
cd .. - move down a directory=20
  remotely
lcd .. - move down a directory=20
  locally
cd ntfaq
lcd ntfaq
mput =
*.html -=20
  send multiple files (this is why we needed=20
  -i)
close - close the connection
  

  Q. How can I change the time period =
used for=20
  displaying the password expiration message?
  A. Follow Instructions below: 
  
    Start the Registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Goto the key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon=20
    
From the Edit Menu, click New - DWord=20
    
Type the name PasswordExpiryWarning and press enter=20
    
Double click on the new value you have created and set to the =
number of=20
    days prior to the expiration you want the message to appear. =

  

  Q. How can I modify share permissions =
from the=20
  command line?
  A. The Windows NT resource kit ships with a =
utility called=20
  RMTSHARE.EXE that is used to modify permissions on shares, the syntax =
to grant=20
  access to a share is as follows
  rmtshare \\<server name>\<share> /grant=20
  <username>:<permission>, e.g.
rmtshare =
\\bugsbunny\movies=20
  /grant savillj:f
  Valid permissions are f for full, r for read, c for change and n =
for none.=20
  To revoke access to a share type
  rmtshare \\<server name>\<share> /grant =
<username>,=20
  e.g.
rmtshare \\bugsbunny\movies /grant savillj
  This would remove savillj's access to the share. To view share =
permissions=20
  enter:
  rmtshare \\<server name>\<share> /users, =
e.g.
rmtshare=20
  \\bugsbunny\movies /grant
  RMTSHARE.EXE also allows the creation and deletion of shares. Type =
rmtshare=20
  /? for help.
  

  Q. How can I change the protocol =
binding=20
  order?
  A. Network bindings are links that enable =
communication=20
  between the network adapter(s), protocols and services. If you have =
multiple=20
  protocols installed on a machine you can configure NT to try a certain =

  protocol first for communication: 
  
    Log on to the machine as a member of the Administrators group=20
    
Start the Network control panel applet (Start - settings - =
control panel=20
    - network, or right click Network Neighborhood and select =
properties)=20
    
Click the bindings tab=20
    
Select "all services" from the drop down list of bindings=20
    
Select the service you wish to change the binding order for by =
clicking=20
    its plus sign (usually you should change the workstation service as =
this is=20
    used for connecting to resources etc.)=20
    
A list of all the protocols installed will be shown, and can be =
ordered=20
    by selecting the protocol and clicking "move up" or "move down".=20
    
Click OK when finished, and you will have to reboot for the =
changes to=20
    take effect. 
  

  Q. What criteria are used to decide =
which machine=20
  will be the Master Browser?
  A. There are 5 roles a machine can have 
  
    Master Browser - This machine maintains the list of resources on =
the=20
    network and listens for announcements from other machines to add to =
the=20
    browse list.=20
    
Preferred Master Browser - A machine can be designated as the =
preferred=20
    master browser and when this machine starts it will force a browser =
election=20
    and will win unless one of the other machines is the PDC or also has =
the=20
    preferred master browser flag set.=20
    
Backup Browser - This type receives a copy of the browse list =
from the=20
    master browser, if it cannot find the Master Browser it will force =
an=20
    election.=20
    
Potential Browser - This does not receive a copy of the browse =
list, but=20
    can be promoted to a backup browser by the master browser, or =
actually=20
    become the master browser as the result of an election.=20
    
Non-Browser - A non-browser does not maintain a browse list. =

  When an election takes place, a number or criteria are used. =
Firstly the=20
  browser type 
  
    Preferred master=20
    
Master=20
    
Backup browser=20
    
Potential browser 
  If two machines have the same role then the operating system is =
used 
  
    Windows NT Server that is the PDC=20
    
Windows NT Server that is a BDC=20
    
Windows NT Server=20
    
Windows NT Workstation=20
    
Windows 95=20
    
Windows for Workgroups 
  If there is still a tie, the Windows NT version is used 
  
    4.0=20
    
3.51=20
    
3.5=20
    
3.1 
  To set a machine as a certain type of browser perform the following =

  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Browser\Parameters=20
    
Double click on MaintainServerList=20
    
Set to
No - for the computer to be a non-browser
Yes - the =

    computer will be a master or backup browser
Auto - will be a =
master,=20
    backup or potential depending on the number of browser currently in =
action=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor and reboot 
  

  Q. How can I get a list of MAC to IP =
addresses on=20
  the network?
  A. An easy way to get a list of MAC to IP =
addresses on the=20
  local subnet is to ping every host on the subnet and then check you =
ARP cache,=20
  however pinging every individual node would take ages and the entries =
only=20
  stay in the ARP cache for 2 minutes. An alternative is to ping the =
broadcast=20
  mask of your subnet which will ping every host on the local subnet =
(you can't=20
  ping the entire network as you only communicate directly with nodes on =
the=20
  same subnet, all other requests are via the gateway so you would just =
get a=20
  ARP entry for the gateway).
  What is the broadcast mask? The broadcast mask is easy to calculate =
if the=20
  subnet mask is in the format 255.255.255.0 or 255.255.0.0 etc. =
(multiples of 8=20
  bits). For example if the IP address was 134.189.23.42 and the subnet =
mask was=20
  255.255.0.0 the broadcast mask would be 134.189.255.255, where 255 is =
in the=20
  subnet mask the number from the IP address is copied over, where 0 it =
is=20
  replaced with 255, basically the network id part is kept. If the =
subnet mask=20
  is not the basic 255.255 format, you should use the following, all you =
need is=20
  the IP address and the subnet mask 
  
    For each bit set to 1 in the subnet mask, copy the corresponding =
but=20
    from the IP address to the broadcast mask=20
    
For each bit set to 0 in the subnet mask, copy a 1 into the=20
    corresponding bit of the broadcast mask 
  for example, IP address 158.234.24.98 and subnet mask =
255.255.248.0
  
    
    
      
        Network
      
        Host
    
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
      0
    
      1
      0
      0
      1
      1
      1
      1
      0
      1
      1
      1
      0
      1
      0
      1
      0
      0
      0
      0
      1
      1
      0
      0
      0
      0
      1
      1
      0
      0
      0
      1
      0
    
      1
      0
      0
      1
      1
      1
      1
      0
      1
      1
      1
      0
      1
      0
      1
      0
      0
      0
      0
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
      1
    
      
        Byte 1
      
        Byte 2
      
        Byte 3
      
        Byte =
4
  The first row is the subnet mask 255.255.248.0, the second row the =
IP=20
  address 158.234.24.98 and the third row is the broadcast mask,=20
  158.234.31.255.
  To get the MAC to IP addresses, you would therefore perform the=20
  following
  ping <broadcast mask>
arp -a
  Voila, a list of IP addresses and their MAC address (you can add =
>=20
  filename to get the list to a file, e.g. arp -a > iptomac.lst). You =
could=20
  repeat this exercise on the various subnets of your organization.
  Unfortunatly due to limitations in NT's implementation of PING the =
above=20
  will not work correctly so put the following into a file
  REM arpping.bat
ping -n 1 -l 1 %1.%2
arp -a =
%1.%2
  You can then call the batch file as follows:
  C:\> for /l %i in (1,1,254) do arpping 160.82.220 =
%i
  In this case it would generate a list of all MAC to IP addresses =
for=20
  160.82.220.1 to 160.82.220.254. Again you could put this all in a =
file,=20
  redirect to a file and then search, e.g.
  REM test.bat
for /l %%i in (1,1,254) do arpping.bat =
160.82.220=20
  %%i
  Notice you have to use two %%. You could run as
  C:\> test.bat > file.txt
  Then search listing.txt for (example) dynamic
  C:\> findstr dynamic file.txt
160.82.220.1=20
  00-00-0c-60-8b-41 dynamic
160.82.220.9 00-60-97-4b-bf-4c=20
  dynamic
160.82.220.13 00-10-4b-49-94-e1 dynamic
160.82.220.17=20
  00-80-5f-d8-a4-8b dynamic
160.82.220.22 00-a0-d1-02-a4-cf=20
  dynamic
160.82.220.25 00-60-08-75-0d-7a dynamic
160.82.220.26=20
  00-10-4b-44-e4-73 dynamic
160.82.220.33 00-10-4b-44-d6-33=20
  dynamic
160.82.220.34 00-10-4b-4e-67-6a dynamic
160.82.220.35=20
  00-60-97-4b-c4-53 dynamic
160.82.220.39 00-10-4b-44-eb-ae=20
  dynamic
160.82.220.41 00-10-4b-49-7b-f7 dynamic
160.82.220.42=20
  00-00-f8-21-7a-7f dynamic
160.82.220.43 08-00-20-88-82-57=20
  dynamic
160.82.220.221 00-80-5f-88-d0-55 dynamic
  You can consolidate the last couple of steps so you just create =
arpping.bat=20
  as before then just issue command:
  C:\>for /l %i in (1,1,254) do arpping.bat 10.129.210 %i =

  |findstr dynamic

C:\>arpping.bat 10.129.210 1 | findstr=20
  dynamic
10.129.210.1 00-08-c7-d3-24-f5 =
dynamic

C:\>arpping.bat=20
  10.129.210 2 | findstr dynamic
10.129.210.2 00-08-c7-df-81-60=20
  dynamic

C:\>arpping.bat 10.129.210 3 | findstr=20
  dynamic
10.129.210.3 00-80-5f-9b-ea-93 =
dynamic

C:\>arpping.bat=20
  10.129.210 4 | findstr dynamic
10.129.210.4 00-80-5f-9b-36-ea=20
  dynamic

C:\>arpping.bat 10.129.210 5 | findstr=20
  dynamic
10.129.210.5 00-04-ac-37-78-92 =
dynamic

C:\>arpping.bat=20
  10.129.210 6 | findstr dynamic
  Notice we only use one % as we are not in a batch file and it =
automatically=20
  only lists found entires or you can use a combination of the different =
methods=20
  to match your exact needs.
  

  Q. How can I control the list of =
connections=20
  shown when mapping a network drive?
  A. When you map a network drive (Explorer - Tools =
- Map=20
  network drive), if you click the down arrow on the path, a list of =
previous=20
  connections will be shown. These are stored on the registry and can be =
edited=20
  
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows=20
    NT\CurrentVersion\Network\Persistent Connections=20
    
You will notice in the left pane is a number of string values =
called=20
    a,b,c etc. For the connections you do not want shown, click on the =
entry and=20
    then either press the Del key and say yes to the confirmation or =
select=20
    delete from the edit menu.=20
    
Once you have deleted entries you need to update which ones =
explorer=20
    will show by double clicking on order and remove the letters of the =
entries=20
    you deleted=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  

  Q. How do I grant users access to a =
network=20
  printer?
  A. The same way as files have security =
information, so do=20
  printers, and you need to set which users can perform actions on each =
network=20
  printer 
  
    Logon as an Administrator=20
    
Double click "My Computer" and then select printers=20
    
Right click on the printer whose permissions you wish to change =
and=20
    select properties=20
    
Click the security tag and select permissions=20
    
You can now add users/groups and grant them the appropriate =
privilege=20
    
Click OK when finished 
  

  Q. How can I create a share on another =
machine=20
  over the network?
  A. From a Windows NT Server machine a share can be =
created=20
  by opening Server Manager, highlight the target system, select =
Computer,=20
  Shared Directories, and click on New Share.
  The Windows NT Resource kit comes with a utility called=20
  RMTSHARE.EXE and this can be used to create shares on =
other=20
  machines providing you have sufficient privilege. The basic syntax is =
as=20
  follows
  rmtshare \\<computer name>\"<share name to be=20
  created>"=3D"<path>" /remark=3D"<share=20
  description>"
e.g. rmtshare=20
  \\savillmain\miscfiles=3Dd:\files\misc /remark=3D"General files"
  You only need to use double quotes around the share to be created =
and the=20
  path if there are spaces in the share/file name, e.g. if the share was =
to be=20
  called misc files instead of miscfiles it would have to be in quotes, =
e.g.
  rmtshare \\savillmain\"misc files"=3D"d:\my files\misc" =
/remark=3D"With space=20
  share"
  There is also a wizard to share and administer your NT server=20
  c:\%systemroot%\system32\wizmgr.exe.
  Remember share names cannot contain the " / \ [ ] : | < > + ; =
, ? * =3D=20
  characters.
  

  Q. I get errors accessing a Windows NT =
FTP Server=20
  from a non Internet Explorer browser.
  A. If you run the Microsoft FTP Server Service =
then you=20
  may find problems accessing an area other than the root from a non =
Internet=20
  Explorer browser. This is because most other FTP Servers use the UNIX =
type=20
  naming conventions and that is what browsers such as Netscape expect, =
however=20
  the Microsoft FTP service outputs using dos naming=20
  conventions. This can be resolved by forcing the FTP server service to =
use=20
  Unix conventions rather than dos 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\ftpsvc\Parameters=20
    
If the value MsdosDirOutput exists double click on it and set it =
to 0,=20
    click OK=20
    
If it does not exist from the Edit menu select New - DWord value =
and=20
    enter the name MsdosDirOutput and click OK, then perform step 3 =

  You will need to stop and start the FTP server service for this =
change to=20
  take effect (Start - Settings - Control Panel - Services - FTP Service =
- stop=20
  - start)
  

  Q. How can I view which machines are =
acting as=20
  browse masters?
  A. There are 2 utilities shipped with the NT =
resource kit=20
  (one GUI, on command line) which can be used to view current browse =
master=20
  status.
  BROWMON.EXE - Select from the Diagnostics Resource =
Kit=20
  menu. The master browser will then be displayed for each domain. =
Double=20
  clicking on a machine will then list the other machines that are =
browsers and=20
  a subsequent double click on these machines will tell their status, =
e.g.=20
  backup browser.
  BROWSTAT.EXE - Start a command session. There are =
a number=20
  of commands that can be used, however to get a general view enter the=20
  command
browstat status <domain =
name>
Browsing is=20
  active on domain.
Master browser name is: PDC
Master browser is =
running=20
  build 1381
2 backup servers retrieved from master=20
  PDC
\\PDC
\\WORKSTATION
  As can be seen the master browser name is shown, as are backup =
servers.
  

  Q. Is there any way to improve the =
performance of=20
  my modem internet connection?
  A. By default, NT will use a Maximum Transmission =
Unit=20
  (MTU) (packet size) over the path to a remote host of 576. Problems =
can arise=20
  if the data is sent over routes etc that cannot handle data of this =
size and=20
  the packets get fragmented.
  The parameter EnablePMTUDiscovery set to 1 forces NT to discover =
the=20
  maximum MTU of all connections that are not on the local subnet. To =
change=20
  this perform the following: 
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters=20
    
From the Edit menu select New-DWord value=20
    
Enter a name of EnablePMTUDiscovery and press enter=20
    
Double click on this new value and set to 1 then click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor and reboot the machine. 
  By discovering the Path MTU and limiting TCP segments to this size, =
TCP can=20
  eliminate fragmentation at routers along the path that connect =
networks with=20
  different MTUs. Fragmentation adversely affects TCP throughput and =
network=20
  congestion.
  

  Q. How can I remotely tell who is =
logged on at a=20
  machine?
  A. The easiest way to do this is to use the =
NBTSTAT=20
  command. There are two ways to use this command depending on if you =
know the=20
  machines name or just its IP address. If you know the machines name =
enter the=20
  command
  nbtstat -a <machine name>
e.g. nbtstat -a =
pdc
  The output will be of the format:
  NetBIOS Remote Machine Name Table

Name Type=20
  Status
---------------------------------------------
PDC =
<00>=20
  UNIQUE Registered
PDC <20> UNIQUE Registered
SAVILLTECH =
<00>=20
  GROUP Registered
SAVILLTECH <1C> GROUP =
Registered
SAVILLTECH=20
  <1B> UNIQUE Registered
SAVILLTECH <1E> GROUP =
Registered
PDC=20
  <03> UNIQUE Registered
SAVILLJ <03> UNIQUE=20
  Registered
SAVILLTECH <1D> UNIQUE=20
  Registered
INet~Services <1C> GROUP=20
  Registered
..__MSBROWSE__.<01> GROUP=20
  Registered
IS~PDC.........<00> UNIQUE Registered

MAC=20
  Address=3D00-A0-24-B8-11-F3
  The user name is the <03>.
  If you only know the IP address use the command
  nbtstat -A <IP address>
e.g. nbtstat -A=20
  10.23.23.12
  The output is the same and notice we just use a capital =
A=20
  instead of a lowercase a.
  This will only work if the remote machine in question is running =
it's=20
  messenger service, otherwise the username is not returned.
  

  Q. How do I remove a NT computer from a =

  domain?
  A. The first way would be to logon to the machine =
you wish=20
  to remove from the domain and start the Network Control Panel Applet =
(Start -=20
  Settings - Control Panel - Network or just right click on Network =
Neighborhood=20
  and select properties). Select the Identification tab and click =
Change. Just=20
  enter a different domain or workgroup, you will receive a notice =
welcoming you=20
  to the new domain/workgroup. The problem with this is the machine can =
still=20
  rejoin the domain as its account has not been removed from the =
domain.
  To actually remove the computer account from the domain perform the =

  following: 
  
    Logon to the PDC as an Administrator=20
    
Start Server Manager (Start - Programs - Administrative Tools - =
Server=20
    Manager)=20
    
Select the machine you wish to remove and click Delete (or =
select=20
    "Remove from Domain" from the Computer menu)=20
    
Click Yes to the confirmation 
  Alternatively you can remove a computer from the command line using =
the=20
  Resource Kit utility NETDOM
  netdom /Domain:<domain> MEMBER <machine name>=20
  /delete
e.g. netdom /Domain:savilltech MEMBER kevinpc =
/delete
  You can use this command from any machine workstation or server as =
long as=20
  you are logged on as an administrator. When you enter the command it =
will find=20
  the PDC and delete, the output is as follows:
  Searching PDC for domain SAVILLTECH ...
Found PDC =
\\PDC
Member=20
  \\KEVINPC successfully deleted.
  

  Q. How can I shutdown a number of =
machines=20
  without going to each machine?
  A. I have a number of machines setup in my Lab and =
at the=20
  end of an entertaining evening of computing I don't want to have to =
goto each=20
  machine and shut them down so I wrote a small batch file that uses the =

  shutdown.exe resource kit utility. Just enter the =
following=20
  into a file with a .bat extension:
  rem Batch file to shutdown local machine and the PDC,=20
  BDC
shutdown \\pdc /t:2 /y /c this shuts down a =
machine called=20
  PDC in 2 seconds, repeat with other machine =
names
shutdown=20
  \\bdc /t:2 /y /c this shuts down a machine called BDC in =
2=20
  seconds
shutdown /l /y /c /t:5 this line =
shuts=20
  down the local machine in 5 seconds
  You can then just right click the file in explorer and drag onto =
the=20
  desktop, release and select "Create shortcut". Clicking this icon will =
then=20
  shutdown all the machines in the file. On a NT Server these shutdowns =
are not=20
  graceful and the users will not be asked to save work if they are not =
logged=20
  on or the machine is locked. If they are logged on then they have the =
option=20
  of saving files (unless a force switch is used).
  If you have installed a SP4 or SP5 on Win NT, remote shutdown =
command will=20
  shutdown machine immediately without stopping services (dirty shutdown =
event=20
  ID 6008)
  

  Q. How can I close all network=20
  sessions/connections?
  A. The command below will close all network sessions
  net session /delete
  

  Q. How can I connect to a server using =
different user=20
  accounts?
  A. It is possible to specify a user account to use when =
connecting=20
  to a share using the /user switch, e.g.
  C:\> net use k: \\server\share =
/user:domain\user
  If you then attempt to connect to the server again with a different =

  username an error will be given. A workaround is to connect to the =
server=20
  using its IP address rather than its NetBIOS name, e.g.
  C:\> net use l: \\<ip address>\share=20
  /user:domain\user
  

  Q. How do I set the comment for my machine =
that is=20
  displayed in Network Neighborhood?
  A. There are 3 ways to set this, from the command line, edit =
the=20
  registry or via the GUI.
  The easiest way is via the Server control panel applet
  
    Start the server control panel applet (Start - Settings - =
Control Panel=20
    - Server)=20
    
Enter the new description of the machine in the Description =
field=20
    
Click OK 
  An alternative method is from the command prompt using the "net =
config"=20
  command.
  C:\> net config server /srvcomment:"machine =
comment"
  Note that even if you are performing this on a workstation machine =
you=20
  still use "net config server" as this is a configuration on the server =
service=20
  of the machine.
  Both of the methods shown update a single registry value so this =
can also=20
  be edited directly.
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Paramet=
ers=20

    
Double click on srvcomment=20
    
In the "Value data" box enter the new description and click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  This method only works once the Server Service has been restarted, =
however,=20
  both other methods work instantly. This is because the registry area =
is only=20
  read during startup of the service.
  You can remotely change the comment of other machines by using the =
NT=20
  Server utility "Server Manager". Double click on a machine and you =
will then=20
  be presented with the same dialog box as with the Server control panel =
applet.=20
  This has the advantage of allowing the Administrator to set a common=20
  description format.
  

  Q. How can I define multiple NetBIOS names =
for a=20
  machine?
  A. This would be useful if, for instance, you wanted to =
migrate a=20
  number of shares to a different machine and rather than having to =
switch all=20
  clients to the new machine instantly you could define the new machine =
to also=20
  answer to the old machines NetBIOS name and then slowly migrate the =
machines.=20
  To define extra names for a machine perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedt32.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_Local_Machine\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Paramet=
ers=20

    
From the Edit menu select "Add Value"=20
    
Set the type to REG_SZ is you want one extra name or =
REG_MULTI_SZ if you=20
    want more than one and enter a name of OptionalNames. Click OK=20
    
You will then be prompted for a value. Enter the other name (or =
names if=20
    type REG_MULTI_SZ, one on each line) you want it to be known as and =
click=20
    OK.=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine=20
    
There may be a WINS resolution problem. The entries for the =
additional=20
    NetBIOS names will have been dynamically added to the WINS database =
complete=20
    with IP number. However, a "real" server machine in the WINS dbase =
normally=20
    has three WINS entries, 00h, 03h and 20h. Your aliases may only have =
one,=20
    03h. Therefore you may need to add static entries for the additional =
NetBIOS=20
    names, which created all three entries. You should now be able to =
ping by=20
    NetBIOS name. 
  There is bug when using multiple NetBIOS names on print servers, =
see 'Q.=20
  The additional NetBIOS name of my server does not work for print=20
  services.' 
  

  Q. How can I manage my NT domain over the=20
  net?
  A. Microsoft have released "Web Administrator 2.0 for =
Microsoft=20
  Windows NT Server" which allows you to use to manager the following =
via the=20
  web
  
    Account Management=20
    
Ras Management=20
    
Share Management=20
    
Session Management=20
    
Server Management=20
    
Printer Management 
  The additional software required has to be installed on a server =
(though it=20
  does not have to be a domain controller) with
  
    Service Pack 3 or later (it does not currently work with the =
beta=20
    versions of Service Pack 4)=20
    
Internet Information Server 4.0 
  Internet Information Server 4.0 is available as part of Option Pack =
4 which=20
  can be obtained from http://www.microsoft.com/windows/downloads/contents/upda=
tes/nt40ptpk/default.asp=20
  or as part of MSDN. Option Pack 4 has its own requirement that =
Internet=20
  Explorer 4.0 be installed.
  Once all the software is installed you can download the Web Admin =
tools=20
  from http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/nts/downloads/manage=
ment/NTSWebAdmin/default.asp=20
  
  To begin the installation just execute the required executable and =
the=20
  installation wizard will begin.
  Once the installation is complete you will be able to administer =
your=20
  domain by connecting to http://<the server =
name>/ntadmin/default.asp.=20
  For example if I had installed the software on titanic in the =
savilltech.com I=20
  would connect to =
http://titanic.savilltech.com/ntadmin/default.asp.
  You will need Internet Explorer 4.0 or above to use the site and =
once=20
  connected you can perform a number of options. Below is an example of=20
  viewing/changing users.
  
  There are some other options but not as complete as the Microsoft=20
  product:
  
    http://www.patchlink.com/=20
  
  

  Q. How can I remotely manage =
services?
  A. The Windows NT Resource kit has two utilities, SC.EXE and =

  NETSVC.EXE, which allow remote services to be managed. The resource =
kit has=20
  help on both on these but we will only look at NETSVC.EXE.
  To view the services on a remote machine use
  C:\> netsvc /query \\<server name> =
/list
  To see the current state of a service use
  C:\> netsvc <service name> \\<server>=20
  /query
  You can then modify the state of the service using the /start, =
/stop,=20
  /pause and /continue switches, e.g.
  C:\> netsvc <service name> \\<server>=20
  /stop
  

  Q. Net.exe reference.
  A. Below is a summary of all the net.exe usage methods.
  net accounts
  Used to modify user accounts. Specified on its own will give =
information=20
  about the current logon.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      /forcelogoff:<minutes or no>
      Minutes until the user gets logged off after logon hours =
expire. No=20
        means a forced logoff will not occur
    
      /lockoutthreshold:<number of failed =
attempts>
      This parameter allows you to configure the number of failed =
logon=20
        attempts before the account is locked. The range is 1 to 999. =

    
      /lockoutduration:<minutes> 
      This parameter specifies the number of minutes accounts remain =

        locked before automatically becoming unlocked. The range is 1 to =
99999.=20
      
    
      /lockoutwindow:<minutes> 
       This parameter lets you configure the maximum number of=20
        minutes between two consecutive failed logon attempts before an =
account=20
        is locked. The range is 1 to 99999.
    
      /minpwlen:<length>
      Minimum number of characters for the password. Default is 6, =
valid=20
        range is between 0 and 14
    
      /maxpwage:<days>
      Maximum number of days a password is valid. Default is 90, =
valid=20
        range is between 0 and 49710
    
      /minpwage:<days>
      Number of days that must occur before the password can be =
changed.=20
        Default is 0, valid range is between 0 and maxpwage
    
      /uniquepw:<number>
      Password may not be reused for number attempts
    
      /sync
      Forces a domain sync
    
      /domain
      Performs any of the above actions on the domain=20
    controller
  net computer
  Used to add and remove computer accounts from the domain.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      \\<computer name>
      Name of the computer to be added or removed
    
      /add
      Add the specified computer
    
      /del
      Removes the specified computer
  net config server
  Allows modifications to the server service. Entered with no =
parameters give=20
  details of the current configuration
  Options:
  
    
    
      /autodisconnect:<minutes>
      Number of minutes an account may be inactive before =
disconnection.=20
        Default is 15, valid range between 1 and 65535. -1 means never=20
        disconnected.
    
      /srvcomment:"text"
      Set the comment for the machine
    
      /hidden:<yes or no>
      Specified is the computer is hidden in the listing of=20
    computers
  net config workstation
  Allows modifications to the workstation service. Entered with no =
parameters=20
  give details of the current configuration
  Options: 
  
    
    
      /charcount:<bytes>
      Number of bytes to be collected before data is sent. The =
default is=20
        16, valid range is between 0 and 65535.
    
      /chartime:<msec>
      Number of milliseconds NT waits before sending data. If =
charcount is=20
        also set whichever is satisfied first is used. Default is 250, =
valid=20
        range is between 0 and 65535000.
    
      /charwait:<seconds>
      Number of seconds NT waits for a communications device to =
become=20
        available. Default is 3600, valid is between 0 and=20
  65535.
  net continue <service name>
  Restarts the specified paused service.
  net file
  Lists any files that are open/locked via a network share.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      id
      Identification of the file (given by entering net file on its=20
    own)
    
      /close
      Close the specified lock
  See Q.=20
  How can I tell who has which files open on a machine? for more =

  details.
  net group
  Adds/modifies global groups on servers. Without parameters will =
list global=20
  groups.
  Syntax:
  net group <group name> [/command:"<text>"] =
[/domain]
net=20
  group <group name> [/add [/comment:"<text>"] or /delete]=20
  [/domain]
net group <group name> <user name> /add or =
/delete=20
  [/domain]
  Options:
  
    
    
      groupname
      Name of the global group
    
      /comment:"<text>"
      Comment if a new global group is created. Up to 48 =
characters
    
      /domain
      Performs the function on the primary domain =
controller
    
      username
      Username to which apply the operation
    
      /add
      Adds the specified user to the group or the group to the=20
domain
    
      /delete
      Removes a group from a domain or a user from a=20
  group
  net localgroup
  Performs actions on local groups. Same parameters as net group.
  net name
  Adds/removes a name to which messaging may be directed to. Running =
the=20
  command on its own will list all messaging names eligible on the =
machine.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      name
      The messaging name to be added/removed
    
      /add
      Add the name
    
      /delete
      Remove the name
  net pause <service name>
  Used to pause a service from the command line.
  net print
  Used to list/modify print jobs.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      \\computername
      Indicates the computer that hosts the printer queue
    
      sharename
      Name of the printer queue
    
      job
      The job number to modify
    
      /hold
      Pauses a job on the print queue
    
      /release
      Removes the hold status of a job on the print queue
    
      /delete
      Deletes a job off of the print queue
  net send
  Sends a message to a computer, user or messaging name.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      name
      Name of the user, computer or messaging name. Can also use * =
to send=20
        to everyone in the group
    
      /domain:<domain name>
      All users in the current domain or the specified =
domain
    
      /users
      To all users connected to the server
    
      message
      The message to send
  net session
  Lists or disconnects sessions. Used with no options lists the =
current=20
  sessions.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      \\<computer name>
      The computer of whose session to close
    
      /delete
      Closes the session to the computer specified. Omitting a =
computer=20
        name will close all sessions
  net share
  Used to manage shares from the command line.
  Syntax:
  net share <sharename>=3D<drive>:\<directory>=20
  [/users=3D<number> or /unlimited] [/remark:"text"]
net share=20
  <sharename> [/users=3D<number> or /unlimited]=20
  [/remark:"text"]
net share <sharename or device name or drive =
and=20
  path> /delete
  Options: 
  
    
    
      <sharename>
      Name of the share
    
      <device name>
      Used to specify the printer name if specifying a printer =
share
    
      <drive>:<path>
      Absolute path
    
      /users:<number>
      Number of simultaneous connections to the share
    
      /unlimited
      Unlimited usage
    
      /remark:"<text>"
      Comment for the share
    
      /delete
      Delete the specifed share
  net start <service name>
  Start the specified service
  net statistics [workstation or service]
  Gives information about either the server or workstation =
service.
  net stop <service name>
  Stops the specified service
  net time
  Used to synchronize the time of a computer.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      \\<computer name>
      The name of the computer to which synchronize the =
time
    
      /domain:<domain>
      Synchronize the time with the specified domain
    
      /set
      Sets the time
  net use
  Connects or disconnects to a network share. Used with no qualifiers =
lists=20
  the current network mappings.
  Syntax:
  net use <device name> or * \\<computer name>\<share =
name>=20
  [password or *] [/user:[domain\user] /delete or [persistent:[yes or=20
  no]]
net use <device name> /home /delete or /persistent:[yes =
or=20
  no]
  Options:
  
    
    
      <device name>
      Name of the device to map to. Use * to use the next available =
device=20
        name 
    
      \\computer name
      The name of the computer controlling the resource
    
      \sharename
      Name of the share
    
      \volume
      Name of the volume if on a NetWare server
    
      password
      Password to which to map
    
      *
      Gives a prompt to which to enter the password
    
      /user:<domain>\<user>
      Specifies the user to connect as
    
      /home
      Connects to a users home directory
    
      /delete
      Closes a connection
    
      /persistent:[yes or no>
      Sets if the connection should be reconnected at next=20
    logon
  net user
  Used to add/create/modify user accounts 
  Syntax:
  net user <username> [password or *] [/add] [options] =
[/domain]
net=20
  user <username] /delete /domain
  
    
    
      username
      The name of the account
    
      password
      Assigns or changes a password
    
      *
      Gives a prompt for the password
    
      /domain
      perform on a domain
    
      /add
      Creates the account
    
      /delete
      Removes the account
    
      /active:[yes or no]
      Activates or deactivates the account
    
      /comment:"<text>"
      Adds a descriptive comment
    
      /counterycode.nnn
      nnn is the number operating system code. Use 0 for the =
operating=20
        systems default
    
      /expires:<date or never>
      The expiry date of the account. Date format is mm,dd,yy or =
dd,mm,yy=20
        which is determined by the country code
    
      /fullname:"<name>"
      The full name of the account
    
      /homedir:<path>
      Path for the users home directory
    
      /passwordchg:[yes or no]
      Used to specify if the user can modify the password
    
      /passwordreq:[yes or no]
      Used to determine if the account needs a password
    
      /profilepath:<path>
      Used to specify the profile path
    
      /scriptpath:<path>
      Path of the logon script
    
      /times:<times or all>
      Hours user may logon
    
      /usercomment:"<text>"
      A comment for the account
    
      /workstations:<machine names>
      Names the user may logon to. * means =
all.
  net view
  Lists shared resources on a domain. Used with no parameters lists =
all=20
  machine accounts in a domain.
  Options: 
  
    
    
      \\computer name
      Specifies the computer whose resource should be =
viewed
    
      /domain:<domain name>
      The domain to be used
    
      /network:<NetWare network>
      A NetWare network to be used
  

  Q. How can I make net.exe use the next =
available drive=20
  letter?
  A. The normal syntax to map a network drive is
  C:\> net use <drive letter>:=20
  \\<server>\<share>
  however this can be modified to
  C:\> net use * =
\\<server>\<share>
  which will make the net use command utilize the next available =
drive=20
  letter.
  

  Q. How can I check if servers can =
communicate via=20
  RPC's?
  A. Exchange ships with RPINGS.EXE and RPINGC32.EXE which can =
be used=20
  to test RPC communication between two servers. These programs are =
located in=20
  the SERVER\SUPPORT\RPCPING directory of the Exchange CD. Test as =
follows:
  
    On one server start Command (CMD.EXE) and enter
C:\> =
RPINGS=20
    
On the other server run the RPINGC32.EXE utility=20
    
You should then enter the name of the Exchange server to test=20
    communication with, e.g. NT4PDC=20
    
Click Start 
  The connection will then be checked. Once complete close the =
RPINGC32.EXE=20
  utility by clicking Exit and on the target machine enter the sequence=20
'@q'.
  Below is an example of a successful test.
  
  

  Q. How can I reduce the delay when using =
multiple=20
  redirectors?
  A. The MUP (Multiple UNC Provider) first establishes whether =

  Distributed File System (Dfs) is in use and passes the request to =
DFS.
  The delays come from two locations:
  
    The attempt to access the resource through DFS=20
    
The MUP must wait and accept all responses from all redirectors =
before=20
    completing the request. Therefore, even if a resource is readily =
available=20
    and accessible over one redirector, the request must still be made =
over the=20
    other installed redirectors before the request completes. 
  Depending on the number of redirectors, protocols, and timer =
configurations=20
  for connectivity, these delays can exceed 13 seconds for each initial=20
  connection.
  Service Pack 4 for Windows NT 4.0 has introduced an updated MUP.SYS =
giving=20
  better performance and a new registry entry which may speed up the =
initial=20
  connect to non-Windows UNC resources, DisableDFS. Perform the =
following change=20
  on each client:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Mup =

    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of 'DisableDFS' (don't enter the quotes) and press =
enter=20
    
Double click the new value and set to 1. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Reboot the machine 
  Setting the DisableDFS value to 0 or deleting will set the machine =
back to=20
  its old behaviour.
  If you have the Novell IntranetWare client also installed you must =
also=20
  perform the following before rebooting:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\NetwareWorkstation\N=
etworkProvider=20

    
Double click DeviceName and change from =
'\Device\NetwareWorkstation' to=20
    '\Device\NetwareRedirector'. Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Knowledge base article Q171386 at h=
ttp://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q171/3/86.asp=20
  has more information on this.
  

  Q. How can a DOS machine connect to an NT=20
  domain?
  A. Microsoft provide software to enable a DOS machine to =
participate=20
  on a network using a variety of protocols and to connect to a Windows =
NT=20
  domain.
  NT Server ships with the "Network Client Administrator" which =
allows the=20
  creation of an installation disk set or a disk to allow Network based=20
  installation of a variety of clients, including a network client for =
DOS. 
  'Q.=20
  How do I install NT over the network?' has an example of creating =
a=20
  network installation disk, instead we will concentrate on creating an=20
  installation disk set.
  
    Start Network Client Administrator (Start - Programs - =
Administrative=20
    Tools - Network Client Administrator)=20
    
Select "Make Installation Disk Set" and click Continue=20
    
You will need to specify the location of the "clients" directory =
that is=20
    on the Windows NT Server CD-ROM (easiest to copy clients from the =
CD-ROM,=20
    enter the location in the path box and select Share Files". Click OK =

    
Select the client to install "Network Client v3.0 for MS-DOS and =

    Windows". Select the destination and click OK.=20
    
Insert the first disk and click OK to the dialog.=20
    
Files will be copied to the disk 
  To install on a DOS machine you perform the following:
  
    Insert DISK 1=20
    
Change to the disk drive, a:=20
    
Run setup.exe=20
    
Press ENTER to start the installation=20
    
Select the installation target directory, by default C:\NET. =
Press Enter=20

    
Select the network adapter from the displayed list or use a =
custom=20
    adapter by selecting "Network adapter now shown on list below". =
Press Enter.=20
    If you are using a custom disk the program looks for protocol.ini, =
on my=20
    test machine I specified the NDIS\WFW directory on the install disk =
as the=20
    DOS directory did not have all the necessary files.=20
    
You now have the option of changing the setup, by default only =
IPX will=20
    be installed, select "Change Network Configuration" and you can =
remove=20
    protocols and add the Microsoft TCP/IP protocol. You can then change =
the=20
    TCP/IP settings to configure IP address/subnet mask etc. Make sure =
if you=20
    are not using TCP/IP to set "Disable Automatic Configuration" to 1.=20
    
Restart the machine 
  When the machine reboots it will load all the network and protocol =
drivers=20
  and then attempt to logon to the network by issuing the
  net start
  command. You will then be asked for a username and password:
  Type your user name, or press ENTER if it is =
ADMINISTRATOR:
Type=20
  your password:
  You will be asked if you want to create a password file. If you =
select yes=20
  then you will no longer be asked for a password at start-up time, like =
an=20
  auto-logon but be aware it means anyone accessing your computer can =
logon as=20
  you.
  

  Q. Where are Windows 2000 network =
connections stored=20
  in the registry?
  A. The Windows 2000 connections consist of entries of not =
only=20
  remote connections such as to your ISP, but also your Local Area =
Connection=20
  and these are contained under the=20
  =
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Network\GUID\Connecti=
on=20
  registry key which GUID is the Globally Unique IDentifier of the=20
  connection.
  Its just interesting to know as if you have a stray connection =
which gets=20
  corrupted maybe as you remove the network card you can manually remove =
by=20
  editing the registry.
  

  Q. How do I install the loopback adapter in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. The loopback adapter is useful for those machines with no =
network=20
  card but would like to experiment with installing network protocols =
and other=20
  network related items. Obviously since there is no physical network =
connection=20
  you cannot talk to other machines.
  
    Start the Add/Remove Hardware control panel applet (Start - =
Settings -=20
    Control Panel - Add/Remove Hardware).=20
    
Click 'Add/Troubleshoot a device', and then click Next.=20
    
Click 'Add a new device', and then click Next.=20
    
Click 'No, I want to select the hardware from a list', and then =
click=20
    Next.=20
    
Click 'Network adapters', and then click Next.=20
    
In the Manufacturers box, click 'Microsoft'.=20
    
In the Network Adapter box, click 'Microsoft Loopback Adapter', =
and then=20
    click Next.=20
    
Click Finish. 
  You should then configure the device with an IP address etc. If you =
select=20
  DHCP it will use an address 169.254.x.x/16 (subnet mask 255.255.0.0) =
as no=20
  DHCP server can be contacted due to the lack of network =
connectivity.
  

  Q. How can I turn off/on connection=20
  ghosting?
  A. Windows uses Ghosted connections for when a user =
doesn=92t need or=20
  want an actual connection until there is a need for the connection to =
be=20
  utilized. Once the user uses the connection, Windows NT/2000 will make =
the=20
  necessary connection. In some instances, this technique can cause =
problems;=20
  for example, there will be a delay the first time that an inactive, =
ghosted=20
  connection is used.
  To turn off the ghosting and eliminate the initial delay when =
connecting=20
  perform the following:
  
    Start the registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\NetworkProvider=20
    
From the edit menu select New - DWORD value=20
    
Enter a name of RestoreConnection and press Enter=20
    
Double click the new value, set to:
0 - Windows NT/2000 will =
ghost=20
    the connections
1 - Windows NT/2000 will not ghost the =
connections.=20
    Windows will restore connections when the user logs in=20
    
Click OK=20
    
Close the registry editor=20
    
Restart the computer 
  

  Q. How can I map to an FTP server as a=20
  drive?
  A. Its possible to configure a machine to map to a FTP =
server as a=20
  drive (for instance the Microsoft site) providing the machine runs =
both=20
  NetBEUI and TCP/IP. Perform the following:
  
    Perform a NSLOOKUP for the FTP site, e.g.
nslookup =
ftp.microsoft.com
m=
ake a=20
    note of the IP address=20
    
Edit the LMHOSTS file (in %systemroot%\systerm32\drivers\etc)=20
    
Add line
<ip address> MicrosoftFTP =
#PRE
e.g.=20
    207.46.133.140 MicrosoftFTP #PRE=20
    
Save the file=20
    
Open a CMD.EXE session. Enter command:
nbtstat=20
    -R
This purges and reloads the name table cache=20
    
Type command:
net view \\MicrosoftFTP
You =
should see=20
    information on the site=20
    
Now map a drive (to share data)
net use * =
\\MicrosoftFTP\data=20
    /user:anonymous=20
    
All done. It will pass a drive letter for the connection =

  

  Q. How can I create a browse election log=20
  file?
  A. Using the checked version of RDR.SYS its possible to =
create a log=20
  file of the browser elections so you can monitor exactly what is =
happening. To=20
  turn on the log perform the following:
  
    Back up the original file to replace after troubleshooting by =
renaming=20
    %Systemroot%\System32\Drivers\rdr.sys to=20
    %Systemroot%\System32\Drivers\rdr.bak=20
    
Place the checked version of rdr.sys in the=20
    %systemroot%\system32\drivers directory (you may have to rename from =
.chk to=20
    .sys)=20
    
After you replace the original file with the checked version, =
start the=20
    registry editor (regedit.exe)=20
    
Move to=20
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Rdr\Parameters=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value and enter a name of=20
    BowserDebugLogLevel=20
    
Double click the new value and set to ffffffff (in Hex)=20
    
From the Edit menu select New - DWORD value and enter a name of=20
    BowserDebugTraceLevel=20
    
Double click the new value and set to ffffffff (in Hex)=20
    
Close the registry editor 
  Note Yes, its Bowser not Browser. Don't ask me :-)
  A log file Bowser.log will be created in the %systemroot% folder. =
An=20
  example content would be:
  Bowser::Find_Master: Master not found, =
forcing=20
  election. =3D Could not find the master browser, so force an=20
  election.

Bowser: Last election long enough ago, forcing =
election on=20
  \Device\NetBT_El90x1 =3D Wait a little while to decrease the chance of =
a browser=20
  storm.

Send true election. =3D The need to force an election =
that we=20
  think we can win is seen.

Send dummy election. =3D Force an =
election that=20
  we are not hoping to win, for example, shutting down the browser or =
because we=20
  cannot find a backup browser. The criteria of the election is =
0x0.

New=20
  server: TITANIC. Periodicity: 240 =3D A new server =
(TITANIC) was found in our domain that we need to=20
  remember.

#New domain: SAVILLTECH. Periodicity: 900 =3D A new =
domain=20
  (SAVILLTECH) was found to add to our list of domains.

Domain =
pass for=20
  \Device\NetBT_El90x1 =3D We are going to search for new domains on the =
transport=20
  \Device\NetBT_El90x1.

Received election packet on net=20
  \Device\NetBT_El90x1 from machine TITANIC. Version: 1; Criteria: 20010fa8; TimeUp: 8750 =
=3D A=20
  computer (named TITANIC) =
forced an=20
  election, on the network transport \Device\NetBT_El90x1, it is running =
Browser=20
  version 1, its criteria is 20010fa8, and it has been up for 8750=20
  seconds.

We lost the election =3D There was an election and we =
lost=20
  it.

Dummy election request ignored during election. =3D There =
is an=20
  election in process so we can discard the election packets with the =
criteria=20
  of 0x0.
  

  Q. How do I enable the telnet server in =
Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Windows 2000 includes a telnet service which is =
installed by=20
  default but the service is not automatically started. To start via the =
GUI=20
  perform the following:
  
    Start the Computer Management MMC snap-in (Start - Programs -=20
    Administrative Tools - Computer Manager)=20
    
Expand the 'Services and Applications' branch=20
    
Select the Services leaf=20
    
Right click on 'Telnet' and select Start=20
    
You could also right click and select Properties and set the =
startup=20
    type to Automatic so it will always be started. Click OK 
  To start from the command line use
  C:\> net start tlntsvr
The Telnet service is=20
  starting..
The Telnet service was started successfully.
  The telnet service uses %systemroot%\system32\tlntsvr.exe so if you =
wanted=20
  to stop it being started on a machine you could set an ACL on the =
image or=20
  delete.
  Unlike normal Telnet services passwords are not set clear text and =
are=20
  encrypted using NTLM. You need a special client which is provided with =
Windows=20
  2000 Professional (luckily :-) ).
  

  Q. How do I enable plain text passwords with =
the=20
  telnet server in Windows 2000?
  A. Windows 2000 uses NTLM to encrypt passwords sent =
from telnet=20
  for security reasons but not all telnet clients are compatible so its =
possible=20
  to configure the telnet service to not require NTLM as follows:
  E:\>tlntadmn

Microsoft (R) Windows 2000 (TM) =
(Build=20
  2194)
Telnet Server Admin (Build 5.00.99201.1)

Select one of =
the=20
  following options:

0) Quit this application
1) List the =
current=20
  users
2) Terminate a user session ...
3) Display / change =
registry=20
  settings ...
4) Start the service
5) Stop the =
service

Type an=20
  option number [0 - 5] to select that option: 3

Select =
one of the=20
  following options:

0) Exit this menu
1) =
AllowTrustedDomain
2)=20
  AltKeyMapping
3) DefaultDomain
4) DefaultShell
5) =
LoginScript
6)=20
  MaxFailedLogins
7) NTLM
8) TelnetPort
Type an option number =
[0 - 8]=20
  to select that option: 7
Current value of NTLM =3D 2
Do =
you want to=20
  change this value ? [y/n]y
NTLM [ current value =3D 2; =
acceptable=20
  values 0, 1 or 2 ] :1
Are you sure you want to set NTLM to : =
1 ?=20
  [y/n]y

setting will take effect only when Telnet Service =
is=20
  re-started

Select one of the following options:

0) Exit =
this=20
  menu
1) AllowTrustedDomain
2) AltKeyMapping
3) =
DefaultDomain
4)=20
  DefaultShell
5) LoginScript
6) MaxFailedLogins
7) NTLM
8)=20
  TelnetPort
Type an option number [0 - 8] to select that option:=20
  0

Select one of the following options:

0) Quit =
this=20
  application
1) List the current users
2) Terminate a user =
session=20
  ...
3) Display / change registry settings ...
4) Start the =
service
5)=20
  Stop the service

Type an option number [0 - 5] to select that =
option:=20
  0

E:\>net stop tlntsvr
The Telnet service =
is=20
  stopping.
The Telnet service was stopped =
successfully.

E:\>net=20
  start tlntsvr
The Telnet service is starting..
The Telnet =
service=20
  was started successfully.
  Now the telnet service will not require NTLM authentication. You =
can also=20
  directly set registry value=20
  HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\TelnetServer\1.0\NTLM to 1 for =
the same=20
  change.
  

  Q. What is REXEC?
  A. Windows NT/2000 ships with a command REXEC.EXE which =
when=20
  used in conjunction with a REXEC daemon (REXECD) can run commands on =
remote=20
  systems, hence the name, Remote EXECution.
  C:\>rexec 10.129.210.71 -l john@savtech.com =
dir
Password=20
  (10.129.210.71:):
> rexec:connect:Connection refused
rexec: =
can't=20
  establish connection
  The -l is the name to use on the remote system, here I've used the =
Windows=20
  200 format, name@domain.com, however you could also use the older =
domain\name=20
  format.
  Notice in the example the command failed, this is because the =
remote=20
  machine did not have the REXEC daemon installed. This is actually a =
problem,=20
  Windows NT/2000 does not have a REXEC daemon, only the client. REXEC =
does not=20
  only work for NT servers, but also Unix, VMS and anything else that =
supports=20
  REXEC.
  There are 3rd party solutions, see 'Q.=20
  What REXEC daemons (REXECD) are available for =
NT/2000?'
  

  Q. What REXEC daemons (REXECD) are available =
for=20
  NT/2000?
  A. Microsoft do not provide an EXEC daemon for NT =
however there=20
  are 3rd party solutions:
  
    http://www.denicomp.com/rexe=
cnt.htm=20
    - Winsock REXECD/NT=20
    
http://www.ataman.com/=
products.html#ATRLS=20
    - Ataman TCP Remote Logon Services 
  

  Q. How do I add a network place in Windows=20
  2000?
  A. Windows 2000 adds support for Network places that =
work in a=20
  similar method to mapped drives except they are not mapped as drive =
letters=20
  and are instead accessed via the 'My Network Places' branch of the=20
Desktop.
  
  To add a My Network Place just perform the following:
  
    Start Explorer=20

<operation>	This will be backup . If you = wanted to=20 eject a tape you could enter eject (but must = also=20 include the /tape parameter)
<path>	The list of drives and directories to be backed = up. You=20 may not enter file names or use the wildcard character. To = backup=20 multiple drives just put a space between them, e.g. = ntbackup=20 backup c: d: etc...
/a	Append backup sets to the end of the tape. If /a = is=20 omitted then the tape will be erased
/b	Backup the local registry
/d "text"	A description of the tape
/e	Logs only exceptions
/hc:<on/off>	If set /hc:on then hardware compression will be = used, if=20 /hc:off then no hardware compression will be used.
/l "<filename>"	Location and name for the logfile
/r	Restricts access (ignored if /a is = set)
/missingtape	Specifies that a tape is missing from the backup = set=20 when the set spans several tapes. Each tape becomes a single = unit as=20 opposed to being part of the set.
/t <backup type>	The type of backup, normal, Incremental, = Differential,=20 Copy or Daily
/tape:n	Which tape drive to use (from 0 to 9). If = omitted tape=20 drive 0 is used
/v	Performs verification

call <batch file>	This is used to call one batch from inside = another. The=20 execution of the current batch file is suspended until the = called batch=20 file completes
exit	Used to stop batch file execution. If a batch = file is=20 called from inside another and exit is called = both=20 batch files are stopped
findstr <string> <filename(s)>	Used to find a string in a file. There are a = number of=20 parameters from this and is quite powerful
for	Standard for loop for /L %n IN = (1,1,10) DO=20 @ECHO %n Would print 1 to 10
goto <label>	Causes the execution of a program to skip to a = given=20 point. The actual label name must be preceded with a colon (:),=20 e.g. goto label1 ... :label1 ...
if <condition> ..	The if statement has a great deal of = functionality. Some=20 of the more common ones are: if /i <string1>=20 <compare> <string2> <command> The = /i makes=20 the comparison case insensitive and compare can be one = of: EQU=20 equal NEQ not equal LSS less than LEQ less than or = equal GTR=20 greater than GEQ greater than or equal if = errorlevel if=20 exist <file name>
rem <string>	A comment
start <window title> <command>	Starts a new command session and runs a given = command.=20 Unlike call the execution of the current batch file is not = halted and=20 continues

Parameter	Description
%1	The normal parameter.
%~f1	expands %1 to a fully qualified path name. If you = only=20 passed a file name from the current directory it would expand to = the=20 drive/directory as well
%~d1	extracts the drive letter from %1.
%~p1	extracts the path from %1
%~n1	extracts the file name from %1 without the = extension
%~x1	extracts the file extension from %1
%~s1	changes the meaning of n and x options to = reference the=20 short name. You would therefore use %~sn1 for the short = file name,=20 or %~sx1 for the short extension

Parameter	Description
%~dp1	expands %1 to a drive letter and path = only.
%~sp1	for short path
%~nx1	expands %1 to a file name and extension=20 only.

Parameters	Meaning
/b	Match pattern if at the start of a line
/e	Match pattern if at the end of a line
/l	Search literally
/r	Use text as a regular expression = (default)
/s	Search current directory and all = sub-directories
/i	Ignore case
/x	Selects lines that are an exact match
/v	Selects lines that do not match
/n	Displays the line number before the matched = line
/m	Displays only the matching file names
/o	Displays the offset of the match before the = matched=20 line
/g:<file>	Gets the search string from the specified file.=20 /g:argument.txt
/c:"<string>"	Use text as a literal. /c:"string"
/f:<file>	Gets the file list from the specified file.=20 /f:filelist.txt
strings	The search string (in double quotes if multiple=20 words)
files	Files to be searched

0	Black
1	Blue
2	Green
3	Aqua
4	Red
5	Purple
6	Yellow
7	White
8	Gray
9	Light Blue
A	Light Green
B	Light Aqua
C	Light Red
D	Light Purple
E	Light Yellow
F	Bright White

-?	Displays the syntax for the command = line=20 parameters.
-v <version name>	Specifies the name of the operating = system you=20 want to return to the specified program.
	1	Returns the version WindowsNT4 SP3
2	Returns the version WindowsNT4 SP4
3	Returns the version WindowsNT4 SP5
4	Returns the version Windows98
5	Returns the version Windows95
-x <program path>	Specifies the path and name of the = executable=20 (.exe) file for the program you want to run.
-d	Disables the Heap Manager for the = portion of=20 memory reserved for the specified program
-t	Uses \Temp for the Temp folder when = running=20 the specified program
-g	Corrects disk space = detection.
-k	Stores the specified Application = Compatibility=20 settings

	Workstation	Server
Connection to other clients	10	Unlimited
Connection to other networks	Unlimited	Unlimited
Multiprocessing	2 CPUs	4 CPUs
RAS	1 connection	256 connections
Directory Replication	Import	Import and Export
Macintosh Services	No	Yes
Logon Validation	No	Yes
Disk Fault Tolerance	No	Yes
Network	Peer-to-peer	Server

Value Name	Type	Description
DhcpLogFilePath	REG_SZ	The partition and directory for the audit logs = to be=20 written to. Make sure you write the entire path
DhcpLogMinSpaceOnDisk	REG_DWORD	If free space falls below this number (in = megabytes)=20 audit logging is stopped
DhcpLogDiskSpaceCheckInterval	REG_DWORD	Number of times the audit log is written to = before=20 checking for free disk space
DhcpLogFileMaxSize	REG_DWORD	Maximum size in megabytes the logs can grow to. = By=20 default it is 7.

ChangeLogSize (REG_SZ)	Default size for the Change Log. By default 64KB = with a=20 maximum of 4MB
Pulse	This determines the gap in seconds between = replication=20 from the PDC to the BDC's. The lowest value is 60, and the max = is 3600=20 (1 hour). The default is 300 (5 minutes). You may want to = increase this=20 time if the BDC's are over a slow WAN link.
PulseConcurrency	The number of BDC's that the PDC sends pulses to = concurrently. By default this is 10.
PulseMaximum	The PDC performs a check that the BDC's are = still there=20 every so often. This is in seconds and once again the minimum is = 60 and=20 the maximum is 86,400.
Randomize	The number of seconds a BDC waits after an = announcement=20 before answering. 1 by default.
ReplicationGovernor	This is a percentage of the 128K blocks that are = sent.=20 If you had a slow link you may not want the PDC sending 128K = blocks so=20 you could change this to 25, meaning only 32K would be sent at a = time.=20 This will mean that the blocks are sent more frequently (25 = would mean 4=20 times as often).
Update	By default this is set to no, which means only = changes=20 are replicated. Setting this to Yes will cause everything to be=20 replicated even if there is no change. This needs to be set on = the=20 import server.

$A	& Ampersand
$B	\| Pipe
$C	( Open parenthesis
$D	Current date
$E	Escape code (ASCII code 27)
$F	) Close parenthesis
$G	> greater-than sign
$H	Backspace (erases previous character)
$L	< Less-than sig
$N	Current drive
$P	Current drive with path
$Q	=3D Equal sign
$S	Space
$T	Current time
$V	Windows NT version number
$_	Carriage return and linefeed
$$	$ sign

F2	Searchs for a character in the previous command = and will=20 display up to that character
F3	Recalls the last command issued
F8	Moves backwards through the command = history
F9	Lets yuo return to a command but its number given = by=20 F7

Home	Start of the line
End	End of the line
Ctrl+left arrow	Move back one wor
Ctrl+right arrow	Move forward one word
Insert	Toggle between insert and overstrike mode
Esc	Delete current line

-u	Profile name (user mailbox) of sender
-p	Login password
-i	Interactive login (prompts for profile and=20 password)
-r	Recipient(s) (multiples must be separated by ';' = and must not be ambiguous in default address book.)
-c	Specifies mail copy list (cc: list)
-s	Subject line
-m	Specifies contents of the mail message, this is = ignored=20 if -t is specified
-t	Specifies text file for contents of the mail=20 message
-f	Path and file name(s) to attach to = message
-v	Generates an 8 line summary of the sent=20 message

File	Directory	Use
Priv.pat Pub.pat	Mdbdata	Patch files, safe to delete if no backup is = taking place=20 and no startup recovery is in operation
Dir.pat	DsaData	Patch files, as above
Dlv.log Snd.log Dlvxxxxx.log Sndxxxxx.log	Mdbdata	These are created when Sending and Delivering=20 diagnostics logging for either the private and public = information stores=20 are set. These can be deleted at any time. Dlv.log and Snd.log = are the=20 most recent logs created.
PUB.EDB PRIV.EDB	MDBdata	Information store
DIR.EDB	DSAdata	Directory information
EDB.LOG		Transaction Log
EDB00nn.LOG		Previous Transaction Logs
EDB.CHK		Check Point file
RES1.LOG RES2.LOG		Emergency logs for when disk is full
TEMP.EDB		In progress = transaction

SP2_550A.EXE=20	Server update for Alpha
SP2_550I.EXE=20	Server update for Intel
SP2_55CA.EXE=20	Chat server update for Alpha
SP2_55CI.EXE=20	Chat server update for Intel
SP2_55DC.EXE=20	Documentation
SP2_55FO.EXE=20	HTML Form Converter
SP2_55SS.EXE=20	Server support files (cluster,KMS,etc)
SP2_55XA.EXE=20	Exchange connector installation(Alpha)
SP2_55XI.EXE=20	Exchange connector installation(Intel)
SP2S550A.EXE=20	Server symbols for Alpha
SP2S550I.EXE=20	Server symbols for Intel
SP2S55CA.EXE=20	Chat server symbols for Alpha
SP2S55CI.EXE=20	Chat server symbols for Intel
SP2_55RE.EXE	Readme and HTML file

SP1_550A.EXE	Server update for Alpha
SP1_550I.EXE	Server update for Intel
SP1_55CA.EXE	Chat server update for Alpha
SP1_55CI.EXE	Chat server update for Intel
SP1_55DC.EXE	Documentation
SP1_55FO.EXE	HTML Form Converter
SP1_55SS.EXE	Server support files (cluster,KMS,etc)
SP1_55XC.EXE	Exchange connector installation
SP1S550A.EXE	Server symbols for Alpha
SP1S550I.EXE	Server symbols for Intel
SP1S55CA.EXE	Chat server symbols for Alpha
SP1S55CI.EXE	Chat server symbols for Intel
SP1_55RE.EXE	Readme and HTML file

SP1_500A.EXE	Server update for Alpha
SP1_500I.EXE	Server update for Inter
SP1S500A.EXE	Server symbols for Alpha
SP1S500I.EXE	Server symbols for Intel

SP2_500A.EXE	Server update for Alpha
SP2_500I.EXE	Server update for Inter
SP2S500A.EXE	Server symbols for Alpha
SP2S500I.EXE	Server symbols for Intel

Exchange 5.5 Intel	ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc= hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.5/ISSCAN/ISSCANI.EXE
Exchange 5.5 Alpha	ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc= hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.5/ISSCAN/ISSCANA.EXE
Exchange 5.0 Intel	ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc= hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.0/ISSCAN/ISSCANI.EXE
Exchange 5.0 Alpha	ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/bussys/exchange/exc= hange-public/fixes/ENG/Exchg5.0/ISSCAN/ISSCANA.EXE

R	Read
W	Write
X	Execute
D	Delete
P	Change = Permission
O	Take = Ownership
A	All
None	No = Access
*	User is the = owner
#	A group the member = is a member=20 of owns the file
?	Permissions cannot = be=20 determined

$MFT	Master File Table
$MFTMIRR	A copy of the first 16 records of the = MFT
$LOGFILE	Log of changes made to the volume
$VOLUME	Information about the volume, serial number, = creation=20 time, dirty flag
$ATTRDEF	Attribute definitions
$BITMAP	Contains drive cluster map
$BOOT	Boot record of the drive
$BADCLUS	A list of bad clusters on the drive
$QUOTA	Quota information (used on NTFS 5.0)
$UPCASE	Maps lowercase characters to uppercase=20 version

Partition size	Sectors per cluster	Cluster size
<32MB	1	512 bytes
<64MB	2	1K
<128MB	4	2K
<255MB	8	4K
<511MB	16	8K
<1023MB	32	16K
<2047MB	64	32K
<4095MB	128	64K

IRQ Level	Common Use	Comments
0	Timer	Hard-wired on motherboard
1	Keyboard	Hard-wired on motherboard
2	Cascade from IRQ 9	May be available depending on = Motherboard
3	COM2 or COM4
4	COM1 or COM3
5	LPT2	This is usually free as not many people have 2 = parallel=20 ports. Sound blaster cards usually use this.
6	Floppy disk controller
7	LPT1	Sound blaster cards can use this
8	Real-time clock	Hard-wired on motherboard
9	Cascade to IRQ 2	Wired directly to 2, sometimes tell software 9 = when mean=20 2
10	Unused	This is usually used by Network cards, many of = them not=20 allowing it to be changed
11	Unused	Usually used by SCSI controllers
12	PS/2, Bus mouse	If you are not using a PS/2 or bus mouse this = can=20 usually be used by another device
13	Math Coprocessor	Used to signal errors
14	Hard disk controller	If you are not using an IDE hard disk you may = use this=20 for another device
15	Some computers use this for the secondary IDE=20 controller	If you do not use the secondary IDE controller = you may=20 use this for another device

NT Internals	http://www.sysinternals.com/
ImageCast	http://www.netversant.com/
DiskClone	http://www.qdeck.com/
DriveCopy	http://www.powerquest.com/
ImageBlast	http://www.keylabs.com/
Ghost	http://www.ghostsoft.com/

/s:<source path>	Source location for the Windows 2000 = files
/tempdrive:<drive letter>	The drive used for any temporary files
/unattended	Upgrades in unattended mode if no answer file = specified.=20 If an answer file is used a new installation is=20 installed. /unattended<seconds to wait before=20 rebooting>:<name of answerfile>
/copydir:<folder name>	Creates an additional folder under %systemroot% = with the=20 name specified
/copysource:<folder name>	Creates a temporary additional folder within the = folder=20 in which the Windows 2000 files are installed. For example, = if the=20 source folder contains a folder called Private_drivers that has=20 modifications just for your site, you can type=20 /copysource:Private_drivers to have Setup copy that folder to = your=20 installed Windows 2000 folder and use its files during = Setup. So=20 then the temporary folder location would be = C:\Winnt\Private_drivers.=20 Unlike the folders /copydir creates, /copysource folders are = deleted=20 after Setup completes.
/cmd:<command_line>	Runs the specified command after the second = reboot but=20 before setup is complete
/debug<level>:<filename>	Creates a debug file in %windir%. By default = winnt32.log=20 is created at level 2 but the other options are 0 - Severe=20 errors 1 - Errors 2 - Warnings 3 - Information 4 - = Detailed=20 information for debugging
/udf:<id>[,<UDB>]	Uses to specify unique information. If no UDB = file is=20 named the user will have to insert a disk with file $Unique$.udb = on=20 it.
/syspart	This copies the setup startup files to the hard = disk,=20 marks the disk as active and then allows you to move the disk to = another=20 computer. When the computer is then turned on it will start at = the next=20 phase of installation. Use /tempdrive switch as well. /syspart = cannot be=20 used if upgrading from Windows 9x.
/checkupgradeonly	Used to check your machine for any upgrade = issues in=20 advance
/cmdcons	Installs the recovery console
/m:<folder>	Copy replacement files from this alternate = location=20 first and if not found then use the normal location
/makelocalsource	Makes setup copy all installation source to the = local=20 hard disk. Useful if installing from CD and don't wish to use = the CD for=20 any further component installations on the machine.
/noreboot	This will stop the automatic reboot after the = file copy=20 stage of setup

\$OEM$\textmode	Hardware dependant files for use during the = initial=20 Windows 2000 install and text mode setup such as OEM HAL's, SCSI = drivers=20 etc.
\$OEM$\$$	Used to replace any core system files and must = match the=20 structure of the Winnt structure. For example to replace files = in the=20 winnt\system32 directory you would create = \$OEM$\$$\system32
\$OEM$\$1	Files that you want to be copied to the drive = where=20 Windows 2000 is installed (%systemroot%)
\$OEM$\<drive letter>	Same as $1 but allows you to set a specific = drive=20 letter, e.g. \$OEM$\C would copy everything under it (including=20 subdirectories) to C

Alt + Left Arrow (or backspace)	Go Back
Alt + Right Arrow	Go Forward
Tab	Move to next Hyperlink
Shift - Tab	Move to previous Hyperlink
Enter	Move to page referenced by Hyperlink
Down Arrow	Scroll down
Page Down	Scroll down in greater jump
End	Move to bottom of document
Up Arrow	Scroll up
Page Up	Scroll up in greater jump
Home	Move to top of document
F5	Refresh
Ctrl - F5	Refresh not from cache
Esc	Stop download
F11	Full screen/normal = toggle

NoFileOpen	Disables Open command on File menu, CTRL+O, and=20 CTRL+L.
NoFileNew	Disables CTRL+N NoBrowserSaveAs Disables Save and = Save As=20 on the File menu.
NoBrowserOptions	Disables Internet Options on the View menu = (disables=20 changing browser settings).
NoFavorites	No Favorites menu, adding to favorites, or = organizing=20 favorites.
NoSelectDownloadDir	Prevents user from being able to select download = folder by=20 not displaying the Save As dialog box when a file is = downloaded.
NoBrowserContextMenu	Disables HTML context menu.
NoBrowserClose	Disable ALT+F4.
NoFindFiles	Disables the F3 key.
NoTheaterMode	Disables the F11 key.

NetWare	Windows NT
Supervisor (S)	Full Control (All)
Read (R)	Read (RX)
Write (W)	Change (RWXD)
Erase (E)	Change (RWXD)
Modify (M)	Change (RWXD)
Create (C)	Add (WX)
File Scan (F)	List (RX)
Access Control (A)	Change Permissions (P)